8240 – 9552

AC (Potts) n. 8240 sRef Ex@14 @31 S0′ 8240. And they believed. That this signifies faith and trust, is evident from the signification of “believing,” as being to have faith, and also to have trust; for he who has faith has trust also. Trust belongs to love through faith, consequently trust in Jehovah, that is, in the Lord, is possible with those only who are in love to the Lord and toward the neighbor, because with others there is no faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8241 sRef Matt@20 @26 S0′ sRef Matt@20 @27 S0′ sRef Matt@20 @28 S0′ sRef Ex@14 @31 S0′ 8241. In Jehovah, and in His servant Moses. That this signifies the Lord as to the Divine good, and as to the Divine truth proceeding from Him and ministering, is evident from the fact that by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (see n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5663, 6281, 6303, 6945, 6956); and indeed the Lord as to the Divine good (see n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 4402, 6905); from the representation of Moses, as being the Divine truth proceeding from Him (see n. 6752, 7010, 7014, 7089, 7382). It is said “the Lord as to the Divine good and as to the Divine truth,” because Divine good is in the Lord, and Divine truth is from the Lord; Divine good is to Divine truth as the fire of the sun is to the light from it; the light not being in the sun, but from the sun. And from the signification of “servant,” as being one who ministers. That he is called a “servant” who is of service, thus who ministers, see n. 7143; and that on this account the Lord as to the Divine Human, when He was in the world, is called in the Word a “servant,” n. 3441; for He then ministered, as He Himself also says: “Whosoever would become great among you must be your minister; and whosoever would be first must be your servant; even as the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister” (Matt. 20:26-28; Mark 10:43-45).

AC (Potts) n. 8242 8242. CONTINUATION ABOUT THE SPIRITS AND THE INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
I have also been shown what kind of faces the inhabitants of the earth Jupiter have; not that I have seen the inhabitants themselves, but that the spirits were seen with faces like those which they had while on their earth. But before this was shown, one of their angels appeared behind a bright cloud, who gave leave, and then two faces were shown. They were like the faces of the men of our earth, fair, but more beautiful; sincerity and modesty shone forth from them.

AC (Potts) n. 8243 8243. When the spirits of Jupiter were with me, the faces of the inhabitants of our earth appeared smaller to me than usual, the source of which was that there inflowed from those spirits the idea which they had about their own faces-that they were larger. For while they live as men on their own earth, they believe that after their decease their faces will be larger, and round in form; and because this idea has been impressed on them, it consequently remains, and when they become spirits, they appear to themselves to have larger faces. The reason why they believe that their faces will be larger is that they say that the face is not the body, because by its means they speak and present their thoughts, and because the mind is thus as it were transparent through it; consequently they have an idea of the face as of the mind in form; and as they know that they will be wiser after their life in the world, they believe that the form of their mind, that is, their face, will become larger.

AC (Potts) n. 8244 8244. When they are in the world, they also believe that after their decease they will perceive a fire which will warm their faces. They infer this from the fact that the wiser of them know that fire in the spiritual world is love, and that this fire is the fire of life, and that from this fire the angels have heat. Moreover those of them who have lived in celestial love obtain their wish, and perceive their faces to be warmed as by a fire; and then the interiors of their minds are kindled, not with heat, but with love.

AC (Potts) n. 8245 8245. For this reason they also frequently wash and cleanse their faces, and also carefully preserve them from the heat of the sun. They have a covering made of bluish bark or rind, which they bind about their heads, and thus preserve the face. But they do not care much about the body.

AC (Potts) n. 8246 8246. They said that the faces of the men of our earth are not beautiful; and they wondered that the faces of some of them are full of warts and pimples, and are in other respects disfigured; and they said that none such ever appear among them. Still, they were pleased with some of the faces, namely, those which were cheerful and smiling, and those which were a little prominent about the lips.

AC (Potts) n. 8247 8247. The reason why they were pleased with the cheerful and smiling faces, was that in their earth the faces of almost all are such, and this for the reason that they have no solicitude about future things, nor have they worldly cares, for these are things which bring sadness and anxiety into the lower mind, and from this into the face; and if with those who are not good there is cheerfulness and a smile in the face, it is in the outer skin, and not in the fibers from within. It is otherwise with the inhabitants of Jupiter. The reason why they were pleased with the faces that were prominent about the lips, was that most of their speech is effected by means of the face, and especially by means of the region of it that is around the lips; and also because they never dissemble, that is, speak otherwise than they think. For this reason they do not control their faces, but let them have free play. It is otherwise with those who from childhood have learned to dissemble. Their face is consequently contracted from within, lest anything of the thought should shine out therefrom. Neither has it free play outwardly, but is kept ready for letting out, or for drawing in, just as cunning dictates. The truth of this can be seen from an examination of the fibers round about the lips; for there are manifold series of fibers there, folded together and united together, that were not created for chewing and verbal speech only, but also for expressing the ideas of the lower mind.

AC (Potts) n. 8248 8248. It was also shown how the thoughts are set forth by means of the face. The affections of love are exhibited by the features and their changes, and the thoughts in these affections by means of variations in respect to the forms of the interiors, which cannot be further described. The inhabitants of the earth Jupiter have also the speech of words; but it is not so sonorous as with us. The one kind of speech is an aid to the other, and life is insinuated into the speech of words by means of the speech of the face.

AC (Potts) n. 8249 8249. I have been informed by the angels that the first speech of all in every earth was a speech by means of the face, and this from two origins in the face-from the lips, and from the eyes. The reason why such speech was the first, is that the face was formed just to effigy the things which a man thinks and which he wills; from this the face has also been called the effigy and index of the mind; and also because in the most ancient or first times there was sincerity (see n. 8118), and man thought nothing, and wished to think nothing, but what he was willing should shine forth from his face; so that the affections of the lower mind and the ideas of the thought could be presented to the life, and fully. In this way they appeared to the eye also, as in a form, and very many together. This speech therefore surpassed the speech of words as much as the sense of sight surpasses that of hearing; that is, as the sight of a country surpasses hearing a description of it. They added that such speech was in agreement with the speech of the angels, with whom, furthermore, men in those times had communication. Moreover when the face speaks, or the mind through the face, it is the angelic speech with man in an ultimate natural form; and there is a presence of the internal sight or thought of one in that of another, but not when the mouth speaks by means of words. (That the most ancient people on this earth spoke in a similar way, see n. 607, 608, 1118, 1120, 7361.) Everyone also can know that the speech of words was not possible to the most ancient people, because the words of language were not imparted immediately, but had to be invented and applied to the things, which could not be done except in course of time.

AC (Potts) n. 8250 8250. So long as there were sincerity and uprightness with man, so long also such speech remained; but as soon as the mind began to think one thing and speak another, which took place when man loved himself and not the neighbor, then the speech of words began to grow, the face being either silent or likewise counterfeiting. From this the internal form of the face was changed; it contracted itself, grew hard, and began to be nearly devoid of life; whereas the external form, inflamed from the fire of the love of self, seemed to be alive; but the absence of life, which is beneath, and is as a plane inwardly, does not appear before the eyes of men, but before the eyes of the angels, for these see the things within. Such are the faces of those who think one thing and speak another; for pretense, hypocrisy, cunning and deceit, which at this day are sagacity, lead to such things. But the case is otherwise in the other life, where it is not allowable to speak in one way and think in another. The dissidence is also clearly perceived in every word, and in every tone of the voice; and when it is perceived, the spirit in whom there is such dissidence is cast out of fellowship, and is fined. Afterward he is brought by various methods to speak as he thinks, and to think as he wills, until his mind is one and not divided-if he is good, to will good and to think and speak what is true from good; and if evil, to will evil, and to think and speak what is false from evil. The good one is not previously raised into heaven, and the evil one is not previously cast into hell; and this to the end that in hell there may be nothing but evil, and that the falsity there may be the falsity of evil; and that in heaven there may be nothing but good, and that the truth may be the truth of good.

AC (Potts) n. 8251 8251. A continuation concerning the spirits and inhabitants of the earth Jupiter will be found at the end of the following chapter.

AC (Potts) n. 8252 8252. Exodus 15

THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY

With the man of the church there must be the life of piety, and there must be the life of charity: they must be joined together. The life of piety without the life of charity is profitable for nothing; but the former together with the latter is profitable for all things.

AC (Potts) n. 8253 8253. The life of piety is to think piously and to speak piously, to devote oneself much to prayers, to behave humbly at such times, to frequent places of worship, and while there to listen devoutly to the preachings, to engage in the sacrament of the Supper frequently every year, and in like manner in all other things of worship, according to the ordinances of the church. But the life of charity is to wish well and to do well to the neighbor, to act from what is just and fair, and from what is good and true, in every work, in like manner in everything we do; in a word, the life of charity consists in performing uses.

AC (Potts) n. 8254 8254. The veriest worship of the Lord consists in the life of charity, but not in the life of piety without this. The life of piety without the life of charity is to wish to have regard for oneself alone, not for the neighbor; but the life of piety with the life of charity is to wish to have regard for oneself for the sake of the neighbor. The former life is from love toward self, but the latter is from love toward the neighbor.

AC (Potts) n. 8255 sRef Matt@7 @24 S0′ sRef Matt@7 @26 S0′ 8255. That to do what is good is to worship the Lord, is evident from the Lord’s words in Matthew: “Everyone who heareth My words, and doeth them, I will compare to a prudent man; but everyone that heareth My words, and doeth them not, shall be compared to a foolish man” (7:24, 26).

AC (Potts) n. 8256 sRef John@5 @29 S0′ sRef Matt@16 @27 S0′ 8256. Moreover a man is such as is the life of his charity; but not such as is the life of his piety without this. Consequently, the life of charity remains with the man to eternity; but not the life of piety, except insofar as the latter is in agreement with the former. That the life of charity remains with the man to eternity, is also evident from the Lord’s words in these passages:
The Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will render to everyone according to his deeds (Matt. 16:27).
They shall go forth; they who have done goods, into the resurrection of life; but they who have done evils, into the resurrection of judgment (John 5:29);
and also from what is said in Matt. 25:31-46.

AC (Potts) n. 8257 8257. By the life through which the Lord is chiefly worshiped, is meant a life according to His injunctions in the Word, for by these man is acquainted with what faith is and what charity is: this life is the Christian life, and is called spiritual life. But a life according to the laws of what is just and honorable, without that life, is a civil and a moral life: this life makes a man to be a citizen of the world; but the other to be a citizen of heaven.

EXODUS 15

1. Then sang Moses and the sons of Israel this song to Jehovah, and they said, saying, I will sing to Jehovah because exalting He hath exalted; the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea.
2. My strength and song is Jah, and He hath been my salvation; this is my God, and I will prepare Him a habitation; my father’s God, and I will exalt Him.
3. Jehovah is a man of war; Jehovah is His name.
4. Pharaoh’s chariots and his army He hath cast into the sea: and the choice of the tertian captains are sunk in the sea Suph.
5. The abysses have covered them; they went down into the depths like a stone.
6. Thy right hand, O Jehovah, is magnified in strength; with Thy right hand, O Jehovah, Thou breakest in pieces the enemy.
7. And in the multitude of Thine excellency Thou destroyest those who are rising up against Thee; Thou sendest forth Thy wrath, it devoureth them as stubble.
8. And with the wind of Thy nostrils the waters were heaped up, the floods stood as a heap; the abysses were congealed in the heart of the sea.
9. The enemy said, I will pursue, I will overtake, I will divide the spoil; my soul shall be filled with them; I will draw my sword, my hand shall drive them out.
10. Thou didst blow with Thy wind, the sea covered them; they sought the deep like lead in the vast waters.
11. Who is like Thee, O Jehovah, among the gods? Who is like Thee, magnificent in holiness, to be revered with praises, doing what is wonderful?
12. Thou stretchedst out Thy right hand, the earth swallowed them.
13. In Thy mercy Thou hast led the people that Thou hast redeemed; Thou hast conducted them in Thy strength to the habitation of Thy holiness.
14. The peoples have heard, they have trembled; pain hath laid hold of the inhabitants of Philistia.
15. Then were the chiefs of Edom dismayed; the mighty ones of Moab, terror hath laid hold of them; all the inhabitants of Canaan are melted.
16. Fright and dread are fallen upon them; in the greatness of Thine arm they shall be destroyed as a stone, until Thy people shall pass over, O Jehovah, until shall pass over this people which Thou hast taken possession of.
17. Thou shalt bring them in, Thou shalt plant them in the mountain of Thine inheritance, in the place Thou hast wrought for Thee to dwell, O Jehovah, the sanctuary, O Lord, Thy hands have prepared.
18. Jehovah shall reign forever and to eternity.
19. Because the horse of Pharaoh came with his chariot and with his horsemen into the sea, and Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them; and the sons of Israel went on the dry through the midst of the sea.
20. And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand, and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances.
21. And Miriam answered to them, Sing ye to Jehovah, because exalting He hath exalted; the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea.
22. And Moses made Israel set out from the sea Suph, and they went out to the wilderness of Shur; and they went three days in the wilderness, and found no waters.
23. And they came to Marah, and they could not drink the waters for bitterness, because they were bitter; therefore he called the name thereof Marah.
24. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink?
25. And he cried unto Jehovah, and Jehovah showed him a piece of wood, and he cast it to the waters, and the waters were made sweet. There He set for him a statute and a judgment, and there He tempted him;
26. And He said, If hearing thou wilt hear the voice of Jehovah thy God, and wilt do what is right in His eyes, and wilt hearken to His commandments, and wilt keep all His statutes, all the diseases that I have put on the Egyptians, I will not put upon thee, because I am Jehovah thy healer.
27. And they came to Elim, and there were twelve springs of waters there, and seventy palm trees; and they encamped there by the waters.

AC (Potts) n. 8258 sRef Ex@15 @0 S0′ 8258. THE CONTENTS.

In the internal sense of this chapter the Lord is celebrated, in that after He had glorified His Human, He cast down into the hells the evil who were infesting the good in the other life; and raised into heaven the good who had been infested. These are the things which are contained in this prophetic song in the internal sense.

AC (Potts) n. 8259 sRef Ex@15 @0 S0′ 8259. Afterward the second temptation of those who were of the spiritual church is treated of in the internal sense, which is described by the murmuring of the people at Marah, where the waters were bitter; and after this, consolation is treated of, which is signified by the encampment at Elim, where were twelve springs and seventy palm trees.

AC (Potts) n. 8260 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8260. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verses 1, 2. Then sang Moses and the sons of Israel this song to Jehovah, and they said, saying, I will sing to Jehovah, because exalting He hath exalted; the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea. My strength and song is Jah, and He hath been my salvation; this is my God, and I will prepare Him a habitation; my father’s God, and I will exalt Him. “Then sang Moses and the sons of Israel this song to Jehovah,” signifies a glorification of the Lord by those who are of the spiritual church, on account of liberation; “and they said, saying,” signifies in this manner from influx; “I will sing to Jehovah,” signifies that to the Lord alone is the glory; “because exalting He hath exalted,” signifies that He has manifested His Divine in the Human; “the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea,” signifies in the fact that by His mere presence the falsities from evil were damned and cast into hell; “My strength,” signifies that everything of power is from Him; “and song is Jah,” signifies that everything of faith and of the consequent glory is from the Divine truth which is from Him; “and He hath been my salvation,” signifies that salvation is from thence; “and I will prepare Him a habitation,” signifies that in the good which is from Him, He shall be as in His heaven; “my father’s God,” signifies that there was no other Divine in the Ancient Churches; “and I will exalt Him,” signifies that now also He has Divine worship.

AC (Potts) n. 8261 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ 8261. Then sang Moses and the sons of Israel this song to Jehovah. That this signifies the glorification of the Lord by those who are of the spiritual church on account of liberation, is evident from the signification of “singing a song,” as being a glorification (of which below); that it denotes the glorification of the Lord is because by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (see n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5041, 5663, 6280, 6281, 6905, 6945, 6956); and from the representation of Moses and the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church; for Moses together with the people represent that church, Moses its head, because he also represents the Divine truth, and the people or the sons of Israel the church itself. (That “the sons of Israel” denote those who are of the spiritual church, see n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223.) That this glorification of the Lord is on account of liberation, is evident from what was shown in the preceding chapter; namely, that they who were of the spiritual church were saved solely by the coming of the Lord into the world, and that until then they had been detained in the lower earth, and there had been infested by spirits who were in falsities from evil, and were liberated by the Lord after He made the Human in Himself Divine. (That they who were of the spiritual church were saved solely by the coming of the Lord into the world, see n. 2661, 2716, 2833, 2834, 6372; and that until then they had been detained in the lower earth, and were liberated by the Lord when He made the Human in Himself Divine, n. 6854, 6914, 7035, 7091, 7828, 7932, 8018, 8054.)
[2] That “to sing a song” denotes to glorify, and that thus a “song” denotes a glorification, is because in the Ancient Church and afterward in the Jewish Church the songs were prophetic and treated of the Lord, especially that He would come into the world, and would overthrow the diabolical crew, then raging more than ever, and would liberate the faithful from their assaults. And because the prophetic utterances of the songs contained such things in the internal sense, therefore by these is signified a glorification of the Lord, that is, a celebration of Him from gladness of heart; for gladness of heart is especially expressed by a song, because in a song gladness breaks forth as it were of itself into sound. Hence it is that Jehovah-that is, the Lord-is called in songs “Hero,” a “Man of war,” the “God of armies,” “Conqueror,” “Strength,” “Bulwark,” “Shield,” “Salvation;” and the diabolical crew that is overthrown, “the enemy” that is “smitten,” “swallowed up,” “overwhelmed,” “cast into hell.”
[3] They who knew nothing of the internal sense also believed in time past that such things as were in the world were meant, as worldly enemies, battles, victories, defeats, submersions, of which the songs treated in the external sense; but they who knew that all prophetic utterances involved things heavenly and Divine, and that these were represented in them, knew that the subject there treated of is the damnation of the unfaithful, and the salvation of the faithful by the Lord, when He would come into the world. And then those who knew this, and meditated upon it, and were affected thereby, had internal gladness; but others only external. The angels also who were with the men were at the same time in the glorification of the Lord; consequently they who sang, and they who heard the songs, had heavenly gladness from the holy and blessed influx which flowed in from heaven, in which they seemed to themselves to be as it were taken up into heaven. Such an effect had the songs of the church among the ancients. Such an effect also they would have at this day; for the spiritual angels are especially affected by songs which are about the Lord, His kingdom, and the church. That the songs of the church had this effect, was not only because by them gladness of heart became active, and burst forth from within even to the utmost fibers of the body, and set these in motion with a glad and at the same time a holy tremor; but also because there is a glorification of the Lord in the heavens by means of choirs, and thus by the harmonious music of many. From this also angelic speech is harmonious, falling into rhythmic measures. (Concerning choirs see n. 2595, 2596, 3350, 5182, 8115; and concerning angelic speech, that it falls into rhythmic measures, n. 1648, 1649, 7191e.) From this it is that the glorifications of the Lord among the ancients who were of the church were performed by means of songs, psalms, and musical instruments of various kinds; for the ancients who were of the church had a joy that surpassed all other joys from calling to mind the Lord’s coming, and the salvation of the human race through Him.
sRef Isa@42 @11 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @6 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @8 S4′ sRef Isa@49 @9 S4′ sRef Isa@49 @8 S4′ sRef Isa@49 @13 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @7 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @6 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @12 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @13 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @10 S4′ sRef Isa@42 @7 S4′ [4] That in the internal sense the prophetic songs contained a glorification of the Lord, is evident from the songs in the Word, as in Isaiah:
I Jehovah have called thee in righteousness, and I will take hold of thy hand, I will guard thee, and give thee for a covenant to the people, for a light to the nations, to open the blind eyes, to bring out the bound one from the prison, him that sitteth in darkness out of the house of confinement: sing ye to Jehovah a new song, His praise, extremity of the earth; let the wilderness and the cities thereof lift up a voice, let the inhabitants of the rock sing, let them give glory to Jehovah; Jehovah shall go forth as a hero, as a man of wars; He shall stir up the zeal, He shall prevail over His enemies (Isa. 42:6, 7, 10-13);
it is evident that this treats of the Lord, in that He would come to liberate those who were in spiritual captivity; wherefore it is said, “sing to Jehovah a new song,” and “let the inhabitants of the rock sing.” In like manner in the same:
I have given thee for a covenant of the people, to restore the land, to divide the wasted heritages; to say to them that are bound, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Be ye revealed: they shall feed upon the ways, and on all hillsides shall be their pasture. Sing, O ye heavens; and exult, O earth; and resound, ye mountains, with song, because Jehovah hath comforted His people, and will have mercy on his afflicted ones (Isa. 49:8, 9, 13);
here also the coming of the Lord and the liberation of the bound are treated of.
sRef Ps@96 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @12 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @1 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @2 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @6 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @5 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @4 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @13 S5′ sRef Ps@40 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@40 @2 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @8 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @11 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @9 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @7 S5′ sRef Ps@96 @10 S5′ [5] In David:
Sing ye to Jehovah a new song, bless His name, recount His glory among the nations: all the gods of the peoples are vanities; but Jehovah made the heavens, glory and honor are before Him; strength and comeliness are in His sanctuary; give ye to Jehovah glory and strength, give ye to Jehovah the glory of His name; say ye among the nations, Jehovah reigneth, the world also is established, and it shall not be removed; Jehovah cometh, He cometh to judge the earth (Ps. 96).
Jehovah hath made me come up out of the pit of vastation, out of the mire of clay; and hath set my feet upon a rock; and He hath put a new song into my mouth, even praise to our God; many shall see, and shall trust (Ps. 40:2, 3).
From these words also it is evident that a “song” denotes a glorification of the Lord on account of liberation; for the songs involved gladness of heart, and the exaltation of the Lord-gladness of heart, on account of the Lord’s coming and salvation then; and exaltation, on account of victory over spiritual enemies. Gladness of heart with exaltation of the Lord is what is meant by glorification.
sRef Ps@18 @1 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @3 S6′ sRef Ps@69 @30 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @4 S6′ sRef Ps@18 @3 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @2 S6′ sRef Ps@18 @2 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @7 S6′ sRef Ps@69 @29 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @5 S6′ sRef Ps@33 @6 S6′ sRef Isa@24 @8 S6′ sRef Isa@24 @9 S6′ sRef Ps@28 @8 S6′ sRef Amos@8 @10 S6′ sRef Ps@28 @7 S6′ [6] That gladness of heart was signified by “songs,” is evident in these passages:
Confess ye to Jehovah on the harp, on a psaltery of ten strings, sing psalms to Him, sing ye to Him a new song; beat surpassingly with a loud noise, because He gathereth the waters of the sea together as a heap, He putteth the deeps in treasuries (Ps. 33:2, 3, 7).
The joy of timbrels shall cease, the tumult of them that are merry shall cease, the joy of the harp shall cease. They shall not drink wine with a song (Isa. 24:8, 9).
I will turn your feasts into mourning, and all your songs into lamentation (Amos 8:10).
That the exaltation of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, was performed by means of songs, is plain in David:
David the servant of Jehovah, who spake unto Jehovah the words of this song: Jehovah, my strength, Jehovah is my rock, and my fortress, and my rescuer; my God, my rock in whom I trust; my shield, and the horn of my salvation, my refuge; I will call upon Jehovah, who is to be praised; then shall I be saved from mine enemies (Ps. 18:1-3).
Jehovah is my strength and my shield; whence in a song I will confess Him; Jehovah is their strength, and the strength of salvations of His anointed (Ps. 28:7, 8).
Thy salvation O God will bring me on high; I will praise the name of God with a song, and will magnify Him with confession (Ps. 69:29, 30).
sRef Rev@5 @10 S7′ sRef Rev@15 @4 S7′ sRef Rev@15 @1 S7′ sRef Rev@15 @3 S7′ sRef Rev@5 @9 S7′ [7] That the songs treated of the Lord, is evident also in John:
The twenty-four elders sang a new song, saying, Worthy art Thou who takest the book, and openest the seals thereof; because Thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us unto God with Thy blood (Rev. 5:8, 9).
I saw seven angels who sang the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are Thy works, O Lord, God the Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, O King of saints; who would not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? (Rev. 15:1, 2, 4);
“the song of Moses and of the Lamb” is the song which is in this chapter: it is called “the song of the Lamb,” because the glorification of the Lord is treated of therein.

AC (Potts) n. 8262 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ 8262. And they said, saying. That this signifies in this manner from influx, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when the subject treated of is the glorification of the Lord by a song, as being influx (that “to say” also denotes influx, see n. 5743, 6152, 6291, 7291, 7381, 8221).

AC (Potts) n. 8263 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ 8263. I will sing to Jehovah. That this signifies that to the Lord alone is the glory, is evident from the signification of “to sing to Jehovah,” as being to glorify the Lord (of which just above, n. 8261); thus that to Him is the glory. That it is to Him alone, is because the Lord is “Jehovah” in the Word (n. 8261), thus is the only God. It is said in the Word throughout that to God alone shall be glory and honor. He who knows not the interior things of the Word may believe that the Lord desires and loves glory like a man in the world; and also for the reason that it is due to Him in preference to all in the universe; but the Lord does not desire glory for the sake of Himself, but for the sake of the man who glorifies Him. The man who glorifies Him does it from a holy reverence for Him in that He is the Supreme One, and from a humbling of himself as being relatively nothing; and because in the glorification of the Lord by the man there is thus both holy reverence and humiliation, the man is then in a state to receive the influx of good from the Lord, thus also to receive love to Him. It is from this that the Lord desires man to glorify Him (see n. 4347, 4593, 5957). (That the influx of good from the Lord is into a humble heart, see n. 3994, 7478.)

AC (Potts) n. 8264 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ 8264. Because exalting He hath exalted. That this signifies that He has manifested His Divine in the Human, is evident from the signification of “exalting oneself,” when said of the Lord, as being to manifest the Divine in the Human. The reason why this is signified by “exalting He hath exalted Himself,” is that the Divine is the Highest or Supreme; and the Lord, when He was in the world, made the Human in Himself Divine, and thus “exalting He exalted.” (That by what is “high” in the Word is signified what is Divine, see n. 8153.) It is here said that “exalting He hath exalted,” and that thereby is signified the manifestation of the Divine in the Human, because in this song the subject treated of is the Lord, in that after He made His Human Divine, He cast the evil into the hells and raised the good into heaven (n. 8258), and this by His mere presence (n. 7989); for to cast the evil into the hells, and to raise the good into heaven, by mere presence, is Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8265 sRef Ex@15 @1 S0′ 8265. The horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea. That this signifies that by His mere presence the falsities from evil were damned and cast into hell, is evident from the signification of a “horse,” as being falsities from a perverted understanding (that a “horse” denotes the understanding, see n. 2761, 2762, 3217, 5321; and in the opposite sense a perverted understanding, and as this is no understanding, in this sense by a “horse” is signified falsity, and by “the horse of Pharaoh,” false memory-knowledge, n. 6125, 8146, 8148); from the signification of a “rider” or “horseman,” as being the consequent reasonings (n. 8146, 8148); and from the signification of “casting into the sea,” as being to damn and cast into hell. That “the sea,” here the sea Suph, denotes the hell where are the falsities from evil of those who being of the church have been in faith separate and in a life of evil, see n. 8099, 8137, 8148; hence it is that they are called falsities “from evil.” That these falsities were damned and cast into hell by the mere presence of the Lord, was shown in the preceding chapter. For the evil can by no means endure and support the Divine presence, because by the Divine presence they are tortured, tormented, and as it were deprived of life, and comport themselves like those who are in the death agony. The reason is that in the Divine there is omnipotence, which destroys and extinguishes that which is opposed, thus what is false and evil; consequently the life of those who are in falsity and evil is distressed by the Divine presence, and hence feels hell in itself according to the degree of the presence. But lest they who are in falsities and evils should be tortured until they are utterly destroyed, they are veiled over by their falsities and evils as by thick mists, which are of such a nature as to mitigate the influx of the Divine, or to repel or to stifle it, as earthly mists or clouds do the rays of the sun.
sRef Rev@6 @17 S2′ sRef Ex@15 @11 S2′ sRef Ex@15 @10 S2′ sRef Ex@15 @8 S2′ sRef Rev@6 @16 S2′ sRef Ex@15 @7 S2′ sRef Ex@15 @12 S2′ [2] These things are meant by the words in John:
They shall say to the mountains and to the rocks, Fall upon us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the anger of the Lamb; because the great day of His anger is come; who therefore shall be able to stand? (6:16, 17);
by “the mountains and rocks to which they shall say, Fall upon us and hide us” are signified evils and falsities; by “the anger of the Lamb” is signified torment, for it appears as if the Divine tormented from anger, when yet it is the falsities and evils themselves. In like manner in Isa. 2:10; and in Hosea 10:8; and in Luke 23:30. That damnation is from the mere presence of the Lord, is also signified by what follows in this Song:
Thou sendest forth Thy wrath, it devoureth them as stubble; and with the wind of Thy nostrils the waters were heaped up, the floods stood together like a heap; Thou didst blow with Thy wind, the sea covered them; they sought the deep; Thou stretchedst out Thy right hand, the earth swallowed them (verses 7, 8, 10, 12).
In like manner in many other passages in the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 8266 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8266. My strength. That this signifies that everything of power is from Him, is evident from the signification of “strength,” as being force and power; and because it is said “my strength” when treating of Jehovah or the Lord, it denotes that everything of power is from Him.

AC (Potts) n. 8267 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8267. And song is Jah. That this signifies that everything of faith and of the consequent glory is from the Divine truth which is from Him, is evident from the signification of a “song” when said concerning Jehovah, as being a glorification of the Lord (see above, n. 8261); but when concerning man, as here, as being the glory which is from faith, thus faith from which is glory; for everything of glory that pertains to man is from faith in the Lord, because faith which is faith is from the Lord, and thus the Lord is in the faith, consequently so is the glory itself. That the glory of man is from faith is also because the Divine truth, from which and through which is faith, appears before the eyes of the angels as light, and also as brightness and a beam of light. This beam of light, together with the magnificences of heaven that are from the light, is called “glory,” which accordingly is nothing else than Divine truth, thus faith.
sRef Ps@118 @5 S2′ sRef Ps@118 @14 S2′ sRef Ps@118 @17 S2′ sRef Ps@118 @19 S2′ sRef Ps@118 @13 S2′ sRef Ps@68 @4 S2′ [2] That “Jah” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Divine Human of the Lord, is because “Jah” is from “Jehovah” and is called “Jah” because it is not being, but coming-forth from being; for Divine truth is coming-forth, but Divine good is being (n. 6880); and consequently it is said “Jah is my song,” because by “song” is signified the faith which is of Divine truth. By “Jah” is signified Divine truth in David also:
Sing ye to God, praise ye His name; extol Him that rideth upon the clouds by His name Jah, and exult ye before Him (Ps. 68:4);
where “to praise and extol God by His name Jah” denotes by means of Divine truth. Again in the same:
In distress I called on Jah; Jah answered me in breadth; Jehovah helped me; Jah is my strength and song; I shall not die, but live, and declare the works of Jah; I will enter through the gates of righteousness, and I will confess Jah (Ps. 118:5, 13, 14, 17, 19);
here “Jah” denotes the Lord as to Divine truth; in like manner “Jah” in “Hallelu-Jah” (Ps. 105:45; 106:1, 48; 111:1; 112:1; 113:1, 9; 115:17, 18; 116:29).

AC (Potts) n. 8268 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8268. And He hath been my salvation. That this signifies that salvation is from thence, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8269 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ sRef John@14 @23 S0′ 8269. And I will prepare Him a habitation. That this signifies that in the good which is from Him, He shall be as in His heaven, is evident from the signification of “a habitation,” when said of Jehovah or the Lord, as being good. That “the habitation of the Lord” denotes good, is because all good is from the Lord, thus good is the Lord’s, insomuch that it may be said that the Lord is good, and when the Lord dwells in this, He dwells in His Divine, nor can He dwell anywhere else, according to His own words in John:
Jesus said, If anyone love me, he keepeth My word; and My Father loveth him, and We will come unto him, and make an abode with him (14:23);
good from the Divine is here described by “loving the Lord and keeping His word,” for good is of love; it is said that “they will make an abode with him,” that is, in the good with him. It is said “as in His heaven,” because heaven is called “the habitation of God” from the fact that good, which is from the Lord, is there and constitutes heaven. Moreover the Lord is in every man as in His heaven when He is in good there; for man’s heaven is good, and through good man is with the angels in heaven. From this it is now evident that by “I will prepare Him a habitation” is signified that in the good which is from Him, He will be as in His heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8270 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8270. My father’s God. That this signifies that there was no other Divine in the Ancient Churches, is evident from the signification of “father,” as being the Ancient Church (see n. 6050, 6075, 7649, 8055), consequently “father’s God” denotes the Divine in the Ancient Churches (that the Divine in those churches was the Lord, see n. 6846, 6876, 6884; and that by “Jehovah” they understood no other than the Lord, n. 1343, 5663).

AC (Potts) n. 8271 sRef Ex@15 @2 S0′ 8271. And I will exalt Him. That this signifies that now also He has Divine worship, is evident from the signification of “to exalt,” when it is said of man that he “will exalt Jehovah,” as being worship; for Divine worship consists in the exaltation of the Lord relatively to oneself, which is done according to the degree of the self-humiliation before the Lord. Humiliation is the essential of Divine worship. When man is in this essential he is hence in a state of receiving from the Lord the truth which is of faith and the good which is of charity, consequently in a state of worshiping Him. But if man exalts himself before the Lord, he hence closes the interiors of his mind for the reception of good and truth from the Lord. (What is meant by “exalting oneself,” when it is said of the Lord that He “exalts Himself,” see above, n. 8264.)

AC (Potts) n. 8272 8272. Verses 3-5. Jehovah is a man of war; Jehovah is His name. Pharaoh’s chariots and his army He hath cast into the sea; and the choice of the tertian captains are sunk in the sea Suph. The abysses have covered them; they went down into the depths like a stone. “Jehovah is a man of war,” signifies that the Lord protects against all evils and falsities that are from the hells; “Jehovah is His name,” signifies that it is He alone from whom all things are; “Pharaoh’s chariots and his army He hath cast into the sea,” signifies that the falsities from evil, in particular and in general, of those who were of the church and in a life of evil there, at His presence cast themselves into the hells; “and the choice of the tertian captains,” signifies all with each; “are sunk in the sea Suph,” signifies that they have shut themselves up in falsities from evil; “the abysses have covered them,” signifies that falsities from cupidities have enveloped them; “they went down into the depths like a stone,” signifies that they fell down toward lower things as if by reason of weight.

AC (Potts) n. 8273 sRef Ex@15 @3 S0′ 8273. Jehovah is a man of war. That this signifies that the Lord protects against all evils and falsities that are from the hells, is evident from the signification of “a man of war,” as being one who fights against falsities and evils, that is, against the hells, and conquers them, here who protects man against them; for, as before shown, the Lord alone fights for man and protects him when he is assaulted by the hells, and this continually, especially in temptations, which are spiritual combats. The Lord is called “a man of war” primarily from the fact that when He was in the world, He alone, that is, from Himself, fought against the hells, which were then for the most part open, and attacked and endeavored to subjugate all who came into the other life. The reason why the diabolical crew-that is, the hells-were at that time so rampant, was that the Divine passing through heaven, which before the coming of the Lord was the Divine Human, did not avail against evils and falsities, then so immensely increased. Therefore it pleased the Divine Itself to assume the Human and to make this Divine, and then at the same time through combats admitted into Himself to cast that diabolical crew into the hells, and shut them in there, and to make them subject to the heavens; and at the same time also to reduce the heavens themselves into order. From these combats the Lord is first called “a man of war,” and also afterward, because when He had thus conquered the hells and had become righteousness, He protects men by His Divine power, and this continually, and especially in the combats of temptations.
sRef Isa@59 @14 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @1 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @2 S2′ sRef Isa@59 @16 S2′ sRef Isa@59 @17 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @3 S2′ sRef Isa@59 @15 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @5 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @4 S2′ [2] That the Lord alone and from Himself fought against the hells and overcame them, see in Isaiah:
Judgment hath been cast backward, and righteousness stood afar off; for truth hath stumbled in the street, and uprightness cannot approach; while truth hath been taken away; and he that departeth from evil is insane: Jehovah saw, and it was evil in His eyes that there was no judgment; and He saw that there was no man, and He was amazed that there was no one interceding; therefore His arm wrought salvation for Him; and His righteousness stirred Him up; hence He put on righteousness as a breast-plate, and a helmet of salvation upon His head (59:14-17);
there is here described the state of that time in both worlds, and that the Lord from Himself alone restored the fallen estate. In like manner elsewhere in the same:
Who is this that cometh from Edom, with sprinkled garments from Bozrah? this that is honorable in his apparel, marching in the multitude of his strength? I that speak in righteousness, great for salvation; I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the peoples not a man with Me, whence their victory hath been sprinkled upon My garments; for the day of vengeance is in My heart, and the year of My redeemed had come; I looked around, but there was no one helping; and I was amazed, but there was no one supporting; therefore Mine arm wrought salvation for Me (Isa. 63:1, 3-5);
from these words it can be seen that in the world the Lord fought alone against the hells, and overcame them.
sRef Ps@24 @8 S3′ sRef Isa@42 @13 S3′ sRef Ps@24 @10 S3′ [3] As regards combats and victories over the hells, the case is this. He who once overcomes them overcomes them perpetually; because through victory he procures for himself power over them, for in the same proportion he confirms in himself, and appropriates to himself, the good which is of love and the truth which is of faith, against which the hells afterward dare nothing. When the Lord was in the world He admitted combats of temptations into Himself from all the hells, and through these He made the Human in Himself Divine, and at the same time He forever reduced the hells to obedience (see n. 1663, 1668, 1690, 1692, 1737, 1813, 1820, 2776, 2786, 2795, 2803, 2814, 2816, 4287). From this it is that the Lord alone has power over the hells eternally; and from Divine power fights for man. From this then it is that the Lord is called “a man of war,” and also a “Hero,” as also in these passages:
Jehovah shall go forth like a Hero, He shall stir up zeal like a man of wars, He shall prevail over His enemies (Isa. 42:13).
Who is this King of glory? Jehovah strong and a Hero, Jehovah a Hero of war. Who is this King of glory? Jehovah Zebaoth [of armies] (Ps. 24:8, 10).
[4] In the Word, where mention is made of “war,” in the internal sense there is meant spiritual war, which is against falsities and evils; or what is the same, which is against the devil, that is, the hells (n. 1664, 2686). The wars or combats of the Lord against the hells are treated of in the internal sense in both the historicals and the propheticals of the Word; in like manner the wars and combats of the Lord for man. Among the ancients with whom was the Lord’s church, there was also a Word both historic and prophetic, which at this day is not extant. The historic Word was called “The Book of the Wars of Jehovah,” and the prophetic Word, “The Enunciations.” This Word is mentioned in Moses (Num. 21:14, 27). That by this word [“Enunciations”], used in the 27th verse, are signified prophetical things, is evident from the meaning of this word [here “parable”] in Num. 23:7, 18; 24:3, 15. By “the wars of Jehovah” were there meant the Lord’s combats and victories against the hells when He was in the world, and also His subsequent perpetual combats and victories for man, for the church, and for His kingdom. For the hells continually wish to raise themselves up, because they breathe nothing but domination; but they are repressed by the Lord alone. Their attempts to force their way out appear like bubblings up, and like the dorsal ejections from man; but as often as they attempt this, so often many of them are cast down more deeply there.

AC (Potts) n. 8274 sRef Ex@15 @3 S0′ 8274. Jehovah is His name. That this signifies that it is He alone from whom all things are, is evident from the signification of the name “Jehovah,” as being all things of faith and love, or all things of truth and good, in the complex, by which the Lord is worshiped (see n. 2724, 3006, 6674); and as being in the supreme sense the Divine Human of the Lord (n. 2628, 6887), from which all these things are. From this cause and also from the fact that Jehovah is Being itself, thus the being of all things, it is evident that, by “Jehovah is His name,” is signified that the Lord alone is He from whom all things are.

AC (Potts) n. 8275 sRef Ex@15 @4 S0′ 8275. Pharaoh’s chariots and his army He hath cast into the sea. That this signifies that the falsities from evil, in particular and in general, of those who had been of the church and in a life of evil there, at His presence cast themselves into the hells, is evident from the signification of “chariots,” as being falsities (see n. 8146, 8148, 8215), here falsities in particular, because the “army” also is mentioned, by which are signified falsities in general (that “armies” denote falsities, see n. 3448, 8138, 8146, 8148); from the representation of Pharaoh and of the Egyptians, as being those of the church who are in faith separate and in a life of evil, and consequently are in mere falsities from evil (n. 7926, 8132, 8135, 8138, 8148); and from the signification of “the sea,” here the sea Suph, as being the hell where they are who are in these falsities (n. 8099, 8137, 8148). Consequently, “He cast into the sea,” denotes that He cast into hell; in the internal sense, that at the mere presence of the Lord they cast themselves there (n. 8265). From all this it is evident that by “Pharaoh’s chariots and his army He hath cast into the sea” is signified that the falsities from evil, in particular and in general, of those who had been of the church and in a life of evil there, at the presence of the Lord cast themselves into the hells.

AC (Potts) n. 8276 sRef Ex@15 @4 S0′ 8276. And the choice of the tertian captains.* That this signifies all with each, is evident from the signification of “the tertian captains,” as being the generals under which are particulars in a series (see n. 8150); thus all and each. For when mention is made of generals, the particulars which are under them and in them are also meant, and likewise the singulars which are under the particulars and in them; for a general without particulars and singulars is not anything, since it is called a “general” from these, because it is a complex of many. Hence it is that by “tertian captains” are signified all with each. It is said “the choice,” and by this are signified the chief falsities, under which the rest are.
* See 1 Kings 22:32. [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 8277 sRef Ex@15 @4 S0′ 8277. Are sunk in the sea Suph. That this signifies that they have shut themselves up in falsities from evil, is evident from the signification of “to be sunk,” here in the waters of the sea Suph, as being to shut themselves up in falsities from evil, for by the waters of that sea are signified falsities (n. 8137, 8138), and by “to be sunk” is signified to be shut up; for they who are in the hells are shut up and encompassed with falsities, like those who are sunk in waters. (That they immerse or shut up themselves in them, see n. 7926, 8227, 8228.)

AC (Potts) n. 8278 sRef Ezek@31 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @5 S0′ sRef Ps@78 @15 S1′ sRef Deut@8 @7 S1′ sRef Ps@78 @16 S1′ 8278. The abysses have covered them. That this signifies that falsities from cupidities have enveloped them, is evident from the signification of “the abysses,” as being falsities which are from cupidities. By “abysses” in the Word are meant waters and abundance of waters in the deeps; and by “waters” in a good sense are signified truths, and in the opposite sense falsities (see n. 739, 790, 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668), and by “deeps” are signified the hells. Hence it is that “abysses” denote falsities from cupidities; also that they denote the hells. That by “abysses” in the Word are meant waters in the deeps and abundance of waters, is evident in these passages:
The waters made the cedar to grow, the abyss made it high; so that with its rivers it went round thy plant, and it sent out water-channels unto all the trees of the field (Ezek. 31:4).
He clave the rocks in the wilderness, and made them drink the great abysses; He brought forth streams out of the rock, and made the waters to come down like streams (Ps. 78:15, 16).
A good land, a land of rivers of water, of fountains and abysses, going forth from valley and from mountain (Deut. 8:7).
In these passages “abysses” denote waters in abundance; and waters in abundance, or “abysses,” denote truths of faith in abundance. “He made them to drink great abysses out of the rock” denotes that He made them receive truths of faith without lack, for “rock” denotes faith from the Lord, thus the Lord as to faith; “the abysses going forth from valley and from mountain” denote truths of faith from love. Consequently also among the blessings of Joseph were “blessings of the abyss that lieth beneath” (Gen. 49:25; Deut. 33:13).
sRef Isa@51 @9 S2′ sRef Ezek@26 @19 S2′ sRef Rev@9 @11 S2′ sRef Isa@51 @10 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @13 S2′ sRef Rev@9 @2 S2′ sRef Rev@11 @7 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @12 S2′ sRef Rev@9 @1 S2′ sRef Rev@17 @8 S2′ [2] That “abysses” denote falsities from cupidities, consequently also the hells, is evident in the following passages:
Awake, as in the days of old, the generations of eternity; dost Thou not dry up the sea, the waters of the great abyss, and make the depths of the sea for a way, that the redeemed may pass over? (Isa. 51:9, 10).
Jehovah who cleft asunder the waters before them, who led them through the abysses, like a horse in the wilderness; they stumbled not (Isa. 63:12, 13).
Thus said the Lord Jehovih, When I shall make thee a desolate city, like the cities that are not inhabited; when I shall make the abyss to come up against thee, and many waters shall cover thee (Ezek. 26:19).
I saw a star from heaven fallen to the earth, to which was given the key of the pit of the abyss, and he opened the pit of the abyss (Rev. 9:1, 2, 11).
The beast that cometh up out of the abyss made war with them (Rev. 11:7).
The beast that thou sawest was, and is not, and is about to come up out of the abyss, and go into perdition (Rev. 17:8).
In these passages the “abyss” denotes the hells, thus also falsities from cupidities, for these are in the hells and make them.
sRef Jonah@2 @5 S3′ sRef Ps@71 @20 S3′ sRef Ps@42 @7 S3′ [3] As these things are signified by “abysses,” by them are also signified temptations, for temptations are effected by means of falsities and evils that are injected by the hells. In this sense “abyss” is used in these passages:
The waters compassed me about, even to the soul; the abyss was round about me (Jonah 2:5).
Abyss crieth unto abyss at the voice of thy water-channels; all thy breakers and thy waves have passed over me (Ps. 42:7).
Who hast shown me many and evil straitnesses, return and quicken me, and make me return and come up from the abysses of the earth (Ps. 71:20).

AC (Potts) n. 8279 sRef Ex@15 @5 S0′ 8279. They went down into the depths like a stone. That this signifies that they fell down to lower things as if by reason of weight, is evident from the signification of “to go down,” when to lower things as if by reason of weight, as being to fall; from the signification of “depths,” as being the lower places where the hells are, of which below; and from the signification of “like a stone,” as being as if by reason of weight. It is said “like a stone,” because by “a stone” in the genuine sense is signified truth (see n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3773, 3789, 3798, 6426), consequently in the opposite sense falsity. Moreover falsity from evil is of such a nature that it sinks down toward lower things, as does a heavy body in the world. But truth from good is of such a nature that it ascends to higher things, as does something light in the world. Hence it is that so long as the evil have not been as yet devastated as to truths, they are in a region above the hells, but as soon as they have been devastated, that is, deprived of truths, it is as if their wings were cut off, and then they sink down like weights, and the deeper in proportion as their falsities from evil are worse. From this it is that by “depths,” equally as by “abysses,” are signified the hells; but by “depths,” the hells relatively to evils, and by “abysses,” the hells relatively to the falsities that are from evils; as in these passages:
Flee ye, they have turned away, they have let themselves down into the depth to dwell (Jer. 49:8, 30).
The waters have come even unto the soul, I have been sunk in the mire of depth, there is no standing; I have come into the depths of the waters, and the billow overflows me: rescue me out of the mire, lest I be sunk, I shall be rescued from those who hate me, and out of the depths of the waters, lest a billow of waters overflow me, and lest the depth swallow me up; let not the pit shut its mouth upon me (Ps. 69:1, 2, 14, 15).
He shall cast into the depths of the sea all their sins (Micah 7:19).
The reason why “depth” denotes hell relatively to evil, is that it is opposite to “high,” by which is signified heaven, and which is predicated of good (n. 8153). Moreover evil corresponds to what is heavy on earth, which sinks by its own weight; thus also to the heaviness of a stone, when by a “stone” is signified falsity.

AC (Potts) n. 8280 8280. Verses 6-10. The right hand, O Jehovah, is magnified in strength; with Thy right hand, O Jehovah, Thou breakest in pieces the enemy. And in the multitude of Thine excellency Thou destroyest those who are rising up against Thee; Thou sendest forth Thy wrath, it devoureth them as stubble. And with the wind of Thy nostrils the waters were heaped up, the floods stood as a heap; the abysses were congealed in the heart of the sea. The enemy said, I will pursue, I will overtake, I will divide the spoil; my soul shall be filled with them; I will draw my sword, my hand shall drive them out. Thou didst blow with Thy wind, the sea covered them; they sought the deep like lead in the vast waters. “Thy right hand, O Jehovah, is magnified in strength,” signifies the Lord’s omnipotence shown; “with Thy right hand, O Jehovah, Thou breakest in pieces the enemy,” signifies the effect of omnipotence on evils and the derivative falsities, the power of which is being annihilated; “and in the multitude of Thine excellency Thou destroyest those who rise up against Thee,” signifies that by virtue of the Divine, things opposed are rejected as nothing; “Thou sendest forth Thy wrath,” signifies the fury of cupidities, and the endeavor to inflict violence, with the evil; “it devoureth them as stubble,” signifies the consequent devastation and damnation from themselves; “and with the wind of Thy nostrils the waters were heaped up,” signifies that falsities were gathered together into a one through the presence of heaven; “the floods stood as a heap,” signifies that those who are continually attempting evil could not in the least infest; “the abysses were congealed in the heart of the sea,” signifies that mere falsities from the evil of the cupidities of the love of self could not possibly emerge; “the enemy said,” signifies the thought of those who were in evils and the derivative falsities before the coming of the Lord; “I will pursue,” signifies infestation; “I will overtake,” signifies subjugation; “I will divide the spoil,” signifies servitude; “my soul shall be filled with them,” signifies delight; “I will draw my sword,” signifies the continual combat of falsity from evil; “my hand shall drive them out,” signifies that by virtue of power, heaven shall be destroyed; “Thou didst blow with Thy wind,” signifies the presence of the Lord with the angels; “the sea covered them,” signifies that all falsity enveloped them; “they sought the deep like lead,” signifies that evils dragged them down to lower things, like weights in the world; “in the vast waters” signifies an environment by a boundless abundance of falsities.

AC (Potts) n. 8281 sRef Ex@15 @6 S0′ 8281. Thy right hand, O Jehovah, is magnified in strength. That this signifies that the Lord’s omnipotence has been shown, is evident from the signification of the “right hand of Jehovah,” as being omnipotence, of which below; and from the signification of “is magnified in strength,” as being shown, for Divine power is shown by the strength by which it is magnified. That the “right hand of Jehovah” denotes omnipotence, is because by “hand” in the Word is signified power, and thus by “right hand” eminent power; consequently when the “hand” or “right hand” is said of Jehovah, it denotes Divine power, or omnipotence. (That “hand” and “right hand” denote power, see n. 878, 4931- 4937, 6292, 6947, 7188, 7189, 7518; and when predicated of Jehovah, omnipotence, n. 3387, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8069, 8153.)
sRef Ps@110 @5 S2′ sRef Matt@26 @64 S2′ sRef Luke@22 @69 S2′ sRef Ps@110 @1 S2′ sRef Ps@110 @4 S2′ [2] That the “right hand of Jehovah” denotes Divine power, or omnipotence, is also evident from the following passages in the Word:
Jesus said, Henceforth ye shall see the Son of man sitting at the right hand of power, and coming upon the clouds of heaven (Matt. 26:64; Mark 14:62).
From henceforth shall the Son of man be sitting at the right hand of the power of God (Luke 22:69).
The saying of Jehovah unto my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until I make thine enemies a footstool for thy feet; thou art a priest forever after the manner of Melchizedek, the Lord at thy right hand hath smitten kings in the day of anger (Ps. 110:1, 4, 5; Matt. 22:44).
He who does not know that the “right hand,” when said of Jehovah, signifies omnipotence, cannot receive any other idea from these words of the Lord, than that the Lord will sit at the right hand of His Father, and have dominion like one who sits at the right hand of a king on earth. But the internal sense teaches what is meant in these passages by “sitting at the right hand,” namely, the Divine omnipotence; consequently it is also said, “to sit at the right hand of power,” and “at the right hand of the power of God.”
[3] That it is the Lord who has omnipotence, is manifest; for this is said of the Lord, and by “the Lord” in David is meant the Lord in respect to Divine truth, and also by the “Son of man” in the Evangelists; for Divine truth is that which has omnipotence from Divine good. (That Divine truth has omnipotence, see n. 6948, 8200; in general that power belongs to truth from good, n. 3091, 3563, 4231, 6344, 6493; and that consequently “hand” is predicated of truth, n. 3091, 4931; and that the “Son of man” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, n. 2159, 2803, 2813, 3704.)
sRef Ps@80 @17 S4′ sRef Ps@80 @15 S4′ sRef Ps@89 @13 S4′ sRef Ps@20 @6 S4′ sRef Ps@80 @14 S4′ sRef Ps@118 @14 S4′ sRef Ps@118 @15 S4′ sRef Ps@118 @16 S4′ [4] Divine power or omnipotence is also signified by the “right hand” in the following passages in David:
Now know I that Jehovah saveth His anointed; they will answer Him in heaven through the powers of the salvation of His right hand (Ps. 20:6).
O Jehovah, look from the heavens, and see, and visit this vine; and the shoot which Thy right hand hath planted, upon the son Thou hadst made strong for Thyself (Ps. 80:14, 15, 17).
Thou hast an arm with might; strong is Thy hand, exalted shall be Thy right hand (Ps. 89:13).
My strength and song is Jah, He is become my salvation; the voice of shouting and of salvation is in the tents of the righteous, the right hand of Jehovah hath done valiantly, the right hand of Jehovah is exalted, the right hand of Jehovah hath done valiantly (Ps.
sRef Isa@62 @8 S5′ sRef Ps@44 @2 S5′ sRef Ps@44 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@80 @17 S5′ [5] In these passages the “right hand of Jehovah” denotes omnipotence; and in the supreme sense the Lord as to Divine truth. This is more evident elsewhere in David:
Let Thy hand, O Jehovah, be for the man of Thy right hand, for the son of man Thou hast made strong for Thyself (Ps. 80:17);
where “the man of the right hand of Jehovah,” and “the son of man,” denote the Lord as to Divine truth. In the same:
Thou hast driven out the nations with Thy hand, not by their sword have they possessed the land, and their arm hath not saved them, but Thy right hand, and Thine arm, and the light of Thy faces (Ps. 44:2, 3);
where “the light of the faces of Jehovah” denotes Divine truth from Divine good; so also “the right hand,” and “the arm.” And in Isaiah:
God hath sworn by His right hand, and by the arm of His strength (62:8);
here also the “right hand of God,” and the “arm of His strength” denote the Lord as to Divine truth; for Jehovah or the Lord does not swear by any other than Himself (n. 2842), thus by the Divine truth, for this is Himself, because from Himself.
[6] Hence it is that in the Word throughout the Lord is called not only the “right hand” and “arm” of Jehovah, but also “the strength by which He breaks in pieces enemies,” and likewise “the hammer,” as in Jer. 51:20, 21, seq. Moreover the Lord came into the world, and there became Divine truth, and afterward Divine good from which is Divine truth, in order that He might shut up all evils and falsities in the hells, and gather together goods and truths into the heavens, and there dispose them into Divine order. From all this it is now evident that by “the right hand of Jehovah” in the Word is signified the omnipotence which the Divine has by means of Divine truth. That “the right hand” denotes eminent power, derives its origin from the fact that they who in the Grand Man or heaven have relation to the shoulders, the arms, and the hands, are they who are powerful from the truth which is from good; that is, from the faith which is from love (n. 4931-4937, 7518).

AC (Potts) n. 8282 sRef Ex@15 @6 S0′ 8282. With Thy right hand, O Jehovah, Thou breakest in pieces the enemy. That this signifies the effect of omnipotence on evils and the derivative falsities, the power of which is being annihilated, is evident from the signification of “the right hand of Jehovah,” as being the Lord’s omnipotence (of which just above, n. 8281); from the signification of “to break in pieces,” as being to annihilate, and from the signification of “the enemy,” as being evils and falsities, for nothing else is meant in the spiritual sense by the “enemies,” “foes,” and “haters” mentioned in the Word. They are not called “enemies,” “foes,” and “haters,” because the Lord is an enemy, or bears hatred to them, but because they are haters and enemies against the Divine; yet when they devastate themselves, and cast themselves into damnation and into hell, it appears as if this comes from the Divine. This appearance, or fallacy, is circumstanced like one who sees the sun making every day a revolution round our earth, and consequently believes that this motion is of the sun, when yet it is of the earth; and it is circumstanced like one who sins against the laws, and on this account is judged by a king or judge, and punished, and who believes that the punishment comes from the king or judge; when yet it comes from himself, who acts contrary to the laws; also it is like one who casts himself into the water, or into the fire, or against a drawn sword, or against a troop of enemies, and should believe that his perdition comes therefrom; when yet it comes from himself. Such is the case with those who are in evil, who rise against the Divine, and cast themselves into the midst of perdition.

AC (Potts) n. 8283 sRef Ex@15 @7 S0′ 8283. And in the multitude of Thine excellency Thou destroyest those who rise up against Thee. That this signifies that by virtue of the Divine, things opposed are rejected as nothing, is evident from the signification of “the multitude of excellency,” as being the Divine as to power over those things which oppose themselves to Him; from the signification of “to destroy,” as being to reject as nothing; and from the signification of “those who rise up against,” as being those who oppose themselves, thus things opposed.

AC (Potts) n. 8284 sRef Ex@15 @7 S0′ 8284. Thou sendest forth Thy wrath. That this signifies the fury of cupidities, and the endeavor to inflict violence, with the evil, is evident from the signification of “wrath,” when it is attributed to Jehovah or the Lord, as being the destruction and punishment of their endeavors, in the case of those who oppose themselves to the Divine and wish to inflict violence on those whom the Divine protects. (That it appears as if anger and wrath were from the Divine, and yet they are in those who set themselves in opposition, see n. 5798, 6071, 6997; and that not only anger and wrath, but also all the evils that happen, are attributed to the Divine, when yet they are from the evil themselves, see n. 2447, 6071, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7632, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7877, 7926, 8223, 8227, 8228.) The sphere of endeavors to do evil is perpetual from the hells, but the sphere of endeavors to do good is perpetual from the heavens (see n. 8209).

AC (Potts) n. 8285 sRef Ex@15 @7 S0′ 8285. It devoureth them as stubble. That this signifies the consequent devastation and damnation from themselves, is evident from the signification of “devouring,” as being to consume, and in the spiritual sense to devastate and damn, for the consumption of those who are in evil is devastation and damnation, because they are then not in any truth, but in mere falsities from evil, consequently they are no longer in any spiritual life. It is said “as stubble,” because a complete vastation, that is, devastation, is signified.

AC (Potts) n. 8286 sRef Ex@15 @8 S0′ 8286. And with the wind of Thy nostrils the waters were heaped up. That this signifies that falsities were gathered together into a one through the presence of heaven, is evident from the signification of “the wind of Thy nostrils,” as being heaven (of which in what follows); from the signification of “to be heaped up,” as being to be gathered together into a one; and from the signification of “waters,” as being falsities (see n. 7307, 8137, 8138). (That damnation and casting into hell is a gathering together of all falsities derived from evil and an environment by them, see n. 8146, 8210, 8232; and that this is effected by the mere presence of the Lord, n. 8265.) That “the wind of the nostrils of Jehovah,” or of the Lord, denotes heaven, is because by it is meant the breath of life, thus the Divine life, and as this makes the life of heaven, by “the wind of the nostrils of Jehovah” is signified heaven; hence also it is that the same word in the original tongue means both “wind” and “spirit.”
sRef Job@33 @4 S2′ sRef Ps@33 @6 S2′ sRef Ps@104 @29 S2′ sRef Ps@104 @30 S2′ sRef Ezek@37 @3 S2′ sRef Ezek@37 @10 S2′ sRef Ezek@37 @9 S2′ sRef Rev@7 @1 S2′ [2] That by “the wind of Jehovah,” or “His breath,” is signified the life that belongs to heaven, and that belongs to the man who is in heaven, that is, to one who is regenerate, is evident in these passages:
By the Word of Jehovah were the heavens made, and all the army of them by the breath [wind] of His mouth (Ps. 33:6).
Thou gatherest their breath, they expire, and return to their dust; Thou sendest forth Thy spirit [wind], they are created (Ps. 104:29, 30).
Jehovah said unto me, Will these bones live? Then said He, Prophesy upon the breath, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus said the Lord Jehovih, Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe into these slain, that they may live; and the breath came into them, and they revived (Ezek. 37:3, 9, 10).
I saw four angels standing upon the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow upon the earth, nor upon the sea, nor upon any tree (Rev. 7:1);
“the wind” here denotes the life of heaven, that is, Divine life, as also in Job:
The spirit of God hath made me, and the breath of Shaddai hath vivified me (33:4).
sRef Lam@4 @20 S3′ sRef John@3 @8 S3′ sRef Gen@2 @7 S3′ sRef Job@27 @3 S3′ sRef Isa@2 @22 S3′ [3] As “wind” signifies life, therefore, when the Lord teaches; about the regeneration of man, He also says:
The spirit (or wind) bloweth where it willeth, and thou hearest the voice thereof, yet knowest not whence it cometh, or whither it goeth; so is everyone that is begotten of the spirit (John 3:8).
And because by the “wind of Jehovah,” or “His breath,” was signified life from the Divine, therefore where the new life of Adam is treated of, it is said:
Jehovah breathed into his nostrils the breath of lives, and man became a living soul (Gen. 2:7);
it is said “through the nostrils,” because through them respiration is effected, and through respiration, life, as in these passages:
Cease ye from man, in whose nose is breath (Isa. 2:22).
The breath of our nostrils, the anointed of Jehovah, was taken in their pits; of whom we had said, In his shadow we shall live among the nations (Lam. 4:20);
“the anointed of Jehovah” denotes the Lord; “the breath of our nostrils,” life from Him. In Job:
As long as my breath (anima) is in me, and the wind of God is in my nose (27:3).
sRef Ps@147 @17 S4′ sRef Ps@18 @8 S4′ sRef Ps@18 @15 S4′ sRef Ps@147 @18 S4′ sRef Isa@30 @33 S4′ sRef Isa@40 @24 S4′ [4] As, then, by “the wind of the nostrils of Jehovah” is signified the life which is from the Lord, and thus in the universal sense, heaven; and as by the presence of the Lord, or by the presence of heaven where the Lord is, evils and falsities are cast into hell (n. 8265); therefore also this effect is signified by “the wind of the nostrils of Jehovah” in these passages:
The channels of the sea appeared, the foundations of the world were revealed, at the rebuke of Jehovah, at the blast of the breath of His nose (Ps. 18:8, 15; 2 Sam. 22:16).
The blast of Jehovah, like a stream of sulphur, doth kindle it (Isa. 30:33).
Nay, they are not planted; nay, they are not sown; nay, their trunk is not rooted in the earth; and He even bloweth on them, and they wither, that the whirlwind may take them away like stubble (Isa. 40:24).
He sendeth His word, and melteth them; He causeth His wind to blow, the waters flow (Ps. 147:18).
Hence also it is, that by “the nose,” when predicated of Jehovah or the Lord, is also signified wrath, thus the punishment, vastation, and damnation of those who are in evils and falsities (as in Num. 25:4; Deut. 7:4; Judges 2:14; Isa. 9:21; Jer. 4:8; Hosea 14:4; Ps. 6:1; 86:15; 103:8; 145:8; and in many other passages); and also by “blowing with the nostrils,” or “breathing,” is signified to be angry (Deut. 4:21; Isa. 12:1; Ps. 2:12; 6:1; 60:3; 79:5; 85:5).

AC (Potts) n. 8287 sRef Ex@15 @8 S0′ 8287. The floods stood as a heap. That this signifies that those who are continually attempting evil could not in the least infest, is evident from the signification of “standing as a heap,” when said of falsities from evil, as being to continually attempt evil, for when floods stand as a heap, they are a menace, and are in the effort to flow in, but are withheld by a stronger force; and from the signification of “the floods,” as being falsities from evil, in like manner as “waters” (n. 7307, 8137, 8138); but they are called “floods” on account of their effort to flow in, that is, to infest.

AC (Potts) n. 8288 sRef Ex@15 @8 S0′ 8288. The abysses were congealed in the heart of the sea. That this signifies that mere falsities from the evil of the cupidities of the love of self could not possibly emerge, is evident from the signification of “being congealed,” when said of those who are in the hells, as not being able to emerge; from the signification of “the abysses,” as being falsities from cupidities and as being the hells (see n. 8278, 8279); and from the signification of “the heart of the sea,” as being the evil of the love of self and the derivative falsities. For in the genuine sense “the heart” signifies celestial good, which is of love to the Lord (n. 3635, 3883-3895, 7542), consequently in the opposite sense it signifies the evil of the love of self, for this evil is opposite to the good of love to the Lord, and the evil of the love of the world is opposite to spiritual good, which is of love toward the neighbor. From this it is plain that by “the abysses were congealed in the heart of the sea,” is signified that mere falsities from the evil of the cupidities of the love of self could not possibly emerge. It is said that they could not emerge, because by “abysses,” and by “the heart of the sea,” are signified the hells where are falsities from cupidities, or where are falsities from evil; consequently, as they are there surrounded by their falsities from evil, they cannot any longer climb up, because the Divine of the Lord withstands the falsities there.

AC (Potts) n. 8289 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8289. The enemy said. That this signifies the thought of those who were in evils and the derivative falsities before the coming of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “he said,” as being thought (see n. 3395, 7244, 7937); and from the signification of “the enemy,” as being those who are in evils and falsities, for in the spiritual sense no others are “the enemy” (n. 8282). Their thought before the Lord’s coming is signified, because the infernal crew at that time raged almost freely, and infested and endeavored to subjugate all there. Their thought at that time is described in this verse by, “I will pursue, I will overtake, I will divide the spoil, my soul shall be filled, I will draw my sword, my hand shall drive them out.” But this glorying of theirs was changed into lamentation when the Lord came into the world. This is described in the verse which next follows: “Thou didst blow with Thy wind, the sea covered them; they sought the deep like lead in the vast waters.” (Concerning the change of state among them through the coming of the Lord, see n. 6854, 6914, 7091, 7828, 7932, 8018, 8054.)

AC (Potts) n. 8290 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8290. I will pursue. That this signifies infestation, is evident from the signification of “pursuing,” when it is said by those who are in evil concerning those who are in good, as being to infest, and to endeavor to subjugate.

AC (Potts) n. 8291 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8291. I will overtake. That this signifies subjugation, is evident from the signification of “overtaking,” when it is said by those who are in evil concerning those who are in good, as being to subjugate.

AC (Potts) n. 8292 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8292. I will divide the spoil. That this signifies servitude, is evident from the signification of “the spoil,” as being those who have been subjugated; consequently “to divide the spoil” denotes to distribute among themselves those who have been reduced into slavery, thus it denotes servitude.

AC (Potts) n. 8293 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8293. My soul shall be filled with them. That this signifies delight, is evident without explication. It is said, “my soul shall be filled,” because the very delight of those who are in hell is to inflict evil on others; with some, for no other end than for the sake of the delight; with some, to the end that they may be reduced to slavery, and whom they desire to treat cruelly afterward. That they who are in evil of life have such a delight in the other life, scarcely any can believe, not even themselves; for so long as they are in the world they are restrained by fears of legal penalties, also of the loss of honors, wealth, reputation, and even of life. These fears cause them at that time to abstain from evils in externals; and from this they suppose that they are not of such a character; but when reflections upon the loss of life, of wealth, of honors, and of reputation are taken away from them, as is the case in the other life, and they are left to their evil, then the delight of doing evil, which had lain hidden in the will and had put itself forth whenever they could remove these fears, shows itself clearly. This delight then makes their life, which life is infernal life.

AC (Potts) n. 8294 sRef Lev@26 @33 S0′ sRef Ezek@12 @14 S0′ sRef Ezek@21 @5 S0′ sRef Ezek@21 @3 S0′ sRef Ezek@21 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ sRef Josh@5 @13 S0′ 8294. I will draw my sword. That this signifies the continual combat of falsity from evil, is evident from the signification of a “sword,” as being truth fighting against falsity and evil, and in the opposite sense falsity fighting against truth and good (see n. 2799, 4499); and from the signification of “drawing” or “baring it,” as being continual combat, even until the enemy has been laid prostrate. Continual combat is also signified by an “unsheathed” or “drawn sword” in these passages:
I will scatter you among the nations, and I will draw the sword after you (Lev. 26:33).
I will scatter all his troop into every wind, and I will draw the sword after them (Ezek. 12:14).
Thus said Jehovah, Behold Me against thee, I will draw forth My sword out of its sheath, and I will cut off from thee the righteous and the wicked, My sword shall go forth out of its sheath against all flesh from the south to the north, that all flesh may know that I Jehovah have drawn forth My sword out of its sheath, neither shall it return any more (Ezek. 21:3-5);
here “to unsheathe” or “draw the sword” denotes not to cease from fighting until the enemies are laid prostrate; thus continual combat. Continual combat against evils and falsities is also signified by “the unsheathed sword of the prince of the army of Jehovah,” who was seen by Joshua when he came into the land of Canaan (Josh. 5:13, 14), by which was signified that they would fight against the nations there and destroy them. By the nations which at that time possessed the land of Canaan are signified those who before the coming of the Lord occupied the region of heaven which was afterward given to those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom (n. 6914, 8054).

AC (Potts) n. 8295 sRef Ex@15 @9 S0′ 8295. My hand shall drive them out. That this signifies that by virtue of power, heaven shall be destroyed, is evident from the signification of “driving out,” as being to cast down, and thus to destroy; and from the signification of “hand,” as being power (see n. 878, 4931-4937, 6292, 6947, 7188, 7189, 7518). That heaven is signified, is because it is said that “he will drive them out,” thus from heaven; for when the reins are loosened, the evil are of such audacity and impudence as to suppose themselves able to destroy heaven itself. For all who are in the hells are in opposition against heaven, because against good and truth, and consequently are in the continual cupidity of destroying it, and insofar as this is permitted them, they continually endeavor to do it (n. 8273).
sRef Rev@12 @8 S2′ sRef Rev@12 @7 S2′ [2] The will to destroy heaven, or the will to cast down those who are there, is not accomplished by hostile invasion, as on earth, for such invasion or such combat is not possible in the other life; but it is accomplished through the destruction of the truth which is of faith, and of the good which is of love, for the truth of faith and the good of love are heaven. Herein consist combats and wars in the other life, and how direful and frightful these combats and wars are, will be told at the end of the chapters, where of the Lord’s Divine mercy I will speak about the hells. The war described by John: “there was war in heaven, Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon fought and his angels, but prevailed not” (Rev. 12:7, 8), is to be understood in no other way.

AC (Potts) n. 8296 sRef Ex@15 @10 S0′ 8296. Thou didst blow with Thy wind. That this signifies the presence of the Lord with the angels, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8286).

AC (Potts) n. 8297 sRef Ex@15 @10 S0′ 8297. The sea covered them. That this signifies that all falsity enveloped them, is evident from the signification of “covering,” as being to envelop; and from the signification of “the sea,” here the waters of the sea Suph, as being falsities from evils, and because this sea denotes hell (see n. 8099, 8137, 8138, 8148); (that they were enveloped by falsities from evil, see n. 8210, 8232).

AC (Potts) n. 8298 sRef Ex@15 @10 S0′ 8298. They sought the deep like lead. That this signifies that evils dragged them down to lower things, like weights in the world, is evident from the signification of “the deep,” as being lower things, and the hells in respect to evils (see n. 8279), consequently “to seek the deep” denotes to be dragged down by evils to these lower things. (That the evil sink down by their evils to the hells, like weights in the world, see n. 8279.) It is said “like lead,” because by “lead” is signified evil; above, however, it was said “they went down into the depths of the sea like a stone” (verse 5), because by “a stone” is there signified falsity. Both falsity and evil are heavy, consequently both sink down; but still it is evil which makes heaviness in the spiritual sense, and thus sinks down just as from a weight; but not falsity by itself except from the evil which is in it; for from itself falsity has no weight; but from evil it has its tendency to sink.
sRef Ezek@22 @18 S2′ sRef Jer@6 @28 S2′ sRef Jer@6 @29 S2′ sRef Jer@6 @30 S2′ [2] Be it known that all metals signify good or truth, and in the opposite sense, evil or falsity. “Lead,” being more ignoble than the rest of the metals, signifies the evil which is lowest, such as is the evil of the exterior natural; but in the good sense it signifies good of the same degree, as in these passages:
They are all stubborn ones of stubborn ones, detractors, brass and iron; they are all destroyers. The bellows grew hot; the lead is consumed by the fire; in vain fusing he hath fused; for the evil have not been pulled away. They shall call them rejected silver, because Jehovah hath rejected them (Jer. 6:28-30).
Son of man, the house of Israel is become scoria to Me; all of them are brass, and tin, and iron, and lead, in the midst of the furnace; they have become scoriae of silver (Ezek. 22:18).

AC (Potts) n. 8299 sRef Ex@15 @10 S0′ 8299. In the vast waters. That this signifies an environment by a boundless abundance of falsities, is evident from the signification of “waters,” as being falsities from evil (of which just above, n. 8297), consequently “vast waters” denote falsities in boundless abundance; that they were environed or surrounded by these, see n. 8210, 8232.

AC (Potts) n. 8300 sRef Ex@15 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @12 S0′ 8300. Verses 11-13. Who is like Thee, O Jehovah, among the gods? Who is like Thee, magnificent in holiness, to be revered with praises, doing what is wonderful? Thou stretchedst out Thy right hand, and the earth swallowed them. In Thy mercy Thou hast led this people that Thou hast redeemed; Thou hast conducted them in Thy strength to the habitation of Thy holiness. “Who is like Thee, O Jehovah, among the gods,” signifies that all the truth of good proceeds from the Divine Human; “who is like Thee, magnificent in holiness,” signifies that from Him is all that is holy; “to be revered with praises,” signifies that to Him alone belong glory and thanksgiving; “doing what is wonderful,” signifies that from Him are all the means by which is power; “Thou stretchedst out Thy right hand,” signifies that the rule of power over all things thence appeared; “the earth swallowed them,” signifies that by virtue of mere presence they had damnation and hell; “in Thy mercy Thou hast led this people,” signifies the Divine influx with those who had abstained from evils, and so had received good; “that Thou hast redeemed,” signifies whom He liberated from hell; “Thou hast conducted them in Thy strength to the habitation of Thy holiness,” signifies that the Divine power of the Lord raised them to heaven into the Divine there.

AC (Potts) n. 8301 sRef Ex@15 @11 S0′ 8301. Who is like Thee, O Jehovah, among the gods. That this signifies that all truth of good proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “gods,” as being truths (see n. 4402, 7268, 7873), here truths from good, because comparison is made with Jehovah, for it is said “who is like Thee, O Jehovah, among the gods?” (That “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord, see n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5041, 5663, 6280, 6281, 6303, 6905, 6945, 6956.) That the Divine Human is here meant by “Jehovah,” is because in this song the subject treated of is the salvation of those who had been of the spiritual church, by the coming of the Lord into the world, and by His Divine Human then (n. 2661, 2716, 2833, 2834, 6372, 6854, 6914, 7035, 7091, 7828, 7932 1/2, 8018, 8054). That by these words is signified that all the truth of good proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, is because truths can proceed from everybody; but the truths of good only from the Lord, consequently from those who are in good from the Lord. Truths separate from good are indeed thought and spoken by those who are in persuasive faith and nevertheless in a life of evil, and likewise by many others within the church; but these truths are not of good, thus do not proceed from the Lord, but from themselves.
[2] That truths from good proceed from the Lord can be seen from the fact that the Lord is good itself, because He is love itself; from this proceeds truth, like light from the flame of the sun; and this truth is like the light in the time of spring and summer, which has heat in its bosom, and causes all things of the earth as it were to receive life; whereas the truth which is not from good is like the light in the time of winter, when all things of the earth die. That “gods” denote the truths of good, is because by “gods” in a good sense are meant the angels, who are called “gods” because they are substances or forms recipient of truth in which is good from the Lord.
sRef Ps@82 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@82 @1 S3′ sRef Ps@135 @5 S3′ sRef Ps@86 @8 S3′ sRef Ps@95 @3 S3′ sRef Ps@97 @9 S3′ sRef Ps@138 @1 S3′ [3] Angels, and consequently the truths of good which are from the Lord, are also meant by “gods” in the following passages:
God standeth in the assembly of God, He shall judge in the midst of the gods, I said, Ye are gods, and all of you sons of the Most High (Ps. 82:1, 6);
that the truths which proceed from the Lord are what are here meant by “gods,” is evident from the fact that it is first said “the assembly of God,” in the singular number; and afterward, “in the midst of the gods.” (That “God” is mentioned in the Word where truth is treated of, see n. 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4287, 4402, 7010; and that “God” in the supreme sense denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, n. 7268.) In the same:
I will confess to Thee in my whole heart, before the gods will I sing psalms to Thee (Ps. 138:1).
There is none like Thee among the gods, O Lord (Ps. 86:8).
Jehovah is a great God, and a great King above all gods (Ps. 95:3).
Thou, Jehovah, art high above all the earth; Thou art exalted exceedingly above all gods (Ps. 97:9).
I know that Jehovah is great, and that our Lord is above all gods (Ps. 135:5).
Therefore also Jehovah is called “Lord of lords and God of gods” (Deut. 10:17; Josh. 22:22; Ps. 136:2, 3).
[4] That it is so often said that “Jehovah is above all gods,” and that He is “God of gods,” is because at that time many gods were worshiped, and the nations were distinguished by the gods whom they worshiped, and each nation believed that its own god was the supreme of all, and because from this the idea of a plurality of gods was seated in all minds, and it was disputed which of them was the greater, as can be sufficiently evident from the historicals of the Word in many passages; and this opinion was seated in the minds of the Jews above others, for which reason it is so often said in the Word that “Jehovah is greater than all gods,” and that “He is King,” and “God of gods.” That this opinion concerning many gods was seated in the minds of the Jews above other nations, can be sufficiently evident from their frequent apostasy to the worship of other gods, of which frequently in the historic books of the Word (see Judges 2:10-13, 17, 19; 3:5-7, 8:27, 33; 10:6, 10, 13; 18:14, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31; 1 Sam. 7:3, 4; 8:8; 1 Kings 14:23, 24; 16:31-33; 18:20; 21:26; 22:53; 2 Kings 16:1, 10; 17:7, 15-17; 21:3-7, 21; 23:4, 5, 7, 8, 10-13; and elsewhere).
sRef Jer@2 @28 S5′ sRef Jer@2 @11 S5′ sRef Jer@2 @12 S5′ [5] That nation was so demented that they confessed Jehovah solely with the mouth; but nevertheless at heart they acknowledged other gods, as can be clearly seen from the fact that after they had seen so many miracles in Egypt, and so many also afterward: the sea divided before them, and the army of Pharaoh immersed therein; the pillar of cloud and of fire continually appearing; the manna raining down daily from heaven; and the very presence of Jehovah with majesty and with terror so great upon Mount Sinai; and after they had uttered a confession that Jehovah alone is God, nevertheless after some weeks, merely because Moses delayed, they demanded for themselves molten gods to worship, and when these gods were made by Aaron, paid them divine worship by a feast, by burnt-offerings and sacrifices, and by dances. From this it can be seen that the worship of many gods clung to their hearts. That this nation was of such a character above every other nation in the whole earth, is also evident in Jeremiah:
Hath a nation changed gods? and My people hath changed its glory for that which doth not profit. Be ye amazed, O heavens, at this, and shudder ye, be ye in exceeding trepidation: according to the number of thy cities were thy gods, O Judah (2:11, 12, 28).
Moreover the native quality of that nation is such that above all other nations they adore external things, thus idols, and are unwilling to know anything whatever about internal things. For they are the most avaricious of all nations; and avarice such as theirs, which loves gold and silver for the sake of gold and silver, and not for the sake of any use, is an affection in the highest degree earthly, which drags down the mind wholly to the body, and immerses it therein, and so completely closes the interiors that it is utterly impossible for anything of faith and love from heaven to enter. From this it is evident how greatly those err who believe that that nation will be again chosen, or that the church of the Lord will again pass to them, all others being rejected; when yet it would be more easy to convert stones, rather than them, to faith in the Lord. It is believed that the church will again pass to them, because in the prophetics of the Word it is said in many passages that they are to return. But it is not known that in these passages, by “Judah,” by “Jacob,” and by “Israel,” is not meant that nation, but those with whom is the church.

AC (Potts) n. 8302 sRef John@16 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @11 S0′ 8302. Who is like Thee, magnificent in holiness. That this signifies that from Him is all that is holy, is evident from the signification of “Who is like Thee in holiness?” as being that no one is so holy; but in the internal sense, that from Him is all that is holy, because He is holiness itself. By “holy” is meant the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord; this is called “holy,” and is also meant by the “Holy Spirit,” which is for this reason called “the Spirit of truth” (John 14:16, 17; 15:26, 27; 16:13), and is said “to be sent by the Lord” (John 15:26, 27); and it is said that “He shall receive from the Lord that which He will proclaim” (John 16:15). As “holiness” is predicated of the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord, therefore the angels are called “holy,” because they receive it (Matt. 25:31; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26), and also the prophets, especially the Word, which is truth Divine itself. Moreover from the Divine truth which is Himself, because from Himself, the Lord is called “the Holy One of Israel,” “the Holy One of Jacob,” and “the Holy thing of God.”

AC (Potts) n. 8303 sRef Ex@15 @11 S0′ 8303. To be revered with praises. That this signifies that to Him alone belong glory and thanksgiving, is evident from the signification of “to be revered with praises,” when said of Jehovah, as being that He is to be celebrated and worshiped, thus that to Him alone belong glory and thanksgiving.

AC (Potts) n. 8304 sRef Ps@105 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @11 S0′ sRef Ps@105 @3 S0′ sRef Ps@105 @4 S0′ sRef Matt@16 @18 S0′ sRef Ps@105 @2 S0′ sRef Ps@105 @5 S0′ sRef Matt@16 @19 S0′ 8304. Doing what is wonderful. That this signifies that from Him are all the means by which is power, is evident from the signification of “wonders” and “miracles,” as being means of Divine power (see n. 6910). That “wonders” denote means of Divine power, is because by them men were brought to believe that Jehovah was the supreme of the gods, nay, that there was no God besides Him, consequently that He alone was to be worshiped; and they who were in this truth were afterward introduced into the truths of the worship of Him, which truths are means of power; for in the spiritual sense all power is in truths from the Divine (see n. 3091, 6344, 6423, 6948, 8200). Power in the spiritual sense is to put to flight and cast out from oneself the infernal crew, which is effected solely by means of truths. From this then it is that by “doing what is wonderful” is signified that from the Lord are all the means through which is power. The means of Divine power are also signified by “wonders” in David:
Sing ye to Jehovah, sing psalms to Him, meditate ye in all His wonders, glory ye in the name of His holiness, seek ye Jehovah, and His strength, seek ye His faces continually, make mention of His wonders, His prodigies, and the judgments of His mouth (Ps. 105:2-5).
That all power is in the truths which are of faith from the Lord, is clear from the Lord’s words to Peter:
I say to thee, Thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build My church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it; and I will give thee the keys of the kingdom of the heavens (Matt. 16:18, 19);
where by Peter is represented faith; and by “rock” in the Word is signified faith; and by “key” is meant power (see the preface to Gen. 22, and also n. 4738e, 6344e).

AC (Potts) n. 8305 sRef Ex@15 @12 S0′ 8305. Thou stretchedst out Thy right hand. That this signifies that the rule of power over all things thence appeared, is evident from the signification of “stretching out,” as being predicated of the rule of power, and when said of Jehovah, as being predicated of omnipotence (on which see n. 7673); and from the signification of the “right hand,” as being Divine power (of which above n. 8281). That it denotes which thence appeared, namely, the rule of power over all things, is evident from what now follows, that “the earth swallowed them,” by which is signified that from the mere presence of the Lord they had damnation, or hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8306 sRef Num@16 @32 S0′ sRef Num@16 @30 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @12 S0′ sRef Num@16 @31 S0′ sRef Num@16 @33 S0′ 8306. The earth swallowed them. That this signifies that by virtue of mere presence they had damnation and hell, is evident from the signification of “to be swallowed by the earth,” as being damnation and hell; for by this swallowing is signified a falling down, or casting down, into hell; moreover hell is deep down below, because it is very far from the sun of heaven, which is the Lord, and there is what is Most High. Removals from thence are according to the qualities and quantities of evils and the derivative falsities. Hence it is that heaven appears above, and hell beneath. Moreover the place where they are who are in falsities from evil, consequently in damnation, appears like a desert land, which is called “the damned land,” under which are cast down those who are cast into hell (n. 7418). That this takes place by virtue of the mere presence of the Lord, see n. 8265. From this then it is that by “the earth swallowed them,” is signified damnation and hell, as is clear in Moses:
Moses said unto the assembly of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, If Jehovah create a creation, and the earth open its mouth, and swallow them, and all that appertains to them, that they go down alive into hell, ye shall know that these men have provoked Jehovah. And the earth that was under them was sundered, and the earth opened its mouth, and swallowed them, and they, and all that appertained to them, went down alive into hell (Num. 16:30-33).

AC (Potts) n. 8307 sRef Ex@15 @13 S0′ 8307. In Thy mercy Thou hast led this people. That this signifies the Divine influx with those who had abstained from evils, and so had received good, is evident from the signification of “to lead in mercy,” as being to receive the Divine; and because those receive the Divine who abstain from evils, the Divine influx with them is signified. With regard to mercy from the Lord the case is this. The mercy of the Lord is perpetual with every man, for the Lord wills to save all men, whoever they are; but this mercy cannot flow in until evils have been removed, for evils and the derivative falsities stand opposed, and prevent it. But as soon as evils are removed, mercy flows in, that is, good from mercy from the Lord, which good is charity and faith. From this it can be seen that the mercy of the Lord is universal, that is, toward all, and that it is also special toward those who abstain from evils. Man can abstain from evils from himself; but he cannot receive good from himself. That man can abstain from evils from himself is because the Lord continually inflows into the will of man with this endeavor, and thereby puts in his freedom to desist from evils, as also to apply himself to good. The Lord also gives him the faculty of understanding truth, but that he does not understand is because he does not wish to understand, and this on account of the evil that is of the life; for falsity defends evil, and truth condemns it. Hence it is that a man cannot be presented with spiritual good by the Lord, thus cannot be led through mercy, unless he desists from evils.

AC (Potts) n. 8308 sRef Ex@15 @13 S0′ 8308. That Thou hast redeemed. That this signifies whom He liberated from hell, is evident from the signification of “to redeem,” as being to liberate from hell (see n. 7205, 7445).

AC (Potts) n. 8309 sRef Ex@15 @13 S0′ 8309. Thou hast conducted them in Thy strength to the habitation of Thy holiness. That this signifies that the Divine power of the Lord raised them to heaven into the Divine there, is evident from the signification of “to conduct in strength,” when said of elevation into heaven by the Lord, as being to raise by virtue of Divine power (that “strength” denotes power, is evident); and from the signification of “the habitation of holiness,” as being heaven where the Divine is; for “holiness” is predicated of the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord (n. 8302), and this Divine truth makes heaven.
sRef Ps@132 @5 S2′ sRef Ps@132 @6 S2′ sRef Ps@132 @4 S2′ sRef Deut@26 @15 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @15 S2′ sRef Ps@132 @7 S2′ [2] That “the habitation of Jehovah,” or of the Lord, denotes heaven, and also good-because in good there is heaven-is evident from the following passages:
Look Thou from the habitation of Thy holiness out of heaven, and bless Thy people Israel (Deut. 26:15).
Look Thou forth from heaven, and see, from the habitation of Thy holiness and of Thy comeliness (Isa. 63:15).
Shall I give sleep to mine eyes, until I find a place for Jehovah, habitations for the Strong One of Jacob? Lo, we heard of Him in Ephratah, we found Him in the fields of the forest, we will enter into His habitations (Ps. 132:4-7).
sRef Zech@2 @10 S3′ sRef Zech@2 @11 S3′ sRef Ezek@37 @27 S3′ sRef Ezek@37 @26 S3′ [3] That the habitation of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, is in good, is evident in these passages:
Shout for joy, and be glad, O daughter of Zion; lo, I come, that I may dwell in the midst of thee. Many nations shall cleave to Jehovah in that day, and they shall be to Me for a people; for I will dwell in thee (Zech. 2:10, 11).
I will set My sanctuary in the midst of them eternally, thus My habitation shall be with them (Ezek. 37:20, 27);
“the sanctuary” denotes where is Divine truth in which is Divine good.

AC (Potts) n. 8310 sRef Ex@15 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @15 S0′ 8310. Verses 14-16. The peoples have heard, they have trembled, pain hath laid hold of the inhabitants of Philistia. Then were the chiefs of Edom dismayed, the mighty ones of Moab, terror hath laid hold of them, all the inhabitants of Canaan are melted. Fright and dread are fallen upon them; in the greatness of Thine arm they shall be destroyed as a stone, until Thy people shall pass over, O Jehovah, until shall pass over this people which Thou hast taken possession of. “The peoples have heard,” signifies all who are in falsity from evil everywhere; “they have trembled,” signifies terror; “pain hath laid hold of the inhabitants of Philistia,” signifies despair of enlarging their dominion on the part of those who are in faith separate from good; “then were the chiefs of Edom dismayed,” signifies the like with those who are in a life of evil from the love of self; “the mighty ones of Moab,” signifies those who are in a life of falsity from this love; “terror hath laid hold of them,” signifies that they have dared nothing; “all the inhabitants of Canaan are melted,” signifies the like with those who had been of the church, and have adulterated goods, and falsified truths; “fright and dread are fallen upon them,” signifies that they are without any hope of domination; “in the greatness of Thine arm,” signifies by virtue of omnipotence; “they shall be destroyed as a stone,” signifies a falling down like a weight; “until Thy people shall pass over,” signifies that thus without danger of infestation all shall be saved who are capable of receiving the truth of good and the good of truth; “until shall pass over this people,” signifies that thus shall be saved those of the church who are in truth and good; “which Thou hast taken possession of,” signifies who have thus become the Lord’s.

AC (Potts) n. 8311 sRef Ex@15 @14 S0′ 8311. The peoples have heard. That this signifies all who are in falsity from evil everywhere, is evident from the signification of “peoples,” as being those who are in truths from good, and in the opposite sense those who are in falsities from evil (see n. 1259, 1260, 3295, 3581, 4619). It is said “in falsities from evil,” to distinguish them from those who are in falsities and yet in good. In falsities and at the same time in good are, within the church, those who are in heresies and in a life of good; and, without the church, all who are in good. But with these, falsities do not condemn, unless they are such falsities as are opposed to good, and destroy the very life of good. But the falsities which are not opposed to good are indeed in themselves falsities, but relatively to the good of life, to which they are not opposed, they almost put off the quality of falsity, which is done through application to good. For such falsities can be applied to good, and they can be applied to evil. If they are applied to good, they become mild; but if to evil, they become hard; for falsities can be applied to good equally as truths can be applied to evil, for all truths whatever are falsified through applications to evil. Take as an example that faith alone saves. In itself this is a falsity, especially with the evil, who thus shut out the good of charity as contributing nothing at all to salvation. But this falsity becomes mild with those who are in the good of life, for they apply it to good, saying that faith alone saves, but that it is not faith except together with its fruit, consequently except where good is. So in all other cases.
[2] In what now follows, all those are treated of who had been in falsities from evil, and in evil from falsities, and who were cast into hell when the Lord came into the world. For there are very many kinds of evil, and consequently also of falsity, because every kind of evil has its falsity adjoined to it. For falsity is produced from evil, and is evil in form, just as the understanding with man is the form of his will; because the will shows itself in the light through what is of the understanding, and effigies and forms itself, and presents itself by means of images, and these by means of ideas, and these again by means of words. These things have been said that it may be known that there are many kinds of evil and of the derivative falsity. These were first described under the name of “the Egyptians;” and now in these verses under the name of “the inhabitants of Philistia,” under the name of “the leaders of Edom,” “the mighty ones of Moab,” and “the inhabitants of Canaan,” of all of whom it is said that consternation and terror had taken possession of them, because they had heard that those who were in faith separate from charity and in a life of evil, who were signified by “the Egyptians,” had been cast into hell, and that they in like manner were to be cast down into hell, in order that those who were in truth and good might pass through safe and unhurt, and be brought to heaven. This last is signified by the words of the following verses (16, 17): “fright and dread are fallen upon them, in the greatness of Thine arm they shall be destroyed as a stone, until Thy people shall pass over, O Jehovah, until shall pass over this people which Thou hast taken possession of; Thou shall bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of Thine inheritance, the place of Thy dwelling.”

AC (Potts) n. 8312 sRef Ex@15 @14 S0′ 8312. They have trembled. That this signifies terror, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8313 sRef Ex@15 @14 S0′ 8313. Pain hath laid hold of the inhabitants of Philistia. That this signifies despair of enlarging their dominion on the part of those who are in faith separate from good, is evident from the signification of “pain,” as being despair on account of their being no longer able to enlarge their dominion (of which below); and from the signification of “the inhabitants of Philistia,” as being those who are in faith alone separate from the good of charity (n. 1197, 1198, 3412, 3413, 8093, 8096, 8099). They are distinguished from the Egyptians in the fact that they shut out the goods of charity, believing that man is saved through faith without these goods. From this foremost of their doctrine many errors are born; as that salvation is of mercy howsoever the man has lived; that through faith all sins and evils are washed away; and that thus the man marches along justified; also that salvation can be effected in a moment, even in the last hour of death, through the trust of faith; consequently that it is not the affection of celestial love that makes heaven with a man. These are “Philistines,” and they were called “the uncircumcised” by reason of the evils of the love of self and of the world, in which is their life.
sRef Isa@13 @8 S2′ sRef Ps@48 @6 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @7 S2′ sRef Jer@22 @23 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @6 S2′ sRef Ps@48 @4 S2′ sRef Jer@50 @43 S2′ [2] That “pain” here denotes despair, is because utmost pain is meant, such as is that of women in travail. Moreover in the original tongue the word signifies such pain. Despair or utmost pain is also described in the Word by “the pain of a woman in travail,” as in these passages:
The kings gathered themselves together, terror seized them, pain as of a woman in travail (Ps. 48:4, 6).
O dweller in Lebanon, having a nest in the cedars, how much of grace shalt thou find when pains come to thee, the pain as of a woman in travail? (Jer. 22:23).
The king of Babylon hath heard the fame of them, and his hands became slack, distress took hold of him, pain as of a woman in travail (Jer. 50:43).
The day of Jehovah is near, as a devastation from Shaddai, therefore all hands are slackened, and every heart of man melteth, and they are terrified, the gripes and pains take hold of them, they are in travail as a woman bringing forth (Isa. 13:6-8).
sRef Jer@6 @23 S3′ sRef Jer@6 @24 S3′ sRef Jer@6 @22 S3′ [3] Behold a people cometh forth from the land of the north, and a great nation shall be stirred up from the sides of the earth, they lay hold on bow and spear, he is cruel and shall not have compassion, their voice resoundeth like the sea, and they ride upon horses; he is prepared as a man for war, against thee O daughter of Zion, we have heard the fame thereof, our hands have slackened, distress hath taken hold of us, pain as of a woman in travail (Jer. 6:22-24);
the vastation of truth with those who are in evil is here treated of; “a people from the land of the north” denotes those who are in falsities from evil; “a great nation from the sides of the earth” denotes those who are in evils utterly opposed to good; “they lay hold on bow and spear” denotes that they fight from false doctrine; “their voice resoundeth like the sea” denotes the derivative reasoning; “they ride upon horses” denotes argumentation as if from what is of the understanding; “he is prepared as a man for war” denotes the cupidity of assaulting truth; “the daughter of Zion” denotes the church where good is; “distress hath taken hold” denotes pain because truths are being infested; “pain as of a woman in travail” denotes despair because good is being injured. From this it is evident that by “pain” is here signified despair on account of the injuring of good.
sRef Dan@12 @3 S4′ [4] That “pain hath laid hold of the inhabitants of Philistia” denotes despair, or no hope of enlarging their dominion, is because the Philistines, that is, those who establish salvation by faith alone without the goods of charity, in the other life continually aspire to dominion, by fighting against others; and this so long as they are not yet devastated as to the memory-knowledge of the knowledges of faith. For in the other life everyone retains the principles of his faith which he had in the life of the body, and no others change them into truths than those who have been in the good of life; for good longs for truth, and receives it willingly, because it is homogeneous. But they who have been in evil of life do not change them (they are as it were hard), and they even reject truths and are also in obscurity, so that they cannot even see them: they see only such things as confirm their own principles, and not the least of what is opposed to these. Such also believe that they are the most intelligent of all; but they know nothing except how to reason from an assumed principle; and therefore it is these who most assault charity, consequently who desire to have dominion. For they who are in charity are humble, and desire to serve all, as being the lowest; whereas they who are in faith without charity are lofty, and desire to be served by all, as being the highest ones; and therefore they make heaven consist in the glory of having dominion, and because they believe themselves to be more intelligent than all others, they suppose that they will be archangels, and thus that many others will serve them; and also, according to the words in Daniel, that “the intelligent shall shine as the brightness of the expanse, and they that turn many to righteousness, as the stars forever and to eternity” (12:3). But instead of brightness these have darkness.

AC (Potts) n. 8314 sRef Ex@15 @15 S0′ 8314. Then were the chiefs of Edom dismayed. That this signifies the like with those who are in a life of evil from the love of self, is evident from the signification of “the chiefs,” as being the principal ones, thus all and each (of which below); and from the representation of Edom, as being those who from the evil of the love of self readily learn falsities and reject truths, and in the sense abstracted from person, as being the evil of the love of self to which falsity is adjoined and from which truth is rejected, thus also those who are in a life of evil from this love, namely, from the love of self. As regards these “chiefs,” by them are signified the principal ones; in the sense abstracted from person, the principal things, thus all things and each; for when “the chiefs” are mentioned, general things are signified, under which are the rest, or the principal things; as for instance the “tertian captains” (n. 8150, 8276); and they are predicated of good, and in the opposite sense of evil; while by “princes” are also signified general things under which are the rest, or primary things (n. 1482, 2089, 5044), but these are predicated of truth.
[2] Be it known that in the Word there are words that belong to the class of spiritual things, and words that belong to the class of celestial things; that is, there are those which express such things as belong to truth or faith, and those which express such things as belong to good or love. There are also words which are predicated of both. He who knows these things can know from the first view or reading of the Word, especially in its original tongue, where in the internal sense it treats of such things as are of truth, or of such things as are of good. The case is so with the signification of “princes,” and of “chiefs;” “princes” signify primary things, and are predicated of the truths of faith; but “chiefs” signify principal things, and are predicated of the good of love. In the opposite sense, “princes” are predicated of the falsities of faith, and “chiefs” of the evils of love.
sRef Zech@12 @6 S3′ sRef Zech@12 @5 S3′ sRef Zech@9 @7 S3′ [3] From this it is that those who reigned in Edom were called “chiefs” (Gen. 36:15-21, 29, 30, 40-43). The reason is that by “Edom” was signified the good of celestial love, and in the opposite sense the evil of the love of self; but with the sons of Ishmael, those who presided over the rest were not called “chiefs,” but “princes” (Gen. 25:16), because by “Ishmael” were signified those who are in truth (n. 3263, 3268, 4747). For this reason also those were called “princes” who presided in Israel (Num. 7:2, 10, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54), for by Israel were represented those who are in the truth and good of faith. But those who presided over Judah were called “chiefs,” because by Judah were represented those who are in the good of love, as in Zechariah:
Let him be as a chief in Judah (9:7).
The chiefs of Judah shall say in their heart, I will confirm to me the inhabitants of Jerusalem in Jehovah Zebaoth their God; in that day I will make the chiefs of Judah like a furnace of fire in pieces of wood (12:5, 6).

AC (Potts) n. 8315 sRef Ex@15 @15 S0′ 8315. The mighty ones of Moab. That this signifies those who are in the life of falsity from this love, is evident from the signification of “mighty ones,” as being things that reign and prevail; and from the representation of Moab, as being those who are in natural good and suffer themselves to be easily led astray (see n. 2468), thus who are in a consequent life of falsity; for they who are in natural good, and not in good from the truth of faith, thus not in spiritual good, suffer themselves to be led away to believe any falsities whatever, thus to live according to them. They are led away from truths to falsities especially by those things which favor their loves. These are they who are meant by “Moab.” (That they who are in natural good, and not in spiritual good, cannot possibly be led by any influx from heaven, see n. 3470, 3471, 3518, 4988, 4992, 5032, 6208, 7197, 8002.) The word by which “the mighty ones” are expressed in the original tongue, is predicated of those who are in truth from good, and in the opposite sense, of those who are in falsity from evil; in this latter sense is this word in Ezek. 31:11, and 2 Kings 24:15.

AC (Potts) n. 8316 sRef Ex@15 @15 S0′ 8316. Terror hath laid hold of them. That this signifies that they have dared nothing, is evident from the signification of “to be laid hold of by terror,” as being to dare nothing, for with those who are in terror the blood grows cold and rushes into the veins; the circulation stops; thence the sinews become flaccid; and the strength fails, so that they dare nothing.

AC (Potts) n. 8317 sRef Ex@15 @15 S0′ 8317. All the inhabitants of Canaan are melted. That this signifies the like with those who are of the church and have adulterated goods, and falsified truths, is evident from the signification of “the inhabitants of Canaan,” as being those who are of the church, and as being those there who have adulterated goods, and falsified truths. That by “the inhabitants of Canaan” are signified those who are of the church, is because the church of the Lord had been in the land of Canaan from the most ancient times (see n. 3686, 4447, 4454, 4516, 4517, 5136, 6516). Moreover that they are signified who have adulterated goods and falsified truths, is because by the nations there, whom the sons of Israel were to drive out, are represented evils, and likewise falsities, of faith (see n. 8054), and this because these nations had previously been of the church.

AC (Potts) n. 8318 sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8318. Fright and dread have fallen upon them. That this signifies that they are without any hope of domination, is evident from the signification of “fright and dread,” when said of those who are in the love of self and in the consequent falsities and evils, who are signified by “the chiefs of Edom and the mighty ones of Moab,” as being that they are without hope of domination; for they who are in the evil of the love of self continually desire to domineer, but when terror falls upon them on account of a victorious enemy, then the hope of domineering falls.
[2] Be it known that evils are from a double origin; namely, from the love of self, and from the love of the world. They who are in evils from the love of self, love themselves only, and despise all others except those who make one with themselves, in loving whom they do not love them, but themselves, because they see themselves in them. The evils from this origin are the worst of all; for they who are in them not only despise all others in comparison with themselves, but also pursue them with invectives, and bear hatred toward them for slight cause, and then breathe their destruction. In this way revenge and cruelty become the delight of their life. They who are in the evil of this love are at a depth in hell according to the quality and amount of this love.
[3] But they who are in evil from the love of the world also hold their neighbor in slight estimation, and esteem him solely by reason of his wealth; thus they esteem his riches, not him. These desire to possess all that belongs to their neighbor, and when they are in this cupidity, they are then devoid of all charity and mercy; for to deprive their neighbor of his goods is the delight of their life, especially of those who are sordidly avaricious, that is, who love gold and silver for the sake of gold and silver, but not for the sake of any use from them. Those with whom the evil of this love has dominion are also in the hells, but not in hells so deep as are they who are in the evil of the love of self. Besides these two origins of evil there is also a third, which is to do evil from the principles of a false religion; but this evil has a bad character with those who are in the love of self and of the world; but not with those who are in love toward the neighbor and to their God; for the end is good, and the end qualifies all the rest (see n. 8311).

AC (Potts) n. 8319 sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8319. In the greatness of Thine arm. That this signifies by virtue of omnipotence, is evident from the signification of “arm,” as being power (see n. 878, 4931-4937), and when said of the Divine, as being omnipotence.

AC (Potts) n. 8320 sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8320. They shall be destroyed as a stone. That this signifies a falling down like a weight, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8279, 8298).

AC (Potts) n. 8321 sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8321. Until Thy people shall pass over. That this signifies that thus without danger of infestation all shall be saved who are capable of receiving the truth of good and the good of truth, is evident from the signification of “passing over,” as being to be saved without danger of infestation; for when they who are in falsities from evil, and have infested, are cast into hell, and are removed, then there are none who obstruct by injecting falsities and evils, and who thus prevent the reception of good and truth from the Lord. This is what is here signified by “passing over.” For so long as the evil were not cast into hell, scarcely any could “pass over,” that is, be saved; for the evil then continually excited evils and falsities with those who were coming into the other life, and thus withheld them from good and truth. In order therefore that those who were in good and truth might be liberated from such infesters, the Lord came into the world; and when He was in the world, then by means of continual temptations admitted into Himself, and by means of continual victories therein, He subjugated all such spirits, and afterward by His presence caused them to be cast into hell, where being taken possession of by their own evils and falsities, they might be kept bound to eternity.
[2] By “people” are here meant those who are in the capacity of receiving the truth of good and the good of truth, for “people” in general signifies those who are in the truth and good of faith (n. 1259, 1260, 3295, 3581, 4619); here, it signifies Israel, that is, those who are of the spiritual church, or what is the same, who are in the truth of good and the good of truth (n. 7957, 8234). It is said “in the capacity of receiving the truth of good and the good of truth,” because no others are in this capacity than those who have lived a life of charity. This life gives this capacity. Hugely do those err who believe that faith without charity can confer this quality; for faith without charity is hard and resistant, and rejects all the influx from the Lord; but charity with faith is yielding and gentle and receives the influx. From this it is that charity gives this capacity, but not faith without charity; and as charity gives this capacity, it is this also which saves; for they who are saved are not saved through charity from themselves, but through charity from the Lord, consequently through the capacity of receiving it.

AC (Potts) n. 8322 sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8322. Until shall pass over this people. That this signifies that thus shall be saved those of the church who are in truth and good, is evident from what has been unfolded just above.

AC (Potts) n. 8323 sRef Isa@51 @11 S0′ sRef Isa@51 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @16 S0′ 8323. Which Thou hast taken possession of. That this signifies who have thus become the Lord’s, is evident from the signification of “to take possession of,” as being to be His. Here, because it treats of those who are in truth and good, to save whom the Lord came into the world, it is they who are signified, as being the Lord’s. Elsewhere they are called “the redeemed,” as in Isaiah:
Art thou not it that hath dried up the sea, the waters of the great abyss, that made the depths of the sea a way for the redeemed to pass over? thus the redeemed of Jehovah shall return (51:10, 11).

AC (Potts) n. 8324 8324. Verses 17-19. Thou shalt bring them in, Thou shalt plant them in the mountain of Thine inheritance, in the place Thou hast wrought for Thee to dwell, O Jehovah, the sanctuary, O Lord, Thy hands have prepared. Jehovah shall reign forever and to eternity. Because Pharaoh came with his chariot and with his horsemen into the sea, and Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them; and the sons of Israel went on the dry through the midst of the sea. “Thou shalt bring them in,” signifies elevation; “and plant them,” signifies regeneration continually; “in the mountain of Thine inheritance” signifies heaven where is the good of charity; “the place for Thee to dwell in” signifies where the Lord is; “which Thou hast wrought, O Jehovah” signifies that it was from the Lord alone; “the sanctuary, O Lord, Thy hands have prepared, “signifies heaven where are they who are in the truth of faith from the Lord; “Jehovah shall reign forever and to eternity,” signifies that the Lord alone is Lord of heaven and earth; “because the horse of Pharaoh came with his chariot and with his horsemen,” signifies all falsities from a perverted intellectual with those who had been in faith separate and in a life of evil; “into the sea,” signifies damnation; “and Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them,” signifies that the falsities from evils, which they intended for the good, returned upon themselves, by reason of the presence of the Lord with those who were in good; “and the sons of Israel went on the dry through the midst of the sea,” signifies that they who were in the good of truth and in the truth of good passed safely through the region of that hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8325 sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ 8325. Thou shalt bring them in. That this signifies elevation, is evident from the signification of “bringing in,” when to heaven, as being elevation. It is said “elevation,” because before the outward sight of spirits heaven is on high, and before the inner sight, such as is that of the angels, heaven is within; for everything internal in the other life is presented representatively as above, and everything external as beneath, consequently heaven appears above, and hell beneath (n. 2148, 3084, 4599, 5146); for it is states of truth and of good, and in the opposite sense, states of falsity and of evil, which are represented in the other life by means of heights and depths; in a word, which are represented by means of distances and places (n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381).
[2] From this experience alone it can be concluded with what difficulty the natural man apprehends spiritual things, consequently those things which are of heaven. What natural man can comprehend that there are no spaces and times in heaven; but instead thereof states; namely, states of good, or states of being, instead of spaces; and states of truth, or states of coming-forth, instead of times? Will not the merely natural man believe that there is absolute emptiness and nothingness where there are no time and space? From this it is evident that if the natural man concludes in himself that nothing is to be believed except what he apprehends, he then casts himself into enormous errors. As the case is with spaces and times, so also it is with many other things; as for example, the natural man must needs fall into phantasy about the Divine, when he thinks from time about what the Divine was doing before the creation of the world, that is, what It had done from eternity till then; nor can he be extricated from this knot until the ideas of time and of space are removed. When the angels think about this eternity, they never think about it from time, but from state.
[3] In the other life there appear two statues, partly of flesh and partly of stone, placed at the boundary of the created universe, in front toward the left; and it is said of them that they swallow those who think about what the Divine was doing from eternity until It created the world. This swallowing represents that as the man cannot think except from space and time, he cannot from himself extricate himself therefrom; but he can do so from the Divine, which is effected either by the dispersal of this thought, or by the removal of the ideas of time.

AC (Potts) n. 8326 sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ 8326. And plant them. That this signifies regeneration continually, is evident from the signification of “planting,” as being to regenerate, for regeneration is circumstanced like planting. For when a tree is planted, it grows into branches, leaves, and fruits, and from the seeds of the fruits it grows into new trees; and so on. Similar is the case with regeneration in man, and therefore in the Word a man is also compared to a tree, and a regenerate man to a garden or paradise; the truths of faith with him are compared to the leaves, and the goods of charity to the fruits, the seeds from which come new trees to the truths which are from good, or what is the same, to the faith which is from charity. It is said “regeneration continually,” because regeneration begins in a man, but never ceases, being continually perfected, not only while he lives in the world, but also in the other life to eternity; and yet it can never arrive at any such perfection that it can be compared to the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8327 sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ 8327. In the mountain of Thine inheritance. That this signifies heaven where is the good of charity, is evident from the signification of “the mountain of Thine inheritance,” as being heaven; for by “mountain” is signified the good of love (see n. 795, 796, 2722, 4210, 6435), and by “inheritance” the life of another, here of the Lord, thus the life of good and truth which is from the Lord, for they who are in this life are called “heirs of the kingdom” and “sons” (n. 2658, 2851, 3672, 7212). As these things are signified by “the mountain of inheritance,” heaven also is signified; for heaven is heaven from the good of love, and is an inheritance to those who are the Lord’s.

AC (Potts) n. 8328 sRef Matt@7 @21 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @45 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @48 S0′ 8328. The place for Thee to dwell in. That this signifies where the Lord is, is evident from the signification of “place,” as being state (of which just above, n. 8325), here a state of good from the Divine, because heaven is meant; and from the signification of “the habitation of Jehovah,” or “the place for Thee to dwell in,” as being where the Lord is. (That “to dwell” is predicated of good, see n. 2712, 3613; and that “the habitation of Jehovah” denotes good, and consequently heaven, n. 8269, 8309; that the Lord is “Jehovah” in the Word, see above, n. 8261.) Frequent mention is made of the Father who is in the heavens, and there is then meant the Divine in heaven, thus the Good from which is heaven. Regarded in Itself the Divine is above the heavens; but the Divine in the heavens is the Good that is in the Truth that proceeds from the Divine. This is meant by “the Father in the heavens,” as in Matthew:
That ye may be sons of the Father who is in the heavens: that ye may be perfect, as your Father who is in the heavens is perfect
Our Father who art in the heavens, hallowed be Thy name (6:9).
He that doeth the will of the Father who is in the heavens (7:21).
(And also 10:32, 33; 16:17; 18:10, 14, 19.)
The Divine that is in the heavens is the Good which is in the Divine Truth that proceeds from the Lord; but the Divine above the heavens is the Divine Good Itself. By “a place for Thee to dwell in” is signified heaven where is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, for this makes heaven. How the case is with the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, that it is in heaven good, may be illustrated by comparison with the sun, and with the light that is from the sun. In the sun is fire, but from the sun proceeds light, which light has within itself heat, from which gardens sprout forth, and become like paradises. The very fire of the sun does not pass to the earth (for it would burn up and consume all things), but the light wherein is heat from the fire of the sun. In the spiritual sense this light is the Divine Truth; the heat is the good in the Truth from the Divine Good; and the resultant paradise is heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8329 sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ 8329. Which Thou hast wrought, O Jehovah. That this signifies that it was from the Lord alone, is evident from the signification of “working” when said of regeneration and heaven, as being that it is from the Lord alone; for everything of regeneration, and everything of heaven are from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8330 sRef Ex@15 @17 S0′ 8330. The sanctuary, O Lord, which thy hands have prepared. That this signifies heaven where are they who are in the truth of faith from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the sanctuary,” as being heaven where is the truth of faith (of which below); and from the signification of “Thy hands have prepared,” as being that which is from the Lord. It is said of the sanctuary that “Thy hands have prepared it,” because the “hands” are predicated of truth, and signify power. (That the “hands” are predicated of truth, see n. 3091, 8281; and also that they denote power, n. 878, 3387, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 6292, 6947, 7011, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8069, 8153, 8281; in like manner that “sanctuary” is predicated of truth, n. 8302.) But the words which precede, as “the place for Thee to dwell in,” and “which Thou hast wrought O Jehovah,” are predicated of good, because they relate to “the mountain of inheritance,” by which is signified heaven wherein is the good of charity (n. 8327). (That there are words which in the Word are predicated of good, and words which are predicated of truth, see n. 8314.)
[2] What is meant by the heaven in which is the good of charity, which is signified by “the mountain of inheritance,” and what by the heaven in which is the truth of faith, which is “the sanctuary,” shall be briefly told. The heaven in which is the good of charity is that in which are the interior ones who belong to the Lord’s spiritual kingdom; and the heaven in which is the truth of faith is that in which are the exterior ones who belong to this kingdom. They who are interior are in charity itself and in the derivative faith; but they who are exterior are those who are in faith, but not yet in charity. These latter do good from obedience, but the former from affection. From all this it is evident what is meant by the heaven in which is the good of charity, and what by the heaven in which is the truth of faith.
sRef Ps@20 @1 S3′ sRef Ps@20 @2 S3′ [3] As regards the “sanctuary,” it denotes in the supreme sense the truth of faith which is from the Lord, and consequently in the representative sense it denotes the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, also the spiritual church, and from this a regenerated man who is a church, and thus in a sense abstracted from these it denotes the truth of faith, thus faith itself. (What “holy” denotes see above, n. 8302.)
sRef Ps@68 @35 S4′ sRef Ps@68 @24 S4′ [4] From this then it is that heaven is called “the sanctuary” from the truth of faith which is from the Lord, as in David:
Jehovah answer thee in the day of trouble, send thee help from the sanctuary, and sustain thee out of Zion (Ps. 20:1, 2);
here “the sanctuary” denotes the heaven where is the truth of faith; “Zion” denotes the heaven where is the good of love.
They have seen Thy goings, O God, the goings of my God, of my King, in the sanctuary; to be feared is God, out of Thy sanctuaries the God of Israel (Ps. 68:24, 35);
“the sanctuary” denotes the heaven where is the truth of faith, consequently it is said “God,” and not “Jehovah,” and also “King;” because “God” is said where truth is treated of, and “Jehovah” where good is treated of (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402, 7010, 7268), and because “King” denotes truth (n. 1672, 1728, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148).
sRef Ps@150 @1 S5′ [5] In the same:
A people shall praise Jah, because He hath looked forth from the height of His sanctuary; from the heavens did Jehovah look upon the earth, to hear the groaning of the bound one, to open to the sons of death (Ps. 102:18-20);
here also “sanctuary” denotes heaven as to the truth of faith. In the same:
Praise ye God in His sanctuary; praise ye Him in the expanse of His strength (Ps. 150:1);
“to praise in the sanctuary” denotes to do so from the truth of faith which is from the Lord; and “to praise in the expanse of His strength,” denotes by virtue of the good of charity which is from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8331 sRef Rev@19 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @18 S0′ sRef Rev@11 @15 S0′ aRef Ps@99 @1 S0′ sRef Matt@28 @18 S0′ sRef Isa@52 @7 S0′ sRef Ps@146 @10 S0′ 8331. Jehovah shall reign forever and to eternity. That this signifies that the Lord alone is the Lord of heaven and earth, is evident from the fact that of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, it can be said that “He shall reign forever and to eternity;” and of the angels, that they shall indeed reign, but from the Lord; thus it is still the Lord alone who reigns through them. It was customary with the ancients who were of the church to say, “God reigns,” also “God shall reign eternally,” by which was signified that it is well with the church, because then good and truth from the Divine are there; in general by this was signified that Jehovah is the only God; and they who were instructed about the advent of the Lord, signified by it that the Lord is the only Lord of heaven and earth. As in the church among the ancients it was customary to say “God shall reign,” therefore in David some Psalms are inscribed with the words “Jehovah shall reign” (see Ps. 93:1; 97:1; 99:1). And in these passages:
Jehovah shall reign eternally, thy God, O Zion, unto generation and generation. Hallelujah! (Ps. 146:10).
How delightful upon the mountains are the feet of Him that bringeth good tidings! that saith to Zion, Thy God shall reign! (Isa. 52:7);
speaking of the Lord. In John:
The kingdoms of the world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ, and He shall reign for ages of ages (Rev. 11:15).
I heard the voice of one saying, Hallelujah! for the Lord God reigneth (Rev. 19:6).
From these passages also it is evident that these words were words of joy, whence the exclamation, “Hallelujah!” and therefore it is said, “How delightful are the feet of Him that bringeth good tidings, that saith, Thy God reigneth!” That the Lord is the Lord of heaven and earth is evident in Matthew:
Jesus said unto the disciples, All power hath been given unto Me in heaven and on earth (28:18).

AC (Potts) n. 8332 sRef Ex@15 @19 S0′ 8332. Because the horse of Pharaoh came with his chariot and with his horsemen. That this signifies all falsities from a perverted intellectual with those who had been in faith separate and in a life of evil, is evident from the signification of “the horse of Pharaoh,” and also of “his chariot,” and of “his horsemen,” as being all falsities from a perverted intellectual (see n. 8146, 8148); and from the representation of Pharaoh and of the Egyptians, as being those who are in faith separate from charity and in a life of evil (n. 7926, 8148).

AC (Potts) n. 8333 sRef Ex@15 @19 S0′ 8333. Into the sea. That this signifies damnation, is evident from the signification of “the sea Suph,” as being hell (n. 8099, 8137, 8138); here damnation, because it is said that they “came into the sea,” and afterward that “Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them,” by which is signified that they sank down into hell, for they come into damnation before they come into hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8334 sRef Ex@15 @19 S0′ 8334. And Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them. That this signifies that the falsities from evils which they intended for the good returned upon themselves, by reason of the presence of the Lord with those who were in good, is evident from the signification of “Jehovah brought back the waters of the sea upon them,” as being that the falsities of evil which they intended for the good returned upon themselves. That falsities from evil are gathered together into a one, and are poured into those who are in evil, and that they are surrounded by them, see n. 8146: That the falsities from evil which the evil intend for others, by virtue of a law of order return upon themselves, n. 8214, 8223, 8226; that environment by the falsities of evil is casting into hell, n. 8210, 8232; and that this is effected by the mere presence of the Lord with the good, when He is protecting them and is bestowing on them heaven and the joy of heaven, n. 8137, 8265.

AC (Potts) n. 8335 sRef Ex@15 @19 S0′ 8335. And the sons of Israel went on the dry through the midst of the sea. That this signifies that they who were in the good of truth and in the truth of good passed safely through the region of that hell, is evident from what has been unfolded above (n. 8099, 8185).

AC (Potts) n. 8336 8336. Verses 20, 21. And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand, and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances. And Miriam answered to them, Sing ye to Jehovah, because exalting He hath exalted; the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea. “And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand,” signifies glorification of the Lord from the good of faith; “and all the women went out after her,” signifies all the goods of truth; “with timbrels and with dances,” signifies celebration from joy and gladness; “and Miriam answered to them,” signifies what is reciprocal; “Sing ye to Jehovah,” signifies that to the Lord alone belongs glory, “because exalting He hath exalted,” signifies that He has manifested His Divine in the Human; “the horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea,” signifies from the fact that by reason of His mere presence falsities of faith and evils of life have cast themselves into hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8337 sRef Ex@15 @20 S0′ 8337. And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand. That this signifies glorification of the Lord from the good of faith, is evident from the representation of Miriam, as being the good of faith; for Moses represents the truth of faith which proceeds immediately from the Lord, thus internal truth; while Aaron represents the truth of faith which proceeds mediately from the Lord, thus external truth (see n. 7009, 7089, 7382); consequently “Miriam” denotes the good of faith which proceeds mediately from the Lord; for when men represent truth, their women represent good (n. 6014). As Miriam with the women represent external good, therefore it is added “the sister of Aaron,” and it is not said “the sister of Moses.” Moreover good and truth are circumstanced like sister and brother (n. 3160). But be it known that women represent good, and men truth, when the spiritual church is treated of; whereas women represent truth, and men good, when the celestial church is treated of (n. 4823). From the signification of “the prophetess,” as being one who teaches (n. 2534, 7269), here who praises the Lord, or what is the same, glorifies Him from the good of faith, because she sang to Jehovah, as Moses and the men of Israel had done (that “to sing” denotes to glorify, see n. 8261, 8263, 8267); and from the signification of “taking a timbrel in the hand,” as being to glorify from the good of faith, for a “timbrel” is predicated of spiritual good, or what is the same, of the good of faith (n. 4138).
[2] Formerly in Divine worship many kinds of musical instruments were employed, but with much distinction. In general, by wind instruments were expressed affections of good, and by stringed instruments affections of truth, and this from the correspondence of every sounding thing with the affections. It is known that some natural affections are expressed by certain kinds of musical instruments, and others by certain other ones, and that when a fitting harmony joins in accord, they actually excite these affections. They who are skilled in music are aware of these things, and make an accordant use of them. The cause of this fact arises from the very nature of sound and of its accord with the affections. Men learned this at first, not from science and art, but from the hearing and its exquisite sense: from this it is clear that it does not come from any origin in the natural world, but from an origin in the spiritual world, and accordingly from the correspondence with things in the spiritual world of those things in the natural world which flow from order. Harmonious sound and its varieties correspond to states of joy and gladness in the spiritual world; and states of joy and gladness there arise from the affections, which in that world are affections of good and truth. From this then it can be seen that musical instruments correspond to the delights and pleasantnesses of spiritual and celestial affections, and that some instruments correspond to celestial affections, and some to spiritual affections (see what has been said and shown before on this subject, n. 418-420, 4138).
sRef Jer@31 @4 S3′ sRef Isa@24 @8 S3′ [3] As regards the timbrel specifically, it corresponds to spiritual good, that is, to the good of truth. The reason is that the timbrel is not a stringed instrument, neither is it a wind instrument, but as it is made with a skin, it is as it were a continuous stringed instrument, and moreover its sound is graver and deeper than is the sound of stringed instruments. This can also be seen from the Word, where the “timbrel” is mentioned, as in Isaiah:
The joy of the timbrels shall cease, the tumult of the joyous shall cease, the joy of the harp shall cease (24:8);
“the joy of the timbrels” denotes the delights of the affections of the good of faith; “the joy of the harp,” the delight of the affection of the truth of faith. In Jeremiah:
Anew I will build thee, that thou shalt be built, O virgin of Israel; anew shalt thou adorn thy timbrels, and shalt go forth into the dance of them that play (31:4);
“to adorn the timbrels” denotes to glorify God from spiritual good, for it treats of the spiritual church, which is the “virgin of Israel.”
sRef Ps@68 @24 S4′ sRef Ps@81 @1 S4′ sRef Ps@81 @2 S4′ sRef Ps@149 @3 S4′ sRef Ps@149 @1 S4′ sRef Ezek@28 @13 S4′ sRef Ps@68 @25 S4′ [4] In like manner in Ezekiel:
Thou hast been in Eden the garden of God, the work of thy timbrels and of thy pipes was in thee, in the day that thou wast created they were prepared (28:13);
speaking of Tyre, by which are signified the knowledges of good and of truth, and by “timbrels and pipes” the affections of the former, and the joys of the latter. In David:
They have seen Thy goings, O God, the goings of my God in the sanctuary. The singers went before, after them the players, in the midst of the virgins playing on timbrels (Ps. 68:24, 25).
Shout to the God of Jacob, lift up a song, and give a timbrel, a pleasant harp with a psaltery (Ps. 81:1, 2).
Sing to Jehovah a new song, let them praise His name in the dance, let them sing psalms to Him with timbrel and harp (Ps. 149:1, 3);
here “to praise with timbrel” denotes to glorify from the delight of the affection of the good of faith; and “to praise with harp” denotes the pleasantness of the affection of the truth of faith.
sRef Ps@150 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@150 @5 S5′ sRef Ps@150 @4 S5′ [5] In the same:
Praise ye God with timbrel and dance, praise ye Him with stringed instruments and organ, praise Him with cymbals of sound, praise Him with cymbals of noise (Ps. 150:4, 5);
“to praise with timbrel and dance” denotes from the good and truth of faith; “with stringed instruments and organ” denotes from truths and the good thence derived. As by correspondence all instruments signified the delights and pleasantnesses of spiritual and celestial affections, many of the Psalms of David have an inscription, and it is told how they are to be sung, as “upon Neginoth,” “upon Nechiloth,” “upon the Octave,” “Shigajon,” “Gitthith,” “Muth-labben,” “Sheminith,” “Shoshannim,” “Machalath.”

AC (Potts) n. 8338 sRef Ex@15 @20 S0′ 8338. And all the women went out after her. That this signifies all the goods of truth, is evident from the signification of “women,” as being affections of good, when “men” denote affections of truth (of which just above, n. 8337).

AC (Potts) n. 8339 sRef Jer@31 @13 S0′ sRef Jer@31 @12 S0′ sRef Jer@31 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @20 S0′ sRef Lam@5 @15 S0′ sRef Ps@30 @11 S1′ sRef Ps@149 @3 S1′ 8339. With timbrels and with dances. That this signifies celebration from joy and gladness, is evident from the signification of “timbrel,” as being predicated of the affection of spiritual good, or of the good of truth, and as signifying its delight or joy (of which just above, n. 8337); and from the signification of “dance,” as being predicated of the affection of spiritual truth, and as signifying its pleasantness or gladness (of which below). In ancient times gladness of heart was attested not only by musical instruments and songs, but also by dances. For joys of the heart, or interior joys, burst forth in the body into various acts, as into songs, and also into dances. And as in ancient times the gladnesses which excelled all others were spiritual gladnesses, that is, were from the affections of spiritual loves, which were those of good and truth, therefore also it was then allowed to add dances to the songs and musical harmonies, and in these ways also to testify joy. It is from this that “dances” are mentioned in the Word, and by them are signified gladnesses of the affections of truth or of faith, from good or charity, as in these passages:
Anew thou shalt adorn thy timbrels, and shalt go forth into the dance of the players. Their soul shall become as a watered garden, and they shall not grieve any more at all; then shall the virgin rejoice in the dance, and the young men and the old together (Jer. 31:4, 12, 13).
The joy of our heart shall cease, our dance is turned into mourning (Lam. 5:15).
Thou hast turned for me my mourning into dancing (Ps. 30:11).
Let them praise His name in the dance, let them sing psalms to Him with timbrel and harp (Ps. 149:3; 150:4).
That the Gentiles also in their divine worship played and danced, is evident in Exod. 32:6, 19.
sRef Zech@8 @19 S2′ sRef Isa@51 @11 S2′ sRef Jer@33 @11 S2′ sRef Ps@51 @8 S2′ sRef Isa@35 @10 S2′ sRef Isa@22 @13 S2′ sRef Isa@51 @3 S2′ [2] Both “joy” and “gladness” are mentioned, because in the Word “joy” is predicated of good, and “gladness” of truth, consequently it is very often said in the Word “joy and gladness,” both together, as in these passages:
Behold joy and gladness, slaying oxen (Isa. 22:13).
They shall obtain joy and gladness, and sadness and sighing shall flee away (Isa. 35:10).
Joy and gladness shall be found in Zion, confession and the voice of singing (Isa. 51:3, 11).
The voice of joy and the voice of gladness, and the voice of the bridegroom and the voice of the bride (Jer. 33:11).
The fast of the tenth month shall be to the house of Judah for joy and gladness (Zech. 8:19).
Thou shalt make me to hear joy and gladness (Ps. 51:8).
As in these passages “joy” is predicated of good, and “gladness” of truth, both are mentioned, otherwise one word would have sufficed. Such is the holy way of speaking that is in the Word, to the end that in every detail there may be the heavenly marriage, that is, the marriage of good and truth (n. 683, 793, 801, 2173, 2516, 2712, 4138, 5138, 5502, 7945).

AC (Potts) n. 8340 sRef Hos@14 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @21 S0′ 8340. And Miriam answered to them. That this signifies what is reciprocal, is evident from the signification of “answering,” when the glorification of the Lord by means of a song is treated of, as being what is reciprocal. In holy worship among the ancients it was also customary to sing by means of choirs, that there might be one or more to answer; by which was represented reciprocation and response, such as is that of the church from heaven, and of heaven from the Lord. Such is the signification in these passages:
I will answer and I will sing to Him (Hos. 14:8);
Then sang Israel this song; Rise up, O spring, answer ye upon it (Num. 21:17).

AC (Potts) n. 8341 sRef Ex@15 @21 S0′ 8341. Sing ye to Jehovah. That this signifies that to the Lord alone belongs glory, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8263), where are the same words.

AC (Potts) n. 8342 sRef Ex@15 @21 S0′ 8342. For exalting He hath exalted. That this signifies that He has manifested His Divine in the Human, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8264), where are the same words.

AC (Potts) n. 8343 sRef Ex@15 @21 S0′ 8343. The horse and his rider hath He cast into the sea. That this signifies that by virtue of His mere presence the falsities of faith and evils of life cast themselves into hell, is evident from the signification of “horse” and of “rider,” as being falsities from evil (see n. 8146, 8148); and from the signification of “casting into the sea,” as being into hell (see n. 8099, 8137, 8138); that this was effected by virtue of the mere presence of the Lord, see n. 8137, 8265. It is said that falsities and evils “cast themselves” into hell, for the reason that it is the very falsities and evils that are cast into hell, and these draw with them those to whom they adhere. For through evil of life men become forms of falsities from evil, and therefore when the evils themselves with their falsities are cast down, the forms also to which they adhere are dragged down together with them; for falsities and evils are exhalations from the hells, and flow in with those who through evils of life have made their interiors forms of reception. (That everything of thought and of will flows in, good from heaven, and evil from hell, see n. 2886-2888, 4151, 4249, 5846, 6189, 6191, 6193, 6203, 6206, 6213, 6324, 6325, 7147, 7343.) Hence then it is that it is said that falsities of faith and evils of life cast themselves into hell; and therefore when the angels are thinking and speaking about the hells they think and speak of falsities and evils abstractedly from those who are there; for the angels always remove ideas of person, and remain in ideas of things (see n. 5225, 5287, 5434).

AC (Potts) n. 8344 8344. Verses 22-26. And Moses made Israel set out from the sea Suph, and they went out to the wilderness of Shur; and they went three days in the wilderness, and found no waters. And they came to Marah, and they could not drink the waters for bitterness, because they were bitter; therefore he called the name thereof Marah. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink? And he cried unto Jehovah, and Jehovah showed him a piece of wood, and he cast it to the waters, and the waters were made sweet. There He set for him a statute and a judgment, and there He tempted him. And He said, If hearing thou wilt hear the voice of Jehovah thy God, and wilt do what is right in His eyes, and wilt hearken to His commandments, and wilt keep all His statutes, all the disease that I have put on the Egyptians, I will not put upon thee, because I am Jehovah thy healer. “And Moses made Israel set out from the sea Suph,” signifies what is successive according to the order of truth Divine after they had passed through a region of hell; “and they went out to the wilderness of Shur,” signifies the state of temptation into which they were next brought; “and they went three days in the wilderness, and found no waters,” signifies that truths failed, and at last wholly; “and they came to Marah,” signifies a state of temptation; “and they could not drink the waters for bitterness, because they were bitter,” signifies that truths appeared to them undelightful, because devoid of the affection of good; “therefore he called the name thereof Marah,” signifies the state and quality of this temptation; “and the people murmured against Moses,” signifies grief from the bitterness of the temptation; “saying, What shall we drink?” signifies that they could not endure truths, because they were undelightful by reason of no affection of them; “and he cried unto Jehovah,” signifies supplication to the Lord from grief; “and Jehovah showed him a piece of wood,” signifies that the Lord inspired good; “and he cast it into the waters,” signifies with which He affected the truths; “and the waters were made sweet,” signifies that from this truths were made delightful; “there He set for him a statute and a judgment,” signifies the truth of order then revealed; “and there He tempted him,” signifies in respect to temptations in general; “and He said,” signifies instruction; “If hearing thou wilt hear the voice of Jehovah thy God,” signifies faith in the Lord’s commandments; “and wilt do what is right in His eyes,” signifies a life according to them; “and wilt hearken to His commandments,” signifies obedience, and a life according to the goods of faith, which are the interior things of the church; “and wilt keep all His statutes,” signifies a life according to the truths of faith, which are the exterior things of the church; “all the disease that I have put on the Egyptians, I will not put upon thee,” signifies that they are to be withheld from the evils that pertain to those who are in faith separate and in a life of evil; “because I am Jehovah thy healer,” signifies that the Lord alone preserves from evils.

AC (Potts) n. 8345 sRef Ex@15 @22 S0′ 8345. And Moses made Israel set out from the sea Suph. That this signifies what is successive according to the order of truth Divine after they had passed through a region of hell, is evident from the signification of “to set out,” as being what is successive and continuous in respect to life and its order (see n. 4375, 4554, 4585, 5996, 8181); and from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (n. 7010, 7014, 7382); consequently “Moses made them set out,” signifies what is successive according to the order of truth Divine; from the representation of Israel, as being those of the spiritual church who had been detained in the lower earth until the advent of the Lord, and were then liberated (n. 6854, 6914, 7728, 7932, 8018, 8321); and from the signification of “the sea Suph,” as being the hell where were those of the church who had been in faith separate from charity and in a life of evil (n. 8099, 8137, 8138). (That these when liberated, were brought through the hell which is signified by “the sea Suph,” see n. 8099.)

AC (Potts) n. 8346 sRef Ex@15 @22 S0′ 8346. And they went out to the wilderness of Shur. That this signifies the state of temptation into which they were next brought, is evident from the signification of “to go out,” as being to be brought; and from the signification of “the wilderness of Shur,” as being a state of temptation. That a “wilderness” denotes a state of undergoing temptation, see n. 6828, 8098; and that “Shur” denotes the memory-knowledges of the church which have not yet attained to life (n. 1928), thus such things as must attain to life through temptations, for spiritual life is acquired through temptations (which are spiritual combats, or combats against evils and falsities), and through victories in these combats. (That they who were of the spiritual church underwent temptations after the Lord’s coming into the world, and that they could not do so before, see n. 8159.)

AC (Potts) n. 8347 sRef Ex@15 @22 S0′ 8347. And they went three days in the wilderness, and found no waters. That this signifies that truths failed, and at last wholly, is evident from the signification of “three days,” as being what is full (see n. 2788, 4495, 7715); from the signification of “wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (of which just above, n. 8346); and from the signification of “waters,” as being the truths of faith (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668); consequently “not to find waters” denotes that truths failed; that they failed wholly, is signified by “they went three days.” It is said “in the wilderness,” because they were tempted there, as now follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8348 8348. And they came to Marah. That this signifies a state of temptation, is evident from the fact that they were tempted there, as is also said below, in these words, “there He set for him a statute and a judgment, and there He tempted him” (verse 25).

AC (Potts) n. 8349 8349. And they could not drink the waters for bitterness, because they were bitter. That this signifies that truths appeared to them undelightful, because devoid of the affection of good, is evident from the signification of “to drink the waters,” as being to receive truths and apply them under good (of which n. 3069, 5709); from the signification of “waters,” as being truths (of which just above, n. 8347); and from the signification of “bitter,” as being what is undelightful (n. 7854). Hence it is evident that by “they could not drink the waters for bitterness, because they were bitter,” is signified that truths appeared to them undelightful: that it denotes because devoid of the affection of good, is because all the delight of truth comes forth from good. That the affection of truth derives its origin from good is because good loves truth, and truth loves good, for these two are conjoined as in a marriage. It is known that everyone desires to be instructed in those things which he loves and has as the end. He who loves good, that is, who wills from the heart to worship God and to benefit his neighbor, loves to be instructed in those things which lead thereto, consequently in truths; from which it can be seen that all the affection of truth is from good.
[2] There are indeed some who live in an evil manner, and yet desire to be instructed in truths; but with these there is no affection of truth, but only the affection of confirming the doctrinal things of the church for the sake of self-glory, that is, for the sake of reputation, honors, or gain. The genuine affection of truth is to wish to know what is true for the sake of the life in the world, and for the sake of life eternal. These come into temptation when truths begin to fail them, and more when the truths which they know appear undelightful. This temptation derives its origin from the fact that the communication with good has been intercepted. This communication is intercepted as soon as the man comes into his own, for he thus sinks down into the evil of the love of self, or of the world. When he emerges from this state, truths become delightful. This is meant in what follows by the bitter waters being healed by means of the wood cast into them, for by “wood” is signified good.

AC (Potts) n. 8350 8350. Therefore he called the name thereof Marah. That this signifies the state and quality of this temptation, is evident from the fact that the names which are given to things treated of in the Word comprehend the quality and state of the thing that is being treated of (see n. 2643, 3422, 4298, 4442). Here therefore “Marah” signifies the quality and state of the temptation which is treated of in these verses. Moreover “Marah” means “bitter.”

AC (Potts) n. 8351 sRef Ex@15 @24 S0′ 8351. And the people murmured against Moses. That this signifies grief from the bitterness of the temptation, is evident from the signification of “murmuring,” as being complaint such as there is in temptations, thus grief from the bitterness of the temptation. The temptations which those underwent who were of the Lord’s spiritual church after they had been liberated from infestations; and also the temptations which those will undergo who will be of this church, are described by the murmurings of the sons of Israel in the wilderness. And as spiritual temptations are usually carried to despair (n. 1787, 2694, 5279, 5280, 7147, 7166, 8165), therefore by “murmuring” is signified complaint from grief in the temptations (see Exod. 16:2, 3; 27:3; Num. 14:27, 29, 36; 16:11). It is said “against Moses,” because it was against the Divine, for by Moses is represented Divine truth (see n. 6723, 6752, 6771, 6827, 7010, 7014, 7089, 7382).
[2] As regards the temptations which those underwent who were of the spiritual church, and which those will undergo who will be of this church, be it known that faith cannot possibly be implanted in those who are of the spiritual church except through temptations, thus neither can charity; for in temptations the man is in combat against falsity and evil. These-falsity and evil-flow into the external man from the hells, while good and truth flow in through the internal man from the Lord; thus by virtue of the combat of the internal man with the external, which is called “temptation.” And insofar, then, as the external man is reduced to obedience under the internal, so far faith and charity are implanted; for the external or natural of man is the receptacle of truth and good from the internal man. If the receptacle is not accommodated, it does not receive anything which flows in from within; but either rejects, or extinguishes, or stifles it, whence there is no regeneration. Hence it is that there must be temptation in order that the man may be regenerated, which is effected through the implanting of faith and charity, and thus through the formation of a new will and a new understanding. Therefore also the church of the Lord is called “militant” (see what has been said and shown before on this subject, n. 3928, 4249, 4341, 4572, 5356, 6574, 6611, 6657, 7090, 7122, 8159, 8168, 8179, 8273).

AC (Potts) n. 8352 sRef Ex@15 @24 S0′ 8352. Saying, What shall we drink? That this signifies that they could not endure truths because they were undelightful by reason of no affection of them, is evident from the signification of “drinking,” as being to be instructed in truths and to receive them, and also to be affected with them, and consequently to appropriate them to oneself (see n. 3069, 3168, 3772, 4017, 4018); here, not to endure them, for the reason that they were undelightful on account of there being no affection of good, which is signified by “the waters being bitter,” according to what has been unfolded above (n. 8349). This temptation consists in the fact that they complain and grieve because the truths which had previously been delightful to them, and which thus had made their spiritual life or life of heaven, now seem undelightful to them, insomuch that they can scarcely endure them.
[2] The merely natural man would not believe that such a thing could cause any grief, for he thinks, “What is it to me whether truths are delightful or not? If they are undelightful let them be rejected.” But the spiritual man has very different sentiments. It is the delight of his life to be instructed in truths, and to be enlightened in such things as belong to his soul, thus to his spiritual life; and therefore when these fail, his spiritual life labors and suffers, and grief and anxiety ensue. The reason is that the affection of good is continually flowing in through the internal man from the Lord, and calling forth the accordant things in the external man which had previously caused the delight of the affection of truth; and when these things are assaulted by the evils of the love of self and of the world, which the man had also previously perceived as delightful, there arises a conflict of delights or of affections, from which springs anxiety, and from this grief and complaint.
[3] It shall be briefly told how the case is with the temptation that arises through a failing of truth. The nourishment of the spiritual life is good and truth, as the nourishment of the natural life is food and drink. If good fails, it is as if food fails; and if truth fails, it is as if drink fails. The consequent grief is circumstanced like the grief from hunger and thirst. This comparison is from correspondence, for food corresponds to good, and drink to truth; and as there is a correspondence, food and drink also nourish the body better and more suitably when a man at dinner or at breakfast is at the same time in the delight of conversation with others about such things as he loves, than when he sits at table alone without company. When a man is in this state, the vessels in him that receive the food are constricted; but when he is in the first mentioned state, they are open. Such things are effected by the correspondence of spiritual food and natural food. It is said “the delight of conversation with others about such things as he loves,” because everything of this kind has relation to good and truth; for there is nothing in the world which has not relation to both. What a man loves, has relation to the good with him; and what instructs him about good, and thus conjoins itself with it, has relation to the truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8353 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8353. And he cried unto Jehovah. That this signifies supplication to the Lord from grief, is evident from the signification of “crying,” as being imploration (see n. 6801), and also interior lamentation (n. 7782); consequently it also denotes supplication from grief. (That “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord, see n. 8261.)

AC (Potts) n. 8354 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8354. And Jehovah showed him a piece of wood. That this signifies that the Lord inspired good, is evident from the signification of “showing,” when by Jehovah, that is, the Lord, as being to give perception, and as this is effected by means of influx, it denotes to inspire; and from the signification of “wood,” as being good (n. 643, 2784, 2812, 3720).

AC (Potts) n. 8355 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8355. And he cast it into the waters. That this signifies with which He affected the truths, is evident from the signification of “casting wood into the waters,” when “wood” denotes good, and “waters” denote truths, as being to affect truths with good. (That “wood” denotes good, see just above, n. 8354; and that “waters” denote truths, n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8349.)

AC (Potts) n. 8356 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8356. And the waters were made sweet. That this signifies that from this truths were made delightful, is evident from the signification of “sweet,” as being what is delightful, for in the spiritual sense “sweet” denotes the sweetness of life, which is one with delight; and from the signification of “waters,” as being truths (of which just above, n. 8355). The case herein is thus. That a man is affected with truth, is from good; for good and truth have been conjoined as in a marriage, consequently the one loves the other as consort loves consort. From this also the conjunction of good and of truth is compared in the Word to a “marriage,” and the truths and goods which are born from it are called “sons and daughters.” From all this it can be seen that the delight of the affection of truth has its cause in no other source than good. This is also evident from experience, for they who are in the good of life, that is, who love God and the neighbor, these also love the truths of faith. Hence it is that so long as good flows in and is received, so long truth appears to be delightful; but as soon as good does not flow in, that is, as soon as evil begins to predominate, and to hold off the influx of good, there is at once felt a want of delight in truth; for truth and evil mutually reject and are averse to each other. From all this it can now be seen why it was commanded that a piece of wood should be cast into the bitter waters; and also why those waters were made sweet by virtue of the piece of wood that was cast into them. These things would never have been commanded by the Divine unless they had signified such things; for the Divine could have rendered those waters sweet without a piece of wood as the means.

AC (Potts) n. 8357 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8357. There He set for him a statute and a judgment. That this signifies the truth of order then revealed, is evident from the signification of “a statute,” as being the external truth of the church; and from the signification of “a judgment,” as being the internal truth of the church; consequently “to set for some one a statute and a judgment” denotes to set in order according to truths, consequently to reveal them. That “a statute” denotes the external truth of order, is because every external thing of the church was called “a statute,” and every internal truth of order was called “a judgment.”

AC (Potts) n. 8358 sRef Ex@15 @25 S0′ 8358. And there He tempted him. That this signifies in respect to temptations in general, is evident from what precedes and what follows. In what precedes, the first temptation in the wilderness was treated of; in what follows, instruction how they must live in order that they may not yield in temptations is treated of.

AC (Potts) n. 8359 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8359. And He said. That this signifies instruction, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by Jehovah concerning the truth of order in respect to temptations, as being instruction (see also n. 6879, 6881, 6883, 6891, 7186, 7267, 7304, 7380, 7517, 8127).

AC (Potts) n. 8360 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8360. If hearing thou wilt hear the voice of Jehovah thy God. That this signifies faith in the Lord’s commandments, is evident from the signification of “to hear,” as being a noticing, and faith (see n. 3921, 5017, 7216); and from the signification of “the voice of Jehovah,” as being that which is declared from the Word, thus the commandment of the Lord (n. 6971).

AC (Potts) n. 8361 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8361. And wilt do what is right in His eyes. That this signifies a life according to them, is evident from the signification of “doing what is right,” as being to live according to the dictate of truth; and from the signification of “in the eyes of Jehovah,” as being before the Lord, thus according to His commandments, for the Lord is in His commandments when a man lives according to them; he also is said to be “in the eyes of the Lord” who is in faith in Him. As regards “hearing a voice,” this properly signifies obedience (n. 2542, 3869, 5017); but when as here mention is also made of “doing,” then “to hear” signifies faith, and “to do” signifies life, as can be seen from the Lord’s words in these passages:
Everyone that heareth My words, and doeth them, I will compare him to a prudent man; but everyone that heareth My words, but doeth them not, shall be compared to a foolish man (Matt. 7:24, 26).
Everyone that cometh unto Me, and heareth My discourses, and doeth them, I will show you to whom he is like (Luke 6:47).
The seed that is in the good ground, these are they who in a simple and good heart, hear the word, hold it fast, and bear fruit in patience (Luke 8:15).
Jesus said, My mother and My brethren are these, who hear the word of God and do it (Luke 8:21).
In these passages “to hear” signifies to perceive, to understand, and to have faith; and “to do” signifies to live according to these. But where “hearing” is spoken of, and not at the same time “doing,” then “hearing” signifies faith in will and act, thus obedience. The reason is that what is heard passes into the internal sight, which is the understanding, and is there laid hold of by the will, and passes as by a circuit into act. Consequently in the word “hear,” there is naturally the signification of obedience, as we speak of “hearing” or “hearkening to” anyone (see n. 4652-4660).

AC (Potts) n. 8362 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8362. And wilt hearken to His commandments. That this signifies obedience and a life according to the goods of faith, which are the interior things of the church, is evident from the signification of “to hearken,” as being obedience and life; and from the signification of “commandments,” as being the internal truths of the Word (see n. 3382); thus the truths of faith, which are the interior things of the church; these are called the “goods of faith,” for they are wills.

AC (Potts) n. 8363 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8363. And wilt keep all His statutes. That this signifies a life according to the truths of faith, which are the exterior things of the church, is evident from the signification of “keeping,” as also being to live; and from the signification of “statutes,” as being the external truths of the Word (of which, n. 3382, 8357); thus the truths of faith which are the exterior things of the church. In many passages in the Word mention is made of “statutes” and “commandments,” and when one is mentioned together with the other, then “statute” signifies what is external of the church, and “commandment” what is internal of it.

AC (Potts) n. 8364 sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8364. All the disease that I have put on the Egyptians, I will not put upon thee. That this signifies that they are to be withheld from the evils that pertain to those who are in faith separate and in a life of evil, is evident from the signification of “disease,” as being evil (of which below); from the representation of the Egyptians, as being those who are in faith separate and in a life of evil (see n. 7097, 7317, 7926, 8148); and from the signification of “not to put upon thee,” when said of disease, by which evil is signified, as being that they are to be withheld from evil; for Jehovah, that is, the Lord, does not take away evil; but withholds man from it, and keeps him in good (n. 929, 1581, 2256, 2406, 4564, 8206). From this it is that by “not to put disease upon them” is signified that they are to be withheld from evils.
[2] That “disease” denotes evil, is because in the internal sense are signified such things as affect the spiritual life. The diseases which affect this life are evils, and are called cupidities and concupiscences. Faith and charity make the spiritual life. This life sickens when falsity takes the place of the truth which is of faith, and evil takes the place of the good which is of charity; for these bring this life unto death, which is called spiritual death, and is damnation, as diseases bring the natural life unto its death. Hence it is that by “disease” is signified in the internal sense evil; and by “the diseases of the Egyptians,” the evils into which those cast themselves who had been in faith separate and in a life of evil, whereby they had infested the upright, which evils have been treated of in what precedes, where the plagues in Egypt were treated of.
sRef Deut@28 @35 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @34 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @65 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @15 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @20 S3′ sRef Deut@7 @11 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @60 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @61 S3′ sRef Deut@7 @15 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @27 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @28 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @21 S3′ sRef Deut@28 @22 S3′ [3] Evils are also meant by “diseases” in other passages in the Word, as in Moses:
If thou wilt keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, Jehovah will remove from thee all sickness, and will not put upon thee all the evil weaknesses of Egypt, which thou hast known; but will give them upon thy haters (Deut. 7:11, 15).
If thou wilt not obey the voice of Jehovah thy God, by keeping to do all His commandments and His statutes, Jehovah will send on thee the curse, the disquiet, and the rebuke, in every putting forth of thy hand which thou doest, until thou be destroyed, because of the wickedness of thy works, whereby thou hast forsaken Me. Jehovah shall make the pestilence cleave unto thee, until He has consumed thee from upon the land; Jehovah shall smite thee with consumption, and with a hot fever, and with a burning fever, and with a raging fever, and with drought, and with blasting, and with jaundice, which shall pursue thee until thou perish: Jehovah shall smite thee with the ulcer of Egypt, and with the hemorrhoids, and with the scab, and with the itch, that thou canst not be healed. Jehovah shall smite thee with fury, and with blindness, and with amazement of heart. Thou shalt become mad from the look of thine eyes. Jehovah shall smite thee with a sore ulcer, upon the knees, and upon the thighs, whereof thou canst not be healed, from the sole of the foot unto the crown of thy head. He will throw back on thee all the weakness of Egypt, also every disease, and every plague, which is not written in the book of this law. Jehovah shall give thee a trembling heart, consumption of eyes, and grief of soul (Deut. 28:15, 20-22, 27, 28, 34, 35, 60, 61, 65).
By all the diseases here named are signified spiritual diseases, which are evils destroying the life of the will of good, and falsities destroying the life of the understanding of truth; in a word, destroying the spiritual life which is of faith and charity. Moreover natural diseases correspond to such things, for every disease in the human race is from this source, because from sin (n. 5712, 5726). Moreover every disease corresponds to its own evil; the reason is that everything of man’s life is from the spiritual world; and therefore if his spiritual life sickens, evil is derived therefrom into the natural life also, and becomes a disease there. (See what has been said from experience about the correspondence of diseases with evils, n. 5711-5727.)
sRef Lev@26 @15 S4′ sRef Ex@23 @25 S4′ sRef Isa@1 @5 S4′ sRef Isa@1 @6 S4′ sRef Ps@38 @6 S4′ sRef Ps@38 @5 S4′ sRef Ps@38 @4 S4′ sRef Ps@38 @7 S4′ sRef Ezek@34 @4 S4′ sRef Lev@26 @16 S4′ sRef Ezek@34 @2 S4′ [4] Like things are signified by “diseases” in other passages, as in Moses:
Ye shall worship Jehovah your God, that He may bless thy bread, and thy waters; and I will take disease away from the midst of thee (Exod. 23:25).
If ye shall reject My statutes, and if your soul loathe My judgments, so that ye will not do all My commandments, while ye make My covenant vain, I will enjoin terror upon you, with consumption, and with burning fever, that shall consume the eyes, and torment the soul (Lev. 26:15, 16);
signifying the decrease of truth, and the increase of falsity; “burning fever” denotes the cupidity of evil. Further in these passages:
Wherefore will ye add a going back? the whole head is diseased, and the whole heart faint. From the sole of the foot even unto the head there is no soundness in it; but wound, and scar, and flesh blow, not pressed out, and not bandaged, and not mollified with oil (Isa. 1:5, 6);
that here by “disease,” “wound,” “scar,” and “blow,” are meant sins, is hidden from no one.
Woe to the shepherds of Israel, the feeble sheep have ye not strengthened, the sick one have ye not healed, and the broken one have ye not bandaged (Ezek. 34:2, 4).
Mine iniquities are gone over my head, my wounds have putrefied, they have consumed away, because of my foolishness, for my bowels are filled with burning, and there is no soundness in my flesh (Ps. 38:4, 5, 7).
sRef Isa@53 @5 S5′ sRef Isa@53 @4 S5′ sRef Isa@53 @3 S5′ [5] As by “diseases” are signified the corruptions and evils of spiritual life, therefore by the various kinds of diseases are signified also the various kinds of corruptions and evils of that life. (That by “pestilence” is signified the vastation of good and truth, see n. 7102, 7505; and by “leprosy,” the profanation of truth, n. 6963.) That in general by “diseases” are signified sins, can also be seen in Isaiah:
A man of sorrows, and known of disease; whence is as it were a hiding of faces from Him. He was despised, and we esteemed Him not: nevertheless He hath borne our diseases, and hath carried our griefs, and through His wounds health hath been given us (53:3-5);
speaking of the Lord.
sRef Matt@11 @5 S6′ sRef Matt@11 @4 S6′ sRef Matt@4 @23 S6′ [6] As diseases represented the hurtful and evil things of the spiritual life, therefore by the diseases which the Lord healed is signified liberation from various kinds of evil and falsity which infested the church and the human race, and which would have led to spiritual death. For Divine miracles are distinguished from other miracles by the fact that they involve and have regard to states of the church and of the heavenly kingdom. Therefore the Lord’s miracles consisted chiefly in the healing of diseases. This is meant by the Lord’s words to the disciples sent by John:
Tell John the things which ye hear and see: the blind see, and the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, the dead rise again, and the poor hear the gospel (Matt. 11:4, 5).
Hence it is that it is so often said that the Lord “healed all disease and weakness” (Matt. 4:23; 9:35; 14:14, 35, 36; Luke 4:40; 5:15; 6:17; 7:21; Mark 1:32-34; 3:10).

AC (Potts) n. 8365 sRef Ps@41 @4 S0′ sRef Jer@17 @14 S0′ sRef Deut@32 @39 S0′ sRef Jer@30 @17 S0′ sRef Matt@9 @12 S0′ sRef Matt@9 @13 S0′ sRef Ps@41 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@15 @26 S0′ 8365. For I am Jehovah thy healer. That this signifies that the Lord alone preserves from evils, is evident from the signification of “to heal,” as being to cure, and also to preserve from evils, for when “diseases” signify evils, “to heal” signifies a remedy and preservation from them, as also frequently in the Word, thus:
I kill, and I make alive; I smite and I heal (Deut. 32:39).
Heal me, O Jehovah, that I may be healed; save me that I may be saved (Jer. 17:14).
I will make healing to go up unto thee, and I will heal thee of thy plagues (Jer. 30:17).
Thou hast turned all his bed in his disease; I said, O Jehovah, have compassion on me: heal my soul because I have sinned to Thee (Ps. 41:3, 4).
Besides in many other passages, as Isa. 6:10; 53:5; 57:18, 19; Jer. 3:22; 17:14; Hosea 6:1; 7:1; 11:3; 14:4; Zech. 11:16; Ps. 30:2; and elsewhere. And as “healing” has this signification, the Lord also calls Himself a “physician”:
Those who are strong have no need of a physician, but those who are ill; I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance (Matt. 9:12, 13; Mark 2:17; Luke 5:31, 32).

AC (Potts) n. 8366 sRef Ex@15 @27 S0′ 8366. Verse 27. And they came to Elim, and there were twelve springs of waters there, and seventy palm trees; and they encamped there by the waters. “And they came to Elim,” signifies a state of enlightenment and of affection, thus of consolation after temptation; “and there were twelve springs of waters there,” signifies that they had truths there in all abundance; “and seventy palm-trees,” signifies the goods of truth in like manner; “and they encamped there by the waters,” signifies that after temptation the truths of faith were set in order by means of the good of love.

AC (Potts) n. 8367 sRef Ex@15 @27 S0′ 8367. And they came to Elim. That this signifies a state of enlightenment and of affection, thus of consolation after temptation, is evident from the signification of “Elim,” as involving and signifying the state and the quality of the thing that is treated of; like all the other places to which the sons of Israel came (see n. 2643, 3422, 4298, 4442); here the state after temptation, namely, a state of enlightenment and of affection, thus of consolation. For after all spiritual temptation there come enlightenment and affection, thus pleasantness and delight; pleasantness from enlightenment through truth, and delight from the affection of good.
[2] That consolation follows after temptations, see n. 4572, 5246, 5628, 6829; the reason is that by means of temptations truths and goods are implanted and are conjoined, consequently the man as to his spirit is introduced interiorly into heaven, and to the heavenly societies with which he had previously been associated. When the temptation is ended, communication with heaven is opened, which had previously been partly closed, consequently enlightenment and affection, and consequently pleasantness and delight; for then the angels with whom communication is given, flow in by means of truth, and by means of good. Enlightenment by means of truth, and the consequent pleasantness, are signified by the “twelve springs of waters,” for “springs” signify truths; the affection of truth from good, and the consequent delight, are signified by the “seventy palm-trees” (of which below).

AC (Potts) n. 8368 sRef Ex@15 @27 S0′ 8368. And there were twelve springs of waters there. That this signifies that they had truths there in all abundance, is evident from the signification of “twelve,” as being all things in the complex (see n. 2089, 2129, 2130, 3272, 3858, 3913, 7973), thus all abundance; and from the signification of “springs,” as being truths of faith (of which, n. 2702, 3096, 3424, 4861). Hence it is evident that by “twelve springs of waters” are signified truths in all abundance; from which it follows that by these words are also signified enlightenment and the consequent pleasantness; for he who has truths in all abundance has also enlightenment, and he who has enlightenment, provided he longs for truth from affection, has pleasantness.

AC (Potts) n. 8369 sRef Ex@15 @27 S0′ sRef Lev@23 @40 S1′ 8369. And seventy palm-trees. That this signifies the goods of truth in like manner, that is, in all abundance, is evident from the signification of “seventy,” as being all things in the complex, in like manner as “twelve” (see n. 7973); and from the signification of “palm-trees,” as being the goods of the spiritual church, which are the goods of truth; and because by “palm-trees” are signified goods, by them is also signified the affection of good, and the consequent delight, for all delight is from the affection of good. As this was signified by “palm-trees,” therefore also palm-trees were employed in holy festivities, as in the feast of tabernacles, according to these words in Moses:
Ye shall take for you in the first day the fruit of a tree of honor, spathes of palm-trees, and a branch of a dense tree, and willows of the torrent; and ye shall be glad before Jehovah your God seven days (Lev. 23:40);
by “the fruit of a tree of honor,” is signified celestial good; by “palm-trees,” spiritual good, or the good of truth; by “a branch of a dense tree,” the truth of memory-knowledge; and by “willows of the torrent,” the lowest truths of the natural; thus by these four are signified all goods and truths in their order.
sRef John@12 @13 S2′ sRef John@12 @12 S2′ sRef Ps@92 @12 S2′ sRef Joel@1 @12 S2′ sRef Rev@7 @9 S2′ [2] That “palm-trees” signified a holy festivity which is from good, is evident also from these words in the following passages:
A great crowd that had come to the feast, when they heard that Jesus was coming into Jerusalem, took boughs of palm trees, and went forth to meet Him, and cried out, Hosanna: Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord, even the King of Israel (John 12:12, 13).
I saw, when behold a great crowd standing before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palms in their hands (Rev. 7:9).
The vine hath dried up, and the fig-tree languisheth, the pomegranate, and also the palm-tree, all joy hath dried up from the sons of man (Joel 1:12).
The righteous shall flourish like the palm-tree; he shall grow like a cedar in Lebanon (Ps. 92:12);
here “palm-tree” denotes good; and “cedar” truth.
sRef Ezek@41 @18 S3′ sRef Ezek@41 @25 S3′ sRef Ezek@41 @26 S3′ sRef Ezek@41 @20 S3′ sRef 1Ki@6 @29 S3′ sRef Ezek@41 @17 S3′ sRef 1Ki@6 @32 S3′ [3] As a “palm-tree” signifies good, it also signifies wisdom, for wisdom is of good. This was signified by the palm-trees which together with the cherubs and flowers were carved upon the walls of the temple; for “the temple” signified the Lord Himself, and in the representative sense, heaven (n. 2777, 3720). The “cherubs,” the “palm-trees,” and the “flowers upon the walls” signified Providence, wisdom, and intelligence, which are from the Lord, thus all things which are of heaven. That these were carved on the walls of the temple, is evident in the first book of Kings:
Solomon carved all the walls of the house round about with openings of carvings of cherubs and palm-trees, and openings of flowers; and upon the two doors of woods of oil he carved carvings of cherubs and of palm-trees, and of openings of flowers, and overlaid them with gold, so that he overspread the gold upon the cherubs, and upon the palm-trees (6:29, 32);
by these carvings was represented the state of heaven; by the “cherubs,” the Providence of the Lord, thus that from Him are all things (that cherubs denote Providence, see n. 308); by “palm-trees,” wisdom, which is of good from the Lord; and by “flowers,” intelligence, which is of truth from Him; by the “gold” with which the cherubs and palm-trees were overlaid, was signified the good of love which reigns universally in the heavens. (That “gold” denotes the good of love, see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658.) Therefore also where the new temple is treated of in Ezekiel, by which is signified the heaven of the Lord, it is said that cherubs and palm-trees were upon the walls everywhere (41:17, 18, 20, 25, 26).

AC (Potts) n. 8370 sRef Ex@15 @27 S0′ 8370. And they encamped there by the waters. That this signifies that after temptation the truths of faith were set in order by means of the good of love, is evident from the signification of “encamping,” as being the setting in order of truth and good (n. 8103, 8130, 8131, 8155); and from the signification of “waters,” as being truths of faith (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668). That by the “encamping there by the waters” is signified that the truths of faith were set in order by means of the good of love, is because by a “camp” are signified truths and goods (n. 8193, 8196); and by “encamping” is signified the setting in order of them; and by “by the waters,” is signified according to the truths which are from the Divine. It is said “by means of the good of love,” because all setting in order of truths is effected by means of the good of love; for it is under and according to good that truths apply themselves, and make with good as it were one body. It is said “according to the image of the man in whom they are,” because the image of a man’s spirit-which is the man himself, for it is the inward man-is precisely according to the setting in order of the truths from good with him. Hence it is that when angels are made present, a sphere of the good of love pours out from them, and affects those who are present, and truths of faith shine forth from their faces. In the spiritual world such things appear, and are openly perceived. It is said that this setting in order is effected after temptation, because goods and truths are implanted in man by means of temptations, but are not set in order until afterward; for the state of temptation is turbulent, but the state after temptation is tranquil. The setting in order is effected in tranquility. On this account also temptations are followed by what is pleasant by reason of enlightenment from truth, and by what is delightful by reason of the affection of good (of which fact see just above, n. 8367).

AC (Potts) n. 8371 8371. CONTINUATION CONCERNING THE SPIRITS AND INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
I have been further informed by the spirits who are from that earth about various things that concern its inhabitants, such as their walk, their food, their homes, and the like. As regards their walk, they do not walk erect like the inhabitants of this and of many other earths, nor do they creep in the manner of animals, but when they are walking they assist themselves with the palms of their hands, and alternately half raise themselves on their feet, and also at every third step turn the face to the side and behind them, and also at the same time bend the body a little, which is done rapidly. For among them it is unbecoming to be looked at by others except in the face.

AC (Potts) n. 8372 8372. When they are walking in this way they always keep the face forward, and thus look before them; and never downward, or to the earth. To look downward they call damnable. Only the lowest among them do this, who, unless they accustom themselves to look forward, are banished from society.

AC (Potts) n. 8373 8373. But when they sit, they appear like the men of our earth, erect as to the upper part of the body; but they sit with their feet crossed. They are extremely careful, not only when they walk, but also when they sit, not to be looked at behind, but in the face. Moreover they are very willing for their faces to be seen, because from this appears their mind; for they never show a face at variance with their mind; this being impossible. From this also those who are present know clearly what mind they have toward them, which they do not hide; and especially whether a seeming friendship is sincere, or pretended.

AC (Potts) n. 8374 8374. These things have been shown me by their spirits, and have been confirmed by their angels. Consequently also their spirits are not seen walking erect like others; but almost like persons swimming in water, helping themselves forward with their hands, and by turns looking around them.

AC (Potts) n. 8375 8375. They who live in their warm zones go naked, but with a covering round the loins; nor are they ashamed of their nakedness, for their minds are chaste; and they love none except their consorts, and abhor adulteries. They were very much surprised that when the spirits of our earth saw them walking in this way, and likewise naked, they ridiculed them, and also had lascivious thoughts; and that they paid no attention whatever to their celestial life; but only to such things. They said that this is a sign that they care more for bodily and earthly things than for heavenly ones; and that indecencies possess their minds. They were told that nakedness does not cause either shame or scandal to those who live in chastity, and in a state of innocence; but only to those who live in lasciviousness and shamelessness.

AC (Potts) n. 8376 8376. When the inhabitants of that earth are lying in bed, they turn their face forward, or into the chamber; but not backward, or to the wall. Their spirits told me this, and stated the reason: that they believe that in this way they turn their face to the Lord, but if backward, that they would turn it away. A similar thing had sometimes happened to me, when I was in bed, but I had not previously known the source of it.

AC (Potts) n. 8377 8377. They take delight in prolonged eating, not so much for the enjoyment of the food, as for that of conversation at that time. When they sit at table, they do not sit upon chairs or benches, nor upon raised couches of grass, nor upon the grassy turf; but upon the leaves of a certain tree. They were not willing to tell of what tree the leaves were, but when I mentioned several by guess, and at last mentioned the leaves of the fig-tree, they assented.

AC (Potts) n. 8378 8378. They said moreover that they do not prepare their food with reference to the taste, but chiefly with reference to use; adding that the food which is useful is to them savory. There was a discourse among the spirits on this subject, and it was said that this is advantageous for man, because in this way he has at heart a sound mind in a sound body; otherwise than with those with whom the taste rules, for then the body sickens, at the least is inwardly languid, and consequently also the mind, because this behaves according to the state of the recipient parts that belong to the body, just as the sight is according to the state of the eye. Hence the insanity of placing all the delight of life, and what they call the summum bonum, in luxury and pleasure. From this also comes corpulence in matters of thought and judgment; and quickness in the things of the body and the world. This results in the man having a likeness to a brute animal, with which also such persons do not unsuitably compare themselves.

AC (Potts) n. 8379 8379. Their dwellings were also shown me. They are low, and of wood; but within they are lined with bark or rind of a pale azure, and around and above dotted as with little stars, in the image of the sky; for they desire to give to the interior of their houses the likeness of the visible sky with its stars. The reason is that they believe the abodes of the angels to be there. Besides this, they have tents, which are rounded at the top, and stretched out long, also dotted within with little stars on an azure ground. Into these they betake themselves in the daytime, to prevent their faces from being injured by the heat of the sun, for they take very great care of the face, because they do not consider it to be the body. They bestow great care in forming and cleaning these tents; and they also have their meals in them.

AC (Potts) n. 8380 8380. They care little about worldly things, for the families live together, nor do they seek for more than to be fed and housed. What is beyond these, not being for the necessaries of life, they do not class among the utilities. Their greatest care is the education of their little children, whom they love most tenderly.

AC (Potts) n. 8381 8381. When the spirits of Jupiter saw the horses of this earth, these horses appeared to me smaller than usual, although they were quite stout and high. This was from the idea of the spirits of that earth about their own horses. They said that they also have similar horses, but much larger, and that they are wild, or in the forests; and that when they are seen, they terrify them, although they are harmless. They added that a fear of horses is innate, or natural to them. This led to reflection on the cause of this fear. For in the spiritual world a horse represents the understanding formed from memory-knowledges (n. 2760-2762, 6534); and as they fear to cultivate the understanding by means of the sciences, it causes an influx of fear. That they do not care for the memory-knowledges that pertain to human erudition, will be seen in what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8382 8382. The spirits of Jupiter sometimes had emissaries or subjects with me, for the sake of communication, and this for a rather long time. From this it was given me to know their native quality, and that they are wholly different from the spirits of our earth. When they were with me, they were often infested by the spirits of our earth, but they did not care about it. They merely told it to the society of their spirits by whom they had been sent out; and while they were telling it, they withdrew a little from me.

AC (Potts) n. 8383 8383. Once also it was permitted evil spirits of our earth to act by their evil arts, and to infest the spirits of Jupiter who were with me. The latter endured them for a considerable time, but finally confessed that they could do so no longer; and that they believed that there could not possibly be worse spirits, for they perverted their imagination and also their thought in such a manner that they seemed to themselves to be as it were bound, and not to be extricated from this except by Divine aid. While I was reading in the Word something concerning our Savior’s Passion, certain European spirits injected direful objections, with intent to mislead the spirits of Jupiter. Inquiry was made who these spirits were, and what they had been in the world, and it was found that some of them had been preachers, not unlike those who call themselves of the Society of the Lord, or Jesuits, and that then by preaching about the Lord’s Passion they could move the common people to tears. The cause was told them, namely, that in the world they thought in one way and spoke in another; thus that they entertained one opinion in their hearts, and expressed another with their mouth; but that now they are not allowed to speak in this fraudulent manner, for when they become spirits they are compelled to speak exactly as they think. The spirits of Jupiter were utterly astounded that there could be with man such variance of the interiors and exteriors, namely that he can speak in one way, and think in a wholly different way, which to them is impossible.

AC (Potts) n. 8384 8384. The spirits of Jupiter have a sweet approach, and a prudent discourse. They ponder what they say. They derive this from their life in the world; for there, if they do or say anything contrary to order, they are reduced by others in various ways to repentance; and those who are stubborn, by chastisement.

AC (Potts) n. 8385 8385. They observed in my thoughts a desire to publish these things in our earth. This they did not wish, because they are forbidden to publish what is said to them by their spirits. They wondered that such things could be published merely by means of writings; but they were then informed about printing, and also about the Word, and likewise about the teachings of the church in our earth; and they were told that the Word and the teachings so stand forth in a published form, and in this way are learned.

AC (Potts) n. 8386 8386. A continuation concerning the spirits and inhabitants of the earth Jupiter will be found at the end of the following chapter.

[END OF THE SIXTH PART OF THE ORIGINAL LATIN WORK]

AC (Potts) n. 8387 8387. CHAPTER 16.
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.

He who wishes to be saved must confess his sins and do repentance.

AC (Potts) n. 8388 8388. To confess sins is to become thoroughly acquainted with evils, to see them in oneself, to acknowledge them, to regard oneself as guilty, and to condemn oneself on account of them. When this is done before God, it is to confess sins.

AC (Potts) n. 8389 8389. To do repentance is after one has thus confessed his sins and from a humble heart has made supplication for their forgiveness, to desist from them and to lead a new life according to the commands of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8390 8390. He who merely acknowledges that he is a sinner like all others, and who regards himself as guilty of all evils, and does not examine himself-that is, see his sins-does indeed make confession, but not the confession of repentance, for he lives afterward as he had done before.

AC (Potts) n. 8391 8391. He who leads a life of faith does repentance daily; for he reflects upon the evils that are in him, acknowledges them, guards himself against them, and supplicates the Lord for aid. For from himself man is continually falling, but is continually being raised up by the Lord. He falls from himself when he thinks what is evil with desire; and he is raised up by the Lord when he resists evil, and consequently does not do it. Such is the state with all who are in good; but they who are in evil are continually falling, and also are continually being uplifted by the Lord; but this to prevent them from falling into the most grievous hell of all, whither from themselves they incline with all their might: thus in truth uplifting them into a milder hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8392 8392. The repentance that is done in a state of freedom avails; but that which is done in a state of compulsion avails not. A state of compulsion is a state of sickness, a state of dejection of mind from misfortune, a state of imminent death; in a word, every state of fear which takes away the use of sound reason. When an evil man who in a state of compulsion promises repentance and also does what is good, comes into a state of freedom, he returns into his former life of evil. The case is otherwise with a good man, such states being to him states of temptation in which he conquers.

AC (Potts) n. 8393 8393. Repentance of the mouth and not of the life is not repentance. Sins are not forgiven through repentance of the mouth, but through repentance of the life. Sins are continually being forgiven man by the Lord, for He is mercy itself; but sins adhere to the man, however much he may suppose that they have been forgiven, nor are they removed from him except through a life according to the commands of faith. So far as he lives according to these commands, so far his sins are removed; and so far as they are removed, so far they have been forgiven. For by the Lord man is withheld from evil, and is held in good; and he is so far able to be withheld from evil in the other life, as in the life of the body he has resisted evil; and he is so far able to be held in good then, as in the life of the body he has done what is good from affection. This shows what the forgiveness of sins is, and whence it is. He who believes that sins are forgiven in any other way, is much mistaken.

AC (Potts) n. 8394 sRef Matt@12 @45 S0′ sRef Matt@12 @43 S0′ sRef Matt@12 @44 S0′ 8394. After a man has examined himself, and has acknowledged his sins, and has done repentance, he must remain constant in good up to the end of life. If however he afterward falls back into his former life of evil, and embraces it, he commits profanation, for he then conjoins evil with good, and consequently his latter state becomes worse than his former one, according to the Lord’s words:
When the unclean spirit goeth out of a man he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, but findeth none; then he saith, I will return into my house whence I came out; and when he is come, and findeth it empty, and swept, and garnished for him, then goeth he, and joineth to himself seven other spirits worse than himself, and having entered in they dwell there; and the last things of the man become worse than the first (Matt. 12:43-45).

EXODUS 16

1. And they journeyed from Elim, and all the assemblage of the sons of Israel came unto the wilderness of Sin, which is between Elim and Sinai, in the fifteenth day of the second month of their going out of the land of Egypt.
2. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron in the wilderness.
3. And the sons of Israel said unto them, Oh that we had died by the hand of Jehovah in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the flesh-pot, when we did eat bread to satiety! for ye have brought us forth unto this wilderness, to kill this whole congregation with hunger.
4. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Behold I am making it rain bread for you from heaven, and the people shall go out, and they shall gather the word of a day in its day, in order that I may try them, whether they will walk in My law, or not.
5. And it shall be in the sixth day, that they shall prepare that which they have brought, and there shall be double over what they shall gather day by day.
6. And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel, In the evening, then ye shall know that Jehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt.
7. And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of Jehovah, in that He heareth your murmurings against Jehovah; and what are we, that ye murmur against us?
8. And Moses said, In that Jehovah shall give you in the evening flesh to eat, and in the morning bread to satiety; in that Jehovah heareth your murmurings with which ye murmur against Him: what are we? your murmurings are not against us, but against Jehovah.
9. And Moses said unto Aaron, Say unto all the assemblage of the sons of Israel, Come ye near before Jehovah, for He hath heard your murmurings.
10. And it was, as Aaron spake unto the whole assemblage of the sons of Israel, that they looked back unto the wilderness, and behold the glory of Jehovah was seen in the cloud.
11. And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying,
12. I have heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel; speak unto them, saying, Between the evenings ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning ye shall be sated with bread; and ye shall know that I am Jehovah your God.
13. And it was in the evening that the quail came up, and covered the camp; and in the morning there was a deposit of dew round about the camp.
14. And the deposit of dew went up, and behold upon the faces of the wilderness a small round thing, small as the hoar frost upon the earth.
15. And the sons of Israel saw, and they said a man to his brother, What is this [Man hoc]? for they knew not what it was. And Moses said unto them, This is the bread which Jehovah hath given you to eat.
16. This is the word that Jehovah hath commanded, Gather ye of it everyone according to the mouth of his eating, an omer a head, according to the number of your souls, take ye everyone for him who is in his tent.
17. And the sons of Israel did so, and they gathered, collecting for the numerous and the few.
18. And they measured it with the omer, and it made nothing over for the numerous; and for the few there was no lack; they gathered everyone according to his eating.
19. And Moses said unto them, Let no one make a residue of it till the morning.
20. And they heard not unto Moses; and men made a residue of it until the morning, and it bred worms and stank, and Moses was angry with them.
21. And they gathered it morning by morning, everyone according to the mouth of his eating; and the sun grew hot, and it melted.
22. And it was that on the sixth day they gathered bread double, two omers for each one; and all the princes of the assemblage came and told Moses.
23. And he said unto them, This is what Jehovah spake, A rest, a Sabbath holy to Jehovah, is the morrow; what ye will bake, bake ye; and what ye will boil, boil ye; and all that is left over, this lay ye by for you to keep until the morning.
24. And they laid it by till the morning, as Moses commanded, and it did not stink, and the worm was not in it.
25. And Moses said, Eat ye this today, because today is a Sabbath to Jehovah, today ye shall not find it in the field.
26. Six days ye shall gather it, and on the seventh day is the Sabbath, it shall not be in it.
27. And it was on the seventh day there went out some of the people for to gather, and they found none.
28. And Jehovah said unto Moses, How long do ye refuse to keep My commandments and My laws?
29. See ye, because Jehovah hath given you the Sabbath, therefore He giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days; rest ye everyone in his place, let no one go forth from his place on the seventh day.
30. And the people rested on the seventh day.
31. And the house of Israel called the name of it Manna; and it was like coriander seed, white; and the taste of it was like that of a cake in honey.
32. And Moses said, This is the word which Jehovah hath commanded, Fill an omer with it to be kept for your generations, to the end that they may see the bread wherewith I fed you in the wilderness, when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt.
33. And Moses said unto Aaron, Take an urn, and put the omerful of manna therein, and lay it up before Jehovah, to be kept for your generations.
34. As Jehovah commanded Moses, and Aaron laid it up before the Testimony to be kept.
35. And the sons of Israel did eat the manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; they did eat the manna until they came unto the border of the land of Canaan.
36. And an omer is the tenth part of an ephah.

AC (Potts) n. 8395 sRef Ex@16 @0 S0′ 8395. THE CONTENTS.
The preceding chapter treated of the second temptation of those who were of the spiritual church, which was from truth being perceived as undelightful. In this chapter in the internal sense a third temptation is treated of, which is from the lack of good. By the lack of bread and of flesh, at which the sons of Israel murmured, is signified a lack of good. Consolation after temptation is signified and described by the manna which they received, and by the quail. Manna denotes spiritual good. That this was given to them by the Lord continually, and without any care and aid of theirs, is signified by their receiving the manna daily, and by the worm breeding in it if they gathered more.

AC (Potts) n. 8396 sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ 8396. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verse 1. And they journeyed from Elim, and all the assemblage of the sons of Israel came unto the wilderness of Sin, which is between Elim and Sinai, in the fifteenth day of the second month of their going out of the land of Egypt. “And they journeyed from Elim,” signifies what is successive; “and all the assemblage of the sons of Israel came unto the wilderness of Sin,” signifies unto another state of temptation; “which is between Elim and Sinai,” signifies what is continuous and its quality; “In the fifteenth day of the second month,” signifies the state relatively; “of their going out of the land of Egypt,” signifies to their state when they were first liberated from infestations.

AC (Potts) n. 8397 sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ 8397. And they journeyed from Elim. That this signifies what is successive, is evident from the signification of “journeying,” as being what is successive and continuous (see n. 4375, 4554, 4585, 5996, 8181, 8345); and from the signification of “Elim,” as being a state of consolation after temptation (n. 8367), consequently by “they journeyed from Elim,” is signified what is successive of life in respect to states of temptations. For when those who are of the spiritual church are undergoing temptations, they are brought from one temptation into another. This is the successive that is here signified by “journeying.” That “journeying” signifies what is successive of life, is because there are no spaces, as there are no times, in the other life; but states instead of them (n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381). Consequently movements do not signify movements, nor journeyings, journeyings; but changes and successions of states.

AC (Potts) n. 8398 sRef Ezek@30 @18 S0′ sRef Ezek@30 @16 S0′ sRef Ezek@30 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ sRef Ezek@30 @15 S0′ 8398. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel came unto the wilderness of Sin. That this signifies unto another state of temptation, is evident from the signification of “coming,” as being the abode of the successive that is signified by “journeying” (see n. 8397); from the signification of “the assemblage of the sons of Israel,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 7843); from the signification of “the wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 8098); and from the signification of “Sin,” as being the quality of this state; for names include the whole quality of the state of the thing treated of, as has been abundantly shown above. From the temptation which is signified by the murmuring on account of the lack of bread and flesh, and from the consolation afterward which is signified by the manna and the quail, it is evident what “Sin” signifies, namely, the good which is from truth. Consequently “Sin,” which was a city of Egypt, and from which the wilderness of Sin took its name, in the opposite sense signifies the evil which is from falsity, in Ezekiel:
I will pour out My wrath upon Sin, the strength of Egypt; and I will cut off the multitude of No; and I will set a fire in Egypt, grieving Sin shall grieve, and No shall be for a breaking through, and Noph for the enemies daily; the young men of Aven and of Pi-beseth shall fall by the sword, and these shall go into captivity; and in Tehaphnehes the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the yokes of Egypt (30:15-18);
[2] here are treated of those who are in memory-knowledges, and hatch therefrom falsities from which are evils; “Egypt” here denotes memory-knowledge; “Sin,” the evil which is from falsity; and “No,” the falsity from which is evil. That a deeper sense lies concealed here than that which stands forth in the letter, can be seen by everyone from this consideration alone-that the Word is Divine, and that, unless a deeper sense were in it, there would be scarcely any sense that can be apprehended, still less a sense containing what is holy. Hence it is very manifest that the names in the Word denote things, and that from them there results a general sense that is worthy of the Word which is from Jehovah. He who acknowledges the Word to be Divine cannot possibly deny this, provided he is willing to think from reason, or to form conclusions from an understanding that is for a while enlightened.

AC (Potts) n. 8399 sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ 8399. Which is between Elim and Sinai. That this signifies what is continuous and its quality, is evident from the signification of “Elim,” and from the signification of “Sinai,” from which it is clear what that which is “between” signifies. For “Elim,” from the fountains and palm-trees which were there, signifies the truth and good that belong to consolation after temptation (see the last verse of the preceding chapter); and “Sinai,” from the law which was there promulgated, signifies good and the derivative truth; consequently what is continuous and the quality that is signified by “Sin,” are the good that is from truth. The good that is from truth is the good that is in the spiritual man before regeneration, for he then does good from truth, that is, because it has been so commanded, consequently from obedience; whereas the good from which is truth is the good which is in the spiritual man after regeneration, for he then does good from affection. The former good is signified by “Sin,” the latter by “Sinai.”

AC (Potts) n. 8400 sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ 8400. In the fifteenth day of the second month. That this signifies the state relatively, is evident from the signification of the number “fifteen,” from the signification of “day,” and from the signification of “month.” By “month” is signified the end of a former state and the beginning of the following state, thus a new state (see n. 3814); by “day” is signified state in general (n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 893, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 7680); and by “fifteenth” is signified what is new, for by “fourteen days,” or “two weeks,” is signified an entire period, or a state from its beginning to its end (n. 728, 2044, 3845); consequently by “fifteen” is signified what is new, here what is new in life, which is signified by the manna that they received from heaven; for “manna” denotes the good of truth, which is the life of the spiritual man. For the like is signified by “fifteen” as by “eight,” because the eighth day is the first day of the following week. (That “eighth” denotes any beginning, thus what is new as distinguished from what was before, see n. 2044, 2866; and that all numbers in the Word signify things, n. 482, 487, 575, 647, 648, 755, 813, 1963, 1988, 2075, 2252, 3252, 4264, 4495, 4670, 5265, 6175.)

AC (Potts) n. 8401 sRef Ex@16 @1 S0′ 8401. Of their going out of the land of Egypt. That this signifies to their state when they were first liberated from infestations, is evident from the signification of “going out” and “being brought out,” as being to be liberated (of which frequently above); and from the signification of “the land of Egypt,” as being infestations on the part of those who are in evil and the derivative falsities (n. 7278).

AC (Potts) n. 8402 8402. Verses 2, 3. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron in the wilderness. And the sons of Israel said unto them, Oh that we had died by the hand of Jehovah in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the flesh-pot, when we did eat bread to satiety! for ye have brought us forth unto this wilderness, to kill this whole congregation with hunger. “And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel murmured,” signifies the suffering and the consequent complaint on account of the grievousness of the temptation; “against Moses and against Aaron,” signifies against truth Divine; “in the wilderness,” signifies a state of temptation; “and the sons of Israel said unto them,” signifies thought from anxiety; “Oh that we had died by the hand of Jehovah in the land of Egypt,” signifies that it would have been better for them to have been left by the Lord when they were in a state of infestations; “when we sat by the flesh-pot,” signifies a life according to what they like, and as they had desired; “when we did eat bread to satiety,” signifies that thus they had enjoyed the good of pleasures as much as they wished; “for ye have brought us out,” signifies after they were liberated; “unto this wilderness,” signifies a state of temptations; “to kill this whole congregation with hunger,” signifies that they were expiring from a lack of delight and of good.

AC (Potts) n. 8403 sRef Ex@16 @2 S0′ 8403. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel murmured. That this signifies the suffering and the consequent complaint on account of the grievousness of the temptation, is evident from the signification of “to murmur,” as being the suffering from the bitterness of the temptation, and the complaint (see n. 8351); “the assemblage of the sons of Israel” denotes those who are of the spiritual church (see n. 8398). Here a third temptation is treated of, which is on account of the lack of delight and of good. This temptation follows, in a series, the former one, which was on account of the lack of truth.
[2] They who have not been instructed about man’s regeneration suppose that a man can be regenerated without temptation; and some that he has been regenerated when he has undergone one temptation. But be it known that without temptation no one is regenerated, and that many temptations follow on, one after another. The reason is that regeneration takes place to the end that the life of the old man may die, and the new heavenly life be insinuated, which shows that there must needs be a fight, for the life of the old man resists, and is not willing to be extinguished, and the life of the new man cannot enter except where the life of the old man has been extinguished. Hence it is evident that there is a fight on both sides, and this fight is a fiery one, because it is for life.
[3] He who thinks from enlightened reason can see and perceive from this that no man can be regenerated without a fight, that is, without spiritual temptation; and also that he is not regenerated by one temptation, but by many. For very many kinds of evil have made the delight of his former life, that is, have made his old life; and it is impossible for all these evils to be suddenly and simultaneously mastered, because they cling to the man very firmly, having been rooted in parents from time immemorial, and consequently are innate in him, besides having been confirmed in him from his infancy through his own actual evils. All these evils are diametrically opposite to the heavenly good that is to be insinuated, and that is to make the new life.

AC (Potts) n. 8404 sRef Ex@16 @2 S0′ 8404. Against Moses and against Aaron. That this signifies against truth Divine, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine proceeding immediately from the Lord, thus internal truth; and from the representation of Aaron, as being truth proceeding mediately from the Lord, thus external truth (see n. 7009, 7089, 7382).

AC (Potts) n. 8405 sRef Ex@16 @2 S0′ 8405. In the wilderness. That this signifies a state of temptation, is evident from the signification of “wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 6828, 8098).

AC (Potts) n. 8406 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8406. And the sons of Israel said unto them. That this signifies thought from anxiety, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when it relates to such things as affect the mind, as being thought (see also n. 3395, 7097, 7244, 7937). That it is from anxiety is evident, because this is said in temptation.

AC (Potts) n. 8407 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8407. Oh that we had died by the hand of Jehovah in the land of Egypt. That this signifies that it would have been better for them to have been left by the Lord when they were in a state of infestations, is evident from the signification of “oh that,” as being that it would have been better, or would have been preferable; from the signification of “to have died by the hand of Jehovah,” as being for them to have been left by the Lord (in the spiritual sense “to have died” signifies to be in evils and the derivative falsities, consequently to be in damnation, see n. 5407, 6119, 7494; and when it is said “to have died by the hand of Jehovah,” it denotes to be left by the Lord, for they who are left by Him, that is, who leave Him, rush into evils and the derivative falsities, and thus into damnation; that “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord has often been shown above); and from the signification of “the land of Egypt,” as being a state of infestations (see above, n. 8401). (That those who were of the spiritual church, who are represented by the sons of Israel, before they were liberated by the Lord, were infested by those who were in falsities from evil, who are represented by Pharaoh and the Egyptians, see n. 6854, 6914, 7474, 7828, 7932, 8018, 8099, 8159, 8321.)

AC (Potts) n. 8408 sRef Ezek@11 @7 S0′ sRef Ezek@11 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ sRef Ezek@11 @3 S0′ 8408. When we sat by the flesh-pot. That this signifies a life according to what they like, and as they had desired, is evident from the signification of a “pot,” as being a containant of good, and in the opposite sense a containant of evil (of which below); and from the signification of “flesh,” as being the heavenly own, thus good, and in the opposite sense man’s own, thus evil (of which also below); and as by “flesh” is signified one’s own, so by “sitting by the flesh-pot” is signified a life according to what they like, and as they desire, for this life is the life of one’s own. A “pot” denotes a containant of good, and in the opposite sense a containant of evil, for the reason that by the flesh which is boiled in it is signified good, and in the opposite sense evil. As a “pot” has this signification, therefore by it is also signified the corporeal or natural of man, because these are the containants of good or of evil. Therefore in the universal sense by a “pot” is signified a man, and in a still more universal sense a people or a city, and then “flesh” signifies the good or the evil therein; as in Ezekiel:
The men that devise iniquity, and that give wicked counsel in this city, saying, It is not near, itself is the pot, We are the flesh; therefore thus said the Lord Jehovih, Your slain whom ye have put in the midst of it, these are the flesh, but itself is the pot (40:2, 3, 7);
here “the pot” denotes the city, or the people there; and “the flesh” denotes evil; for “the slain,” who are called “the flesh,” denote those with whom good and truth have been extinguished (see n. 4503).
sRef Ezek@24 @4 S2′ sRef Ezek@24 @3 S2′ sRef Ezek@24 @6 S2′ sRef Ezek@24 @5 S2′ [2] Again:
Utter a parable against the house of rebellion, and say unto them, Thus said the Lord Jehovah, Set on the pot, set it on, and also pour the pieces into it, every good piece, the thigh, and the shoulder; fill it with the choice of the bones; said the Lord Jehovih, Woe to the city of bloods, to the pot whose scum is therein, and whose scum is not gone out of it (Ezek. 24:3, 4, 6);
here “the pot’ denotes a city, or the people there, in whom is the evil of the profanation of good; the good which is “the flesh” there, is “the thigh and the shoulder,” the evil is “the scum” therefrom; the profanation of good is the remaining “scum;” therefore also it is called “the city of bloods.”
sRef Jer@1 @12 S3′ sRef Jer@1 @13 S3′ sRef Jer@1 @14 S3′ [3] In Jeremiah:
Jehovah said unto Jeremiah, What seest thou? I said, I see a pot that is boiling, whose face is toward the north; then Jehovah said, From the north evil shall be opened upon all the inhabitants of the land (1:13-14);
here a “boiling pot” denotes a people whom falsities have taken possession of; “the north” denotes the sensuous and corporeal of man from which evil springs. The end of the church is here treated of, when the external, consequently the sensuous and corporeal, and with these falsity and evil, rule; for the Lord’s church goes successively from internal to external, and then expires.
sRef Zech@14 @21 S4′ sRef Zech@14 @20 S4′ [4] In Zechariah:
In that day shall there be upon the bells of the horses, Holiness to Jehovah; and the pots in the house of Jehovah shall be like the bowls before the altar; and every pot in Jerusalem and in Judah shall be holiness to Jehovah Zebaoth, and all they that sacrifice shall come and take of them and shall boil in them (14:20, 21);
the salvation of the faithful is here treated of; the faithful are “the pots,” so called from the reception of good from the Lord, and from this the pot is called “Holiness to Jehovah;” “the bells of the horses upon which is Holiness” denote truths corresponding to good. As “pots” denote recipients and containants of good, therefore also these together with the rest of the vessels of the altar were made of brass (Exod. 38:3); for “brass” signifies the good of the natural (see n. 425, 1551).
sRef 2Ki@4 @38 S5′ sRef 2Ki@4 @39 S5′ sRef 2Ki@4 @40 S5′ sRef 2Ki@4 @41 S5′ [5] Moreover by “a pot” is signified doctrine, because of its containing the good and truth of the church. Doctrine is signified by “the pot” in which by command of Elisha pottage was boiled for the sons of the prophets of which we read in the second book of Kings:
Elisha returned to Gilgal when there was a famine in the land, when the sons of the prophets were sitting before him: he said to his lad, Set on the great pot, and boil pottage for the sons of the prophets: one went out into the field to gather vegetables, and found a vine of the field, and gathered from it wild gourds of the field, and shred them into the pot of pottage: while they were eating of the pottage they cried, death in the pot, O man of God! but he said that they should take meal, which he threw into the pot; and he said, Pour out for the people, and let them eat; then there was no evil thing in the pot (4:38-41);
be it known that all Divine miracles involve such things as are of the Lord’s kingdom and church (n. 7337, 8364), and that Elisha represents the Word of the Lord (n. 2762), and the prophets the doctrines therefrom (n. 2534, 7269); whence it is evident what of the church was represented by this miracle, namely, that the good of the church which has been falsified becomes good by means of truth from the Word; “famine” denotes a lack of the knowledges of truth and of good; “the pot,” doctrine; “pottage,” the good of the external rituals of the Jewish church; “wild gourds from the vine of the field,” falsification; “meal,” truth from the Word (n. 2177), whereby that which has been falsified, and which is “death in the pot,” becomes good. That “pots” signify containants of good, is because they were among the useful vessels in which food was prepared, and by food and all kinds of it are signified such things as nourish the soul, thus affections of good and of truth (n. 681, 1480, 3114, 4792, 5147, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5576, 5915).

AC (Potts) n. 8409 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ sRef Isa@49 @26 S1′ 8409. As “flesh” signifies one’s own in both senses, in the supreme sense the Lord’s Divine own, which is His Divine Human, thus the good of His love toward the universal human race; therefore “flesh” in the sense which has reference to man denotes one’s own made alive by the Lord’s own, that is, it denotes the Lord’s own with man, thus the good of love to Him. (On the signification of “flesh” in this sense, see n. 3813, 7850.) But in the opposite sense, “flesh” denotes man’s own, thus the evil of the love of self, and from this the cupidities or concupiscences of this love (n. 999, 3813). (That man’s own is nothing but evil, see n. 210, 215, 694, 874-876, 987, 1023, 1044, 1047, 3812, 5660, 5786.) That “flesh” denotes man’s own, thus evil of every kind, is further evident from the following passages in Isaiah:
I will feed thine oppressors with their flesh, and they shall be drunken with their blood, as with new wine (49:26);
“to feed with flesh” denotes to be gorged with their own evil.
sRef Jer@17 @5 S2′ sRef Isa@9 @20 S2′ sRef Isa@31 @3 S2′ [2] In Jeremiah:
Cursed is the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, but his heart departeth from Jehovah (17:5);
“to make flesh his arm” denotes to trust in his own power; and therefore in Isaiah 9:20, “to eat the flesh of his arm” denotes to trust in himself. Again in Isaiah:
Egypt is a man, and not God; and his horses flesh, and not spirit (31:3);
“the horses of Egypt” denote memory-knowledges from a perverted understanding (n. 6125); “flesh” denotes what is dead; “spirit,” what is alive; therefore the sons of Egypt are said to be “great in flesh” (Ezek. 16:26). What is “dead” is so called from evil, for spiritual death is from evil; and what is alive is so called from good, for spiritual life is from good.
sRef John@6 @63 S3′ sRef John@1 @13 S3′ sRef Matt@16 @17 S3′ sRef Gen@6 @3 S3′ sRef John@1 @12 S3′ sRef John@3 @6 S3′ [3] Hence it is that “flesh” and “spirit” in the Word are opposed to each other, as in the following passages:
That which is born from the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the spirit is spirit (John 3:6).
It is the spirit that maketh alive, the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak to you are spirit, and are life (John 6:63).
Jehovah said, My Spirit shall not reprove man forever, for that he is flesh (Gen. 6:3);
here “flesh” denotes man’s own. In like manner in the following:
Jesus said, Blessed art thou, Simon son of Jonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it, but My Father who is in the heavens (Matt. 16:17).
As many as received, to them gave He power to be sons of God, to them that believe on His name; who were born, not of bloods, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God (1:12, 13);
“the will of the flesh” denotes one’s own of the will; “the will of man,” one’s own of the understanding; “sons of God” denote the regenerate, and they who are being regenerated are all made alive from the Lord’s own, which is “the flesh and body of the Lord,” and is the Divine good itself.
sRef Num@11 @4 S4′ sRef Num@11 @33 S4′ sRef Num@11 @16 S4′ sRef Num@11 @34 S4′ sRef Num@11 @18 S4′ sRef Num@11 @6 S4′ sRef Num@11 @20 S4′ [4] As “flesh” in the opposite sense denotes man’s own, thus evil, it also denotes concupiscence, for the life of the flesh, which is the body’s own life, is nothing but the pleasure of the senses, the delight of the appetites, and concupiscence. That “flesh” denotes concupiscence, is evident from these words in Moses:
The rabble that was in the midst of the people lusted a lust, whence the sons of Israel wept again, and said, Who shall feed us with flesh? our soul is now dry, our eyes have nothing to turn to but the manna: and Jehovah said unto Moses, Say thou unto the people, Sanctify yourselves for the morrow, that ye may eat flesh, for ye have wept in the ears of Jehovah, saying, who shall feed us with flesh? for it was better with us in Egypt; Jehovah will give you flesh to eat, for a month of days, even until it come out from your nose, and it shall be a loathing to you. The flesh was yet between their teeth, before it was swallowed, when the anger of Jehovah was kindled against the people, and Jehovah smote the people with a very great plague, whence he called the name of that place “the graves of lust,” because there they buried the people that lusted (Num. 11:4, 6, 16, 18, 20, 33, 34).
From all this it is now evident what is signified by “sitting by the flesh-pot in the land of Egypt,” namely, a life according to what they like and as they had desired, thus a life of their own.

AC (Potts) n. 8410 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8410. When we did eat bread to satiety. That this signifies that thus they had enjoyed the good of pleasures as much as they wished, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (see n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745), and also enjoyment (n. 7849); and from the signification of “bread,” as being the good of heavenly life, and in the opposite sense the good of natural life separate from heavenly life, thus the good of pleasures. For by “bread” in the spiritual sense is meant the primary thing that nourishes the soul and preserves its spiritual life. That this is the good of love, is evident from the life of heaven, which consists solely of this good. But in the opposite sense by “bread” is meant the primary thing that nourishes those who are in hell, and sustains their life. That this is the evil of the love of self and of the world, is evident from the life of hell, which consists solely in this. Evil is to them good, for nothing is more delightful and sweet to them. This is here meant by “the good of pleasures.” And from the signification of “to satiety,” as being as much as they wished (or willed), for with the good it is the will that is sated with good, and with the evil it is the will that is sated with evil.

AC (Potts) n. 8411 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8411. For ye have brought us forth. That this signifies after they were liberated, is evident from the signification of “bringing forth,” in this case from the land of Egypt, as being to liberate, namely, from a state of infestations.

AC (Potts) n. 8412 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8412. Unto this wilderness. That this signifies a state of temptations, is evident from the signification of a “wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 8098).

AC (Potts) n. 8413 sRef Ex@16 @3 S0′ 8413. To kill this whole congregation with hunger. That this signifies that they were expiring from a lack of delight and of good, is evident from the signification of “killing,” as being to deprive of life, here, of that which is from delight and good, for in these the life of man consists (see n. 3607, 6767); from the signification of “the congregation,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 7843); and from the signification of “hunger,” as being a lack of good (see n. 5893), here of the good of pleasures, which is signified by “bread” (n. 8410); for when that which nourishes the spiritual life, or the life of the spirit, is taken away, hunger results. How the case herein is shall be briefly told.
[2] When the good of charity, which makes the spiritual life, is to be insinuated, the delight of the pleasures which had made the natural life is removed. When this delight is removed, the man comes into temptation, for he believes that if he is deprived of the delight of pleasures, he is deprived of all life, because his natural life consists in this delight, or good, as he calls it. But he does not know that when this delight of life is removed, spiritual delight, or good, is insinuated by the Lord in its place. It is this good that is signified by the “manna;” the former good or delight being meant by the “flesh and bread in the land of Egypt,” and the privation of this being meant by “hunger.”
[3] But it is to be carefully observed that the man who is being regenerated is not deprived of the delight of the pleasures of the body and lower mind, for he fully enjoys this delight after regeneration, and more fully than before, but in inverse ratio. Before regeneration, the delight of pleasures was everything of his life; but after regeneration, the good of charity becomes everything of his life; and then the delight of pleasures serves as a means, and as an ultimate plane, in which spiritual good with its happiness and blessedness terminates. When therefore the order is to be inverted, the former delight of pleasures expires and becomes no delight, and a new delight from a spiritual origin is insinuated in its place.

AC (Potts) n. 8414 sRef Ex@16 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8414. Verses 4, 5. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Behold, I am making it rain bread for you from heaven, and the people shall go out, and they shall gather the word of a day in its day, in order that I may try them, whether they walk in My law, or not. And it shall be in the sixth day, that they shall prepare that which they have brought, and there shall be double over what they shall gather day by day. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies consolation from the Lord; “Behold, I am making it rain bread for you from heaven,” signifies that heavenly good shall flow in; “and the people shall go out,” signifies life therefrom; “and they shall gather the word of a day in its day,” signifies continually according to need; “in order that I may try them,” signifies that thereby they will be examined; “whether they will walk in My law, or not,” signifies whether they can live a life of truth and good; “and it shall be in the sixth day,” signifies in the end of every state; “that they shall prepare that which they have brought,” signifies the disposal of the appropriated goods; “and there shall be double over what they gather day by day,” signifies that the goods are to be conjoined.

AC (Potts) n. 8415 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8415. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies consolation from the Lord, is evident from what follows, for the things which Jehovah said belong to consolation after temptation (that after temptations there is consolation, see n. 8367, 8370).

AC (Potts) n. 8416 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8416. Behold, I am making it rain bread for you from heaven. That this signifies that heavenly good shall flow in, is evident from the signification of “raining,” as being a blessing (n. 2445); that “to rain” denotes a blessing is because rain comes down from heaven and causes the fertility of the earth, just as Divine good and truth descend from heaven into man and cause a blessing, whence it can be seen that in the proximate sense “to rain” signifies to flow in, for all good from the Divine flows in; and from the signification of “bread,” as being heavenly good (of which in what follows).

AC (Potts) n. 8417 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8417. And the people shall go out. That this signifies life therefrom, is evident from the signification of “going,” as being life (see n. 1293, 3335, 4882, 5493, 5605), in like manner here “going out,” that is, going to gather the manna. (On the signification of “going,” as being life, see also n. 8420.)

AC (Potts) n. 8418 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8418. And they shall gather the word of a day in its day. That this signifies continually according to need, is evident from the signification of “gathering,” as being to receive, for when “raining” signifies the influx of good from the Divine, “gathering” signifies reception, because they correspond to each other; from the signification of “the word,” as being the thing spoken of, here the bread or manna from heaven; and from the signification of “a day in its day,” as being continually according to need. That it denotes continually is because they received it daily (that “daily” denotes continually, see n. 2838). And that it denotes according to need, is because they were to gather as much as they needed daily, and no more, namely, for everyone an omer.

AC (Potts) n. 8419 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8419. In order that I may try them. That this signifies that thereby they will be examined, is evident from the signification of “trying,” as here being to examine, for it follows, “whether they will walk in My law, or not.”

AC (Potts) n. 8420 sRef Ex@16 @4 S0′ 8420. Whether they will walk in My law, or not. That this signifies whether they can live a life of truth and good, is evident from the signification of “walking,” as being to live (see n. 519, 1794); and from the signification of the “law,” as being the Word (n. 2606, 3382, 6752); and because it denotes the Word, it denotes Divine truth (n. 7463), thus also the doctrine of good and of truth. Therefore “to walk in the law of Jehovah” denotes to live a life of truth and good according to doctrine. That “to walk in the law” denotes to live according to the law, is known to everyone, because the phrase is used in common speech. From this it is evident that “to walk” denotes to live, and also that in the very word “walk,” there is the signification of the spiritual sense; in like manner as in very many other expressions. This comes from no other source than the influx of the spiritual world into the ideas of thought, and thus into words; for without this influx who would ever say “walking” to express living? as “walking in the law,” “in the statutes,” “in the commandments,” “in the fear of God.” The case is very similar with “going,” as denoting to live (of which just above, n. 8417), and also with “journeying,” “advancing,” “sojourning.” That these expressions denote living, is because in the spiritual world there are no spaces, but instead thereof states of life (see n. 2625, 2684, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381).

AC (Potts) n. 8421 sRef Ex@16 @5 S0′ 8421. And it shall be in the sixth day. That this signifies in the end of every state, is evident from the signification of “day,” as being state (see n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 7680); and from the signification of “the sixth,” as being the end of a state. The reason why “the sixth day” denotes the end of a state is that “seven days” or “a week” signify an entire period, or a full state (n. 2044, 3845, 6508); whence the day preceding the seventh, that is, the sixth day, signifies the end of this state; and the day following, or the eighth day, signifies the beginning of the same state (n. 2044, 8400).

AC (Potts) n. 8422 sRef Ex@16 @5 S0′ 8422. That they shall prepare that which they have brought. That this signifies the disposal of the appropriated goods, is evident from the signification of “preparing,” when said of goods that have been appropriated, as being disposal; and from the signification of “that which they have brought,” when the manna is meant by which good is signified, as being the goods which have been appropriated. The gathering of the manna every day signifies the reception of good, and the eating of it signifies appropriation, consequently “to prepare that which they have brought” signifies the disposal of the goods which have been appropriated. This disposal is effected by the Lord at the end of every state, which is signified by “the sixth day.” Conjunction follows this disposal, and this conjunction is signified by “the seventh day.”

AC (Potts) n. 8423 sRef Ex@16 @5 S0′ 8423. And there shall be double over what they gather day by day. That this signifies that the goods are to be conjoined, is evident from the signification of “there being double,” as being to be conjoined (that to be conjoined is signified by “double,” is because “two” denotes conjunction, see n. 1686, 3519, 5194); from the signification of “gathering,” as being to receive (n. 8418); and from the signification of “day by day,” that is, on each day, as being continually (also n. 8418). That “two” denotes conjunction, is because there are two things to which all things in the universe bear relation, namely, good and truth, or what is the same, love and faith; for good is of love, and truth is of faith. Hence also there are two things with man which make his life, namely the will and understanding. The will with man has been formed to receive good or love, and the understanding to receive truth or faith. The conjunction of these two is called a “marriage,” for these two when conjoined are circumstanced in like manner as are a married pair: they love each other; they conceive and bring forth; and the consequent offspring is called “fruit.” From this it is now plain why “two” or “double” signifies conjunction, for without the conjunction of these two nothing is ever born or produced. It may be added that from all this it can be plainly seen that without love or charity faith can produce no fruit; but that fruit must be from the two conjoined.

AC (Potts) n. 8424 8424. Verses 6-8. And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel, In the evening, then ye shall know that Jehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt. And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of Jehovah, in that He heareth your murmurings against Jehovah; and what are we, that ye murmur against us? And Moses said, In that Jehovah shall give you in the evening flesh to eat, and in the morning bread to satiety; in that Jehovah heareth your murmurings with which ye murmur against Him: what are we? your murmurings are not against us, but against Jehovah. “And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel,” signifies information from truth Divine; “In the evening, then ye shall know that Jehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt,” signifies that in the end of the former state there shall be a revelation that they are liberated; “and in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of Jehovah,” signifies that in the beginning of a new state there will be the advent of the Lord; “in that He heareth your murmurings,” signifies that complaints will cease; “against Jehovah, and what are we, that ye murmur against us?” signifies that the complaints were against the Divine, and not against those who represented it; “and Moses said,” signifies information; “In that Jehovah shall give you in the evening flesh to eat,” signifies that in the end of the state good will be appropriated by means of delight; “and in the morning bread to satiety,” signifies that in the beginning of a new state they shall have as much good as they can receive; “In that Jehovah heareth your murmurings,” signifies that thus complaints will cease; “with which ye murmur against Him,” signifies that these were against the Divine; “what are we? your murmurings are not against us,” signifies that they were not against those who represented the Divine; “but against Jehovah,” signifies that hereafter they must beware.

AC (Potts) n. 8425 sRef Ex@16 @6 S0′ 8425. And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel. That this signifies information from truth Divine, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when concerning those things which were commanded by Jehovah to those who were of the spiritual church, as being information (n. 7769, 7793, 7825, 8041); from the representation of Moses and Aaron, as being truth Divine, Moses what is internal and Aaron what is external (n. 7009, 7089, 7382); and from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223).

AC (Potts) n. 8426 sRef Ex@16 @6 S0′ 8426. In the evening, then ye shall know that Jehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt. That this signifies that in the end of the former state there shall be a revelation that they are liberated, is evident from the signification of “evening,” as being the end of the former state (of which below); from the signification of “knowing,” as being to be revealed, for that which Jehovah gives to know is called “revelation;” and from the signification of “bringing out,” as being to liberate (as frequently above), here from the infestations which are signified by “the land of Egypt” (n. 7278).
[2] That “in the evening” denotes the end of a former state, is because the changes of state in the other life are circumstanced as are the times of day in the world, namely, morning, noon, evening, and night, or twilight, and again morning. Be it known that in the spiritual world there are perpetual changes of states, and that all who are there pass through them. The reason is that they may be continually perfected, for without changes of states or without variations continually succeeding one another in order, they who are in the spiritual world are not perfected. The changes of states which succeed each other in order like the times of the day and the times of the year, never return quite the same, but are varied. The beginning of every state corresponds to morning on the earth, and also in the Word is sometimes meant by “morning;” but the end of every state corresponds to evening, and is likewise sometimes called “evening” in the Word. When it is morning they are in love; when it is noon, they are in light or in truth; but when it is evening they are in obscurity as to truths, and are in the delight of natural love. This delight is what is signified by the quail which they received in the evening, and the good is what is signified by the manna which they received every morning.
[3] From all this it is evident what “the evening” signifies, namely, the end of the state of the thing treated of, consequently also the end of the state of the church. But see what has previously been shown about the signification of “evening:” That in the other life there are alternations of states, as in the world there are alternations of times (n. 5672, 5962, 6110); that “evening” denotes the end of a former church, and “morning” the beginning of a new church (n. 2323, 7844); consequently that “the evening and the morning” denote the advent of the Lord (n. 7844); that in heaven there are evening and twilight before morning; but not night, which is in hell (n. 6110).

AC (Potts) n. 8427 sRef Ex@16 @7 S0′ 8427. And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of Jehovah. That this signifies that in the beginning of a new state there will be the advent of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “morning,” as being the beginning of a new state (of which just above, n. 8426); and from the signification of “the glory of Jehovah,” as being His presence and advent. That “glory” denotes the presence and the advent of the Lord, is because in the supreme sense “glory” denotes the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord, and the Divine truth appears before the eyes of the angels as light and brightness from the Sun which is the Lord. (That “glory” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, see n. 5922, 8267; and that it denotes the intelligence and wisdom which are from Divine truth, n. 4809; and that from this it denotes the internal sense of the Word, because this sense is Divine truth in glory, n. 5922.)
sRef Ex@24 @18 S2′ sRef Ex@40 @35 S2′ sRef Ex@40 @34 S2′ sRef Ex@24 @17 S2′ sRef Ex@24 @16 S2′ sRef Ex@24 @15 S2′ [2] It is said that “in the morning they should see the glory of Jehovah,” because the rising of the sun and the light from it (which light in heaven enlightens the angelic sight both external and internal), and consequently the presence and the advent of the Lord, who is the Sun in heaven, corresponds to the time of morning on the earth, and is here signified by “morning.” Therefore that light from the Sun, which light is the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus is the Lord, is “glory.” From all this it is evident that by “glory” is signified the presence and the advent of the Lord. That these are “glory,” is also evident from many passages in the Word; as in Moses:
The cloud covered the mount, and the glory of Jehovah abode upon Mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days; the appearance of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mount before the eyes of the sons of Israel (Exod. 24:15-17);
it is evident that the presence of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, appearing like a cloud and like fire upon the mount, is here called “the glory of Jehovah.” Again:
The cloud covered the tent of meeting, and the glory of Jehovah filled the tabernacle. And Moses could not enter into the tent of meeting, because the cloud abode thereon, and the glory of Jehovah filled the tabernacle (Exod. 40:34-35);
here also the presence of the Lord appearing as a cloud is called “glory.”
sRef Rev@21 @11 S3′ sRef Num@14 @10 S3′ sRef Rev@21 @10 S3′ sRef Rev@15 @8 S3′ sRef Lev@9 @23 S3′ sRef Lev@9 @24 S3′ sRef 1Ki@8 @10 S3′ sRef 1Ki@8 @11 S3′ sRef Rev@21 @23 S3′ [3] And in the following:
Moses and Aaron entered into the tent of meeting, and came out, and blessed the people; then appeared the glory of Jehovah toward the whole people (Lev. 9:23).
The glory of Jehovah appeared in the tent of meeting before all the sons of Israel (Num. 14:10; also 16:19, 42).
The cloud filled the house of Jehovah, so that the priests could not stand to minister by reason of the cloud; because the glory of Jehovah filled the house of Jehovah (1 Kings 8:10, 11).
The temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from His power; so that no one could enter into the temple (Rev. 15:8).
He showed me the great city, the holy Jerusalem, coming down from heaven from God, having the glory of God: the city hath no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the lamp thereof (Rev. 21:10, 11, 23);
here “the glory of God” manifestly denotes light from the Lord, which is the Divine truth proceeding from Him, thus the presence of the Lord, for the Lord is present in the truth which is from Him.
sRef Ex@33 @19 S4′ sRef Matt@24 @3 S4′ sRef Matt@24 @30 S4′ sRef Ex@33 @18 S4′ sRef Ex@33 @20 S4′ sRef Ex@33 @22 S4′ sRef Ex@33 @23 S4′ sRef Ex@33 @21 S4′ [4] That “the glory of Jehovah” denotes His presence, is further evident in Moses:
Moses said unto Jehovah, Show me I pray Thy glory; to whom he said, I will make all My good pass before thee; and when My glory shall pass by, it shall be that I will put thee in a cleft of the rock, and will cover thee with My hand until I have passed by; but when I shall take away My hand thou shall see My back parts, and My faces shall not be seen (Exod. 33:18 to the end).
Here also “the glory of Jehovah” manifestly denotes His presence. In Matthew:
The disciples said unto Jesus, Tell us what shall be the sign of Thy coming? Jesus said, Then shall appear the sign of the Son of man, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and glory (24:3, 30);
the last time of the former church and the first time of the new church is here treated of; “the Son of man” denotes truth Divine proceeding from the Lord; “the clouds of heaven” denote the Word in the sense of the letter; “power and glory” denote the internal sense, thus the Divine truth which shall then appear; “the coming of the Lord” denotes the acknowledgment of truth Divine by those who are of the new church, and the denial of it by those who are of the old church (see n. 4060).
sRef Isa@40 @5 S5′ sRef Isa@40 @3 S5′ sRef Num@14 @21 S5′ sRef John@12 @41 S5′ [5] That the Lord as to Divine truth is “glory,” is evident in Isaiah:
The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of Jehovah; the glory of Jehovah shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together (40:3, 5);
speaking of the Lord, who is “the glory.” In John:
The Word became flesh, and dwelt in us, and we saw His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth (1:14).
These things said Isaiah, when he saw His glory, and spake of Him (12:41);
here “glory” denotes the Lord. In like manner in Moses:
I am living, and the whole earth shall be filled with the glory of Jehovah (Num. 14:21);
here “the glory of Jehovah” denotes the advent of the Lord, and enlightenment by the Divine truth which is from Him.
sRef Luke@24 @26 S6′ sRef Mark@8 @38 S6′ sRef Isa@42 @8 S6′ [6] “Glory” denotes the Divine of the Lord in these passages:
I am Jehovah, this is My name, and My glory will I not give to another (Isa. 42:8).
When the Son of man cometh in the glory of His Father with the holy angels (Mark 8:38).
It behooved the Christ to suffer, and to enter into His glory (24:26).
As by “the glory of Jehovah” is signified the Lord as to Divine truth, so also by “glory” are signified the Divine wisdom and intelligence, which are of the Divine truth from the Lord. Wisdom and intelligence from the Divine are meant by “glory” in Ezekiel 1:28; 8:4; 9:3; 10:4, 18, 19; 11:22, 23, which was represented there by a rainbow such as is seen in a cloud.

AC (Potts) n. 8428 sRef Ex@16 @7 S0′ 8428. In that He heareth your murmurings. That this signifies that complaints will cease, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” when said of Jehovah, as being to be merciful and to bring aid, thus that complaints will cease; and from the signification of “murmurings,” as being sufferings from the bitterness of temptation, and the consequent complaints (n. 8351).

AC (Potts) n. 8429 sRef Ex@16 @7 S0′ 8429. Against Jehovah, and what are we that ye murmur against us? That this signifies that the complaints were against the Divine, and not against those who represented it, is evident from the fact that “Jehovah” denotes the Divine, here the Divine truth which Moses and Aaron represented; and from the signification of “murmuring,” as being complaint (as just above, n. 8428). And as it is said that “they murmured against Jehovah and not against Moses and Aaron,” there is signified that they murmured against Divine truth, which is represented by Moses and Aaron (n. 8425), and not against those who represent it; and therefore it is also said in the following verse, “What are we? your murmurings are not against us;” for the person who represents the Divine is relatively not anything. Moreover they who murmur against the person who represents, when he speaks from the Divine, do not murmur against the person, but against the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8430 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8430. And Moses said, signifies information (as above, n. 8425).

AC (Potts) n. 8431 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8431. In that Jehovah shall give you in the evening flesh to eat. That this signifies that in the end of the state good will be appropriated by means of delight, is evident from the signification of “evening,” as being the end of a state (see above, n. 8426); and from the signification of “flesh,” as being one’s own made alive, or one’s heavenly own which a man has from the Lord, thus the good of love (n. 148, 149, 780, 3813, 7850, 8409); but here the good of faith, because it was the flesh of a bird or flying thing called “quail.” For by a flying thing is signified what is spiritual, or what is of faith; consequently by its “flesh” is signified good of that quality, here the good of the natural man, or delight. Be it known that by “the manna” is signified the good of the internal or spiritual man, but by “the quail” the good of the external or natural man, which is called delight; and that such is their signification is evident from the fact that the manna was given in the morning time, but the quail in the evening time; and by that which is given in the morning time is signified spiritual good, and by that which is given in the evening time is signified natural good or delight. For in the other life the state of morning is when spiritual good, or the good of the internal man, is in clearness; and natural good, or the good of the external man, is in obscurity: but the state of evening is when natural good, or the good of the external man, is in clearness and spiritual good, or the good of the internal man, is in obscurity. These alternations thus succeed each other also to the intent that the man may be perfected, especially that good may be appropriated to him, which in the state of evening is effected by means of delight.

AC (Potts) n. 8432 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8432. And in the morning bread to satiety. That this signifies that in the beginning of a new state they shall have as much good as they can receive, is evident from the signification of “bread,” as being the good of love (n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915, 8410), but here the good of truth, which is the good of the spiritual church, because by “bread” is meant the manna (of which in what follows); from the signification of “the morning,” as being the beginning of a new state (see above, n. 8427); and from the signification of “to satiety,” which means as much as they desired (n. 8410), here as much as they could receive; for the good which flows in from the Lord is not given as much as men desire, but as much as they can receive; whereas evil is allowed as much as they desire.

AC (Potts) n. 8433 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8433. In that Jehovah heareth your murmurings. That this signifies that thus the complaints will cease, is evident from what was said above (n. 8428), where like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 8434 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8434. Which ye murmur against Him. That this signifies that the complaints were against the Divine; and that “what are we? your murmurings are not against us,” signifies that they were not against those who represented the Divine, is evident also from what was said above (n. 8429), where like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 8435 sRef Ex@16 @8 S0′ 8435. But against Jehovah. That this signifies that hereafter they must beware, is evident from the fact that it is repeated that their murmurings are against Jehovah, that is, against the Divine. Consequently by these words is now meant that hereafter they must beware of such complaints in temptations.

AC (Potts) n. 8436 sRef Ex@16 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8436. Verses 9-12. And Moses said unto Aaron, Say unto all the assemblage of the sons of Israel, Come ye near before Jehovah, for He hath heard your murmurings. And it was, as Aaron spake unto the whole assemblage of the sons of Israel, that they looked back unto the wilderness, and behold the glory of Jehovah was seen in the clouds. And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, I have heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel; speak unto them, saying, Between the evenings ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning ye shall be sated with bread; and ye shall know that I am Jehovah your God.
“And Moses said unto Aaron,” signifies the influx of truth Divine proceeding immediately from the Lord through the truth Divine which proceeds mediately; “Say unto all the assemblage of the sons of Israel,” signifies instruction; “Come ye near before Jehovah,” signifies a state of reception, and the application thereto; “for He hath heard your murmurings,” signifies that He may bring aid on account of the suffering in the temptation; “and it was, as Aaron spake unto the whole assemblage of the sons of Israel,” signifies instruction from the Divine by means of influx; “that they looked back unto the wilderness,” signifies a recalling to mind of the state of temptation in which they had been; “and behold the glory of Jehovah was seen in the cloud,” signifies the presence of the Lord in truth accommodated to the perception; “and Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying,” signifies the truth which proceeds from the Divine of the Lord, and in which is the Lord’s presence; “I have heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel,” signifies that the complaints arising from the temptation will cease; “speak unto them, saying,” signifies information by means of influx; “Between the evenings ye shall eat flesh,” signifies that in the end of the state good will be appropriated by means of delight; “and in the morning ye shall be sated with bread,” signifies that in the beginning of a new state they shall have as much good as they can receive; “and ye shall know that I am Jehovah your God,” signifies that they may know that the Lord is the only God.

AC (Potts) n. 8437 sRef Ex@16 @9 S0′ 8437. And Moses said unto Aaron. That this signifies the influx of truth Divine proceeding immediately from the Lord through the truth Divine which proceeds mediately, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by the truth Divine that proceeds immediately from the Lord, which is represented by Moses, through the truth Divine that proceeds mediately and is represented by Aaron, as being influx. (That “saying” also denotes flowing in, see n. 5743, 6152, 6291, 7291, 7381, 8221, 8262; and that “Moses” denotes the truth which proceeds immediately from the Lord; and “Aaron” the truth which proceeds mediately, n. 7009, 7010, 7089, 7382.) What is meant by “truth proceeding immediately from the Lord,” and what by “truth proceeding mediately,” see n. 7055, 7056, 7058.

AC (Potts) n. 8438 sRef Ex@16 @9 S0′ 8438. Say unto all the assemblage of the sons of Israel. That this signifies instruction, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by truth Divine to those who are of the church, about the things to be done by Divine command, as being instruction (see also n. 7186, 7267, 7304, 7380, 7517, 8127); and from the signification of “the assemblage of the sons of Israel,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 7843).

AC (Potts) n. 8439 sRef Ex@16 @9 S0′ 8439. Come ye near before Jehovah. That this signifies a state of reception and the application thereto, is evident from the signification of “coming near before Jehovah,” as being influx (see n. 8159), and therefore also reception; for reception is the reciprocal of influx, because they correspond to each other. Insofar as a man receives the Divine influx, so far he is said to “come near before Him.” In the spiritual sense the coming near before Jehovah is nothing else, for coming near to Him is effected by means of faith and love; and as both faith and love are from Jehovah (that is, from the Lord), “coming near to Him” also denotes the reception of the good and truth that flow in from Him. That it also denotes application, is because reception is not anything unless there is also application, namely, to use. For the influx from the Divine passes first into the perception which is of the understanding with the man, thence it passes into the will, and next into act, that is, into good work, which is use, and there it ceases. When the influx of good and truth from the Lord makes this passage, then the good and truth are appropriated to the man; for then the influx goes down into the ultimate of order, that is, into the ultimate of nature, whither all Divine influx aims to come. The man in whom Divine influx thus advances may be called “a way of heaven.” From all this it can now be seen that by “coming near before Jehovah” is signified a state of reception and the application thereto; here, a state of reception of the good signified by “the manna,” and of the delight signified by “the quail.”

AC (Potts) n. 8440 sRef Ex@16 @9 S0′ 8440. For He hath heard your murmurings. That this signifies that He may bring aid on account of the suffering in the temptation, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” when said of Jehovah, as being to have compassion, and to bring aid, consequently also to cause to cease (see above, n. 8428); and from the signification of “murmurings,” as being the suffering in temptation and the complaint (n. 8351, 8428, 8433).

AC (Potts) n. 8441 sRef Ex@16 @10 S0′ 8441. And it was, as Aaron spake unto the whole assemblage of the sons of Israel. That this signifies instruction from the Divine by means of influx, is evident from the signification of “speaking,” when by the Divine through the truth proceeding mediately from the Lord, which is represented by Aaron, as being instruction by means of influx, for the Divine influx with man is into the truth in which he has been instructed (that “to speak” denotes influx, see n. 2951, 5481, 5797, 7270, 8128; and that it denotes instruction, n. 7226, 7241); and from the representation of Aaron, as being the truth that proceeds mediately from the Lord (n. 7009, 7382).

AC (Potts) n. 8442 sRef Ex@16 @10 S0′ 8442. That they looked back unto the wilderness. That this signifies a recalling to mind of the state of temptation in which they had been, is evident from the signification of “looking back” toward anything, as being thought and reflection (see n. 7341), therefore also a recalling to mind, for he who thinks and reflects, recalls to mind; and from the signification of “wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 6828, 8098).

AC (Potts) n. 8443 sRef Ex@16 @10 S0′ 8443. And behold the glory of Jehovah was seen in the cloud. That this signifies the presence of the Lord in truth accommodated to the perception, is evident from the signification of “the glory of Jehovah,” as being the presence and the advent of the Lord (see above, n. 8427); and from the signification of “the cloud,” as being the literal sense of the Word (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 4391, 5922, 6343e, 6752, 8106), thus truth accommodated to the perception, for the Word in the letter is such truth. But “the glory which is in the cloud” denotes Divine truth which is not so accommodated to the perception, because it is above the fallacies and appearances of the senses, thus it also denotes the internal sense of the Word (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 5922, 8427). That “glory” denotes the internal sense of the Word, is because in this sense the Lord’s church and kingdom are treated of, and in the supreme sense the Lord Himself, in which sense also is the veriest Divine truth. Truth Divine is not of one degree, but of many. Truth Divine in the first degree, and also in the second, is that which proceeds immediately from the Lord; this is above the angelic understanding. But truth Divine in the third degree is such as is in the inmost or third heaven; this is such that it cannot in the least be apprehended by man. Truth Divine in the fourth degree is such as is in the middle or second heaven; neither is this intelligible to man. But truth Divine in the fifth degree is such as is in the ultimate or first heaven; this can be perceived in some small measure by man provided he is enlightened; but still it is such that a great part of it cannot be expressed by human words; and when it falls into the ideas, it produces the faculty of perceiving and also of believing that the case is so. But truth Divine in the sixth degree is such as is with man, accommodated to his perception; thus it is the sense of the letter of the Word. This sense, or this truth, is represented by the cloud, and the interior truths are represented by the glory in the cloud. This is the reason why Jehovah (that is, the Lord) so often appeared to Moses and to the sons of Israel in a cloud (see Exod. 24:15, 16; 40:34, 35; 1 Kings 8:10, 11; Matt. 24:30; and other places). The appearing of the Lord is by means of Divine truth, and moreover is Divine truth. That a “cloud” denotes truth accommodated to the perception, is from the representatives in the other life, where angelic speech of the higher heavens appears to those who are beneath as light, and also as the brightness from light; whereas the speech of the angels of a lower heaven appears as a bright cloud, in form various, and in density or rarity according to the quality of the truths. From all this it can be seen that by “the glory of Jehovah seen in the cloud” is signified the presence of the Lord in truth accommodated to the perception.

AC (Potts) n. 8444 sRef Ex@16 @11 S0′ 8444. And Jehovah spoke unto Moses, saying. That this signifies the truth which proceeds from the Divine of the Lord, and in which is the Lord’s presence, is evident from the signification of “speaking,” as being influx and instruction (see above, n. 8441); and from the representation of Moses, as being the truth which proceeds from the Divine of the Lord (see n. 6752, 6771, 6827, 7010, 7014, 7089, 7382). The presence of the Lord in truth from the Divine is signified by Jehovah’s speaking with Moses out of the cloud in which the glory of Jehovah was seen; for “the glory of Jehovah” denotes the presence of the Lord in the truth which proceeds from Him (n. 8427).

AC (Potts) n. 8445 sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8445. I have heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel, signifies that the complaints arising from the temptation will cease (as above, n. 8428, 8433, where are like words).

AC (Potts) n. 8446 sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8446. Speak unto them, saying. That this signifies information by means of influx, is evident from the signification of “speaking,” in the historicals of the Word, as being information (see n. 8041); and of “saying,” as being influx (n. 6291, 7291, 7381, 8221, 8262).

AC (Potts) n. 8447 sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8447. Between the evenings ye shall eat flesh. That this signifies that in the end of the state good will be appropriated by means of delight, see n. 8431, where are like words.

AC (Potts) n. 8448 sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8448. And in the morning ye shall be sated with bread. That this signifies that in the beginning of a new state they shall have as much good as they can receive, see also above (n. 8432).

AC (Potts) n. 8449 sRef Ex@16 @12 S0′ 8449. And ye shall know that I am Jehovah your God. That this signifies that they may know that the Lord is the only God, is evident from what was said and shown above (n. 7401, 7444, 7544, 7598, 7636).

AC (Potts) n. 8450 sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8450. Verses 1-15. And it was in the evening that the quail* came up, and covered the camp; and in the morning there was a deposit of dew round about the camp. And the deposit of dew went up, and behold upon the faces of the wilderness a small round thing, small as the hoar frost upon the earth. And the sons of Israel saw, and they said a man to his brother, What is this [Man hoc]? for they knew not what it was. And Moses said unto them, This is the bread which Jehovah hath given you to eat. “And it was in the evening,” signifies the end of the state; “that the quail came up,” signifies natural delight through which is good; “and covered the camp,” signifies that it filled the natural of the man; “and in the morning,” signifies the beginning of a new state; “there was a deposit of dew round about the camp,” signifies the truth of peace adjoining itself; “and the deposit of dew went up,” signifies the insinuation of truth; “and behold upon the faces of the wilderness,” signifies a new will part; “a small round thing,” signifies the good of truth in the first formation; “small as the hoar frost upon the earth,” signifies truth in the form of good consistent and flowing; “and the sons of Israel saw,” signifies a perception; “and they said a man to his brother,” signifies amazement; “What is this? for they knew not what it was,” signifies at what was not known; “and Moses said unto them,” signifies information through truth from the Divine; “This is the bread which Jehovah hath given you to eat,” signifies that this is the good which must be appropriated and make their life, in the supreme sense that this is the Lord in you.
* Swedenborg retains the Hebrew word selav, untranslated. [REVISER]

AC (Potts) n. 8451 sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8451. And it was in the evening. That this signifies the end of the state, is evident from the signification of “evening,” as being the end of a state (see above, n. 8426).

AC (Potts) n. 8452 sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8452. That the quail came up. That this signifies natural delight through which is good, is evident from the signification of “quail,” as being natural delight. That “the quail” denotes natural delight is because it was a bird of the sea, and by a bird of the sea is signified what is natural, and by its flesh, which was longed for, is signified delight (see above, n. 8431). That it also denotes through which is good, is because it was given in the evening. For when in the other life there is a state which corresponds to evening, then good spirits, and also angels, are remitted into the state of the natural affections in which they had been when in the world, consequently into the delights of their natural man. The reason is that good may come out of it, that is, that they may thereby be perfected (n. 8426). All are perfected by the implantation of faith and charity in the external or natural man; for unless these are there implanted, good and truth cannot flow in from the internal or spiritual man, that is, from the Lord through this man, because there is no reception; and if there is no reception, the influx is stopped and perishes, nay, the internal man also is closed. From this it is plain that the natural must be brought into a state of accommodation, in order that it may be a receptacle. This is effected by means of delights; for the goods that belong to the natural man are called delights, because they are felt.
sRef Num@11 @34 S2′ sRef Num@11 @5 S2′ sRef Num@11 @33 S2′ sRef Num@11 @31 S2′ sRef Num@11 @32 S2′ sRef Num@11 @6 S2′ sRef Num@11 @31 S2′ [2] That “the quail” denotes natural delight is because, as before said, it is a bird of the sea; for it is said that it was carried off from the sea:
A wind went forth from Jehovah, and carried off the quail from the sea, and let it down upon the camp (Num. 11:31);
and by “a bird of the sea” and its “flesh” is signified natural delight, and in the opposite sense the delight of concupiscence. This is signified by “the quail” in the following passage in Moses:
The rabble that was in the midst of the people lusted a lust, and desired to have flesh; they said, Now is our soul dry, nor have our eyes anything [to look at] except the manna; there went forth a wind from before Jehovah, and carried off the quail from the sea, and let it down upon the camp; the people rose up all that day, and all the night, and all the morrow day, and gathered the quail; those who gathered least gathered ten homers, which they spread out for themselves by spreading out round about the camp; the flesh was yet between their teeth, ere it was swallowed, when the anger of Jehovah was kindled against the people, and Jehovah smote the people with a very great plague; wherefore he called the name of that place the graves of lust, because there they buried the people that lusted (Num. 11:4, 6, 31-34);
here “the quail” denote the delight of concupiscence. It is called the delight of concupiscence when the delight of any corporeal or worldly love has dominion and takes possession of the whole man, even so as to extinguish the good and truth of faith with him. This delight is what is described as the cause of their being smitten with a great plague. But the natural delight which is signified in this chapter by the quail that was given to the people in the evening, is not the delight of concupiscence, but is the delight of the natural or external man corresponding to the good of the spiritual or internal man. This delight has spiritual good within it, whereas the delight of concupiscence that is treated of in that chapter of Numbers has infernal evil within it. Each is called delight, and each is also felt as delight, but there is the greatest possible difference between them; for one has heaven in it, and the other has hell; moreover, when the external is put off, the one becomes heaven to the man, and the other becomes hell.
[3] The case herein is like that of two women who in outward form are alike beautiful in face and agreeable in life, but in the inward form are utterly unlike, the one being chaste and sound, the other lewd and rotten; thus one as to her spirit being with the angels, the other as to her spirit being with devils. But what they really are does not appear, except when the external is unrolled, and the internal is revealed. These things have been said in order that it may be known what the natural delight is in which is good, which is signified by “the quail” in this chapter; and what the natural delight is in which is evil, which is signified by “the quail” in the eleventh chapter of Numbers.

AC (Potts) n. 8453 sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8453. And covered the camp. That this signifies that it filled the natural of the man, is evident from the signification of “covering,” as being to fill; and from the signification of “the camp,” as being goods and truths (see n. 8193, 8196), here the natural of the man, which is the containant; for the natural contains goods and truths, and without these it is not a living natural, nor are the good and truth of the external or natural man anything without the natural. Hence it is that as “the camp” signifies truths and goods, it also signifies the natural in which these are.

AC (Potts) n. 8454 sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8454. And in the morning. That this signifies the beginning of a new state, is evident from the signification of “morning,” as being the beginning of a new state (see n. 8427).

AC (Potts) n. 8455 sRef Ex@16 @13 S0′ 8455. There was a deposit of dew round about the camp. That this signifies the truth of peace adjoining itself, is evident from the signification of “dew,” as being the truth of peace (n. 3579). “Dew” signifies the truth of peace because in the morning it comes down from heaven and appears upon the herbage like fine rain, and has also stored up in it something of sweetness or delight more than rain has, whereby the grass and the crops of the field are gladdened; and “morning” denotes a state of peace (n. 2780). What peace is see n. 2780, 3696, 4681, 5662, namely, that it is like dawn on the earth, which gladdens minds with universal delight; and the truth of peace is like the light of the dawn. This truth, which is called “the truth of peace,” is the very Divine truth in heaven from the Lord, which universally affects all who are there, and makes heaven to be heaven; for peace has in it confidence in the Lord, that He directs all things, and provides all things, and that He leads to a good end. When a man is in this faith, he is in peace, for he then fears nothing, and no solicitude about things to come disquiets him. A man comes into this state in proportion as he comes into love to the Lord.
[2] All evil, especially self-confidence, takes away a state of peace. It is believed that an evil person is at peace when he is in gladness and tranquility because all things succeed with him. But this is not peace; it is the delight and tranquillity of cupidities, which counterfeit a state of peace. But in the other life this delight, being opposite to the delight of peace, is turned into what is undelightful, for this lies hidden within it. In the other life the exteriors are successively unfolded even to the inmosts, and peace is the inmost in all delight, even in what is undelightful with the man who is in good. So far therefore as he puts off what is external, so far a state of peace is revealed, and so far he is affected with satisfaction, blessedness, and happiness, the origin of which is from the Lord Himself.
[3] Concerning the state of peace which prevails in heaven it can be said that it is such as cannot be described by any words, neither, so long as he is in the world, can it come into the thought and perception of man, by means of any idea derived from the world. It is then above all sense. Tranquility of mind, content, and gladness from success, are relatively nothing; for these affect only his externals; whereas peace affects the inmost things of all-the first substances, and the beginnings of substances in the man, and therefrom distributes and pours itself forth into the substantiates and derivatives, and affects them with pleasantness; and affects the origins of ideas, consequently the man’s ends of life, with satisfaction and happiness; and thus makes the mind of the man a heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8456 sRef Ex@16 @14 S0′ 8456. And the deposit of dew went up. That this signifies the insinuation of truth, is evident from the signification of “going up,” as here being to be dissipated, and thus not to appear to the sight; and from the signification of “the dew,” as being the truth of peace (of which just above). The deposit of this upon the manna signifies the insinuation of truth; for the truth of peace is the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord in heaven, which being the inmost insinuates itself into the truth which is beneath, and vivifies it, as the dew is wont to vivify the grass or growing crop upon which it falls in the morning. When the truth which is beneath has been vivified by it, then the truth of peace goes up, that is, as to appearance ceases, and the truth which had received life from it comes into view. Thus is born the truth of faith. For no truth of doctrine or of the Word becomes truth with man until it has received life from the Divine, and it receives life through the insinuation of the truth which proceeds from the Lord, which is called “the truth of peace.” This truth is not the truth of faith, but it is the life or soul of the truth of faith, and it disposes into the heavenly form all things which are in the truth that is called “the truth of faith,” and afterward it also disposes the truths themselves one with another. From all this it can be seen how the case is with the insinuation of truth with man by means of the truth of peace. Be it also known that the lower or exterior things with the man who is being regenerated receive life in succession from the higher or interior things; thus the truth of faith from the truth of peace; and the truth of peace from the Lord Himself. The insinuation of life from the Lord with those who are being regenerated is effected in successive order by Him, thus through what is inmost, and so through interior things to exterior. Consequently with the regenerated there is a way opened even from the Lord; but with those who are not regenerated the way is closed.

AC (Potts) n. 8457 sRef Ex@16 @14 S0′ 8457. And behold upon the faces of the wilderness. That this signifies a new will part, is evident from the signification of “the wilderness,” as here being a new will part through the insinuation of truth. For with the man of the spiritual church a new will part is formed by good through truth, and it appears with him as conscience. That this conscience is a conscience of truth, is evident from what has been previously shown concerning the regeneration of the spiritual man. “The wilderness” properly signifies what is uncultivated and uninhabited; in the spiritual sense it signifies where there are no good and truth, thus also where there is no life (see n. 1927, 2708, 3900), and therefore when it is said that the dew appeared upon the faces of the wilderness, and beneath the dew the manna, by “the wilderness” is signified a new will part.

AC (Potts) n. 8458 sRef Ex@16 @14 S0′ 8458. A small round thing. That this signifies the good of truth in its first formation, is evident from the signification of “small,” as being predicated of truth; and from the signification of “round,” as being predicated of good; consequently “a small round thing” is predicated of the good of truth. The good with the man of the spiritual church is called “the good of truth,” and is truth not only as to origin, but also as to essence. It is seen as truth, but it is felt as good. Consequently as truth it forms the intellectual part of the mind, and as good it forms the new will part. For in man the intellectual part is distinguished from the will part by the fact that the intellectual part presents to itself things in a form, and so that it may see them as in the light, whereas the will part is affected by them so that it simultaneously feels them as delight, thus as good, and this according to the quality of the form. That “small” is predicated of truth, and “round” of good, has its cause in the manifestations of truth and of good in the other life. When truths and goods are presented in a visible form, as they are in the other life openly before the eyes of spirits and angels, then truth is presented in a discrete quantity, consequently as much or as little, according to the quality of the truth; truth is also presented as angular in various forms, and it is also presented as white. But good is there presented in a continuous quantity, thus not as much or as little; good is also presented as round, which is continuous in form; and in color as blue, yellow, and red. That when good and truth are presented to view they appear in this way, comes from their difference as to quality, which when it becomes visible thus expresses and represents itself in a natural form. Hence it is that things which in the world approach such forms signify either truths or goods, for there is nothing in the universe that in respect to its quality does not bear relation either to good or to truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8459 sRef Dan@7 @9 S0′ sRef Matt@28 @3 S0′ sRef Ps@51 @7 S0′ sRef Rev@1 @13 S0′ sRef Matt@28 @2 S0′ sRef Mark@9 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @14 S0′ sRef Lam@4 @7 S0′ sRef Rev@1 @14 S0′ 8459. Small as the hoar frost upon the earth. That this signifies truth in the form of good, consistent and flowing, is evident from the signification of “small,” which is predicated of truth (of which just above), and from the signification of “as the hoar frost,” as being to be in the form of good. The good of truth, which is the good of the man of the spiritual church (see n. 8458), is compared to hoar frost from the continuity of this as compared to snow. Snow, from being small and white, is predicated of truth; but hoar frost, from its continuity, is predicated of truth made good, which is the good of truth. That “snow” is predicated of truth is plain from the following passages:
When Jesus was transfigured His vestments became shining, exceeding white as snow (Mark 9:23).
The angels at the sepulcher had an appearance as lightning, and clothing white as snow (Matt. 28:2, 3).
I saw in the midst of the seven lampstands one like unto the Son of man; His head and His hairs were white as white wool, as snow (Rev. 1:13, 14).
Her Nazirites were whiter than snow, they were fairer than milk (Lam. 4:7).
Thou shalt purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean; Thou shalt wash me, and I shall be made whiter than snow (Ps. 51:7).
I beheld till the thrones were cast forth, and the Ancient of Days did sit; His garment was like white snow, and the hair of His head like clean wool (Dan. 7:9).
In these passages “snow” is predicated of truth from its whiteness, and garments are compared to it, because “garments” in the spiritual sense denote truths (n. 4545, 4763, 5248, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6917, 6918). From all this it is evident what is meant by “hoar frost,” namely, truth in the form of good. Truth is said to be consistent and flowing in the form of good, because truth is the form of good, and good is the life of this form, and is as it were its soul.

AC (Potts) n. 8460 sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ 8460. And the sons of Israel saw. That this signifies a perception, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” as being to understand and perceive (see n. 2150, 2325, 2807, 3764, 4403-4421, 4567).

AC (Potts) n. 8461 sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ 8461. And they said a man to his brother. That this signifies amazement, is evident from the fact that “saying” involves that which follows, here that they were amazed when they saw the manna, as they said, “What is this [Man hoc]? because they knew not what it was;” and from the signification of “a man to his brother,” as being mutually (n. 4725).

AC (Potts) n. 8462 sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ 8462. What is this [Man hoc]? because they knew not what it was. That this signifies amazement at what was not known, is evident from the fact that the word “manna” in its own tongue means What? thus, that which is not known. That from this the bread that was given to the sons of Israel in the wilderness was called “manna,” is because this bread signifies the good of charity that is begotten through the truth of faith. Before regeneration this good is quite unknown to man, and it is not even known that it exists. For before regeneration a man believes that besides the delights of the love of self and of the world, which he calls good, there cannot be possible any good which is not from this source, or of such a nature. If anyone should then say that there is an interior good which cannot come to our notice, consequently not to knowledge, so long as the delights of the love of self and of the world have dominion, and that this good is that in which are good spirits and angels, people would be amazed as at something which is quite unknown, and as at something that is not possible; when yet this good immensely transcends the delights of the love of self and of the world. (That they who are in the loves of self and of the world do not know what charity and faith are, and what it is to do good without recompense, and that this is heaven in man, and that they believe that nothing of joy and life would remain if they were deprived of the delights of these loves, when yet heavenly joy then begins, see n. 8037.) From all this it is now evident why the manna was named from “What is this?”

AC (Potts) n. 8463 sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ 8463. And Moses said unto them. That this signifies information through truth from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as being information (see n. 7769, 7793, 7825, 8041); and from the representation of Moses, as being the truth that belongs to the law from the Divine (see n. 6771, 6827).

AC (Potts) n. 8464 sRef John@6 @51 S0′ sRef John@6 @58 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @31 S0′ sRef Num@11 @8 S0′ sRef Ps@78 @24 S0′ sRef Num@11 @7 S0′ sRef Rev@2 @17 S0′ sRef John@6 @50 S0′ sRef John@6 @49 S0′ sRef Ps@78 @23 S0′ 8464. This is the bread which Jehovah hath given you to eat. That this signifies that this is the good which must be appropriated and make their life, in the supreme sense that this is the Lord in you, is evident from the signification of “bread,” as being good celestial and spiritual, and in the supreme sense, as being the Lord (see n. 276, 680, 2165, 2177, 3464, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915), here spiritual good, that is, the good of the man of the spiritual church, which is the good of truth (of which just above, n. 8458). As this bread was the manna, it follows that by “the manna” is signified this good; which is also apparent from the description of it in the thirty-first verse:
It was like coriander seed, white; and the taste of it like that of a cake in honey;
and likewise from the description of it in Numbers:
The manna was like coriander seed, and the appearance thereof as the appearance of bdellium; they ground it in mills, or beat it in a mortar, and boiled it in a pot, and made cakes of it: the taste of it was as the taste of fresh oil (11:7, 8).
From these particulars it is plain that in the spiritual sense “the manna” denotes the good of truth, that is, the good of the spiritual church. Hence also it is called “the grain of the heavens,” in David:
He commanded the skies from above, and opened the doors of the heavens, and made manna to rain down upon them, and gave them the grain of the heavens (Ps. 78:23, 24).
(That “grain” denotes the good of truth, see n. 5295, 5410.) “Manna” also denotes the good of truth which is given to those who undergo temptations and conquer, in John:
To him that overcometh I will give to eat of the hidden manna, and I will give him a white stone (Rev. 2:17).
That in the supreme sense “the manna” denotes the Lord in us, is evident from the very words of the Lord in John:
Your fathers did eat the manna in the wilderness, and are dead: this is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that one may eat thereof and not die: I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if anyone eat of this bread he shall live eternally (6:49-51, 58).
From all this it is very plain that by “the manna” in the supreme sense is signified the Lord. The reason is that “the manna” denotes the good of truth, and all good is from the Lord, and consequently the Lord is in good, and is the good itself. That this good will be appropriated to them and make their life, is signified by “eating” (n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745); for the good which is from the Lord makes the life of heaven with man, and thereafter nourishes and sustains it.

AC (Potts) n. 8465 sRef Ex@16 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @18 S0′ 8465. Verses 16-18. This is the word that Jehovah hath commanded, Gather ye of it everyone according to the mouth of his eating, an omer a head, according to the number of your souls, take ye everyone for him who is in his tent. And the sons of Israel did so, and they gathered, collecting for the numerous and for the few. And they measured it with the omer, and it made nothing over for the numerous; and for the few there was no lack; they gathered everyone according to his eating. “This is the word that Jehovah hath commanded,” signifies a mandate about it from the Divine; “Gather ye of it everyone according to the mouth of his eating,” signifies reception and appropriation according to the capacity of each one; “an omer a head,” signifies enough for everyone; “according to the number of your souls,” signifies enough for all in the society; “take ye everyone for him who is in his tent,” signifies communication with them, and from this the general good; “and the sons of Israel did so,” signifies the effect; “and they gathered, collecting for the numerous and for the few,” signifies reception according to the power of each society; “and they measured it with the omer,” signifies the power of the reception of good; “and it made nothing over for the numerous; and for the few there was no lack,” signifies that there was a just proportion for everyone in particular and in general; “they gathered everyone according to his eating,” signifies reception according to the capacity of each one.

AC (Potts) n. 8466 sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ 8466. This is the word that Jehovah hath commanded. That this signifies a mandate about it from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “the word,” as being the thing that is treated of; and from the signification of “commanding,” when by Jehovah, as being a mandate.

AC (Potts) n. 8467 sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ 8467. Gather ye of it every man according to the mouth of his eating. That this signifies reception and appropriation according to the capacity of each one, is evident from the signification of “gathering,” when said of the good of truth that is signified by “the manna,” as being to receive; and from the signification of “each one according to the mouth of his eating,” as being appropriation according to the capacity of each one. For “according to the mouth of the eating,” when food is treated of, denotes according to the necessity demanded for nourishment; but when said of the good of truth, it denotes according to the capacity of reception and appropriation, because by “eating” in the spiritual sense is signified to be appropriated (see n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745).

AC (Potts) n. 8468 sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ sRef Hos@3 @2 S0′ 8468. An omer a head. That this signifies enough for everyone, is evident from the signification of “an omer,” as being sufficient (of which presently); and from the signification of “for a head,” as being for each one. That “an omer” denotes sufficient, is because it was the tenth part of an ephah, as is plain from the last verse of this chapter, and “ten” signifies what is full (see n. 3107); consequently “a tenth part” signifies what is sufficient, here for each one, that is, for a head. The “omer” is mentioned only in this chapter; but in other places, the “homer,” which was a measure containing ten ephahs, and consequently signified what is full; as in Hosea:
I purchased a woman, an adulteress, for fifteen pieces of silver, and a homer of barley, and a half homer of barley (3:1, 2);
where by “a woman an adulteress” is meant the house of Israel, in the spiritual sense the church there, the buying of which at a full price is signified by “fifteen pieces of silver and a homer of barley;” “fifteen pieces of silver” are predicated of truth, and “a homer of barley,” of good.
sRef Ezek@45 @13 S2′ sRef Ezek@45 @14 S2′ sRef Ezek@45 @10 S2′ sRef Ezek@45 @11 S2′ [2] In Ezekiel:
Ye shall have balances of justice, and an ephah of justice, and a bath of justice: the ephah and the bath shall be of one measure, to lift the tenth of a homer to a bath, and to the tenth of a homer the ephah; according to the homer shall be thy measure: this is the heave-offering that ye shall heave, the of an ephah from a homer of wheat, from a homer of barley: and the set portion of oil, the bath for oil, shall be the tenth of a bath out of the cor, ten baths a homer, for ten baths are a homer (45:10, 11, 13, 14);
the new earth and the new temple are here treated of, by which is signified the Lord’s spiritual kingdom. Everyone can see that there will not be a homer there, nor an ephah, nor a bath, nor a cor, neither will there be wheat, barley, or oil. Thus it is evident that by these things are signified such things as are in that kingdom, which plainly are spiritual things, thus things which have relation either to the good of charity or to the truth of faith. A “homer” is predicated of good, because it is the measure of wheat and of barley; in like manner an “ephah.” But a “bath” is predicated of truth, because it is a measure of wine; and as it is also a measure of oil, by which is signified the good of love, it is said that a bath shall be the same part of a homer as is an ephah, which denotes in the spiritual sense that all things in that kingdom shall have relation to good, and also that the truth there will be good, and that this shall be given in fullness, because by “a homer” is signified what is full.
sRef Isa@5 @10 S3′ sRef Lev@27 @16 S3′ sRef Isa@5 @9 S3′ [3] In Isaiah:
Many houses shall be in devastation, even great and beautiful, that there be no inhabitant, for ten acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, and a homer of seed shall yield an ephah (5:9, 10);
here “ten acres” denotes what is full, and also much, in like manner “a homer,” but “a bath” and “an ephah” denote few; for when “ten” denotes much, “a tenth part” denotes a few. In Moses:
If a man shall sanctify unto Jehovah of the field of his possession, then thy estimation shall be according to his sowing, the sowing of a homer of barley for fifty shekels of silver (Lev. 27:16);
where “the sowing of a homer,” and also “fifty shekels,” denote fullness of estimation. As “a homer” signifies what is full, “ten homers” signify what is too much and superfluous (Num. 11:32).

AC (Potts) n. 8469 sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ 8469. According to the number of your souls. That this signifies enough for all in the society, namely, of the good of truth which is signified by “the manna,” is evident from the signification of “according to the number of the souls,” as being sufficient for all in the society. For when by “an omer a head” is signified enough for everyone, by “according to the number of the souls” is signified enough for all in the society. The subject here treated of is the good of those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, which good is signified by “the manna,” and that sufficient of this will be given for everyone and sufficient for the society; for each house of the sons of Israel represented one society in heaven (see n. 7836, 7891, 7996, 7997). As regards the societies in heaven the case is this. Heaven consists of countless societies, which are distinct one from another. Each society has a general good distinct from the good of other societies; and also each one in a society has a particular good distinct from the good of all others in the society. From the distinct goods of those who are in the society, which are thus various, but yet accordant, there is produced a form, which is called “the heavenly form.” The universal heaven consists of such forms. Relatively to goods these conjunctions are called “forms,” but relatively to persons they are called “societies.” These things were represented by the distinctions of the sons of Israel into tribes, families, and houses.

AC (Potts) n. 8470 sRef Ex@16 @16 S0′ 8470. Take ye everyone for him who is in his tent. That this signifies communication with them, and from this the general good, is evident from the signification of a “tent,” as being a society as to good; “tent” here signifies the like as “house,” for when they sojourned they were in tents. That every man should take for him who was there, signifies communication with them, thus also from this the general good. As these words involve those things which come forth in the societies in heaven (as was said just above, see n. 8469), it shall be told further how the case is with those societies, in order that it may thereby be known what is meant by communication with those in the society, and with the general good arising therefrom, which is signified by “everyone taking for him who was in his tent.” Everyone in a society in heaven communicates his good to all who are in the society, and all therein communicate with each one, whence arises the good of all in general, that is, the general good. This good is communicated to the general good of other societies, whence arises a good still more general, and finally one most general. Such is the communication in heaven, and hence it is that they are a one, just as are the organs, members, and viscera in man, which, although various and dissimilar, nevertheless by such communications form a one. Such a communication of goods is possible only through love, which is spiritual conjunction. The universal thing that forms and brings into order all things in general and in particular is the Divine good of Divine love from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8471 sRef Ex@16 @17 S0′ 8471. And the sons of Israel did so. That this signifies the effect, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8472 sRef Ex@16 @17 S0′ 8472. And they gathered, collecting for the numerous and for the few. That this signifies reception according to the power of each society, is evident from the signification of “gathering,” as being to receive (see above, n. 8467); and from the signification of “collecting for the numerous and for the few,” as being according to the power of each society. How these things are, must be unfolded from those which come forth in the societies in heaven; for “the manna” denotes heavenly food, and heavenly food is good and truth, and good and truth in heaven are the Lord, because from Him. From all this it can be seen that these things which were decreed about the manna, are such as come forth in the said societies. The case herein is that the Divine good which proceeds from the Lord is communicated to all in heaven universally and individually, but everywhere according to the power of receiving; for there are those who receive little, and there are those who receive much. They who receive little are in the borders of heaven, but they who receive much are in the interiors. Everyone there has a power of receiving according to the nature and amount of good acquired in the world. The difference in power is what is signified by the terms “numerous” and “few.”

AC (Potts) n. 8473 sRef Ex@16 @18 S0′ 8473. And they measured it with the omer. That this signifies the power of the reception of good, is evident from the signification of “an omer,” as being what is sufficient (see above, n. 8468), thus also power.

AC (Potts) n. 8474 sRef Ex@16 @18 S0′ 8474. And it made nothing over for the numerous; and for the few there was no lack. That this signifies that there was a just proportion for everyone in particular and in general, is evident from the signification of “making nothing over,” and also of “having no lack,” as being to employ a just proportion; and from the signification of “numerous” and “few,” as being a difference of power (of which above, n. 8472), here according to the power of everyone in particular and in general.

AC (Potts) n. 8475 sRef Ex@16 @18 S0′ 8475. They gathered everyone according to his eating. That this signifies reception according to the capacity of each one, is evident from what was said above (n. 8467), where are the same words.

AC (Potts) n. 8476 8476. Verses 19, 20. And Moses said unto them, Let no one make a residue of it till the morning. And they heard not unto Moses; and men made a residue of it until morning and it bred worms and stank, and Moses was angry with them. “And Moses said unto them,” signifies exhortation; “Let no one make a residue of it till the morning,” signifies that they should not be solicitous about acquiring it from themselves; “and they heard not unto Moses,” signifies no faith and thence no obedience; “and men made a residue of it until the morning,” signifies the abuse of good Divine, in that they desired to acquire it from themselves; “and it bred worms,” signifies that consequently it became filthy; “and stank,” signifies consequently infernal; “and Moses was angry with them,” signifies that consequently they turned away truth Divine from themselves.

AC (Potts) n. 8477 sRef Ex@16 @19 S0′ 8477. And Moses said unto them. That this signifies exhortation, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving what follows, here exhortation that they should not make a residue of it till the morning. (That “saying” involves also exhortation, see n. 7090, 8178.)

AC (Potts) n. 8478 sRef Matt@6 @30 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @29 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @31 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @28 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @27 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @33 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @32 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @19 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @25 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @26 S0′ sRef Matt@6 @34 S0′ 8478. Let no one make a residue of it till the morning. That this signifies that they should not be solicitous about acquiring it from themselves, is evident from the fact that the manna was to be given every morning, and that worms would be bred in that which was left over, by which is signified that the Lord daily provides necessaries, and that therefore they ought not to be solicitous about acquiring them from themselves. This also is meant by the “daily bread” in the Lord’s Prayer, and likewise by the Lord’s words in Matthew:
Be not solicitous for your soul, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on; why are ye solicitous about things to put on? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: therefore be ye not solicitous, saying, What shall we eat? and what shall we drink? or, wherewithal shall we be clothed? For after all these things do the nations seek; doth not your Heavenly Father know that ye have need of all these things? Seek ye first the kingdom of the heavens, and His righteousness; then shall all these things be added to you; therefore be ye not solicitous for the morrow, for the morrow will take care of the things of itself (6:25, 28, 31-34).
In like manner in Luke 12:11, 12, 22-31.
[2] As in this and the following verses in the internal sense care for the morrow is treated of, and as this care is not only forbidden, but is also condemned (that it is forbidden is signified by that they were not to make a residue of the manna till the morning, and that it is condemned is signified by that the worm was bred in the residue, and it stank), he who looks at the subject no deeper than from the sense of the letter may believe that all care for the morrow is to be cast aside, and thus that the necessaries of life are to be awaited daily from heaven; but he who looks at the subject deeper than from the letter, as for instance he who looks at it from the internal sense, is able to know what is meant by “care for the morrow.” It does not mean the care of procuring for oneself food and raiment, and even resources for the time to come; for it is not contrary to order for anyone to be provident for himself and his own. But those have care for the morrow who are not content with their lot; who do not trust in the Divine, but in themselves; and who have regard for only worldly and earthly things, and not for heavenly things. With such there universally reigns solicitude about things to come, and a desire to possess all things and to dominate over all, which is kindled and grows according to the additions thus made, and finally does so beyond all measure. They grieve if they do not obtain the objects of their desire, and feel anguish at the loss of them; and they have no consolation, because of the anger they feel against the Divine, which they reject together with everything of faith, and curse themselves. Such are they who have care for the morrow.
[3] Very different is the case with those who trust in the Divine. These, notwithstanding they have care for the morrow, still have it not, because they do not think of the morrow with solicitude, still less with anxiety. Unruffled is their spirit whether they obtain the objects of their desire, or not; and they do not grieve over the loss of them, being content with their lot. If they become rich, they do not set their hearts on riches; if they are raised to honors, they do not regard themselves as more worthy than others; if they become poor, they are not made sad; if their circumstances are mean, they are not dejected. They know that for those who trust in the Divine all things advance toward a happy state to eternity, and that whatever befalls them in time is still conducive thereto.
[4] Be it known that the Divine Providence is universal, that is, in things the most minute; and that they who are in the stream of Providence are all the time carried along toward everything that is happy, whatever may be the appearance of the means; and that those are in the stream of Providence who put their trust in the Divine and attribute all things to Him; and that those are not in the stream of Providence who trust in themselves alone and attribute all things to themselves, because they are in the opposite, for they take away providence from the Divine, and claim it for themselves. Be it known also that insofar as anyone is in the stream of Providence, so far he is in a state of peace; also that insofar as anyone is in a state of peace from the good of faith, so far he is in the Divine Providence. These alone know and believe that the Divine Providence of the Lord is in everything both in general and in particular, nay, is in the most minute things of all (as may be seen shown above, n. 1919, 4329, 5122, 5894, 6058, 6481-6486, 6490, 7004, 7007), and that the Divine Providence regards what is eternal (n. 6491).
[5] But they who are in the opposite are scarcely willing to hear Providence mentioned, for they ascribe everything to their own sagacity; and what they do not ascribe to this they ascribe to fortune or chance; some to fate, which they do not educe from the Divine, but from nature. They call those simple who do not attribute all things to themselves or to nature. From all this again it can be seen what is the quality of those who have care for the morrow, and what the quality of those who have no care for the morrow.

AC (Potts) n. 8479 8479. And they heard not unto Moses. That this signifies no faith and thence no obedience, is evident from the signification of “to hear,” as being to perceive, to have faith, and to obey (see n. 5017, 7216, 8361).

AC (Potts) n. 8480 sRef Matt@6 @29 S0′ 8480. And men made a residue of it until the morning. That this signifies the abuse of good Divine, in that they desired to acquire it from themselves, is evident from the signification of “making a residue of it until the morning,” as being to be solicitous about the acquisition of good of themselves (of which above, n. 8478), and consequently the abuse of good Divine. It is termed “abuse,” when there arises what is alike in ultimates, but from a contrary origin. Good arises from a contrary origin, when it does so from man, and not from the Lord; for the Lord is good itself, consequently He is the source of all good. The good which is from Him has in it what is Divine; thus it is good from its inmost and first being; whereas the good which is from man is not good, because from himself man is nothing but evil; consequently the good which is from him is in its first essence evil, although in the outward form it may appear like good. The case herein is like that of flowers painted upon a tablet, as compared with the flowers that grow in a garden. These flowers are beautiful from their inmosts; for the more interiorly they are opened, the more beautiful they are; whereas the flowers painted on a tablet are beautiful only in the outward form, and as to the inward one are nothing but mud and a mixture of earthy particles lying in confusion, as the Lord also teaches when He says of the lilies of the field that “Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these” (Matt. 6:29).
[2] Such is the case with the good that is from man in comparison with the good that is from the Lord. A man cannot know that these goods are so different from each other, because he judges from outward things; but the angels well perceive whence comes the good with a man, and consequently what is the nature of it. The angels who are with a man are in good from the Lord, and as it were dwell therein; but they cannot be in the good that is from a man; they remove themselves from it as far as they can, because inmostly it is evil. Good from the Lord has heaven in it, for this good is the form of heaven in an image, and in its inmost it stores up the Lord Himself, because in all the good that proceeds from the Lord there is a semblance of Himself, and consequently a semblance of heaven; whereas in the good that is from a man there is a semblance of the man, and as from himself a man is nothing but evil, there is a semblance of hell in it. So great is the difference between good from the Lord, and good from man.
[3] Good from the Lord is with those who love the Lord above all things and the neighbor as themselves; but good from man is with those who love themselves above all things and despise the neighbor in comparison with themselves. These are they who have care for the morrow, because they trust in themselves; but the former are they who have no care for the morrow, because they trust in the Lord (see above, n. 8478). They who trust in the Lord continually receive good from Him; for whatsoever happens to them, whether it appears to be prosperous or not prosperous, is still good, because it conduces as a means to their eternal happiness. But they who trust in themselves are continually drawing evil upon themselves; for whatever happens to them, even if it appears to be prosperous and happy, is nevertheless evil, and consequently conduces as a means to their eternal unhappiness. These are the things which are signified by the command that they should make no residue of the manna till the morning, and that what was left bred worms and stank.

AC (Potts) n. 8481 sRef Deut@28 @39 S0′ sRef Mark@9 @44 S0′ sRef Mark@9 @46 S0′ sRef Mark@9 @48 S0′ sRef Isa@66 @24 S1′ sRef Isa@66 @23 S1′ sRef Isa@66 @22 S1′ 8481. And it bred worms. That this signifies that consequently it became filthy, is evident from the signification of “breeding worms,” as being to produce what is filthy; for worms are produced from that which is filthy and stinking. The falsity of evil, which is in the good that is from our own, is compared to “a worm” because the case with them is similar; for falsity also gnaws and thus torments. There are two things which make hell, as there are two which make heaven. The two which make heaven are good and truth, and the two which make hell are evil and falsity. Consequently it is these two in heaven which make the happiness there; and it is the two in hell which make the torment there. The torment in hell from the falsity is compared to “a worm;” and the torment from the evil there is compared to “fire.” So in Isaiah:
As the new heavens and the new earth which I will make shall stand before Me, so shall your seed and your name stand: at last it shall come to pass from month to month, and from Sabbath to its Sabbath, that they shall stand before Me: then they shall go forth, and shall see the carcasses of the men that have transgressed against Me, for their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched; and they shall be a loathing to all flesh (66:22-24).
In like manner it is said by the Lord in Mark:
Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched (9:44, 46, 48);
speaking of Gehenna or hell. The filthiness of falsity is compared to “a worm” also in Moses:
Thou shalt plant vineyards, and till them, but thou shalt neither drink of the wine, neither shalt thou gather, because the worm shall devour it (Deut. 28:39);
“wine” denotes truth from good, and in the opposite sense falsity from evil (n. 6377).

AC (Potts) n. 8482 8482. And stank. That this signifies consequently infernal, is evident from the signification of “to stink,” as being infernal filth. “To stink” is here predicated of evil, and “the worm” is predicated of falsity; for when good becomes evil, it is like flesh, or like bread, when it putrefies, and the falsity from this evil is like the worm which is produced therein from the putridity.

AC (Potts) n. 8483 8483. And Moses was angry with them. That this signifies that they turned away truth Divine from themselves, is evident from the signification of “to be angry,” when said of Moses, by whom is represented truth Divine, as being a turning away from it (see n. 5034, 5798). (That this turning away appears as if it were on the part of the Lord, although it is on the part of man, see n. 5798.) In the Word, anger and wrath, and even fury, against men, are often attributed to Jehovah, when yet with Jehovah they are pure love and pure mercy toward man, and not the slightest anger. This is said in the Word from the appearance; for when men are against the Divine and consequently shut off from themselves the influx of love and mercy, they cast themselves into the evil of the penalty, and into hell. This appears like unmercifulness and like vengeance from the Divine on account of the evil which they have done, when yet there is nothing of this kind in the Divine, but it is in the evil itself. (But see what has been already shown on this subject, n. 1857, 2447, 6071, 6832, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7632, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7877, 7926, 8197, 8214, 8223, 8226-8228, 8282.) From all this it is evident that by “Moses being angry with them” is signified that they turned away truth Divine from themselves.

AC (Potts) n. 8484 8484. Verses 21-24. And they gathered it morning by morning, everyone according to the mouth of his eating: and the sun grew hot and it melted. And it was that on the sixth day they gathered bread double, two omers for each one; and all the princes of the assemblage came and told Moses. And he said unto them, This is what Jehovah spake, A rest, a Sabbath holy to Jehovah, is the morrow; what ye will bake, bake ye; and what ye will boil, boil ye; and all that is left over, this lay ye by for you to keep until the morning. And they laid it by till the morning, as Moses commanded, and it did not stink, and the worm was not in it.
“And they gathered it morning by morning,” signifies the reception of good from the Lord continually; “every man according to the mouth of his eating,” signifies by everyone according to his power of appropriation; “and the sun grew hot and it melted,” signifies that it vanishes away according to the degree of the increase of concupiscence; “and it was on the sixth day,” signifies at the end of every state; “they gathered bread double,” signifies conjunction from the good received; “two omers for each one,” signifies power then; “and all the princes of the assemblage came and told Moses,” signifies reflection from primary truths; “and he said unto them,” signifies instruction; “This is what Jehovah spake,” signifies influx from the Divine; “a rest,” signifies a state of peace when there is no temptation; “a Sabbath holy to Jehovah is the morrow,” signifies the conjunction of good and truth to eternity; “what ye will bake, bake ye,” signifies preparation for the conjunction of good; “and what ye will boil, boil ye,” signifies preparation for the conjunction of truth; “and all that is left over, this lay ye by for you to keep until the morning,” signifies the enjoyment of all good and truth then as it were from their own; “and they laid it by till the morning,” signifies the enjoyment that is to come; “as Moses commanded,” signifies according to instruction from truth Divine; “and it did not stink, and the worm was not in it,” signifies that there was nothing filthy therein, because in this way it was made their own by the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8485 sRef Ex@16 @21 S0′ 8485. And they gathered it morning by, morning. That this signifies the reception of good from the Lord continually, is evident from the signification of “gathering the manna,” as being the reception of good (see above, n. 8467, 8472); and from the signification of “morning by morning,” or “every morning,” as being continually; for by “morning by morning” is signified every morrow, and by “the morrow” is signified what is eternal (n. 3998), thus also perpetually and continually.

AC (Potts) n. 8486 sRef Ex@16 @21 S0′ 8486. Every man according to the mouth of his eating. That this signifies by everyone according to his power of appropriation, is evident from what was said above (n. 8467), where are the like words.

AC (Potts) n. 8487 sRef Ex@16 @21 S0′ 8487. And the sun grew hot, and it melted. That this signifies that it vanishes away according to the degree of the increase of concupiscence, is evident from the signification of “the sun growing hot,” as being increasing concupiscence (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “melting,” as being to vanish away. That “the sun grew hot,” denotes increasing concupiscence, is because “the sun” in a good sense signifies heavenly love, for the reason that the Lord is the Sun in the other life, and that the heat which is from it is the good of love, and the light is the truth of faith. (That the Lord is a sun, and that heavenly love is therefrom, see n. 1053, 1521, 1529-1531, 2120, 2441, 2495, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 4696, 5084, 5097, 5377, 7078, 7083, 7171, 7173, 7270.) Consequently in the opposite sense “the sun” denotes the love of self and of the world, and “the heat” or “growing hot of the sun” denotes in this sense concupiscence.
[2] How the case herein is, that the good of truth, which is signified by “the manna,” vanished according to the degree of increasing concupiscence, which is signified by its “melting when the sun grew hot,” shall be briefly told. The good of truth, or spiritual good, is indeed given to the man of the spiritual church when he is being regenerated; but as all the delight of the love of self and of the world, which had previously constituted his life extinguishes this good (because they are opposites), therefore the pure good of truth cannot long abide with that man, but it is tempered by the Lord by means of the delights of the loves which had belonged to his previous life; for unless this good were so tempered, it would become undelightful to him, and thus would be loathed. Such is heavenly good at first with those who are being regenerated. Insofar therefore as the delights of the loves of self and of the world rise up, so far the good of heavenly love vanishes away, for as before said they are opposites; and it is the same the other way about.
[3] Hence it is that in heaven there are alternations of states, to which correspond the alternations of times in the world (n. 8426), and that thus by means of alternations they are remitted into the delights of natural pleasures; for without a change of the states the good of heavenly love would become as it were dry, and of slight estimation; but it is otherwise when it is tempered by means of natural delights at the same time, or successively. From this it is that at first when the manna was given to the sons of Israel every morning, the quail was also given in the evening; for by “the quail” is signified natural delight, and also the delight of concupiscence (n. 8452).
sRef Num@11 @4 S4′ sRef Num@11 @6 S4′ sRef Num@21 @5 S4′ sRef Deut@8 @3 S4′ [4] But be it known that the concupiscences into which they who are in heaven are remitted when it is evening with them, are not concupiscences that are opposite to heavenly good, but those which in some measure agree with this good; for they are the delights of conferring benefits in a large way, and consequently something of glory, in which nevertheless there is benevolence and a study to be of service; they are also the delights of magnificence in the embellishments of home and the ornaments of dress, and many other similar delights. Such are the delights which do not destroy the good of heavenly love (but still they hide it), and at last, according to the degree of the man’s regeneration, they become the ultimate planes of heavenly good, and then they are no longer called “concupiscences,” but “delights.” That without a tempering by means of such things the good of heavenly love becomes as it were dry, and afterward is loathed as a thing of no value, is signified by the sons of Israel calling the manna dry food, and vile food, as we read when the quail was no longer given them, in Moses:
The rabble that was in the midst lusted a lust, whence the sons of Israel also wept again, and said, Who shall feed us with flesh? now our soul is dry, our eyes have not anything [to look at] except the manna (Num. 11:4, 6).
The people spake against God, and against Moses: Wherefore have ye made us come up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? there is no bread, nor water; now doth our soul loathe this most vile bread (Num. 21:5).
Jehovah afflicted thee, and made thee hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that He might teach thee that man doth not live by bread alone, but by every utterance of the mouth of Jehovah doth man live (Deut. 8:3).
[5] In like manner as by “the manna,” so also by “the unleavened bread,” there is signified good pure from falsities (n. 8058), which bread is for a similar reason called “the bread of misery” (Deut. 16:3). From all this it can now be seen what is meant by the good of truth vanishing away according to the degree of the increasing concupiscence, which is signified by “the manna melting when the sun grew hot.”

AC (Potts) n. 8488 sRef Ex@16 @22 S0′ 8488. And it was on the sixth day. That this signifies at the end of every state, is evident from the signification of “the sixth day,” as being the end of every state (see above, n. 8421).

AC (Potts) n. 8489 sRef Ex@16 @22 S0′ 8489. They gathered bread double. That this signifies conjunction from the good received, is evident from the signification of “gathering the manna,” as being the reception of good (that “gathering” denotes reception, see n. 8467, 8472; and also that “manna” denotes the good of truth, n. 8464); and from the signification of “double,” as being conjunction (n. 8423).

AC (Potts) n. 8490 sRef Ex@16 @22 S0′ 8490. Two omers for each one. That this signifies power then, is evident from the signification of “an omer,” as being what is sufficient, and thus power (see n. 8468, 8473), here enough, and power for conjunction; for by “the seventh day” or “the Sabbath” is signified the conjunction of good and truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8491 sRef Ex@16 @22 S0′ 8491. And all the princes of the assemblage came and told Moses. That this signifies reflection from primary truths, is evident from the signification of “the princes of the assemblage,” as being primary truths (see n. 1482, 2089, 5044); and from the signification of “telling,” as being reflection (n. 2862, 5508).

AC (Potts) n. 8492 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ 8492. And he said unto them. That this signifies instruction, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving the things that follow, here instruction, namely, how they were to do in the gathering of the manna on the day before the Sabbath. (That “saying” also denotes instruction, see n. 6879, 6881, 6883, 6891, 7186, 7267, 7304, 7380.)

AC (Potts) n. 8493 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ 8493. This is what Jehovah spake. That this signifies influx from the Divine, is evident from the fact that Jehovah or the Lord instructs by means of influx, and that this is expressed in the historicals of the Word by “saying,” and “speaking.” (That elsewhere also “to speak” denotes influx, see n. 2951, 5451, 5797, 7270, 8128.)

AC (Potts) n. 8494 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ 8494. A rest. That this signifies a state of peace when there is no temptation, is evident from the signification of “a rest,” such as there was on the days of the Sabbath, as being a representative of a state of peace, in which is effected the conjunction of good and truth. But the six preceding days represented the combat and labor, consequently the temptations, which precede a state of peace; for after temptations comes a state of peace, and then there is the conjunction of good and truth. (That the six days which precede the seventh or the Sabbath signified combat and labor, see n. 720, 737, 900; and that after temptations there are tranquility and peace, n. 3696, 4572, 5246, 6829, 8367, 8370.) That the Sabbath denotes the conjunction of good and truth, will be seen in what now follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8495 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@31 @14 S1′ 8495. A Sabbath holy to Jehovah is the morrow. That this signifies the conjunction of good and truth to eternity, is evident from the signification of “the Sabbath,” as being the conjunction of good and truth (of which below); and from the signification of “the morrow,” as being to eternity (see n. 3998). He who does not know what the Sabbath represented, and thus what it signified, cannot know why it was accounted the most holy of all things. But the reason why it was accounted most holy was that in the supreme sense it represented the union of the Divine and the Divine Human in the Lord; and in the relative sense the conjunction of the Divine Human of the Lord with the human race. Consequently the Sabbath was most holy. And because it represented these things, it also represented heaven in respect to the conjunction of good and truth, which conjunction is called “the heavenly marriage.” And as the conjunction of good and truth is effected by the Lord alone, and nothing of it by man, and as it is effected in a state of peace, therefore it was most severely forbidden that man should then do any work, insomuch that the soul which did this was to be cut off, as we read in Moses:
Ye shall keep the Sabbath, because it is holy to you; he that profaneth it, dying shall die; for whosoever doeth work therein, that soul shall be cut off from the midst of his people (Exod. 31:14).
Therefore one was stoned who merely picked up sticks on that day (Num. 15:32-36). Therefore also the commandment concerning the Sabbath is the third commandment in the Decalogue, immediately following the two concerning the holy worship of Jehovah (Exod. 20:8; Deut. 5:12). And therefore the Sabbath is called “an eternal covenant” (Exod. 31:16), for by “covenant” is signified conjunction (n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804).
sRef Num@15 @35 S2′ sRef Num@15 @36 S2′ sRef Num@15 @34 S2′ sRef Num@15 @32 S2′ sRef Num@15 @33 S2′ [2] From all this it can now be seen what is meant in the internal sense by the things said in the following passages about the Sabbath; as in Isaiah:
Blessed is the man who keepeth the Sabbath, that he profane it not; thus said Jehovah to the eunuchs who keep My Sabbaths, and choose that in which I delight, and take hold of My covenant, I will give them in My house and within My walls a place and a name, better than sons and daughters; I will give them an eternal name, that shall not be cut off; whosoever keepeth the Sabbath that he profane it not, and whoso taketh hold of My covenant, them will I bring in upon the mountain of My holiness, and I will cheer them in My house of prayer (56:2-7);
from all this it is evident that by “those who keep the Sabbath holy” are meant those who are in conjunction with the Lord. That they shall be in heaven is signified by “a place and a name better than sons and daughters being given them in the house of Jehovah, an eternal name that shall not be cut off,” and by their being “brought in upon the mountain of holiness.”
[3] In the same:
If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, not doing thy wills on the day of My holiness, but shalt call the Sabbath delights, holy to Jehovah, honorable; and shalt honor it, so that thou do not then thy ways, nor find thy desire, or speak a word, then shalt thou be delighted upon Jehovah, and I will feed thee with the heritage of Jacob (58:13, 14);
here it is very plain what was represented by “not doing any work on the Sabbath day,” namely, that they should not do anything from their own, but from the Lord; for the angelic state in heaven is that they will and do nothing from themselves, or from their own, and do not even think and speak therefrom: their conjunction with the Lord consists in this. Their own from which they are not to act, is signified by their “not doing their own wills, nor doing their own ways, nor finding their own desire, nor speaking a word.” This state with the angels is the heavenly state itself; and when they are in it, they have peace and rest, and the Lord also has rest; for when they have been conjoined with Him, they labor no more, because they are then in the Lord. These things are signified by the words, thus shalt thou call the Sabbath the holy delights of Jehovah, and they shall be delighted upon Jehovah.” The Lord’s rest is signified by His resting on the seventh day after the six days’ creation (Gen. 2:2).
sRef Isa@58 @14 S4′ sRef Isa@58 @13 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @4 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @3 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @2 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @5 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @6 S4′ sRef Isa@56 @7 S4′ [4] Like things are understood by these words in Jeremiah:
If hearing ye shall hear Me, that ye bring not in a burden through the gates of this city on the Sabbath day, and that ye hallow the Sabbath day, so that ye do not any work therein, then shall there enter through the gates of this city kings and princes sitting upon the throne of David, riding in chariot and on horses, they and their princes, the man of Judah, and the inhabitants of Jerusalem; and this city shall be inhabited to eternity (17:24, 25);
by “work on the Sabbath” is signified everything that is from our own; the state of those who are not led by their own, but by the Lord, is described by there “entering through the gates of the city kings and princes sitting upon the throne of David, riding in chariot and on horses;” by “kings” are signified the truths of faith; by “princes,” the primary things thereof; by “sitting upon the throne of David,” that these are from the Lord; by “the chariot and horses,” the doctrinal and intellectual things of faith. Be it known that all things which come from the man’s own are evil, and that all things which come from the Lord are good. (That with those who are led by the Lord all things flow in, down to the least thing of life both of intellect and of will, thus down to each and all things of faith and of charity, see what has been abundantly shown from experience, n. 2886-2888, 6053-6058, 6189-6215, 6307-6327, 6466-6495, 6598-6626, 6982, 6985, 6996, 7004, 7055, 7056, 7058, 7147, 7270.)
sRef Ezek@20 @12 S5′ sRef Ex@35 @3 S5′ sRef Jer@17 @25 S5′ sRef Jer@17 @24 S5′ [5] That the Sabbath was representative of the conjunction of the Lord with the human race, is evident in Ezekiel:
I gave them My Sabbaths that they might be for a sign between Me and them, to acknowledge that I Jehovah do sanctify them (20:12; also Exod. 31:13).
Therefore also it was forbidden to kindle a fire on the Sabbath day (Exod. 35:3), because by “fire” was signified everything that is of life; and by “kindling a fire,” that which is of life from man’s own. From all that has been said it is plain that the Lord is “the Lord of the Sabbath,” according to His words in Matthew 12:1-8; and it may be seen why many cures were performed by the Lord on the Sabbath days (Matt. 12:10-13; Mark 3:1-8; Luke 6:6-11; 13:10-17; 14:1-6; John 5:9-18; 7:22, 23; 9:14, 16); for the diseases of which they were healed by the Lord involved spiritual diseases, which are from evil (see n. 7337, 8364).

AC (Potts) n. 8496 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@35 @3 S0′ 8496. What ye will bake, bake ye. That this signifies preparation for the conjunction of good; and “what ye will boil, boil ye” signifies preparation for the conjunction of truth, is evident from the signification of “baking,” as being preparation for the conjunction of good because it is done by means of fire; and from the signification of “boiling,” as being preparation for the conjunction of truth because it is done by means of water; for by “water” is signified the truth of faith (see n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668), and by “fire,” the good of love (n. 934, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324, 7852). That it denotes preparation for conjunction, is plain; for what was baked and boiled was prepared for the following Sabbath day, by which conjunction is signified (as was shown just above), for they were forbidden to kindle a fire on the Sabbath day (Exod. 35:3), thus to bake or boil on that day. (That “baking” is said of bread and of the meat-offering, and was done by means of fire, see Isa. 44:15, 19; 1 Sam. 28:24; Ezek. 46:20; Lev. 6:17; and that “boiling” is said of flesh, and was done by means of water, see Exod 29:31; Lev. 6:28; 1 Sam. 2:13, 15.)

AC (Potts) n. 8497 sRef Ex@16 @23 S0′ 8497. And all that is left over, this lay ye by for you to keep until the morning. That this signifies the enjoyment of all good and truth then as it were from their own, is evident from the signification of “laying by what is over until the morning,” as being enjoyment on the Sabbath day; that it denotes the enjoyment of good and of truth, is because that which remained over of what was baked and boiled was to be laid by, and then was to be eaten; for by “baking” is signified the preparation of good, and by “boiling” the preparation of truth (as was shown just above, n. 8496); and by “eating” is signified enjoyment and appropriation (n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 3832, 4745, 7849); and from the signification of “for you to keep,” as being as it were from their own. That these things are signified by these words is because the good and truth which flow in from the Lord are conjoined, and as it were appropriated. Such is the conjunction of heaven (that is, of those who are in heaven) with the Lord. It is said “as it were from their own,” because the goods which are of faith and of charity cannot be given to man nor to angel so as to be their own, for men and angels are only recipients, or forms accommodated to receive life, thus good and truth, from the Lord. Life itself is from no other source, and as life is from the Lord, it cannot be appropriated otherwise than as appearing to be man’s own; but they who are in the Lord plainly perceive that life flows in, consequently good and truth, for these belong to life. The reason why life appears as man’s own is that the Lord from Divine love wills to give and to conjoin all His own to man, and as far as it can be effected, does conjoin it. This “own” which is given by the Lord, is called the heavenly own (see n. 731, 1937, 1947, 2882, 2883, 2891, 3812, 5660).

AC (Potts) n. 8498 sRef Ex@16 @24 S0′ 8498. And they laid it by till the morning. That this signifies the enjoyment that is to come, is evident from what was unfolded just above (n. 8497).

AC (Potts) n. 8499 sRef Ex@16 @24 S0′ 8499. As Moses commanded. That this signifies according to instruction from truth Divine, is evident from the signification of “commanding,” as being instruction; and from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (see frequently above).

AC (Potts) n. 8500 sRef Ex@16 @24 S0′ 8500. And it did not stink, and the worm was not in it. That this signifies that there was nothing filthy therein, because in this way it was made their own by the Divine, is evident from the signification of “to stink,” as being the infernal filthiness that is predicated of evil (of which above, n. 8482); and from the signification of “worm,” as being also infernal filthiness, but that which is predicated of falsity (n. 8481). (That such things are in whatever is done from man’s own, but that heavenly and divine things are in those which are done from the Lord, see n. 8478.)

AC (Potts) n. 8501 8501. Verses 25-27. And Moses said, Eat ye this today, because today is a Sabbath to Jehovah, today ye shall not find it in the field. Six days ye shall gather it, and on the seventh day is the Sabbath, it shall not be in it. And it was on the seventh day, there went out some of the people for to gather, and they found none. “And Moses said,” signifies information concerning this matter; “Eat ye this today,” signifies appropriation to eternity; “because today is a Sabbath to Jehovah,” signifies because good has been conjoined with truth by the Lord; “today ye shall not find it in the field,” signifies that then good shall no longer be acquired by means of truth; “six days ye shall gather it,” signifies the reception of truth before it is being conjoined with good; “and on the seventh day is the Sabbath,” signifies that afterward there is conjunction; “it shall not be in it,” signifies that no longer shall there be good by means of truth; “and it was on the seventh day,” signifies a state of conjoined good and truth; “there went out some of the people for to gather, and they found none,” signifies that they desired to acquire, but it was not possible.

AC (Potts) n. 8502 sRef Ex@16 @25 S0′ 8502. And Moses said. That this signifies information concerning this matter, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving what follows, here information about the manna, that they would not find it on the Sabbath day.

AC (Potts) n. 8503 sRef Ex@16 @25 S0′ 8503. Eat ye this today. That this signifies appropriation to eternity, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (see n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745); and from the signification of “today,” as being to eternity (n. 2838, 3998, 4304, 6165, 6984).

AC (Potts) n. 8504 sRef Ex@16 @25 S0′ 8504. Because today is a Sabbath to Jehovah. That this signifies because good has been conjoined with truth by the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the Sabbath,” as being the conjunction of good and truth (of which above, n. 8495); and from the signification of “today,” as being to eternity (of which just above, n. 8503); that “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord, has been frequently shown above.

AC (Potts) n. 8505 sRef Ex@16 @25 S0′ 8505. Today ye shall not find it in the field. That this signifies that then good shall no longer be acquired by means of truth, is evident from the signification of “not finding,” when predicated of the good which is obtained by means of truth, as being to acquire no longer; and from the signification of “field,” as being man, here the mind of the man in which good is implanted by means of truth; for man is called “a field” from the fact that he receives the truths of faith, which are seeds, and brings forth the fruits of the seeds, which are goods.
[2] How the case herein is shall be briefly told. Before regeneration man acts from truth, but through it good is acquired; for truth becomes good with him when it becomes of his will, and thus of his life; but after regeneration he acts from good, and through it truths are procured. To make this still clearer: Before regeneration man acts from obedience; but after regeneration from affection. These two states are inverse to each other; for in the former state truth rules, but in the latter good rules; or, in the former state man looks downward or backward, but in the latter upward or forward.
sRef Matt@24 @17 S3′ sRef Matt@24 @15 S3′ sRef Luke@17 @31 S3′ sRef Luke@17 @32 S3′ sRef Matt@24 @18 S3′ [3] When a man is in the latter state, that is, when he acts from affection, he is no longer allowed to look back, and to do good from truth, for at that time the Lord flows into the good with him, and leads him by means of the good. If at that time he were to look back, or were to do good from truth, he would act from his own; for he who acts from truth leads himself, whereas he who acts from good is led by the Lord. This is what is meant by these words of the Lord:
When ye see the abomination of desolation, let him that is upon the house not go down to take anything out of his house; and let him that is in the field not return back to take his garments (Matt. 24:15, 17, 18).
In that day, whosoever shall be upon the house, and his vessels in the house, let him not go down to take them away; and whosoever is in the field, let him likewise not turn back to the things behind him. Remember Lot’s wife (Luke 17:31, 32).
(How the case is further with these things see what has been unfolded above, n. 3652, 5895, 5897, 7923, and what will be unfolded below, n. 8506, 8510.) These are the things which in the internal sense are signified by the words that “the manna would not be found in the field on the seventh day,” and “that there went out some of the people for to gather and they found none.”

AC (Potts) n. 8506 sRef Ex@16 @26 S0′ 8506. Six days ye shall gather it. That this signifies the reception of truth before it is being conjoined with good, is evident from the signification of “six days,” as being states of combat and of labor (see above, n. 8494), here a state of the reception of truth, or a state when good is acquired through truth (n. 8505), for in this state there are labor and combat. In this state man is let into temptations, which are combats with the evils and falsities in him; and then the Lord fights for the man and also with him. But after this state there is a state of the conjunction of good and truth, thus at that time a state of rest for the Lord also. This state is what was represented by the rest on the seventh day, or day of the Sabbath. That the Lord then has rest, is because when good has been conjoined with truth, the man is in the Lord, and is led by the Lord without labor and combat. This state is what is meant by the second state, treated of above, n. 8505.

AC (Potts) n. 8507 sRef Ex@16 @26 S0′ 8507. And on the seventh day is the Sabbath. That this signifies that afterward there is conjunction, is evident from the signification of “the seventh day” or “the Sabbath,” as being the conjunction of good and truth (see n. 8496).

AC (Potts) n. 8508 sRef Ex@16 @26 S0′ 8508. It shall not be in it. That this signifies that no longer shall there be good by means of truth, is evident from what has been unfolded above (n. 8505).

AC (Potts) n. 8509 sRef Ex@16 @27 S0′ 8509. And it was on the seventh day. That this signifies a state of conjoined good and truth, is evident from the signification of “the seventh day” or “Sabbath,” as being the conjunction of good and truth (as above, n. 8507).

AC (Potts) n. 8510 sRef Ex@16 @27 S0′ 8510. There went out some of the people for to gather, and they found none. That this signifies that they desired to acquire, but it was not possible, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8505). It is there made plain what it is to act from the truth which is of faith, and what from the good which is of charity, namely, that he who acts from the truth which is of faith is not yet in the order of heaven, but that he who acts from the good which is of charity is in this order. For the order in which man is led by the Lord is by man’s willing, consequently by means of good, for this is of the will, and then his understanding ministers, consequently truth, for this is of the understanding. When this state is attained, then is “the Sabbath;” for then the Lord has rest; this state comes forth when good has been conjoined with truth. That this state is the Lord’s “rest,” can be seen from the fact that Jehovah, or the Lord, after the creation and labor of six days, on the seventh day rested from all His work (Gen. 2:2). This state is the state of heaven; consequently heaven itself is called a “Sabbath,” or in heaven there is said to be a “perpetual Sabbath.” That by the creation in the first chapter of Genesis is meant a new creation or regeneration, and that by the six days in that chapter are meant temptations and combats, see what has been unfolded at chapters 1 and 2.

AC (Potts) n. 8511 8511. Verses 28-31. And Jehovah said unto Moses, How long do ye refuse to keep My commandments and My laws? See ye, because Jehovah hath given you the Sabbath, therefore He giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days; rest ye everyone in his place, let no one go forth from his place on the seventh day. And the people rested on the seventh day. And the house of Israel called the name of it Manna; and it was like coriander seed, white; and the taste of it was like that of a cake in honey. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies the appearing of the Divine obscured; “How long do ye refuse to keep My commandments and My laws?” signifies on account of their not acting according to Divine order; “see ye,” signifies that they should pay attention and reflect; “because Jehovah hath given you the Sabbath,” signifies the conjunction of good and truth by the Lord; “therefore He giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days,” signifies that on this account even to the end of the former state He gives as much good through truth as will afterward effect this conjunction; “rest ye everyone in his place,” signifies a state of peace; “let no one go forth from his place on the seventh day,” signifies that they must then remain in this state; “and the people rested on the seventh day,” signifies a representative then of the conjunction of good and truth in a state of peace; “and the house of Israel called the name of it Manna,” signifies its quality in respect to them; “and it was like coriander seed, white,” signifies the truth therein that it was pure; “and the taste of it was like that of a cake in honey,” signifies that the good was delightful because it had been made good from truth by means of delight.

AC (Potts) n. 8512 sRef Ex@16 @28 S0′ 8512. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies the appearing of the Divine obscured, is evident, from the signification of “Jehovah said,” as involving what follows, here that they did not keep His commandments and laws, thus that the appearing of the Divine among them was obscured. For this takes place when anyone does not live according to the Divine commandments; because when anyone does live according to them, he lives according to Divine order, inasmuch as the Divine commandments are truths and goods which are in conformity with order; and when anyone lives according to order, he then lives in the Lord, because the Lord is order itself. From this it follows that he who does not live according to the commandments and laws which are of Divine order, does not live in the Lord, consequently that then the Divine is obscured with him. By living according to order is here meant to be led by the Lord through good, but to live not as yet according to order is to be led through truth; and when man is led through truth, the Lord does not appear to him; and therefore the man then walks in the dark, in which he does not see good. It is different when a man is led through good. He then sees in the light.

AC (Potts) n. 8513 sRef Ex@16 @28 S0′ 8513. How long do ye refuse to keep My commandments and My laws? That this signifies on account of their not acting according to Divine order, is evident from what has just been unfolded (n. 8512). That it may be known what it is to act according to Divine order, and what not to act according to it, something further shall be said. Everything that is done according to Divine order is inwardly open even to the Lord, and thus has heaven in it; but everything that is not done according to Divine order is inwardly closed, and thus has not heaven in it.
[2] Therefore Divine order is for the Lord to flow in through the interiors of man into his exteriors, thus through the will of man into his action. This takes place when the man is in good, that is, when he is in the affection of doing good for the sake of good, and not for the sake of himself. When a man does good for the sake of himself, and not for the sake of good, his interiors are closed, and he cannot be led of the Lord by means of heaven, but he is led by himself. The love determines by whom he is led, for everyone is led by his love. He who loves himself more than his neighbor, leads himself; but he who loves good is led by good, consequently by the Lord from whom is good.
[3] From all this it can be seen what the difference is between living according to order, and not living according to it. How a man must live for it to be according to order, the Word teaches, and the doctrine of faith from the Word. He who does not look beyond external things cannot possibly apprehend this; for he knows not what that which is internal is, scarcely that there is anything internal, and still less that this internal can be opened, and that when it is opened, heaven is therein. The intelligent of the world are especially in this ignorance, and those of them who hold that there is something internal, nevertheless have no idea, or a fatuous idea, about it. Hence it is that they believe but little, and moreover apply their knowledges to confirm that all things are of nature.

AC (Potts) n. 8514 sRef Ex@16 @29 S0′ 8514. See ye. That this signifies that they should pay attention and reflect, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” as being to understand (see n. 2325, 3863, 4403-4421, 5114); consequently as being to perceive (n. 2150, 3764, 4567, 4723, 5400); and also to reflect (n. 6836, 6839).

AC (Potts) n. 8515 sRef Ex@16 @29 S0′ 8515. Because Jehovah hath given you the Sabbath. That this signifies the conjunction of good and truth by the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the Sabbath,” as being the conjunction of good and truth (see n. 8495); that it is by the Lord is signified by “Jehovah hath given,” for “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8516 sRef Ex@16 @29 S0′ 8516. Therefore He giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days. That this signifies that on this account even to the end of the former state He gives as much good through truth as will afterward effect this conjunction, is evident from the signification of “the sixth day,” as being the end of a former state (see n. 8421); from the signification of “the manna,” which here is “the bread,” as being the good of truth (n. 8462, 8464); and from the signification of “the Sabbath,” for which also the manna was given on the sixth day and thus the bread of two days, as being the conjunction of good and truth (n. 8495). It was shown above that as by “the Sabbath” was signified the conjunction of good and truth, therefore by “the manna not being found on the seventh day” is signified that when a man is in this conjunction he acts from good, and no longer from truth, and also that he must not act from truth any longer (n. 8510).
[2] But as this appears a paradox, it may be further unfolded in a few words. Everyone ought to be led to Christian good, which is called “charity,” through the truth of faith; for the truth of faith will teach not only what charity is, but also what its nature must be; and unless he learns this first from the doctrine of his church (for he cannot possibly know it from himself), he cannot be prepared and thus adapted to receive this good. For example: he must know from the doctrine of faith, that it is not of charity to do what is good for the sake of self, or for the sake of recompense, thus not to merit salvation through works of charity; he must also know that all the good of charity is from the Lord, and nothing at all from self; besides many other things which instruct what charity is, and what its quality must be. From these considerations it can be seen that a man cannot be led to Christian good except through the truths which are of faith. A man must know further that truths do not of themselves enter into good, but that good adopts truths and adjoins them to itself; for the truths of faith lie in the memory of a man as in a field extended beneath the interior sight. Good from the Lord flows in through this sight, and chooses from them, and conjoins with itself, the truths which are in agreement with it. The truths which lie beneath cannot flow into the good which is above; for it is quite contrary to order, and even impossible, for the lower to flow into the higher (n. 5259).
[3] From all this it can now be known how Christian good is born with a man when he is being regenerated, and therefore also what must be the quality of the man when he has been regenerated, namely, that he acts from good, but not from truth; that is, that he is led of the Lord by means of good, and no longer by means of truth; for he is then in charity, that is, in the affection of doing this good. All who are in heaven are so led, for this is according to Divine order; and thus all things which they think and act flow as it were spontaneously and from freedom. It would be quite different if they were to think from truth and to act from it; for then they would think whether a thing ought to be so done, or not, and they would thus come to a standstill in every detail, and thereby would obscure the light they have, and finally they would act according to those things which they themselves love, thus according to influx from those things which favor their loves, which is to be led by themselves, and not by the Lord. From all this it is again evident what it is for good to be no longer acquired by means of truth, which is signified by their “gathering the manna for six days, and not finding it on the seventh” (see n. 8505, 8506, 8510).

AC (Potts) n. 8517 sRef Ex@16 @29 S0′ 8517. Rest ye everyone in his place. That this signifies a state of peace, is evident from the signification of “resting,” as being a state of peace (see n. 8494). That they were to rest on the Sabbath day and do no work then, not even kindle a fire, nor prepare for themselves what they were to eat, was representative of a state of peace, in which the conjunction of good and truth is effected by the Lord; for all the conjunction of good and truth is effected in this state. When a man is in a state of peace, he is then also led of the Lord by means of good; if a man were then to lead himself, even by means of truth, he would dissipate the state of peace, and so there would be no conjunction (see just above, n. 8516).

AC (Potts) n. 8518 sRef Ex@16 @29 S0′ 8518. Let no one go forth from his place on the seventh day. That this signifies that they must then remain in this state, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8494, 8517).

AC (Potts) n. 8519 sRef Ex@16 @30 S0′ 8519. And the people rested on the seventh day. That this signifies a representative then of the conjunction of good and truth in a state of peace, is evident from what was said above (n. 8494, 8517).

AC (Potts) n. 8520 sRef Ex@16 @31 S0′ 8520. And the house of Israel called the name of it Manna. That this signifies its quality in respect to them, is evident from the signification of “a name” and of “calling a name,” as being the quality of the thing (see n. 144, 145, 1896, 2009, 2724, 3006, 3421, 6674). (That it was called “manna” from not being known, and that it denotes the good of truth, which is the good of those who were of the spiritual church, may be seen above, n. 8462, 8464.)

AC (Potts) n. 8521 sRef Ex@16 @31 S0′ 8521. And it was like coriander seed, white. That this signifies the truth therein, that it was pure, is evident from the signification of “seed,” as being the truth of faith (see n. 255, 1940, 2048, 3038, 3310, 3373). It is said “like coriander seed,” because this is white; for “white” is predicated of truth, and truth is also represented as white (n. 3301, 3993, 4007, 5319). The good of truth, which is signified by “the manna,” is now described, both what the quality of the truth therein is, and what the quality of the good therein is. The quality of the truth is described by its being “like coriander seed, white,” and the quality of the good by “the taste of it being like that of a cake in honey.”
[2] The good of truth, which is the good with those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, is quite different from the good which is with those who are of the Lord’s celestial kingdom. The good of truth which is with those who are of the spiritual kingdom is implanted in the intellectual part, for there is formed by the Lord in this part a new will, which is that the man wills to do according to the truth that he has drawn from the teaching of his church; and when he wills and does this truth, it becomes with him good, and is called “spiritual good,” and also “the good of truth.” That this is really truth, he indeed believes, because he has faith from the teaching; but he has no perception whether it is true, unless he may seem to himself to have it from the fact that he has confirmed it with himself, partly from the sense of the letter of the Word, and partly from the fallacies of ideas that favor his received opinion; not considering that there is nothing which cannot be confirmed, even falsity itself, so as to appear like truth (n. 4741, 5033, 6865, 7012, 7680, 7950). Hence it is, that all of every faith believe their own dogmas to be true, even the Socinians, and also the Jews themselves.
[3] From all this it is evident what is the quality of the truth which is turned into good in the case of many who are of the church. None of these can see whether the teaching of their church is true, except those who are in the affection of truth for the sake of the uses of life. They who have this end in view are continually enlightened by the Lord, not only during their life in the world, but also afterward. These alone are they who can receive; for the Lord leads them by means of good, and by means of it gives them to see truth, and thus to believe. From all this it is evident what is the source and what the quality of the good with those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom. But the good with those who are of the Lord’s celestial kingdom is not implanted in the intellectual part, but in the will part. They who are in this good know from internal perception, which is from the Lord, whether a thing is true. (On these two kinds of good, and the difference between them, see n. 2046, 2088, 2227, 2669, 2715, 2718, 3235, 3240, 3241, 3246, 4138, 4493, 5113, 6500, 6865, 7233, 7977, 7992.)

AC (Potts) n. 8522 sRef Ex@16 @31 S0′ 8522. And the taste of it was like that of a cake in honey. That this signifies that the good was delightful because it had been made from truth by means of delight, is evident from the signification of “the taste” [saporis], as being predicated of the delights that belong to good, because it corresponds to the delight of growing wise [sapiendi] (see n. 3502, 4793); from the signification of “a cake,” as being spiritual good (see n. 7978); and from the signification of “honey,” as being natural delight (n. 5620, 6857). From all this it follows that “the taste of it was like that of a cake in honey” signifies the good which is delightful because made from truth by means of delight. The source and method of arising, and thus the nature, of spiritual good are here described, namely that in its first origin it is truth, and that it is made good by the fact that it comes into act from the will, thus from affection; for whatever man wills from affection is perceived as good. But this good cannot arise except through the delights that are of the natural man. The spiritual man is introduced by means of these, and when he has been introduced, he has a consequent sense of this good. This then is what is signified by “the taste of the manna was like that of a cake in honey.”

AC (Potts) n. 8523 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @34 S0′ 8523. Verses 32-34. And Moses said, This is the word which Jehovah hath commanded, Fill an omer with it to be kept for your generations, to the end that they may see the bread wherewith I fed you in the wilderness, when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt. And Moses said unto Aaron, Take an urn, and put the omer full of manna therein, and lay it up before Jehovah, to be kept for your generations. As Jehovah commanded Moses, and Aaron laid it up before the Testimony to be kept.
“And Moses said, This is the word which Jehovah hath commanded,” signifies a mandate; “Fill an omer with it,” signifies the highest degree of power; “to be kept for your generations,” signifies which is for those who are of the spiritual church; “to the end that they may see the bread wherewith I fed you in the wilderness,” signifies the good of truth when in a state of temptations; “when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt,” signifies after they had been liberated from infestations; “and Moses said unto Aaron,” signifies influx; “Take an urn,” signifies truth; “and put the omer full of manna therein,” signifies good therein as much as it will hold; “and lay it up before Jehovah,” signifies that it may be in the presence of the Divine; “to be kept for your generations,” signifies that it may be the measure for those who are of that spiritual church; “as Jehovah commanded Moses,” signifies according to the mandate; “and Aaron laid it up before the Testimony to be kept,” signifies that it was in the presence of the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8524 sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ 8524. And Moses said, This is the word which Jehovah hath commanded. That this signifies a mandate, is evident from the signification of “the word which Jehovah hath commanded” as being a Divine mandate (see above, n. 8466).

AC (Potts) n. 8525 sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ 8525. Fill an omer with it. That this signifies the highest degree of power, is evident from the signification of “an omer,” as being sufficient, and power (see n. 8468, 8473); and as “an omer” denotes sufficient, or as much as one person has, so also it denotes his highest degree of power.

AC (Potts) n. 8526 sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ 8526. To be kept for your generations. That this signifies which is for those who are of the spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “generations,” as being those things which are of faith and charity (see n. 613, 2020, 2584, 6239), and therefore, in a determinate sense, those who are of the spiritual church, because it is they who are in faith and charity, and who are represented by the sons of Israel, whose “generations” are here meant. “To be kept for them” signifies to be for a memorial.

AC (Potts) n. 8527 sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ 8527. To the end that they may see the bread wherewith I fed you in the wilderness. That this signifies the good of truth when in a state of temptations, is evident from the signification of “the manna,” which here is “the bread,” as being the good of truth (see n. 8462, 8464); and from the signification of “the wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 8098).

AC (Potts) n. 8528 sRef Ex@16 @32 S0′ 8528. When I brought you forth from the land of Egypt. That this signifies after they had been liberated from infestations, is evident from the signification of “bringing forth,” as being to liberate; and from the signification of “the land of Egypt,” as being infestations (see n. 7278). That “the land of Egypt” denotes infestations is because by “the Egyptians and Pharaoh” are signified those who infested the upright in the other life, and who also at this day infest them (n. 7097, 7220, 7228, 7317, 8148).

AC (Potts) n. 8529 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ 8529. And Moses said unto Aaron. That this signifies influx, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by the internal Divine truth, which is represented by Moses, to the external truth Divine, which is represented by Aaron, as being influx; for Divine influx takes place through the truth which proceeds immediately from the Lord into the truth which proceeds mediately. (That Moses and Aaron in the representative sense denote these truths, see above, n. 7009, 7010, 7382.)

AC (Potts) n. 8530 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ 8530. Take an urn. That this signifies truth, is evident from the signification of “an urn,” as here being truth. That “an urn” denotes truth, is because it was the vessel which received the manna, by which is signified good, and all truth is as a vessel for good; hence also by “vessels” in general are signified truths (n. 3068, 3079, 3316, 3318), and consequently by “vessels” in particular, and here by “an urn.” That truths are recipient vessels for good may be illustrated by various things in nature-as by light, which is recipient of the heat from the sun, the light signifying truth, and the heat in the light signifying good. So it is with truth and good. It is similar with a garment in respect to the body, and with the body in respect to the soul; also with a blood-vessel and a fiber in respect to the blood and animal spirit enclosed therein; so also with the lungs in respect to the heart, consequently with the respiration of the lungs in respect to the pulse of the heart; in a word, with every organic form of the body in respect to the life which is therein. From these comparisons it can be seen what is the quality of truth without good, or what is the quality of faith without charity, namely, that it is like the organic forms of the body without life; that it is like the respiration of the lungs without the pulse of the heart, or like the lungs without the heart; and that it is like a blood-vessel and a fiber without blood and animal spirit; also like a body without a soul; consequently that it is like something inanimate; and if evil instead of good be therein it is like a carcass.

AC (Potts) n. 8531 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ 8531. And put the omerful of manna therein. That this signifies good therein as much as it will hold, is evident from the signification of “the omerful,” namely, as much as it will hold; and from the signification of “the manna,” as being spiritual good, or the good of truth (see n. 8462, 8464).

AC (Potts) n. 8532 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ 8532. And lay it up before Jehovah. That this signifies that it may be in the Divine presence, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8533 sRef Ex@16 @33 S0′ 8533. To be kept for your generations. That this signifies that it may be the measure for those who are of that spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “an omer of manna,” which was laid up to be kept, as being as much as is sufficient (see n. 8468), thus also a measure, namely, of the amount of good this church had. (That “your generations” denotes those who are of the spiritual church, see n. 8526.) As regards the measure or degree of good that belongs to a church, be it known that goods in the other life vary in quality and in quantity, and that they are determined for everyone during his life in the world; they are determined according to the quality and quantity of each person’s faith and charity in his life. When the Lord grants, the quality and quantity of the good of everyone in the other life is manifested before the angels; for it can be presented to view in the light of heaven, but not in the light of the world. The case is the same in general, namely, in respect to the good of the church. The quantity and the quality of the good belonging to every individual, and to the church, are represented by weights and by measures in the Word; in the present case the quantity of the good of the spiritual church which is represented by the sons of Israel, by the “omer of manna” that was laid up before Jehovah to be kept.

AC (Potts) n. 8534 sRef Ex@16 @34 S0′ 8534. As Jehovah commanded Moses. That this signifies according to the mandate, is evident from the signification of “commanding,” when by Jehovah, as being a mandate (see above, n. 8466, 8524).

AC (Potts) n. 8535 sRef John@1 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@16 @34 S0′ sRef John@1 @14 S0′ 8535. And Aaron laid it up before the Testimony to be kept. That this signifies that it was in the presence of the Divine, is evident from the signification of “laying up to be kept,” as being for a memorial (see above n. 8526, 8533) and from the signification of “before the Testimony,” as being in the presence of the Divine. That “the Testimony” denotes the Divine is plain from what goes before, where it is said by Moses to Aaron that “he should store it up before Jehovah” (see n. 8532), thus before the Divine. That “the Testimony” denotes the Divine is because in the universal sense by “the Testimony” is meant the Word, and because the Word is truth Divine, thus the Lord. That the Lord is “the Word,” is plain in John:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word: and the Word was made flesh, and dwelt in us (1:1, 14).
That “the Testimony” denotes the Lord as to Divine truth is evident from the ark wherein was the Law published from Sinai, which is called “the Testimony:” that from this the tabernacle had all its sanctity, and that the Testimony was the holy Divine itself, is evident from the fact that above it was the propitiatory with the cherubs, and next outside the veil were the tables of gold with the loaves, and with the lamps; and that the most holy thing of worship was there administered by Aaron; also that Jehovah afterward spake with Moses there above the propitiatory between the two cherubs, thus from the Testimony (on which see Exod. 25:16, 21, 22; 40:20).

AC (Potts) n. 8536 8536. Verses 35, 36. And the sons of Israel did eat the manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; they did eat the manna until they came unto the border of the land of Canaan. And an omer is the tenth part of an ephah. “And the sons of Israel did eat the manna forty years,” signifies the appropriation of the good of truth in the state of all temptations; “until they came to a land inhabited,” signifies before they came to heaven, where good is everywhere; “they did eat the manna until they came unto the border of the land of Canaan,” signifies that there was appropriation of good from truth by them until they came to the region of heaven; “and an omer is the tenth part of an ephah,” signifies the amount of the good then.

AC (Potts) n. 8537 sRef Ex@16 @35 S0′ 8537. And the sons of Israel did eat the manna forty years. That this signifies the appropriation of the good of truth in the state of all temptations, is evident from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (see n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198); from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745); from the signification of “the manna,” as being the good of truth (n. 8464); and from the signification of “forty years,” as being states of temptations. (That “years” denote states, see n. 482, 487, 488, 493, 893; and that “forty” denotes temptations, n. 730, 862, 2272, 2273, 8098.)

AC (Potts) n. 8538 sRef Ex@16 @35 S0′ 8538. Until they came to a land inhabited. That this signifies before they came to heaven where good is everywhere, is evident from the signification of “land,” here the land of Canaan, as being the Lord’s kingdom, thus heaven (see n. 1607, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4240, 4447, 5136). Heaven is called “a land inhabited” from good, for “inhabited” signifies what is alive from good (n. 2268, 2451, 2712, 3613, 8269, 8309).

AC (Potts) n. 8539 sRef Ex@16 @35 S0′ 8539. They did eat the manna until they came unto the border of the land of Canaan. That this signifies that there was appropriation of good from truth by them until they came to the region of heaven, is evident from the signification of “the manna,” as being the good of truth; from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (see above, n. 8537); and from the signification of “the land of Canaan,” as being heaven (see above, n. 8538); thus “the border of the land of Canaan” denotes the entrance to heaven, or the region where heaven begins. From all this it is evident that by their “eating the manna until they came to the border of the land of Canaan” is signified that the good of truth was appropriated by them even up to the region of heaven.
[2] How the case herein is, is evident from what was said before concerning the acquisition of good by means of truth, namely, that before regeneration all good is procured by means of truth, but that after regeneration man is led of the Lord by means of good; and that the former state is signified by “the six days” which precede the seventh, and that the latter state is signified by “the seventh day” or “the Sabbath.” From this it is also plain that the former state was represented by the journeyings of the sons of Israel in the wilderness forty years, and that the latter state was represented by their introduction into the land of Canaan. The case herein is that man is outside of heaven so long as he acts from truth and not from good; and he comes into heaven when he acts from good, for he is then actuated by the Lord according to the order of heaven, into which he does not come, consequently not into heaven, where order is, until he has been prepared, which is effected for good through truth. (On these two states, see what has been shown above, n. 7923, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516.)

AC (Potts) n. 8540 sRef Ex@16 @36 S0′ 8540. And an omer is the tenth part of an ephah. That this signifies the amount of the good then, is evident from the signification of “an omer is the tenth part of an ephah,” as being as much as is sufficient, for by “ten” is signified what is full (see n. 3107), and therefore by “a tenth part” is signified as much as is sufficient (n. 8468) and from the signification of “an ephah,” as being good. That “an ephah” denotes good is because by it and by an omer were measured dry things that served for food, such as wheat, barley, fine flour; and by things that are used for food are signified goods: and by “a bath” and by “a hin” were measured liquids, which served for drink; consequently by these measures were signified truths. The containant receives this signification from the contents.
sRef Ezek@45 @10 S2′ sRef Lev@19 @36 S2′ sRef Ezek@45 @11 S2′ [2] That the ephah was a measure is plain from the following passages:
An ephah of justice, and a hin of justice, shall ye have (Lev. 19:36).
The ephah and the bath shall be one measure, because the ephah is the tenth of a homer (Ezek. 45:11).
Ye shall have balances of justice, and an ephah of justice, and a bath of justice (verse 10).
It is in like manner a measure in Amos 8:5.
sRef Zech@5 @11 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @9 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @10 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @8 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @6 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @5 S3′ sRef Zech@5 @7 S3′ [3] That “an ephah” denotes good is plain from the passages where the “meat-offering” is treated of, for which meal or fine flour was measured by an ephah (Lev. 5:11; Num. 5:15; 28:5; Ezek. 45:24; 46:7, 11). The “meat-offering” signifies good. And also from this passage in Zechariah:
The angel speaking in me said unto me, Lift up I pray thine eyes, What is this that goeth forth? and I said, What is it? He said, This is the ephah that goeth forth; he said moreover, This is their eye in all the earth. And behold there was lifted up a talent of lead, and at the same time this woman sitting in the midst of the ephah. Then he said, she is evil, and he cast her into the midst of the ephah, and he cast a stone of lead upon the mouth thereof. And I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, when behold there came forth two women, and the wind was in their wings; they had two wings like the wings of a stork; and they lifted up the ephah between the earth and the heaven; and I said unto the angel that spake in me, Whither do these carry off the ephah? who said unto me, To build her a house in the land of Shinar; and it shall be prepared, and she shall abide there upon her seat (5:5-11).
[4] What these things signify it is impossible for anyone to know except from the internal sense, and unless he thereby knows what is meant by “the ephah,” what by “the woman in the midst of it,” what by “the stone of lead upon the mouth of the ephah,” also what is meant by “Shinar.” When each detail is unfolded, it is clear that the profanation which was at that time in the church is signified; for by “the ephah” is signified good; by “the woman,” evil, as is there openly stated; by “the stone of lead,” falsity of evil shutting up, for “a stone” denotes external truth, and consequently in the opposite sense falsity (n. 643, 1298, 3720, 6426), and “lead” denotes evil (n. 8298). Thus by “the woman in the midst of the ephah, upon the mouth of which was a stone of lead,” is signified evil shut up in good by falsity, which is the same thing as profanation, for profanation is evil conjoined with good (n. 6348). “The two women lifting up the ephah between the earth and the heaven” denotes the churches (n. 252, 253) by which what was profane was rejected; “Shinar, whither the woman in the ephah was carried off” denotes external worship, within which is what is profane (n. 1183, 1292).

AC (Potts) n. 8541 8541. CONTINUATION ABOUT THE SPIRITS AND INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
As regards their Divine worship, the chief point is that they acknowledge our Lord as the Most High, who rules heaven and earth; they call Him, The One Only Lord. And because they acknowledge and worship Him during the bodily life, they accordingly seek Him after death, and find that He is the same as our Lord. They were asked whether they know that the One Only Lord is a Man? They answered that they all know that He is a Man, because on their earth He has been seen by many as a Man, and because He instructs them in the truth, preserves them, and gives eternal life to those who believe in Him. They said further that He has revealed to them how they should live, and how they should believe; and that what has been revealed is handed down by the parents to their children, and that thus the teaching spreads to all the families, and thus throughout the whole nation that is from one father. They added that they seem to themselves to have the teaching inscribed on their minds, which they conclude from the fact that they instantly perceive, and acknowledge as of themselves, whether what is said by others about the life of heaven with man is true, or not.

AC (Potts) n. 8542 8542. The greatest care is taken that no one should fall into wrong opinions about the One Only Lord; and if they observe that anyone begins to think wrongly about Him, they first admonish him, then deter him by means of threats, and finally by means of punishments. They said that they have observed that if any such thing has crept into any family, that family is taken from among them, not by any death penalties inflicted by their companions, but by deprivation of breathing and consequently of life by spirits, after they have first been threatened with death. For on that earth spirits speak with the people, and chastise them if they have done evil, and also if they have intended to do evil (see n. 7801-7812); consequently if they think badly about the One Only Lord, they are threatened with death unless they repent. In this way the worship of the Lord, who to them is the supreme Divine, is preserved there.

AC (Potts) n. 8543 8543. They do not know that their One Only Lord was born a man on this earth. They said that it is of no concern to them to know this, but only to know that He is a Man, and directs the universe. Then I said that on our earth He is named Jesus Christ, and that “Christ” means the Anointed or King, and “Jesus” Savior, they said that they do not worship Him as a King, because royalty savors of what is worldly, but that they worship Him as the Savior. And because a doubt was injected by the spirits of our earth, whether their One Only Lord is the same as our Lord, they removed the doubt by recalling that they had seen Him in the Sun, and that they recognized that it was He whom they had seen on their earth. (On this subject see n. 7173; and that our Lord is the Sun of heaven, n. 1053, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 5097, 7078, 7083, 7171, 7173.)

AC (Potts) n. 8544 8544. When the spirits of the earth Jupiter had stayed with me for several weeks, there suddenly flowed into them a doubt whether their One Only Lord is the same as our Lord; but this doubt, which inflowed in a moment, was also dissipated in a moment. It flowed in from some spirits from our earth; and then to my surprise, the spirits of Jupiter blushed with shame so great at their for a moment doubting it, that they told me not to publish it on this earth, lest they should be charged with some unbelief on that account, when yet they now know it better than others.

AC (Potts) n. 8545 8545. There were spirits from the earth Jupiter with me while I was reading the seventeenth chapter of John, about the Lord’s love, and about His glorification; and when they heard what is there written, a holy influence took possession of them, and they confessed that all things therein are Divine. But then spirits from our earth who were unbelievers continually suggested objections, saying that He was born an infant, lived a man, appeared like other men, was crucified, and the like. But the spirits of the earth Jupiter paid no attention to these things. They said that such are their devils, whom they abhor, adding that nothing heavenly finds room in the minds of those spirits of our earth, but only what is earthly, which they call dross. That such is the case, they found out with certainty from the fact that when those spirits heard that on their earth the inhabitants walk naked, obscenity at once took possession of their thoughts, and they paid no attention to their heavenly life, of which they heard at the same time (see n. 8375).

AC (Potts) n. 8546 8546. Once also I talked with the spirits of the earth Jupiter about the Lord, saying that no one can do any good from himself, but from the Lord, who is Good itself, consequently the fountain of all good. They then modestly replied that they suppose they can do good of themselves, and do not know otherwise. But when it was shown them that all good comes solely from the Lord, they said that they spoke after the human manner, and that this was said in a heavenly manner, and that their angels so think, and they themselves also, insofar as they become angels. They added that it is simpler to speak in that way. It was then given to reply that the Lord allows those who live in simplicity and innocence so to speak, provided they know that nothing of good comes from themselves, but all from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8547 8547. The spirits of the earth Jupiter were very much affected, and rejoiced, when they heard it said that the One Only Lord is the only Man, and that all have from Him that they are called men; but that they are men insofar as they become images of Him, that is, insofar as they love Him and love the neighbor, thus insofar as they are in good; for the good of love and of faith is the Lord’s image.

AC (Potts) n. 8548 sRef John@3 @3 S0′ 8548. CHAPTER 17.
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.

He who does not receive spiritual life, that is, who is not begotten anew by the Lord, cannot come into heaven. This the Lord teaches in John: “Verily, verily, I say to thee, Except a man be begotten anew, he cannot see the kingdom of God” (John 3:3).

AC (Potts) n. 8549 8549. Man is not born of his parents into spiritual life, but into natural life. Spiritual life is to love God above all things, and to love the neighbor as oneself, and this according to the commandments of faith which the Lord has taught in the Word. But natural life is to love self and the world above the neighbor, yea above God Himself.

AC (Potts) n. 8550 8550. Every man is born of his parents into the evils of the love of self and of the world. Every evil which by habit has contracted a kind of nature, is derived into the offspring, thus successively from parents, from grandparents, and from great-grandparents, in a long series backward. From this the derivation of evil has at last become so great, that all of man’s own life is nothing else than evil. This continuous derived nature is not broken and changed, except by the Lord through a life of faith and charity.

AC (Potts) n. 8551 8551. Man continually inclines and lapses into what he derives hereditarily. By so doing he confirms this evil in himself, and also adds to it more evils from himself.

AC (Potts) n. 8552 8552. These evils are utterly contrary to spiritual life. They destroy it. Therefore unless in respect to his spiritual life a man is conceived anew, born anew, and reared anew, that is, created anew by the Lord, he is damned, for he wills nothing else, and consequently thinks nothing else, than what is of hell.

AC (Potts) n. 8553 8553. When a man is of this character, the order of life in him is inverted. That which ought to rule serves, and that which ought to serve rules. For his salvation to be possible this order in the man must be wholly inverted. This is effected by the Lord through regeneration.

EXODUS 17

1. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel journeyed from the wilderness of Sin, after their journeys according to the mouth of Jehovah, and they encamped in Rephidim; and there was no water for the people to drink.
2. And the people quarreled with Moses, and they said, Give ye us water and we will drink. And Moses said to them, why quarrel ye with me? why do ye tempt Jehovah?
3. And the people thirsted there for waters, and the people murmured against Moses, and said, Wherefore is this, that thou hast made us come up out of Egypt, to make me die, and my sons, and my cattle, with thirst?
4. And Moses cried unto Jehovah, saying, What shall I do to this people? a little more and they stone me.
5. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Pass on before the people, and take with thee of the elders of Israel; and thy rod, wherewith thou smotest the river, take in thine hand, and go.
6. Behold, I stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come waters out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so before the eyes of the elders of Israel.
7. And he called the name of the place Massah and Meribah, because of the quarreling of the sons of Israel, and because of their tempting Jehovah, saying, Is Jehovah in the midst of us, or not?
8. And Amalek came, and fought with Israel in Rephidim.
9. And Moses said unto Joshua, Choose us out men, and go out, fight against Amalek: tomorrow I stand upon the top of the hill, and the rod of God in my hand.
10. And Joshua did as Moses had said to him, in fighting against Amalek; and Moses, and Aaron, and Hur went up to the top of the hill.
11. And it was, when Moses lifted up his hand, that Israel prevailed; and when he let down his hand, that Amalek prevailed.
12. And Moses’ hands were heavy, and they took a stone, and put it under him, and he sat upon it; and Aaron and Hur held up his hands, one on one side, and the other on the other; and it was, his hands were steady until the setting of the sun.
13. And Joshua weakened Amalek and his people with the edge of the sword.
14. And Jehovah said unto Moses, write this for a memorial in the book, and put it in the ears of Joshua, that blotting I will blot out the memory of Amalek from under the heavens.
15. And Moses built an altar, and called the name of it Jehovah-nissi.
16. And he said, Because there is a hand against the throne of Jah, Jehovah shall have war against Amalek from generation to generation.

AC (Potts) n. 8554 sRef Ex@17 @0 S0′ 8554. THE CONTENTS
In the preceding chapter, in the internal sense, the third temptation was treated of-that there was a lack of good. This having been given them, in the internal sense in this chapter the fourth temptation is treated of-that there was a lack of truth. This temptation is signified by “the murmuring of the sons of Israel because they had no water;” and therefore the truth of faith was given them by the Lord, which is signified by “the water out of the rock of Horeb.”

AC (Potts) n. 8555 sRef Ex@17 @0 S0′ 8555. Then follows the combat of the falsity that is from evil against the truth and good of faith, which combat is represented by the fighting of Amalek against Israel. That they who are in the truth and good of faith conquer when they look upward to the Lord, and that they yield when they look downward, is represented by the sons of Israel conquering so long as Moses kept his hands raised, and by their yielding when he let them down.

AC (Potts) n. 8556 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8556. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verses 1-3. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel journeyed from the wilderness of Sin, after their journeys according to the mouth of Jehovah, and they encamped in Rephidim; and there was no water for the people to drink. And the people quarreled with Moses, and they said, Give ye us water and we will drink. And Moses said to them, Why quarrel ye with me? why do ye tempt Jehovah? And the people thirsted there for the waters; and the people murmured against Moses, and said, Wherefore is this, that thou hast made us come up out of Egypt, to make me die, and my sons, and my cattle, with thirst? “And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel journeyed,” signifies what is progressive of spiritual life; “from the wilderness of Sin,” signifies from a state of temptation as to good; “after their journeys,” signifies according to the order of life for receiving the life of heaven; “according to the mouth of Jehovah,” signifies by the providence of the Lord; “and they encamped in Rephidim,” signifies the setting in order of the interiors for undergoing temptation as to truth, the nature of which is signified by “Rephidim;” “and there was no water for the people to drink,” signifies a lack of truth and of the consequent refreshment; “and the people quarreled with Moses,” signifies a grievous complaining against truth Divine; “and they said, Give ye us water, and we will drink,” signifies an ardent longing for truth; “and Moses said to them,” signifies an answer by influx into the thought; “Why quarrel ye with me?” signifies that they should be more moderate in complaint; “why do ye tempt Jehovah?” signifies that it was against the Divine, of whose aid they despair; “and the people thirsted there for the waters,” signifies an increase of longing for truth; “and the people murmured against Moses,” signifies a greater degree of suffering; “and said, Wherefore is this, that thou hast made us come up out of Egypt,” signifies why have we been liberated from infestations; “to make me die, and my sons, and my cattle, with thirst,” signifies that from the lack of truth everything of spiritual life is expiring.

AC (Potts) n. 8557 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8557. And all the assemblage of the sons of Israel journeyed. That this signifies what is progressive of spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “journeying,” as being what is successive and continuous of life (see n. 4375, 4554, 4585, 5996, 8181, 8345, 8397), here what is successive or progressive of spiritual life, that is, its growth, which takes place continuously by means of temptations. That spiritual life grows by means of temptations is because by means of them the truths which are of faith are confirmed, and are conjoined with the good which is of charity. (That “the assemblage of the sons of Israel” denotes those who are of the spiritual church, see n. 7830, 7843.)

AC (Potts) n. 8558 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8558. From the wilderness of Sin. That this signifies from a state of temptation as to good, is evident from the signification of a “wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 6828, 8098); and from the signification of “Sin,” as being the quality and state of temptation as to good (n. 8398).

AC (Potts) n. 8559 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8559. After their journeys. That this signifies according to the order of life for receiving the life of heaven, is evident from the signification of “journeys,” as being what is progressive of spiritual life (of which just above, n. 8557), thus the order of that life (n. 1293). That it denotes for receiving the life of heaven, is because that life is a gift of the Lord to man by means of the temptations that are described by the journeys of the sons of Israel in the wilderness. The life of heaven is to be led of the Lord by means of good. In order that a man may come to that life, good must be implanted by means of truth; that is, charity by means of faith. So long as this is being done, the man is in the way to heaven, but is not yet in heaven. And in order that at that time the truths which are of faith may be confirmed, and may also be conjoined with good, the man is let into temptations, for these are the means of the conjunction of good and truth. When therefore the man is in good, that is, in the affection of doing good for the sake of good, thus for the sake of the neighbor, he is uplifted into heaven, for he is in the order of heaven, and is led of the Lord by means of good. From all this it can be seen what is meant by “the life of heaven.”

AC (Potts) n. 8560 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8560. According to the mouth of Jehovah. That this signifies by the providence of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the mouth of Jehovah,” as being the truth Divine according to which they were led; for “the mouth of Jehovah” is here taken for a Divine utterance, and for being led according to it, which is Providence. The Divine Providence differs from all other leading and guidance in the fact that Providence continually regards what is eternal, and continually leads unto salvation, and this through various states, sometimes glad, sometimes sorrowful, which the man cannot possibly comprehend; but still they are all profitable to his eternal life. These things are signified by “journeys according to the mouth of Jehovah.” (That “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord, see n. 1343, 1736, 2004, 2005, 2018, 2025, 2156, 2329, 2447, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5041, 5663, 6281, 6303, 6905.)

AC (Potts) n. 8561 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8561. And they encamped in Rephidim. That this signifies the setting in order of the interiors for undergoing temptation as to truth, the nature of which is signified by “Rephidim,” is evident from the signification of “encamping,” as being the setting in order of truth and good for undergoing temptations (see n. 8130, 8131, 8155), here for undergoing temptation as to truth, which is represented by their “having no water”‘ (of which in what follows). It is said “the setting in order of the interiors,” because truth and good constitute the interiors of the man of the church. That “Rephidim” signifies the nature of this temptation, is because the names of places signify the quality of the state of the thing, here the quality of the state of the temptation as to truth, because this is what is here treated of.

AC (Potts) n. 8562 sRef Ex@17 @1 S0′ 8562. And there was no water for the people to drink. That this signifies a lack of truth and of the consequent refreshment, is evident from the signification of “water,” as being the truth of faith (see n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668); and from the signification of “drinking,” as being to be instructed in the truths of faith and to receive them (n. 3069, 3772, 4017, 4018), here, to be refreshed; for as water and drink refresh the natural life, so truths and the knowledges of truth refresh the spiritual life. For he who is in spiritual life longs for the sustenance thereof from such things as are called heavenly food and drink, which are the goods and truths of faith; in like manner as he who is in natural life longs for sustenance from such things as are natural food and drink.
[2] That temptation as to truth is now treated of, is because temptation as to good was treated of just before, after which temptation they received the manna, by which is signified good. For when man is endowed with good by the Lord, he comes into a longing for truth, and this longing is kindled according to the lack of truth, because good continually strives after truth. All the genuine affection of truth is from good. The case herein is like food, which without drink cannot nourish the natural life; and it is also like it in that food longs for drink, with which it may be conjoined so as to serve for use. This then is the reason why temptation as to truth follows immediately after temptation as to good. Temptation attacks that which a man loves and longs for (n. 4274, 4299).

AC (Potts) n. 8563 sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8563. And the people quarreled with Moses. That this signifies a grievous complaining against truth Divine, is evident from the signification of “to quarrel,” as being a grievous complaining, for he who quarrels in temptation grievously complains; and from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (see n. 6723, 6752, 6771, 6827, 7010, 7014, 7089, 7382).

AC (Potts) n. 8564 sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8564. And they said, Give ye us water and we will drink. That this signifies an ardent longing for truth, is evident from what was shown just above (n. 8562) on the signification of “water” and of “drinking.”

AC (Potts) n. 8565 sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8565. And Moses said to them. That this signifies an answer by influx into the thought, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by the truth Divine which is represented by Moses, as being an answer; and as all answer from the Divine is effected by means of influx, and that indeed into the thought, therefore this is the signification.

AC (Potts) n. 8566 sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8566. Why quarrel ye with me? That this signifies that they should be more moderate in their complaining, is evident from the signification of “to quarrel,” as being a grievous complaining (see n. 8563); and that they should be more moderate is also involved, for it is said that thereby they “tempt Jehovah.”

AC (Potts) n. 8567 sRef Ex@17 @2 S0′ 8567. Why do ye tempt Jehovah? That this signifies that it was against the Divine, of whose aid they despair, is evident from the signification of “tempting Jehovah,” as being to complain against the Divine; that it denotes even to despairing of His aid, is because complaints in temptations involve such despair. For temptations are continual despairings of salvation, in the beginning slight, but in course of time grievous, until at last there is doubt, almost denial, of the presence of the Divine and of His aid. In temptations the spiritual life is for the most part brought to this extremity; for in this way the natural life is extinguished, because then, in the midst of the despair, the inmost is kept by the Lord in combat against falsity; and therefore this despair is soon dissipated by comfortings that are in the next place insinuated by the Lord; for after every spiritual temptation there is consolation, and as it were newness of life. (That temptations are carried even to despair, see n. 1787, 2694, 5279, 5280, 7147, 7155, 7166, 8165, and that after temptations there is consolation, n. 3696, 4572, 5246, 6829, 8367, 8370.)

AC (Potts) n. 8568 sRef Ex@17 @3 S0′ sRef Amos@8 @11 S1′ sRef Amos@8 @12 S1′ sRef Amos@8 @13 S1′ 8568. And the people thirsted there for the waters. That this signifies an increase of longing for truth, is evident from the signification of “thirsting,” as being to strive after and long for, and as being predicated of truth, as “hungering” is predicated of good; and from the signification of “water,” as being the truth of faith (see n. 8562). That “to thirst” denotes to strive after and long for the truth which is signified by “water,” is very plain from many passages in the Word, as in Amos:
Behold the days come wherein I will send a famine into the land, not a famine for bread, nor a thirst for waters, but for hearing the words of Jehovah; and they shall wander from sea to sea, and from the north even to the east; they shall run to and fro to seek the word of Jehovah, and shall not find it; in that day shall the beautiful virgins and the young men faint with thirst (Amos 8:11-13).
A longing to know truth is here described by “thirsting;” the longing for truth is signified by “I will not send a thirst for waters, but for hearing the words of Jehovah;” the lack of truth and the consequent privation of spiritual life are described by, “in that day shall the beautiful virgins and the young men faint with thirst;” “beautiful virgins” denote those who are in affections of good, and “young men” those who are in affections of truth.
sRef Isa@55 @1 S2′ [2] In Isaiah:
Ho, everyone that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no silver; come ye, buy, eat, come ye and buy wine and milk without silver and without price (Isa. 55:1).
“Everyone that thirsteth, come ye to the waters,” manifestly denotes one who longs for the truths of faith; “to buy wine and milk without price” denotes to procure the truth and good of faith for themselves from the Lord, thus gratuitously (that “waters” denote the truth of faith, see n. 8562; that “wine” denotes the good of faith, n. 6377, and also “milk,” n. 2184). Everyone can see that by “coming to the waters and buying wine and milk,” is not here meant wine and milk, but such things as are of heaven and the church.
sRef John@4 @14 S3′ sRef Rev@21 @6 S3′ sRef John@4 @13 S3′ [3] In like manner in John:
I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life free (Rev. 21:6);
where “the fountain of the water of life” denotes the truth and good of faith; “he that is athirst” denotes one who longs from affection, according to the Lord’s words in John:
Jesus said to the woman of Samaria, Everyone that drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but he that drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall become in him a fountain of water springing up into eternal life (John 4:13, 14).
Here “water” plainly denotes the truth of faith from the Word, thus from the Lord; “never thirsting” here denotes that truth shall no longer fail him.
sRef John@6 @35 S4′ sRef John@7 @38 S4′ sRef John@7 @37 S4′ [4] In like manner elsewhere in John:
Jesus said, I am the bread of life; he that cometh to Me shall never hunger, and he that believeth in Me shall never thirst (John 6:35).
Jesus cried, saying, If anyone thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink; whosoever believeth in Me, as the Scripture hath said, Out of his belly shall flow streams of living water (John 7:37, 38).
In these passages “to thirst” denotes to long for truth; “to drink” denotes to be instructed; “streams of living water” denote Divine truth, which is from the Lord alone.
sRef Isa@21 @14 S5′ sRef Isa@32 @6 S5′ [5] In Isaiah:
Bring ye waters to meet him that is thirsty; O ye inhabitants of the land of Tema, come before the wanderer with his bread (Isa. 21:14);
where “bringing waters to meet him that is thirsty” denotes instructing in truths him who longs for them, and thus refreshing the life of his soul. In the same:
The fool will speak folly, and his heart will do iniquity, to do hypocrisy, and to utter error against Jehovah, to make empty the soul of the hungry one, and he will make the drink of the thirsty one to fail (Isa 32:0);
“the hungry one” denotes him who longs for good; and “he that thirsteth for drink,” him who longs for truth.
sRef Isa@41 @18 S6′ sRef Isa@41 @17 S6′ [6] Again:
The poor and needy seek water but there is none, and their tongue faileth for thirst; I will open rivers upon the hillsides, and I will put fountains in the midst of the valleys, the wilderness for a pool of waters, and the dry land for springs of waters (Isa. 41:17, 18);
everyone can plainly see that “seeking water” denotes seeking truth; that “failing for thirst” denotes being deprived of spiritual life from a lack of truth; that “rivers,” “fountains,” “a pool,” and “springs of waters” denote the truths of faith in which they were to be instructed.
sRef Isa@48 @21 S7′ sRef Isa@48 @20 S7′ sRef Isa@49 @10 S7′ [7] Again:
Say ye, Jehovah hath redeemed his servant Jacob; then shall they not thirst, He shall lead them in the wastes; He shall cause the waters to flow out of the rock for them, and He will cleave the rock that the waters may flow out (Isa. 48:20, 21);
“they shall not thirst” denotes that truths shall not fail them; “waters” here manifestly denote the truths of faith. Again:
They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor the sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, so that even upon the springs of waters He will lead them (Isa. 49:10);
“they shall not hunger” denotes that good shall not fail them; “they shall not thirst” denotes that truth shall not fail them; “springs of waters” denote the knowledges of truth from the Word.
sRef Isa@35 @6 S8′ sRef Deut@8 @15 S8′ sRef Isa@35 @4 S8′ sRef Isa@35 @7 S8′ [8] In like manner in Moses:
Jehovah leadeth thee through the great and fearful wilderness, of the serpent, of the fire-serpent, and of the scorpion, and of thirst, where are no waters; who bringeth forth for thee waters out of the stone of the crag (Deut. 8:15). Again in Isaiah:
Behold your God will come; then in the wilderness shall waters break out, and rivers in the plain of the desert; and the dry place shall become a pool, and the thirsty one for springs of waters (Isa. 35:4, 6, 7);
“the waters in the wilderness that shall break out,” “rivers,” “a pool,” “springs of waters,” plainly denote the truths of faith and the knowledges of them, which would be given from the Lord when He should come into the world.
sRef Ps@63 @1 S9′ sRef Isa@50 @2 S9′ sRef Isa@5 @13 S9′ [9] In David:
O God, my God, in the morning do I seek Thee; my soul thirsteth for Thee, my flesh longeth for Thee, in a land of drought, and weary without waters (Ps. 68:1);
where “thirsting” is predicated of truth; “weary without waters” denotes that there are no truths. “Thirst” denotes a lack of truth and the consequent privation of spiritual life, in Isaiah:
Therefore My people will go into exile, for not acknowledging, and their glory are men of famine, and their multitude are parched with thirst (Isa. 5:13).
I make the rivers a wilderness: their fish stinketh because there is no water, and dieth for thirst (Isa. 50:2).
sRef Ex@17 @2 S10′ sRef Ex@17 @1 S10′ sRef Ex@17 @3 S10′ sRef Ex@17 @6 S10′ [10] From these passages it can now be seen what is signified in this chapter by there being “no water for the people to drink” (verse 1); by their saying, “Give us water and we will drink” (verse 2); by “the people thirsting there for waters” (verse 3); by that “there shall come waters out of the rock” (verse 6). Consequently by their murmuring on account of the lack of water is signified temptation from the lack of truth; for when a man comes into temptation from the lack of truth, he is kept in a vehement longing for it, and at the same time in despair of eternal salvation on this account: these things then cause suffering, and complaint.

AC (Potts) n. 8569 sRef Ex@17 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @4 S0′ 8569. And the people murmured against Moses. That this signifies a greater degree of suffering, is evident from the signification of “murmuring,” as being suffering from the bitterness of the temptation (see n. 8351); that it denotes a greater degree of suffering is evident from the words of Moses when he cried to Jehovah, “a little more and they stone me” (verse 4).

AC (Potts) n. 8570 sRef Ex@17 @3 S0′ 8570. And said, Wherefore is this, that thou hast made us come up out of Egypt? That this signifies, Why have we been liberated from infestations? is evident from the signification of “making to come up,” or “bringing out,” as being liberating; and from the signification of “Egypt,” as being infestations (n. 7278); for by “the Egyptians are signified those who infest those who are of the church in the other life (see n. 6854, 6914, 7474, 7828, 7932, 8018, 8099, 8159, 8321).

AC (Potts) n. 8571 sRef Ex@17 @3 S0′ 8571. To make me die, and my sons, and my cattle, with thirst. That this signifies that from the lack of truth everything of spiritual life is expiring, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being to expire, here in respect to the spiritual life; from the signification of “me, my sons, and my cattle,” as being all things of spiritual life; for by “me,” or the man of the church, is signified the good of charity and of faith; by “sons,” the interior truths of faith; and by “cattle,” the exterior truths from which is good; thus all things which are of the spiritual life. For spiritual life consists of the good of charity and of faith, and of the truth of faith internal and external. (That “man” denotes good, see n. 4287; that “sons” denote the truths of faith, n. 489, 491, 533, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3372, 3704; and that “cattle” denote the truths from which is good, n. 6016, 6045, 6049.) And from the signification of “thirst,” as being a lack of truth (of which just above, n. 8568).

AC (Potts) n. 8572 8572. Verses 4-6. And Moses cried unto Jehovah, saying, What shall I do to this people? a little more and they stone me. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Pass on before the people, and take with thee of the elders of Israel; and thy rod, wherewith thou smotest the river, take in thine hand, and go. Behold, I stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come waters out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so before the eyes of the elders of Israel. “And Moses cried unto Jehovah, saying,” signifies interior lamentation and intercession; “What shall I do to this people?” signifies for those who are in a complaining so grievous on account of the non-reception of truth; “a little more and they stone me,” signifies that they are not far from doing violence to truth from the Divine; “and Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies aid; “Pass on before the people,” signifies that He should lead and teach them; “and take with thee of the elders of Israel,” signifies from primary truths; “and thy rod wherewith thou smotest the river,” signifies the Divine power by which falsities had been dissipated; “take in thine hand, and go,” signifies that equipped therewith he should perform the mandate; “Behold, I stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb,” signifies the Lord as to the truths of faith; “and thou shalt smite the rock,” signifies that they should be urgent in entreating Him; “and there shall come waters out of it,” signifies that the truths of faith are from Him; “that the people may drink,” signifies which shall refresh them and give them spiritual life; “and Moses did so before the eyes of the elders of Israel,” signifies the effect by means of primary truths.

AC (Potts) n. 8573 sRef Luke@22 @27 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @26 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @30 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @28 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @29 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @24 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @4 S0′ sRef Mark@10 @35 S1′ sRef Mark@10 @36 S1′ sRef Mark@10 @37 S1′ 8573. And Moses cried unto Jehovah. That this signifies interior lamentation and intercession, is evident from the signification of “crying,” when for Divine aid, which the people demanded by reason of their grievous suffering, as being interior lamentation (see n. 7782), and also intercession (n. 8179). As by “Moses crying unto Jehovah” is signified intercession by the Divine truth which is represented by Moses, it shall be briefly told what intercession is, and how the case is in respect to it. They who do not know what intercession is, cannot form any other idea about it than that the Lord continually prays to the Father, and intercedes for the sinner who devoutly supplicates and promises repentance. Nay, the simple think that the Lord sits with the Father, and pleads with Him for the sinner, and entreats Him to give him to Himself, that he may be in His kingdom, and may enjoy eternal happiness. Such an idea have very many about the intercession spoken of in the Word, where it is said that the Lord will entreat His Father for them. But who cannot see that these things were said according to the ideas of human thought? For everyone at that time, as also very many at this day, could not think otherwise of the heavenly kingdom, than as they think of an earthly kingdom, because they get the idea about the former from the latter. This is plainly evident from those very apostles of the Lord, James and John, who asked to sit the one on His right hand, and the other on His left, in His kingdom (Mark 10:35-37); and also from the rest of the apostles, among whom there was a contention as to which of them should be the greatest in the Lord’s kingdom, and who were therefore told by the Lord that they should eat and drink at His table in His kingdom, and should sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel (Luke 22:24, 30), thus that they should reign with Him. It is evident that these things were said in accordance with their ideas, and thus in accordance with their apprehension, and that in the interior sense they have a different signification, which at that time could not so well be made known. (What “the twelve thrones” signify on which the apostles were to sit, see n. 2129, 6397.)
[2] As regards intercession, the case is this. There is intercession in all love, consequently in all mercy; for mercy is of love. That he who loves, or who feels compassion, continually intercedes, can be seen from examples. A husband who loves his wife, wishes her to be kindly received by others, and to be well treated; he does not say this in express terms, but continually thinks it, consequently is in silence continually entreating it, and interceding for her. Parents act in like manner in favor of their children whom they love. In like manner do those also who are in charity for their neighbor; and they who are in friendship for their friends. From all this it can be seen that there is constant intercession in all love. It is the same in respect to the Lord’s intercession for the human race, and in especial for those who are in the good and truth of faith; for toward them there is Divine, that is, infinite love; and there is Divine, that is, infinite mercy. He does not pray the Father for them, and in this way intercede, for this would be to act altogether after a human manner; but He continually excuses, and continually forgives, for He continually feels compassion; and this is done on the part of the Lord Himself, for the Lord and the Father are one (John 14:8-12).
[3] A secret that lies still more interiorly hidden in the word “intercession,” shall also be told. The Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord continually intercedes in the manner described, because it proceeds from the Divine love. When the Lord was in the world He was the Divine truth; but since He was glorified, which was effected when He rose again, He is the Divine good (n. 7499). It is the Divine good which is meant in the Word in the internal sense by “the Father,” and the Divine truth which is meant by “the Son” (n. 2803, 3704, 7499). And as in the Divine truth, which proceeds from the Divine good, there is continual intercession, therefore it is said that the Son entreats the Father, and intercedes for man. This latter idea could be apprehended by man, but the former with difficulty.

AC (Potts) n. 8574 sRef Ex@17 @4 S0′ 8574. What shall I do to this people? That this signifies for those who are in a complaining so grievous on account of the non-reception of truth, is evident from the signification of “What shall I do to this people?” as involving such things; for by the quarreling of the people against Moses is signified a grievous complaining (see n. 8563, 8566); and by their having “no water to drink” is signified a lack of truth (n. 8562, 8568).

AC (Potts) n. 8575 sRef Ex@17 @4 S0′ 8575. A little more and they stone me. That this signifies that they are not far from doing violence to truth from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “a little more,” as being that it is not far off; and from the signification of “stoning,” as being the punishment on account of the violation of the truth which is of worship (see n. 7456); here, in the opposite sense, of the doing of violence to truth from the Divine, which truth is represented by Moses. (That “Moses” denotes truth from the Divine, has been frequently shown.)

AC (Potts) n. 8576 sRef Ex@17 @5 S0′ 8576. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies aid, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving the things which follow, here that truths should be given, of the lack of which they so grievously complained, which truths are signified by “water from Horeb.” Therefore “saying” here involves aid.

AC (Potts) n. 8577 sRef Ex@17 @5 S0′ 8577. Pass on before the people. That this signifies that he should lead and teach them, is evident from the signification of “passing on before,” as being to lead, thus also to teach, for he who teaches, leads in a spiritual way; and from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are here “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (of which frequently).

AC (Potts) n. 8578 sRef Ex@17 @5 S0′ 8578. And take with thee of the elders of Israel. That this signifies from primary truths, is evident from the signification of “the elders of Israel,” as being the primary things of wisdom and intelligence which are in agreement with good and with truth (see n. 6524, 6525, 6890, 7912), thus primary truths, for these belong to intelligence and wisdom.

AC (Potts) n. 8579 sRef Ex@17 @5 S0′ 8579. And thy rod wherewith thou smotest the river. That this signifies the Divine power by which falsities had been dissipated, is evident from the signification of “a rod,” as being power (see n. 4013, 4015, 4876, 4936, 6947, 7011, 7026), here Divine power, because by Moses, whose rod it was, is represented the Lord as to Divine truth; and from the signification of “the river,” here the river of Egypt, as being falsity (n. 6693). It is said “wherewith thou smotest the river,” in order that the dissipation of falsity may be signified, for by the Divine power whereby truth is given, falsities also are dissipated; the truth which is given is signified by “the water out of the rock in Horeb.”

AC (Potts) n. 8580 sRef Ex@17 @5 S0′ 8580. Take in thine hand, and go. That this signifies that equipped therewith he should perform the mandate, is evident from the signification of “taking the rod in the hand,” as being to be equipped with this power. That “go thou” denotes to perform the mandate, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8581 sRef Ex@17 @6 S0′ sRef Deut@32 @4 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @3 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @37 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @15 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @13 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @31 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @18 S1′ sRef Deut@32 @30 S1′ 8581. Behold I stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb. That this signifies the Lord in respect to the truths of faith, is evident from the signification of “a rock,” as being faith, here faith from the Lord, or the Lord in respect to faith; for Jehovah, that is, the Lord, says, “Behold I stand upon the rock;” and from the signification of “Horeb,” as being the Divine Law; consequently by these words is signified the Lord in respect to the truths of faith which are from His law, or the Word. That “a rock” denotes the Lord as to faith, and relatively to man, the faith which is from the Lord, is evident from many passages in the Word, as in Moses:
Give ye greatness to our God, the Rock whose work is perfect. He made him ride on the high places of the earth, and he did eat the produce of the fields, He made him suck honey out of the rock, and oil out of the stone of the rock. But when Jeshurun became fat, he kicked, he forsook God who made him, and lightly esteemed the Rock of his salvation. The Rock that begat thee thou hast given to forgetfulness, and hast forgotten God thy Former. Their rock hath sold them, and Jehovah hath shut them up, for their rock is not as our Rock. When it is said, Where are their gods, the rock in which they trusted (Deut. 32:3, 4, 13, 15, 18, 30, 31, 37).
From these words it is plain that it is Jehovah, that is, the Lord, who is called “the Rock”; that this is Jehovah or the Lord as to faith, is clear from the details here in the internal sense.
sRef Dan@2 @35 S2′ sRef Dan@2 @44 S2′ sRef Dan@2 @45 S2′ sRef Dan@2 @34 S2′ [2] In Daniel:
Thou wast seeing till that a stone was cut out, which was not by hands, and it smote the image upon its feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them in pieces. Then were the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken in pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshing-floors; so that the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them. But the stone that smote the image became a great Rock, and filled the whole earth. The God of the heavens shall make a kingdom arise which shall not be destroyed to the ages; and His kingdom shall not be permitted to another people; it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms; but itself shall stand to the ages. Forasmuch as thou hast seen that a stone was cut out from the rock, that was not by hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold (Dan. 2:34, 35, 44, 45).
This is said of the Lord and His kingdom, and by “a stone” is meant faith, and by “a rock” the Lord as to faith. That these things are signified by “stone” and by “rock,” is plain to everyone who reflects. “Stone” too signifies in the Word the truth which is of faith (see n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3773, 3789, 3798, 6426); and therefore the Lord as to Divine truth is called “the Stone of Israel” (n. 6426). That “a rock” denotes the Lord as to the truth of faith, is because by “a rock” is also meant a bulwark against falsities; the bulwark itself is the truth of faith, for combat is waged from this truth both against falsities and against evils.
sRef Matt@16 @19 S3′ sRef Matt@16 @18 S3′ [3] From all this it can also be seen that by “rock” is meant the Lord as to faith, and also the faith which is from the Lord, in the words which the Lord spake to Peter, in Matthew:
I say unto thee, Thou art Peter [Petrus], and upon this rock [Petra] I will build My church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of the heavens; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in the heavens; and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in the heavens (Matt. 16:18, 19).
That “a rock” here denotes the Lord as to faith, and the faith which is from the Lord, and that Peter represents this faith, see the preface to Genesis 22, also n. 3750, 4738, 6000, 6073, 6344. It is also plain to everyone who thinks from sound reason that the power of opening heaven and of shutting hell for the good, and of opening hell and shutting heaven for the evil, belongs to the Lord alone; and that this belongs to faith is because faith is from the Lord, thus also is the Lord’s, that is, the Lord Himself is in it. Moreover all sovereign power in the other life comes through the truth of faith from good (see n. 4931, 6344, 6423, 8200, 8304). And he who thinks from reason can conclude that the Lord’s church has not been built upon any man, thus not upon Peter, but upon the Lord Himself, thus upon faith in Him.
[4] From all this it can be seen into what and how great errors they fall, who press so closely the sense of the letter of the Word; and with what eagerness the leaders of the church catch at the idea that such power was given to Peter, and consequently to those who call themselves his successors, because it favors their love; and with what difficulty they suffer themselves to be persuaded that anything else is meant, for everyone desires to procure for himself the height of power. From the above it is also plain how necessary it is to know what is signified in the internal sense by “a rock,” what by “keys,” what by “the gates of hell,” and many other things.
sRef Ps@61 @2 S5′ sRef Isa@17 @10 S5′ sRef Isa@16 @1 S5′ sRef Jer@51 @26 S5′ sRef Jer@51 @25 S5′ sRef Ps@40 @2 S5′ sRef Isa@51 @1 S5′ sRef Ps@81 @16 S5′ sRef Jer@48 @28 S5′ sRef Isa@42 @11 S5′ sRef Isa@31 @9 S5′ sRef Isa@31 @8 S5′ [5] That Jehovah is called “the Rock,” and that then is meant the Lord as to faith, is also evident from many other passages in the Word, as from the following, which may be cited without further explication:
Send ye the lamb of the Ruler of the land from the Rock toward the wilderness unto the mount of Zion (Isa. 16:1).
Thou hast forgotten the God of thy salvation, and hast not remembered the Rock of thy refuge (Isa.
Asshur shall fall with the sword not of a man, also his rock shall pass away through dread thereof (Isa. 31:8, 9).
Let the inhabitants of the rock sing, let them cry from the top of the mountains (Isa. 42:11).
Attend to Me, ye that follow after righteousness, that seek Jehovah, look back unto the Rock from which ye were hewn (Isa. 51:1).
Forsake the cities, and dwell in the rock, ye inhabitants of Moab (Jer. 48:28).
I am against thee, O destroying mountain, destroying the universal earth; and I will stretch out My hand against thee, and roll thee down from the rocks, and will make thee a mountain of burning; neither shall they take from thee a stone for a corner, nor a stone for foundations (Jer. 51:25, 26);
speaking of Babel. And in David:
He made me come up out of a pit of devastation, out of the mire of clay, and He set my feet upon a rock (Ps. 40:2).
From the extremity of the earth do I cry unto Thee when my heart faileth, Thou leadest me to the Rock that is high from Me (Ps. 61:2).
He fed them with the fat of wheat; and with honey out of the rock I sated them (Ps. 81:16).
sRef Judg@6 @20 S6′ sRef Judg@6 @21 S6′ sRef Judg@13 @20 S6′ sRef Judg@13 @19 S6′ [6] As “a rock” signified the Lord as to faith, and faith from the Lord, therefore also wonderful things were done upon a rock, of which it is thus written in the book of Judges:
The angel of Jehovah said unto Gideon that he should take the flesh and the unleavened things, and put them upon the rock, and pour out the broth, and there went up fire out of the rock, and devoured the flesh and the unleavened things (Judg. 6:20, 21).
Manoah the father of Samson took a kid of the goats, and offered it upon the rock. Then the angel did wondrously, and went up in the flame (Judg. 13:19, 20).
What these things signified can be seen if from the internal sense there is unfolded what Gideon represented, and what Manoah the father of Samson; also what was signified by “the flesh” and “the unleavened things,” and by “the broth,” as also by “the kid of the goats,” and by “the fire;” for all and each of these things were representative and significative.
sRef Isa@48 @21 S7′ sRef Isa@48 @20 S7′ [7] From the signification of “a rock,” as being faith, it can also be known what is meant by Moses being put in an opening of the rock when he was to see Jehovah (Exod. 33:20-23); for by “an opening of a rock” is signified obscurity of faith. That the rock in Horeb from which came the waters signified the Lord, is known in the churches; but that it signifies the Lord as to faith, and also that it signifies faith from the Lord, has now been shown. The like to what is signified by “the rock in Horeb” is also signified by these words in Isaiah:
Say ye, Jehovah hath redeemed His servant Jacob, then shall he not thirst, He shall lead them in the wastes, He shall make the waters flow out of the rock for them, while He shall cleave the rock that the waters may flow out (Isa. 48:20, 21).
That water was not given to the people from any other rock than that in Horeb, is because by “Horeb” is signified the Divine Law; that the Divine Law is signified by “Horeb,” is because the Law was there promulgated; and faith which is from the Lord is from the Divine Law, that is, from the Word; for through this the Lord teaches what faith is, and also gives faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8582 sRef Num@20 @10 S0′ sRef Num@20 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @6 S0′ sRef Num@20 @12 S0′ 8582. And thou shalt smite the rock. That this signifies that they should be urgent in entreating the Lord, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to be urgent in entreating, but from a humble heart. That “to smite the rock” denotes to entreat urgently from a humble heart, can be seen from the fact that because Moses smote the rock from a hard heart, and in this way expostulated, therefore it was intimated to him that he should not bring the people into the land of Canaan, as he himself relates in the book of Numbers:
Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the rock, and he said to them, Hear I pray ye rebels; shall we bring you forth waters out of this rock? and Moses lifted up his hand, and smote the rock with his rod twice. Nevertheless many waters came out. Then Jehovah said unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye have not believed in Me, and sanctified Me in the eyes of the sons of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them (Num. 20:10-12).

AC (Potts) n. 8583 sRef Ex@17 @6 S0′ 8583. And there shall come waters out of it. That this signifies that the truths of faith are from Him, is evident from the signification of “the rock from which the waters would come out,” as being the Lord as to faith (of which just above, n. 5581); and from the signification of “waters,” as being the truths of faith (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8568).

AC (Potts) n. 8584 sRef Ex@17 @6 S0′ 8584. That the people may drink. That this signifies which shall refresh them and give them spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “drinking” as being to be instructed in the truths of faith, and thus giving and refreshing the spiritual life (see above, n. 8562).

AC (Potts) n. 8585 sRef Ex@17 @6 S0′ 8585. And Moses did so before the eyes of the elders of Israel. That this signifies the effect by means of primary truths, is evident from the signification of “Moses did so,” as being the effect; and from the signification of “the elders of Israel,” as being primary truths (see n. 8578). It was previously said that Moses should “take with him of the elders of Israel,” and now that he did so “in the sight of the elders of Israel,” because faith is given by means of truth, and indeed by means of primary truths; for enlightenment is effected by virtue of these, so that the truths flowing from them, which are called “secondary,” may be clearly perceived.

AC (Potts) n. 8586 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ 8586. Verse 7. And he called the name of the place Massah and Meribah, because of the quarreling of the sons of Israel, and because of their tempting Jehovah, saying, Is Jehovah in the midst of us, or not? “And he called the name of the place Massah,” signifies the quality of the state of the temptation; “and Meribah,” signifies the quality of the complaining; “because of the quarreling of the sons of Israel,” signifies a complaining from the grievousness of the temptation even so that they nearly yielded; “and because of their tempting Jehovah,” signifies that it was against the Divine whose aid they despair of; “saying, Is Jehovah in the midst of us?” signifies that they almost believed that the Lord does not bring aid to His own.

AC (Potts) n. 8587 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ 8587. And he called the name of the place Massah. That this signifies the quality of the state of the temptation, is evident from the signification of “name” and of “calling by name,” as being the quality (see n. 144, 145, 1754, 1896, 2009, 2628, 2724, 3006, 3421, 6674, 6887); and from the signification of “the place,” as being the state (n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5606, 7381). That the quality of the state of the temptation is meant, is because temptation is the subject treated of; the quality of the state of it is signified by “Massah.” Moreover in the original tongue “Massah” means “temptation.” Its quality will be described in what now follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8588 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ sRef Ps@81 @7 S1′ 8588. And Meribah. That this signifies the quality of the complaining, is evident from the fact that in the original tongue “Meribah” means “contention,” or “quarreling,” and “quarreling” signifies complaining (see n. 8563, 8566); and because names signify the quality of the thing (n. 8587), therefore “Meribah” here signifies the quality of the complaining. As regards this temptation itself and its quality, be it known that in this passage are described those who in temptations almost yield, namely, those who complain against heaven and also against the Divine Itself, and at last almost disbelieve in the Divine Providence. These things are signified in the internal sense by what precedes, and also by what follows in this verse, namely, the quality of the state of the temptation, which is signified by “Massah,” and the quality of the complaining in the temptation, which is signified by “Meribah.” That this quality is here signified by “Meribah,” is plain in David:
Thou calledst upon Me in distress, and I rescued thee; I answered thee in the secret place, I proved thee at the waters of Meribah (Ps. 81:7).
[2] But in the internal historical sense, in which the subject treated of is the state of religion with the Israelitish nation, that nation is described in respect to its quality toward Jehovah, namely, that they were not willing by supplication to entreat Him for aid, but that they expostulated. The reason was, that at heart they did not acknowledge Jehovah as the supreme God, but only in the mouth, when they saw the miracles. That at heart they did not acknowledge Him is very evident from the Egyptian calf which they made for themselves and worshiped, saying that these were their gods; also from their frequent apostasy (of which see n. 8301). This is what is here described in the internal historical sense; but in the internal spiritual sense is described the quality of the temptation with those who before they are liberated are brought to the last of temptation.
sRef Deut@33 @8 S3′ sRef Deut@33 @9 S3′ sRef Deut@6 @16 S3′ sRef Ps@95 @11 S3′ sRef Deut@4 @16 S3′ sRef Ps@95 @10 S3′ sRef Ps@95 @9 S3′ sRef Ps@95 @8 S3′ [3] That the quality of the Israelitish nation and of its religiosity is described by contention with Moses at Massah and Meribah, is also evident in the following passages:
Harden not your heart, as at Meribah, as in the day of Massah in the wilderness, where your fathers tempted Me; they tempted Me, and saw My work; for forty years did I feel loathing at the generation, and said, It is a people that do err in their heart, and the same have not known My ways, to whom I sware in Mine anger that they should not come unto My rest (Ps. 95:8-11).
Ye shall not tempt Jehovah your God, as ye tempted Him in Massah (Deut. 6:16; 9:22, 24).
Of Levi he said, Thy Thummim and thy Urim are with the Holy Man, whom thou didst tempt at Massah, with whom thou didst contend at the waters of Meribah (Deut. 33:8).
“The Holy Man” here denotes the Lord, whom they tempted, and whom Moses and Aaron did not sanctify.
sRef Num@20 @13 S4′ sRef Num@20 @24 S4′ sRef Num@20 @12 S4′ [4] In the internal historical sense, in which the subject treated of is the religiosity of the Israelitish nation, by Moses and Aaron is not represented truth Divine, but the religiosity of that nation whose leaders and heads they were (n. 7041). Because this religiosity was such as said above, it was intimated to them that they should not bring the people into the land of Canaan, as is written in the book of Numbers:
Jehovah said unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye have not believed in Me, and sanctified Me in the eyes of the sons of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them; these are the waters of Meribah, because the sons of Israel contended with Jehovah (Num. 20:12, 13; 27:14).
Aaron shall be gathered unto his people, and shall not come into the land which I have given to the sons of Israel, because ye rebelled against My mouth at the waters of Meribah (Num. 20:24).
The same is said of Moses (Deut. 32:50, 51).
[5] That still representative Divine worship was instituted with that nation, was because representative worship could be instituted with any nation that had holy externals of worship, and worshiped almost idolatrously; for what is representative does not regard the person, but the thing (n. 1361), and it was the genius of that nation, beyond any other nation, to worship merely external things as holy and Divine, without any internal; as for instance to worship as deities their fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and afterward Moses and David, and moreover to account holy and as Divine, and to worship, every stone and every piece of wood that had been inaugurated in their Divine worship; as the arks, the tables therein, the lamp, the altar, the garments of Aaron, the Urim and Thummim, and afterward the temple. Of the Lord’s Providence there was then given a communication of the angels of heaven with man by means of such things. For there must needs be somewhere a church, or the representative of a church, in order that there may be communication of heaven with the human race; and as that nation, beyond any other nation, could make Divine worship consist in external things, and thus act the representative of a church, therefore that nation was taken.
[6] At that time communication with the angels in heaven was effected by means of representatives in the following way. Their external worship was communicated to angelic spirits who are simple, and who do not reflect upon internal things, but still are interiorly good. Such are they who in the Grand Man correspond to the outer skin. These pay no attention whatever to the internal of man, but only to his external. If this appears holy, they think holily of the internal also. The more interior angels of heaven saw in those spirits the things that were represented, consequently the heavenly and Divine things that corresponded; for they could be present with these spirits, and see those things; but not with the men except by means of the spirits. For angels dwell with men in things interior; but where there are no such things, they dwell in the interior things of simple spirits; for the angels have no interest in other than spiritual and heavenly things, which are the interior things contained in representatives. From these few words it can be seen how there could be communication with heaven by means of such a people. But see what has been previously shown on this subject, namely: That with the Jews the holy of worship was miraculously elevated into heaven quite apart from them (n. 4307); that whatever their quality might be, the descendants of Jacob could represent what is holy, provided they closely observed the rituals commanded (n. 3147, 3479, 3480, 3881, 4208, 4281, 4288, 4289, 4293, 4307, 4444, 4500, 4680, 4825, 4844, 4847, 4899, 4912, 6304, 6306, 7048, 7051, 8301).

AC (Potts) n. 8589 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ 8589. Because of the quarreling of the sons of Israel. That this signifies a complaining from the grievousness of the temptation even so that they nearly yielded, is evident from the signification of “quarreling,” as being a grievous complaining (see n. 8563); that it denotes that they nearly yielded, is evident from the character of their quarreling, namely, that they had almost stoned Moses, and that they tempted Jehovah, saying, Is Jehovah in the midst of us?

AC (Potts) n. 8590 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ 8590. And because of them tempting Jehovah. That this signifies that it was against the Divine, whose aid they despair of, is evident from what was said above (see n. 8567), where are the same words.

AC (Potts) n. 8591 sRef Ex@17 @7 S0′ 8591. Saying, Is Jehovah in the midst of us? That this signifies that they almost believed that the Lord does not bring aid to His own, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8592 sRef Ex@17 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8592. Verses 8, 9. And Amalek came and fought with Israel in Rephidim. And Moses said unto Joshua, Choose us out men, and go out, fight against Amalek; tomorrow I stand upon the top of the hill, and the rod of God in my hand. “And Amalek came,” signifies falsity from interior evil; “and fought with Israel in Rephidim,” signifies that they attacked when grievous temptation was being endured; “and Moses said unto Joshua,” signifies Divine influx into truth combating; “Choose us out men,” signifies that it may draw up truths for the fight; “and go out, fight against Amalek,” signifies against falsities from interior evil; “tomorrow I stand on the top of the hill,” signifies the conjunction of truth Divine with the good of charity, and the consequent influx; “with the rod of God in my hand,” signifies that from this was power.

AC (Potts) n. 8593 sRef Ex@17 @8 S0′ 8593. And Amalek came. That this signifies falsity from interior evil, is evident from the signification of “Amalek,” as being the falsity from interior evil (of which below). It is first to be told who and what they are who are in falsity from interior evil. Interior evil is that which lies inwardly concealed with man, hidden in his will, and thence in his thought, no trace of which appears in his externals, as in his actions, speech, and face. They who are in such evil study by every method and art to hide and hoard it under the semblance of what is honorable and just, and under the semblance of the love of the neighbor; yet still they devise nothing else within themselves than how they can inflict evil, and so far as they can they do inflict evil by means of others, taking care that it should not appear to be from them; they also color over the evil itself, that it may not seem like evil. The greatest delight of their life is to meditate such things, and to attempt them in concealment. This is called interior evil. They who are in this evil are called “evil genii,” and in the other life are completely separated from those who are in exterior evil, and who are called “spirits.” The evil genii have their hell behind man, that is, at his back, and are there in various caverns; but evil spirits have their hell before man, and also at the sides. In the Grand Man these genii belong to the province of the cerebellum, and also to that part of the spinal marrow which sends forth fibers and nerves to the involuntary parts.
sRef Num@14 @45 S2′ sRef Num@14 @43 S2′ [2] As further concerning the falsity from this evil-it is not like the falsity from the evil of evil spirits, for in itself it is evil. They who are in this evil do not attack the truths of faith, but the goods of faith; for they act by means of depraved affections, whereby they pervert good thoughts, and this in a manner almost incomprehensible. Because they are of such a nature, their hells are completely separated from the hells of evil spirits, insomuch that they have scarcely any communication, and this for the reason that they may be separated from the men of the spiritual church; for if they were to flow in from their hells, it would be all over with the man of that church, because they would act in the most hidden manner into his conscience and would pervert it, and this by the breathing in of depraved affections. These infernal genii never attack a man openly, nor when he is capable of vigorous resistance; but when it appears that a man is falling so as to yield, they are then suddenly at hand, and push him on to a complete fall. This too is represented by the fact that Amalek now fell upon Israel; and also afterward, when the sons of Israel had set themselves in opposition to Jehovah, and were afraid of the nations in the land of Canaan:
Then Amalek came down with the Canaanite from the mountain, and they smote the sons of Israel even unto Hormah (Num. 14:45).
sRef 1Sam@15 @11 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @14 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @2 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @13 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @12 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @5 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @6 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @3 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @4 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @9 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @10 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @7 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @8 S3′ sRef Deut@25 @18 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @23 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @24 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @25 S3′ sRef Deut@25 @19 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @26 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @17 S3′ sRef Deut@25 @17 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @15 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @16 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @18 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @21 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @22 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @19 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @20 S3′ sRef 1Sam@15 @1 S3′ sRef Ex@17 @16 S3′ [3] From all this it can be seen what is the quality of those who are represented by Amalek, and why the judgment came upon Amalek from Jehovah that there should be perpetual war against them, and that the memory of them should be blotted out from under heaven, according to these words in the last verse of this chapter:
Because the hand of the evil is against the throne of Jah, there shall be war to Jehovah against Amalek from generation to generation (Exod. 17:16).
And in Deuteronomy:
Remember what Amalek did to thee by the way, when thou camest forth out of Egypt; that he met thee in the way, and smote the hindmost in thee, all that were feeble, when thou wast faint and weary, and he feared not God; when Jehovah thy God shall have given thee rest, thou shalt blot out the memory of Amalek from under heaven; thou shalt not forget (Deut. 25:17-19).
Also in the first book of Samuel, where it is said by Jehovah through Samuel unto Saul:
I have resolved to visit that which Amalek did to Israel, who laid wait for him in the way, when he was coming up out of Egypt; wherefore go and smite Amalek, and give to the curse all things which are his, and spare them not; but slay from man even to woman, from infant even to suckling, from ox even to small cattle, from camel even to ass. But Saul spared king Agag, and the best of the flock, and of the oxen, and the second sort, and the rams, and all that was excellent;
and so it was denounced against Saul that from him there should no more be a king over Israel (1 Sam. 15:1-3, 9, 23, 26).
That “the memory of Amalek was to be blotted out,” and that “all things with him were to be given to the curse,” signified that evil genii should have no communication whatever with those who are of the spiritual church; for they communicate with those who are not in truths, but who favor falsities from evil affection.
sRef 1Sam@15 @33 S4′ sRef 1Sam@15 @32 S4′ [4] Who cannot see that without a cause that lies deeply concealed Jehovah would never have said that “there should be perpetual war against Amalek,” and that “the memory of them should be blotted out from under heaven,” and that “all things with him should be given to the curse,” and that nevertheless this was not done. The deeply hidden reason why these things were said and done, is involved in the words of Samuel to Agag the king of the Amalekites, whom Saul spared:
Agag the king of Amalek came unto Samuel delicately; but Samuel said, As thy sword hath bereaved women, so shall thy mother be bereaved beyond women; and Samuel hewed him in pieces before Jehovah (1 Sam. 15:32, 33).
“To go delicately” signifies the outward blandishments of such spirits in the presence of others; “thy sword hath bereaved women” signifies that the falsity of these spirits inflicts violence on good affections; “thy mother shall be bereaved beyond women” signifies that with them will prevail evil affection from the will, and not from the intellectual part; “and Samuel hewed him in pieces before Jehovah” signifies that they were separated from those who are in falsity from evil from the intellectual part; thus genii from spirits (as said above). (That “women” denote affections, see n. 568, 6014, 8337; and that “a sword” denotes falsity combating and vastating, n. 2799, 4499, 7102.)

AC (Potts) n. 8594 sRef Ex@17 @8 S0′ 8594. And fought with Israel in Rephidim. That this signifies that they attacked when grievous temptation was being endured, is evident from the signification of “fighting,” as being to attack by means of falsities from interior evil; and from the signification of “Rephidim,” as being the quality of the temptation as to truth (see n. 8561). What is meant by these words is evident from what was said just above (n. 8593), namely, that in the other life they who are represented by Amalek attack those who are in temptation when they are falling almost to the point of yielding.

AC (Potts) n. 8595 sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8595. And Moses said unto Joshua. That this signifies Divine influx into fighting truth, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as here being influx, because into truth combating, which is represented by Joshua; that it is Divine influx, is because by Moses is represented Divine truth, that is, the truth which proceeds immediately from the Lord, which truth, being purely Divine, flows into the truths of faith of whatever kind, and causes them to be truths; and from the representation of Joshua, as being fighting truth. That Joshua denotes fighting truth is evident from the fact that he was commanded to fight against Amalek, that is, against the falsities from interior evil. This war must be waged by truth made fighting through the influx of Divine truth. The truth Divine itself which proceeds immediately from the Lord, is not fighting, but pacific; for it is peace itself, because it proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord’s Divine love. But in order that it may become fighting truth, it flows into such angels as are in ardent zeal for truth and good, and who being excited by this zeal fight. Hence comes the fighting truth which is represented by Joshua.
sRef Josh@5 @13 S2′ sRef Josh@5 @14 S2′ sRef Josh@5 @15 S2′ [2] As this truth was represented by Joshua, therefore he was also made the leader over the sons of Israel after Moses, and brought them into the land of Canaan, and fought with the nations there. For this reason also, when he came into the land of Canaan, there appeared to him an angel of Jehovah with a sword drawn in his hand, who called himself “the Prince of Jehovah’s army” (Josh. 5:13-15). By “a sword drawn in the hand” is signified fighting truth Divine in its power. (That “a sword” denotes truth fighting, see n. 2799, 4499; also that “a drawn sword” denotes truth continually fighting against falsities and evils, see n. 8294; and that “hand” denotes power, n. 878, 4931-4937, 7518, 8050, 8153; and also that by “the nations in the land of Canaan” are signified falsities and evils against which the fight is to be waged, n. 8504.)

AC (Potts) n. 8596 sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8596. Choose us out men. That this signifies that it may draw up truths for the fight, is evident from the signification of “men,” as being truths (n. 265, 749, 1007, 3134). To draw up these for the fight is signified by “Joshua choosing them;” for when by Joshua is represented truth Divine fighting, by “the men whom he chose” and joined to himself, are signified truths drawn up for the fight.

AC (Potts) n. 8597 sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8597. And go out, fight against Amalek. That this signifies against the falsities from interior evil, is evident from the representation of Amalek, as being falsities from interior evil (see above, n. 8593).

AC (Potts) n. 8598 sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8598. Tomorrow I stand on the top of the hill. That this signifies the conjunction of truth Divine with the good of charity, and the consequent influx, is evident from the representation of Moses, who was to stand on the top of the hill, as being truth Divine (of which frequently above); from the signification of “standing,” as being to be conjoined and to flow in; that “standing” here denotes to be conjoined, is because he was then on the top of the hill, and by “a hill” is signified the good of charity; that it also denotes to flow in, is because from it he viewed the battle, and also determined it, which is signified by Israel prevailing when he lifted up his hand and by Amalek prevailing when he let down his hand: and from the signification of “a hill,” as being the good of charity (n. 6435).
[2] How the case is with the conjunction and influx of the good of charity into the fighting truth, shall be briefly told. As before said, the Divine becomes fighting truth through conjunction with those who are in zeal. They who are in zeal fight, yet not from any enmity and hostility, but rather from charity; for zeal differs from anger in the fact that zeal has within it the good of charity; and therefore when zeal fights it merely removes those who are in falsity and evil, to prevent them from hurting those who are in good and truth. On the other hand, anger not only removes them, but also pursues them with hatred and revenge. For from the charity that is in it, zeal wishes well even to those who are in evil and falsity, and also does well to them so far as they do not injure the good, whereas anger, from the hatred and revenge which are within it, wishes harm to all with whom it fights, whether they be good or evil. From this it can be seen what is meant by the influx of the good of charity into truth fighting. (That zeal has good in it, and anger has evil, see n. 4164, 4444.)

AC (Potts) n. 8599 sRef Ex@17 @9 S0′ 8599. With the rod of God in thy hand. That this signifies that from this there was power, is evident from the signification of “the rod of God,” as being Divine power (n. 4013, 4015, 4876, 4936, 7026); and from the signification of “hand,” as also being power (n. 8595). It is said “the rod of God in the hand,” because by “rod” is signified exterior power, and by “hand” interior power; or by “rod” natural power, and by “hand” spiritual power (n. 6947, 7011). It is said that “from this there was power,” because truth fighting has power in it from good; for all the power which truth has, is from the good which is therein. The reason is that the Divine is in good, and through good in truth; but is not in truth without good. That all the power of truth is from good, see n. 3563, 4931; and that all the power of good is from the Divine, is manifest.

AC (Potts) n. 8600 sRef Ex@17 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @11 S0′ 8600. Verses 10-13. And Joshua did as Moses had said to him in fighting against Amalek; and Moses, Aaron, and Hur went up to the top of the hill. And it was, when Moses lifted up his hand, that Israel prevailed; and when he let down his hand, that Amalek prevailed. And Moses’ hands were heavy, and they took a stone, and put it under him, and he sat upon it; and Aaron and Hur held up his hands, one on one side, and the other on the other; and it was, his hands were steady until the setting of the sun. And Joshua weakened Amalek and his people with the edge of the sword.
“And Joshua did as Moses had said to him,” signifies the effect, as the fighting truth had been instructed by Divine truth; “in fighting against Amalek,” signifies against the falsity from interior evil; “and Moses, and Aaron, and Hur,” signifies Divine truths in successive order; “went up to the top of the hill,” signifies in the good of charity; “and it was when Moses lifted up his hand,” signifies when faith looked toward the Lord with those who were of the spiritual church; “that Israel prevailed,” signifies that then the fighting truth conquered; “and when he let down his hand,” signifies when the faith with them looked downward or away from the Lord to self and the world; “that Amalek prevailed,” signifies that then the falsity conquered; “and Moses’ hands were heavy,” signifies that the power of looking upward to the Lord failed; “and they took a stone,” signifies truth Divine in the ultimate of order; “and put it under him, and he sat upon it,” signifies correspondence with truth in the first of order; “and Aaron and Hur,” signifies truths in order; “held up his hands,” signifies the upholding of the power of the fighting truth; “one on one side, and the other on the other,” signifies on all sides; “and it was, his hands were steady,” signifies the strength of power then; “until the setting of the sun,” signifies when this state ceased; “and Joshua weakened Amalek and his people,” signifies the lessening of power with those who are in falsity from interior evil; “with the edge of the sword,” signifies by means of fighting truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8601 sRef Ex@17 @10 S0′ 8601. And Joshua did as Moses had said to him. That this signifies the effect, as the fighting truth had been instructed by Divine truth, is evident from the signification of “doing,” as being the effect; from the representation of Joshua, as being fighting truth (see just above, n. 8595); and from the signification of “as Moses had said to him,” as being as it had been instructed by Divine truth. For by Moses is represented Divine truth, and by “as he said” is signified to be instructed by it.

AC (Potts) n. 8602 sRef Ex@17 @10 S0′ 8602. In fighting against Amalek. That this signifies against the falsities from interior evil, is evident from the representation of Amalek, as being falsity from interior evil (see above, n. 8593).

AC (Potts) n. 8603 sRef Ex@17 @10 S0′ 8603. And Moses, Aaron, and Hur. That this signifies Divine truths in successive order, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being Divine truth proceeding immediately from the Lord (see n. 7010); from the representation of Aaron, as being Divine truth proceeding mediately from the Lord (n. 7009); and from the representation of Hur, as being Divine truth again mediately proceeding through this; thus they denote truths in successive order.
[2] What is meant by truths in successive order shall be briefly told. Each and all things in universal nature come forth from interior things in order, being derivations and successions. But interior things do not cohere with exterior things by continuity, but they are distinct, and are conjoined by means of protrusions like fibers, through which there are communications. An idea of the nature of these derivations and consequent successions in general, may be obtained from fruits, as from citrons, apples, and the like. The most external things are the skins which encompass them; the interior things are the pulp which is enclosed; the still more interior things are the seeds, which are encompassed with cases outwardly, and next themselves with membranes; beneath which is the inner pulp, containing the first form, as a soul; from which again come new trees and new fruits.
[3] All these things are in successive order, and are distinct from one another, and are also joined together. The communication of the interior things with the exterior is effected in a wonderful way by means of passings over that are as it were fibrous. At first, while forming, they almost cohere, but in course of time they are separated; for before the first form, which is the inmost in the seed, can be expanded into forms like its parents, it must be successively opened; and when it is being opened and begins to grow, the pulps with which it is encompassed adapt themselves, serving first as soil, next as fertilizing sap; after this period, which is its period in the womb, it is born, and is then left to the soil of the earth, wherein it has been sown in the form of seed.
[4] From all this an idea can be formed how the case is with derivatives in successive order. As it is in the vegetable kingdom, so also it is in the animal kingdom, but in this much more perfectly. There are in the animal kingdom exterior, and interior, and inmost things, in like manner in successive order, which are distinct from one another, and are also joined together; but they differ in the fact that the forms in the animal kingdom have been created to receive life. Consequently, as the forms recipient of life are in successive order, so also are the lives which result therefrom; for the forms or substances recipient of life are the subjects, and the things that result from their changes and modifications are the forces, which are to be called “lives,” because they are living forces.
[5] From all this it can now be seen what is meant by “Divine truths in successive order;” for all things that belong to life bear relation to truth, and their perfection to good, and in the opposite sense to falsity, and their imperfection to evil. The passings over from one to the other in successive order are also called “degrees.”
[8603a. Went up to the top of the hill, signifies in the good of charity.]

AC (Potts) n. 8604 sRef Ex@17 @11 S0′ 8604. And it was when Moses lifted up his hand. That this signifies when the faith looked toward the Lord, with those who were of the spiritual church, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (of which frequently above); and from the signification of “lifting up the hand,” as being to determine the spiritual power upward, thus to the Lord. That “the hand” denotes spiritual power, see n. 6947, 7011; and because it denotes spiritual power it denotes faith; for all power in the spiritual world (that is, against falsities from evil) belongs to truth from good, or to faith from charity (n. 3563, 4932).
[2] What it is to look toward the Lord, and what it is to look toward the world and self; thus what it is to look above self, and what to look below self (see n. 7814-7821); namely, that to look above self is to look to the neighbor, to our country, to the church, to heaven, thus to the Lord (n. 7814, 7815, 7817); that to look below self is to look to the world and to self (n. 7817); that to look above self and below self is to have as the end and to love above all things (n. 7818); that man is distinguished from brutes by the fact that he can look above self and below self, and that when he looks above self, he is a man, but when below self, he is a beast (see n. 7821); and that to look above self is to be elevated by the Lord (n. 7816), for the Lord flows in with every man through the truth which is from Himself, whereby He gives life to man, because the light which is from the Lord is Divine truth, and is life (John 1:4).
[3] This Divine truth which is from the Lord flows into the good with man, and by means of it draws the man to itself; for the life which is from the Lord has a power of attracting, because it is from love, since all love has in it this power, inasmuch as it wills to be conjoined, so as to be a one. Then therefore a man is in good, and from good in truth, he is drawn by the Lord, and is conjoined with Him. This is meant by “looking upward to the Lord.” But when a man is not in good, thus not in truth from good, then too he is drawn by the Lord, but cannot be elevated, because evils and the derivative falsities turn themselves away. This is meant by “looking downward,” or “to self and the world.”
sRef John@12 @32 S4′ [4] That the Lord draws man to Himself, the Lord Himself teaches in John:
I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Myself (John 12:32).
From all this it can now be seen how it is to be understood that when the faith looked toward the Lord, the fighting truth conquered, and that when the faith looked downward from the Lord to self and the world, the falsity conquered, as is signified by Israel prevailing when Moses held up his hand, and by Amalek prevailing when he let down his hand.

AC (Potts) n. 8605 sRef Ex@17 @11 S0′ 8605. Israel prevailed. That this signifies that then the fighting truth conquered, is evident from the signification of “prevailing,” as being to conquer; and from the representation of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church, here those who fight from truths against the falsities from interior evil.

AC (Potts) n. 8606 sRef Ex@17 @11 S0′ 8606. And when he let down his hand. That this signifies when the faith with them looked downward, or away from the Lord, to self and the world, is evident from the things unfolded just above (n. 8604.) The reason why the faith that looks to the Lord conquers, is that in this case the Lord fights, for the Lord is the faith, because the faith is from Him. But the faith which looks away from the Lord to self and the world yields, because the man then fights from himself.

AC (Potts) n. 8607 sRef Ex@17 @11 S0′ 8607. Amalek prevailed. That this signifies that then the falsity conquered, is evident from the signification of “prevailing,” as being to conquer; and from the representation of Amalek, as being falsity from interior evil (n. 8593). By Israel now conquering, and now Amalek, was represented that they who are of the spiritual church cannot be in a faith that continuously looks to the Lord, but that they are by turns in a faith which looks to themselves and the world; for they who are of that church are in obscurity, and consequently in weakness, as to faith. (That such is their quality, see n. 2708, 2715, 2718, 2831, 2935, 2937, 3833, 6289, 6500, 6639, 6865, 6945, 7233). Hence it is that Amalek was not extirpated by Joshua, nor afterward by the judges, nor by the kings, in the land of Canaan, notwithstanding the command that he should be blotted out (n. 8593).

AC (Potts) n. 8608 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8608. And Moses’ hands were heavy. That this signifies that the power of looking upward to the Lord failed, is evident from the signification of “hands,” as being the powers that belong to faith (see above, n. 8604); and from the signification of “heavy,” or that the strength to lift up the hands was diminished, as being that the power of looking upward to the Lord failed; for by “lifting up the hands” is signified faith looking upward to the Lord (n. 8604), and by “letting down the hand,” faith looking downward from the Lord (n. 8606).

AC (Potts) n. 8609 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8609. And they took a stone. That this signifies truth Divine in the ultimate of order, is evident from the signification of “a stone,” as being truth (see n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3789, 6426), here truth in the ultimate of order, because it was put under him and he sat upon it. Moreover a common stone signifies lower truth, but a precious stone higher or interior truth. What truth in the ultimate of order is, can be seen from what was said above (n. 8603) concerning truths in successive order, namely, that there are interior truths and exterior truths. Those which are last or ultimate are meant by “truths in the ultimate of order.”

AC (Potts) n. 8610 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8610. And put it under him, and he sat upon it. That this signifies correspondence with truth in the first of order, can be seen from the fact that this stone supported Moses, and by Moses is represented truth in the first of order, or the truth Divine which proceeds immediately from the Lord. When the truth in the ultimate of order corresponds to this truth, then this truth is supported, because then they act as a one. For interior things are conjoined with exterior and finally with the last or ultimate by means of correspondences; then the truth which is first has strength in that which is last, because it is in this and acts by means of it. But if there is no correspondence, there is disjunction; consequently the truth which is first has no strength in the last or ultimate. What correspondence is, can be seen from what has been abundantly adduced at the end of many chapters concerning the correspondence with the Grand Man of all things appertaining to man.

AC (Potts) n. 8611 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8611. And Aaron and Hur. That this signifies truths in order, is evident from the representation of Aaron and Hur, as being lower truths in successive order relatively to the truth that is in the first of order which is represented by Moses (see above, n. 8603).

AC (Potts) n. 8612 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8612. Held up his hands. That this signifies the upholding of the power of the fighting truth, is evident from the signification of “hands,” as being power (see n. 878, 4931-4937, 7518, 8050, 8153), here the power of the fighting truth which is represented by Joshua (n. 8595). That the upholding of the fighting truth is what is signified by “Aaron and Hur holding up the hands of Moses,” is because Joshua prevailed through the uplifting of the hands of Moses.

AC (Potts) n. 8613 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8613. One on one side, and the other on the other. That this signifies on all sides, is evident from the fact that “one on one side, and the other on the other” means at the right hand and at the left, and in the spiritual sense “at the right hand and at the left” denotes on all sides, for the right and the left are not determinations to a certain quarter, but to every quarter, according to whatever direction the man turns himself. Still more is this the case in the spiritual world, where the determinations of spaces are not at all as they are in the natural world; for in the spiritual world what is at the right appears at the right in every turning or turning right round; in like manner what is at the left (see n. 4321, 4882).

AC (Potts) n. 8614 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8614. And it was, his hands were steady. That this signifies the strength of power then, is evident from the signification of “hands,” as being power (see above, n. 8612). Hence the strength of power is signified by the hands being made steady through being held up.

AC (Potts) n. 8615 sRef Ex@17 @12 S0′ 8615. Until the setting of the sun. That this signifies when this state ceased, namely, the state of combat with falsity from interior evil, is evident from the fact that the times of the day, from the rising of the sun to its setting, and again to its rising, signify the changes of state which those undergo who are in the other life. The end of this state is signified by the time of the sun’s setting, and hence by “until the setting of the sun,” is signified when this state ceased. (That the times of the day from the rising of the sun to its setting signify states and their changes, see n. 5672, 5962, 6110, 8426.)
[2] Every person who reflects can see that the things which are related in these verses contain arcana which do not appear in the letter-as that Moses stood on a hill, and had a rod in his hand; that Joshua conquered when Moses lifted up his hands, and Amalek conquered when Moses let down his hands; that they put a stone under him upon which he sat; and that Aaron and Hur held up his hands, and this until the setting of the sun. Unless all and every one of these things had corresponded to things that are in heaven, they could not have contributed anything to the battle with Amalek.
[3] Correspondences have all power, insomuch that what is done on earth according to correspondences avails in heaven, because correspondences are from the Divine. They who are in the good of love and of faith are in correspondence, and the Divine does all things that appertain to them, for from the Divine come the good of love and the good of faith. All the miracles recorded in the Word were done by means of correspondences. The Word has been so written that every particular therein, even to the most minute, corresponds to things that are in heaven. Consequently the Word has Divine power; and it conjoins heaven with earth, for when the Word is read on earth, the angels in heaven are moved unto the holiness that is in the internal sense. This is effected by means of the correspondences of all the several expressions in the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 8616 sRef Ex@17 @13 S0′ 8616. And Joshua weakened Amalek and his people. That this signifies the lessening of the power with those who are in the falsity from interior evil, is evident from the signification of “weakening,” as being a lessening of the power; and from the representation, of Amalek and his people, as being those who are in the falsity from interior evil (see above, n. 8593).

AC (Potts) n. 8617 sRef Ex@17 @13 S0′ 8617. With the edge of the sword. That this signifies by means of fighting truth, is evident from the signification of “a sword,” as being fighting truth (see. n. 2799, 8294).

AC (Potts) n. 8618 8618. Verses 14-16. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Write this for a memorial in the book, and put it in the ears of Joshua, that blotting I will blot out the memory of Amalek from under the heavens. And Moses built an altar, and called the name of it Jehovah-nissi; and he said, Because there is a hand against the throne of Jah, Jehovah shall have war against Amalek from generation to generation. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies instruction; “Write this for a memorial in the book,” signifies for perpetual remembrance; “and put it in the ears of Joshua,” signifies to be obeyed in behalf of truth fighting against this falsity; “that blotting I will blot out the memory of Amalek from under the heavens,” signifies that this falsity must be completely removed so that it may fight no longer; “and Moses built an altar,” signifies in what is holy of worship and of memory; “and called the name of it Jehovah-nissi,” signifies continual warfare and the Lord’s protection against those who are in the falsity of interior evil; “and he said, Because there is a hand against the throne of Jah,” signifies because they wish to do violence to the Lord’s spiritual kingdom; “Jehovah shall have war against Amalek from generation to generation,” signifies that they were brought under the yoke, and were cast into hell, from which by reason of the Lord’s Divine power they can never rise up.

AC (Potts) n. 8619 8619. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies instruction, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving the things that follow; and because Moses is here instructed what must be done, it is instruction that is signified.

AC (Potts) n. 8620 sRef Dan@7 @10 S0′ sRef Dan@12 @1 S0′ sRef Rev@20 @14 S1′ sRef Rev@20 @13 S1′ sRef Rev@20 @15 S1′ sRef Rev@20 @12 S1′ sRef Ps@69 @28 S1′ sRef Ps@69 @27 S1′ sRef Isa@30 @8 S1′ sRef Rev@3 @5 S1′ sRef Rev@21 @27 S1′ 8620. Write this for a memorial in the book. That this signifies for perpetual remembrance, is evident from the signification of “a memorial,” as being that it is to be remembered, or that it is to be in the memory (see n. 8066, 8067); and from the signification of “writing in the book,” as being for perpetual remembrance. This is signified by “writing in a book” in Isaiah:
Come, write thou upon a tablet before them, and express it upon a book, that it may be for the time to come, forever even to eternity (Isa. 30:8).
As remembrance is signified by “writing in a book,” therefore the faithful are said to be “written in the book of life;” for by “Divine remembrance” is signified salvation, and by “non-remembrance,” or “forgetting,” is signified damnation. Concerning the book of life we read in these passages:
The Ancient of days did sit for the judgment, and the books were opened (Dan. 7:9, 10).
At that time thy people shall be rescued, everyone that shall be found written in the book (Dan. 12:1).
Give iniquity upon their iniquity; and let them not arrive at Thy righteousness; let them be blotted out of the book of lives, and not be written with the righteous (Ps. 69:27, 28).
He that overcometh shall be clothed in white garments; and I will not blot his name out of the book of life (Rev. 3:5).
There shall not enter into the New Jerusalem any but those who are written in the Lamb’s book of life (Rev. 21:27).
I saw that the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is that of life; and the dead were judged according to the things that were written in the books, according to their works. They were all judged according to their works. And if anyone was not found written in the book of life, he was cast out into the lake of fire (Rev. 20:12, 13, 15; and also, 13:8; 17:8).
He who does not know from the internal sense what the book of life is, and also what the books are out of which the dead are to be judged, cannot have any other idea than that in heaven there are such books, and that in them are written the acts of all, whereof the memory is thus preserved. When yet by “books” in the above passages are not meant books, but the remembrance of all things that have been done; for everyone carries with him into the other life the memory of all his acts, thus the book of his life (n. 2474). But no one except the Lord alone can judge anyone according to his acts; because all acts proceed from final causes, which lie deeply concealed within. Man is judged according to these causes; and no one knows them but the Lord. Therefore judgment belongs to Him alone, which is also meant by these words in John:
I saw upon the right hand of Him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the back, sealed with seven seals. Thereafter I saw a strong angel crying with a great voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof? One of the elders said to me, Behold the lion that is of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, hath overcome to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof. And He took the book, and they sang a new song, Worthy art Thou who takest the book, and openest the seals thereof (Rev. 5:1, 2, 5, 8, 9).
From all this it can be seen that by “a book written” is meant the presence of the acts of everyone. In like manner by the “book” in David:
On Thy book all the days were written that were ordained (Ps. 139:16).

AC (Potts) n. 8621 8621. And put it in the ears of Joshua. That this signifies to be obeyed in behalf of truth fighting against this falsity, is evident from the signification of “putting in the ears,” as being to be obeyed (that “ear” denotes obedience, see n. 2542, 3869, 4652- 4660); and from the representation of Joshua, as being truth fighting against the falsity from interior evil (n. 8595).

AC (Potts) n. 8622 8622. That blotting I will blot out the memory of Amalek from under the heavens. That this signifies that this falsity must be completely removed so that it may fight no longer, is evident from the signification of “blotting out the memory,” as being to remove (of which below); and from the representation of Amalek, as being those who are in falsity from interior evil (see n. 8593).
[2] That “blotting out the memory of Amalek” denotes to remove the falsity which is from interior evil, is because this can be removed, but cannot be blotted out, for this falsity exists with the infernal genii who live to eternity (n. 8593). But these genii are removed by the Lord, to prevent them from flowing into those who are of the spiritual church. The reason is that they do not flow into the thoughts which are of the understanding, thus not into what is of faith, as infernal spirits do, but into the affections which are of the will, consequently into the things of charity; and this so secretly that there never appears a trace that it is from them; and therefore if they were to flow in, the man of the spiritual church could not possibly be saved, because they would pervert and utterly deprave the affections of truth and good. Hence it is that these infernal genii are removed, so that they may not communicate with those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom.
[3] Be it known further that with the man of the spiritual church a new will has been implanted in the intellectual part (n. 895, 927, 1023, 1043, 1044, 2256, 4328, 4493, 5113), which will these genii would wholly destroy if they were permitted to flow in. They would also enter into the hereditary evils of the old will, and would reopen them, and yet they have been closed (that these have been closed, see n. 986, 1667, 2308). These infernal genii are removed in this way in order to prevent their flowing in; because their falsity, which is falsity from interior evil, is evil, and indeed such evil that it cannot flow into the intellectual part, but into the will part; and as the new will of the man of the spiritual church has been implanted in the intellectual part, as was said above, they have consequently been removed from influx into it. To this end moreover the Lord provides that such genii be vastated as to everything intellectual.
[4] Men become such genii after death who have continually meditated evil against their neighbor, and have delighted their thought with such things, and moreover have inflicted evil, but secretly and by means of others, taking the greatest care that no one should know that it came from them. In other respects they have seemed in outward appearance modest and courteous, and like friends, and also like Christians in their speech, as also in their life, yet have been hypocrites, and inwardly deceitful tigers.

AC (Potts) n. 8623 sRef Josh@22 @20 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @21 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @18 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @19 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @22 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @25 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @26 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @23 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @24 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @13 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@17 @15 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @12 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @15 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @17 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @10 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @11 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @16 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @33 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @32 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @34 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @31 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @28 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @29 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @30 S0′ sRef Josh@22 @27 S0′ 8623. And Moses built an altar. That this signifies for what is holy of worship and of memory, is evident from the signification of “an altar,” as being the chief representative of the Lord (see n. 2777, 2811, 4489), and consequently what is holy of worship (n. 4541). That it is also for memory, is because in ancient times mounds were piled up as a witness unto and in memory of something that was to stand firm, and which they were to remember; and afterward also altars (n. 4192); in the present case in memory of the fact that because the hand of Amalek was against the throne of Jah, Jehovah would have war against him from generation to generation. That altars were erected for witness and memory, is also evident from the altar that the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh built at the Jordan, concerning which they said to the sons of Israel, who on that account were disposed to make war against them, that they built it to be a witness that they would not worship Jehovah by burnt-offerings and sacrifices upon this altar, but upon the altar that was before the tabernacle; and therefore they called that altar “a witness between us and you that Jehovah is God” (Josh. 22:10-34).

AC (Potts) n. 8624 sRef Ex@17 @15 S0′ 8624. And called the name of it Jehovah-nissi. That this signifies continual warfare, and the Lord’s protection, against those who are in the falsity of interior evil, is evident from the fact that the names bestowed by the ancients in the church signified the quality and the state of the thing then in question, and these they also wrapped up in the very names (see n. 340, 1946, 3422, 4298). The quality and the state of the thing here treated of is that Jehovah would have war against Amalek from generation to generation; in the internal sense, that there should be perpetual war against those who are in the falsity of interior evil; this also is signified by “Jehovah-nissi.” In the original tongue “Jehovah-nissi” means “Jehovah my banner,” or “ensign,” and by “an ensign,” or “banner,” in the Word is signified a calling together for war; and as it is said that “Jehovah shall have war,” protection by Him is also signified.
sRef Jer@4 @5 S2′ sRef Isa@49 @22 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @2 S2′ sRef Jer@4 @6 S2′ sRef Isa@5 @26 S2′ sRef Isa@18 @3 S2′ [2] That by “a banner” or “ensign” is signified a calling together for war, is evident from the fact that when they were called together, whether for journeyings, or for festivals, or for war, they sounded a trumpet, and then also lifted up an ensign or banner upon the mountains. That they sounded a trumpet see Numbers 10:1-11; that they lifted up an ensign or banner see the following passages:
Declare ye in Judah, and make it heard in Jerusalem, and say, and blow ye the trumpet in the land, proclaim, fill full, say, Gather yourselves together, and let us enter into the defensed cities, set up a banner toward Zion, assemble yourselves, stay not (Jer. 4:5, 6).
All ye inhabitants of the world, and ye dwellers on the earth, when a banner is lifted up, see ye; and when a trumpet is sounded, hear ye (Isa. 18:3).
He hath lifted up a banner to the nations from far, and hath hissed for him from the extremity of the earth; and behold he shall come with speed swiftly (Isa. 5:26).
Lift ye up a banner upon the lofty mountain, lift up the voice unto them, wave the hand, that they may come to the gate of the princes (Isa. 13:2).
Thus said the Lord Jehovih, Behold I will lift up My hand toward the nations, and set up My banner to the peoples; and they shall bring thy sons in their bosom, and thy daughters they shall carry upon their shoulder (Isa. 49:22).
From these passages it is plain that by “a banner” is signified a gathering together.
sRef Isa@59 @19 S3′ sRef Isa@59 @20 S3′ sRef Isa@11 @10 S3′ [3] That “a banner” or “ensign,” when predicated of the Lord, signifies also protection, is evident in these passages:
They shall fear the name of Jehovah from the west, and His glory from the rising of the sun; because it will come as a pent-up stream, the spirit of Jehovah shall lift up a banner against him; then shall the Redeemer come to Zion (Isa. 59:19).
It shall come to pass in that day that the root of Jesse, which standeth for a banner of the people, shall the nations seek; and his rest shall be glory (Isa. 11:10).
sRef Num@21 @8 S4′ sRef Num@21 @9 S4′ sRef John@3 @15 S4′ sRef John@3 @14 S4′ [4] Inasmuch as “an ensign” which in the original tongue is expressed by the same term as “a banner,” signified a gathering together, and when said of the Lord, protection also, therefore it was expressly commanded that a brazen serpent should be set upon an ensign, of which we read in Moses:
Jehovah said unto Moses, Make thee a serpent, and set it upon an ensign; and it shall come to pass that everyone that is bitten, and looketh at it, shall live. And Moses made a serpent of brass, and set it upon an ensign; whence it came to pass that if a serpent had bitten a man, and he looked at the serpent of brass, he lived again (Num. 21:8, 9).
That the brazen serpent represented the Lord, see John 3:14, 15; that it also signified protection, is plain; for the healing effected by looking on the serpent that was on the ensign signified healing from evils of falsity by the looking of faith to the Lord. For the Lord says in the passage as quoted from John:
As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth in Him may not perish, but may have eternal life (John 3:14, 15).

AC (Potts) n. 8625 sRef Ex@17 @16 S0′ 8625. And he said, Because there is a hand against the throne of Jah. That this signifies because they wish to do violence to the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, is evident from the signification of “a hand against anyone,” as being to do violence; and from the signification of “the throne of Jah,” as being the Lord’s spiritual kingdom. That “the throne of Jah” denotes the Lord’s spiritual kingdom is because “a throne” is predicated of the Lord’s royalty; and the Lord’s spiritual kingdom corresponds to His royalty. There are two things which are predicated of the Lord, namely, priesthood and royalty. The celestial kingdom corresponds to His priesthood, and the spiritual kingdom to His royalty; for the Lord is called “Priest” from Divine good, and “King” from Divine truth. This latter, namely, Divine truth, is involved in the name “Christ,” and Divine good in the name “Jesus” (see n. 1728, 2015, 3004, 3009, 6148). “Throne” is predicated of the Lord’s royalty, consequently of His spiritual kingdom, and in like manner “Jah.” (What “throne” signifies, see n. 5213; and what “Jah,” n. 8267.)
[2] As regards the subject itself, namely, that they who are represented by Amalek (who are infernal genii that are in the falsity from interior evil) wish to do violence to the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, this has been unfolded above (n. 8593, 8622). They who were in the falsity of this evil could not be warded off from those who were of the spiritual church until the Lord came into the world and made the human in Himself Divine. They were then shut up in hell, whence they can never rise up; moreover, the communication which is effected through influx, was quite taken away. For the man of the spiritual church is in obscurity as to the truth of faith, and acknowledges it as truth because the church has said so, and not because he has perceived it to be truth. With these men this truth becomes good, and consequently a matter of conscience. If malignant genii were to flow into their obscurity, they would destroy the conscience in a thousand ways; for they do not act into the truths of faith therein, but into the affections themselves; and wheresoever they notice anything of the affection of good, they pervert it in a moment so secretly that it cannot possibly be noticed. They attack the very ends. In a word, their malignity cannot be described; but it may be compared to an unseen deadly poison, which penetrates to the very marrows. Concerning these genii, of the Lord’s Divine mercy more shall be said from experience at the end of the chapters.

AC (Potts) n. 8626 sRef Ex@17 @16 S0′ 8626. Jehovah shall have war against Amalek from generation to generation. That this signifies that they were brought under the yoke and were cast into hell, from which by reason of the Lord’s Divine power they can never rise up, is evident from the signification of “Jehovah having war,” as being a casting into hell: and from the signification of “from generation to generation,” as being perpetually, thus that they can never rise up from it. (That this was by the Divine power of the Lord, see just above, n. 8625.) That “Jehovah having war” denotes a casting into hell, is because “Jehovah having war” denotes perpetual victory. The infernal genii cannot possibly wage war and fight against Jehovah, that is, against the Lord; yet it appears to them that they fight, and even that they sometimes conquer, when they subjugate those who are in evil; but still they have no power whatever against the Divine. The least exercise of Divine power by a single nod instantly subdues the whole diabolical crew, even if it consists of myriads of myriads; but still it gives them the opportunity to act insofar as their doing so may be of use, and insofar as their evil can be turned by the Lord into good. On this subject, of the Lord’s Divine mercy, elsewhere. From all this it can in some measure be seen that by “Jehovah having war with Amalek from generation to generation” is signified subjugation and casting into hell, from which by reason of the Lord’s Divine power they can never rise up.

AC (Potts) n. 8627 8627. CONTINUATION ABOUT THE INHABITANTS AND SPIRITS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
The inhabitants of the earth Jupiter make wisdom consist in thinking well and justly about the occurrences in life. They derive this wisdom from their parents, from infancy, and it is transmitted by succession to posterity, and thereby increases. They know nothing at all of the sciences, such as are cultivated on our earth, and they do not wish to know them. They call them “shades,” and compare them to clouds that intercept the sun. They have got this idea about the sciences from some belonging to our earth, who in their presence have boasted that they are wise from the sciences.

AC (Potts) n. 8628 8628. The spirits from our earth who had thus boasted, were those who had made wisdom consist in things of mere memory, as in the languages; in the historical matters of the literary world; in bare experimental discoveries; in terms, especially such as are philosophical; and in other things of the kind; and had not used them as means for being wise; but had made wisdom consist in these things themselves. As these have not cultivated their rational faculty by the sciences as means, they have little perception in the other life, for they see only in terms and from terms, which there are like dust, and like thick clouds before the intellectual sight. And they who have been conceited by reason of this their learning, have still less perception. But they who have used the sciences as means for annihilating the things of faith, have totally destroyed their understanding, and see in thick darkness, like owls, falsity for truth, and evil for good.
[2] From their interaction with such the spirits of Jupiter had concluded that the sciences induce shade and cause blindness. But they were told that on this earth the sciences are the means of opening the intellectual sight, which sight is in the light of heaven, and instructs in such things as are of spiritual life; but as there reign the love of self and the love of the world, and consequently such things as are of merely natural and sensuous life, the sciences are to such the means of becoming insane; that is, of confirming themselves in favor of nature against the Divine, and in favor of the world against heaven.
[3] They were told further that in themselves the sciences are spiritual riches, and that they who possess them are like those who possess worldly riches, which in like manner are means of performing use to oneself, to the neighbor, and to our country, and also are means of doing evil; and also that they are like garments, which serve for use and adornment, and also for pride, as with those who desire to be honored from these alone. The spirits of the earth Jupiter understood these things well, but they marveled that any who are men should have set the things which lead to wisdom before wisdom itself; and that they should not see that to immerse the mind in such things, and not to elevate it beyond them, is to obscure and blind it.

AC (Potts) n. 8629 8629. A certain spirit ascending from the lower earth came to me and said that he had heard my conversation with the other spirits, but that he had understood scarcely anything that had been said about spiritual life and light. I asked him whether he wished to learn these things. He said he had not come with that intention; from which it might be inferred that he was unwilling. He was very stupid. The angels said that this man, during his life in the world, had been one of those who are celebrated for their learning. He was cold, as was plainly felt from his afflatus, which was a sign of merely natural light and of no spiritual light; thus that by means of the sciences he had not opened, but had closed for himself, the way to the light of heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8630 8630. As the inhabitants of the earth Jupiter acquire intelligence by another way than do the inhabitants of our earth, and besides are from their life of a different disposition, they cannot be together; but if they approach they either shun or repel them. There are spheres that are to be called spiritual spheres, which continually emanate, nay, pour forth from every society. These spheres are from the activity of the affections and of the derivative thoughts, thus they are of the life itself (concerning spheres, see n. 1048, 1053, 1316, 1504, 1505, 1507, 1508, 1510-1519, 2401, 4464, 5179, 6206, 7454, 6598-6613, 8063).
[2] All the consociations in the other life are effected in accordance with the spheres; those which agree together are conjoined according to their agreement; those which do not agree are repelled according to their disagreement. Every province in the Grand Man (to which some member or organ in the human body corresponds), has its own sphere distinct from the sphere of any other province; hence the mutual conjunction of those who belong to the same province; and the disjunction of those who belong to some other. The spirits and angels who are from the earth Jupiter bear relation in the Grand Man to the IMAGINATIVE OF THOUGHT, and thus to an active state of the interior parts. But the spirits of our earth bear relation to the various functions of the exterior parts of the body, into which, when they desire to rule, the Imaginative of Thought cannot flow; hence the oppositions between the spheres.

AC (Potts) n. 8631 8631. In what clear perception the spirits of Jupiter are with respect to spiritual things, was made evident to me from their representation of how the Lord, whom they call their One Only Lord, converts depraved affections into good affections. They represented the intellectual mind as a beautiful form, and imparted to it an activity of the form that was suited to the affection; and they next showed how the Lord bends what is depraved therein to good, which they did in a way that no words can describe, and so dexterously that they were praised by the angels. There were then present learned ones from our earth, who had immersed their intellectual in the terms of memory-knowledges, and had disputed much about form, substance, the material and the immaterial, and the like, without applying such things to any use; but they could not comprehend even this representation.

AC (Potts) n. 8632 8632. I have spoken with spirits of that earth about the Lord, that He does evil to no one, still less punishes anyone. These spirits, being of the more simple ones, at first did not wish to admit this, believing that punishments are from the Lord. But when they were told that when their angels are with a man of their own earth, they do not chastise, nor even speak harshly, but only permit the punishing spirits who also are present to do so; and that seeing the angels do not chastise, how much less does the Lord, who is good itself, and who directs the angels-on hearing this they made acknowledgment, and affirmed in a plain voice, that the Lord punishes no one, and does evil to no one, nor does He even speak harshly to anyone. (On the angels and the punishing spirits with the inhabitants of Jupiter, see n. 7802-7805, 7810.)

AC (Potts) n. 8633 8633. As to what further concerns the life of those in that earth, I have been instructed by their spirits that as they do not care for memory-knowledges, so neither do they care for things made by art; also that they have no holidays, but that every morning at sunrise, and every evening at sunset, they have holy worship to the One Only Lord in their tents, and that they then also sing.

AC (Potts) n. 8634 8634. The subject of the inhabitants and spirits of the earth Jupiter will be continued at the end of the following chapter.

AC (Potts) n. 8635 8635. CHAPTER 18.
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.

No one can be regenerated unless he knows such things as are of the new life, that is, of spiritual life; for man is introduced into this life by means of regeneration. The things which are of the new life, or of spiritual life, are truths which must be believed, and goods which must be done; the former are of faith, the latter of charity.

AC (Potts) n. 8636 8636. No one can know these things from himself, for man apprehends only those things which have been obvious to his senses; from these he has procured for himself a light which is called natural light, by virtue of which he sees nothing else than what belongs to the world and to himself, and not what belongs to heaven and to God; these he must learn from revelation.

AC (Potts) n. 8637 8637. For example, that the Lord, who was God from eternity, came into the world to save the human race; that He has all power in heaven and in earth; that everything of faith and everything of charity, thus everything of truth and good is from Him; that there is a heaven, and that there is a hell; that man will live to eternity, in heaven if he has done well, in hell if he has done evil.

AC (Potts) n. 8638 8638. These things and more are of faith, which must be known by the man who is to be regenerated; for he who knows them can think them, then will them, and lastly do them, and thus have new life.

AC (Potts) n. 8639 8639. On the other hand, he who does not know that the Lord is the Savior of the human race, cannot have faith in Him, worship Him, love Him, and thus do good for His sake. He who does not know that all good is from Him, cannot think that his own righteousness and his own salvation are from Him, still less can he will it to be so, thus he cannot live from Him. He who does not know that there is a hell, and that there is a heaven, nor that there is eternal life, cannot even think about the life of heaven, nor apply himself to receiving it; and so in all other things.

AC (Potts) n. 8640 8640. From all this it can be seen what the quality of the life of a regenerate person is, that it is a life of faith; and also that it cannot be given to a man until he is in such a state as to be able to acknowledge the truths of faith, and insofar as he acknowledges them, to will them.

EXODUS 18

1. And Jethro, the priest of Midian, Moses’ father-in-law, heard all that God had done for Moses, and for Israel His people, in that Jehovah had brought forth Israel out of Egypt.
2. And Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, took Zipporah, Moses’ wife, after he had sent her away:
3. And her two sons; of which the name of the one was Gershom; for he said, I have been a sojourner in a strange land:
4. And the name of the other was Eliezer; Because the God of my father was my help, and liberated me from the sword of Pharaoh.
5. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law came, and his sons, and his wife, unto Moses, unto the wilderness where he was encamped at the mount of God.
6. And he said unto Moses, I thy father-in-law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, with her two sons with her.
7. And Moses went out to meet his father-in-law, and bowed himself down, and kissed him; and they asked a man his companion as to peace; and they came into the tent.
8. And Moses told his father-in-law all that Jehovah had done to Pharaoh and to the Egyptians for Israel’s sake, all the trouble that found them in the way, and Jehovah rescued them.
9. And Jethro rejoiced over all the good that Jehovah had done to Israel, who rescued them out of the hand of the Egyptians.
10. And Jethro said, Blessed be Jehovah, who hath rescued you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh; who rescued His people from under the hand of the Egyptians.
11. Now I know that Jehovah is great above all the gods; for the reason that they dealt proudly over them.
12. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law took a burnt-offering and sacrifices for God; and Aaron came, and all the elders of Israel, to eat bread with Moses’ father-in-law before God.
13. And it was on the morrow, and Moses sat to judge the people, and the people stood over Moses from the morning until the evening.
14. And Moses’ father-in-law saw all that he did to the people, and he said, What is this word that thou doest to the people? why sittest thou alone, and all the people standing over thee from the morning until the evening?
15. And Moses said to his father-in-law, Because the people cometh unto me to inquire of God:
16. When they have a word, it cometh unto me; and I judge between a man and his companion, and I make known the judgments of God, and His laws.
17. And Moses’ father-in-law said unto him, The word that thou doest is not good.
18. Wearing thou wilt wear away, both thou, and this people that is with thee; because the word is too heavy for thee; thou art not able to do it, thou alone.
19. Now hear my voice, I will counsel thee, and God shall be with thee: be thou for the people with God, and bring thou the words unto God:
20. And do thou teach them the statutes and the laws, and make known to them the way wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do.
21. And do thou see out of all the people men of strenuousness, fearing God, men of truth, hating gain; and do thou set of them for princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes of fifties, and princes of tens:
22. And let them judge the people in every time; and it shall be, every great word let them bring unto thee, and every small word let them judge; and devolve from upon thee, and let them bear with thee.
23. If thou do this word, and God have commanded thee, then thou shalt be able to stand, and also all this people shall come upon its place in peace.
24. And Moses hearkened to the voice of his father-in-law, and did all that he had said.
25. And Moses chose men of strenuousness out of all Israel, and gave them as heads over the people: princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes of fifties, and princes of tens.
26. And they shall judge the people in every time, the difficult word they shall bring unto Moses, and every small word they shall judge.
27. And Moses let his father-in-law go, and he went to himself unto his own land.

AC (Potts) n. 8641 sRef Ex@18 @0 S0′ 8641. THE CONTENTS.
The subject treated of in the internal sense in this chapter is truths in successive order from the First to the last, and that they are set in order by good Divine. Truth in the first degree is represented by Moses; the truths derived therefrom in successive order are represented by the princes of thousands, of hundreds, of fifties, and of tens. And good Divine, by which the setting in order is effected, is represented by Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law.

AC (Potts) n. 8642 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @4 S0′ 8642. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verses 1-5. And Jethro, the priest of Midian, Moses’ father-in-law, heard all that God had done for Moses, and for Israel His people, in that Jehovah had brought forth Israel out of Egypt; and Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, took Zipporah, Moses’ wife, after he had sent her away. And her two sons, of which the name of the one was Gershom; for he said, I have been a sojourner in a strange land. And the name of the other Eliezer; Because the God of my father was my help, and liberated me from the sword of Pharaoh. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law came, and his sons, and his wife, unto Moses, into the wilderness where he was encamped at the mount of God. “And Jethro the priest of Midian,” signifies the Divine good; “Moses’ father-in-law,” signifies from which is the good conjoined with truth Divine; “heard all that God had done for Moses, and for Israel His people,” signifies the perception of those things which had been done for those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom; “in that Jehovah had brought forth Israel out of Egypt,” signifies that they had been liberated by the Lord from infestations; “and Jethro Moses’ father-in-law took Zipporah, Moses’ wife,” signifies good from the Divine conjoined with truth Divine; “after he had sent her away,” signifies separation hitherto relatively to the state of those who are of the spiritual church; “and her two sons,” signifies the goods of truth; “of which the name of the one was Gershom, for he said I have been a sojourner in a strange land,” signifies the quality of the good of truth of those who are out of the church; “and the name of the other was Eliezer,” signifies the quality of the good of truth of those who are within the church; “because the God of my father was my help,” signifies the Lord’s mercy and presence in the church; “and liberated me from the sword of Pharaoh,” signifies liberation from the falsity of those who infested; “and Jethro Moses’ father-in-law came,” signifies the Divine good; “and his sons,” signifies the goods of truth; “and his wife,” signifies good conjoined with truth Divine; “unto Moses unto the wilderness,” signifies conjunction in the state before regeneration when there are temptations; “where he was encamped at the mount of God,” signifies near to the good of truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8643 sRef Ex@18 @1 S0′ 8643. And Jethro the priest of Midian. That this signifies the Divine good, is evident from the representation of Jethro, the priest of Midian, as being the good of the church that is in the truth of simple good (see n. 7015), but here he denotes the Divine good, for the reason that Moses, of whom Jethro was the father-in-law, represents Divine truth. For when the son-in-law represents truth, then the father-in-law represents the good in a higher degree, because he is the father of the other’s wife. That the Divine good is here represented by Jethro, is because in this chapter the subject treated of is the setting in order of truths with the man of the spiritual church, and this is effected by Divine good through Divine truth; for all setting in order is by good through truth. This setting in order is effected with the man of the spiritual church when he begins to act no longer from truth, but from good; for this state is his second state, which arises after he has undergone temptations. For when he acts from truth, then he is tempted, to the intent that the truths with him may be confirmed; and when these have been confirmed, then they are reduced by the Lord into order; and when they have been reduced into order, then he enters the second state, which consists in willing truths and doing them, whereby they become of the life, and are called goods. This setting in order is treated of below.

AC (Potts) n. 8644 sRef Ex@18 @1 S0′ 8644. Moses’ father-in-law. That this signifies from which is good conjoined with truth Divine, is evident from the signification of “father-in-law,” as being the good from which is the good that is conjoined with truth (see n. 6827); and from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (n. 6752, 6771, 7010, 7014, 7382). The reason why “a father-in-law” signifies good from which is good conjoined with truth, is that “a wife” signifies good when “the man” signifies truth (n. 2517, 4510, 4823). As in what follows, the conjunction of Divine good with Divine truth is treated of, whereby a setting in order may be effected in the man of the church, be it known that between Divine good and Divine truth there is this distinction: that Divine good is in the Lord, and Divine truth is from the Lord. It is as with the fire of the sun and the light which is therefrom; the fire is in the sun, and the light is from the sun; in the light there is not fire but heat.
[2] Moreover in the other life the Lord is the Sun, and also is the light. In the Sun there, which is Himself, is Divine fire, which is the Divine good of the Divine love. From that Sun is Divine light, which is Divine truth from Divine good. In this Divine truth there is also Divine good, but not such as is in the Sun, it being accommodated to reception in heaven; for unless it were accommodated to reception, heaven could not have come into existence, because no angel can bear the flame from the Divine love. He would be consumed in a moment, as would a man if the flame of the sun of this world should blow directly upon him.
[3] But how the Divine good of the Lord’s Divine love is accommodated to reception, cannot be known by anyone, not even by the angels in heaven, because it is an accommodation of the Infinite to the finite; and the Infinite is such as to transcend all the understanding of the finite, insomuch that when the understanding of the finite desires to look in that direction, it falls as into the depth of the sea and perishes. (That the Lord is the Sun in heaven, and that the Sun there is the Divine good of His Divine love, and that the light therefrom is Divine truth, from which is intelligence, see n. 1053, 1521- 1533, 1619-1632, 2776, 3094, 3138, 3190, 3195, 3222, 3223, 3225, 3339, 3341, 3636, 3643, 3993, 4180, 4302, 4408, 4409, 4415, 4523, 4533, 4696, 7083, 7171, 7174, 7270, 8197.)

AC (Potts) n. 8645 sRef Ex@18 @1 S0′ 8645. Heard all that God had done for Moses, and for Israel His people. That this signifies the perception of those things which had been done for those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” namely, all that God had done, as being perception (see n. 5017, 8361); from the signification of “all that God had done,” as being the things that had been done by the Divine; and from the representation of Israel, who here is Moses and the people for whom the things were done, as being those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom (n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223); for Moses together with the people represents this kingdom, Moses as the head, and the people as the things that are subject to the head; thus also Moses represents the Lord as to Divine truth, for from this is the spiritual kingdom.

AC (Potts) n. 8646 sRef Ex@18 @1 S0′ 8646. In that Jehovah had brought forth Israel out of Egypt. That this signifies that they had been liberated by the Lord from infestations, is evident from the signification of “bringing forth,” as being to liberate; from the representation of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual kingdom (see above, n. 8645); and from the signification of “Egypt,” as being infestations by falsities (n. 7278). That “Egypt” signifies infestations, is because by “the Egyptians” and “Pharaoh” are signified those who by means of falsities infested in the other life those who were of the spiritual church (n. 7097, 7107, 7110, 7126, 7142, 7220, 7228, 7317, 8148).

AC (Potts) n. 8647 sRef Ex@18 @2 S0′ 8647. And Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, took Zipporah, Moses’ wife. That this signifies good from the Divine conjoined with truth Divine, is evident from the representation of Jethro Moses’ father-in-law, as being the Divine good from which is good conjoined with truth, in this case with the truth Divine which is represented by Moses (of which above, n. 8643, 8644); and from the representation of Zipporah, Moses’ wife, as being good Divine. For marriages represent the conjunction of good and truth; in the celestial church the husband represents good, and the wife the derivative truth; but in the spiritual church the man represents truth, and the wife good. Here, Moses’ wife represents good, because the spiritual kingdom is treated of (n. 2517, 4510, 4823, 7022).

AC (Potts) n. 8648 sRef Ex@18 @2 S0′ 8648. After he had sent her away. That this signifies separation hitherto relatively to the state of those who are of the spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “sending away,” as being separation. That it is relatively to the state of those who are of the spiritual church, is because in the first state of those who are in the spiritual church good does not appear, but only truth. How this is, can be seen from what has been already shown concerning the two states of those who are of the spiritual church; namely, that in the first state they act from truth and not from good, but in the second they act from good. In the first state, when they act from truth and not from good, good is as it were absent, and is like a wife that has been sent away; but in the second state, when they act from good, then good is present, and is like a wife that is conjoined with her man. This is what is meant in the internal sense by “after he had sent her away.”
[2] Be it further known, that this is relatively to those who are of the spiritual church, for the truth which proceeds from the Lord is always conjoined with its good; but in the first state, which is before regeneration, good is not received, but only truth, although both flow in through heaven from the Lord. In the second state however, which is after regeneration, good is received conjoined with truth. That which takes place with man is predicated as taking place with the Lord, for the reason that it so appears. This is the case in very many other instances, as for example, that the Lord does evil, punishes, casts into hell. These things are predicated of the Lord because it appears so, when yet all evil which befalls man is done by the man. There are very many such things in the Word, which however are plain to him who searches the Scriptures from the affection of truth, and for the sake of the good of life, because he is enlightened by the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8649 sRef Ex@18 @3 S0′ 8649. And her two sons. That this signifies the goods of truth, is evident from the signification of “sons,” as being truths (see n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2159, 2623, 3704, 4257), in this case the goods of truth, because they are called “sons of the wife,” as is plain from the original tongue, in like manner as in the sixth verse following. Consequently as by “wife” is signified good conjoined with truth (n. 8647), by the “sons” are here signified the goods of truth. The goods of truth are truths which have become of the will and consequently of the life, and constitute the new will with the man of the spiritual church.

AC (Potts) n. 8650 sRef Ex@18 @3 S0′ 8650. Of which the name of the one was Gershom; for he said, I have been a sojourner in a strange land. That this signifies the quality of the good of truth of those who are out of the church, is evident from the signification of “name” and of “calling the name,” as being the quality (see n. 144, 145, 1754, 1896, 2009, 2724, 3006, 3421, 6674). This quality is described by the words which Moses then said, namely, “I have been a sojourner in a strange land.” That by these words is signified the good of truth of those who are out of the church, is because by “a sojourner” are signified those who were born out of the church, and yet were being instructed in the things of the church; and by “a strange land” is signified where the church is not. (That “a sojourner” denotes those who were out of the church, and were being instructed in the things that belong to the church, see n. 1463, 4444, 7908, 8007, 8013.) That “a strange land” denotes where the genuine church is not, is because by “land” is signified the church (n. 662, 1067, 1262, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577), and “strange” denotes where there is not what is genuine; for the Lord’s church is scattered through the whole world, thus also among the Gentiles (n. 2049, 2284, 2589-2604). Moreover that when Gershom was born, Moses was out of his own church, and was among those who were in the good of simple truth, and who are signified by “the Midianites,” see n. 6793-6796.

AC (Potts) n. 8651 sRef Ex@18 @4 S0′ 8651. And the name of the other was Eliezer. That this signifies the quality of the good of truth of those who are within the church, is evident from the signification of “name” and of “calling the name,” as being the quality (see above, n. 8650). That it denotes the quality of the good of truth, is because by the “two sons” are signified the goods of truth (see n. 8649). That the quality of this good of truth is that of those who are within the church, is plain from the words which Moses spoke concerning this son when he was born, namely, “because the God of my father was my help, and delivered me from the sword of Pharaoh;” and from the fact that the quality of the good of truth, which was signified by “the name of the first son, Gershom,” is that of those who are out of the church (n. 8650).

AC (Potts) n. 8652 sRef Ex@18 @4 S0′ 8652. Because the God of my father was my help. That this signifies the Lord’s mercy and presence in the church, is evident from the signification of “father,” as being the church as to good (see n. 5581), and as being the Ancient Church (n. 6050, 6075, 6846); from the signification of “the God of my father,” as being the Divine of the Ancient Church, which was the Lord (n. 6846, 6876, 6884); and from the signification of “help,” when predicated of the Lord, as being mercy; for help from Him is of mercy, and is also of presence, because where the reception of mercy is, there is presence; and this is especially in the church, because there is the Word, and through the Word the Lord’s presence.

AC (Potts) n. 8653 sRef Ex@18 @4 S0′ 8653. And liberated me from the sword of Pharaoh. That this signifies the liberation from the falsity of those who infested, is evident from the signification of “a sword,” as being truth, and in the opposite sense, falsity, fighting and vastating (see n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294); and from the representation of Pharaoh, as being those who infest the upright in the other life by means of falsities (n. 7107, 7110, 7126, 7142, 7220, 7228, 7317).

AC (Potts) n. 8654 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ 8654. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law came. That this signifies the Divine good, is evident from the representation of Jethro and Moses, as being the Divine good and the Divine truth; and from the signification of “father-in-law” (of which above, n. 8643, 8644).

AC (Potts) n. 8655 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ 8655. And his sons, signifies the goods of truth (see above, n. 8649).

AC (Potts) n. 8656 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ 8656. And his wife. That this signifies good conjoined with truth Divine, is evident from the representation of Moses’ wife, as being good from the Divine conjoined with truth Divine (of which also above, n. 8647).

AC (Potts) n. 8657 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ 8657. Unto Moses unto the wilderness. That this signifies conjunction in the state before regeneration when there are temptations, is evident from the signification of “coming unto Moses,” as being conjunction, namely, of the Divine good which is represented by Jethro with the Divine truth which is represented by Moses; and from the signification of “the wilderness,” as being a state of undergoing temptations (see n. 6828, 8098), thus the state before regeneration. That there are two states which those enter into who are being regenerated and are becoming a spiritual church, and that when they are in the former state they undergo temptations, see above (n. 8643). The former state is described by the state of the sons of Israel in the wilderness, and the latter state by their state in the land of Canaan under Joshua.

AC (Potts) n. 8658 sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ 8658. Where he was encamped at the mount of God. That this signifies near to the good of truth, is evident from the signification of “being encamped,” as being the setting in order of the truth and good which are of the church with man (see n. 8103, 8130, 8131, 8155); and from the signification of “the mount of God,” as being the good of love (see n. 795, 796, 2722, 4210, 6435, 8327), here the good of truth, because the subject treated of is the good of those who are of the spiritual church, who are represented by the sons of Israel. The good they have is the good of truth (this good is also the good of charity), and therefore it is called “the mount of God,” because “God” is said where truth is treated of, and “Jehovah” where good is treated of (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4295, 4402, 7268, 7873). From all this it is evident that by “he was encamped at the mount of God,” is signified the setting in order of the good and truth of the church near to the good of truth. What is meant by this shall be briefly told. When man is in the former state, namely, when he acts from truth and not yet from good, that is, when he acts from faith and not yet from charity, he is in a state of undergoing temptations. By these he is progressively carried to the second state, namely, that he acts from good, that is, from charity and the affection of it. When therefore he comes near to this state, he is said to be “encamped at the mount of God,” that is, at the good from which he will afterward act. This is said because in what now follows the subject treated of is the new disposition or setting in order of the truths for entering into this state, to which the man of the church comes after he has undergone temptations, and before the law Divine is inscribed on his heart. In what precedes the subject treated of was temptations, and in what now follows it is the law promulgated from Mount Sinai. “Mount Sinai” denotes the good in which is truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8659 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @6 S0′ 8659. Verses 6, 7. And he said unto Moses, I thy father-in-law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sons with her. And Moses went out to meet his father-in-law, and bowed himself down, and kissed him; and they asked a man his companion as to peace; and they came into the tent. “And he said unto Moses,” signifies influx and the derivative perception; “I thy father-in-law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sons with her,” signifies Divine goods in their order; “and Moses went out to meet his father-in-law,” signifies the application of truth Divine to Divine good; “and bowed himself down,” signifies immission;* “and kissed him,” signifies conjunction; “and they asked a man his companion as to peace,” signifies a natural Divine celestial state; “and they came into the tent,” signifies the holiness of the union.
* “Immission” is the correlative of “emission,” and is found in Heaven and Hell n. 551e, and Apocalypse Explained n. 503:4. The verb immittere, in the sense of “to let into,” is rather frequently used by Swedenborg. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8660 sRef Ex@18 @6 S0′ 8660. And he said unto Moses. That this signifies influx and the derivative perception, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by Divine good to Divine truth concerning the setting in order of truths, as being influx; and because it denotes influx it also denotes perception, for perception is from influx (that relatively to the agent “to say” denotes influx, and relatively to the recipient, perception, see n. 5743).

AC (Potts) n. 8661 sRef Ex@18 @6 S0′ 8661. I thy father-in-law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sons with her. That this signifies Divine goods in their order, is evident from the representation of Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, as being Divine good (see n. 8643, 8644); from the representation of Zipporah, Moses’ wife, as being good therefrom conjoined with truth Divine (n. 8647); and from the representation of her sons, as being the goods of truth (n. 8649- 8651), thus goods in their order. Goods in their order are goods interior and exterior in order successively according to degrees (n. 3691, 4154, 5114, 5145, 5146, 8603).

AC (Potts) n. 8662 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ 8662. And Moses went out to meet his father-in-law. That this signifies the application of truth Divine to Divine good, is evident from the signification of “going out to meet,” as being application; that “to go out to meet” denotes application is because it presently follows that “he kissed him,” by which is signified conjunction, and application precedes conjunction; from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (of which above, n. 8644); and from the representation of Jethro, who is his father-in-law, as being Divine good (of which also above, n. 8643, 8644).

AC (Potts) n. 8663 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ 8663. And bowed himself down. That this signifies immission, is evident from the signification of “bowing down,” as being humiliation and submission (n. 2153, 5682, 7068), but in this case immission,* because it is predicted of truth Divine relatively to Divine good.
* “Immission” is the correlative of “emission,” and is found in Heaven and Hell n. 551e, and Apocalypse Explained n. 503:4. The verb immittere, in the sense of “to let into,” is rather frequently used by Swedenborg. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8664 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ 8664. And kissed him. That this signifies conjunction, is evident from the signification of “kissing,” as being conjunction from affection (see n. 3573, 3574, 4215, 4353, 5929, 6260).

AC (Potts) n. 8665 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ 8665. And they asked a man his companion as to peace. That this signifies a mutual Divine celestial state, is evident from the signification of “asking as to peace,” as being consociation in respect to a Divine celestial state (of which below); and from the signification of “a man to his companion,” as being mutually. That “asking as to peace” denotes consociation in respect to a Divine celestial state, is because in the internal sense “to ask as to peace” is to ask about the life, its prosperity and happiness; but in the supreme sense, where Divine good and truth Divine are the subject treated of, “to ask as to peace” denotes consociation in respect to a Divine celestial state. For in the supreme sense “peace” signifies the Lord, and from this the state of the inmost heaven, where they are who are in love to the Lord, and from this in innocence. These moreover are above all others in peace, because in the Lord; and their state is called “Divine celestial.” Hence it is that by “peace” is here meant such a state. (What “peace” denotes in the supreme sense, and what in the internal sense, see n. 3780, 4681, 5662, 8455.)

AC (Potts) n. 8666 sRef Ex@18 @7 S0′ 8666. And they came into the tent. That this signifies the holiness of the union, is evident from the signification of “a tent,” as being the holy of love (see n. 414, 1102, 2145, 2152, 4128), thus the holiness of the union, because love is union. Hence “to come into the tent” denotes to be united from holy love. In this verse the subject treated of is the union of the Divine good with truth Divine. And because all union is first effected by means of an influx of the one into the other and the consequent perception, next by application, then by immission, afterward by conjunction, therefore there is first described the influx and the consequent perception (n. 8660), next the application (n. 8662), then the immission (n. 8663), after this the conjunction (n. 8664), finally the union by love.

AC (Potts) n. 8667 sRef Ex@18 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @8 S0′ 8667. Verses 8-11. And Moses told his father-in-law all that Jehovah had done to Pharaoh and to the Egyptians for Israel’s sake, all the trouble that followed them in the way, and Jehovah rescued them. And Jethro rejoiced over all the good that Jehovah had done to Israel, who rescued them out of the hand of the Egyptians. And Jethro said, Blessed be Jehovah, who hath rescued you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh; who rescued His people from under the hand of the Egyptians. Now I know that Jehovah is great above all the gods; for the reason that they dealt proudly over them. “And Moses told his father-in-law all that Jehovah had done to Pharaoh and to the Egyptians,” signifies perception then from truth Divine concerning the power of the Lord’s Divine Human against those who were in falsities and infested; “for Israel’s sake,” signifies in behalf of those who are of the spiritual church; “all the trouble that found them in the way,” signifies labor in temptations; “and Jehovah rescued them,” signifies liberation by virtue of the Lord’s Divine aid; “and Jethro rejoiced over all the good that Jehovah had done to Israel,” signifies a state of Divine good when all things succeed; “who rescued them out of the hand of the Egyptians,” signifies on account of liberation from the reviling of those who infested; “and Jethro said, Blessed be Jehovah,” signifies the Divine good;* “who hath rescued you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh,” signifies liberation from the reviling of those who infested; “who hath rescued His people from under the hand of the Egyptians,” signifies mercy toward those who were in the good of truth and truth of good; “now I know that Jehovah is great above all the gods,” signifies the Lord, that there is no God besides Him; “for the reason that they dealt proudly over them,” signifies by reason of the endeavor to rule over those who are of the church.
* Compare n. 8674. [REVISER]

AC (Potts) n. 8668 sRef Ex@18 @8 S0′ 8668. And Moses told his father-in-law all that Jehovah had done to Pharaoh and to the Egyptians. That this signifies perception then from truth Divine concerning the power of the Lord’s Divine Human against those who were in falsities and infested, is evident from the signification of “Moses told,” as being perception from truth Divine (that “to tell” denotes to perceive, see n. 3209; and that “Moses” denotes truth Divine, n. 6752, 6771, 7010, 7014, 7382); from the representation of Moses’ father-in-law, as being the Divine good from which is good conjoined with truth Divine (see n. 8643, 8644); from the signification of “all that Jehovah had done,” as being those things which were done for the sons of Israel in Egypt and afterward in the wilderness. And as these things in the internal sense involve the things which were done for those who were of the Lord’s spiritual church, and who were detained in the lower earth until the Lord glorified the Human in Himself, therefore by these words is signified perception concerning the power of the Lord’s Divine Human. (That they who were of the Lord’s spiritual church were detained in the lower earth and were saved by the power of the Lord’s Divine Human, see n. 6854, 7035, 7091, 7828, 8018, 8054, 8099, 8321.) And from the representation of Pharaoh and the Egyptians, as being those who were in falsities and infested (n. 7097, 7107, 7110, 7126, 7142, 7220, 7228, 7317).

AC (Potts) n. 8669 sRef Ex@18 @8 S0′ 8669. For Israel’s sake. That this signifies in behalf of those who were of the spiritual church, is evident from the representation of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (see n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223).

AC (Potts) n. 8670 sRef Ex@18 @8 S0′ 8670. All the trouble that had found them in the way. That this signifies labor in temptations, is evident from the signification of “trouble,” as being labor-that “trouble” denotes labor is because it is predicated of temptations, for in these they who are tempted have labor against falsities and evils, and the angels also have labor with them to keep them in the faith, and thus in the power of conquering; and from the signification of “that had found them in the way,” as being in respect to temptations (namely, labor), because “in the way,” means in the wilderness, where they underwent temptations (of which above).

AC (Potts) n. 8671 sRef Ex@18 @8 S0′ 8671. And Jehovah rescued them. That this signifies liberation by virtue of the Lord’s Divine aid, is evident from the signification of “rescuing,” as being liberation. (That “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord, see n. 1343, 1736, 1815, 2447, 2921, 3035, 5041, 5663, 6280, 6303, 6905.)

AC (Potts) n. 8672 sRef Ex@18 @9 S0′ 8672. And Jethro rejoiced over all the good that Jehovah had done to Israel. That this signifies the state of Divine good when all things succeed, is evident from the representation of Jethro, as being Divine good (see above n. 8643); from the signification of “rejoicing over all the good,” when predicated of the Divine good which is represented by Jethro, as being the state of this good; for the state of the Divine when good is done to heaven and the angels there, and also to the church and the man there, is expressed in the Word by “joy,” but the quality of this joy is beyond comprehension, because it belongs to the Infinite. That there is also infinite joy on account of the reception of good by those who are in heaven and the church, can be seen from the Divine love, which is infinite toward the human race (n. 8644), for all joy is of love. From all this it is evident that by “Jethro rejoiced over all the good that Jehovah had done to Israel,” is signified the state of the Divine good when all things succeed; for by “Israel” are meant those who were of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom and spiritual church (n. 8669), with whom all things had succeeded, because they had been liberated from infestations, and afterward had conquered in temptations, as has been above described.

AC (Potts) n. 8673 sRef Ex@18 @9 S0′ 8673. And rescued them out of the hand of the Egyptians. That this signifies on account of liberation from the reviling of those who infested, is evident from the signification of “rescuing,” as being liberation (see above, n. 8671); and from the representation of the Egyptians, as being those who infested by falsities (n. 8668).

AC (Potts) n. 8674 sRef Ex@18 @10 S0′ 8674. And Jethro said, Blessed be Jehovah. That this signifies that from the Lord is all good, is evident from the signification of “blessed be Jehovah,” as being that all good is from the Lord (see n. 1096, 1422, 3140). (That “Jehovah” denotes the Lord, see above, n. 8671.) That “blessed be Jehovah” denotes that from the Lord is all good, is because in the case of man, “blessing” involves all the good of eternal life, that is, the good of love to the Lord and toward the neighbor (n. 3406, 4981); and these goods make eternal life with man.

AC (Potts) n. 8675 sRef Ex@18 @10 S0′ 8675. Who hath rescued you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh. That this signifies liberation from the reviling of those who infested, is evident from what has been unfolded above (n. 8671, 8673).

AC (Potts) n. 8676 sRef Ex@18 @10 S0′ 8676. Who hath rescued His people from under the hand of the Egyptians. That this signifies mercy toward those who were in the good of truth and truth of good, is evident from the signification of “rescuing,” as being liberation (as just above, n. 8675); from the signification of “the Egyptians,” as being those who infested by falsities (n. 8668); and from the representation of Israel, who are here “the people of Jehovah,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 8645), thus who are in the good of truth and truth of good (n. 7957, 8234). That it is of the Lord’s mercy is because it is said, “blessed be Jehovah who hath rescued,” and by “blessed be Jehovah” is signified that from Him is all good from His Divine love (n. 8674). The Divine love from which good comes to man who is in a state of misery, because of himself he is wholly in evil and in hell, is mercy.

AC (Potts) n. 8677 sRef Ex@18 @11 S0′ 8677. Now I know that Jehovah is great above all gods. That this signifies the Lord, that there is no God besides Him, is evident from what has been said and shown above (n. 7401, 7444, 7544, 7598, 7636, 8274).

AC (Potts) n. 8678 sRef Ex@18 @11 S0′ sRef Isa@14 @13 S1′ sRef Isa@14 @14 S1′ sRef Isa@14 @12 S1′ sRef Isa@14 @19 S1′ sRef Isa@14 @15 S1′ 8678. For the reason that they dealt proudly over them. That this signifies by reason of the endeavor and the force used to rule over those who are of the church, is evident from the signification of “dealing proudly,” as being the endeavor and the force used to rule (of which below); and from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are they over whom they dealt proudly, as being those who are of the spiritual church (see above, n. 8645). That “to deal proudly” denotes the endeavor and the force used to rule, is because this endeavor and the consequent force are in all pride, for pride is to love self more than others, and to set self above them, and to wish to exercise command over others; and they who wish this also despise others in comparison with self, and also persecute from hatred and revenge those who set themselves above them, or do not pay them respect. The love of self, which is pride, is of such a quality that so far as the rein is given it, it rushes on, growing step by step to the utmost of the ability that is granted to it, until at last it lifts itself to the very throne of God with the desire to be in His stead. Such are all who are in hell. That they are such is perceived from their endeavor from there, and also from their dangerous hatreds and direful revenges one against another for the sake of rule. This endeavor is what is restrained by the Lord, and is meant by “the head of the serpent which the seed of the woman shall trample on” (n. 257). Such are also meant by “Lucifer” in Isaiah:
How hast thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the dawn! thou hast been cut off to the earth, thou hath been weakened beneath the nations; yet thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into the heavens, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; and I will sit on the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north; I will ascend above the heights of the cloud; I will become like the Most High. Yet verily thou hast been let down to hell, to the sides of the pit, thou hast been cast forth out of thy sepulcher like an abominable shoot, the raiment of the slain, thrust through with the sword, that go down to the stones of the pit, like a carcass that is trampled on (Isa. 14:2-15, 19).
[2] That pride of heart, which is the love of self, repels from itself the Divine, and removes heaven from itself, can be plainly seen from the state of reception of the Divine and of heaven, which is a state of love toward the neighbor, and a state of humiliation toward God. So far as a man can humble himself before the Lord, and so far as he can love his neighbor as himself, and, as in heaven, above himself, so far he receives the Divine, and consequently is so far in heaven. From all this it is evident in what state are those who love themselves more than the neighbor, and who “deal proudly over him,” that is, who are in the love of self; namely, that they are in a state opposite to heaven and to the Divine, consequently in the state in which the infernals are. (See what has been already said and shown about the love of self, n. 2041, 2045, 2051, 2057, 2219, 2363, 2364, 2444, 3413, 3610, 4225, 4750, 4776, 4947, 5721, 6667, 7178, 7255, 7364, 7366-7377, 7488-7492, 7494, 7643, 7819, 7820, 8318, 8487.)

AC (Potts) n. 8679 sRef Ex@18 @12 S0′ 8679. Verse 12. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law took a burnt-offering and sacrifices for God; and Aaron came, and all the elders of Israel, to eat bread with Moses’ father-in-law before God. “And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law took a burnt-offering and sacrifices for God,” signifies worship from the good of love and truths of faith; “and Aaron came, and all the elders of Israel,” signifies the things of the church which are primary; “to eat bread with Moses’ father-in-law before God,” signifies the appropriation of these things by virtue of the Divine good.

AC (Potts) n. 8680 sRef Ex@18 @12 S0′ sRef Deut@12 @27 S0′ 8680. And Jethro Moses’ father-in-law took a burnt-offering and sacrifices for God. That this signifies worship from the good of love and truths of faith, is evident from the signification of “a burnt-offering” and of “sacrifices,” as being representatives of the celestial and spiritual things which are of internal worship; burnt-offerings being representative of celestial things, that is, of the good of love; and sacrifices being representative of spiritual things, that is, of the truth of faith (see n. 922, 923, 1823, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519, 6905). That burnt-offerings represented those things which are of the good of love, and sacrifices those things which are of the truth of faith, is evident from their institution; namely, that in the burnt-offerings all was consumed, both the flesh and the blood; but in the sacrifices the flesh was eaten, as can be seen from what is said in Leviticus 1 to 5; Numbers 28, and in Deuteronomy, where are these words:
That thou mayest make thy burnt-offerings, the flesh and the blood, upon the altar of Jehovah thy God; the blood of the sacrifices shall be poured out upon the altar of Jehovah thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh (Deut. 12:27).
The reason why these two things were represented by the burnt-offerings and the sacrifices, was that the burnt-offerings and the sacrifices represented all the worship of God in general (n. 923, 6905); and the worship of God in general is founded upon love and faith, for without these there is no worship, but only a rite, such as is of the external man without the internal, thus devoid of life.

AC (Potts) n. 8681 sRef Ex@18 @12 S0′ 8681. And Aaron came, and all the elders of Israel. That this signifies the things of the church which are primary, is evident from the representation of Aaron, as being the truth of doctrine (see n. 6998, 7009, 7089, 7382); and from the representation of the elders of Israel, as being the chief truths of the church that are in agreement with good (n. 6524, 8578, 8585); for by “Israel” is signified the church (n. 8645).

AC (Potts) n. 8682 sRef Ex@18 @12 S0′ 8682. To eat bread with Moses’ father-in-law before God. That this signifies the appropriation of these things by virtue of the Divine good, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (see n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 3832, 4745); and from the signification of “bread,” as being the good of love (n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 3735, 4211, 4217, 4735, 5915); that it denotes from the Divine good, is signified by their “eating the bread before God.” By “bread” is here meant all the food that was used at that time, especially the flesh of the sacrifices; for when sacrifices were offered, the flesh of them was eaten beside the altar. (That by “bread” is signified all worship in general, see n. 2165.)
[2] The reason why the flesh of the sacrifices was eaten, was that there might be represented the appropriation of celestial good, and also consociation by love, for the flesh of the sacrifice which they then ate, signified the good of love; wherefore this was to them a holy feast. (That “flesh” denotes the good of love, see n. 7850.) From all this it can be seen what was meant by the Lord when He said that they should “eat His flesh” (John 6:53- 56); and also when He instituted the Holy Supper, that the bread was “His body” (Matt. 26:26). No one can ever know the meaning of these things unless he knows that there is an internal sense, and that in this sense are understood celestial and spiritual things in place of the natural things; and that the natural things correspond to them, and have a signification according to the correspondences. Otherwise no one could ever know why the Holy Supper was instituted, and what holiness there is in the bread; and why the bread is the body and the flesh, besides countless other things.

AC (Potts) n. 8683 8683. Verses 13-16. And it was on the morrow, and Moses sat to judge the people, and the people stood over Moses from the morning until the evening. And Moses’ father-in-law saw all that he did to the people, and he said, What is this word that thou doest to the people? why sittest thou alone, and all the people standing over thee from the morning until the evening? And Moses said to his father-in-law, Because the people cometh unto me to inquire of God; when they have a word, it cometh unto me; and I judge between a man and his companion, and I make known the judgments of God, and His laws. “And it was on the morrow,” signifies what is eternal; “and Moses sat to judge the people,” signifies the disposing of truth Divine with those who were of the spiritual church in the state before it was from good; “and the people stood over Moses,” signifies obedience then in conformity with truth Divine; “from the morning until the evening,” signifies in every state then interiorly and exteriorly; “and Moses’ father-in-law saw all that he did to the people,” signifies the omniscience of Divine good; “and he said, Why sittest thou alone?” signifies that there was no influx of truth from good from any other source; “and all the people standing over thee from the morning until the evening,” signifies that at that time this was the source of everything of will with those who were of the spiritual church, in every state; “and Moses said to his father-in-law,” signifies the reciprocity that is in the answer; “Because the people cometh unto me to inquire of God,” signifies that they do not will and act from any other source than from the fact that the Word has so said; “when they have a word,” signifies in everything that befalls; “it cometh unto me, and I judge between a man and his companion,” signifies that at this time they are disposed in conformity with revealed truth; “and I make known the judgments of God, and His laws,” signifies that from this source they are taught what is true and what is good.

AC (Potts) n. 8684 sRef Ex@18 @13 S0′ 8684. And it was on the morrow. That this signifies what is eternal, is evident from the signification of “tomorrow,” or “the morrow,” as being what is eternal (n. 3998).

AC (Potts) n. 8685 sRef Ex@18 @13 S0′ 8685. And Moses sat to judge the people. That this signifies the disposing of truth Divine with those who were of the spiritual church in the state before it was from good, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being the truth Divine that proceeds immediately from the Lord (see n. 7010, 7382); from the signification of “judging,” as being a disposing. That “judging” here denotes a disposing, is because truth Divine does not judge anyone, but flows in and disposes that it may be received, and according to the reception judgment then takes place in accordance with the laws of order, which is meant by the judgment of the Lord (Matt. 25:31 to end, John 5:22, 26, 27, 30; 9:39), as is evident from the Lord’s words where He says that He “judges no man” (John 3:17-21; 8:15; 12:47, 48). And from the representation of Israel, who is here “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (see above n. 8645). From all this it is evident that by “Moses sat to judge the people,” is signified the disposing of the truth Divine that proceeds immediately from the Lord with those who are of the spiritual church.
[2] That it denotes in a state before it is from good, is evident from what follows. For the man who is being regenerated and becoming a church has two states; in the first state he acts from truth, in the second from good (on which see n. 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658). In both states the man is led by the Lord; but in the first by immediate influx, and in the second by influx both immediate and mediate. (Concerning the influx of good and truth from the Lord, immediate and mediate, see n. 6472-6478, 6982, 6985, 6996, 7054-7058, 7270.) Immediate influx is represented by Moses judging the people alone; but influx both immediate and mediate, by the princes of thousands, of hundreds, of fifties, and of tens, being chosen, to judge small affairs, and to refer great affairs to Moses (of which below). But these are arcana which scarcely anyone can understand, except one who is in enlightenment from the Lord, and through enlightenment in perception. These two kinds of influx, and also the consequent effects, can indeed be described, but still they do not fall rightly into the thought unless there is perception from heaven; and perception from heaven is not given except with those who are in the love of truth from good; and not even then unless they are in the love of truth from genuine good.

AC (Potts) n. 8686 sRef Ex@18 @13 S0′ 8686. And the people stood over Moses. That this signifies obedience then in conformity with truth Divine, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine (as just above, n. 8685), consequently “to stand over him” signifies to consult truth Divine, to await an answer from it, and to do according to this, that is, to obey. By these words in the internal sense is described the first state, wherein the man who is being regenerated is led by means of truth from the Lord; the truth by means of which he is led is the Word, for this is truth Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8687 sRef Ex@18 @13 S0′ 8687. From the morning until the evening. That this signifies in every state interiorly and exteriorly, is evident from the signification of “morning” and of “evening,” as being spiritual states, which succeed each other like the states of times in the world, namely, morning, midday, evening, night, and again morning (that these times correspond to changes of states in the other life, see n. 5672, 5962, 6110, 8426). That they are interiorly and exteriorly, is because in the other life the angels are interiorly in good and truth when in a state of morning there, that is, in a state corresponding to the time of morning, but exteriorly in good and truth when in a state of evening there; for when they are in a state of evening they are in natural delight; but when they are in a state of morning they are in spiritual delight (see n. 8431, 8452).

AC (Potts) n. 8688 sRef Ex@18 @14 S0′ 8688. And Moses’ father-in-law saw all that he did to the people. That this signifies the omniscience of Divine good, is evident from the signification of “seeing all that he did,” when said of the Divine good which is represented by Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, as being omniscience; for in the internal sense “to see” denotes to understand and perceive (see n. 2150, 2325, 2807, 3764, 4403-4421, 5400) but in the supreme sense, where the Lord is treated of, it denotes foresight and providence (n. 2837, 2839, 3686, 3854, 3863), consequently “to see all that he did” denotes omniscience.

AC (Potts) n. 8689 sRef Ex@18 @14 S0′ 8689. And he said, Why sittest thou alone? That this signifies that there was no influx of truth from good from any other source, is evident from the signification of “sitting alone,” when said of truth Divine proceeding immediately from the Lord, which is represented by Moses, as being influx from Him alone, and not at the same time from any other source. (How this is can be seen from what was said above, n. 8685.)

AC (Potts) n. 8690 sRef Ex@18 @14 S0′ 8690. And all the people standing over thee from the morning until the evening. That this signifies that at that time this was the source of everything of will with those who were of the spiritual church, in every state, is evident from the representation of Israel, who is here “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (see above, n. 8645); from the signification of “standing over” Moses, as being obedience in conformity with truth Divine (as also above, n. 8686), and because it denotes obedience, it is of the will, for obedience is of the will, but it is the will to do truth by reason of command, not by reason of affection, and this will is obedience; and from the signification of “from the morning until the evening,” as being in every state, interior and exterior (of which above, n. 8687). The first state, in which man is before regeneration, is here treated of, which is that he does good from obedience, and not yet from affection; but this good is the truth which he does, because it is done only from command, thus as yet from compulsion, but not from freedom. He does good from freedom when he does it from affection; for everything that flows from the affection which is of love is free. When man is in the former state, then the Lord flows in and leads immediately; but the immediate influx of the Lord does not come to perception, because it is into the inmosts of the man; whereas the influx of the Lord which is immediate and at the same time mediate, does come to perception, and gives affection, for it is not only into man’s inmosts, but also into his mediates and outmosts. This latter state is treated of in what follows in this chapter; the former is described in these verses, where it is said of Moses that he judged alone (see what has been said above, n. 8685).

AC (Potts) n. 8691 sRef Ex@18 @15 S0′ 8691. And Moses said to his father-in-law. That this signifies the reciprocity that is in the answer, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as here being the answer, for Moses makes answer to his father-in-law. Reciprocity is meant because by Moses is represented Divine truth conjoined and united to Divine good (n. 8664, 8666); and when there is conjunction and union, then there is reciprocity, for good acts and truth reacts; the reaction is the reciprocity that is in the answer. So also it is in general with good and truth in the man in whom they have been conjoined.

AC (Potts) n. 8692 sRef Ex@18 @15 S0′ 8692. Because the people cometh unto me to inquire of God. That this signifies that they do not will and act from any other source than from the fact that the Word has so said, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine, thus the Word (n. 5922, 6723, 6752); and from the signification of “the people coming to him to inquire of God,” as being to consult what the Divine dictates, thus what they should will and do.

AC (Potts) n. 8693 sRef Ex@18 @16 S0′ 8693. When they have a word. That this signifies in everything that befalls, is evident from the signification of “a word,” as being a thing that befalls. That “in everything” is meant, is because the people came to him alone, and thereby is signified that truth Divine was to be consulted in everything.

AC (Potts) n. 8694 sRef Ex@18 @16 S0′ 8694. It cometh unto me, and I judge between a man and his companion. That this signifies that at this time they are disposed in conformity with revealed truth, is evident from the signification of “coming unto him,” when said of the truth Divine which is represented by Moses, as being to consult what must be willed and done (see above n. 8692); and from the signification of “judging between a man and his companion,” as being a disposing among truths. (That “to judge,” denotes to dispose, see above, n. 8685.) That it is in conformity with revealed truth, follows; for it is said just above, that “the people came unto him to inquire of God,” and just below, that he “makes known to them the judgments and laws of God.”
God.”
[2] By “revelation” is meant enlightenment when the Word is read, and perception then; for they who are in good and long for truth are taught in this way from the Word; but they who are not in good cannot be taught from the Word, but can only be confirmed in such things as they have been instructed in from infancy, whether true or false. The reason why those who are in good have revelation, and those who are in evil have no revelation, is that in the internal sense each and all things in the Word treat of the Lord and of His kingdom, and the angels who are with man perceive the Word according to the internal sense. This is communicated to the man who is in good, and reads the Word, and from affection longs for truth, and consequently has enlightenment and perception. For with those who are in good and from this in the affection of truth, the intellectual part of the mind is open into heaven, and their soul, that is, their internal man, is in fellowship with angels; but it is otherwise with those who are not in good, thus who do not from the affection of good long for truth; to these heaven is closed.
[3] But what is the nature of the revelation with those who are in good and from this in the affection of truth, cannot be described. It is not manifest, neither is it altogether hidden; but it is a certain consent and favoring from within that a thing is true, and a non-favoring if it is not true. When there is a favoring, the mind is at rest and is serene, and in this state there is the acknowledgment which is of faith. The cause of its being so is from the influx of heaven from the Lord; for through heaven from the Lord there is light, that surrounds and enlightens the intellect, which is the eye of the internal sight. The things which are then seen in that light are truths, for this very light is the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord. That this Divine truth is light in heaven, has been frequently shown.

AC (Potts) n. 8695 sRef Ex@18 @16 S0′ 8695. And I make known the judgments of God, and His laws. That this signifies that from this source they are taught what is true and what is good, is evident from the signification of “making known,” as being to teach; from the signification of “judgments,” as being truths (n. 2235, 6397); and from the signification of “laws,” as being the truths of good. That “laws” denote the truths of good, is because in a wide sense “the law” signifies the whole Word, in a less wide sense the historic Word, in a close sense the Word which was written by Moses, and in the closest sense the ten commandments of the Decalogue (n. 6752). Consequently as the Word is the Divine truth which proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord, “laws” denote the truths of good. The truths of good are truths which are from good, and in themselves are goods, because they derive their spring from good.

AC (Potts) n. 8696 sRef Ex@18 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @20 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8696. Verses 17-23. And Moses’ father-in-law said unto him, The word that thou doest is not good. Wearing thou wilt wear away, both thou, and this people that is with thee, because the word is too heavy for thee; thou art not able to do it, thou alone. Now hear my voice, I will counsel thee, and God shall be with thee. Be thou for the people with God, and bring thou the words unto God; and do thou teach them the statutes and the laws, and make known to them the way wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do. And do thou see out of all the people men of strenuousness, fearing God, men of truth, hating gain; and do thou set them for princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes fifties, and princes of tens; and let them judge the people in every time; and it shall be, every great word let them bring unto thee, and every small word let them judge; and devolve from upon thee, and let them bear with thee. If thou do this word, and God have commanded thee, then thou shalt be able to stand, and also all this people shall come upon its place in peace. “And Moses’ father-in-law said unto him,” signifies foresight; “The word that thou doest is not good,” signifies that a change must be made; “wearing thou wilt wear way, both thou, and this people that is with thee,” signifies that thus the truth which has been implanted would perish; “because the word is too heavy for thee,” signifies that it is not possible because not in conformity with order; “thou art not able to do it, thou alone,” signifies without the influx of truth from the Divine from some other source; “now hear my voice,” signifies agreement from the union; “I will counsel thee, and God shall be with thee,” signifies that it is from the Divine; “be thou for the people with God,” signifies the truth proceeding immediately from the Lord; “and bring thou the words unto God,” signifies mediation and intercession; “and do thou teach them the statutes and the laws,” signifies that from truth immediately from the Lord come the external and internal goods and truths of the church; “and make known to them the way wherein they must walk,” signifies the light of intelligence and the consequent life; “and the work that they must do,” signifies faith in act; “and do thou see out of all the people,” signifies the choosing of ministering truths; “men of strenuousness, fearing God,” signifies with which good from the Divine could be conjoined; “men of truth, hating gain,” signifies with which the truths are pure without a worldly end; “and do thou set them for princes of thousands,” signifies primary truths which are in the first degree under the truth immediately from the Divine; “princes of hundreds,” signifies primary truths in the second degree; “princes of fifties,” signifies intermediate primary truths; “and princes of tens,” signifies primary truths in the third place; “and let them judge the people in every time,” signifies a disposing In this manner perpetually; “and it shall be, every great word let them bring unto thee,” signifies that everything is from the truth that is immediately from the Divine; “and every small word let them judge,” signifies the appearance of some singular and particular things as from another source; “and devolve from upon thee, and let them bear with thee,” signifies thus functions and offices for them; “if thou do this word, and God have commanded thee,” signifies that thus it is from the Divine; “then thou shalt be able to stand,” signifies thus an abode with them; “and also all this people shall come upon its place in peace,” signifies that they who are of the spiritual church shall thus be in good, and shall be led by means of good.

AC (Potts) n. 8697 sRef Ex@18 @17 S0′ 8697. And Moses’ father-in-law said unto him. That this signifies foresight, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when it is predicated of the Divine good that is represented by Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, as being foresight (see also n. 5361, 6496).

AC (Potts) n. 8698 sRef Ex@18 @17 S0′ 8698. The word that thou doest is not good. That this signifies that a change must be made, is evident from what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8699 sRef Ex@18 @18 S0′ 8699. Wearing thou wilt wear away, both thou, and this people that is with thee. That this signifies that thus the truth which has been implanted would perish, is evident from the signification of “wearing away,” as being to be gradually consumed, thus to perish. That it denotes the truth which has been implanted, is because by “Moses” is meant truth from the Divine, and by “the people” those who receive. How the case is with these things shall be told in what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8700 sRef Ex@18 @18 S0′ 8700. For the word is too heavy for thee. That this signifies that it is not possible because not in conformity with order, is evident from the signification of “a heavy word,” as being that it is not possible. That “a heavy word” here denotes that it is not possible, is evident from what precedes, namely, that “wearing he would wear away, and the people that were with him,” by which is signified that the truth which has been implanted would perish; and also from what follows, namely, “Thou art not able to do it, thou alone;” and afterward, “If thou do this word, thou shalt be able to stand;” by which is meant impossibility unless a change is made.
[2] That it is not possible because not in conformity with order, is because in the other life everything is possible that is in conformity with order. The Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord is what makes order, and is order itself. Consequently as everything that is according to Divine truth is according to order, it is possible; and as everything that is contrary to Divine truth is contrary to order, it is impossible. That this is the case may appear more evident from examples. It is according to order that they who have lived well shall be saved, and that they who have lived ill shall be condemned. Hence it is impossible that they who have lived well should be sent into hell, and that they who have lived ill should be raised into heaven. Consequently it is impossible that they who are in hell can of the Lord’s pure mercy be brought out therefrom into heaven and be saved; for it is the reception of the Lord’s mercy while they lived in the world through which everyone is saved. They who receive it then are in the other life in the Lord’s mercy, for they are then in the capacity of receiving it there. To give it to others, and in general to everyone at pleasure, provided they have faith, and thus believe that they are cleansed from sins, is impossible, because it is contrary to order, that is, contrary to the Divine which is order.
[3] It is according to order that faith and charity be implanted in freedom and not under compulsion, and that the faith and charity which have been implanted in freedom, endure; but not if they have been implanted under compulsion. The reason is that what is done in freedom is insinuated into the affection, and thus into the will of man, and is therefore appropriated; but not what is done under compulsion. Consequently it is impossible for man to be saved unless, seeing that he has been born in evil, he is allowed to do evil, and to desist from evil. When in this freedom he desists from evil of himself, the affection of truth and good is insinuated by the Lord, whereby he has freedom to receive the things which are of faith and charity, for freedom belongs to the affection. From this it is plain that it is impossible to compel man to salvation. If this could be done, all men in the world would be saved.
[4] It is according to order for all in the other life to be associated together according to the life which they have acquired to themselves in the world; the evil with the evil, and the good with the good. Consequently it is not possible for the evil and the good to be together; neither is it possible for those to be in good who are evil, because good and evil are opposites, and the one destroys the other. For this reason also it is plain that it is not possible for those to be saved who are in hell; thus that it is not possible for salvation to be from mercy alone however a man has lived. They who are in hell and are there tormented, impute the torments there to the Divine, saying that the Divine can take away their torment if He will, because He is omnipotent; but that He will not, and that therefore He is the cause of their torment; for he who can and will not, they say, is the cause. But to take away such torments is impossible, because it is contrary to order; for if they were taken away, the evil would rise up against the good, and would subjugate the angels themselves, and destroy heaven. But the Divine wills nothing but good, namely, the happiness of the good, and for the sake of this, the bridling, and at the same time, the amendment, of the wicked. This being the end-the end of the Divine love and of mercy itself-it is not possible that torments should be taken away from him who is in hell. From these examples it can be seen that everything is impossible which is contrary to order, howsoever it may appear as possible to those who do not know the arcana of heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8701 sRef Ex@18 @18 S0′ 8701. Thou art not able to do it, thou alone. That this signifies without the influx of truth from good* from some other source, is evident from the signification of “doing it alone,” when said of the truth Divine represented by Moses, as being the influx of truth from it alone, and not at the same time from some other source. How the case herein is can be seen from what was said above (n. 8685) concerning the immediate influx of truth Divine, and concerning its influx immediate and at the same time mediate; namely, that the influx of truth Divine is immediate in the first state of man when he is being regenerated; but that the influx is immediate and mediate in the second state, that is, when he has been regenerated. When the influx is immediate, the Lord indeed flows in with good and truth, yet the good is not then perceived, but truth; therefore the man is then led by means of truth, not so much by good. But when the influx is at the same time mediate, then good is perceived, for mediate influx is into the man’s external sensuous; hence it is that the man is then led by the Lord by means of good. In general be it known that a man has not been regenerated until he acts from the affection of good; for he then wills good, and it is delightful and blessed to him to do it. When he is in this state, his life is the life of good, and he is in heaven, for what universally reigns in heaven is good; the truth which is of faith, however, leads man to good, thus to heaven, but does not place him in heaven. The reason of this is that in the other life all are associated together according to the life of the will, not according to the life of the understanding; for where the will is, there the understanding is, but not the reverse: it is so in heaven, and it is so in hell. They who are evil are not sent into hell until they are in the evil of their life; for when they are in this, they are also in the falsity of their evil; in like manner they who are in good are, in heaven, in the truth of their good. In the other life all are reduced to the state of having one mind, namely, that what they will they also think, and they do not think differently from what they will. But in the world it is otherwise, for in the world a man can think differently, and even understand differently, from what he wills; but this in order that he may be reformed, that is, may understand good though he wills evil, and thus may be led by his understanding to will good; but in the other life everyone is led according to his will which has been acquired in the world.
* Compare the explication of these words in n. 8696. [REVISER]

AC (Potts) n. 8702 sRef Ex@18 @19 S0′ 8702. Now hear my voice. That this signifies agreement from the union, is evident from the signification of “hearing a voice,” as being obedience, but here agreement, because it is said by Jethro, by whom is represented the Divine good united to the Divine truth which is represented by Moses (that they are united, see n. 8666); consequently by “hear my voice” is signified agreement from the union. Be it known that when good and truth have been conjoined, there is agreement in each and all things, namely, of good with truth and of truth with good. The reason is that good is of truth and truth is of good, and thus these two are one; for what good wills, this truth confirms; and what truth perceives as truth, this good wills, and both together do. The case is similar with good and truth as with the will and the understanding; what the will wills and loves, this the understanding thinks and confirms, and vice versa. That these two are alike is because good is of the will, and truth is of the understanding. In such a state are they who are led of the Lord by means of good (of which just above, n. 8701).

AC (Potts) n. 8703 sRef Ex@18 @19 S0′ 8703. I will counsel thee, and God shall be with thee. That this signifies that it is from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “to counsel,” when by the Divine good which is represented by Jethro, as being what is determined by the Divine, thus what is from the Divine; and from the signification of “God shall be with thee,” as also being from the Divine. But from the Divine, as signified by “to counsel,” respects the Divine good which is represented by Jethro; whereas from the Divine, as signified by “God shall be with thee,” respects the Divine truth which is represented by Moses.

AC (Potts) n. 8704 sRef Ex@18 @19 S0′ 8704. Be thou for the people with God. That this signifies the truth proceeding immediately from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “being for the people with God,” when said of the Divine truth represented by Moses, as being nearest with the Lord, because proceeding immediately from Him. What these things involve, will be plain from what now follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8705 sRef Ex@18 @19 S0′ 8705. And bring thou the words unto God. That this signifies mediation and intercession, is evident from the signification of “bringing the words unto God,” when said of the Divine truth, as being to mediate with the Divine Itself and to intercede, for he who mediates and intercedes brings the matters to Him who gives aid. Mediation and intercession are of the Divine truth, because this is nearest with the Divine good, which is the Lord Himself. That the Divine truth is nearest with the Divine good, which is the Lord, is because it proceeds immediately from Him. As the occasion offers, it shall here be told how the case is with the Lord’s mediation and intercession. They who believe that there are three Persons who constitute the Divine and who together are called one God, from the sense of the letter of the Word, have no other idea of mediation and intercession than that the Lord sits at the right hand of His Father, and speaks with Him as man with man, and brings the supplications of men to the Father, and entreats that for His sake, because He suffered the cross for the human race, He may pardon them and have mercy. Such is the idea of intercession and mediation which every simple person has from the sense of the letter of the Word.
[2] But be it known that the sense of the letter is according to the apprehension of simple men, in order that they may be introduced into interior truths themselves; for the simple cannot have any other idea of the heavenly kingdom than as of an earthly kingdom, nor any other idea of the Father than as of a king on the earth, and of the Lord than as of the son of a king who is the heir of the kingdom. That the simple have such an idea, is plainly evident from the idea of the Lord’s apostles themselves about His kingdom; for at first they believed, like the rest of the Jews, that the Lord as the Messiah would be the greatest king upon the earth, and would raise them to a height of glory above all the nations and peoples on the whole globe. But when they heard from the Lord Himself that His kingdom is not on earth but in heaven; then neither could they think otherwise than that His kingdom in heaven is altogether like a kingdom on the earth. And therefore James and John asked that in His kingdom the one might sit on His right hand and the other on His left; and the rest of the apostles, who also wanted to become great in that kingdom, had indignation, and disputed among themselves which of them should be greatest there. And as such an idea cleaved to them and could not be rooted out, the Lord indeed said unto them that they should “sit on twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel” (see Mark 10:37, 41; Luke 22:24, 30; Matt. 19:28); but they did not then know what the Lord meant by the “twelve thrones,” and by the “twelve tribes,” and by “judgment.”
[3] From all this it can now be seen what the idea is, and whence it is, concerning the Lord’s mediation and intercession with the Father. But he who knows the interior things of the Word has a totally different notion about the Lord’s mediation and His intercession, namely, that He does not intercede as a son with a royal father on earth, but as the Lord of the universe with Himself, and as God of Himself, for the Father and He are not two, but are one, as He Himself teaches (John 14:8-11). He is called “Mediator” and “Intercessor,” because by “the Son” is meant the Divine truth, and by “the Father” the Divine good (see n. 2803, 2813, 3704), and mediation is effected through the Divine truth, because by means of it access is given to the Divine good; for the Divine good cannot be approached, because it is like the fire of the sun, but the Divine truth, because it is like the light therefrom, which gives to man’s sight, which is of faith, passage and access (n. 8644). Hence it can be seen what mediation and intercession are. It shall be told further whence it is that the Lord Himself, who is the Divine good itself and the Sun itself of heaven, is called “a Mediator and Intercessor with the Father.”
sRef John@1 @18 S4′ sRef John@5 @37 S4′ [4] When the Lord was in the world, and before He was fully glorified, He was the Divine truth; wherefore at that time there was mediation, and He interceded with the Father, that is, with the Divine good itself (John 14:16, 17; 17:9, 15, 17). But after He was glorified as to the Human, He is called “Mediator and Intercession” for this reason, that no one can think of the Divine Itself unless he presents to himself the idea of a Divine Man; still less can anyone be conjoined through love with the Divine Itself except by means of such an idea. If anyone without the idea of a Divine Man thinks of the Divine Itself, he thinks indeterminately, and an indeterminate idea is no idea; or he conceives an idea of the Divine from the visible universe without an end, or with an end in obscurity, which idea conjoins itself with the idea of the worshipers of nature, and also falls into nature, and thus becomes no idea. From this it is evident that there would not be any conjunction with the Divine through faith, nor through love. All conjunction requires an object, and the conjunction effected is according to the quality of the object. For this reason the Lord as to the Divine Human is called “a Mediator” and “an Intercessor,” but He mediates and intercedes with Himself. That the Divine Itself cannot be apprehended by any idea, is evident from the Lord’s words in John:
No one hath ever seen God; the only begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath set Him forth (John 1:18).
Ye have never heard the voice of the Father, nor seen His shape (John 5:37).
[5] Nevertheless, what is remarkable, all who think from themselves or from the flesh about God, think of Him indeterminately, that is without any determinate idea; whereas they who think of God not from themselves, nor from the flesh, but from the spirit, think about Him determinately, that is, they present to themselves an idea of the Divine under a human form. So the angels in heaven think of the Divine, and so the wise ancients thought, to whom also, when the Divine Itself appeared, it appeared as a Divine Man; for the Divine passing though heaven is a Divine Man. The reason is that heaven is a Grand Man, as has been shown at the end of many chapters. From all this it is evident of what sort are the intelligent of the world, and of what sort are the intelligent of heaven; namely, that the intelligent of the world remove from themselves the idea of the human; and consequently between their minds and the Divine there is no mediation, whence they have thick darkness; whereas the intelligent of heaven have an idea of the Divine in the Human; thus the Lord is to them mediation, and consequently in their minds there is light.

AC (Potts) n. 8706 sRef Ex@18 @20 S0′ 8706. And do thou teach them the statutes and the laws. That this signifies that from truth immediately from the Lord come the external and internal goods and truths of the church, is evident from the representation of Moses, of whom it is said that he should teach, as being the truth proceeding immediately from the Lord (see n. 7010, 7382); from the signification of “the statutes,” as being the external goods and truths of the church (n. 3382, 8362); and from the signification of “the laws,” as being the internal goods and truths of the church (n. 8695).

AC (Potts) n. 8707 sRef Ex@18 @20 S0′ 8707. And make known to them the way wherein they must walk. That this signifies the light of intelligence, and the consequent life, is evident from the signification of “the way,” as being predicated of the understanding of truth (see n. 627, 2333), here in an interior degree, because it is predicated of the understanding which the man of the spiritual church has from the immediate influx of truth from the Lord, from which there is no perception of truth, but light which gives the capacity of understanding. It is with this light as with the light of the sight of the eye; in order that the eye may see objects, there must be a light from which there is a general illumination. In this light the eye sees and discerns objects, and is affected with beauty and delight according to their agreement with order. The case is similar with the sight of the internal eye, which is the understanding; in order that this may see, there must also be a light from which there is a general illumination, in which come into view the objects which are the things of intelligence and wisdom. This light is from the Divine truth which proceeds immediately from the Lord (see n. 8644). The objects presented in this light appear beautiful and delightful according to their agreement with each person’s good. And from the signification of “wherein they must walk,” that is, in the light, as being the consequent life. (That in the internal sense “to walk” denotes life, see n. 3335, 4882, 5493, 5605, 8417, 8420.)

AC (Potts) n. 8708 sRef Ex@18 @20 S0′ 8708. And the work that they must do. That this signifies faith in act, is evident from the signification of “the work that they must do,” as being action, here action from the light of intelligence, thus from faith; for faith from the Lord is in the light of intelligence (of which above, n. 8707). In proportion as a man receives of the truths which are of faith, he enters into that light and is raised into heaven; but the reception of the truths of faith is not effected by acknowledgment alone, but by acknowledgment conjoined with life; that is, by their being acknowledged in act. This reception is what is meant by “the work that they must do.”

AC (Potts) n. 8709 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8709. And do thou see out of all the people. That this signifies the choosing of ministering truths, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” as here being to choose; and from the signification of “the people,” as being predicated of truths (see n. 1259, 1260, 3581, 4619), here of truths that minister to the truth immediately from the Divine which is represented by Moses (n. 7010); for the princes whom he was to choose were to be ministrant to him. (That “princes” denote ministrant truths, will be seen below.)

AC (Potts) n. 8710 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8710. Men of strenuousness, fearing God. That this signifies with which good from the Divine could be conjoined, is evident from the signification of “men of strenuousness,” as being those who have strength from the truths which are from good; for by “man” is signified truth (n. 3134, 5502), and by “strenuousness,” the consequent strength. Moreover in the original tongue “strength” is signified by the same expression that is here rendered “strenuousness.” That it denotes strength from the truths that are from good, is because the men are said also to be “God fearing,” and by “God fearing” are signified those who are in good from the Divine; for “the fear of God” denotes worship from the good of faith and from the good of love (n. 2826, 5459).

AC (Potts) n. 8711 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8711. Men of truth, hating gain. That this signifies because the truths are pure without a worldly end, is evident from the signification of “men of truth,” as being pure truths; that “men of truth” denote pure truths is because by “men” are signified truths (see n. 3134, 5502), and by “truth,” faith (n. 3121), thus by “men of truth” are signified truths of faith, that is, pure truths; and from the signification of “hating gain,” as being aversion to persuasions from falsity and evil, for by “hating” is signified aversion, and by “gain,” the falsity and evil which persuade and draw away from truth and good. By “gain” in general is signified all the falsity from evil that perverts the judgments of the mind; and as this is the case with those who have the world as their end, therefore by “those who hate gain” are also signified those who are without a worldly end. That “gain” denotes all the falsity from evil which perverts the judgments of the mind and withdraws from truth and good, can be seen by everyone who reflects, and in this sense “gain” is frequently mentioned in the Word (as in Isa. 33:15; 56:11; 57:17; in Jer. 6:13; 8:10; 22:17; and in Ezek. 22:27; 33:31; in David also, Ps. 119:36).

AC (Potts) n. 8712 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8712. And do thou set them for princes of thousands. That this signifies the primary truths which are in the first degree under the truth that is immediately from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “princes,” as being primary things (on which see n. 1482, 2089, 5044), here truths from good, because these princes were to be under Moses, by whom is represented truth Divine proceeding from Divine good, that is, from the Lord; and from the signification of “thousands,” as being those who are in the first degree; for by “a thousand” are signified many persons, or in the abstract sense many things and where there are many things, or they who are over many, and are thereby in a degree of greater dignity than those who are over few; here therefore those who are in the first degree, for they who were in a lower degree were princes of hundreds, of fifties, and of tens (that in the internal sense “a thousand” does not mean a thousand, but many persons or many things, see n. 2575).

AC (Potts) n. 8713 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8713. Princes of hundreds. That this signifies primary truths in the second degree, is evident from the signification of “princes,” as being primary things (as just above, n. 8712); and from the signification of “hundreds,” as being many persons or many things, but in the second degree, because “thousands” signify those in the first degree. (That “a hundred” denotes much, see n. 4400.)

AC (Potts) n. 8714 sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ 8714. Princes of fifties. That this signifies intermediate primary truths, is evident from the signification of “princes,” as being primary things (as above, n. 8712, 8713); and from the signification of “fifties,” as being intermediate things, namely, between the truths from good that are in the second degree and those which are in the third, signified by “princes of hundreds” and “princes of tens.” That “fifty” denotes things intermediate, is because by “fifty” is signified both much and somewhat, the like as by “five” (that it signifies much, see n. 5708, 5956; that it signifies somewhat, n. 4638, 5291); consequently when “fifty” is named between “a hundred” and “ten,” it denotes things intermediate. Intermediate things are those which draw near to one side, and proceed from the other, thus are between those which for the sake of conjunction are in a prior degree and those which are in a posterior one.

AC (Potts) n. 8715 sRef Rev@20 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @21 S0′ sRef Ps@68 @17 S0′ sRef Ps@90 @4 S0′ sRef Ps@144 @13 S0′ sRef Ps@105 @8 S0′ sRef Rev@20 @5 S0′ sRef Luke@14 @31 S0′ sRef Rev@20 @3 S0′ sRef Rev@20 @7 S0′ sRef Matt@18 @28 S0′ sRef Ps@91 @7 S0′ sRef Matt@18 @24 S0′ 8715. And princes of tens. That this signifies primary truths in the third place, is evident from the signification of “princes,” as being primary things (as above); and from the signification of “tens,” as also being many, but in a less degree, because under “hundreds” (that “tens,” or “ten,” also denotes many, see n. 3107, 4638). Princes being set in order over a thousand, over a hundred, and over ten, abstractedly from all number represented many things in the first degree, in the second, and in the third, in like manner as in other passages in the Word, as where the Lord said of the servant that he “owed ten thousand talents,” and that the fellow-servant “owed him a hundred pence” (Matt. 18:24, 28); in like manner where He spoke of “a king about to wage war with another king, as consulting whether he was able with ten thousand to meet the other who was coming with twenty thousand” (Luke 14:31). In like manner in John:
An angel coming down from heaven laid hold on the dragon, and bound him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, that he should seduce the nations no more, until the thousand years should be consummated. The rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were consummated: this is the first resurrection (Rev. 20:1-3, 5).
in this passage by “a thousand” is not signified a thousand, but much, without any number. In like manner in Moses:
Jehovah doing mercy to a thousand generations that love Him (Exod. 20:5, 6; Deut. 5:9, 10; 7:9; also in Jer. 32:18).
In David:
The word He commanded to a thousand generations (Ps. 105:8).
A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; it shall not come nigh thee (Ps. 91:7)
The chariots of God are twenty thousand, thousands of peaceful ones (Ps. 68:17).
Our flocks thousands, and ten thousands in our streets (Ps. 144:13).
A thousand years in Thy sight are as a day (Ps. 90:4).
It is similar with “a hundred” and with “ten,” for lesser numbers signify the like with the greater that result from multiplication by a like number (see n. 5291, 5335, 5708, 7973); (that “a hundred” and also “ten” signify much, see n. 3107, 4400, 4638).

AC (Potts) n. 8716 sRef Ex@18 @22 S0′ 8716. And let them judge the people in every time. That this signifies a disposing in this manner perpetually, is evident from the signification of “judging,” as being the disposing of truths (of which above, n. 8685); and from the signification of “in every time,” as being perpetually.

AC (Potts) n. 8717 sRef Ex@18 @22 S0′ 8717. And it shall be, every great word let them bring unto thee. That this signifies that everything is from the truth that is immediately from the Divine, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth immediately from the Divine (see n. 7010, 7382); that everything is from this, is signified by “every great word let them bring unto him.” It appears from the sense of the letter as if everything was to be brought to Divine truth; but as everything comes from the Lord through the truth proceeding from Him, for everything of life is from Him, therefore in the internal sense it is not signified to this truth, but from it. The case herein is as was shown concerning influx (n. 3721, 5119, 5259, 5779, 6322), namely, that influx does not take place from exteriors to interiors; but from interiors to exteriors. The reason is that all exteriors are formed to minister to interiors, as instrumental causes to their principal causes, and the former are dead causes without the latter. Be it known that in the internal sense things are set forth such as they are in themselves; not such as they appear in the sense of the letter.
[2] In itself the fact is that by means of the truth proceeding from Himself the Lord directs all things down to the veriest singulars; not as a king in the world, but as God in heaven and in the universe. A king in the world exercises only a care over the whole, and his princes and officers a particular care. It is otherwise with God, for God sees all things, and knows all things from eternity, and provides all things to eternity, and from Himself holds all things in their order. From this it is evident that the Lord has not only a care over the whole, but also a particular and individual care of all things, otherwise than as a king in the world. His disposing is immediate through the truth Divine from Himself, and is also mediate through heaven. But the mediate disposing through heaven is also as it were immediate from Himself, for what comes out of heaven comes through heaven from Him. That this is so the angels in heaven not only know, but also perceive in themselves. (That the Divine disposing or providence of the Lord is in all things and each, nay, in the veriest singulars of all, howsoever otherwise it appears before man, see n. 4329, 5122, 5904, 6058, 6481-6487, 6490, 6491.)
[3] But this subject falls with difficulty into the idea of any man, and least of all into the idea of those who trust in their own prudence; for they attribute to themselves all things that happen prosperously for them, and the rest they ascribe to fortune, or chance; and few to the Divine Providence. Thus they attribute the things that happen to dead causes, and not to the living cause. When things turn out happily they indeed say that it is of God, and even that there is nothing that is not from Him; but few, and scarcely any, at heart believe it. In like manner do those who place all prosperity in worldly and bodily things, namely, in honors and riches, and believe that these alone are Divine blessings; and therefore when they see many of the evil abound in such things, and not so much the good, they reject from their heart and deny the Divine Providence in individual things, not considering that Divine Blessing is to be happy to eternity, and that the Lord regards such things as are of brief duration, as relatively, are the things of this world, no otherwise than as means to eternal things. Wherefore also the Lord provides for the good, who receive His mercy in time, such things as contribute to the happiness of their eternal life; riches and honors for those to whom they are not hurtful; and no riches and honors for those to whom they would be hurtful. Nevertheless to these latter He gives in time, in the place of honors and riches, to be glad with a few things, and to be more content than the rich and honored.

AC (Potts) n. 8718 sRef Ex@18 @22 S0′ 8718. But every small word let them judge. That this signifies the appearance of some particular and singular things as from another source, is evident from the things unfolded just above (n. 8717), namely, that by their bringing every great word unto Moses is signified that each and all things down to the veriest singulars are from the Lord. From this it also follows that “a small word” too, that is, things particular and singular, are from Him. That there is an appearance that they are from another source will be seen below.

AC (Potts) n. 8719 sRef Ex@18 @22 S0′ 8719. And devolve from upon thee, and let them bear with thee. That this signifies thus functions and offices for them, is evident from the signification of “to devolve from upon thee,” as being to hand down to others also; and from the signification of “bearing with thee,” as being to be of assistance. That by these words is signified thus functions and offices for them, is because the Lord does each and all things from Himself immediately, and mediately through heaven. That He acts mediately through heaven is not because He needs their aid, but that the angels there may have functions and offices, and consequently life and happiness in accordance with their offices and uses. From this there is an appearance to them that they act from themselves, but a perception that it is from the Lord. These things are signified by Moses “devolving from upon him,” and by the princes, who were to judge small matters, “bearing with him.” (That the Lord flows in not only immediately, but also mediately, and not only into the firsts, but also into the mediates and lasts of order, see n. 6982, 6985, 6996, 7004, 7007.)

AC (Potts) n. 8720 sRef Ex@18 @23 S0′ 8720. If thou do this word, and God have commanded thee. That this signifies that thus it is from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “if God have commanded that thou do this word,” as being when it is so from the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8721 sRef Ex@18 @23 S0′ 8721. Then thou shalt be able to stand. That this signifies thus an abode with them, is evident from the signification of “thou shalt be able to stand,” as being to have an abode with those who are of the spiritual church. That this is signified, is because if truth flowed in only immediately from the Divine, and not also through heaven mediately, the man of that church could be led only by means of truth, and not by means of good, as can be seen from what was shown above (n. 8685, 8701); and unless he were led by means of good, he could not be in heaven, thus the Lord could not have an abode with him; for the abode of the Lord with man is in the good with him, and not in the truth except through the good.

AC (Potts) n. 8722 sRef Ex@18 @23 S0′ 8722. And also all this people shall come upon its place in peace. That this signifies that they who are of the spiritual church shall thus be in good, and shall be led by means of good, is evident from the signification of “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church, because by “the people” are meant the sons of Israel, by whom is represented the spiritual church; from the signification of “coming unto a place,” as being to the state to which they shall be led, which state is a state of good; for they who are of the spiritual church are led by means of truth to good, and when they come to good, then they come to their own place (that “place” denotes state see n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381); and from the signification of “peace,” as being the Divine in good; for in the supreme sense “peace” denotes the Lord, and it is from this that it inmostly affects good, and is the very being of the happiness of those who are in good. So long as man is in truth, and not yet in good, he is in an untranquil state; but when he is in good, then he is in a tranquil state, thus in peace. The reason is that evil spirits cannot attack good, but flee away at the first perception of it; whereas they can attack truth. Hence it is that when men are in good, they are in peace. This is what is signified by “all this people shall come upon its place in peace.” (What it is to be led by the Lord by means of truth, and what by means of good, see n. 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701.)

AC (Potts) n. 8723 sRef Ex@18 @27 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @26 S0′ 8723. Verses 24-27. And Moses hearkened to the voice of his father-in-law, and did all that he had said. And Moses chose men of strenuousness out of all Israel, and gave them as heads over the people: princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes of fifties, and princes of tens. And they shall judge the people in every time, the difficult word they shall bring unto Moses, and every small word they shall judge. And Moses let his father-in-law go, and he went to himself unto his own land.
“And Moses hearkened to the voice of his father-in-law, and did all that he had said,” signifies the effect according to the setting in order of Divine good; “and Moses chose men of strenuousness out of all Israel,” signifies the choice of truths with which good could be conjoined among those who were of the spiritual church; “and gave them as heads over the people,” signifies influx into these truths; “princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes of fifties, and princes of tens,” signifies primary truths that are subordinate in successive order to the truth proceeding immediately from the Divine; “and they shall judge the people in every time,” signifies their consequent perpetual dependence; “the difficult word they shall bring unto Moses,” signifies mediation and intercession; “and every small word they shall judge,” signifies the appearance of some particular and singular things as from another source; “and Moses let his father-in-law go,” signifies a state of truth Divine accommodated; “and he went to himself unto his own land,” signifies to the Divine Itself.

AC (Potts) n. 8724 sRef John@5 @26 S0′ sRef John@7 @39 S0′ sRef John@16 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@18 @24 S0′ sRef John@5 @19 S0′ sRef John@16 @14 S0′ sRef John@16 @13 S0′ 8724. And Moses hearkened to the voice of his father-in-law, and did all that he had said. That this signifies the effect according to the setting in order of Divine good, is evident without explication; for by Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, is represented the Divine good (see n. 8643), and by Moses the Divine truth which proceeds from the Divine good (n. 8644). The Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord does nothing of itself, but from the Divine good which is the Divine Itself; for the Divine good is the Being, but the Divine truth is the Coming-forth therefrom; wherefore the Being must be in the Coming-forth that this may be anything, and consequently that anything may be done. When the Lord was in the world He was Divine truth, and then the Divine good in Him was “the Father;” but when He was glorified, then He became the Divine good even as to the Human. The Divine truth which then proceeded from Him is called the “Paraclete,” or “Spirit of Truth.” He who knows these two arcana, if he is in enlightenment from the Lord when he reads the Word, can be in the understanding of many things which the Lord Himself spoke concerning the Father and concerning Himself, and also concerning the Paraclete, the Spirit of Truth, which otherwise would be incomprehensible mysteries; as in John:
Jesus said, The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father doing; for what things soever He doeth, these the Son also doeth in like manner. As the Father hath life in Himself, so hath He given also to the Son to have life in Himself (John 5:19, 26).
The Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified (John 7:39).
If I go not away, the Paraclete will not come unto you; but If I go, I will send Him unto you; He, the Spirit of Truth, shall not speak from Himself; but what things soever He shall hear, shall He speak. He shall glorify Me, for He shall receive of Mine (John 16:7, 13, 14);
and more similar passages elsewhere.

AC (Potts) n. 8725 sRef Ex@18 @25 S0′ 8725. And Moses chose men of strenuousness out of all Israel. That this signifies the choice of truths with which good could be conjoined among those who are of the spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “men of strenuousness,” as being truths with which good can be conjoined (see above, n. 8710); and from the representation of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (of which above, n. 8645). It is said “the choice of truths with which good can be conjoined,” because there are truths with which good cannot as yet be conjoined, and truths with which it can. The truths with which it can be conjoined, are truths confirmed, and also consociated with many others, even with such as delight the intellectual sight; in this way these truths enter into the affection, which makes the man will them. When this takes place, then good conjoins itself with them; for to will truths, and from this to do them, makes them to be good. Be it known further, that good is not conjoined with truths until these truths have been purified from the falsities which are from evil, and until they have a connection with all the truths which must be truths of faith with him who is to be regenerated. From the Lord the angels clearly and plainly see and perceive the connection and purification of truths, however little the man may feel or perceive in himself anything of the kind.

AC (Potts) n. 8726 sRef Ex@18 @25 S0′ 8726. And gave them as heads over the people. That this signifies influx into these truths, is evident from the signification of “men of strenuousness,” who here are those whom he made heads over the people, as being truths with which good can be conjoined (of which just above, n. 8725); from the representation of Moses, as being the truth immediately from the Divine (of which frequently above); and from the signification of “giving them as heads,” as being to flow in, and thus to give quality to, in order that the truth immediately from the Divine may through them lead the man of the church by means of good. How this is, can be seen from what has been before set forth, namely, that the man who is being regenerated is at first led by means of the truth which is of faith; but when he has been regenerated he is led by means of the good which is of charity (n. 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701); and that in the first state, namely, when he is led by means of truth, the Lord flows in through the truth Divine which proceeds immediately from Him; but in the other state, namely, when he is led by means of good, the Lord flows in through both the truth which proceeds immediately, and that which proceeds mediately, from Him (n. 8685, 8701); and that the mediate influx is equally from the Lord as is the immediate (n. 8717). These are the things described in this verse in the internal sense. The very mediate influx of truth from the Divine is signified by the words, “Moses gave them as heads over the people.”

AC (Potts) n. 8727 sRef Ex@18 @25 S0′ 8727. Princes of thousands, princes of hundreds, princes of fifties, and princes of tens. That hereby are signified primary truths that are subordinate in successive order to the truth proceeding immediately from the Divine, is evident from what was adduced above (n. 8712-8715, 8717, 8718, 8722).

AC (Potts) n. 8728 sRef Ex@18 @26 S0′ 8728. And they shall judge the people in every time. That this signifies their consequent perpetual dependence, is evident from the signification of “judging,” as being the disposing of truths (see n. 8685), here the subordinate disposing, which is dependence; for the princes who were to judge the people were in the place of Moses in small matters; in the internal sense that truths in successive order from interior to exterior are subordinate to the truth immediately from the Divine, through which truths the Lord thus acts mediately; but in the sense determined to persons it means the angels and angelic societies in such subordination and dependence, for through them the Lord acts mediately and directs men; nevertheless, it is not the angels who direct, but the Lord through them (n. 8718, 8719). As further concerning this subject, be it known that some things also come from the angels themselves who are with man; but all the good and truth which become of faith and charity, that is, of the new life with man, come from the Lord alone, and also through the angels from Him; in like manner all disposing, which is continual, is for this use. The things which come from the angels themselves are such as accommodate themselves to the affection of the man, and in themselves are not goods, but still serve for introducing the goods and truths which are from the Lord. That “in every time” denotes perpetually, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8729 sRef Ex@18 @26 S0′ 8729. The difficult word they shall bring unto Moses. That this signifies mediation and intercession, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8705). It is here said that they “shall bring the word unto Moses,” and there, that “Moses shall bring it to God”; but each involves what is similar.

AC (Potts) n. 8730 sRef Ex@18 @26 S0′ 8730. And every small word they shall judge, signifies the appearance of some particular and singular things as from another source, as above (n. 8718), where are the same words.

AC (Potts) n. 8731 sRef Ex@18 @27 S0′ 8731. And Moses let his father-in-law go. That this signifies a state of truth Divine accommodated, is evident from the fact that when all things have been reduced into order, that is, accommodated, namely, when mediate truths have been subordinated to the truth immediately from the Divine, it is the end of this state. This is described by Moses letting his father-in-law go; for the beginning of this state is described by Jethro’s coming unto Moses, and by their being thus consociated for that end. The reason why it was not before commanded by Jehovah that princes should be set in order who also should judge the people, but that this was done by the counsel and persuasion of Jethro, was in order that the subject of this chapter might be fully represented in its order. For in what precedes, the subject treated of was the previous state in which are those of the spiritual church during regeneration, namely, when they are being led by the Lord by means of truth. To this state the other succeeds, which is that they are led by the Lord by means of good. This turning or change of one state into the other is what is described in this chapter by Jethro.

AC (Potts) n. 8732 sRef Ex@18 @27 S0′ 8732. And he went to himself unto his own land. That this signifies to the Divine Itself, is evident from the signification of “going unto his own land,” as being to the former state, thus to the Divine. Moreover by “land” in the internal sense is signified the church, and also heaven; therefore in the supreme sense is signified the Divine. (That by “land” in the internal sense is signified the church, thus also the kingdom of the Lord in heaven, see n. 566, 662, 1066, 1067, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011.) That by “land” in the supreme sense is signified the Divine, is because Jethro represented the Divine good, thus the Divine Itself, the returning whereto cannot otherwise be expressed in the historic sense of the letter than by “going unto his own land.” For the significatives in the Word accommodate themselves to the thing represented, the signification which properly belongs to the expression still remaining, as for instance the signification of “land,” which properly signifies the church, for the reason that they who are in heaven do not think of land when it is read of in the Word, but of the spiritual state of the nation which is in the land, thus of the religion there; and therefore when a “land” is read of where the church is, then they have an idea of the church there; and when an idea of the church, they have also an idea of the Lord’s kingdom, consequently of heaven; and when an idea of heaven, they have also an idea of the Divine there. But when the thing represented treats of any other holy thing in the church or in heaven, then that thing can be understood by “land”-as love, charity, good, faith. Hence it is evident that the signification still remains which properly belongs to the expression; as when good is signified, or love or charity, still through all there remains the signification of the church; for these things are the essentials of the church, and make it to be the church.

AC (Potts) n. 8733 8733. CONTINUATION CONCERNING THE SPIRITS AND THE INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
As the spirits of the earth Jupiter bear relation in the Grand Man to the Imaginative of Thought, they speak little and think much; and when they speak, their speech is cogitative, and differs from the speech of others in the fact that it does not terminate so much in sound, as in a kind of soft murmur which is inwardly rapid. The very thought with them in this way unfolds itself into speech. The reason is that they are of a genius intermediate between the spiritual and the celestial; for the spiritual speak sonorously, and bring the whole of their thought into their speech; wherefore in order that their thought may be known, it must be gathered from the words. But not so the celestial; for that which is of their will rolls itself by somewhat of thought into what is like a wave, which affects and moves the will of another according to the state of the matter.

AC (Potts) n. 8734 8734. The speech of spirits in general is formed from ideas of thought that fall into words according to the fullness and the affection; and as the entire idea of the thing is thus presented and communicated, spirits can express more within a minute than a man in the world can within an hour; for the whole idea of the thing, such as it is in the thought, is fully transmitted into the thought of the other. From this it was made plain to me what the conjunction of minds or spiritual conjunction is (which is charity or mutual love), namely, that the mind of the one presents itself in the mind of the other with all the good of its own thought and will toward him, and in this way affects him; and on the other hand, what spiritual disjunction is (which is enmity and hatred), namely, that the mind of the one presents itself in the mind of the other with the thought and will of destroying him, which causes rejection.

AC (Potts) n. 8735 8735. I was further instructed by the spirits of the earth Jupiter who were with me for a considerable time, that on that earth there are also those who call themselves “saints,” and who, under a penalty, command their servants, whom they multiply, to call them “lords.” They likewise forbid them to adore the Lord of the universe, saying that they are the Lord’s mediators, and that they will bring their supplications to the Lord of the universe. The Lord of the universe, who is our Lord, they do not call “the One Only Lord,” as the rest do, but “the Supreme Lord,” for the reason that they also call themselves lords.

AC (Potts) n. 8736 8736. These saints, who are saluted as lords by their servants, call the sun the face of the Supreme Lord, and believe His abode to be there, wherefore they also adore the sun. The rest of the inhabitants hold them in aversion, and will not have interaction with them, both because they adore the sun, and because they call themselves lords, and are worshiped by their servants as mediatory gods.

AC (Potts) n. 8737 8737. The instructing and chastising spirits (spoken of above, n. 7802-7812), do not come to these, as to others on that earth, because they do not suffer themselves to be instructed, nor are they amended by discipline. They are inflexible, because they act from the love of self. The spirits say that they know from the coldness that it is they; and that when they notice the coldness, they depart from them.

AC (Potts) n. 8738 8738. There was shown me by the spirits the head-covering of those who call themselves saints: it was a towering hat of a darkish color.

AC (Potts) n. 8739 8739. In the other life such appear to the right, backward, at some height, and there sit like idols, and also are at first worshiped by their servants, who had been with such; but are afterward held by them in derision. And what surprised me, their faces shine there as if from fire, which is because of their having believed that they were saints, and in the likeness of the Lord, who is in the sun. But notwithstanding this fiery appearance of their faces, they are cold, and have an intense desire to be made warm. From this it is plain that the fire with which they shine is as it were an ignis fatuus.

AC (Potts) n. 8740 8740. In order to make themselves warm, the same seem to themselves to cut wood, and while they are cutting, there appears underneath the wood somewhat of a man whom they at the same time attempt to strike. This comes to pass because of their attributing merit to themselves; and as they attribute sanctity, they also impute to themselves righteousness. They who do this in the world, in the other life seem to themselves to cut wood; as is the case likewise with some from our earth, concerning whom previously, from experience, which experience, for the sake of illustrating the subject, may here be quoted (from n. 4943):
“In the lower earth, under the soles of the feet, are also those who have placed merit in good deeds and in works. Some of them appear to themselves to cut wood. The place where they are is rather cold, and they seem to themselves to acquire warmth by their labor. With these also I conversed; and it was given me to ask them whether they wished to come out of that place. They replied that they had not yet merited it by their labor. But when this state has been passed through, they are taken out thence. These spirits also are natural, because the wish to merit salvation is not spiritual, for it comes from their own; not from the Lord. Moreover they regard themselves as superior to others, and some of them even despise others. If these persons do not receive more joy than others in the other life, they are indignant against the Lord; and therefore when they cut wood, there sometimes appears as it were somewhat of the Lord under the wood, and this from their indignation. But as they have led a pious life, and have acted in this way from ignorance, in which there was something of innocence, therefore angels are occasionally sent to them who console them. And sometimes too there appears to them from above on the left as it were a sheep, at the sight of which they also receive consolation.” (See also n. 1110.)

AC (Potts) n. 8741 8741. The subject of the spirits and inhabitants of the earth Jupiter will be continued at the end of the following chapter.

AC (Potts) n. 8742 8742. CHAPTER 19
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.

Everyone has an internal man and an external man; the internal man is what is called the spiritual man, and the external man is what is called the natural man. Both must be regenerated for the man to be regenerated.

AC (Potts) n. 8743 8743. With the man who has not been regenerated the external or natural man commands, and the internal or spiritual man serves; but with the man who has been regenerated the internal or spiritual man commands, and the external or natural serves. This inversion cannot possibly exist except through regeneration by the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8744 8744. So long as the external man has not been regenerated, he makes all good consist in pleasure, in gain, in pride, and burns with hatred and revenge against those who set themselves in opposition; and then the internal man not only consents, but also supplies reasons which confirm and promote; thus the internal man serves and the external commands.

AC (Potts) n. 8745 8745. But when the external man has been regenerated, the internal man makes all good consist in thinking well of the neighbor and willing well to him, and the external man makes all good consist in speaking well of him and acting well toward him; and at last each has as its end to love the neighbor and to love the Lord, and not as before to love self and to love the world. In this case the external or natural man serves, and the internal or spiritual man commands.

AC (Potts) n. 8746 8746. The internal man is first regenerated by the Lord, and afterward the external man, and the latter by means of the former. The internal man is regenerated by thinking those things which are of faith, and willing them; but the external man by a life according to them. The life of faith is charity.

AC (Potts) n. 8747 8747. The man who has been regenerated is in heaven as to his internal man, and is an angel there with angels, among whom also he comes after death. He can then live the life of heaven, love the Lord, love the neighbor, understand truth, relish good, and perceive blessedness therefrom. These things are the happiness of eternal life.

EXODUS 19

1. In the third month of the going forth of the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt, in this day they came into the wilderness of Sinai.
2. And they journeyed from Rephidim, and came into the wilderness of Sinai, and encamped in the wilderness; and there Israel encamped close to the mountain.
3. And Moses went up unto God, and Jehovah called unto him from the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and declare to the sons of Israel:
4. Ye have seen what I did to the Egyptians, and I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Me.
5. And now, if hearing ye shall hear My voice, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be Mine own possession above all peoples; for all the earth is Mine:
6. And ye shall be to Me a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the sons of Israel.
7. And Moses came and called the elders of the people, and set before them all these words which Jehovah commanded him.
8. And all the people answered together, and said, All that Jehovah hath spoken we will do. And Moses reported the words of the people unto Jehovah.
9. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Behold I come unto thee in the density of the cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and may also believe in thee to eternity; and Moses declared the words of the people unto Jehovah.
10. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them today and tomorrow, and let them wash their garments.
11. And let them be ready against the third day, because in the third day Jehovah will come down unto the eyes of all the people upon Mount Sinai.
12. And thou shalt set bounds to the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mountain, or touch the extremity of it; everyone that toucheth the mountain, dying he shall die:
13. No hand shall touch it, because stoning he shall be stoned, or shooting he shall be shot; if a beast, if a man, he shall not live; when the jobel is drawn out, they shall come up into the mountain.
14. And Moses went down from the mountain unto the people, and sanctified the people, and they washed their garments.
15. And he said unto the people, Be ready for three days, come not near unto a woman.
16. And it was on the third day, when it was morning, that there were voices and lightnings, and a heavy cloud upon the mountain, and the voice of a trumpet exceeding strong, and all the people that were in the camp trembled.
17. And Moses made the people go forth out of the camp to meet God; and they took their stand in the lower parts of the mountain.
18. And Mount Sinai smoked, the whole of it, because Jehovah descended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mountain trembled mightily.
19. And when the voice of the trumpet was going, and waxing strong mightily, Moses spake, and God answered him in a voice.
20. And Jehovah came down upon Mount Sinai, unto the head of the mountain; and Jehovah called Moses unto the head of the mountain, and Moses went up.
21. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest perchance they break through unto Jehovah to see, and many of them fall.
22. And the priests also, who come near unto Jehovah, shall sanctify themselves, lest perchance Jehovah make a breach in them.
23. And Moses said unto Jehovah, The people cannot come up unto Mount Sinai; for Thou didst charge us, saying, Set bounds to the mountain, and sanctify it.
24. And Jehovah said unto him, Go, get thee down; and come up thou, and Aaron with thee; and let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto Jehovah, lest perchance He make a breach in them.
25. And Moses went down unto the people, and told them.

AC (Potts) n. 8748 sRef Ex@19 @0 S0′ 8748. THE CONTENTS.
In what now follows, the subject treated of in the internal sense is the revelation of truth Divine from the Lord out of heaven, and in this chapter the preparation for receiving it.

AC (Potts) n. 8749 sRef Ex@19 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8749. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verses 1, 2. In the third month of the going forth of the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt, in this day they came into the wilderness of Sinai. And they journeyed from Rephidim, and came into the wilderness of Sinai, and encamped in the wilderness; and Israel encamped close to the mountain. “In the third month,” signifies fullness of state; “of the going forth of the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt,” signifies after those who were of the spiritual church had been liberated from infestations; “in this day,” signifies that it was then; “they came into the wilderness of Sinai,” signifies a state of good in which truths of faith were to be implanted; “and they journeyed from Rephidim,” signifies continuity of life from the former state; “and came into the wilderness of Sinai,” signifies to a state of good in which truths were to be implanted; “and encamped in the wilderness,” signifies the arrangement in this state; “and Israel encamped close to the mountain,” signifies the arrangement by Divine celestial good with those who are of the spiritual church.

AC (Potts) n. 8750 sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8750. In the third month. That this signifies fullness of state, is evident from the signification of “month,” as being state; for all periods of time, as “days,” “weeks,” “months,” and “years,” signify states (see n. 2788); and from the signification of “three” and “third,” as being what is complete (n. 1825, 2788, 4495, 5159); consequently “in the third month” denotes in fullness of state.
[2] What fullness of state is, shall be briefly told. Every state has its beginning, its progression, and its end. When a state arrives at its end, it is then full, and is called “fullness.” In the other life all things are measured by progressions of state and their successive changes from beginning to end, as in the world by times. That this is so is because in heaven there are no times, but states in their stead. The reason is that the sun in the other life, which is the Lord, remains constantly in its place, and does not, as in the world, by apparent daily progressions distinguish the day into morning, noon, evening, and night; nor by apparent annual progressions distinguish the year into spring, summer, autumn, and winter. From this it is that in heaven there are no times, but states in their stead. But as in the inmost sphere of heaven there is a certain progression according to the Divine heavenly form, which comes to the perception of no one, and as according to this progression the states of all in heaven undergo changes, the angels there are by turns in the good of love, in the truth of faith, and in obscurity as to the one and the other. From this it is that there is a correspondence of the states there with times in the world, namely, of the state of the good of love with morning, of the state of the truth of faith with good, and of an obscure state with evening and night. Moreover the heat also, which is from the sun there, is the good of love; and the light which is from the sun there, is the truth of faith. From this also it is that there is a correspondence of the heat in the world with love, which is therefore called “spiritual heat;” as also of the light in the world with faith, which is therefore called “spiritual light.”
[3] There are in general two states of life, namely, a state of thought, which is of the understanding, and a state of affection, which is of the will. The state of thought, which is of the understanding, bears relation to the truth which is of faith. It is this state that is enlightened by light from the sun of heaven, which is the Lord. So also is the light of the understanding in man from that light. But the state of affection, which is of the will, bears relation to the good which is of charity; and moreover the heat of the will in man, which is love, is from the heat from that sun in heaven, which is the Lord. From all this it can now be seen how the case is with states and their changes in the other life, and what is meant by the fullness of state which is signified by “the third month.” By state here, of which fullness is predicated, is meant the former state which those who were of the spiritual church had passed through. (That these pass through two states, the first when they are led by the Lord by means of truth, the second when they are led by Him by means of good, see n. 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701.) Here there is meant a fullness of the former state which has been described in what goes before; now the second state is described.

AC (Potts) n. 8751 sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8751. Of the going forth of the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt. That this signifies after those who were of the spiritual church had been liberated from infestations, is evident from the signification of “going forth,” as being to be liberated; from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (see n. 6426, 6637, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223); and from the signification of “the land of Egypt,” as being infestations (n. 7278). (What infestations are, see n. 7474; and also that those who were of the spiritual church were detained in the lower earth until the coming of the Lord into the world, and were liberated by the Lord, n. 6854, 6914, 7035, 7091, 7474, 7878, 7932, 8018, 8054, 8099.)

AC (Potts) n. 8752 sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8752. In this day. That this signifies that it was then, is evident from the signification of “in this day,” as being then; for by “day” is signified state (see n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 2788, 7680); and therefore “in this day” denotes when there was fullness of state.

AC (Potts) n. 8753 sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8753. They came into the wilderness of Sinai. That this signifies a state of good in which truths of faith were to be implanted, is evident from the signification of “the wilderness of Sinai,” as being a state of good in which truths of faith are to be implanted. “The wilderness” here denotes good in which truths have not yet been implanted; and “Sinai” denotes the truths themselves. For a “wilderness” has several significations (see n. 3900); in general it signifies what is uninhabited and uncultivated, thus in the spiritual sense, good in which as yet there are no truths, for good without truths is spiritually uncultivated; consequently a “wilderness” signifies a new will that as yet has not been formed by means of the truths of faith (n. 8457).
sRef Ps@68 @9 S2′ sRef Ps@68 @7 S2′ sRef Ps@68 @8 S2′ [2] As regards “Mount Sinai,” it signifies in the supreme sense Divine truth from Divine good; “mountain,” Divine good; and “Sinai,” Divine truth. In the internal sense it signifies the truth of faith from good, here the truth of faith that is to be implanted in good, because the law had not yet been promulgated from it. “Mount Sinai” has these significations because the law was promulgated by the Lord from thence, and “the law” denotes Divine truth from Divine good, and also the truth of faith from good (n. 6752, 7463, 8695). For this reason it was that the sons of Israel encamped in the wilderness near that mountain, for from it were promulgated not only the ten commandments, which are “the law” in a close sense, but also all the statutes of the church, which contained in themselves, because they represented, the spiritual and celestial truths and goods of the Lord’s kingdom. That the law was promulgated from thence, is evident from the following chapter, and that so also were the statutes of the church, from the succeeding chapters, and also from Leviticus 7:37, 38; 27:34. The same is signified by “Sinai” in David:
O God, when Thou wentest forth before Thy people, when Thou didst march in the wilderness; the earth trembled, the heavens also dripped before God; this Sinai before God, the God of Israel. Thou, O God, makest to drip the rain of Thy benevolences (Ps. 68:7-9).
Here “Sinai” denotes the truth that is from good, for such is the signification of “the heavens dripping before God,” and of “God making to drip the rain of His benevolences.”
sRef Judg@5 @7 S3′ sRef Judg@5 @4 S3′ sRef Judg@5 @6 S3′ sRef Judg@5 @5 S3′ [3] In the book of Judges:
Jehovah, when Thou wentest forth out of Seir, when Thou camedst forth out of the field of Edom, the earth trembled, the heavens also dripped, the clouds also dripped waters, the mountains flowed down before Jehovah, Sinai itself before Jehovah the God of Israel. In the days of Shamgar the son of Anath, in the days of Jael, the ways ceased, and they that walked in paths went through crooked ways, the roads ceased in Israel; they ceased until I Deborah arose, until I arose a mother in Israel (Judg. 5:4-7).
Here also “Sinai” denotes the law or Divine truth from Divine good, by virtue of which the truths of faith were implanted in its good, which things are also signified by “the heavens dripped,” and “the clouds dripped waters;” that the truths of faith were lacking and were perverted, is signified by “the ways ceased, and they that walked in paths went through crooked ways” (that “ways,” “paths,” and “roads” denote truths, see n. 627, 2333, 3123, 3477); for the subject treated of in this prophetic song, which is the song of Deborah and Barak, is the perversion of the truth of the church, and its restitution.
sRef Deut@33 @2 S4′ [4] In Moses:
Jehovah came from Sinai, He rose up from Seir to them; He shone forth from Mount Paran, and He came from the ten thousands of holiness, from His right hand was the fire of the law to them (Deut. 33:2).
in this chapter the sons of Jacob are blessed by Moses before his death, who begins the prophetic utterance of his blessing with “Jehovah came from Sinai,” and by “Sinai” are here signified the truths of faith in the complex. That he begins in this way is because by “the sons of Jacob” are signified all the truths and goods of faith (n. 3858, 3862, 3926, 3939, 6335); and in like manner by “the sons of Israel” (n. 5414, 5951, 5879).

AC (Potts) n. 8754 sRef Ex@19 @1 S0′ 8754. A few words shall here be said about the good in which truths are to be implanted, which good is here signified by “the wilderness of Sinai.” (That the man who is being regenerated is first led by the Lord by means of truth, and afterward by means of good, see n. 7923, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701.) He who is being regenerated is led by means of truth to the intent that he may come to good, that is, may know it, and then will it, and finally do it. But when he is being led to good by means of truth, he first comes to the good in which the truths of faith have not yet been implanted; for truths cannot be implanted until he is in good. Before this they are indeed known, because they are in the memory, but at this time they are not in good, but are outside of good. Afterward when the man receives new life, which he first receives when he is in good, the truths of faith are implanted, and as it were enter upon a marriage with good in the internal man. This good, in which the truths of faith have not yet been implanted, but which is still so disposed that they can be received, is here meant by “the wilderness of Sinai.” No other good is meant than Christian good (on which see n. 8635-8638).

AC (Potts) n. 8755 sRef Ex@19 @2 S0′ 8755. And they journeyed from Rephidim. That this signifies continuity of life from the former state, is evident from the signification of “journeying,” as being the continuity of life (see n. 4375, 4554, 4585, 5996, 8181, 8345, 8397, 8557); and from the signification of “Rephidim” as being the quality of the state of temptation in respect to truth (see n. 8561), thus the quality of the former state (of which just above, n. 8754); for in the former state the man of the spiritual church undergoes temptations, and therefore from that state there is the continuity of life which is signified by “journeying from Rephidim.”

AC (Potts) n. 8756 sRef Ex@19 @2 S0′ 8756. And came into the wilderness of Sinai. That this signifies to a state of good in which truths were to be implanted, is evident from what was said above (n. 8753), where like words occur; and concerning the quality of this good, see n. 8754.

AC (Potts) n. 8757 sRef Ex@19 @2 S0′ 8757. And encamped in the wilderness. That this signifies the arrangement in this state, is evident from the signification of “encamping,” as being the setting in order of the truth and good which are of the life (see n. 8103), thus also their arrangement; and from the signification of “wilderness,” as being a state of good in which are not yet the truths of faith (of which above, n. 8753).

AC (Potts) n. 8758 sRef Ex@19 @2 S0′ 8758. And Israel encamped close to the mountain. That this signifies the arrangement by Divine celestial good with those who are of the spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “to encamp,” as being arrangement (see n. 8757); from the representation of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (n. 8751); and from the signification of “a mountain,” as being the good of celestial love (n. 4210, 4635, 8327). By Divine celestial good is meant the Divine good in heaven, for in itself Divine good is far above heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8759 sRef Ex@19 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @6 S0′ 8759. Verses 3-8. And Moses went up unto God, and Jehovah called unto him from the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say unto the house of Jacob, and declare to the sons of Israel: Ye have seen what I did to the Egyptians, and I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Me. And now if hearing ye shall hear My voice, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be Mine own possession above all peoples; because all the earth is Mine; and ye shall be to Me a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation; these are the words which thou shalt speak unto the sons of Israel. And Moses came and called the elders of the people, and set before them all these words which Jehovah commanded him. And all the people answered together, and said, All that Jehovah hath spoken we will do; and Moses reported the words of the people unto Jehovah.
“And Moses went up unto God,” signifies the truth from the Divine which is beneath heaven conjoining itself with the Divine truth which is in heaven; “and Jehovah called unto him from the mountain, saying,” signifies the union of the Divine good in heaven with the Divine truth there; “Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and declare to the sons of Israel,” signifies the salvation of those who are of the external and internal spiritual church; “Ye have seen what I did to the Egyptians,” signifies the remembrance of all things that befell the evil who infested; “and I bare you on eagles’ wings,” signifies and that by means of truths they were raised to heavenly light; “and brought you unto Me,” signifies thus to the good of love which is in heaven; “and now if hearing ye shall hear My voice,” signifies the reception of truth; “and keep My covenant,” signifies thus life in good and the consequent conjunction; “then ye shall be Mine own possession above all peoples,” signifies that then the Divine truth shall be with them more than with others; “because all the earth is Mine,” signifies that the Lord has all power in heaven and on earth; “and ye shall be to Me a kingdom of priests,” signifies that then the good of truth shall be with them; “and a holy nation,” signifies thus the spiritual kingdom; “these are the words which thou shalt speak unto the sons of Israel,” signifies influx for the receiving of truths in good; “and Moses came and called the elders of the people,” signifies the choosing of those who were primarily in the intelligence of truth; “and set before them all these words,” signifies a setting forth, together with influx; “which Jehovah commanded him,” signifies from the Divine; “and all the people answered,” signifies reception; “and said, All that Jehovah hath spoken we will do,” signifies according to influx from the Divine; “and Moses reported the words of the people unto Jehovah,” signifies correspondence and conjunction.

AC (Potts) n. 8760 sRef Ex@19 @3 S0′ 8760. And Moses went up unto God. That this signifies the truth from the Divine which is beneath heaven conjoining itself with the Divine truth which is in heaven, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth from the Divine (see n. 6771, 6827, 7014), here truth from the Divine which is beneath heaven, for the reason that now he represents the sons of Israel as their head, thus those who are of the spiritual church, who as yet are not in heaven because not yet in good formed by truths (see n. 8753, 8754); and from the signification of “going up,” as being to conjoin oneself, for he who goes up to the Divine conjoins himself with Him; as for instance when “going up into heaven” is mentioned, there is meant being conjoined with the Lord; and the reverse is meant by “coming down from heaven.” The Divine truth in heaven, with which there is conjunction, is meant by “God,” for in the Word the Lord is called “God” from Divine truth, and “Jehovah” from Divine good (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402, 7010, 7268, 7873, 8301); and because the conjunction of Divine truth with Divine good is here treated of, therefore in this verse “God” is first mentioned, and then “Jehovah,” in these words, “Moses went up unto God, and Jehovah called unto him from the mountain.”
[2] It is said, the Divine truth in heaven, and afterward, the Divine good in heaven, for the reason that the Divine Itself is far above the heavens, not only the Divine good itself, but also the Divine truth itself which proceeds immediately from the Divine good. That these are far above heaven, is because in itself the Divine is infinite, and the infinite cannot be conjoined with finite things, thus not with the angels in the heavens, except by the putting on of something finite, and thus by accommodation to reception. The Divine good itself is also in itself an infinite flame of ardor, that is, of love, and this flame no angel in heaven can bear, for he would be consumed like a man if the flame of the sun were to touch him without intermediate tempering. Moreover if the light from the flame of the Divine love, which light is Divine truth, were to flow in without abatement from its own fiery splendor, it would blind all who are in heaven. From all this it can be seen what the difference is between the Divine good and Divine truth above the heavens, and the Divine good and Divine truth in the heavens, here treated of.

AC (Potts) n. 8761 sRef Ex@19 @3 S0′ 8761. And Jehovah called unto him from the mountain. That this signifies the union of the Divine good in heaven with the Divine truth there, is evident from the signification of “calling unto him,” or “calling anyone unto Himself,” when said of the Divine, as being conjunction, here union, because it is said of Divine good with Divine truth which are made one by conjunction. (That “to call anyone to Himself” denotes conjunction, and also presence, see n. 6047, 6177, 7390, 7451, 7721.) That it is Divine good with which there was conjunction, is because the name here used is “Jehovah” (on which subject see just above, n. 8760). And from the signification of “mountain,” as being good Divine in heaven (on which just above, n. 8758), here heaven; for whether you say “Divine good in heaven,” or “heaven,” it is the same, because heaven arises from this good. The case herein is like that of all other things abstracted from their subjects, which when spoken of nevertheless lead to the perception of the subjects in which they are; as when the truth of faith, or the good of charity, is spoken of, there is understood the man of the church in whom they are. This is especially the case in heaven, for there the Divine good united to the Divine truth is all in all, thus is the life or soul of heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8762 sRef Ex@19 @3 S0′ 8762. Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and declare to the sons of Israel. That this signifies the salvation of those who are of the external and internal spiritual church, is evident from the signification of “saying,” and “declaring,” as here being salvation, for the things which are now said and declared by Jehovah through Moses involve salvation; and from the signification of “the house of Jacob,” and “the sons of Israel,” as being the external and internal church (see n. 3305, 4286). What is meant by the external church and the internal church has been already stated in several places, namely, that the external of the Ancient Church was all that which represented the internal, and that the internal of the church was that which was represented by the externals. As for example, they who made Divine worship consist in sacrifices, and in rites and statutes, which represented spiritual and heavenly things of the Lord’s kingdom, were in externals; but they who made Divine worship consist at the same time in the celestial and spiritual things which were represented, were in internals. In like manner at this day, they who make Divine worship consist in frequenting temples, hearing preachings, attending the Holy Supper, and who do these things with devotion, without thinking any further about them than that they ought to be frequented because they are instituted and commanded, these are of the external church; whereas they who at the same time believe that such things are to be attended to, but that still the essential of worship is the life of faith, that is, charity toward the neighbor and love to the Lord, these are of the internal church. Consequently also they are of the external church who do what is good to the neighbor and worship the Lord merely from the obedience of faith; whereas they are of the internal church who do what is good to the neighbor and worship the Lord from love. So in all other cases.
[2] Nevertheless with everyone who is of the church there must be both, namely, an external and an internal. If there are not both there is no spiritual life with him, for the internal is like a soul, and the external is like the body of the soul. But they who are of the external church are clearly in its externals and obscurely in its internals, whereas they who are of the internal church are clearly in internals and obscurely in externals. But those who are in externals and not at the same time in internals are not of the church. All those are in both who are in the good of life according to the teachings of their church; but those are in externals without internals who are in worship and not at the same time in the good of life according to the teachings of the church. There are few who know this, and the reason why few know it, is that they make all worship, and thereby all salvation, consist in faith, and not at all in charity. From this also it is that they who think about eternal salvation make it consist in a life of piety, and not at all in a life of charity (on which see n. 8252-8257).

AC (Potts) n. 8763 sRef Ex@19 @4 S0′ 8763. Ye have seen what I did to the Egyptians. That this signifies the remembrance of all things that befell the evil who infested, is evident from the signification of “ye have seen,” as being remembrance; and from the representation of the Egyptians, as being the evil who infested (see n. 7097, 7107, 7110, 7126, 7142, 7317). From this it is plain that by “ye have seen what I did to the Egyptians” is signified the remembrance of all things that befell those who infested.

AC (Potts) n. 8764 sRef Ex@19 @4 S0′ 8764. And I bare you on eagles’ wings. That this signifies and that thus by means of truths they were raised to heavenly light, is evident from the signification of “bearing anyone on eagles’ wings,” as being to be raised on high even into heavenly light; for by “bearing” is signified to be raised, by “wings” are signified spiritual truths, and by “an eagle,” the rational as to truth. (That “an eagle” has this signification, see n. 3901, for eagles fly on high.) For by the visible heaven the ancients understood the angelic heaven. Moreover the simple believed that there was the home of the angels, and also that on high, because nearer the sun and stars, was heavenly light itself. Hence it is that “to be borne on eagles’ wings” denotes to be borne on high into that light. That raising thither is effected by means of the truths of faith, is because the truth of faith is what raises man even to heaven, where its good is. That the rational as to truth is “an eagle,” is because the rational of man is his heaven, and the natural is relatively like the earth, for the rational constitutes the internal man, and the natural the external man.
[2] That “wings” denote spiritual truths, is because “birds” in general signify intellectual things and thoughts (n. 40, 745, 776, 3219, 5149, 7441); consequently “wings” denote spiritual truths, because all the intellectual is from these truths. The intellectual derived from falsities, however discerning and acute it appears, is not the intellectual; for the intellectual sees from the light of heaven, and the light of heaven is spiritual truth, that is, the truth of faith. Wherefore where there is no truth of faith, there is no light, but thick darkness, and an intellectual in thick darkness is no intellectual. “Wings” also denote the powers which belong to spiritual truth from its good; for the wings with birds are like the hands or arms with man, and by the “arms” and “hands” are signified powers (n. 878, 3387, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 5544, 6292, 6947, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281, 8305). (That there is power in spiritual truth from good, see n. 3563, 4931, 5623, 6344, 6423.)
sRef Ezek@1 @23 S3′ sRef Ezek@1 @6 S3′ sRef Ezek@1 @24 S3′ [3] That “wings” denote spiritual truths, or truths of faith which have power from good, is manifest from other passages in the Word. Wherefore when “wings” are attributed to the Divine, by them is signified the Divine truth which has omnipotence; as where they are attributed to the cherubs, by which is signified the Providence of the Lord, as in Ezekiel:
Every cherub had four faces, and every one of them had four wings; their wings were erect, the one toward the other; every one had wings that covered their bodies. I heard the sound of their wings like the sound of great waters, like the voice of Shaddai; when they went, a voice of tumult like the voice of a camp; when they stood, they let down their wings. I heard the voice of their wings kissing one another, and the voice of the wheels beside them. The voice of the wings of the cherubs was heard even to the outer court, as the voice of God Shaddai. The likeness of the hands of a man was under their wings (Ezek. 1:6, 23, 24; 3:13; 10:5, 21).
[4] That here “wings” denote truth Divine is evident from each particular of the description, as well as from the fact that the wings were erect the one toward the other, that they covered their bodies, and that the sound of them was heard like the sound of great waters, like the voice of wheels, and like the voice of Shaddai, and also that the likeness of the hands of a man was under their wings. That the wings were “erect the one toward the other” represented the consociation of all in the Divine; that they “covered their bodies” signified that the Divine truth was a covering to the Divine good from which it proceeds. For the Divine good is a flame, and the Divine truth is the light therefrom, encompassing and thus covering the flame. The flame itself does not appear in heaven, but only the light in which the flame is, and which is thus perceived as heat, which is love. That “a sound was heard like the sound of great waters” signifies the quality of Divine truth in heaven; in like manner “its voice like the voice of wheels, and like the voice of Shaddai;” for “sound” and “voice” are attributed to Divine truth. It is therefore said, “the voice of great waters,” because “waters” denote truths (see n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8137, 8138, 8568), as also “the voice of the wheels,” because “wheels” denote the truths of doctrinal things, for the reason that “chariots” denote doctrines of truth (n. 5321, 5945, 8146, 8148, 8215); and also “the voice of God Shaddai,” because “God Shaddai” denotes truth chiding in temptations and afterward consoling (n. 1992, 4572, 5628). “The likeness of the hands of a man under the wings” signified the omnipotence which belongs to Divine truth, because “hands” denote power, and in the supreme sense omnipotence, when they are attributed to the Lord.
sRef Isa@6 @1 S5′ sRef Isa@6 @2 S5′ [5] From all this it can be seen what was represented by the wings of the cherubs that were over the mercy-seat that was upon the ark of the covenant, and by their being expanded upward, and covering the mercy-seat (Exod. 25:20); also what the cherubs represented on the curtains of the tabernacle and on the veil, and likewise in the temple of Solomon; in like manner what they represented round about the new house described in Ezekiel 41:18-20; also what was signified by “the four animals round about the throne,” each of which “had for itself six wings round about” (Rev. 4:6, 8); and what by “the seraphim standing above the throne,” each one of which “had six wings” (Isa. 6:1, 2).
sRef Ezek@17 @3 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @1 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @2 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @8 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @4 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @5 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @6 S6′ sRef Ezek@17 @7 S6′ [6] That in the internal sense “wings” denote spiritual truths, or the truths of faith, is evident in Ezekiel:
Thus said the Lord Jehovih, A great eagle, great in wings, long in pinions, full of feathers which had broidery, came upon Lebanon, and took a little twig of the cedar, and carried it into a land of traffic; thereafter it took of the seed of the land, and set it in a field of sowing; it took it unto great waters, it sprouted and became a luxuriant vine. And there was another eagle, great in wings and full of feathers, to which behold the vine applied its roots, and sent forth its shoots unto it, in a good field by many waters; it was planted to make branch, and to bear fruit, that it might be for a vine of magnificence (Ezek. 17:3-8).
This prophetic utterance describes the setting up again of a spiritual church by the Lord. The “eagle” there spoken of denotes faith; “great in wings and long in pinions” denotes the truths of faith; “broidery” denotes memory-knowledge; growth therefrom is described by “the little twig of the cedar from Lebanon,” by “a land of traffic,” “the seed of the land in a field of sowing, beside great waters;” the church itself thence arising is “the vine.” (That “a vine” denotes the spiritual church, see n. 1069, 5113; and that it denotes the external church, n. 6375; but “the vine of magnificence” which was from the other eagle, denotes the internal church, n. 6376; for the external of the church is described by one eagle, and its internal by the other.) Afterward is described by the prophet in the same chapter how that church which was set up with the ancients was perverted with the Jews.
sRef Ps@68 @13 S7′ [7] In like manner by “wings” is signified the truth of faith in David:
If ye will lie among the ranks, the wings of a dove will be overlaid with silver, and her pinions with yellow gold (Ps. 68:13).
“The wings of a dove” denote the truths of faith (that “a dove” denotes faith, see n. 870); they are said to be “overlaid with silver,” because “silver” denotes truth from good (n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6914, 7999).
sRef Ps@63 @7 S8′ sRef Ps@17 @8 S8′ sRef Ps@36 @7 S8′ sRef Ps@18 @10 S8′ sRef Ps@91 @4 S8′ sRef Isa@40 @31 S8′ [8] That “wings” denote truth Divine, is also evident from the following passages:
They that await Jehovah are renewed in strength, they go up with wing like eagles (Isa. 40:31).
God rode upon a cherub, and did fly, He was carried upon the wings of the wind (Ps. 18:10; 104:3);
treating of the Divine truth and its power. Again:
Jehovah shall cover thee under His wing, and under His wings shalt thou confide; truth is a shield and a buckler (Ps. 91:4).
“To be covered with the wing of Jehovah,” and “to confide under His wings,” denote the protection and confidence that belong to faith. The like is meant by being “under the shadow of God’s wings” (Ps. 17:8); “confiding in the shadow of His wings” (Ps. 36:7; 57:1; 61:4); and “singing in the shadow of His wings” (Ps. 63:7).
sRef Rev@9 @2 S9′ sRef Rev@9 @9 S9′ [9] As most expressions have also an opposite sense, so likewise have “wings,” in which sense “wings” signify falsities, as in John:
Out of the smoke of the pit of the abyss came forth locusts, and the voice of their wings was as the voice of many horses rushing to war (Rev. 9:2, 3, 9);
where “wings” denote falsities fighting against truth, for a “locust” denotes falsity in the extremes (n. 7643).

AC (Potts) n. 8765 sRef Ex@19 @4 S0′ 8765. And brought you unto Me. That this signifies thus to the good of love which is in heaven, is evident from the fact that Jehovah, who says that they were “brought unto Him” denotes the Divine good of the Divine love (see n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402, 7010, 7268, 7873, 8301, 8760), here the Divine good of the Divine love in heaven (n. 8761). How these things cohere with what immediately precedes, is plain; for in what immediately precedes, by “I bare you on eagles’ wings” is signified that they were raised to heavenly light by means of truths; and by these words, “I brought you unto Me,” is signified to the Divine good of love in heaven, seeing that by means of the truths which are of faith man is brought to good, thus into heaven, and to the Lord there; for man is not in heaven, thus not with the Lord, until he is in good, that is, in the affection of charity.
[2] They who make salvation consist in faith alone, and not at the same time in a life of faith, that is, in a life of charity, believe that anyone can come into heaven and to the Lord, no matter how he has lived; for they do not know what the life of man is, and because they do not know this, they suppose that the life is nothing; and therefore if they are asked whether an evil man can be among the good, they say that by the mercy of God he can, because it is a work of omnipotence. Nay, if they are asked whether a devil can become an angel of heaven, they answer in the affirmative, provided he is willing to receive faith, for about his being able to receive it they have no doubt. But if they are told that evil cannot be turned into good, thus not hell into heaven, with a man, and that this is impossible because contrary to order, and therefore contrary to truth Divine, thus contrary to God Himself, who is order; they answer to this that such things are reasonings about salvation, for which they do not care. From these, and from innumerable other considerations, it can be seen into what blindness about salvation and eternal life the doctrine of faith alone leads.

AC (Potts) n. 8766 sRef Ex@19 @5 S0′ 8766. And now if hearing ye shall hear My voice. That this signifies the reception of truth, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” as being obedience (see n. 2542, 3869, 4652-4660); and because “hearing” denotes obedience, it also denotes reception (n. 5471, 5475, 7216), and from the signification of “the voice of Jehovah,” as being the Word, thus truth Divine (n. 219, 220, 6971, 7573).

AC (Potts) n. 8767 sRef Ex@19 @5 S0′ 8767. And keep My covenant. That this signifies life in good and the consequent conjunction, is evident from the signification of “keeping the covenant,” as being to live according to the commandments, thus in good, and thus to be conjoined with the Lord. That “keeping the covenant” denotes living according to the commandments, thus in good, and thus being conjoined with the Lord, is because the articles of the covenant were all the things that were commanded, which were called “testimonies,” “judgments,” “laws,” and “statutes;” specifically, the ten commandments. All these were also called “the covenant,” because by means of these it was made. That “to keep” these denotes to live according to them, is evident from the signification of “keeping,” in the Word, for frequent mention is there made of “hearing the commandments,” and “keeping them,” and by “hearing” is signified receiving them in faith, and by “keeping” receiving them in the life, that is, living according to them. That “to keep a covenant” denotes to be conjoined, is because in the universal sense by “a covenant” is signified conjunction (see n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804). This is for the reason that he who lives according to the commandments is conjoined with the Lord; for the commandments teach life and also give life, and thus open the way to heaven, and the sight to the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8768 sRef Ex@19 @5 S0′ sRef Deut@7 @6 S1′ sRef Ps@135 @4 S1′ 8768. Then ye shall be Mine own possession above all peoples. That this signifies that then the Divine truth shall be with them more than with others, is evident from the signification of “being the own possession of Jehovah,” or of the Lord, as being to be the Lord’s, for “own possession” denotes property, and thus His possession. That it denotes those with whom the Word is, is because they who have the Word, that is, where the church is, are said to be “the Lord’s own” above others. That they are called “the Lord’s own,” is evident from His words in John 1:11; 10:2-4. That they are called “His own possession” who are of the church, thus with whom the Word is, is evident in David:
Jah hath chosen Jacob for Himself, and Israel for His own possession (Ps. 135:4).
That “Jacob” and “Israel” here denote those who are of the church, with whom the Word is, is manifest. In like manner in Moses:
Thou art a holy people to Jehovah thy God; Jehovah thy God hath chosen thee to be for Himself a people of His own possession out of all peoples that are upon the faces of the earth (Deut. 7:6; 14:2).
sRef Deut@26 @18 S2′ sRef Deut@26 @17 S2′ [2] That they who have the Word are an own possession and property above others, is because they know the truths and goods of faith, and because this is so they can above others live the life of heaven and thus be conjoined with the Lord. For good, which makes heaven with man, has its quality from the truths of faith; thus good becomes more heavenly or more Divine with those who have genuine truths, which are truths from the Word; but only if they are kept, that is, if the life is according to them. That this is the case is evident in Moses:
Thou hast avouched Jehovah this day to be thy God, in whose ways thou wilt walk, and wilt keep His statutes, and His commandments, and His judgments, and wilt obey His voice; and Jehovah hath avouched to thee this day that thou be to Him for a people, of His own possession, as He hath spoken to thee, and that thou shouldest keep all His commandments (Deut. 26:17, 18).

AC (Potts) n. 8769 sRef Ex@19 @5 S0′ 8769. Because all the earth is Mine. That this signifies that the Lord has all power in heaven and on earth, is evident from the signification of “earth,” as being in the internal sense the Lord’s kingdom on earth and also the Lord’s kingdom in Heaven (see n. 1413, 1607, 4447). That it is the Lord who has this power, is because the Lord is meant by “Jehovah” in the Word (n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3035, 5663, 6281, 6303). That the Lord has all power in heaven and on earth, He Himself teaches in Matthew 28:16, 18 (see also n. 8331).

AC (Potts) n. 8770 sRef Ex@19 @6 S0′ 8770. And ye shall be to Me a kingdom of priests. That this signifies that then the good of truth shall be with them, is evident from the signification of “a kingdom of priests,” as here being spiritual good, which is the good of truth, that is, the good into which the man of the spiritual church is introduced by means of truth. That this good is signified by “a kingdom of priests,” is because this is said to the house of Jacob and the sons of Israel, by whom is represented the spiritual church external and internal; by the house of Jacob the external church, and by the sons of Israel the internal church (see n. 8762). Moreover by “kingdom” is signified truth (n. 1672, 2547, 4691), and by “priests” good; for the priestly office of the Lord, which was represented by the priests, signifies Divine good; and the kingly office of the Lord, which was represented by the kings, signifies Divine truth (n. 1728, 2015, 3670, 6148).
[2] In the representative church among the posterity of Jacob, there was first a kingdom of judges, afterward a kingdom of priests, and lastly a kingdom of kings; and by the kingdom of judges was represented Divine truth from Divine good; by the kingdom of priests, who were also judges, was represented Divine good from which is Divine truth; and by the kingdom of kings was represented Divine truth without Divine good. But when something of the priesthood also was adjoined to the kingly office, then by the kings was also represented Divine truth in which there was so much of good as there was of the priesthood adjoined to the kingly office.
[3] All these things were instituted in the Jewish Church in order that by them might be represented states of heaven; for in heaven there are two kingdoms, one of which is called the celestial kingdom, and the other of which is called the spiritual kingdom. The celestial kingdom is what is called the Lord’s priestly office, and the spiritual kingdom is what is called His kingly office. In the latter Divine truth reigns, and in the former Divine good. And because the representative of the celestial kingdom began to perish when they asked for a king, therefore in order that a representative of the Lord’s kingdom in the heavens might still be continued, the tribe of Judah was separated from the Israelites, and by the kingdom of Judah was represented the celestial kingdom of the Lord, and by the kingdom of Israel His spiritual kingdom.
[4] They who know these things can know the reasons why the forms of government among the posterity of Jacob were successively changed, and why when they asked for a king, it was said to them by Jehovah through Samuel that by so doing they rejected Jehovah, that He should not be king over them (1 Sam. 8:7), and that then they were told the right of a king (verse 11 and following), by which is described Divine truth without good. They who know the things above stated can also know why somewhat of the priesthood was granted to David, and also why after the time of Solomon the kingdom was divided into two, namely, into the kingdom of Judah and the kingdom of Israel. (Concerning the two kingdoms in heaven, see n. 3635, 3883-3896, 4112, 4113, 4138.)

AC (Potts) n. 8771 sRef Ex@19 @6 S0′ 8771. And a holy nation. That this signifies thus the spiritual kingdom, is evident from the signification of “a nation,” as being those who are in good (see n. 1259, 1260, 1416, 1849, 6005); and from the signification of “holy,” which is predicated of the truth which is of good (n. 6788, 7499, 8127, 8302, 8330); consequently “a holy nation” denotes the good from which is truth. It is said “a kingdom of priests,” and “a holy nation,” and each expression signifies the spiritual kingdom, but with a difference. “A kingdom of priests” signifies those who are in good from truth, but “a holy nation” signifies those who are in good and thence in truth. They who are in good from truth look through truths upward to the Lord; but they who are in good and thence in truth are in the Lord, and from Him look at truths. These two states succeed each other with those who are being regenerated, in whom the spiritual kingdom, that is, the life of heaven, is being implanted by the Lord; for through truth they are introduced into good, thus into heaven, because heaven is good, and when they are in heaven, then there and therefrom they look to truths.

AC (Potts) n. 8772 sRef Ex@19 @6 S0′ 8772. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the sons of Israel. That this signifies influx for the receiving of truths in good, is evident from the signification of “speaking,” when by the Divine, as being influx (see n. 2951, 5481, 5743, 5797, 6152, 6291, 8128, 8660). That it denotes for the receiving of truths in good, is because it is said of the sons of Israel, by whom is signified the spiritual church, and the spiritual church is with those who are in good wherein are truths. How the case is with good wherein are truths shall be briefly told. He who knows the formation of good from truths, knows the veriest secrets of heaven, for he knows the secrets of the formation of man anew, that is, of the formation of heaven or of the Lord’s kingdom with him. All Christian good, or spiritual good, has in itself the truths of faith, for the quality of this good is from the truths which are of faith. Good which has not its quality from the truths of faith is not Christian good, but natural good, which does not give eternal life. The reason is that natural good has in it only natural life, which life is not unlike the life of beasts, for they also are in good when they are gentle; but beasts cannot receive spiritual life. From this it is plain that spiritual life is acquired solely by means of the truths of faith.
[2] This life, namely, spiritual life, is first acquired by knowing the truths which are of faith, afterward by acknowledging them, and finally by believing them. When they are only known, they are as it were at the gate; when they are acknowledged, they are in the entrance hall; but when they are believed, they are in the inner chamber. Thus they advance from exteriors toward interiors successively. In the interior man is good, which is continually flowing in from the Lord, and there conjoining itself with truths, and making them to be faith and afterward to be charity. This good attracts truths to itself, for it has a longing for them, in order that through them it may procure for itself a quality and thus emerge.
[3] When therefore these truths have been conjoined with good, then the man has been regenerated: for then he no longer looks from truths at what is to be believed and what is to be done, but from good, because he has been imbued with truths, and has them in himself; nor does he care for truths from any source than those which he himself can see from his own good; and he continually sees more, because they are produced therefrom like offspring from their parents. These offspring are from such a marriage of good and truth as is called “the heavenly marriage.” The truths which are thence produced have in them good, because they have been born from this. These enter good successively, and enlarge it, and perfect it, and this to eternity. From all this also it is evident how the case is with the two states of the man who is being regenerated (concerning which above, n. 7992, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701; also n. 8516, 8539, 8722).

AC (Potts) n. 8773 sRef Ex@19 @7 S0′ 8773. And Moses came and called the elders of the people. That this signifies the choosing of those who were primarily in the intelligence of truth, is evident from the signification of “calling unto himself,” as being a choosing; and from the signification of “the elders of the people,” as being those who are primarily in the intelligence of truth, and in a sense abstracted from person, primary truths (see n. 6524, 6525, 6890, 8578, 8585). The case herein is this. They who are in good not yet formed by means of truths, which good is treated of in this chapter, are first formed by the Lord by means of primary truths, that is, by means of general truths, in which and from which are the rest. Primary truths are, that there is one God, that the Lord was born a man that He might save the human race, that there is a heaven and that there is a hell, that those come into heaven who have lived well and those into hell who have lived ill; also that love to God and love toward the neighbor are the commandments on which the rest hang, and that this love is impossible except through faith. These and the like are primary truths, and these are first insinuated by the Lord in the good with the man who is being regenerated. When these truths have been insinuated, and have become truths of good, then the rest are insinuated, and in these general or primary truths, and under them, they are set in order according to the heavenly form, and thus by degrees cause the life of heaven to be in that man, and cause him to be as it were a heaven in a small image; that is, cause all things which are of his understanding and of his will to be in consociation with the goods and truths of the angels, thus to be with the angels.

AC (Potts) n. 8774 sRef Ex@19 @7 S0′ 8774. And set before them all these words. That this signifies a setting forth, together with influx, is evident from the signification of “setting words before them,” as being a setting forth. That it denotes together with influx, is because by “speaking,” when by the Divine, is signified influx (as above, n. 8772).

AC (Potts) n. 8775 sRef Ex@19 @7 S0′ 8775. Which Jehovah commanded him. That this signifies from the Divine, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8776 sRef Ex@19 @8 S0′ 8776. And all the people answered. That this signifies reception, is evident from the signification of “answering,” as being reception, when “speaking words” denotes influx (see n. 8772). (That “answering” denotes reception in other places also, see n. 2941, 2957, for it is the reciprocal of influx, n. 2919, 4096, 8340.)

AC (Potts) n. 8777 sRef Ex@19 @8 S0′ 8777. And said, all that Jehovah hath spoken we will do. That this signifies according to the influx from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “doing what Jehovah hath spoken,” as being according to the influx from the Divine, for by “speaking” is signified influx (see n. 8772), and by “Jehovah,” the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8778 sRef Ex@19 @8 S0′ 8778. And Moses reported the words of the people unto Jehovah. That this signifies correspondence and conjunction, is evident from the signification of “reporting the words unto Jehovah,” as being correspondence and the consequent conjunction; for the subject treated of is the covenant which was to be made with the people, and because covenants are made by consent on both sides, therefore something resembling this is done here, namely, Jehovah proposes, and the people answer, here through Moses, by whom is represented truth from the Divine conjoined with truth Divine in heaven (see n. 8760), which is mediating. But the covenant is not made with man otherwise than through the reception of the influx of truth from the Divine, and then through correspondence; for when higher things flow in into lower, they are not received in any other way.
[2] What correspondence is and reception thereby, can be seen from what has been shown at the end of many chapters concerning the correspondence of all things in man with those things which are in heaven, and also that all conjunction of natural things with spiritual, and in general of lower things with higher, is effected through this correspondence; for there is no correspondence unless lower things are made subject to higher ones through subordination; and when they have been made subject, the higher things act in the lower exactly as a cause acts in its effect. From all this it can be seen how the case is with the reciprocity of man when the Divine flows in; and in regard to the conjunction which is here described in the sense of the letter by the manner in which covenants are made; namely, that Jehovah speaks by a go-between to the people, and the go-between reports the answer unto Jehovah; for in this way conjunction with the Divine can be apprehended by man.

AC (Potts) n. 8779 sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8779. Verse 9. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Behold I come unto thee in the density of the cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and may also believe in thee to eternity; and Moses declared the words of the people unto Jehovah. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies the influx of the Divine through truth from the Divine concerning revelation; “Behold I come unto thee in the density of the cloud,” signifies that it shall be made in a form the most natural of all; “that the people may hear when I speak with thee,” signifies that they who are of the spiritual church may apprehend Divine things; “and may also believe in thee to eternity,” signifies that there may be the faith of truth which shall endure; “and Moses declared the words of the people unto Jehovah,” signifies correspondence and conjunction.

AC (Potts) n. 8780 sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8780. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies the influx of the Divine through truth from the Divine concerning revelation, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when revelation from the Divine is treated of, as being influx (that “saying” in other passages also denotes influx, see n. 5743, 7291, 7381, 8221, 8262, 8660); that “Jehovah” denotes the Divine from which is revelation, is manifest; and also that “Moses” denotes truth from the Divine through which is revelation (n. 6771, 6827, 7014); that the influx is concerning revelation, is evident from what follows, namely, that “Jehovah will come unto them in the density of the cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and may also believe in thee to eternity,” by which words is signified revelation and its quality.
[2] By revelation here in the internal sense is not meant revelation such as was made to the Israelitish people from Mount Sinai, namely, that the Lord spoke in a loud voice, and the people standing around heard; but such a revelation is meant as is not made with a loud voice, but inwardly in man. This revelation is made by the enlightening of the internal sight, which is of the understanding, when a man who is in the affection of truth from good is reading the Word. This enlightening is then effected by the light of heaven, which is from the Lord as the sun there. By this light the understanding is enlightened no otherwise than is the external sight, which is of the eye, by the light which is from the sun of the world. When the understanding is enlightened by that Divine light, it then perceives that to be true which is true, it acknowledges it inwardly in itself, and as it were sees it. Such is the revelation of those who are in the affection of truth from good when they are reading the Word.
[3] But they who are in the affection of truth from evil, that is, who desire to know truths merely for the sake of honors, gain, reputation, and the like, these do not see truths, but only see things which confirm the doctrinal things of their church, whether they are true or false. The light which then enlightens these is not Divine light from heaven, but is a sensuous light such as is that of the infernals, which light becomes mere thick darkness at the presence of heavenly light. For when these read the Word, they are altogether blind to the truth which does not make one with their doctrine; as for example when they who make salvation consist in faith alone read the Word, they do not attend at all to those things which are there said about love and charity; nay, they do not see them, because they fall into the shade of their vision, like things which are quite at the side, or like those which are behind them; in like manner as the Jewish nation, which sets itself above all other nations in the whole world, does not see that the Lord is He who is meant in the prophets, however plainly this is told.
[4] The reason is, that they see only what confirms their own teaching concerning the Messiah, that He is to come as a mighty hero, to do greater miracles than Moses did, and to bring them into the land of Canaan, and that they will all then go with magnificent pomp, hearing the supplications of the Gentiles, who will lay hold of the skirts of their garments to accompany them. As all this belongs to their teaching, they do not see anything in regard to the Lord; but it is to them like thick darkness. Such is the case with all other errors. From all this it can be seen how the case is with the revelation of truth from the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 8781 sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8781. Behold I come unto thee in the density of the cloud. That this signifies that it shall be made in a form the most natural of all, is evident from the signification of “coming unto thee,” when said by Jehovah to Moses, by whom is represented truth from the Divine which is of the spiritual church (n. 8760), as being revelation; and from the signification of “the density of the cloud,” as being to be in a form the most natural of all, such as is the Word of the Old Testament in the letter. That “a cloud” denotes the Word in the letter, see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8443; “density” denotes obscurity, such as is that of the thought of man from mere sensuous light, that is, the most natural of all, such as the posterity of Jacob were in at that time, and also the Jews at this day, respecting the Divine; for the Divine cannot be seen by anyone otherwise than according to the state of his life and the perception therefrom. Thus heavenly light must be like the density of a cloud to those who are in the love of self and of the world, in which love the Jewish nation was more than others. The Word in the letter, especially the prophetic Word, is no other relatively to its internal sense. In its internal sense there is light, such as is comparatively the light of the sun above the clouds, which light in the Word is called “glory.” Wherefore also it is said in the Word that Jehovah “is carried upon the clouds,” “rides upon them,” “flies upon them,” “has His chamber upon them,” and that the Lord “will come in the clouds of heaven,” with many similar statements that would never have been made of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, unless they had signified the light of truth in which He is in heaven, and “a cloud” the shade of truth in which they are who are beneath.

AC (Potts) n. 8782 sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8782. That the people may hear when I speak with thee. That this signifies that they who are of the spiritual church may apprehend Divine things, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” as being to perceive (see n. 5017), thus to apprehend; from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are here “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (of which frequently above); and from the signification of “when I speak,” as being Divine truths; for “the voice of Jehovah” denotes the Divine truth (n. 219, 220, 3563, 6971), and so does His “speech.”

AC (Potts) n. 8783 sRef John@3 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8783. And may also believe in thee to eternity. That this signifies that there may be the faith of truth which shall endure, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth from the Divine (see n. 6771, 6827, 7014); from the signification of “believing,” as being faith; and from the signification of “to eternity,” as being what shall endure. The case herein is this. Truth Divine is not received by anyone unless it has been accommodated to his apprehension, consequently unless it appears in a natural form and shape; for at first human minds apprehend none but earthly and worldly things, and not at all spiritual and heavenly things. Wherefore if spiritual and heavenly things were set forth nakedly, they would be rejected as if they were nothing, according to the Lord’s words in John:
If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I told you heavenly things? (John 3:12).
Still less could those apprehend spiritual things who lived before the coming of the Lord, and who were at last in such blindness that they knew nothing, because they were unwilling to know anything, about the life after death, about the internal man, about charity and faith, and about any heavenly thing; which things they rejected because they held them in aversion. For they who regard earthly and worldly things as the end, that is, who love them above all things, hold spiritual things in aversion, and almost abhor the very name of them. It is nearly the same at the present day. The learned of the world do indeed believe that they would receive the Word more readily if heavenly things were set forth nakedly, and if it were not written so simply. But they are very much mistaken; they would then have rejected it more than the simple, and would have seen in it no light, but mere thick darkness. For this darkness is induced by human learning with those who trust in their own intelligence, and on this account exalt themselves above others. That such things are hid from the wise and revealed unto babes, that is, to the simple, the Lord teaches in Matthew 11:25, 26, and in Luke 10:21. The same is also very evident from the fact that they who are atheists and naturalists, as they are called, are those who are learned. This the world knows, and they themselves know.

AC (Potts) n. 8784 sRef Ex@19 @9 S0′ 8784. And Moses declared the words of the people unto Jehovah. That this signifies correspondence and conjunction, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8778), where like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 8785 8785. Verses 10-13. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them today and tomorrow, and let them wash their garments. And let them be ready against the third day; because in the third day Jehovah will come down unto the eyes of all the people upon Mount Sinai. And thou shalt set bounds to the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mountain, or touch the extremity of it; everyone that toucheth the mountain, dying he shall die. No hand shall touch it, because stoning he shall be stoned, or shooting he shall be shot; if a beast, if a man, he shall not live: when the jobel is drawn out, they shall come up into the mountain. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies a revelation about the preparation; “Go unto the people,” signifies conjunction; “and sanctify them today and tomorrow,” signifies the veiling over of the interiors that they may appear in the holy of faith now and afterward; “and let them wash their garments,” signifies the purification of their truths; “and let them be ready against the third day,” signifies thus full preparation; “because in the third day,” signifies because in the end when they are prepared to receive; “Jehovah will come down unto the eyes of all the people,” signifies the coming of the Lord, and enlightenment then; “upon Mount Sinai,” signifies in the good in which truth is to be implanted; “and thou shalt set bounds to the people round about,” signifies extension into heaven no further than to the spiritual spheres of good; “saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mountain,” signifies no extension whatever to the celestial societies which are in the love of good; “or touch the extremity of it,” signifies not even to the intermediate things; “everyone that toucheth the mountain, dying he shall die,” signifies that whosoever of the spiritual church inserts himself as far as the celestial societies will perish; “no hand shall touch it,” signifies that they who insert themselves through any self-confidence; “because stoning he shall be stoned,” signifies that thus the truths of faith which they have will perish; “or shooting he shall be shot,” signifies that spiritual good also will perish; “if a beast, if a man, he shall not live,” signifies that good and truth will lose their spiritual life; “when the jobel is drawn out,” signifies with those who have a general perception of celestial good; “they shall come up into the mountain,” signifies extension as far as the celestial societies.

AC (Potts) n. 8786 sRef Ex@19 @10 S0′ 8786. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies a revelation about the preparation, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by Jehovah, as being revelation from the Divine. That it denotes revelation about preparation, is evident from what follows, for there the subject treated of is the manner in which they were to be prepared to receive truth from the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8787 sRef Ex@19 @10 S0′ 8787. Go unto the people. That this signifies conjunction, is evident from the representation of Moses at this time, as being truth from the Divine which is beneath heaven (see above n. 8760); and from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are here “the people” to whom he was to go, as being those who are of the spiritual church (of which frequently above). That “to go unto the people,” when said by Jehovah, denotes conjunction, is because truth from the Divine, which is represented by Moses, is that of the Divine which mediates with those who are of the church; for in order that conjunction may be effected, which is here represented by the covenant between Jehovah and the people, there must be mediation; therefore also by Moses is represented truth from the Divine beneath heaven conjoined with truth Divine in heaven (n. 8760), and this for the sake of mediation.

AC (Potts) n. 8788 sRef Ex@19 @10 S0′ 8788. And sanctify them today and tomorrow. That this signifies the veiling over of the interiors that they may appear in the holy of faith now and afterward, is evident from the signification of “sanctifying,” as being to dispose that they appear to be in holiness in respect to what is external; and as this is effected by means of a veiling over of the interiors, therefore this is also understood by “sanctifying;” that “today and tomorrow” denote now and afterward is evident. How the case herein is may be briefly explained. The church instituted with the Jews was not a church in respect to them, but was only the representative of a church; for in order that there may be a church, there must be with the man of the church faith in the Lord, and also love to Him, and likewise love toward the neighbor. These make the church. But these were not with the people which was called “Jacob,” for it did not acknowledge the Lord, and thus was not willing to hear about faith in Him, still less about love toward Him, nor even toward the neighbor; for it was in the love of self and the love of the world, which loves are utterly opposed to love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor. This disposition is inrooted in that people from their first parents. For this reason it is, that with that people no church could be set up, but only a representation of the things which are of the church.
[2] The church is represented when the man makes worship consist in external things, but in such as correspond to heavenly things. Then internal things are represented by the external ones, and the internal things are open in heaven, with which there is thus conjunction. In order therefore that the Israelitish people might be representative, although their interiors were devoid of the faith and love of heaven, and were even full of the love of self and of the world, these interiors were veiled over, and thus their external things could be communicated to spirits, and through them to the angels, without their internal things; whereas if their internal things had not been veiled over, these would have lain open, and then the representation would have perished, because unclean things would have burst forth and caused contamination. The Israelitish people above all others could be thus veiled over, because it, more than others, adored external things, and made holiness, and even what is Divine, consist in them. From this it can be seen what is meant by “sanctifying,” namely, the veiling over of the interiors so that they may appear to be in the holiness of faith; yet not to themselves, but to the angels with them. (See what has been already shown concerning this people and concerning the institution of the church with it, n. 4208, 4281, 4288, 4289, 4293, 4307, 4314, 4316, 4317, 4429, 4433, 4444, 4459, 4500, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4899, 4911, 4912, 7048, 7051, 8588.) That sanctifications with them were nothing else than appearances of holiness in external things, and yet without anything holy appertaining to them, can be seen from the rites by means of which they were sanctified, namely, the sacrifices, the washings, the sprinklings of blood, the anointings, which do not touch internal things in the slightest degree.

AC (Potts) n. 8789 sRef Ex@19 @10 S0′ 8789. And let them wash their garments. That this signifies the purification of truths, is evident from the signification of “washing,” as being a representative of purification from spiritual uncleanness (see n. 3147, 5954); and from the signification of “garments,” as being truths (n. 4545, 4763, 5248, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6918).

AC (Potts) n. 8790 sRef Ex@19 @11 S0′ 8790. And let them be ready against the third day. That this signifies full preparation, is evident from the signification of “being ready,” as being preparation by means of sanctification (as just above); and from the signification of “the third day,” as being a full state (see n. 7715), thus full preparation.

AC (Potts) n. 8791 sRef Ex@19 @11 S0′ 8791. Because in the third day. That this signifies because in the end when they are prepared to receive, is evident from what has just now been shown.

AC (Potts) n. 8792 sRef Ex@19 @11 S0′ 8792. Jehovah will come down unto the eyes of all the people. That this signifies the coming of the Lord and enlightenment then, is evident from the signification of “coming down,” when it is said of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, as being His presence by influx, thus His coming. This coming of the Lord is understood by “the coming down of Jehovah unto the eyes of all the people.” The appearing of Jehovah was in an outward shape before that people, who could not otherwise have perceived His presence; for their internal was devoid of good and truth, in which the Lord is present with others (n. 8787). The enlightening which then took place is signified by “unto the eyes of all the people,” for in the internal sense “the eye” denotes the understanding, and consequently “the sight” of the eye denotes the perception which is of faith, which perception is from the light of heaven; consequently “unto the eyes” denotes enlightenment. (That “the eye” denotes the understanding, and its “sight” the perception which is of faith, see n. 4403-4421, 4523-4534.)

AC (Potts) n. 8793 sRef Ex@19 @11 S0′ 8793. Upon Mount Sinai. That this signifies in the good in which truth is to be implanted, is evident from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being the good in which the truths of faith are to be implanted (see n. 8753); the truth which is to be implanted in good is treated of in the following chapter. The ten commandments at that time promulgated from Mount Sinai are internal truths; and the laws and statutes, which are commanded in the following chapters, are external truths; by both of these are signified the truths which are to be implanted in good.

AC (Potts) n. 8794 sRef Ex@19 @12 S0′ 8794. And thou shalt set bounds to the people round about. That this signifies extension into heaven no further than to the spiritual spheres of good, is evident from the signification of “setting bounds round about,” as being the extension of the sphere into heaven to certain limits, which are determined by the good of each person; and from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are “the people” here spoken of, as being those who are in the spiritual good in which truth is to be implanted; for this state of the good of those who are of the spiritual church is described in this and the following chapters (see n. 8753). Hence it is that by “thou shalt set bounds to the people round about” is signified an extension into heaven no further than to the spiritual spheres of good.
[2] What is meant by “extension into heaven to the spiritual spheres of good” cannot be known to anyone except by revelation. The case herein is this. All the good which is given to man through regeneration from the Lord has extension to societies in heaven. This extension differs as to amount and quality with each person; as to amount when to more remote limits; as to quality, when more to the interiors or more to the exteriors of heaven. Good itself with man flows in from the Lord through the societies of heaven which are round about; good without influx through societies not being possible. The societies of heaven are in continuous connection round about, and nowhere is there seen a discontinuity. It is the same with each and all things that pertain to good, and constitute its quality. Wherefore during man’s regeneration, the enriching of good is nothing else than insinuation into angelic societies, and thus conjunction with them (see also n. 4067, 4073, 4077, 6598-6613).
[3] This has also been frequently shown by living experience; for sometimes the communications with certain societies have been taken away, and then so much of life and such a quality of life remained, as was the degree and quality of extension into the remaining societies; and when more societies were taken away, then the life labored, and began as it were to be extinguished. Every angel, spirit, and man has a spiritual sphere, and this according to his extension into societies. This extension is not into the societies themselves, but into the spheres of their good. These are secrets which are unknown to man, but in the other life are very well known. The reason why they are unknown to man is that at this day he believes that he has life in himself, and consequently that he lives without consociation with spirits and angels, thus without conjunction with heaven; but in this he is quite mistaken, for all the life of man is from the Lord through societies.
[4] Be it further known that the extension of the life of those who are of the spiritual church is to the angelic spheres in the second heaven, which is called the spiritual heaven; but not to the third heaven where the celestial are. The reason is that the men of the spiritual church cannot receive the Divine such as it is in the inmost or third heaven where the celestial are, except so generally that it does not at all come to their perception; because the spiritual cannot come even to the first threshold of the good in which the celestial are (n. 2718, 3833, 6500, 8521). From all this it is evident what is meant by extension into heaven no further than to the spiritual spheres of good, which is signified by “thou shalt set bounds to the people round about;” also what is meant by what follows.
[5] Be it also known that as they who are in good have extension into angelic societies according to the quality and amount of their good, so they who are in evil have extension into infernal societies according to the quality and amount of their evil; and further, that everyone in the other life comes among those with whom he had communicated in the life of the body. His ruling love determines this, for it is this love which constitutes the sphere of everyone’s life, and extends itself according to its quality and according to its amount.

AC (Potts) n. 8795 sRef Ex@19 @12 S0′ 8795. Saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mountain. That this signifies no extension whatever to the celestial societies which are in the love of good, is evident from the signification of “going up,” as being to the Divine which is in a higher heaven; and from the signification of “the mountain,” as being the good of love there (n. 4210, 6435, 8327, 8758). How the case herein is, is evident from what was unfolded just above (n. 8794).

AC (Potts) n. 8796 sRef Ex@19 @12 S0′ 8796. Or touch the extremity of it. That this signifies not even to the intermediate things, is evident from the signification of “extremity,” as being the intermediate things; for the celestial kingdom of the Lord, which is the inmost or third heaven, is divided from the spiritual kingdom, which is the second or middle heaven, by intermediate things whereby the celestial kingdom flows into the spiritual kingdom, but not the reverse; for all influx is effected through intermediate things from interiors to exteriors; but not from exteriors to interiors (see n. 5259, 5779). From this it is plain that intermediate things are “extremities,” and that they who are of the spiritual kingdom cannot reach even to the first bounds of the good of the celestial kingdom (n. 2718, 3833, 6500, 8521). Hence it is that by “take ye heed not to touch the extremity of the mountain,” is signified that there shall be no extension to the celestial societies which are in the love of good, and not even to the intermediate things.

AC (Potts) n. 8797 sRef Ex@19 @12 S0′ 8797. Everyone that toucheth the mountain, dying he shall die. That this signifies that whosoever of the spiritual church inserts himself as far as the celestial societies will perish, is evident from the signification of “the mountain,” as being the good of love (see just above, n. 8795), here the Divine good of the Divine love in the inmost heaven, because the people that is beneath represents the spiritual kingdom of the Lord, which is the middle heaven; from the signification of “touching,” as being to penetrate thereto, in this case to insert themselves (of which presently); and from the signification of “dying he shall die,” as being to perish.
[2] The case herein is this. They who are of the spiritual kingdom of the Lord cannot flow into the celestial kingdom, because this latter is higher or more interior, and the former is lower or more exterior; for what is exterior or lower cannot flow into what is higher or interior (n. 5259, 5779). Yet it sometimes happens that they who are in a lower heaven seek to ascend into a higher heaven, and this from a vicious desire originating in pride, in the love of dominion, or in envy. They who make the attempt from such a desire are thereupon let in; but they then suffer hard things, are seized with anxiety and finally with pain, and also with blindness, so that they lose both their intelligence and their happiness. Wherefore they cast themselves down therefrom as if about to die, nor do they recover animation until they have been cast down from heaven.
[3] Such is the lot of those who from the cupidity of pride, of dominion, or of envy, insert themselves into a higher heaven. The reason is that relatively to them, the good of love in the higher heaven is like a consuming fire, and the truth of faith there is like a fiery light blinding the sight of those who rise up. These are the things meant in the internal sense by the command that the Israelitish people should not touch Mount Sinai, where Jehovah was. The case would be similar with those who are in the celestial kingdom, if perchance they should attempt to ascend on high to the Divine; in like manner with those who are beneath heaven, if they desire to ascend into heaven. (That these latter suffer hard things, see n. 4225, 4226, 4299, 5057, 5058.)

AC (Potts) n. 8798 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8798. No hand shall touch it. That this signifies that they who insert themselves through any self-confidence, is evident from the signification of “touching,” namely, the mountain, as being to insert themselves into Divine celestial good (see just above, n. 8797); and from the signification of “hand,” as being power (n. 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 6292, 6947, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281); consequently also self-confidence (n. 878, 5544).

AC (Potts) n. 8799 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8799. Because stoning he shall be stoned. That this signifies that thus the truths of faith which they have will perish, is evident from the signification of “to be stoned,” as being the penalty of falsity and violated truth (see n. 5156, 7456, 8575); that this is the penalty of those who from self-confidence ascend to the Divine in the heaven which is above, is because then all the intelligence which they before had perishes; that they are then seized with blindness, see just above, n. 8797.

AC (Potts) n. 8800 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8800. Or shooting he shall be shot. That this signifies that spiritual good also will perish, is evident from the signification of “being shot,” as being to perish in respect to spiritual good; for by “an archer” is signified the spiritual man (see n. 2686, 2709, 6422).

AC (Potts) n. 8801 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8801. If a beast, if a man, he shall not live. That this signifies that good and truth will lose their spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “a beast,” as being the affection of good (see n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 776, 2179, 2180, 3218, 3519, 5198, 7523); from the signification of “a man” as being truth (n. 3134, 3459, 7716); and from the signification of “living,” as being spiritual life (n. 5890); consequently “not to live” denotes to lose that life. Good and truth lose life when the influx from the Lord is no longer perceived, for from this they have their life. The very good and truth then indeed appear in outward aspect like good and truth; but not otherwise than as something painted, which in itself is not alive.

AC (Potts) n. 8802 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8802. When the jobel* is drawn out. That this signifies with those who have a general perception of celestial good, is evident from the signification of “when the jobel is drawn out,” or what is the same, when the sound of the trumpet is heard, as being a general perception of celestial good; for by “being heard” is signified perception (n. 5017, 8361), and by “the jobel,” or “sound of the trumpet,” is signified celestial good. The reason why celestial good is signified by “the sound of the trumpet,” or “the jobel,” is that from their sounds musical instruments correspond to affections of truth and good; stringed instruments to affections of truth, and wind instruments to affections of good (n. 418-420, 4138, 8337). The trumpet, being a wind instrument, and high-sounding, corresponded to the affection of celestial good; wherefore also the “jubilee,” by which was represented the marriage of good and truth which is in the inmost heaven, was named therefrom. Therefore now it is, that by “when the jobel is drawn out,” is signified those who have a general perception of celestial good. By those who are in a general perception of celestial good are meant those who are intermediate between the Lord’s celestial kingdom and His spiritual kingdom, through whom therefore are effected influx, communication, and conjunction (see just above, n. 8787, 8796). These have extension even into the celestial societies, which is signified by “they shall come up into the mountain.” These intermediate ones are represented by Moses (n. 8787), and also by Aaron, to whom it was granted to go up into the mountain (see verse 24). (What is this extension into the spheres of angelic societies, and that everyone’s extension is such as his good is, see n. 8794.) General perception exists with those who are in spiritual good and can receive a general influx of the good of a higher heaven, in this case, of the inmost heaven. Such are meant by “those who shall come up into the mountain when the jobel is heard.”
* The Hebrew word jobel, here retained by Swedenborg, means the sound of a trumpet,” as defined just below.[Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 8803 sRef Ex@19 @13 S0′ 8803. They shall come up into the mountain. That this signifies extension as far as the celestial societies, is evident from what was said and shown above (n. 8794, 8795), and also just above (n. 8802).

AC (Potts) n. 8804 8804. Verses 14, 15. And Moses went down from the mountain unto the people, and sanctified the people, and they washed their garments. And he said unto the people, Be ready for three days, come not near unto a woman. “And Moses went down from the mountain unto the people,” signifies application and preparation through truth from the Divine for receiving truths in good; “and sanctified the people,” signifies the veiling over of the interiors that they may appear to be in the holiness of faith; “and they washed their garments,” signifies the purification of the truths of faith; “and he said unto the people, Be ready for three days,” signifies full preparation; “come not near unto a woman,” signifies the purification of the good of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8805 sRef Ex@19 @14 S0′ 8805. And Moses went down from the mountain unto the people. That this signifies application and preparation through truth from the Divine for receiving truths in good, is evident from the signification of “going down,” when said of Moses, by whom is represented truth from the Divine, as being application, and also preparation, through it; from the representation of Moses, as being truth from the Divine (see n. 8760, 8787), and also as being what mediates (n. 8787), thus likewise what prepares and applies; from the signification of “the mountain,” as being the Divine in heaven, thus heaven; and from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church, thus those who are in truth through which is good, and in good from which is truth, here in the good in which truths are to be received. It is important to know what is specifically signified by “Mount Sinai;” and also what is represented by the people Israel, and likewise what by Moses in this chapter and in the following chapters of the book of Exodus.
[2] By “MOUNT SINAI” is specifically signified heaven, out of which truths flow in from the Lord; therefore by “the coming down of Jehovah upon that mountain” is signified His presence in heaven. And as heaven, in which Jehovah is, that is, the Lord, is signified by “Mount Sinai,” by it is also signified Divine good united to Divine truth there, for from this heaven is heaven.
[3] But by the “PEOPLE ISRAEL” near this mountain is represented the spiritual church as to the good in which the truths of faith are to be implanted; for it has been already shown that they who are of the spiritual church have two states; the former when they are led through truths to good, the latter when they are in good and from good in truths; in the present case, when they are in the good in which truths are to be implanted, which state is a middle state between the former and the latter. The truths which are implanted in good are contained in those things which were promulgated from Mount Sinai by the Lord, and were communicated by Moses to the people.
[4] By “MOSES” in this chapter and in the following chapters is represented truth from the Divine beneath heaven conjoined with truth Divine in heaven, and consequently mediating between the Divine in heaven and the good in which truths are to be implanted which belongs to the spiritual church, thus mediating between the Lord and the people. It is important to know these things for the sake of understanding what follows in the book of Exodus. From all this it can also be seen that by “Moses went down from the mountain unto the people” is signified application and preparation by means of truth from the Divine for receiving truths in good.

AC (Potts) n. 8806 sRef Ex@19 @14 S0′ 8806. And sanctified the people. That this signifies the veiling over of the interiors that they may appear to be in the holiness of faith, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8788); but it was there set forth what was the sanctification with the Israelitish people, namely, that it was a veiling over of the interiors, so that as to their externals they might appear to be in what was holy when they were in representative worship; and that unless their interiors had then been veiled over, they would not only have defiled the holiness of worship by foul thoughts and evil affections, but would also have totally destroyed it, so that nothing celestial and spiritual which was represented in the external things would have been perceived therefrom in heaven.
[2] But as by “the sons of Israel” are here meant those who are of the spiritual church, it shall be briefly told what is meant by “sanctification” with these. They who are of the spiritual church and live a life of truth and from this a life of good, are withheld from evils and are kept in good by the Lord. The good which is from the Lord is holy with them. Consequently insofar as they receive good from the Lord, so far they are holy; and they receive so much of good from the Lord, that is, are so far holy, as they live a life of good according to the genuine truths of faith, and at the same time believe that all the good which they then think and do is from the Lord. Then, too, evils with them are separated so as not to appear at all, especially those which they have derived hereditarily from parents, and which are filthy, because they have been successively accumulated with the parents for many ages back, and thus amassed in the offspring. These are the interiors which with those who are of the spiritual church are hid away and as it were veiled over (n. 966, 1667, 2307, 2308, 3701, 4317, 8550). Hence it is that all the will they possess hereditarily is destroyed. For this cause a new will is formed with them in the intellectual part by means of truths of faith from the Lord. This is the reason why, when they are being regenerated, they are led by means of truths to good; and afterward when they have been regenerated, from good into the truths of good. Hence it is evident how a new will is created in them by the Lord. (That this is formed in the intellectual part with those who are of the spiritual church, see n. 863, 875, 895, 927, 1023, 1043, 1044, 1555, 2256, 4328, 4493, 5113, 6125.)

AC (Potts) n. 8807 sRef Ex@19 @14 S0′ 8807. And they washed their garments. That this signifies the purification of the truths of faith, is evident from what was said above (n. 8789), where like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 8808 sRef Ex@19 @15 S0′ 8808. And he said unto the people, Be ready for three days. That this signifies full preparation, is evident from what was said above (n. 8790), where are like words.

AC (Potts) n. 8809 sRef Ex@19 @15 S0′ 8809. Come not near unto a woman. That this signifies the purification of the good of faith, is evident from the fact that the marriages with the Israelitish nation were impure, because their interiors were filthy; for conjugial love descends from the marriage of good and truth; and therefore those who as to the interiors are not in good and truth cannot be in pure marriage; and they who as to the interiors are in evil and falsity, as was that nation, are in impure marriage. Hence it is that “not to come near unto a woman” denotes to abstain from what is impure. (That conjugial love descends from the heavenly marriage, which is that of good and truth, see n. 2727-2759, 2803, 3132, 4434, 4835; and that with the people descended from Jacob there was not anything conjugial, and therefore it was permitted them to have more than one wife, n. 3246.) But as regards those who are of the spiritual church and are here represented by the sons of Israel, neither are they in anything conjugial until with them truth has been implanted in good. Before this is the case, there is indeed marriage, but not pure marriage, for in the interiors there is not before this a marriage of good and truth. Hence it is that by “not to come near unto a woman” is signified in the internal sense to be purified as to the good of faith; for in this chapter the good in which truth has not yet been implanted is treated of, and in the following chapters the implanting.

AC (Potts) n. 8810 8810. Verses 16-19. And it was on the third day, when it was morning, that there were voices and lightnings, and a heavy cloud upon the mountain, and the voice of a trumpet exceeding strong, and all the people that were in the camp trembled. And Moses made the people go forth out of the camp to meet God; and they took their stand in the lower parts of the mountain. And Mount Sinai smoked, the whole of it, because Jehovah descended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mountain trembled mightily. And when the voice of the trumpet was going, and waxing strong mightily, Moses spake, and God answered him in a voice. “And it was on the third day,” signifies at the end of the purification; “when it was morning,” signifies a state when they were in good; “that there were voices and lightnings,” signifies a Divine state in which was revelation; “and a heavy cloud upon the mountain,” signifies a Divine state in respect to those who were about to receive; “and the voice of a trumpet exceeding strong,” signifies a celestial state which was round about; “and all the people that were in the camp trembled,” signifies a holy tremor on the part of those who were about to receive; “and Moses made the people go forth out of the camp to meet God,” signifies the power of truth from the Divine to prepare them to receive the Divine in the good with them; “and they took their stand in the lower parts of the mountain,” signifies far from the good of celestial love; “and Mount Sinai smoked, the whole of it,” signifies the appearing of celestial good in the greatest obscurity; “because Jehovah descended upon it in fire,” signifies because the Divine was there in celestial love; “and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace,” signifies obscurity like the obscurity from cupidities; “and the whole mountain trembled mightily,” signifies the commotion of heaven; “and when the voice of the trumpet was going, and waxing strong mightily,” signifies what is general of revelation through the angelic heaven; “Moses spake, and God answered him in a voice,” signifies by means of an influx of truth from the Divine wherein was the Divine Itself.

AC (Potts) n. 8811 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ 8811. And it was on the third day. That this signifies at the end of the purification, is evident from the signification of “the third day,” as being the end of a state of preparation to receive (see above, n. 8791), thus the end of the purification.

AC (Potts) n. 8812 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ 8812. When it was morning. That this signifies a state when they were in good, is evident from the signification of “morning,” as being a state of the good of love (see n. 8426). From what is here said, that Jehovah, that is, the Lord; descended upon Mount Sinai on the third day, and also on the morning of that day, it is very manifest that this was representative of some Divine thing in heaven, which cannot be made known to anyone except from the correspondence of such things as come forth in the natural world with things that are in the spiritual world, and from the consequent signification; as in the present case what “morning” signifies, and what “the third day.” That “the third day” denotes the end of a former state, is because by “three” is signified what is full from beginning to end (n. 8790); and that “morning” denotes a state of the good of love, is because the sun which in the other life gives light to the angels and to the universal heaven, is the Lord, and the fire there is His Divine love, which gives the heat of life to every living being, and the light there is the Divine truth which enlightens all who receive it; quite differently from the sun of this world, the fire of which is fire and not love, and the light from which is light and not truth.
[2] From all this it can be seen what are the effects of the fire and also of the light from the sun of the world, and what are the effects of the fire and light from the sun of heaven, namely, that from the former the heat and light are devoid of life, but from the latter the heat and light are attended with life. These latter, namely, those which come forth from the sun of heaven, are therefore called “spiritual,” because they have life in them; and the former, which are from the sun of the world, are called “natural,” and have no life in them. The life which in living beings is noticed in heat and from heat, is not from the heat of the sun of the world, but is from the heat of the sun of heaven. When this heat flows into the heat of the world, it produces that effect, and is felt in the body as elementary heat; but there is in it vital heat that has its origin from the love which is heat from the sun of heaven. That the origin of the heat of life is from some other source, and that it is in love and is according to the measure and the quality of the love, everyone can know provided he is willing to reflect aright, except those who do not acknowledge anything internal in man, and who ascribe all things to nature.
[3] As therefore the heat from the sun of heaven, which is the Lord, is the good of love, and as the light therefrom is the truth of faith, it can be seen what is signified by “morning,” and what by “noon,” by “evening” and by “night,” in the other life, namely, that they are states of good and truth, or of love and faith; “morning,” a state of the good of love; “noon,” a state of the truth of faith; and “evening,” and “night,” the privation of these, which is ignorance and blindness in the things that are of faith, also torpor and cold in the things that are of heavenly love.
[4] Moreover the case is similar with the sun of heaven as with the sun of the world, namely, that it is fixed and does not cause those states by any circumgyration; but that they are caused by the surrounding bodies, as by the earth revolving around the sun and at the same time around its own axis; from which comes the appearance that those changes arise from the sun, when yet they are not from the sun, but from the world revolving about it. So also in heaven, the changes of state there, to which morning, noon, evening, and night correspond, do not arise from the sun there, for the sun is always sending forth heat and light, that is, the good of love and the truth of faith; but those changes arise with those who receive, namely, with angels and spirits who by stated alternations according to their life are now in morning, that is, in the good of love; now in noon, that is, in the truth of faith; now in evening and night, that is, in shade and torpor as to love and faith.
[5] The reason why the case is similar in the world as in heaven, with the difference that in the world they are states of times which so succeed each other, and in heaven states of life, is that all things in the world were created after the image of things that are in heaven, because natural things come forth from spiritual things as effects from their causes. Hence there is a correspondence of all things in the world with those which are in heaven, and hence universal nature is a theater representative of the Lord’s kingdom (n. 3483, 4939, 8211).

AC (Potts) n. 8813 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ sRef Ps@77 @18 S1′ sRef Ps@77 @17 S1′ 8813. That there were voices and lightnings. That this signifies a Divine state which was revelation, is evident from the signification of “voices” which are sounds of thunders, as being truths Divine; and from the signification of “lightnings,” as being the ruddy glow and brightness of these truths, for truths Divine are bright and glowing from the flame of the light that is from the sun of heaven. Hence it is that by “voices and lightnings” is signified a Divine state in which is revelation; a Divine state, by the descent of such things from heaven; and revelation, by the voices and lightnings being truths Divine. That by “voices” which are of thunders from heaven are signified truths Divine, see n. 7573; and that “lightnings” denote the brightnesses from them which strike upon the internal sight of man, enlightening those who are in truth from good, and confounding those who are in falsity from evil, is evident from passages in the Word where “lightnings” are mentioned, as in David:
The clouds dripped waters, the skies gave forth a voice, and Thine arrows went abroad, the voice of Thy thunder into the world, the lightnings enlightened the world, the earth shook and trembled (Ps. 77:17, 18);
where “the voice of thunder” denotes truth Divine (n. 7573); “lightnings” denote its brightness; and “the world,” the church; consequently “the lightnings enlightened the world” denotes the enlightening of the church by truth Divine.
sRef Ps@135 @6 S2′ sRef Ps@135 @7 S2′ sRef Ps@97 @5 S2′ sRef Rev@11 @19 S2′ sRef Ps@97 @4 S2′ [2] In like manner in the same:
His lightnings enlightened the world, the earth shall see and shall fear, the mountains shall melt like wax before Jehovah (Ps. 97:4, 5).
What Jehovah willeth, He doeth in the heavens and in earth, in the seas and in all abysses, who maketh the vapors to ascend from the extremity of the earth, He maketh lightnings for the rain (Ps. 135:6-7; Jer. 10:13; 51:16);
where “lightnings for the rain” denotes the brightness of the truth that comes down from heaven. In John:
There were lightning, voices, and thunders (Rev. 11:19; 16:18);
where “voices, lightnings, and thunders” denote truths Divine which enlighten the good and terrify the evil.
sRef Ezek@1 @13 S3′ sRef Ezek@1 @14 S3′ [3] In Ezekiel:
The appearance of the living creatures (which were cherubs) was like burning coals of fire, like the appearance of torches, and it went along among the living creatures, so that there was the brightness of fire, and out of the fire went forth lightning. And the living creatures were running and returning according to the appearance of lightning (Ezek. 1:13-14);
where “fire” denotes the good of love, and “lightning going forth out of the fire,” the truth Divine therefrom. The Divine Providence of the Lord, which is truth Divine proceeding from the Divine good of the Lord, is here described by the “cherubs.”
sRef Dan@10 @5 S4′ sRef Dan@10 @6 S4′ [4] In Daniel:
Behold one clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with gold of Uphaz, and his body was like a tarshish, his face as the appearance of lightning, and his eyes as torches of fire (Dan. 10:5-6).
“The face as the appearance of lightning” denotes the love of truth, because the truth which is from love bears with it a flaming from fire, which flaming is “lightning.”
sRef Zech@9 @14 S5′ [5] In Zechariah:
Jehovah shall appear over them, and His arrow shall go forth as the lightning; and the Lord Jehovih shall sound with the trumpet, and shall advance in whirlwinds of the south (Zech. 9:14).
“The arrow which shall go forth as the lightning” denotes truth Divine which reproves and penetrates. That “an arrow” denotes the truth of doctrine, see n. 2686, 2709; thus “an arrow from Jehovah” denotes truth Divine.
sRef Nahum@3 @3 S6′ sRef Deut@32 @41 S6′ [6] In Nahum:
The brightness of a sword, the lightning of a spear, and a multitude of slain (Nah. 3:3).
In Moses:
I will sharpen the lightning of My sword (Deut. 32:41);
denoting the penetration of truth Divine with the evil; “sword” denotes truth fighting (n. 2799, 8294); and “lightning” the brightness of it which strikes upon the intellectual and deprives it of the faculty of seeing truth: in like manner in Ezekiel 21:20-32. From all this it is also evident that by “lightning” is meant truth Divine, as in Matthew 28:3, and in Luke 17:24.

AC (Potts) n. 8814 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ 8814. And a heavy cloud upon the mountain. That this signifies a Divine state in respect to those who were about to receive, is evident from the signification of “a cloud,” as being truth accommodated to those who are about to receive, thus the Word in the letter (see n. 8443, 8781); here truth Divine accommodated to the people descended from Jacob; and because this people was in great darkness as to truths Divine, it is therefore called “a heavy cloud,” and above (verse 9) “the density of a cloud,” and below (verse 18) “smoke of fire as the smoke of a furnace.” In what great darkness they were, can be seen from what has been related above (n. 8788) about that nation, and also from the fact that the things which pertain to the internal man were not revealed to them, but only those which pertain to the external man. For they did not apprehend internal things, nor were they willing to apprehend them, because these were contrary to their loves, which were that they might be the most exalted of all peoples in the world, and also the most opulent of all, and that all other nations might be as nothing in comparison with them. Where these loves are, there heavenly loves cannot be received, for these are extinguished and suffocated by the worldly loves. This is the reason why Jehovah, that is, the Lord, appeared to them in a dense and heavy cloud, in like manner as is the case in the other life, where they who are in falsities from evil are encompassed with a dense and black cloud in accordance with the quality and the amount of the falsities. This appears to everyone there before the eyes, and yet the sun there is continually shining. (On this subject see what has been said above, n. 6832, 8137, 8138.) Speaking generally, the Divine in the other life appears to everyone according to the quality of his faith and love.

AC (Potts) n. 8815 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ sRef Zech@9 @14 S1′ sRef Ps@47 @5 S1′ 8815. And the voice of a trumpet exceeding strong. That this signifies a celestial state which was round about, is evident from the signification of “the voice,” or sound, “of a trumpet,” as being the truth of celestial good, “a voice” denoting truth, and “a trumpet” celestial good (as above, n. 8802). That it denotes a celestial state which was round about, is because the Divine in heaven is in the midst or inmost, that is, in the highest there; but relatively to the angels heaven is around or outside of them, that is, is beneath, for that which is around is also outside, and that which is outside is also beneath. Truth Divine itself in heaven is signified by “voices” and “lightnings,” but the celestial or angelic truth adjoined to what is Divine, which is beneath or around, is signified by “the voice of a trumpet,” in like manner as in Zechariah:
Jehovah shall appear over them, and His arrow shall go forth as the lightning; and the Lord Jehovih shall sound with the trumpet, and shall advance in whirlwinds of the south (Zech. 9:14).
And in David:
God is gone up with a sounding, Jehovah with the voice of a trumpet (Ps. 47:5);
where “a sounding” denotes the truth of spiritual good; “the voice of a trumpet,” the truth of celestial good.
[2] The Divine truth which passes through heaven is also meant by the trumpets with which the angels sounded (Rev. 8:2, 6-8, 12, 13; 9:14). Truth Divine from heaven was also represented by the seven trumpets with which the seven priests sounded before the ark or before Jehovah, when the walls of the city Jericho fell (Josh. 6); also by the trumpets with which the three hundred men who were with Gideon sounded round about the camp of Midian, Amalek, and the sons of the east (Judg. 7). The reason why the trumpets produced this effect was that they represented the truth Divine through the heavens, which is such that it perfects the good, but destroys the evil; the reason why it perfects the good is that these receive the Divine good which is in the truth; but that it destroys the evil is because these do not receive the Divine good which is in it. The “walls of Jericho” signified the falsities which defended evils; and “Midian, Amalek, and the sons of the east,” round about whose camp the three hundred men of Gideon sounded the trumpets, signified those who were in evils and in the derivative falsities.

AC (Potts) n. 8816 sRef Ex@19 @16 S0′ 8816. And all the people that were in the camp trembled. That this signifies a holy tremor on the part of those who were about to receive, is evident from the signification of “trembling,” as being a holy tremor; and from the signification of “the people that were in the camp,” as being those who were about to receive the Divine truth. It is said in the Word in various places that when Jehovah comes down, “the earth trembles, and the mountains melt” (as in Ps. 77:17, 18; 97:4, 5; 104:32, and elsewhere); whereby is signified the commotion of all at the presence of the Divine; for the Divine is such that no one can endure it unless he is in a kind of cloud, and thus is accommodated to its reception; for it is like the fire which is in the sun, which if it were to fall naked on anyone, would consume him in a moment. But the reception is according to the good with each person. They who are in good do indeed tremble at the presence of the Divine, but it is a holy tremor which precedes reception. But they who are in evil are in terror at the presence of the Divine, and therefore flee away, and are then enveloped in their falsities as in a dusky cloud, and are hidden. These things are signified by the “caves of the rocks” into which they then betake themselves. From all this it can be seen what is signified by “all the people that were in the camp trembled.”

AC (Potts) n. 8817 sRef Ex@19 @17 S0′ 8817. And Moses made the people go forth out of the camp to meet God. That this signifies the power of truth from the Divine to prepare them to receive the Divine in the good with them, is evident from the signification of “making the people go forth to meet God,” as being the power to prepare them to receive the Divine; for in what follows the subject treated of is the law promulgated upon Mount Sinai, which denotes the Divine that they were to receive, for “the law” denotes Divine truth from Divine good. Hence it is that “making go forth to meet” denotes the power of preparing for reception by means of the truth from the Divine which is represented by Moses (see n. 8760, 8787, 8805).

AC (Potts) n. 8818 sRef Ex@19 @17 S0′ 8818. And they took their stand in the lower parts of the mountain. That this signifies far from the good of celestial love, is evident from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being heaven, and thus good Divine united to Divine truth there (see n. 8805); and from the signification of “taking their stand in the lower parts” of it, as being far or remote from it. In the internal historical sense the Israelitish nation is here meant, which was devoid of the good of celestial love (see above, n. 8788, 8806), and consequently was far from it; and therefore it is also said below that Moses charged the people and also the priests not to break through the bounds and touch the mountain and thus die (verses 21, 22, 24, 25). But in the internal sense, wherein those who are of the spiritual church are treated of, by their “taking their stand in the lower parts of the mountain,” is signified that it was not allowable to ascend to a higher heaven by reason of self-confidence, and that if they ascended they would die (concerning which see above, n. 8794, 8797).

AC (Potts) n. 8819 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ aRef Ex@24 @16 S1′ sRef Ex@24 @17 S1′ sRef Deut@5 @23 S1′ sRef Deut@4 @11 S1′ sRef Deut@4 @12 S1′ sRef Deut@5 @25 S1′ sRef Deut@5 @24 S1′ 8819. And Mount Sinai smoked, the whole of it. That this signifies the appearing of celestial good in the greatest obscurity, is evident from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being celestial good (see just above, n. 8818); and from the signification of “smoking,” as being an appearing in obscurity. By obscurity is meant the obscurity of faith, such as is theirs who are of the spiritual church as compared with the faith of those who are of the celestial church (n. 2708, 2715, 2718, 2831, 2935, 2937, 3241, 3833, 6289). By the greatest obscurity, which is signified by “Mount Sinai smoked, the whole of it,” and by what is said just below, that “the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace,” is meant that obscurity in which was the Israelitish nation, before whom the appearing took place; for Jehovah or the Lord appears to everyone according to his quality (see n. 8788, 8814), thus as love and as the light of truth to those who are in good, but as an enemy and avenger to those who are in evil. That so did He appear to the Israelitish people, is also evident from other passages in Moses:
The appearance of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain before the eyes of the sons of Israel (Exod. 24:17).
Ye came near and stood under the mountain; when the mountain burned with fire unto the heart of heaven, darkness, and cloud, and thick darkness. And Jehovah spake unto you out of the midst of the fire (Deut. 4:11, 12; 5:22).
It came to pass, when ye heard the voice out of the midst of the darkness, and the mountain did burn with fire, that ye came near unto me, and ye said, why shall we die? because this great fire will devour us: if we hear the voice of Jehovah our God anymore, we shall die (Deut. 5:23-25).
[2] The reason for this is that no one can see God otherwise than from such things as are in himself, so that he who is in hatred sees Him from hatred, he who is in unmercifulness sees Him in unmercifulness; and on the other hand, they who are in charity and mercy see Him from, and thus in, charity and mercy. The case herein is as it is with the rays of light, which when they fall into ugly forms are turned into ugly colors; but when they fall into beautiful forms are turned into beautiful colors. (That “smoke” denotes the obscurity of truth and also the thick darkness which is of falsity, is evident in Isa. 9:18, 19; 34:9, 10; in Joel 2:30, 31; in Hos. 13:3; and in Rev. 9:17, 18; 18:18; 19:3.)

AC (Potts) n. 8820 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ 8820. Because Jehovah descended upon it in fire. That this signifies because the Divine was there in celestial love, is evident from the signification of the “fire in which Jehovah was,” as being Divine celestial love; that “fire” denotes love, see n. 934, 4906, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, here Divine celestial love, that is, love Divine such as is in the heaven where the celestial angels are.

AC (Potts) n. 8821 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ 8821. And the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace. That this signifies obscurity like the obscurity from cupidities, is evident from the signification of “smoke,” as being obscurity (see above, n. 8819); and from the signification of “a furnace,” as being cupidity (n. 7519). (The reason why the Lord, when in celestial love, appeared so to the sons of Israel, see n. 8819, also n. 1861, 6832.)

AC (Potts) n. 8822 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ 8822. And the whole mountain trembled mightily. That this signifies the commotion of heaven, is evident from the signification of “to tremble,” as being commotion; and from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being heaven (see n. 8805). (That there is commotion at the presence of the Divine, see n. 8816.)

AC (Potts) n. 8823 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @19 S0′ sRef 1Ki@19 @11 S0′ sRef 1Ki@19 @12 S0′ 8823. And when the voice of the trumpet was going, and waxing strong mightily. That this signifies what is general of revelation through the angelic heaven, is evident from the signification of “the voice of the trumpet,” as being heavenly or angelic truth conjoined with what is Divine (see n. 8815), thus what is general of revelation; for truth Divine is revelation, and that which is manifested through the medium of heaven is general relatively to the truth Divine itself in heaven, for it is without or around (n. 8815), and what is around and without is general relatively to that which is in the midst, or which is within; and from the signification of “going and waxing strong,” as being the increase thereof. For the case herein is as it is with sound which is on high, where the atmosphere is purer, and the sound is silent; but when it descends to lower regions where the atmosphere is denser, it becomes louder and more sonorous. So it is with Divine truth and Divine good, which in the highest are peaceful and cause no disturbance whatever; but when they descend toward lower things they gradually become unpeaceful, and finally tumultuous. This is what is so described by the Lord in the first book of the Kings to Elijah, when he was in Horeb:
Go forth, and stand on the mountain before Jehovah; behold Jehovah is passing by; so that there was a great and strong wind rending the mountains, and breaking in pieces the rocks before Jehovah; Jehovah was not in the wind. Then after the wind an earthquake; yet Jehovah was not in the earthquake. After the earthquake a fire; Jehovah was not in the fire. Lastly after the fire a still small voice* (1 Kings 19:11, 12).
* The Latin has “a still thin voice” (vox silentii tenuis).

AC (Potts) n. 8824 sRef Ex@19 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ 8824. Moses spake, and God answered him in a voice. That this signifies by means of an influx of truth from the Divine in which was the Divine Itself, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth from the Divine (see n. 8760, 8787, 8805); from the signification of “speaking,” as being influx (see n. 5797, 7270, 8128); and from the signification of “answering in a voice,” as being the Divine truth which is the source. The reason why these things are signified, is that Divine answers are truths in which is what is Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8825 sRef Ex@19 @18 S0′ 8825. Verses 20-25. And Jehovah came down upon Mount Sinai, unto the head of the mountain; and Jehovah called Moses unto the head of the mountain; and Moses went up. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest perchance they break through unto Jehovah to see, and many of them fall. And the priests also, who come near unto Jehovah shall sanctify themselves, lest perchance Jehovah make a breach in them. And Moses said unto Jehovah, The people cannot come up unto Mount Sinai; for Thou didst charge us, saying, Set bounds to the mountain, and sanctify it. And Jehovah said unto him, Go, get thee down; and come up thou, and Aaron with thee; and let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto Jehovah, lest perchance He make a breach in them. And Moses went down unto the people, and told them. “And Jehovah came down upon Mount Sinai,” signifies the presence of the Lord in heaven; “unto the head of the mountain,” signifies in the inmost heaven; “and Jehovah called Moses unto the head of the mountain, and Moses went up,” signifies the conjunction of truth from the Divine there; “and Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies exhortation from the Divine; “Go down, charge the people, lest perchance they break through unto Jehovah to see,” signifies lest they who are of the spiritual church should desire to ascend into the heaven where the Divine celestial is; “and many of them fall,” signifies that so they would perish; “and the priests also who come near unto Jehovah shall sanctify themselves,” signifies that those who are in spiritual good in which is the Divine are to be covered over; “lest perchance Jehovah make a breach in them,” signifies consequently separation from good; “and Moses said unto Jehovah,” signifies the thought of truth from the Divine; “The people cannot come up unto Mount Sinai,” signifies that they cannot raise themselves to the celestial kingdom; “for Thou didst charge us,” signifies because they have been cautioned by the Divine; “saying, Set bounds to the mountain,” signifies by the fact that the spiritual sphere of good ceases below; “and sanctify it [the people],” signifies that thus they may be kept off from the Divine; “and Jehovah said unto him,” signifies further admonition; “Go, get thee down,” signifies influx; “and come up thou, and Aaron with thee,” signifies conjunction with truth from the Divine internal and external; “and let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto Jehovah,” signifies lest they who are in spiritual good and truth desire to ascend into the celestial heaven; “lest perchance He make a breach in them,” signifies separation from truth and good; “and Moses went down unto the people,” signifies the influx of the Divine through truth from the Divine; “and told them,” signifies thus admonition.

AC (Potts) n. 8826 sRef Ex@19 @20 S0′ 8826. And Jehovah came down upon Mount Sinai. That this signifies the presence of the Lord in heaven, is evident from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being heaven (see n. 8805); consequently “to come down upon that mountain,” denotes presence there. That it is the presence of the Lord, is because “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8827 sRef Ex@19 @20 S0′ 8827. To the head of the mountain. That this signifies in the inmost heaven, is evident from the signification of “the mountain,” as being heaven (see just above, n. 8826); that “the head of the mountain,” denotes the inmost heaven, is because the head of the mountain is the highest of it, and “the highest” signifies the inmost (n. 1735, 2148, 4210, 4599, 8153). There are three heavens, namely, the lowest, which is called the first; the middle, which is called the second; and the inmost, which is called the third. In this heaven is the Divine more than in the two lower heavens, for in this they are under the immediate view of the Lord, because they who are there are in love to the Lord, and hence in peace and innocence above the rest. The angels who are there are called “celestial angels,” and the angels in the second heaven are called “spiritual angels;” consequently the Divine in the one heaven is called “the Divine celestial,” and the Divine in the other heaven “the Divine spiritual.” From all this it can be seen what is signified by “Jehovah came down upon the head of the mountain.”

AC (Potts) n. 8828 sRef Ex@19 @20 S0′ 8828. And Jehovah called Moses unto the head of the mountain, and Moses went up. That this signifies the conjunction of truth from the Divine there, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8760, 8761), where like words occur; here is signified conjunction with the Divine celestial, that is, with the Divine of the inmost heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8829 8829. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies exhortation from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as involving the things that follow, which concern the exhortation that they should not break through the bounds with which the mountain was enclosed.

AC (Potts) n. 8830 8830. Go down, charge the people, lest perchance they break through unto Jehovah to see. That this signifies lest they who are of the spiritual church should desire to ascend into the heaven where the Divine celestial is, is evident from the signification of “to charge,” as being exhortation; from the representation of the sons of Israel, who are here “the people,” as being those who are of the spiritual church (of which frequently above); from the signification of “breaking through,” namely, the bounds, as being to desire to ascend into a higher heaven; and from the signification of “seeing Jehovah,” as being to perceive the Divine. For by “Jehovah on the head of the mountain” is meant the Divine in the inmost heaven, which is called “the celestial heaven” (see n. 8827); and by “seeing” is meant perception (n. 2150, 3764, 4567, 4723, 5400).

AC (Potts) n. 8831 8831. And many of them fall. That this signifies that so they would perish, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8832 sRef Ex@19 @22 S0′ 8832. And the priests also, who come near unto Jehovah shall sanctify themselves. That this signifies that those who are in spiritual good in which is the Divine are to be covered over, is evident from the signification of “priests,” as being good (see n. 1728, 2015, 6145), here spiritual good, because by the sons of Israel, whose priests they were, were represented those who are of the spiritual church, thus who are in good by means of truth and in truth from good (see n. 7957, 8234); from the signification of “coming near unto Jehovah,” when said of priests by whom good is signified, as being good in which is the Divine; and from the signification of “being sanctified,” as being to be covered over as to the interiors (see n. 8788, 8806).

AC (Potts) n. 8833 sRef Ex@19 @22 S0′ 8833. Lest perchance Jehovah make a breach in them. That this signifies separation from good, is evident from the signification of “making a breach,” as being the separation of truth from good (see n. 4926), here separation from good, because it is said of the priests by whom good is signified (n. 8832).

AC (Potts) n. 8834 sRef Ex@19 @23 S0′ 8834. And Moses said unto Jehovah. That this signifies the thought of truth from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by the truth from the Divine which is represented by Moses, as being thought (see also n. 3395, 7107, 7244, 7937). It is said “the thought of truth from the Divine,” and there is meant thought with him who represents truth from the Divine. The reason why it is so said is also because the truth with a man thinks, and the man in whom the thought is thinks by means of truth. For the Lord flows in through good into truth, and so gives life to a man. This life appears in the man as his, but it is of the Lord in the truth from good that is with him. Because this is so, the angels speak in this manner, for they attribute thought to truth from good abstractedly from person, and thus at the same time perceive whence comes the thought of truth. From all this it is evident what angelic speech is, and that it is the speech of wisdom.

AC (Potts) n. 8835 sRef Ex@19 @23 S0′ 8835. The people cannot come up unto Mount Sinai. That this signifies that they cannot raise themselves to the celestial kingdom, is evident from the signification of “the people,” or of “the sons of Israel,” as being those who are of the spiritual kingdom; from the signification of “coming up,” as being to raise; and from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being the celestial kingdom (see n. 8827). (How these things are, may be seen above, n. 8794, 8797.)

AC (Potts) n. 8836 sRef Ex@19 @23 S0′ 8836. For thou didst charge us. That this signifies because they have been cautioned by the Divine, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8837 sRef Ex@19 @23 S0′ 8837. Saying, Set bounds to the mountain. That this signifies by the fact that the spiritual sphere of good ceases below, is evident from the signification of “setting bounds to the mountain,” as being extension into heaven no further than to the spiritual spheres of good (see above, n. 8794-8797).

AC (Potts) n. 8838 sRef Ex@19 @23 S0′ 8838. And sanctify it [the people]. That this signifies that thus they may be kept off from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “sanctifying,” as being to veil over the interiors that the externals may appear in holiness (see n. 8788, 8806), thus also to be kept off from the Divine lest they should be hurt. For unless they were veiled over, the Divine would penetrate and destroy, because the presence of the Divine is like a consuming fire to those who are not veiled over. Hence it is that even the angels are veiled over with a cloud (n. 6849). From all this it can be seen what is meant by being veiled over. That this is signified by “being sanctified” is because when they are veiled over they appear in holiness, for then the Divine can flow in and present there a state of good and a form of truth, which cannot be effected without a veiling over.

AC (Potts) n. 8839 sRef Ex@19 @24 S0′ 8839. And Jehovah said unto him. That this signifies further admonition, is evident from the signification of “saying,” when by Jehovah unto Moses (that he should charge the people not to break through to see), as being admonition. That it is further admonition, is because it was said by Moses that they had been charged about this matter, and cautioned that they should not do it.

AC (Potts) n. 8840 sRef Ex@19 @24 S0′ 8840. Go, get thee down. That this signifies influx, is evident from the signification of “going and getting down to the people and admonishing them,” when by the Divine through the truth from the Divine which is represented by Moses, as being influx namely of the Divine through truth from the Divine.

AC (Potts) n. 8841 sRef Ex@19 @24 S0′ 8841. And come up thou, and Aaron with thee. That this signifies conjunction with truth from the Divine internal and external, is evident from the signification of “coming up,” namely, to Jehovah, as being conjunction (see n. 8760); and from the representation of Moses and Aaron, as being truth from the Divine internal and external; Moses representing internal truth, and Aaron external truth (see n. 7089, 7382).

AC (Potts) n. 8842 sRef Ex@19 @24 S0′ 8842. And let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto Jehovah. That this signifies lest they who are in spiritual good and truth desire to ascend into the celestial heaven, is evident from what was said above (n. 8830, 8832), where like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 8843 sRef Ex@19 @24 S0′ 8843. Lest perchance He make a breach in them. That this signifies separation from truth and good, is evident (as above, n. 8833), here, from truth also, because it is said of the people also.

AC (Potts) n. 8844 sRef Ex@19 @25 S0′ 8844. And Moses went down unto the people, signifies the influx of the Divine through truth from the Divine (as above, n. 8840).

AC (Potts) n. 8845 sRef Ex@19 @25 S0′ 8845. And told them, signifies thus admonition (as above, n. 8839).

AC (Potts) n. 8846 8846. CONTINUATION ABOUT THE SPIRITS AND THE INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH JUPITER.
There are also spirits among those from the earth Jupiter whom they call “chimney-sweepers,” because they appear like these in dress and also in face. They are among those who rebuke the men of their earth, and afterward instruct them (see n. 7801-7812). To what such bear relation in the Grand Man, and of what quality they are, may be seen from the description of them above (n. 5056), which may here be transcribed.

AC (Potts) n. 8847 8847. A certain spirit from another earth was with me (he was from the earth Jupiter) who earnestly begged me to intercede for him, that he might come into heaven. He said that he was not aware of having done what is evil, except that he had rebuked the inhabitants of that earth; adding that after he had rebuked, he instructed them. He applied himself to my left side under the elbow, and talked with as it were a broken voice, and he could move one to pity. But I could only reply that I could give him no help, and that this is of the Lord alone; and that I could not intercede, because I did not know whether it would be useful or not, but that if worthy he might hope. He was then sent back among the upright spirits from his own earth; but these said that he could not be in their company, because he was not such as they. Yet because with intense longing he importuned to be let into heaven, he was sent into a society of upright spirits of this earth; but they also said that he could not be with them. In the light of heaven he was of a black color, but he himself said that he was not of a black, but of a murrhine color. I was told that they are such in the beginning who are afterward received among those who constitute the province of the seminal vesicles; for in these vesicles the semen is collected and clothed around with a suitable material, fitted for preserving it from being dissipated, and which can be put off in the neck of the womb, that so what has been preserved within may serve for conception, that is, for the impregnation of the ovum. Hence also there is in this seminal matter an endeavor, and as it were a burning desire, to put itself off and leave the semen to perform its use. Something similar showed itself in this spirit. He came again to me, but in mean clothing, and again said that he was burning to come into heaven, and that he now perceived that he was fit for it; but I was given to tell him that perhaps this was an indication that he would soon be received. He was then told by the angels to cast off his garment, and in his longing he cast it off so quickly that scarcely anything could be quicker. By this was represented the nature of the ardent desires of those who are in the province to which the seminal vesicles correspond.

AC (Potts) n. 8848 8848. It was said that when such have been prepared for heaven, they are stripped of their garments, and are clothed in new shining ones, and become angels. These the angels likened to caterpillars, which having passed through their low estate, are changed into chrysalides, and thus into butterflies, to which are then given other clothing and likewise wings of blue, yellow, silver, or gold, and at the same time liberty to fly in the air in their heaven, and to engage in marriages and lay eggs and thus provide for the propagation of their kind, sweet and pleasant food being also provided for them from the juices and odors of various flowers.

AC (Potts) n. 8849 8849. One of the spirits from that earth came to me, saying that he was seeking the One Only Lord, and that he longed to come into heaven; but that he could not, because in the life of the body he had done evil. He was asked what evil. He said that he had taken from a companion something which was of little value and which he supposed his companion was going to give him, and that this lay heavy on his conscience. From this it was evident what kind of a life they live on that earth, and that it torments them if they do evil to anyone, however slight; for he had brought that thought with him from his earth.

AC (Potts) n. 8850 8850. I was shown a bald head, but only its highest part, which was bony; and I was told that such an appearance is seen by those who are to die within a year, and that they then prepare themselves. On that earth they do not fear death, except on account of leaving their consort, their children, or their parents; for they know that they will live after death, and that they do not go out of life, because they go into heaven; and therefore they do not speak of dying, but of being heaven-made. Those who on that earth have lived happy in conjugial love, and have taken care of their children as it becomes parents to do, do not die by diseases, but tranquilly, as in sleep, and thus migrate from the world into heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8851 8851. The age to which the inhabitants live is for the most part thirty years, according to the years of our earth. They who live beyond this age are said to be unteachable, and therefore the chastising and instructing spirits do not come to them. The reason why they die within so brief a space of time is of the providence of the Lord, lest their numbers should increase beyond what that earth is capable of supporting. They also come to maturity more quickly there than on this earth. They marry in the first flower of youth, and their delights then are to love their consort and take care of their children. Other delights they indeed call delights, but relatively external.

AC (Potts) n. 8852 8852. At the end of the following chapter an account will be given of the spirits and inhabitants of the planet Saturn.

AC (Potts) n. 8853 8853. CHAPTER 20.
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.

Every man has something of his own which he loves above all things. This is called that which rules, or if you will, that which reigns universally with him. This is constantly present in his thought, and also in his will, and makes his veriest life.

AC (Potts) n. 8854 8854. As for example, he who loves wealth above all things, whether money or possessions, is continually revolving in his mind how he may procure it; he inmostly rejoices when he acquires it; he inmostly grieves when he loses it; his heart is in it. He who loves himself above all things is mindful of himself in everything, thinks of himself, speaks of himself, acts for the sake of himself; for his life is a life of self.

AC (Potts) n. 8855 8855. A man has as the end that which he loves above all things; in each and all things he has regard to this; it is in his will like the hidden current of a river which draws and bears him away, even when he is doing something else, for it is what animates him. It is this which one man searches out in another, and also sees, and according to it either leads him, or acts with him.

AC (Potts) n. 8856 8856. When a man is being regenerated, charity is implanted by means of faith, even until it becomes that which rules; and when charity has become this, he has a new life, for it is then continually present in his thought, and continually in his will, nay, in every single thing of them, even when he is meditating about other things, and when he is engaged in business.

AC (Potts) n. 8857 8857. The case is the same with love to the Lord. When this love is that which rules, it is present in every single thing of the man’s life; as for instance with him who loves his king, or his parent, his love toward them shines forth in their presence from every feature of his face, it is heard in every expression of his speech, and is seen in his every gesture. This is meant by having God continually before the eyes, and by loving Him above all things, with all the soul and with all the heart.

AC (Potts) n. 8858 8858. A man is wholly such as is the ruling principle of his life; by this he is distinguished from others; according to this is formed his heaven if he is good, and his hell if he is evil; for it is his veriest will, and thus the very being of his life, which cannot be changed after death. From all this it is evident what is the nature of the life of one who is regenerate, and what is the nature of the life of one who is not regenerate.

EXODUS 20

1. And God spake all these words, saying,
2. I am Jehovah thy God, who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants.
3. Thou shalt have no other gods before My faces.
4. Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image, nor any likeness, of that which is in the heavens above, or that which is in the earth beneath, or that which is in the waters under the earth:
5. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them; for I Jehovah thy God am a zealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons, upon the thirds and upon the fourths of them that hate Me:
6. And doing mercy to thousands of them that love Me and keep My commandments.
7. Thou shalt not take the name of Jehovah thy God in vain; for Jehovah will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain.
8. Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy.
9. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work:
10. And the seventh day is the Sabbath to Jehovah thy God; thou shalt not do any work, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and thy beast, and thy sojourner who is in thy gates:
11. For in six days Jehovah made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested in the seventh day; wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.
12. Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be prolonged upon the land which Jehovah thy God giveth thee.
13.* Thou shalt not kill. Thou shalt not commit adultery. Thou shalt not steal. Thou shalt not answer against thy neighbor the witness of a lie.
14. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s wife, and his manservant, and his maidservant, and his ox, and his ass, and anything that is thy neighbor’s.
15. And all the people saw the voices, and the torches, and the voice of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking; and the people saw, and they quaked, and stood afar off.
16. And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear; and let not God speak with us, lest perchance we die.
17. And Moses said unto the people, Fear not; because God is come to tempt you, and that the fear of Him may be before your faces, that ye sin not.
18. And the people stood afar off, and Moses came near unto the thick darkness where God was.
19. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the sons of Israel, Ye have seen that I have spoken with you from heaven.
20. Ye shall not make with Me gods of silver and gods of gold, ye shall not make unto you.
21. An altar of ground thou shalt make to Me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offerings, and thy thank-offerings, thy flocks, and thy herds; in every place where I shall put the memory of My name, I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee.
22. And if thou make Me an altar of stones, thou shalt not build it of hewn stones; for if thou move thy tool upon it, thou wilt profane it.
23. And thou shalt not go up on steps unto Mine altar, that thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it.
* The numbering here followed by Swedenborg from the Hebrew and Latin Bible of Schmidius, includes in verse 13, verses 14, 15, and 16 of our English version. [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 8859 sRef Ex@20 @0 S0′ 8859. THE CONTENTS.

In this chapter the subject treated of in the internal sense is the truths Divine which are to be implanted in the good with those who are of the Lord’s spiritual church. The ten commandments of the Decalogue denote these truths. The commandments concerning sacrifices, and concerning the altar, which follow in this chapter, denote the external truths which are of worship.

AC (Potts) n. 8860 sRef Ex@20 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @1 S0′ 8860. THE INTERNAL SENSE
Verse 1. And God spake all these words, saying, signifies truths Divine for those in the heavens, and for those on earth.

AC (Potts) n. 8861 sRef Ex@20 @1 S0′ 8861. And God spake all these words, saying. That this signifies truths Divine for those in the heavens and for those on earth, is evident from the signification of “the words which God spake,” as being truths Divine, for the things which God speaks are nothing else than truths. From this also truth Divine is called “the Word,” and “the Word” is the Lord, according to John 1:1, for the reason that when the Lord was in the world He was the Divine truth itself, and afterward when He was glorified He became the Divine good, and thenceforth all Divine truth proceeds from Him. This Divine truth is light to the angels, which light is also that which illuminates our internal sight, which is that of the understanding.
[2] As this sight does not see natural, but spiritual things, it has for its objects in the spiritual understanding the truths which are called the truths of faith; but in the natural understanding it has for its objects truths of the civil state which relate to what is just, and also truths of the moral state which relate to what is reputable, and lastly natural truths which are conclusions from the objects of the external senses, especially of the sight. From all this it can be seen in what order truths follow, and that all and each have their origin from truths Divine, which are the internal beginnings of all things. Moreover the forms in which they are have had their origin from the same source, for these were created to receive and contain. This shows what is meant in John by all things having been created through the Word (John 1:1-3); for truth Divine is the veriest essential, and is the only substantial through which all things are.

AC (Potts) n. 8862 sRef Ex@20 @1 S0′ 8862. That by “the words which God spake” are meant truths Divine for those in the heavens and those on the earth, is because the ten commandments, which are called the Decalogue, and the subsequent statutes promulgated and commanded from Mount Sinai, are such truths as are not only for those who are on the earth, but also for those who are in the heavens; for all the words, that is, all the truths which are from the Lord, are not only for men, but are also at the same time for the angels, since they come through heaven and thus pass over to earth. But in the heavens they do not sound as they do on the earth, for in the heavens they are in a spiritual form, but on the earth in a natural form. What is the nature of those things which are in a spiritual form as compared with those which are in a natural form, is evident from all the particulars of the Word in the internal sense and in the external sense. Those in the internal sense are spiritual, but those in the external sense, which is the sense of the letter, are natural. The latter have been accommodated to men on the earth, but the former to angels in the heavens.
[2] That such is the case can be seen from the fact that the Word has been sent, and thus has passed, from the Divine Itself through heaven to earth; and that when it comes to the earth it is truth accommodated to the human race, which is in earthly and bodily things; whereas in the heavens it is accommodated to angels, who are in spiritual and heavenly things. Such being the nature of the Word, it is holy in itself; for it contains in itself what is heavenly and Divine. This can be plainly seen from the ten commandments of the Decalogue. Everyone can see that these commandments are such things as have been known everywhere on the earth; as that parents are to be honored, that murder, adultery, and theft are not to be committed, and that no one should bear false witness; consequently that the Israelitish nation might have known these laws from natural light alone; for what nation is there which does not know them? And yet for their promulgation Jehovah Himself came down and promulgated them out of fire which burned even to the heart of heaven. From this it can be seen that these commandments contain in their bosom more things than appear in the letter, namely, such things as are at the same time for the heavens and that fill the heavens. All things of the Word are of this nature, because they are from the Divine. From this it is plain whence it is that the Word is holy, and what is meant by the Word’s being inspired as to every jot and tittle, and as to every little horn (Matt. 5:18; Luke 16:17). The nature of the commandments of the Decalogue in the spiritual sense, that is, their nature in the heavens, shall accordingly be seen in what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 8863 sRef Ex@20 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @4 S0′ 8863. Verses 2-7. I am Jehovah thy God, who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. Thou shalt have no other gods before My faces. Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image, nor any likeness of that which is in the heavens above, or that which is in the earth beneath, or that which is in the waters under the earth; thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them; for I Jehovah thy God am a zealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons, upon the thirds and upon the fourths of them that hate Me; and doing mercy to thousands of them that love Me and keep My commandments. Thou shalt not take the name of Jehovah thy God in vain; for Jehovah will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.
“I am Jehovah thy God,” signifies the Lord as to the Divine Human universally reigning in each and all things of good and truth; “who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants,” signifies liberation by Him from hell; “Thou shalt have no other gods before My faces,” signifies that truths must not be thought of from any other source than the Lord; “Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image,” signifies not from self-intelligence; “nor any likeness,” signifies a semblance of those things which are from the Divine; “of that which is in the heavens above, or that which is in the earth beneath,” signifies of those things which are in spiritual light, or of those which are in natural light; “or that which is in the waters under the earth,” signifies of those which are in the sensuous corporeal; “thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them,” signifies no Divine worship is to be paid them; “for I Jehovah thy God,” signifies the Divine from the Lord in each and all things; “am a zealous God,” signifies that falsity and evil are therefrom; “visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons,” signifies the consequent prolification of falsity derived from evil; “upon the thirds and upon the fourths,” signifies in a long series, and the conjunction of them; “of them that hate Me,” signifies who absolutely reject the Divine of the Lord; “and doing mercy unto thousands,” signifies good and truth unto them forever; “of them that love Me,” signifies who receive the good of love; “and keep My commandments,” signifies who receive the truths of faith; “Thou shalt not take the name of Jehovah thy God in vain,” signifies profanings and blasphemings of the truth and good of faith; “for Jehovah will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain,” signifies that these things cannot be forgiven.

AC (Potts) n. 8864 sRef Ex@20 @2 S0′ 8864. I am Jehovah thy God. That this signifies the Lord as to the Divine Human universally reigning in each and all things of good and truth, is evident from the fact that in the Word no other than the Lord is meant by “Jehovah” (see n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 3448, 5663, 6280, 6281, 6303, 8274), in like manner by “Jehovah Zebaoth,” by “the Lord Jehovih,” by “Jehovah God” (n. 2921, 3023, 3448, 6303); and that the Lord is called “Jehovah” from the Divine good, which is the Divine Being, but “God” from the Divine truth, which is the Divine Coming-forth (n. 6905, also n. 709, 732, 1096, 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402). That it is the Divine Human of the Lord which is here meant by “Jehovah God,” is because the Lord as to this is meant in the Word both by “Jehovah” and by “God”-the Divine good, which He is even as to the Human, by “Jehovah;” and the Divine truth, which He is because it proceeds from Him, by “God.”
aRef John@1 @18 S2′ aRef Gala@3 @19 S2′ aRef John@6 @46 S2′ aRef Hebr@8 @6 S2′ aRef John@10 @7 S2′ aRef John@5 @37 S2′ aRef John@10 @9 S2′ aRef 1Tim@2 @5 S2′ aRef John@14 @6 S2′ aRef Hebr@9 @15 S2′ aRef Gala@3 @20 S2′ aRef Hebr@12 @24 S2′ [2] That the Divine Human of the Lord is meant by “Jehovah God,” is because the Divine Itself which is in the Lord cannot be seen in heaven, and not even perceived, thus cannot be received in faith and love, but the Divine Human only. That the Divine Itself cannot be communicated to the angels in heaven, and still less to men on earth, except through the Divine Human, is known in the churches from the words of the Lord in the Evangelists, where He says that He is the “door,” that He is the “mediator,” that “no one can come to the Father but through Him,” that “no one knoweth the Father but He,” and that “no one hath seen the Father,” not even any “shape” of Him. From this it is plain that it is the Lord who is here meant by “Jehovah God.” That it is He also who redeemed the human race and liberated it from hell is likewise known. This is signified by the words which follow: “who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants.” From all this it is now plain that Jehovah God who spoke from Mount Sinai denotes the Lord as to the Divine Human.
[3] That this is the first thing which is said by the Lord from Mount Sinai, is because this ought to reign universally in each and all things that follow; for what is said first must be kept in the memory in the things that follow, and must be regarded as the universal thing that is in them. What is meant by “universally reigning” shall be seen in what follows. The things said by the Lord are all of this nature, namely, that the things said first are to reign in the things which follow, and are to involve them, and so successively the things that follow in the series. The things which follow in this chapter are the commandments of the Decalogue, which are internal truths, and then the statutes, which are external truths. In both of these the Lord must reign as to the Divine Human, for they are from Him, and are Himself, because all truths that are truths proceed from Him, and the things which proceed from Him are Himself. That the Lord as to the Divine Human must reign in each and all things of faith, is also known in the churches, for it is there taught that without the Lord there is no salvation, and that all the truth and good of faith are from Him. Thus as He is the source of faith, He is the faith with man, and if the faith, He is also every truth that is contained in the doctrine of faith, which is from the Word. From this also it is that the Lord is called “the Word.”
[4] That the things which precede must reign in the things which follow, and thus in the series, as said above, is evident from everything which the Lord spoke, especially from His prayer, which is called “the Lord’s Prayer.” In this prayer all things follow on in such a series that they constitute as it were a column that grows larger from top to bottom, in the interiors of which are the things which precede in the series. What is first therein is inmost, and what succeeds in order adds itself to the inmost successively and thus grows. That which is inmost reigns universally in those things which are round about; that is, in each and all things; for from this is that which is essential to the existence of all things.

AC (Potts) n. 8865 sRef Ex@20 @2 S0′ 8865. What is meant by “universally reigning” can be seen from what has been said and shown above (see n. 8853-8858), namely, that that is universally regnant with man which is in each and all things of his thought, and in each and all things of his will, consequently which constitutes his very mind, or life. Such a regnant must the Lord be with man, for such a regnant is the Lord with the angels in heaven, of whom therefore it is said that they are “in the Lord.” The Lord becomes regnant when it is not only believed that all good and all truth are from Him, but also when it is loved to be so. The angels are not only in the faith, but also in the perception, that it is so. Hence it is that their life is the Lord’s life in them; the life of their will is the life of love from the Lord, and the life of their understanding is the life of faith from the Lord. From all this it is evident how it is that the Lord is the all in all of heaven, and that He Himself is heaven. When the Lord universally reigns with a man of the church, as with the angels of heaven, then the Lord is in all the truths and goods of faith with him, as the heart is in all the blood-vessels, because these derive from it their origin, and the blood which is their life.
[2] Be it further known that such spirits and such angels are with a man as is his universal regnant. The reason is that that which reigns universally is the being of the life of everyone (n. 8853-8858). All the cheerfulness and all the content a man has, even when he is thinking about other things, are therefrom; for therein the angels and spirits who are with him dwell and as it were have their abode, and their gladness flows into the man, and causes his cheerfulness and content. That such is its source does not come to the perception of the man, because he does not know that his life flows in, nor that the universal regnant makes his life, nor that when this regnant of his life is touched, it is as if the pupil of the eye is touched; with delight when by beautiful objects; and with pain when by ugly ones. It is called universal from the fact that it is the whole singular in the complex, and thus the universal regnant is that which is in each and all things (see n. 1919e, 5949, 6159, 6338, 6482, 6483, 6571, 7648, 8067).

AC (Potts) n. 8866 sRef Ex@20 @2 S0′ 8866. Who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. That this signifies liberation by Him from hell, is evident from the signification of “bringing forth,” as being liberation; from the signification of “the land of Egypt,” as being infestations by the infernals (see n. 7240, 7278); and from the signification of “the house of servants,” as being spiritual captivity (n. 8049). That “the house of servants” denotes spiritual captivity and also hell, is because it is servitude to be held captive and to be led by those who are in hell, and it is freedom to be led by the Lord (n. 892, 905, 2870-2875, 2882, 2884, 2892, 2893, 6205, 8209). (That they who are of the spiritual church and are represented by the sons of Israel were liberated from hell by the Lord, by His coming into the world and making the Human in Himself Divine, see n. 6854, 6914, 7035, 7828, 7932, 8018, 8321.)

AC (Potts) n. 8867 sRef Ex@20 @3 S0′ 8867. Thou shalt have no other gods before My faces. That this signifies that truths must not be thought of from any other source than the Lord, is evident from the signification of “gods,” as being truths, and in the opposite sense as being falsities (see n. 4402, 4544, 7268, 7873, 8301); and from the signification of “faces,” when predicated of God, as being love, mercy, peace, good (n. 222, 223, 2434, 5585), thus the Lord Himself, for it is the Lord from whom these are. That “no other gods before My faces” signifies that truths must not be thought of from any other source than the Lord, is also because the Divine Human of the Lord, which is signified by “I am Jehovah thy God,” is first spoken of, and consequently holds the first place in order, and must universally reign in each of the truths that follow (n. 8864, 8865); and therefore there are now perceived such things as must be avoided, because they would destroy and prevent the universal reign of the Lord in all and each of the truths contained in the commandments and statutes that were dictated and commanded from Mount Sinai. The first thing which would destroy is the thinking of truths from some other source than the Lord, which is signified by the command to have no other gods before the Lord’s faces. The rest of the things that would destroy this universal regnant are contained in the things which follow in order, namely, that they should not make to themselves a graven image, nor the likeness of anything that is in the heavens, in the earth, or in the waters, and that they should not bow down themselves to them nor serve them. After this therefore it again follows “for I am Jehovah thy God,” by which is signified that the Lord must be in each and all things.

AC (Potts) n. 8868 sRef Matt@24 @23 S0′ sRef Matt@24 @24 S0′ sRef Luke@21 @8 S0′ sRef Matt@24 @26 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @3 S0′ sRef Matt@24 @25 S0′ 8868. It must also be briefly told what is meant by truths which are from some other source than the Lord. They are in general those truths in which the Lord is not. The Lord is not in the truths with a man when the man denies Him and His Divine, and also when he acknowledges Him and still believes that good and truth are not from Him, but from himself, and who consequently claims righteousness for himself. Truths also in which the Lord is not are those which are taken from the Word, especially from the sense of its letter, and are explained in favor of self-rule and self-gain. In themselves these are truths, because they are from the Word; but in this case they are not truths, because they are wrongly explained and thus perverted. They are such as are meant by the Lord by these words in Matthew:
If anyone shall say, Lo, here is the Christ, or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall give great signs and wonders; so as to lead into error, if possible, even the elect (Matt. 24:23-26; see n. 3900).
And in Luke:
See that ye be not led astray; for many shall come in My name, saying, I am; and, The time is at hand; go ye not therefore after them (Luke 21:8).
[2] The truths which are from the Lord are always truths from the Lord in the internal form; and the truths which are not from the Lord appear as truths in the external form only, but not in the internal form; for within they are either empty, or false, or evil. In order for truth to be truth there must be life in it; for truth without life is not the truth of faith with man; and life is from no other source than good, that is, through good from the Lord. If therefore the Lord is not in truth, it is truth without life, thus is not truth; but if falsity is in it, or evil, the truth itself in man is falsity or evil; for that which is within makes the essence, and also in the other life shines through the outside. From all this it can now be seen how it is to be understood that truths must not be thought of from any other source than the Lord.
[3] As few know how the case is with truths which in the internal form are truths, thus which live from the Lord, something shall be said about these from experience. In the other life it is openly perceived from everyone who speaks there what lies hidden within the words of his speech, as whether it is closed within, or whether it is open, also what kind of affection there is therein. If the affection of good is within, it is inwardly soft; if the affection of evil, it is inwardly hard; and so on. With the angels of heaven all things of their speech are open even to the Lord, and this is both clearly perceived and also heard from the softness and the quality of this. From this also it is known what lies hidden within truths, whether the Lord or not. Truths in which the Lord is are truths which are alive, but truths in which the Lord is not are truths which are not alive. Those which are alive are truths of faith from love to the Lord and from charity toward the neighbor. Those which are not alive are not truths, because within them there are the love of self and the love of the world. In the other life spirits and angels can be discriminated by this, for everyone has truths according to his life, that is, according to that which universally reigns with him.

AC (Potts) n. 8869 sRef Ex@20 @4 S0′ 8869. Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image. That this signifies not from self-intelligence, is evident from the signification of “a graven image,” as being that which is not from the Lord, but from what is man’s own. That which is man’s own of his intellect is signified by “a graven image,” and that which is man’s own of his will is signified by “a molten image.” To have either the one or the other for a god, or to adore it, is to love above all things all that which proceeds from self. They who do this entirely disbelieve that anything of intelligence and wisdom flows in from the Divine, for they attribute all things to themselves; everything else that happens to them they ascribe either to fortune or to chance. They totally deny the Divine Providence in such things. They suppose that if there is anything of Deity present, it is in the order of nature, to which they ascribe all things. They do indeed say with their lips that some Creator God has impressed such things upon nature; but still in their heart they deny any God above nature. Much are they who from the heart attribute everything to themselves and to their own sagacity and intelligence, and nothing to the Divine; and those of them who love themselves, adore what belongs to themselves and also desire to be worshiped by others, even as gods, and would do so openly if the church did not forbid. These are the formers of graven images, and the graven images themselves are what they hatch from their own, and wish to be adored as things divine.
sRef Jer@10 @14 S2′ [2] That these things are signified in the Word by “graven images,” is evident from the passages where they are mentioned, as in Jeremiah:
Every man is become a fool from knowledge; every founder is put to shame by his graven image; for his molten image is a lie, and there is no breath in them (Jer. 10:14; 51:17);
as by “a graven image” is signified that which does not proceed from the Lord, but from self-intelligence, therefore it is said, “Every man is become a fool from knowledge, and every founder is put to shame by his graven image;” and as in those things which are hatched from self-intelligence there is nothing of spiritual life, which is solely from the Lord, therefore it is also said, “and there is no breath in them.”
sRef Hab@2 @18 S3′ sRef Hab@2 @20 S3′ sRef Hos@11 @2 S3′ sRef Hab@2 @19 S3′ [3] In Habakkuk:
What profiteth the graven image that the maker thereof hath graven it, the molten image, and the teacher of a lie, because the maker of his invention trusteth upon this, when he maketh dumb gods? there is no breath in the midst of it (Hab. 2:18, 19); here the “graven image” denotes those things which are hatched from self-intelligence, wherein there is nothing of life from the Lord.
sRef Jer@50 @39 S4′ sRef Jer@50 @38 S4′ [4] In Jeremiah:
A drought is upon her waters, and they shall be dried up; for it is a land of graven images, and they glory in horrors; therefore the ziim dwell with the iim, and the daughters of the owl dwell therein (Jer. 1:38. 39);
speaking of Chaldea and Babel; “a drought upon the waters, and they shall be dried up,” denotes truths wherein there is nothing of life; “the ziim, and the iim, and the daughters of the owl, dwell therein,” denotes evils and falsities, thus those things which are of death within; from this it is that they are called “a land of graven images.”
sRef Isa@44 @17 S5′ sRef Isa@44 @11 S5′ sRef Isa@44 @18 S5′ sRef Isa@44 @10 S5′ sRef Isa@44 @9 S5′ [5] In Isaiah:
They that fashion a graven image are all of them vanity; and their most desirable things shall not profit; and they are witnesses to themselves, they see not nor know (Isa. 44:9-11);
“they that fashion a graven image,” denotes those who hatch out doctrines which are not grounded in truths from the Word, but in self-intelligence, of which doctrines it is said that “their most desirable things do not profit,” and that “they see not nor know.” In what follows (verses 12-16 of that chapter) there is treated of the art of inventing and of hatching by reasonings from self-intelligence, things which they desire should be acknowledged as Divine, of which things it is thus finally said:
The residue thereof he maketh into a god, his graven image, he adoreth it, he boweth himself down, and yet they know not, neither do they understand; and their eyes do not see, that their hearts may not understand (Isa.44:17, 18);
that “they know not, and understand not, and see not” denotes that truths and goods are not within, for all things which go forth from self-intelligence are not inwardly truths and goods, but falsities and evils, because they proceed from one’s own, and that this at its root is evil, see n. 210, 215, 694, 874-876, 987, 1023, 1044, 1047, 1581, 3812, 4328, 5660, 5786, 8480.
sRef Isa@40 @19 S6′ sRef Isa@40 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@40 @18 S6′ [6] In the same:
To whom will ye liken God? and what image will ye compare with Him. The craftsman casteth the graven image, and the founder overlayeth it with gold, and casteth silver chains. He that is destitute of an oblation chooseth wood that will not rot; he seeketh him a wise craft man to prepare a graven image that shall not be shaken (Isa. 40:18-20);
“the graven cage which the craftsman casteth” denotes false doctrine which is from man’s own; “the founder overlayeth it with gold, and casteth silver chains,” denotes that through reasonings he makes the falsities of doctrine appear as truths.
sRef Isa@42 @7 S7′ sRef Isa@42 @8 S7′ sRef Isa@42 @6 S7′ [7] In the same:
I Jehovah have called thee in righteousness, to open the blind eyes, to bring out the bound one from the prison, them that sit in darkness out of the prison-house. I am Jehovah, this is My name, and My glory will I not give to another, nor My praise to graven images (Isa. 42:6-8);
speaking of the Lord, that He is Jehovah, and that from Him is all wisdom, and nothing of it from man. That the Lord is here treated of is evident. That He is “Jehovah” here is also evident, for it is said that “Jehovah hath called Him in righteousness,” and then, “I am Jehovah, this is My name, and My glory will I not give to another.” That from Him is the wisdom that belongs to life, is signified by His “opening the blind eyes,” and “bringing out the bound one from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison-house;” that nothing of wisdom is from man, is signified by “I will not give My praise to graven images.”
sRef Deut@27 @15 S8′ sRef Isa@30 @22 S8′ sRef Jer@8 @19 S8′ sRef Isa@21 @9 S8′ [8] By “graven images” are also signified the things of self-intelligence in the following passages:
And there cometh a chariot of a man, a pair of horsemen. And he answered and said, Babel is fallen; and all the graven images he hath broken into the earth (Isa. 21:9).
Then will ye judge unclean the covering of the graven images of their silver, and the clothing of the molten image of their gold; thou shalt scatter them as a menstruous cloth; it shall be called dung (Isa. 30:22).
Why have they provoked Me to anger by their graven images, by vanities of strangers? (Jer. 8:19).
They have called themselves, so they went for the sake of themselves; they sacrifice to the Baals, and burn incense to graven images (Hos. 11:2).
Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or molten image, an abomination to Jehovah, the work of the hands of the craftsman (Deut. 27:15).

AC (Potts) n. 8870 sRef Ex@20 @4 S0′ 8870. Nor any likeness. That this signifies a semblance of those things which are from the Divine, is evident from the signification of a “likeness,” as being a semblance. That it denotes a semblance of those things which are from the Divine, is plain from what precedes and from what follows-from what precedes, that they shall have “no other gods before the faces of Jehovah God,” and that they shall not “make to themselves a graven image,” by which words are signified truths from another source than the Divine, and yet which are set forth like them; and from what follows, as “of that which is in the heavens, or which is in the earth, or which is in the waters,” whereby are meant such things as are from the Divine everywhere.
[2] It must here be told what is meant by a semblance of those things which are from the Divine, because these things are treated of in what follows of this verse and in the beginning of the following verse. Semblances of those things which are from the Divine are made by men when they speak Divine things with the mouth, and also in act do such things as have been commanded by the Divine, and thus induce a belief that they are in good and truth, when yet at heart they think altogether otherwise, and will nothing but evil: such are dissemblers, hypocrites, and the deceitful, and these are they who make semblances of those things which are from the Divine. In the other life evil spirits make semblances of those things which are from the Divine, who set forth a likeness and appearance in outward things, within which there is nothing of the Divine. Dissemblers, hypocrites, and the deceitful learn to do this in the other life, and in general all who from frequent use have contracted the habit of speaking otherwise than they think, and of doing otherwise than they will. Some by such practices wish to get reputation, that they may seem to be good, and thus deceive; some that they may exercise command.
[3] Moreover there, such things are abuses of correspondences. But the outward things whereby they have made a pretense of such things as are of charity and faith, are successively taken away from them; for in this way they act from their very nature that has been acquired in the world, and no more from any pretense or hypocrisy. They who are of this character, and who perceive that these external things are to be taken away from them, say that if these external things were left them, they would be able to live with their associates in the other life, and do what is good in appearance, just as formerly in the world. But this cannot be done, because by the externals which are apparently good they would communicate in some measure with heaven, that is, with those who are in the encompassing parts there and are simple, who correspond to the cuticles in the Grand Man; while by their internals they would communicate with the hells. And as the evils which are within rule, because they are of the will, and the goods that are made a pretense of in externals serve the evil as a means for acquiring dominion, therefore it is contrary to Divine order itself to leave them free to act with pretense and hypocrisy as in the world. Wherefore such things are taken away from them, and they are remitted into the very evil of their will.

AC (Potts) n. 8871 sRef Ex@20 @4 S0′ 8871. Of that which is in the heavens above, or that which is in the earth beneath. That this signifies of those things which are in spiritual light, or of those which are in natural light, is evident from the signification of “a likeness of those things which are in the heavens above,” as being those things which appear and are seen in spiritual light, all of which bear relation to the good and truth which are of faith, of charity toward the neighbor, and of love to the Lord-to counterfeit and make a pretense of these things is to “make a likeness of the things which are in the heavens above;” and from the signification of “a likeness of those things which are in the earth beneath,” as being those things which appear and are seen in natural light, which are such as bear relation to civil and moral good and truth-to counterfeit and make a pretense of these things is to make a likeness of those things which are in the earth beneath. In the sense of the letter are meant such things as appear in heaven, as the sun, the moon, the stars; and such things as appear on the earth, as animals of various kinds, both flying, walking, and creeping; but in the internal sense are meant such things as are signified by these, all of which bear relation to good and truth, as was said above.
sRef Deut@4 @18 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @19 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @25 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @20 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @26 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @27 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @24 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @17 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @16 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @21 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @23 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @28 S2′ sRef Deut@4 @22 S2′ [2] These things are further described in Moses, in these words:
Lest ye make you a graven image in the shape of any likeness, the figure of male or of female, the figure of any beast that is on the earth, the figure of any winged bird that flieth under heaven, the figure of anything that creepeth on the earth, of a fish that is in the waters under the earth. And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and look at the sun, and the moon, and the stars, all the army of the heavens, and thou be impelled, and bow thyself to them, and serve them. Take heed to yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of Jehovah your God, which He made with you, and make you a graven image of any figure. For Jehovah thy God is a devouring fire, a zealous God. When ye shall beget sons, and sons’ sons, and ye shall have grown old in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image of any figure, I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that perishing ye shall quickly perish from off the land. Jehovah shall scatter you among the peoples, where ye shall serve gods, the work of a man’s hands, wood and stone (Deut. 4:16-19; 23-28).
[3] The reason why it was so severely forbidden to make a likeness of anything in the heavens and on the earth, was chiefly for the reason that that people, which was from Jacob, was very prone to worship external things. The cause was that they were not willing to know anything about the internal things of the church, which belong to faith and love to the Lord, and to charity toward the neighbor. Therefore if they had been allowed to make likenesses of things, they would then have bowed themselves to them and worshiped them as gods; as is very evident from the golden calf which they made for themselves in the midst of so many miracles, and also from their frequent apostasy from Divine worship to idolatrous worship. Nevertheless in the internal sense such things as these are not meant, but the things which have been set forth above.

AC (Potts) n. 8872 sRef Ex@20 @4 S0′ 8872. Or of that which is in the waters under the earth. That this signifies such things as are in the sensuous corporeal, is evident from the signification of “a likeness of those things which are in the waters under the earth,” as being the things below those which are in natural light; and that these things are such as are in the sensuous corporeal is manifest from the successive degrees of the light that belongs to the intellectual in man. In the first degree in man are those things which are in spiritual light, which are signified by “those which are in the heavens above.” In the second degree are those which are in natural light, which are signified by “those which are in the earth beneath.” And in the third degree are those which are in the sensuous corporeal, which are signified by “those which are in the waters under the earth.” (What and of what quality is the sensuous corporeal, see n. 5084, 5089, 5094, 5125, 5128, 5580, 5767, 6183, 6201, 6310-6316, 6318, 6598, 6612, 6614, 6622, 6624, 6844, 6845, 6948, 6949, 7442, 7693.) To the sensuous corporeal bear relation those memory-knowledges which arise most immediately from the experience of the external senses and also of their delights. With the good these knowledges and their delights are good because they are applied to goods; but with the evil they are evil because they are applied to evils. To deceive by means of these, as dissemblers, hypocrites, and the deceitful are wont to do, is to “make a likeness of such things as are in the waters under the earth.”

AC (Potts) n. 8873 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ 8873. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them. That this signifies that no Divine worship is to be paid them, is evident from the signification of “bowing down oneself,” as being humiliation (see n. 2153, 5682, 6266, 7068); and from the signification of “serving,” as being submission (n. 5164). That it denotes Divine worship, is because humiliation and submission are essentials of worship, for worship without them is not worship, but gesture in imitation of those who are in the truth of worship; in which gesture there is nothing of life, for life from the Lord flows in solely into a humble and submissive heart, because such a heart has been fitted to receive. That such is the case is because when the heart is truly humble, nothing of the love of self and of the love of the world stands in the way. That both expressions are used, is because “bowing down” signifies worship from the good of love, and “serving” signifies worship from the truth of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8874 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ 8874. For I Jehovah thy God. That this signifies the Divine from the Lord in each and all things, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 8864, 8865).

AC (Potts) n. 8875 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ sRef Ps@79 @6 S0′ sRef Ps@79 @5 S0′ 8875. Am a zealous God. That this signifies that falsity and evil are therefrom, is evident from the fact that in the genuine sense “a zealous God” denotes the Divine truth of the Divine good, for “God” is predicated of truth (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4287, 4402, 7010, 7268, 8301), and “zealous” of good (as will be seen below). But relatively to those who do not receive the Divine truth of the Lord’s Divine good, “a zealous God” denotes falsity and evil; for they who are in the opposite perceive Divine truth as falsity, and Divine good as evil; because everyone sees these things from his own quality. Hence it is that the zeal of the Lord, which in itself is love and compassion, appears to them as anger; for when the Lord from love and mercy protects His own in heaven, they who are in evil are indignant and angry against the good, and rush into the sphere where the Divine truth and Divine good are, with the endeavor to destroy those who are there; and then the Divine truth of the Divine good works in them and makes them feel torments such as are in hell. Hence it is that they attribute wrath and anger to the Divine, and also all evil, when yet in the Divine there is absolutely nothing of anger, and absolutely nothing of evil; but pure clemency and mercy.
[2] From all this it is evident why “zealous” signifies falsity and evil, and “zeal” signifies anger. See what has been shown above on these subjects, namely, that wrath and anger are attributed to the Lord, when yet they are with those who are in evil, or who are in anger against the Divine (n. 5798, 6997, 8284, 8483). (That in like manner evils, punishments, and vastations are attributed to the Lord, when yet in the Lord there is nothing but love and mercy, see n. 2447, 6071, 6559, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7632, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7877, 7926, 8214, 8223, 8226-8228, 8282, 8632; also that the evil devastate themselves, and cast themselves into damnation and hell by endeavoring to destroy what is good and true, n. 7643, 7679, 7710, 7926, 7989; as also that the Lord appears to everyone according to his quality, n. 1861, 6832, 8197.) That “the zeal of the Lord” denotes love and mercy, and that when the Lord protects the good against the evil, it appears as hostility and also as anger, is evident from the following passages in the Word.
sRef Isa@63 @15 S3′ [3] That “the zeal of the Lord” denotes love and mercy, in Isaiah:
Look forth from the heavens, and behold from the habitation of Thy holiness and of Thy comeliness. And where is Thy zeal and Thy mighty deeds? The yearning of Thy bowels and Thy compassions toward me have restrained themselves (Isa. 63:15);
where “zeal” denotes mercy, which is the “yearning of the bowels,” and is predicated of good; for it is said “Thy zeal and Thy mighty deeds,” where “zeal” is said of good, and “mighty deeds” of truth; in like manner “the yearning of the bowels” is said of good, and “compassions” is said of truth; so likewise “the habitation of holiness” denotes the heaven where they are who are of the celestial kingdom, and “the habitation of comeliness,” the heaven where they are who are of the spiritual kingdom. From this it is also evident that in the Word where mention is made of good, mention is also made of truth, on account of the heavenly marriage, which is that of good and truth, in every detail of the Word, as in the case of the two names of the Lord, “Jesus” and “Christ,” which signify the Divine marriage that is in the Lord (on which see n. 683, 793, 801, 2516, 4138, 5138, 5502, 6343, 7945, 8339).
sRef Isa@37 @32 S4′ sRef Isa@9 @7 S4′ sRef Isa@9 @6 S4′ [4] In the same:
Unto us a child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulder, and He called His name Wonderful, Counselor, God, Hero, Father of Eternity, Prince of Peace. To the multiplying of His government and peace there shall be no end. The zeal of Jehovah shall perform this (Isa. 9:6, 7).
This is said of the Lord and of His coming; “the zeal of Jehovah shall perform this,” denotes that He will do it from the ardent love of saving the human race. Again:
Out of Jerusalem shall go forth remains, and an escape from Mount Zion. The zeal of Jehovah shall perform this (Isa. 37:32).
“The zeal of Jehovah shall perform this” denotes that He will do it from love and mercy.
sRef Ps@69 @9 S5′ sRef Ezek@39 @25 S5′ [5] In Ezekiel:
Thus said the Lord Jehovih, Now will I bring back the captivity of Jacob, and will have mercy upon the whole house of Israel; and I will be zealous for the name of My holiness (Ezek. 39:25);
where being “zealous” denotes to have compassion. In David:
The zeal of Thy house hath eaten me up (Ps. 69:9);
speaking of the Lord; “the zeal of the house of Jehovah” denotes His love toward those who receive good and truth, for these are “the house of Jehovah.”
sRef Joel@2 @18 S6′ sRef Isa@42 @13 S6′ [6] That when the zeal or mercy of the Lord protects the good it appears as hostility, is manifest in Isaiah:
Jehovah shall go forth as a Hero; He shall stir up zeal like a man of war; He shall shout and cry, He shall prevail over His enemies (Isa. 42:13).
In Joel:
Jehovah shall be zealous for His land, and shall spare His people (Joel 2:18).
sRef Deut@29 @20 S7′ sRef Zech@1 @15 S7′ sRef Zech@1 @14 S7′ sRef Ezek@5 @13 S7′ sRef Deut@6 @14 S7′ sRef Deut@6 @15 S7′ sRef Deut@32 @21 S7′ sRef Zeph@3 @8 S7′ sRef Deut@32 @17 S7′ sRef Deut@32 @16 S7′ [7] That the zeal of the Lord is called “anger” and “wrath” because mercy so appears to the evil, is manifest in these passages:
Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the peoples which are around you, for Jehovah thy God in the midst of thee is a zealous God; lest the anger of Jehovah thy God be kindled against thee, and He destroy thee from off the faces of the earth (Deut. 6:14, 15).
They provoked Him to zeal with strange ones, with abominations they rendered Him angry. They sacrificed to demons. They have moved My zeal with that which is not God; they have provoked Me to anger with their vanities (Deut. 32:16, 17, 21).
When Mine anger shall be spent and I shall make My wrath to rest on them, it shall repent Me; and they shall know that I Jehovah have spoken in My zeal, when I shall have consummated My wrath upon them (Ezek. 5:13).
The angel of Jehovah in me said unto me, Cry thou, saying, Thus said Jehovah Zebaoth, I have been zealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with great zeal. For with great indignation I am indignant against the careless nations (Zech. 1:14, 15; 8:2).
I will pour upon them Mine indignation, all the wrath of Mine anger; for all the earth shall be devoured in the fire of My zeal (Zeph. 3:8).
Jehovah will not please to pardon him, but then the anger of Jehovah shall smoke; and His zeal against that man, and all the curse shall rest upon him (Deut. 29:20).
How long, O Jehovah! wilt Thou be angry forever? Shall Thy zeal burn like a fire? Pour out Thine anger upon the nations that have not known Thee (Ps. 79:5, 6).
In like manner the zeal of Jehovah is described as “anger” in Ps. 38:1; Ezek. 16:42; 23:25; 38:19. From all this it can be seen what is meant by “the zeal of Jehovah,” or what by “a zealous God;” namely, that in the genuine sense are meant love and mercy; but in a sense not genuine, such as appears to those who are in evils and falsities, anger and vastation are signified.
[8] Be it known that Jehovah, that is, the Lord, is especially called “zealous,” or “an avenger,” when that is corrupted which ought to reign universally with the man of the church, namely, the Divine, which must be loved, or thought of, or feared, above all things. When this has been corrupted or destroyed, then instead of heavenly light mere thick darkness usurps its place, for there is no longer any influx of this light from the Divine, because there is no reception. For this reason it is said, “I am Jehovah thy God, a zealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons, upon the thirds and upon the fourths of them that hate Me,” and this in case they worshiped other gods or made unto themselves a graven image or likenesses; for these things corrupt the Divine which ought to reign universally.
sRef Ex@34 @14 S9′ sRef Deut@4 @24 S9′ sRef Deut@4 @23 S9′ [9] Therefore it is declared in like manner elsewhere in Moses:
Take heed lest ye make you a graven image of any figure, for Jehovah God is a devouring fire, a zealous God (Deut. 4:23, 24).
Thou shalt not adore another God; for Jehovah, whose name is Zealous, zealous is He (Exod. 34:14).
This was so severely forbidden in the case of the Israelitish nation because the adoration of other gods, of graven things, and of images, was destructive of every representative of the church among them; for in heaven Jehovah, that is, the Lord, is the universal regnant; His Divine fills all things there, and makes the life of all. If anything had been worshiped instead of the Divine, every representative would have perished, and thus the communication with heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8876 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ 8876. Visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons. That this signifies the consequent prolification of falsity derived from evil, is evident from the signification of “visiting the iniquity of the fathers,” as being the prolification of evils; that “to visit” denotes prolification is because the state of those who utterly reject from themselves the Divine is here treated of, who therefore are no longer receptions of good, but of evil, and this continually, for with such, evil is continually increasing, and this is prolification (that “father” denotes good, and in the opposite sense evil, see n. 3703, 5902, 6050, 7833, 7834); and from the signification of “sons,” as being truths (n. 1147, 2623, 3373), consequently in the opposite sense falsities. In the sense nearest the letter, by “visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons” is not meant that the sons suffer the penalty of the iniquity of their fathers, for this is contrary to the Divine (Deut. 24:16); but that evil increases with the fathers, and thus is by heredity carried over into the children, and that there is a consequent successive accumulation of evil (n. 2910, 3701, 4317, 8550, 8551). But in the spiritual sense by “fathers” are not meant fathers, but evils; nor are sons meant by “sons,” but falsities; therefore by the above words is signified the continual prolification of falsity derived from evil.

AC (Potts) n. 8877 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ 8877. Upon the thirds and upon the fourths. That this signifies in a long series and the conjunction of them, is evident from the signification of “three,” as being what is full from beginning to end (see n. 2788, 4495, 7715), thus what is in a long series, and therefore “the third sons” denote falsities in a long series (that “sons” denote falsities see just above, n. 8876); and from the signification of “four,” as being conjunction, in like manner as “two” (n. 1686, 5194, 8423); therefore “the fourth sons” denote falsities conjoined in a long series. That this is the signification of “the third and fourth sons” must needs seem like a paradox, or foreign to the sense of the Word; but be it known that in the internal sense numbers do not signify numbers, but things (n. 482, 487, 575, 647, 648, 755, 813, 1963, 1988, 2075, 2252, 3252, 4264, 4495, 4670, 5265, 6175).

AC (Potts) n. 8878 sRef Ex@20 @5 S0′ 8878. Of them that hate Me. That this signifies who absolutely reject the Divine of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “them that hate God,” as being those who are in evil and thence in falsity, for these are they who reject the Divine of the Lord; and so far as they are in evil and thence in falsity, so far they not only reject it, but also hold it in hatred. That it is the Divine of the Lord which they reject, is because they who are in evil are not in heavenly light, but in natural light, and finally are in sensuous light which is from the corporeal. From this light they cannot possibly see the Human of the Lord otherwise than as human, for they cannot perceive what the Divine Human is, because they have an idea about the Divine that is utterly empty and worthless. If they are told that the Divine Itself is Divine love, that the Divine love is the being of all life, and that from conception the Lord was this love, which was thus the inmost being of His life, thus was Jehovah, and that He glorified His Human to the likeness of this, that is, made it Divine, all this may indeed be in some measure apprehended by those who are endowed with some intellectual penetration; but still they do not believe it, for when they descend from the intellectual light in which they then are, into their own natural and sensuous light, they fall into mere thick darkness in respect to this truth, and from this into denial.

AC (Potts) n. 8879 sRef Ex@20 @6 S0′ 8879. And doing mercy unto thousands. That this signifies good and truth unto them forever, is evident from the signification of “mercy,” as being the influx of good and truth from the Lord and the consequent spiritual life, which is bestowed by means of regeneration (see n. 6180, 6307), for the Lord in mercy bestows such things as belong to eternal life and happiness; and from the signification of “a thousand,” as being very much, and when it is said of the Divine mercy, as being forever (n. 2575, 8715).

AC (Potts) n. 8880 sRef Ex@20 @6 S0′ 8880. Of them that love Me. That this signifies who receive the good of love, is evident from the signification of “those who love Jehovah,” that is, the Lord, as being to receive the good of love, for they who love the Lord do not love from themselves but from the Lord; for all good flows in from Him, and those love who desist from evil, because evil stands in the way and rejects the influx of good from the Lord. Wherefore when evil has been removed, good is received, which is continually present from the Lord and endeavoring to enter.

AC (Potts) n. 8881 sRef Ex@20 @6 S0′ 8881. And keep My commandments. That this signifies who receive the truths of faith, is evident from the signification of “commandments,” as being the truths of faith (n. 3382, 8362). That “to keep” these denotes to receive, is because in order that the truths which are called the truths of faith may be of faith, and may be living with a man, these also flow in from the Lord. They are indeed learned by the man, and stored up in the memory, but so long as the man does not will them, and consequently does not do them, they do not become living. But when they are brought forth from the memory, and are insinuated through the intellectual into the will, that is, through the thought into the affection, and thence into act, they then become living, and are truths of faith. This is effected by the Lord when the man desists from evils (as was said just above, n. 8880).

AC (Potts) n. 8882 sRef Ex@20 @7 S0′ 8882. Thou shalt not take the name of Jehovah thy God in vain.* That this signifies profanations and blasphemings of the truth and good of faith, is evident from the signification of “the name of God,” as being all in the complex by which the Lord is worshiped, thus all the truth and good of faith (see n. 2724, 3006, 6674); and from the signification of “taking in vain,” as being to profane and blaspheme. By “taking the name of God in vain” is properly signified to turn truth into evil, that is, to believe that it is truth, and nevertheless to live in evil; and it also denotes to turn good into falsity, that is, to live holily, and yet not to believe. Both are profanation (n. 4601), for believing is of the understanding, and living is of the will; and therefore in those who believe otherwise than they live, the thought and will are divided. But as the will continually flows into the understanding, for the understanding is the form of the will; that is, the will manifests itself there in light; therefore it is that when a man believes in one way and lives in another, truth and evil, or good and falsity, are conjoined; thus the things that are of heaven with man are conjoined with those which are of hell. This conjunction cannot be dissolved, and thereby the man be healed, except by a pulling asunder which carries away with it everything of spiritual life; and therefore these persons are sent into a hell the most grievous of all, where they are direfully tormented.
sRef Luke@11 @26 S2′ sRef Matt@12 @32 S2′ sRef Matt@12 @31 S2′ sRef Luke@11 @24 S2′ sRef Luke@11 @25 S2′ [2] This is what is meant by the words of the Lord in Matthew:
All sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men; but the blasphemy of the spirit shall not be forgiven unto men. If anyone shall say a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him; but he who shall speak against the Holy Spirit, it shall not be forgiven him, neither in this age, nor in that which is to come (Matt. 12:31, 32).
Also by these words in Luke:
When the unclean spirit hath gone out of a man, he goeth through dry places, seeking rest; and finding none, he saith, I will return into my house whence I came out. And if on coming he findeth it swept and garnished, he goeth away and taketh seven other spirits worse than himself: and they enter in and dwell there; and the man’s last things become worse than the first (Luke 11:24-26).
[3] By these words is described the profanation of truth from the Lord; by “the unclean spirit when he goeth out” is meant the acknowledgment and faith of truth; by “the house swept” is meant a life contrary to truths; by “his return with seven other spirits” is meant a state of profanation. These are the things which are signified by “taking the name of God in vain.” That such a state with man cannot be healed, thus cannot be forgiven, is signified also by the words which immediately follow, namely, “Jehovah will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain,” by which is meant that it cannot be forgiven. (For further information about the nature of profanation, and who are guilty of it, see n. 593, 1003, 1008, 1010, 1059, 1327, 1328, 2051, 2426, 3398, 3399, 3402, 3489, 6348, 6595, 6959, 6963, 6971, 8394.)
sRef Ex@32 @6 S4′ sRef Ex@32 @33 S4′ sRef Ex@32 @5 S4′ sRef Ex@32 @4 S4′ sRef Ex@32 @34 S4′ [4] By “taking the name of God in vain” is also signified blasphemy, which takes place when those things which are of the Word, or of the doctrine of faith, thus which are holy, are held in derision, and are debased to unclean earthly things, and thus are defiled (see n. 4050, 5390). But by “taking the name of God in vain,” relatively to the Israelitish nation, which did not acknowledge any good and truth of faith (which are signified by “the name of God”), is meant the applying of the name of Jehovah, and also of the commandments and statutes which were commanded them, to the worship of idols, as they did in the wilderness to the worship of the golden calf, unto which they not only offered burnt offerings and sacrifices, and ate of the things sanctified thereby, but also called the day of its celebration “a feast to Jehovah,” as we read in Moses:
Aaron made of the gold a molten calf, and they said, These be thy gods, Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. And when Aaron saw it, he built an altar before it, and made proclamation, and said, Tomorrow is a feast to Jehovah. And therefore they rose up in the morning of the next day, and offered burnt-offerings, and brought things eucharistic (Exod. 32:4-6).
[5] That those who thus took the name of Jehovah God in vain could not be forgiven, which is signified by their “not being held guiltless,” is evident from the words of Jehovah to Moses at that time concerning them, namely:
Him that hath sinned against Me, I will blot out of My book. Nevertheless go, lead this people in unto the place of which I have spoken unto thee; but in the day of My visitation I will visit their sin upon them (Exod. 32:33, 34).
* Here in vanum, but in the head Chapter and in n. 8863 ad vanum. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8883 sRef Ex@20 @7 S0′ 8883. For Jehovah will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain. That this signifies that these things cannot be forgiven, is evident from what has been unfolded just above (n. 8882).

AC (Potts) n. 8884 sRef Ex@20 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @8 S0′ 8884. Verses 8-11. Remember the Sabbath day to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work. And the seventh day is the Sabbath to Jehovah thy God; thou shalt not do any work, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and thy beast, and thy sojourner who is in thy gates. For in six days Jehovah made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested in the seventh day; wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath day and hallowed it.
“Remember,” signifies what is perpetual in the thought; “the Sabbath day,” signifies in the supreme sense the union of the Divine Itself and the Divine Human of the Lord, in the internal sense the conjunction of the Divine Human with the heavens, thus heaven, and so the marriage of good and truth there; “to keep it holy,” signifies no violation in any manner; “Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work,” signifies the combat which precedes and prepares for this marriage; “and the seventh day is the Sabbath to Jehovah thy God,” signifies good implanted and thus the marriage; “thou shalt not do any work, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and thy beast, and thy sojourner who is in thy gates,” signifies that in this case heaven and blessedness are in each and all things in the internal and in the external of man; “for in six days Jehovah made heaven and earth, the sea,” signifies the regeneration and vivification of those things which are in the internal and in the external man; “and all that is in them,” signifies of all things therein; “and rested in the seventh day,” signifies that then there are peace and the good of love; wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath* day,” signifies that then is the heavenly marriage from the Lord; “and hallowed it,” signifies that it cannot in any wise be violated.
* The Latin has septimo; see also n. 8894. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8885 sRef Ex@20 @8 S0′ 8885. Remember. That this signifies what is perpetual in the thought, is evident from the signification of “remembering,” when said of such a thing as must not in any wise be forgotten, as being what is perpetual in the thought. That is perpetual in the thought which universally reigns there; and that universally reigns with man which is perpetually in his thought, even when he is meditating on other things, or is engaged in business affairs. The thought of man involves many things together, for it is the form of many things which have entered successively. Those things which come to manifest perception are at the time in the midst, and thus in the light of the internal sight, while all other things are then at the sides round about. Those which are in the circuits are in obscurity, and are not manifested except when such objects occur as they are associated with. But the things which are still more remote, and are not on the same plane, but tend downward, are such as the man has rejected and holds in aversion. Such things are evils and falsities with the good, and goods and truths with the evil.
[2] In the very thought of man are those things which are perpetually there, that is, which universally reign there, which are his inmost things. From these man regards those things which are not perpetually there (that is, those things which do not yet universally reign) as being outside of himself, and also as beneath himself, and as not yet being akin to him; from which he can then choose and adjoin to himself those things which agree with the inmost things, and from the adjunction and final consociation of which, the inmost things, that is, those which universally reign, are strengthened. This is effected by means of new truths with the good, and by means of new falsities, or by wrong applications of truths, with the evil.
[3] Be it known further that that which universally reigns is that which has been insinuated into the will itself, for the will itself is the inmost of man, because it has been formed from his love. For whatever man loves, this he wills, and that which he loves above all things, this he inmostly wills. But the understanding serves to make manifest before others the things which the man wills, that is, which he loves; and serves also to bend the wills of others by ideas variously formed for accommodation thereto. When this is the case, love or affection flows from the will into the intellectual ideas also, and by a certain kind of inspiration vivifies and moves them.
[4] With the good these intellectual ideas make a one with the affections which are of the will; but it is otherwise with the evil, for with these the thought and the will do indeed inmostly agree, because the evil which the will wills, the understanding thinks, as falsity that is in agreement with this evil; but this agreement does not appear before men in the world, because from their infancy the evil learn to speak differently from what they think, and to act differently from what they will; in a word, they learn to separate their interior man from their exterior, and in this latter to form another will and also another thought besides that which is in their interior man, and thus by the exterior man to counterfeit good that is quite contrary to the interior man, which at the same instant wills evil and also imperceptibly thinks it. But in the other life the quality of the interior will and thought is manifest as in clear light, for in that life external things are removed, and internal things are laid bare.

AC (Potts) n. 8886 sRef Ex@20 @8 S0′ 8886. The Sabbath day. That this signifies in the supreme sense the union of the Divine Itself and the Divine Human of the Lord, in the internal sense the conjunction of the Divine Human with the heavens, thus heaven, and so the marriage of good and truth there, is evident from what was shown before (n. 8495). As such things are signified by “the Sabbath,” therefore in the representative church it was most holy, and was that which was to be perpetually in the thought, that is, which was to reign universally. (That this makes the life of man, see n. 8853-8858, 8885.) The Israelitish nation did not indeed think about the union of the Divine and the Divine Human of the Lord, nor about His union with heaven, nor about the conjunction of good and truth in heaven, which things were signified by “the Sabbath,” because they were altogether in externals without an internal. But they were enjoined to hold the Sabbath as most holy, in order that these Divine and heavenly things might be represented in heaven. How the case herein was with them, is plain from what was shown above concerning that nation and the representative of a church therewith (n. 3147, 3479, 3480, 3881, 4208, 4281, 4288, 4289, 4293, 4307, 4444, 4580, 4680, 4825, 4844, 4847, 4899, 4912, 6304, 6306, 7048, 7051, 8301).

AC (Potts) n. 8887 sRef Ex@20 @8 S0′ 8887. To keep it holy. That this signifies no violation in any manner, is evident from what was commanded concerning the Sabbath, as before shown (n. 8495), and from what here follows concerning the sanctification of the Sabbath, namely, “Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; and the seventh day is the Sabbath to Jehovah thy God; thou shalt not do any work, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy sojourner that is within thy gates; for in six days Jehovah made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested in the seventh day; wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath day and hallowed it.” From these words it is evident that by “keeping the Sabbath holy” is signified not to violate it in any manner; but in the internal sense that those things which are signified by “the Sabbath” are not to be violated in any manner, namely, the union of the Divine essence of the Lord with His Human essence, also the union of this with the heavens, and the consequent conjunction in these of good and truth (see n. 8886); for if these things are violated, spiritual life perishes with that man, and becomes life merely natural and afterward sensuous; and then falsity is readily learned in place of truth, and evil in place of good, for falsity and evil then universally reign with him.

AC (Potts) n. 8888 sRef Ex@20 @9 S0′ 8888. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work. That this signifies the combat which precedes and prepares for this marriage, is evident from the signification of “six days,” as being states of combat (that “six” denotes combat, see n. 720, 737, 900; and that “days” denote states, see n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 2788, 4850, 5672, 5962, 6110, 8426); and from the signification of “laboring and doing one’s work,” as being to do those things which are necessary to life, here those which are necessary to spiritual life, that is, to the life in heaven.
[2] Moreover by the combat which precedes, and prepares for the heavenly marriage, is meant spiritual combat or temptation; for before he enters into the heavenly marriage, that is, before he is regenerated, the man is in combat against the evils and falsities in himself, because these must be removed before the truth and good which are from the Lord can be received. These evils and falsities are removed by means of the truths of faith, for by means of these the man not only learns what good is, but is also led to good. This state is the first state of the man who is being regenerated, and is called the state which precedes, and prepares for the heavenly marriage. But when the man is in good and is led by the Lord through good, he is then in the heavenly marriage, thus in heaven, for the heavenly marriage is heaven. The former state is what is signified by “the six days” which precede the seventh, and the latter state by “the seventh day” (concerning these two states with man, see n. 7923, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 8722).
[3] As by “the Sabbath” is signified the heavenly marriage, that is, heaven, therefore the kingdom of the Lord in the heavens is called a perpetual Sabbath, thus a perpetual rest and peace, and there are no longer there six days of labor.

AC (Potts) n. 8889 sRef Ex@20 @10 S0′ 8889. And the seventh day is the Sabbath to Jehovah thy God. That this signifies good implanted and thus the marriage, is evident from the signification of “the Sabbath,” as being the heavenly marriage (see above, n. 8886), thus good implanted by means of truths, and afterward formed by them; for the good with man is not spiritual good until it has been formed by truths; and when it has been so formed, there is then the heavenly marriage; for this is the conjunction of good and truth, and is heaven itself with man. From this also it is that “the seventh day” signifies a holy state. (That “day” denotes state, see n. 8888; and that “seven” denotes what is holy, n. 395, 433, 716, 881, 5265.)

AC (Potts) n. 8890 sRef Ex@20 @10 S0′ 8890. Thou shalt not do any work, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and thy beast, and thy sojourner who is within thy gates. That this signifies that in this case heaven and blessedness are in each and all things in the internal and in the external of man, is evident from the signification of “not doing any work,” as being rest and peace, thus heaven; for when man is in heaven, he is free from all solicitude, unrest, and anxiety, and when he is free from these he has blessedness; and from the signification of “thou, thy son, thy daughter, thy manservant, thy maidservant, thy beast, the sojourner within thy gates,” as being each and all things in the internal and in the external of man. For by “thou” is signified the man himself, by “son” is signified his intellectual, by “daughter” his will, both in the internal man; by “manservant” is signified the natural as to truth, and by “maidservant” the natural as to good, thus both that are in the external man; but by “beast” is signified affection in general, and by “the sojourner within the gates,” memory-knowledge in general; thus there are signified each and all things. That “son” denotes the intellectual, is because “son” denotes truth, for truths constitute the intellectual; and that “daughter” denotes the will, is because “daughter” denotes good, for goods constitute the will. (That “son” denotes truth, thus the intellectual, see n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4227; that “daughter” denotes good, thus the will, n. 489-491, 2362, 3024; that “manservant” denotes the natural as to truth, n. 3019, 3020, 3409, 5305, 7998; that “maidservant” denotes the natural as to good, n. 2567, 3835, 3849; that “beast” denotes affection in general, n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 2179, 2180, 3218, 5198, 7523, 7872; and that “sojourner” denotes one who is being instructed in the truths of the church, n. 1463, 4444, 8007, 8013.) Consequently “the sojourner within the gates” denotes memory-knowledge in general, for memory-knowledge in general is at the gates, that is, at the entrance to the truths which are of the church.

AC (Potts) n. 8891 sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ 8891. For in six days Jehovah made heaven and earth and the sea. That this signifies the regeneration and vivification of those things which are in the internal and in the external man, is evident from the signification of “six days,” as being states of combat (of which just above, n. 8888), and when predicated of Jehovah, that is, the Lord, they signify His labor with man before he is regenerated (n. 8510); and from the signification of “heaven and earth,” as being the church or kingdom of the Lord in man, “heaven” in the internal man, and “earth” in the external man (n. 82, 1411, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535), thus the regenerate man, that is, one who has found the new life and has thus been made alive; and from the signification of “the sea,” as being the sensuous of man adhering to the corporeal (n. 8872).
[2] In this verse the subject treated of is the hallowing of the seventh day, or the institution of the Sabbath, and it is described by the words, “In six days Jehovah made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested in the seventh day; wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.” They who do not think beyond the sense of the letter cannot believe otherwise than that the creation which is described in the first and second chapters of Genesis, is the creation of the universe, and that there were six days within which were created the heaven, the earth, the sea and all things which are therein, and finally man in the likeness of God. But who that takes into consideration the particulars of the description cannot see that the creation of the universe is not there meant; for such things are there described as may be known from common sense not to have been so; as that there were days before the sun and the moon, as well as light and darkness, and that herbage and trees sprang up; and yet that the light was furnished by these luminaries, and a distinction was made between the light and the darkness, and thus days were made.
[3] In what follows in the history there are also like things, which are hardly acknowledged to be possible by anyone who thinks interiorly, as that the woman was built from the rib of the man; also that two trees were set in paradise, of the fruit of one of which it was forbidden to eat; and that a serpent from one of them spoke with the wife of the man who had been the wisest of mortal creatures, and by his speech, which was from the mouth of the serpent, deceived them both; and that the whole human race, composed of so many millions, was in consequence condemned to hell. The moment that these and other such things in that history are thought of, they must needs appear paradoxical to those who entertain any doubt concerning the holiness of the Word, and must afterward lead them to deny the Divine therein. Nevertheless be it known that each and all things in that history, down to the smallest iota, are Divine, and contain within them arcana which before the angels in the heavens are plain as in clear day. The reason of this is that the angels do not see the sense of the Word according to the letter, but according to what is within, namely, what is spiritual and celestial, and within these, things Divine. When the first chapter of Genesis is read, the angels do not perceive any other creation than the new creation of man, which is called regeneration. This regeneration is described in that history; by paradise the wisdom of the man who has been created anew; by the two trees in the midst thereof, the two faculties of that man, namely, the will of good by the tree of life, and the understanding of truth by the tree of knowledge. And that it was forbidden to eat of this latter tree, was because the man who is regenerated, or created anew, must no longer be led by the understanding of truth, but by the will of good, and if otherwise, the new life within him perishes (see n. 202, 337, 2454, 2715, 3246, 3652, 4448, 5895, 5897, 7877, 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8690, 8701, 8722). Consequently by Adam, or man, and by Eve his wife, was there meant a new church, and by the eating of the tree of knowledge, the fall of that church from good to truth, consequently from love to the Lord and toward the neighbor to faith without these loves, and this by reasoning from their own intellectual, which reasoning is the serpent (see n. 195-197, 6398, 6399, 6949, 7293).
[4] From all this it is evident that the historic narrative of the creation and the first man, and of paradise, is a history so framed as to contain within it heavenly and Divine things, and this according to the received method in the Ancient Churches. This method of writing extended thence also to many who were outside of that Church, who in like manner devised histories and wrapped up arcana within them, as is plain from the writers of the most ancient times. For in the Ancient Churches it was known what such things as are in the world signified in heaven, nor to those people were events of so much importance as to be described; but the things which were of heaven. These latter things occupied their minds, for the reason that they thought more interiorly than men at this day, and thus had communication with angels, and therefore it was delightful to them to connect such things together. But they were led by the Lord to those things which should be held sacred in the churches, consequently such things were composed as were in full correspondence.
[5] From all this it can be seen what is meant by “heaven and earth” in the first verse of the first chapter of Genesis, namely, the church internal and external. That these are signified by “heaven and earth” is evident also from passages in the prophets, where mention is made of “a new heaven and a new earth,” by which a new church is meant (see n. 82, 1411, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535). From all this it is now plain that by, “In six days Jehovah made heaven and earth and the sea,” is signified the regeneration and vivification of those things which are in the internal and in the external man.

AC (Potts) n. 8892 sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ 8892. And all that is in them. That this signifies the vivification of all things therein, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 8893 sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ 8893. And rested in the seventh day. That this signifies that then are peace and the good of love, is evident from the signification of “resting,” as being peace; and from the signification of “the seventh day,” as being a state of heavenly love (see n. 8487), and therefore what is holy (n. 395, 433, 716, 5265, 5268). That by “rest in the seventh day” is signified peace and the good of love, is because before a man is regenerated, or created anew, he is in an untranquil and restless state, for his natural life then fights with his spiritual life, and wishes to rule over it. Consequently at this time the Lord has labor, for He fights for man against the hells which assault. But as soon as the good of love has been implanted, the combat ceases, and rest ensues, for the man is then introduced into heaven, and is led by the Lord according to the laws of order there, thus in peace. These things are signified by “the rest of Jehovah in the seventh day.”

AC (Potts) n. 8894 sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ 8894. Wherefore Jehovah blessed the Sabbath* day. That this signifies that then is the heavenly marriage from the Lord, is evident from the signification of being “blessed,” as being to be disposed into heavenly order, and to be gifted with the good of love (see n. 3017, 3406, 4981, 8674); and from the signification of “the Sabbath* day,” as being a state of heavenly love (n. 84-87), thus the heavenly marriage; for the heavenly marriage is the conjunction of good and truth, and this is heaven in man (that “the Sabbath” denotes this marriage, see n. 8495, 8510).
* The Latin has septimo, the seventh. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8895 sRef Ex@20 @11 S0′ 8895. And hallowed it. That this signifies that it cannot in any wise be violated, is evident from the signification of “to be hallowed,” when the heavenly marriage in the regenerate man is treated of, as being to be inviolate (see above, n. 8887); for the holy of the Lord with man is inviolable, thus the man who receives the holy of the Lord, that is, who is in the good of love, consequently who is in heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8896 sRef Ex@20 @12 S0′ 8896. Verse 12. Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be prolonged upon the land which Jehovah thy God giveth thee. “Honor thy father and thy mother,” signifies love for good and truth, in the supreme sense for the Lord and for His kingdom; “that thy days may be prolonged upon the land,” signifies the consequent state of life in heaven; “which Jehovah thy God giveth thee,” signifies where the Divine is and the consequent influx.

AC (Potts) n. 8897 sRef Ex@20 @12 S0′ 8897. Honor thy father and thy mother. That this signifies love for good and truth, in the supreme sense for the Lord and for His kingdom, is evident from the signification of “honoring,” as being to love, for in the spiritual sense “to honor” denotes to love, for the reason that in heaven one loves another, and when he loves he also honors, for in honor there is love. Honor without love is refused in heaven, nay, is rejected, because it is devoid of life from good. From the signification of “father,” as being good (see n. 3703, 5581, 5902, 6050, 7833, 7834), and in the supreme sense the Lord as to Divine good (n. 15, 1729, 2005, 2803, 3704, 7499, 8328); that the Lord in the supreme sense is the “father,” is because He gives new life to man, and thereby man becomes a son and heir of His kingdom; and from the signification of “mother,” as being truth (n. 3703, 5581), and in the supreme sense the Lord as to Divine truth, thus His kingdom, because the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord makes heaven. That the Divine truth of the Lord makes heaven, is because the Lord as to Divine good is in the other life the Sun, and as to the Divine truth is the light. This Divine light from the Lord as the Sun is what illumines angelic minds, and fills them with intelligence and wisdom, and makes them to be angels of light. Divine good is within Divine truth, as heat from the sun is within the light in the time of spring and summer in the world.

AC (Potts) n. 8898 sRef Ex@20 @12 S0′ 8898. That thy days may be prolonged upon the land. That this signifies the consequent state of life in heaven, is evident from the signification of “to be prolonged,” as being predicated of good and its increase (of which below); from the signification of “thy days,” as being states of life (see n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 893, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 5672, 5962, 6110, 7680, 8426); and from the signification of “land,” here the land of Canaan (because it is said to the sons of Israel “which Jehovah thy God giveth thee”), as being the kingdom of the Lord (n. 1413, 1437, 1607, 1866, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4240, 4447). The reason why “to be prolonged” is predicated of good and its increase, is that length of days is duration of the time of life; and in heaven there is neither time nor space, but instead thereof state. Therefore as “to be prolonged” is predicated of state as to good, it denotes its increase. (That “length” is predicated of good, and “breadth” of truth, see n. 1613, 4482; and that in heaven there are no spaces, neither are there times, but instead thereof states, n. 1274, 1382, 2625, 2788, 2837, 3254, 3356, 3404, 3938, 4321, 4814, 4882, 4901, 4916, 5605, 6110, 7218, 7381.)

AC (Potts) n. 8899 sRef Ex@20 @12 S0′ 8899. Which Jehovah thy God giveth thee. That this signifies where the Divine is and the consequent influx, is evident from the fact that these words are spoken of heaven, which is here signified by “the land” (see n. 8898); consequently “Jehovah God” denotes the Divine therein, and “to give” denotes influx; for heaven in general with all, and in particular with each one, is the reception of influx from the Divine. That such things are signified by the commandment about honoring parents, may seem strange, because they are remote from the sense of the letter. But be it known that the commandments of the Decalogue are rules of life both for those who are in the world and for those who are in heaven-the sense of the letter or the external sense being for those who are in the world, and the spiritual or internal sense for those who are in heaven-and consequently both senses, external as well as internal, are for those who while they are in the world are also in heaven, that is, for those who are in the good of life according to the truths of doctrine. That the commandments of the Decalogue are also for those who are in heaven, is plain from the internal sense of all things in the Word, and clearly from the fact that the things which Jehovah God (that is, the Lord) Himself speaks, are not only for men, or for the world; but are also for angels, nay, for the whole heaven, because the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord flows through heaven and passes through down unto man. This is the case with these ten commandments, which the Lord Himself spoke from Mount Sinai.
[2] Inasmuch as these commandments were spoken not only for those who are in the world, but also for those who are in heaven, therefore they could not be perceived in the same way by both-as for instance this commandment, that they should honor father and mother in order that their days might be prolonged upon the land which Jehovah God would give them; for in heaven parents and children do not come together the same as on earth; and therefore for “father” there they have the Lord, and for “mother” His kingdom. Nor can it be said of those in heaven that their days would be prolonged, because they live there to eternity; nor can “land” be understood there as in this commandment to mean the land of Canaan, but instead the heavenly Canaan or heaven. As by “father and mother” are meant the Lord and His kingdom, therefore this commandment is the fourth in order, and surpasses in holiness those which follow. The commandment concerning the worship of Jehovah, that is, the Lord, is first and second, because the most holy one. Next comes the commandment concerning the Sabbath, because by this in the supreme sense is signified the union of the Divine Itself and the Divine Human in the Lord. After this follows the commandment concerning honoring parents, because by this is signified the love of the Lord and the consequent love of good and truth which are from the Lord. As these things are signified by this commandment, therefore contempt for parents is enumerated among the crimes which are signified by “shedding blood” (Ezek. 22:6, 7) and for this reason disobedient and rebellious sons were stoned (Deut. 21:18-21).

AC (Potts) n. 8900 sRef Ex@20 @12 S0′ 8900. That by “father” is meant the Lord, and by “mother” His kingdom, has been shown just above (n. 8897). But lest perchance the mind be in doubt whether by “mother” in the internal sense is meant the kingdom of the Lord, that is, heaven, I may add the following to what was said above. In the Word by “mother” is meant the church (see n. 289, 4257, 5581), which also on this account is at one time called “the bride,” and at another “the wife,” of the Lord; and as the kingdom of the Lord is the same as the church, with only this difference, that the kingdom of the Lord on the earth is called “the church,” therefore this also is signified by “mother.” For this reason the sons born of this mother are truths, and are called “the sons of the kingdom” (Matt. 13:38; n. 3373). Moreover to all those who are therein the Lord’s kingdom is their country, and one’s country is “mother” in a natural sense, as the church is “mother” in the spiritual sense.

AC (Potts) n. 8901 sRef Ex@20 @13 S0′ 8901. Verse 13. Thou shalt not kill, signifies not to take away spiritual life from anyone, also not to extinguish faith and charity, as also not to hold the neighbor in hatred.

AC (Potts) n. 8902 sRef Matt@5 @22 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @13 S0′ 8902. Thou shalt not kill. That this signifies not to take away spiritual life from anyone, also not to extinguish faith and charity, as also not to hold the neighbor in hatred, is evident from the signification of “killing,” as being to deprive of spiritual life. That “killing” means this in the internal sense, is because in this sense spiritual life, or the life of heaven with man, is treated of; and spiritual life, or the life of heaven with man, is the life of faith and of charity; therefore by “not to kill” is signified also not to extinguish faith and charity in anyone. The reason why “not to kill” is also in the internal sense not to hold the neighbor in hatred, is that he who holds in hatred continually wishes to kill, and also would kill in act unless prevented by the fear of the penalty, of the loss of life, of reputation, and the like. For hatred is of evil, is contrary to charity, and breathes nothing but the murder of him whom it hates: in the world the murder of his body; in the other life the murder of his soul. This is meant by the words of the Lord in Matthew:
Ye have heard that it was said to them of old time, Thou shalt not kill; and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the judgment; but I say unto you, that whosoever is angry with his brother rashly shall be in danger of the judgment; and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council; and whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of the Gehenna of fire (Matt. 5:21, 22).
Hatred against the neighbor is meant by being “angry with the brother rashly,” and the degrees of its increase are described by saying to him “Raca,” and by calling him “a fool” (that anger is a turning away from charity, and is from evil, thus that it is hatred, see n. 357, 4164, 5034, 5798, 5887, 5888).
sRef Isa@13 @16 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @9 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @11 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @15 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @10 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @12 S2′ sRef Isa@13 @18 S2′ [2] That in the internal sense “to kill” denotes to take away spiritual life from anyone, consequently to extinguish faith and charity, is evident from almost all the passages in the Word where a “killing,” or “to kill,” is mentioned, as in Isaiah:
Behold the day of Jehovah cometh, cruel, and of indignation, and of wrath, and of anger; to make the land a waste, and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. Then the stars of the heavens and the constellations thereof shall not shine with their light, the sun shall be darkened in his rising, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. I will visit the wickedness upon the world, and their iniquity upon the wicked. I will make a man more rare than pure gold, and the son of man than the gold of Ophir. Everyone that is found shall be thrust through, and everyone that is gathered shall fall by the sword. Their infants shall be dashed in pieces before their eyes; their houses shall be spoiled, and their wives ravished. Their bows shall dash the young men in pieces, their eye shall not spare sons (Isa. 13:9-12, 15, 16, 18).
The subject treated of in this passage is the last time of the church, when there is no longer any faith and charity, which time is “the day of Jehovah cruel, full of indignation, of wrath, and of anger.” Everyone can see that something else is here meant than that which the words nakedly declare; but what is meant cannot be known except from the significations of the words in their spiritual sense. In this sense “the land” denotes the church (n. 566, 662, 1067, 1262, 1413, 1607, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732); therefore “to make the land a waste, and to destroy the sinners out of it” signifies that the man of the church is then without faith and charity.
[3] “Stars” and “constellations” denote the knowledges of truth and good (see n. 2120, 2495, 2849, 4697), and these are said “not to shine with their light,” when they are no longer illuminated by the light of heaven which flows in through the faith of charity. That “the sun” denotes love to the Lord, and “the moon” faith in Him, see n. 2120, 2441, 2494, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 4696, 5097, 5377, 7078, 7083, 7171, 7173, 8644, 8812; therefore “the sun being darkened in his rising,” signifies that love to the Lord cannot arise with man; and “the moon not causing her light to shine,” signifies that neither can charity and faith arise, thus that man cannot any longer be regenerated.
[4] “To make a man more rare than pure gold, and the son of man than the gold of Ophir,” signifies that good is no longer seen, nor truth; for by “man” is signified the good of the church (n. 4287, 8547), and by “the son of man” truth from good, in the supreme sense the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord (n. 1729, 1733, 2813, 3704). That “everyone found shall be thrust through” signifies that all will perish by reason of the evil of falsity; and that “everyone that is gathered shall fall by the sword” signifies that they will perish by reason of falsity (that “to be thrust through” denotes to perish by reason of the evil of falsity, see n. 4503; also that “to fall by the sword” denotes to perish by reason of falsity, n. 2799, 4499, 7102, 8294).
[5] The “infants being dashed in pieces” signifies that they will utterly extinguish innocence, for “infants” denote innocence (n. 430, 2126, 3183, 3494, 5608). The “wives being ravished” signifies that the goods of truth will be perverted by the evils of falsity, for “wives” denote the goods of truth (n. 2517, 4510, 4823, 7022), and “to be ravished” denotes to be perverted (see n. 2466, 4865). That “their bows shall dash the young men in pieces” signifies that the truths of good will perish through the doctrines of falsity from evil; for a “bow” denotes the doctrine of truth, and in the opposite sense the doctrine of falsity (n. 2686, 6422, 8800); “young men” denote truths confirmed (n. 7668). “And their eye shall not spare sons” signifies that he who understands truths will nevertheless extinguish them, for “sons” denote truths (n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2803, 2813, 3373, 4257, 5542); and “the eye” denotes the understanding of truth (n. 2701, 4403-4421, 4523-4534). From all this it is now clear what is meant by the above prophetic words, namely, that when the church arrives at its end, all truth and all good will perish. It is also evident from what has been said, that “to be thrust through,” “to be dashed in pieces,” in a word “to be killed,” denotes the extinction of faith and charity.
sRef Jer@12 @3 S6′ sRef Jer@12 @4 S6′ [6] In Jeremiah:
Drag them away like a sheep for the slaughter, and destine them for the day of killing. How long shall the land mourn, and the herb of every field wither? For the wickedness of them that dwell therein, the beasts shall be consumed and the bird (Jer. 12:3, 4).
“The day of killing” here denotes the time of the vastated church, which is its last time, when there is no longer faith because there is no charity; “the land shall mourn” denotes the church; “the herb of every field shall wither” denotes that every truth of the church will do so; “the beasts and the bird shall be consumed” denotes that goods and truths will be so. (That “the land” denotes the church, see just above; that “the herb of the field” denotes the truth of the church, see n. 7571; that “the field” denotes the church, n. 2971, 3310, 3766; that “beasts” denote goods and the affections of good, n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 719, 1823, 2179, 2180, 3218, 3519, 5198; that “birds” denote truths and the affections of truth, n. 5149, 7441.) From all this it can be seen what is the internal sense of these words, and also that what is spiritual and holy of the church and of heaven is in all the particulars; and that without the internal sense it would not in any wise be understood what is meant by “the day of killing,” by that “the earth shall mourn,” that “every herb of the field shall wither,” and that “the beasts and the bird shall then be consumed.”
sRef Zech@11 @5 S7′ sRef Zech@11 @4 S7′ [7] In Zechariah:
Thus said Jehovah thy God, Feed the sheep of the killing, whose possessors kill them, and do not own themselves guilty (Zech. 11:4, 5);
where “the sheep of the killing” denote those who are in simple good, in whom the truths of faith are extinguished, not by their own fault, but by the fault of those who teach.
sRef Isa@27 @7 S8′ sRef Isa@26 @21 S8′ sRef Isa@27 @6 S8′ [8] In Isaiah:
In those that are to come shall Jacob take root; Israel shall blossom and flower; so that the faces of the world shall be filled with produce. Hath he smitten him according to the stroke of him that smote? is he killed according to the slaughter of his killed? (Isa. 27:6, 7).
Behold, Jehovah cometh forth out of His place to visit the iniquity of the land; then shall the land uncover its bloods, and shall not hide its killed (Isa. 26:21).
Here also in the internal sense the subject treated of is the last time of the church, when a new church shall be resuscitated, the old perishing. “Jacob” denotes those who are in the external of the church; “Israel” those who are in the internal; “the faces of the world” denote the church in general; “the land” denotes the old church; “the killed” those in whom there is no faith because no charity.
sRef Isa@14 @19 S9′ sRef Isa@14 @20 S9′ [9] In the same:
Thou art cast forth out of thy sepulcher like an abominable shoot, a vestment of the killed, thrust through with the sword. Thou shalt not be united with them in the grave, because thou hast destroyed thy land, thou hast killed thy people (Isa. 14:19, 20).
“The killed” denote those who have been deprived of spiritual life; “thou hast killed thy people” denotes the destruction of the truths and goods of faith. Babel is here treated of, by which is signified the profanation of good (n. 1182, 1283, 1295, 1306-1308, 1321, 1322, 1326), and also its vastation (n. 1327).
sRef Jer@5 @1 S10′ sRef Jer@4 @31 S10′ [10] In Jeremiah:
I have heard the voice of the daughter of Zion, she sigheth, she spreadeth out her hands, saying, Woe is me now, for my soul is wearied because of killers. Run ye to and fro through the streets of Jerusalem, and see I pray, and know, and seek in the avenues thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that doeth judgment, that seeketh truth (Jer. 4:31; 5:1).
“The daughter of Zion” denotes the celestial church; “killers,” those who destroy goods and truths; “a man who doeth judgment,” denotes those who are in truths from good.
sRef Deut@27 @24 S11′ sRef Deut@27 @25 S11′ sRef Ezek@13 @19 S11′ [11] In Ezekiel:
Ye have profaned Me among My people for handfuls of barley and for pieces of bread, to kill the souls that should not die, and to keep the souls alive that should not live (Ezek. 13:19).
“To kill souls” here plainly denotes to take away spiritual life. As “killing” had also this signification, therefore it was one of the curses upon Mount Ebal, “to slay one’s companion in secret, and to take a gift to kill the soul innocent of blood” (Deut. 27:24, 25).
sRef Matt@24 @9 S12′ sRef John@16 @3 S12′ sRef John@16 @2 S12′ [12] Again:
In the consummation of the age they shall deliver you into tribulation, and shall kill you; and ye shall be hated of all the nations for My name’s sake (Matt. 24:9).
Jesus said to His disciples, The hour cometh, that whosoever killeth you shall think that he offereth holy worship to God; and these things will they do, because they know not the Father, nor Me (John 16:2, 3).
In these passages also by “killing” is signified to deprive of spiritual life, that is, of faith and charity; for by “the disciples” are signified all things of the truth and good of faith and charity (n. 3488, 3858, 6397). That the disciples to whom the Lord spoke are not here meant, is evident from the fact that the subject treated of is the consummation of the age, when the Lord is to come in the clouds of heaven, concerning which the disciples had asked, and by which is meant the last time of the church, when the disciples would not be alive (see n. 3488).
sRef Mark@13 @12 S13′ [13] In like manner in Mark:
Brother shall deliver up brother to death, and the father his children; children shall rise up against parents, and shall kill them (Mark 13:12).
Here also the last times are treated of, and by “killing” here also is signified to deprive of the truths and goods which are of faith and charity, thus of spiritual life.
sRef Luke@11 @49 S14′ sRef Luke@11 @51 S14′ [14] In Luke:
I will send unto them prophets and apostles; but some of them they shall kill and persecute; from the blood of Abel unto the blood of Zachariah the prophet it shall be required of this generation (Luke 11:49, 51).
“Prophets and apostles” denote in the spiritual sense the truths and goods of the church; “to kill” denotes to extinguish them; “the blood of Abel” denotes the extinction of charity. (That “prophets” denote the truths of doctrine from the Word, see n. 2534, 7269; and that “the blood of Abel” denotes the extinction of charity, n. 374.)
sRef Rev@18 @24 S15′ [15] In like manner in John:
The blood of saints, and of prophets, and of the killed, was found in Babylon (Rev. 18:24);
where also “the blood of saints and of prophets” denotes the extinction of the good and truth of faith and charity, and “the killed” denote those who have perished as to spiritual life. (That “blood” denotes violence done to charity, as well as all evil in general, n. 374, 1005; as also, specifically, the profanation of truth, n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326.)
sRef Deut@21 @5 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @6 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @4 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @7 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @1 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @2 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @3 S16′ sRef Deut@21 @8 S16′ [16] As by one “killed,” or “thrust through,” is signified the extinction of good and truth, and as all things which were instituted in the Jewish Church were representative of the spiritual and celestial things in the Lord’s kingdom, and in the supreme sense, of the Divine things in the Lord, therefore when one was found lying in the field thrust through, the following procedure of expiation for the people was commanded, namely:
They were to measure toward the cities from him that was lying in the field thrust through, and the elders of the nearest city were to take a she-calf of an ox, by which no labor had yet been done, and upon which there had not yet been a yoke, and were to bring her down to a rapid stream, and the priests, the sons of Levi, were to behead her there, and then the elders of the city were to wash their hands over the calf, and were to say that their hands had not shed that blood, neither had their eyes seen it, and that thus the blood would be expiated (Deut. 21:1-8).
Who would ever know why such a procedure was instituted on account of one lying in the field thrust through, unless it were known from the internal sense what is signified by “one in a field thrust through,” by “the nearest city,” by “a calf,” by “a rapid stream,” by “the washing of hands,” and by the other things there mentioned? By “one in the field thrust through” is signified truth and good extinguished (n. 4503); by “field,” the church (n. 2971, 3310, 3766); by “city,” the doctrine of truth (n. 402, 2449, 2943, 3216, 4492, 4493); by “the elders of the city,” truths agreeing with good (n. 6524, 6525, 8578, 8585); by “a calf upon which there had not yet been a yoke,” truth not as yet confirmed (what “a calf” signifies, see n. 1824, 1825); by “washing the hands over the calf at a rapid stream” is signified purification from that evil, because done from the immoderate zeal of one ignorant of what truth is.
[17] From the above, as from the other passages, it can be seen what and how great arcana are contained in the particulars of the Word, which will not appear even as arcana if it is believed that the sense of the letter is the whole of the Word; and thus it will not be believed that anything more holy and heavenly lies inwardly hidden therein; when yet the sense of the letter is for man in the world, that is, for the natural man; while the internal sense is for man in heaven, that is, for the spiritual man. Hence it is plain what is involved in the commandment “not to kill,” namely, that not only is man not to be killed as to the body, but also that he is not to be killed as to the soul; thus that he is not only not to be deprived of life in the world, but especially that he is not to be deprived of life in heaven. If this commandment had not involved within it at the same time this meaning, it would not have been pronounced by Jehovah Himself, that is, the Lord, in a living voice upon Mount Sinai with so great a miracle; for all peoples and nations know without immediate revelation, and moreover their laws decree, that man is not to be killed, as also that adultery, theft, and false witness are not to be committed. Neither is it to be believed that the Israelitish nation was so stupid as alone to be ignorant of what all other nations on the globe know. But the revealed Word, being from the Divine Itself, over and above this stores up in its bosom higher and more universal things, namely, such things as are of heaven, thus which not only concern the life of the body, but which also concern the life of the soul, or eternal life. Herein the Word differs from, is separated from, and is preeminent over, all other writing.

AC (Potts) n. 8903 sRef Ex@20 @14 S0′ 8903. Verse 13. Thou shalt not commit adultery, signifies that those things which are of the doctrine of faith and of charity are not to be perverted; thus that the Word is not to be applied to confirm evils and falsities; also that the laws of order are not to be upset.

AC (Potts) n. 8904 sRef Ex@20 @14 S0′ 8904. Thou shalt not commit adultery. That this signifies that those things which are of the doctrine of faith and of charity are not to be perverted, thus that the Word is not to be applied to confirm falsities and evils, also that the laws of order are not to be upset, is evident from the signification of “committing adultery,” “debauching,” and “whoredom,” as being in the spiritual or internal sense, to pervert the goods, and falsify the truths, which are of the doctrine of faith and of charity. And as these things are signified by “committing adultery,” there is also signified to apply the Word to confirm evils and falsities; for the Word is the very doctrine itself of faith and charity, and the perversion of the truth and good of the Word is its application to falsities and evils. That these things are signified by “committing adultery” and “debauching” in the spiritual sense, is known to scarcely anyone at this day, for the reason that within the church few now know what the spiritual is, and in what respect it differs from the natural. And scarcely anyone knows that there is a correspondence between the two, and indeed of such a nature that the image of the one is presented in the other, that is, the spiritual is represented in the natural, consequently that the spiritual is like a soul, and the natural is like its body; and thus that through influx and the consequent conjunction they constitute a one; as in the regenerate man do his internal man which is also called spiritual, and his external man which is also called natural.
[2] Such things being at this day unknown, it therefore cannot be known what is signified by “committing adultery,” further than being unlawfully conjoined as to the body. These things, as has been said, being at this day unknown, the reason may be told why “committing adultery” in the spiritual sense signifies to pervert those things which are of the doctrine of faith and charity, thus to adulterate goods and falsify truths. The reason, which at this day is a secret one, is that conjugial love descends from the marriage of good and truth, which is called “the heavenly marriage.” The love which flows in from the Lord and which exists between good and truth in heaven, is turned into conjugial love on the earth, and this by correspondence. Hence it is that the falsification of truth is “whoredom,” and the perversion of good is “adulteration,” in the internal sense. Hence also it is that they who are not in the good and truth of faith cannot be in genuine conjugial love; and also that those who find the delight of life in adulteries can no longer receive anything of faith. I have heard it said by the angels that as soon as anyone commits adultery on the earth and takes delight in it, heaven is closed to him, that is, he refuses any longer to receive from heaven anything of faith and charity. That at this day in the kingdoms where the church is, adulteries are made light of by very many persons, is because the church is at its end, and thus there is no longer any faith, because there is no charity; for the one corresponds to the other. Where there is no faith, falsity is in the place of truth, and evil is in the place of good, and from this there flows the result that adulteries are no longer accounted as criminal; for when heaven is closed with a man, such things flow in from hell. (See what has been said and shown before on this subject, n. 2727-2759, 4434, 4835, 4837.)
sRef Ezek@16 @1 S3′ [3] That “to debauch,” and “to commit adultery,” in the internal or spiritual sense denote to falsify and to pervert the truths and goods of faith and charity, consequently also to confirm falsity and evil by wrong applications from the Word, can be seen from the several passages in the Word where mention is made of “committing adultery,” of “debauching,” and of “committing whoredom;” as will plainly appear from the following passages; as in Ezekiel:
Son of man, cause Jerusalem to know her abominations. Thou didst commit whoredom because of thy name, and didst pour out thy whoredoms on everyone that passed by. Thou didst take of thy garments, and didst make for thee high places of various colors, and didst commit whoredom upon them. Thou didst take the vessels of thine adornment of My gold and of My silver, which I had given thee, and madest for thee images of a male; thou didst commit whoredom with them. Thou hast taken thy sons and thy daughters, whom thou hast borne unto Me, and these hast thou sacrificed. Was there little of thy whoredoms? Thou hast committed whoredom with the sons of Egypt, thy neighbors, great of flesh; and hast multiplied thy whoredom to provoke Me. And thou hast committed whoredom with the sons of Asshur, when thou wast insatiable; yea, thou hast committed whoredom with them, and yet thou wast not sated. And thou hast multiplied thy whoredom, even unto the land of traffic, unto Chaldea; and yet in this thou wast not sated. A woman, an adulteress under her man, taketh strangers. They give hire to all harlots; but thou hast given hirings to all thy lovers, and hast recompensed them, that they may come unto thee from every side for thy whoredoms. Wherefore, O harlot, hear the word of Jehovah. I will judge thee with the judgments of adulteresses, and of the shedders of blood (Ezek. 16:2, and following verses).
[4] Who cannot see that by “whoredoms” here are signified falsifications of truth and adulterations of good? And who can understand a syllable of the passage unless he knows that “whoredom” has such a signification; also unless he knows what is meant by “the sons of Egypt,” by “the sons of Asshur,” and by “Chaldea,” with whom Jerusalem is said to have “committed whoredom?” That she did not do this with those peoples themselves is manifest. It must therefore be told what these things signify in the internal sense. By “Jerusalem” is meant the church perverted; her “garments” here denote truths which are perverted; consequently the falsities which are acknowledged are “the high places of various colors;” “the sons of Egypt” denote memory-knowledges; “the sons of Asshur,” reasonings; “Chaldea,” the profanation of truth (that “garments” denote truths, see n. 1073, 2576, 4545, 4763, 5248, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6918; that “high places” denote worship, and “the high places of various colors,” here, the worship of falsity, n. 796); “vessels of adornment of gold and of silver” denote the knowledges of good and truth (that “vessels” denote knowledges, see n. 3068, 3079; that “gold” denotes good, n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917; and “silver,” the truth of good, n. 1551, 2048, 2954, 5658); “images of a male” signify appearances and likenesses of truth (n. 2046); “the sons and daughters whom they bare” denote the truths and goods which they have perverted. (That “sons” denote truths, see n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3373; and that “daughters” denote goods, see n. 489, 2362, 3024; that “the sons of Egypt” denote the memory-knowledges through which is perversion, see n. 1164, 1165, 1186, 1462, 2588, 4749, 4964, 4966, 5700, 5702, 6004, 6015, 6125, 6651, 6679, 6683, 6692, 6750, 7296, 7779, 7926; that “Asshur” denotes the reasoning through which by means of memory-knowledges the truths of faith are perverted, and the goods thereof adulterated, see n. 119, 1186; and that “multiplying whoredom even unto the land of Chaldea” denotes even to the profanation of truth; also that “Chaldea” denotes the profanation of truth, n. 1368); from this it is plain why she is called “a woman an adulteress,” and also “a harlot.”
sRef Rev@17 @1 S5′ sRef Rev@17 @2 S5′ sRef Rev@17 @5 S5′ [5] In like manner we read of Babylon in Revelation:
There came one of the seven angels that had the seven vials, and spake with me, saying to me, Come, I will show thee the judgment of the great harlot that sitteth upon many waters; with whom the kings of the earth have committed whoredom, and the inhabitants of the earth were made drunken with the wine of her whoredom. It was Babylon the great, the mother of the harlots and of the abominations of the earth (Rev. 17:1, 2, 5; 14:8; 18:3).
That “Babylon” denotes those who pervert the truths and goods of the church for the sake of self-dominion and of self-gain, and this even to profanation, is evident from the signification of “Babel” (n. 1182, 1283, 1295, 1304, 1306-1308, 1321, 1322, 1326, 1327). Hence it is that Babylon is called “a harlot” and “the mother of harlots.” They who know nothing of the internal sense will believe that the kings of the earth who committed whoredom with her signified kings upon the earth, or kingdoms. Yet they do not signify kings, or kingdoms, but the truths of faith of the church, to “commit whoredom” with which denotes to pervert them. (That “kings” denote the truths of faith, see n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 6148; and that “the earth” denotes the church, n. 566, 662, 1067, 1262, 1413, 1607, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732.) “The inhabitants of the earth made drunk with the wine of whoredom” denotes that they who were within the church were brought into errors and ravings through the falsities of evil; for to be “made drunken” denotes to be led into errors through false reasonings and wrong interpretations of the Word (n. 1072). “Wine” denotes falsity from evil (n. 6377); consequently “the wine of whoredom” denotes falsity from the perversion of truth. That “earth” denotes the church has just been shown; she is said to “sit upon many waters,” because upon falsities, for in the genuine sense “waters” denote truths, and in the opposite sense, falsities (n. 729, 790, 8137, 8138, 8568).
sRef Ezek@23 @2 S6′ [6] That “to commit adultery and whoredom” denotes to pervert the goods and the truths of the church, is plainly evident also from another passage in Ezekiel:
Two women, the daughters of one mother, committed whoredom in Egypt; they committed whoredom in their youth. Oholah is Samaria, and Oholibah is Jerusalem. Oholah committed whoredom under Me; and she doted on her lovers, on the Assyrians her neighbors, clothed in blue, governors and leaders, all of them desirable young men, horsemen riding on horses. She bestowed her whoredoms upon them, the choice of all the sons of Asshur. Yet she forsook not her whoredoms from Egypt; for they lay with her in her youth. Oholibah was more corrupt in her love than she, and in her whoredoms above the whoredoms of her sister. She doted on the sons of Asshur. She added to her whoredoms, when she saw men portrayed upon the wall, the images of the Chaldeans portrayed with vermilion, and she loved them at the look of her eyes. The sons of Babel also came to her unto the copulation of loves; they defiled her with their whoredom. Yet she multiplied her whoredoms, while she remembered the days of her youth, wherein she had committed whoredom in the land of Egypt. She doted on them more than their courtesans (Ezek. 23:2 and following verses).
In this passage also no one can fail to see that by “whoredoms” are meant spiritual whoredoms, that is, perversions of the good, and falsifications of the truth, which are of the church; also that the things here contained in the internal sense are not manifest unless it is known what is signified by “the sons of Egypt,” by “the Assyrians” or “the sons of Asshur,” by “Chaldea,” and by “Babel;” for it is clear that these nations are not meant, but such things as are of falsity; because the inhabitants of Samaria and Jerusalem did not commit whoredom with them. But what is signified by “Egypt,” “Asshur,” “Chaldea,” and “Babylon” can be seen shown just above.
sRef Hos@2 @5 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @2 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @4 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @3 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @9 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @10 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @11 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @7 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @12 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @6 S7′ sRef Hos@2 @8 S7′ [7] From the following passages also it is evident that “whoredoms” and “adulteries” in the internal sense denote falsifications and perversions of good and truth, thus adulterations of these; as in Hosea:
Strive ye with your mother, strive ye, because she is not My wife, and I am not her husband; that she may remove her whoredoms from her faces, and her adulteries from between her breasts. I will not have mercy on her sons; because they are sons of whoredoms. For their mother hath committed whoredom, saying, I will go after my lovers, that give me my bread and my water, my wool and my flax, mine oil and my drinks. But I will lay waste her vine and her fig-tree, whereof she hath said, These are my harlot-hire that my lovers have given me (Hos. 2:2, 4, 5, 12).
By “mother” in the internal sense is here meant the church (n. 289, 2691, 2717, 4257, 5581, 8897); in like manner by “wife” (n. 252, 253, 409, 749, 770), who is said “not to be a wife,” because in truths perverted, that is, in falsities; by “sons” are meant the truths of the church, here falsities, because they are called “sons of whoredoms” (n. 489, 491, 533, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4257). What is meant by “bread,” what by “water,” what by “wool and flax,” also by “oil and drink,” and likewise by “vine and fig-tree,” has been shown in their places; namely, that they are the goods of love and of charity, also the goods and truths of faith interior and exterior; but in the opposite sense evils and falsities; for goods become evils, and truths become falsities, when they are perverted. (What is meant by “bread,” see n. 276, 680, 2165, 2177, 3464, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915, 6118, 6409; also what by “waters,” n. 739, 790, 8137, 8138, 8568; what by “flax,” n. 7601; and what by “oil,” n. 886, 3728, 4582; what by “drink,” n. 3069, 3168, 3772, 8562; what by “vine,” n. 1069, 5113, 6376; and what by “fig-tree,” n. 4231, 5113.) “Harlot-hire” denotes the falsity of doctrine which they vaunt as truth.
sRef Hos@4 @14 S8′ sRef Ezek@6 @9 S8′ sRef Hos@4 @15 S8′ sRef Hos@4 @13 S8′ sRef Hos@4 @12 S8′ [8] In the same:
My people asketh wood, and their staff answereth to it, because the spirit of whoredom hath led them astray, and they have committed whoredom from under their god. They sacrifice upon the tops of the mountains, and burn incense upon the hills, therefore your daughters commit whoredom, and your daughters-in-law commit adultery. If thou, Israel, committest whoredom, let not Judah become guilty. Shall I not visit upon your daughters, because they commit whoredom, and upon your daughters-in-law, because they commit adultery? for they divide with whores, and they sacrifice with prostitutes (Hos. 4:12-16).
“To commit whoredom from under their god” denotes to pervert truth, for by “god” in the internal sense is signified truth, and in the opposite sense, falsity (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 4295, 4402, 4544, 7010, 7268, 7873, 8301, 8867); “mountains and hills” denotes loves, here the loves of self and of the world (n. 795, 796, 1691, 2722, 6435); “the wood of which counsel is asked” denotes the good of the delight of some cupidity (n. 643); “the staff which answereth” denotes imaginary power from one’s own intellectual (n. 4013, 4015, 4876, 4936, 7011, 7026). As “gods” in the genuine sense signify truths, and in the opposite sense falsities, therefore falsifying truths and adulterating goods is signified by:
They have gone a whoring after strange gods, as after Baal, after Molech, after idols (Ezek. 6:9; Lev. 20:5; and elsewhere).
sRef Jer@3 @1 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @4 S9′ sRef Jer@23 @9 S9′ sRef Jer@13 @25 S9′ sRef Isa@57 @3 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @3 S9′ sRef Jer@23 @11 S9′ sRef Jer@23 @10 S9′ sRef Jer@13 @27 S9′ sRef Isa@57 @5 S9′ sRef Isa@57 @4 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @9 S9′ sRef Isa@23 @18 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @10 S9′ sRef Jer@29 @23 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @7 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @8 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @6 S9′ sRef Jer@23 @16 S9′ sRef Jer@23 @14 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @5 S9′ sRef Isa@23 @17 S9′ sRef Jer@3 @2 S9′ [9] From all this it can now he seen what is meant by “adulteries” and “whoredoms” in the following passages:
Come hither, ye sons of the sorceress, the seed of the adulterer, and she hath committed whoredom; against whom do ye delight yourselves? against whom make ye wide the mouth, and thrust out the tongue? are ye not born of transgression, a seed of a lie, who have been hated among gods under every green tree? (Isa. 57:3-5).
It shall come to pass at the end of seventy years, Jehovah will visit Tyre, that it may return to its harlot-hire, and commit whoredom with all the kingdoms of the earth upon the faces of the world (Isa. 23:17).
And a man put away his wife, and she went from him, and was another man’s; she committed whoredom with many companions. Thou hast profaned the land with thy whoredoms and with thy wickedness. Hast thou seen what backsliding Israel hath done? She goeth away upon every high mountain, and under every green tree, and thou committest whoredom there. Moreover her treacherous sister Judah went away, and she also committed whoredom, insomuch that she hath profaned the land by the voice of her whoredom; she hath committed debauchery with stone and with wood (Jer. 3:1, 2, 6, 8, 9).
This is thy lot, because thou hast forgotten Me, and trusted in a lie; thine adulteries, and thy neighings, the wickedness of thy whoredom, on the hills in the field I have seen thine abominations. Woe to thee, O Jerusalem (Jer. 13:25, 27).
Against the prophets: The land is full of adulterers; for because of the curse the land mourneth; the pastures of the wilderness have dried up, because both prophet and priest practice hypocrisy. In the prophets of Jerusalem also I have seen a horrible stubbornness, in committing adultery and walking in a lie; they have strengthened the hands of the evil; they speak a vision of their heart, not out of the mouth of Jehovah (Jer. 23:9-11, 14, 16).
They have wrought folly in Israel, and have committed debauchery with the wives of their companions, and have spoken a word in My name falsely, which I commanded them not (Jer. 29:23).
sRef Hos@9 @1 S10′ sRef Nahum@3 @1 S10′ sRef Nahum@3 @4 S10′ sRef Num@14 @33 S10′ sRef Hos@1 @2 S10′ sRef Num@14 @34 S10′ [10] From these passages it is very manifest that “to commit adultery,” and “to debauch,” denote to explain and pervert the truths of the Word from one’s own heart, that is, from one’s own, in such a manner as the loves of self and of the world persuade one to do; consequently it is to speak lies, that is, falsities, as is openly said. Again:
Be not glad, O Israel, because thou hast committed whoredom from under thy God, thou hast loved harlot-hire upon all the cornfloors (Hos. 9:1).
Jehovah spake unto Hosea, Go, take unto thee a woman of whoredoms and children of whoredoms; because in whoring the land doth commit whoredom from behind Jehovah (Hos. 1:2).
Woe to the city of bloods! Because of the multitude of the whoredoms of the well-favored harlot, the mistress of sorceries, that selleth nations through her whoredoms, and families through her sorceries (Nah. 3:1, 4).
Your sons shall be feeders in the wilderness forty years, and they shall bear your whoredoms forty years; according to the number of the days in which ye spied out the land, for every day a year, shall ye bear your iniquities (Num. 14:33, 34).
sRef Lev@19 @29 S11′ sRef Lev@20 @10 S11′ sRef Deut@23 @18 S11′ sRef Deut@23 @2 S11′ sRef Lev@21 @9 S11′ [11] Inasmuch as falsifications of truth and adulterations of good corresponded to whoredoms on the earth, therefore the penalty of death was for adulterers (Lev. 20:10); and the daughter of a man who was a priest, if she profaned herself by committing whoredom, was to be burnt with fire (Lev. 21:9); also no daughter in Israel was to be exposed to whoredom (Lev. 19:19). In like manner a bastard was not to come into the congregation of Jehovah, not even his tenth generation (Deut. 23:2); and the hire of a harlot was not to be brought into the house of Jehovah, because it is an abomination (Deut. 23:18).
[12] From these passages it can now be fully seen what is signified by “committing adultery,” namely, that in the external sense it is to commit adulteries; in the internal representative sense it is to worship idols and other gods by means of such things as are of the church, consequently idolatry external and internal; but in the internal spiritual sense are signified adulterations of good and perversions of truth. From all this it is plainly evident whence it is that adulteries are in themselves so wicked, and are called “abominations,” namely, from the fact that they correspond to the marriage of falsity and evil, which is the infernal marriage; and on the other hand, why genuine marriages are holy, namely, from the fact that they correspond to the marriage of good and truth, which is the heavenly marriage. Nay, genuine conjugial love descends from the marriage of good and truth, thus out of heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord; whereas the love of adultery is from the marriage of falsity and evil, thus from hell, that is, from the devil.

AC (Potts) n. 8905 sRef Ex@20 @15 S0′ 8905. Verse 13. Thou shalt not steal, signifies that no one’s spiritual goods must be taken away from him, and that those things which belong to the Lord are not to be attributed to self.

AC (Potts) n. 8906 sRef Ex@20 @15 S0′ sRef John@10 @3 S1′ sRef John@10 @13 S1′ sRef John@10 @4 S1′ sRef John@10 @1 S1′ sRef John@10 @8 S1′ sRef John@10 @2 S1′ sRef John@10 @5 S1′ sRef John@10 @10 S1′ sRef John@10 @7 S1′ sRef John@10 @9 S1′ sRef John@10 @11 S1′ sRef John@10 @6 S1′ sRef John@10 @12 S1′ 8906. Thou shalt not steal. That this signifies that no one’s spiritual goods must be taken away from him, and that those things which belong to the Lord are not to be attributed to self, is evident from the signification of “stealing,” as being to take away spiritual goods from anyone. That this is signified by “stealing,” is because riches and wealth in the spiritual sense are the knowledges of good and truth, in general all those things which are of faith and charity, that is, which are of spiritual life in man. Wherefore to take these things away from anyone is “to steal” in the spiritual sense. And because all spiritual goods, that is, all things of faith and charity, are from the Lord alone, and absolutely nothing from man, therefore by “stealing” is also signified to attribute to oneself what belongs to the Lord. They who do this are also called “thieves and robbers” in John:
Verily I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber; but he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. I am the door; by Me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and go out, and find pasture. The thief cometh not but that he may steal, and slay, and destroy; I came that they may have life, and may have abundance (John 10:1, 2, 9, 10).
“To enter by the door into the sheepfold” denotes to enter by the Lord, for the Lord is the “door,” as He Himself says; “the sheep” are they who are in charity and thence in faith. These enter by the Lord when they acknowledge that from Him is everything of faith and charity, for then these flow in from Him. But to attribute them to others, especially to themselves, is to take them away, thus “to slay and to destroy.” They who attribute to themselves what is the Lord’s, also place merit in works, and make themselves righteousness (see n. 1110, 1877, 2027, 2273, 2340, 2373, 2400, 3816, 4007, 4174, 4943, 6388-6390, 6392, 6393, 6478). This then is “stealing” in the spiritual sense, and this comes to the angels in heaven when man reads in the Word about “stealing,” for the angels understand the Word only spiritually.
sRef Hos@7 @2 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @10 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @1 S2′ sRef Hos@7 @1 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @9 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @3 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @4 S2′ sRef Joel@2 @5 S2′ sRef Hos@7 @3 S2′ [2] The like is signified by “stealing” in Hosea:
When I healed Israel, then the iniquity of Ephraim was revealed, and the evils of Samaria; because they wrought a lie; and the thief cometh, the troop spreadeth itself abroad; now do their works encompass them before My faces; they make the king glad by their wickedness, and the princes by their lies (Hos. 7:1-3).
And in Joel:
The day of Jehovah cometh. A fire devoureth before it, and after it a flame burneth; the land is as the garden of Eden before it, but after it a waste wilderness. The appearance thereof is as the appearance of horses; and as horsemen, so do they run, as the sound of chariots on the tops of the mountains; they run to and fro in the city, they run on the wall, they climb up into the houses, they enter in through the windows like a thief. The earth quaked before Him, the heavens trembled, the sun and the moon were made black, and the stars withdrew their shining (Joel 2:1-10).
The subject here treated of is the desolation of the church, when falsities break in and destroy truths; these falsities are the “thieves who climb up into houses and enter in through the windows.” Who can help wondering why it is said that “the day of Jehovah will be as the appearance of horses,” and that then “they shall run like horsemen, they shall run to and fro in the city, they shall run on the wall, shall climb up into the houses, shall enter in through the windows, the earth shall quake, the heavens shall tremble, the sun and the moon shall be made black, and the stars shall withdraw their shining?” He who knows nothing of the internal sense, and who in his heart calls the holiness of the Word into doubt, will say that these are mere words devoid of anything Divine stored up within them, and perhaps will call them worthless sayings. But he who believes that the Word is most holy, because it is Divine, and who moreover knows that there is an internal sense which treats of the church, of heaven, and of the Lord Himself, will confess that every word herein has its own weighty import. It shall therefore be briefly unfolded what the words and sayings in this passage signify.
sRef Obad@1 @5 S3′ [3] “The day of Jehovah” denotes the last state, or last time, of the church, when there is no longer any truth, but falsity in the place of truth; “the fire which devours before it” denotes the desire of evil; “the flame which burns after it” denotes the consequent desire of falsity; “the appearance of horses” denotes the intellectual reasoning from falsity as if from truth; “the horsemen who run” denote reasoners; “the chariots” denote doctrinal things of falsity; “a city” denotes the doctrine itself; “the wall upon which they run” denotes essential falsity; “the houses into which they climb” denotes the will of man; “the windows through which they enter in” denote intellectual things; “the thief” denotes the falsity which takes away truth; “the earth which will quake before Him” denotes the church, so also do “the heavens which will tremble;” “the sun” denotes love to the Lord; “the moon,” faith in Him, these are said to be “made black” when they no longer appear; “the stars” denote the knowledges of good and truth which will no longer have light from faith and love, thus from heaven, and this is meant by “withdrawing their shining.” From all this it can be seen what these words involve in general, and also in what sense “that day,” or the last state of the church, is called “a thief who will climb up into the houses, and enter in through the windows,” namely, that it is falsity, which will then take possession of the whole man, both of his will and of his understanding, and thus will take away all truth and good. The like is signified by a “thief” in Obadiah:
The Lord Jehovih said to Edom, If thieves came to thee, if destroyers by night (how art thou cut off!), will they not steal till they have enough? (Obad. 1, 5).
In like manner by a “thief,” or “one who steals,” in Zech. 5:1-4; Ps. 50:18-20; Matt. 6:19, 20.
sRef Ex@21 @16 S4′ sRef Ex@22 @4 S4′ sRef Ex@22 @2 S4′ sRef Ex@22 @3 S4′ sRef Ex@22 @1 S4′ sRef Deut@24 @7 S4′ [4] As all the statutes commanded the sons of Israel by the Lord were founded on the laws of order which are in heaven, that is, derived their existence and essence from the spiritual world, so for the same reason were the statutes which were enacted concerning theft; as that he who stole an ox and sold it should restore five, if a sheep four (Exod. 22:1); also that if a thief be smitten in breaking in, there shall be no blood; but if the sun be risen, there shall be blood; the thief shall repay or shall be sold; if the theft be found in his hand, he shall restore double (Exod. 22:2-4).
He that stealeth a man, and selleth him, but if he be found in his hand, dying he shall die (Exod. 21:16).
If a man be found who hath stolen a soul of his brethren, of the sons of Israel, and hath made gain in him, while he sold him, that thief shall be killed; that thou mayest put away the evil from the midst of thee (Deut. 24:7).
in the internal sense “the men of the sons of Israel” denote those who are in the truths and goods of faith, thus in the abstract sense they denote the truths and goods of faith (n. 5414, 5879, 5951); and therefore “to steal a man of the sons of Israel” denotes to take these away, and “to sell him” denotes to cast them off, and also to make them serve. For the truths and goods of faith, being from the Lord, are in a free state, and serve the Lord alone; but when they are cast off, they then come into a servile state, for they serve any evil of the love of self or of the love of the world, thus any bodily cupidity; whence come the derivation and correspondence of the above law. And as then from being free the truth and good of the church become servile, thus from being alive become dead, therefore the penalty which is the effect, is “death.”

AC (Potts) n. 8907 sRef Ex@20 @16 S0′ 8907. Verse 13. Thou shalt not answer against thy neighbor the witness of a lie, signifies that good is not to be called evil, nor truth falsity; thus conversely, neither is evil to be called good, nor falsity truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8908 sRef Ex@20 @16 S0′ 8908. Thou shalt not answer against thy neighbor the witness of a lie. That this signifies that good is not to be called evil, nor truth falsity; thus conversely, neither is evil to be called good, nor falsity truth, is evident from the signification of “the witness of a lie,” as being the confirmation of falsity. (That “witness” denotes confirmation, see n. 4197; and that “a lie” denotes the falsity of faith will be plain from what follows.) “To answer against a neighbor” denotes to speak in such manner against anyone; for by “neighbor” is signified every man, and specifically everyone who is in good, and in the abstract sense, good itself (n. 3419, 5025, 6704, 6706-6711, 6818, 8123). Consequently “thou shalt not answer against thy neighbor the witness of a lie,” in the internal sense denotes not to say to anyone what is false, that is, to say that what is good is evil, and what is true is false, or the converse.
[2] How the case herein is shall be briefly explained. All with whom there reigns the love of self or the love of the world, that is, who have as their end eminence, or honors, or wealth, or gain, do not hesitate to say and persuade others that what is just is unjust, and that what is unjust is just, and thus to act the part of witnesses of a lie. The reason why they are of such a character is that their will is wholly subject to these loves and their cupidities, and is wholly occupied and possessed by them; and then the understanding, which is the other part of the mind, is indeed able to see what is just and what is unjust; but is not willing to see, because the will prevails over the understanding, and by means of influx persuades it, and at last also blinds it. These same persons neither have conscience, nor do they know that it belongs to conscience to call that just which is just, for no other reason than because it is just, that is, from the love of what is just. They who are of this character in the world are also of the same character in the other life, but with the difference that they do not then call what is just unjust, but the good which is of faith they call evil, and truth they call falsity; for what is just in the civil world corresponds to what is good and true in the spiritual world. And they do this without conscience and also without shame, because they have been inured and habituated to it in the life of the body.
sRef John@8 @44 S3′ [3] Frequent mention is made in the Word of “a lie,” and by this in the internal sense is everywhere signified the falsity and evil of faith, and by “the witness of a lie,” which is also called “the witness of violence,” is signified the confirmation of falsity, whether it be before a judge, or before anyone else, or before oneself within the thought by self-persuasion (as in Exod. 23:1, and following verses; Lev. 19:11, 12; Deut. 19:16-20). That in the spiritual sense “a lie” denotes the evil and falsity of faith, is evident from the following passages. In John:
Ye are of your father the devil, and the desires of your father ye will to do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and stood not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh from his own; for he is a liar, and the father of it (John 8:44).
“A lie” here denotes the falsity of faith; for the subject treated of is the Jews, that they were not willing to acknowledge the Lord. In the spiritual sense “the devil” here denotes falsity, and “the father of it” denotes evil; for falsity is from evil as a son is from his father. The falsity which is of the devil is the falsity of faith, and the evil is the evil of the love of self and the love of the world.
sRef Ezek@13 @6 S4′ sRef Nahum@3 @1 S4′ sRef Isa@16 @6 S4′ sRef Ezek@13 @7 S4′ sRef Zeph@3 @13 S4′ sRef Jer@9 @5 S4′ sRef Isa@28 @15 S4′ sRef Isa@30 @9 S4′ sRef Rev@22 @15 S4′ sRef Ezek@13 @9 S4′ sRef Jer@23 @32 S4′ sRef Ezek@13 @8 S4′ sRef Jer@50 @36 S4′ [4] In Isaiah:
Moab is exceeding haughty, his pride, and his haughtiness, and his anger, his lies are not firm (Isa. 16:6).
“Lies” denote the falsities of faith, because “Moab” denotes those who are in the evil of the love of self, and therefore falsify truths (see n. 2468, 8315). Again:
We have made a covenant with death, and with hell have we made a vision; we have made a lie our trust, and have lurked in falsehood (Isa. 28:15).
This is a rebellious people, lying sons, sons that are not willing to hear the law of Jehovah (Isa. 30:9).
They mock every man his companion, and speak not the truth; they have taught their tongue to speak a lie (Jer. 9:5).
I am against them that prophesy dreams of a lie, and tell them, that they may seduce My people by their lies (Jer. 23:32).
O sword against the liars, that they may be foolish (Jer. 50:36).
They have seen vanity and divination of a lie, saying, Jehovah hath said, when Jehovah hath not sent them. Therefore thus said the Lord Jehovih, Because ye speak vanity, and see a lie, therefore behold I am against you (Ezek. 13:6-9).
Woe to the city of bloods! it is all full of lying and rapine (Nah. 3:1).
The remains of Israel do no perversity, nor will they speak a lie, neither shall a tongue of fraud be found in their mouth; they shall feed and be at rest (Zeph. 3:13).
Without are dogs, and enchanters, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and everyone that loveth and maketh a lie (Rev. 22:15).
In these as in many other passages “a lie” denotes the falsity and evil of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8909 sRef Ex@20 @17 S0′ 8909. Verse 14. Thou shalt not covet* thy neighbor’s house, thou shalt not covet* thy neighbors wife, and his manservant, and his maidservant, and his ox, and his ass, and anything that is thy neighbor’s, signifies that one must beware of the love of self and of the world; and thus lest the evils which are contained in the preceding commandments become of the will, and so come forth.
* Latin, concupisces

AC (Potts) n. 8910 sRef Ex@20 @17 S0′ 8910. Thou shall not covet thy neighbor’s house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s wife, and his manservant, and his maidservant, and his ox, and his ass, and anything that is thy neighbor’s. That this signifies that one must beware of the love of self and of the world, and thus lest the evils which are contained in the preceding commandments become of the will and so come forth, is evident from the signification of “coveting” [concupiscere], as being to will from an evil love. That “coveting” has this signification, is because all concupiscence is of some love; for nothing is coveted [concupiscitur] unless it is loved, and therefore concupiscence [or “coveting”] is the continuous of love, in this case of the love of self or of the world, and is as it were the life of its breath. For that which an evil love breathes is called “concupiscence,” but that which a good love breathes is called “desire.” Love itself belongs to the other part of the mind, which is called the will, for whatever a man loves he wills; but concupiscence belongs to both the will and the understanding, though it is properly of the will in the understanding. From all this it is evident whence it is that by the words, “thou shalt not covet the things that are thy neighbor’s,” is signified that one must beware lest they become of the will; for the things which become of the will are appropriated to the man, because the will is the man himself.
sRef Matt@15 @11 S2′ sRef Matt@15 @17 S2′ sRef Matt@15 @18 S2′ sRef Matt@15 @19 S2′ [2] It is believed in the world that the thought is the man; but there are two things which constitute the life of man, the understanding and the will. To the understanding belongs thought, and to the will the affection which is of love. Thought without the affection which is of love does not make anything of life with man; but thought from affection which is of love, thus understanding from will. That these two are distinct from each other is plain to everyone who reflects, from the fact that a man can understand and perceive that to be evil which he wills, and that to be good which he either wills or does not will; from which it is clear that the will is the man himself, but not the thought, except insofar as there passes into it something from the will. Hence it is that the things which enter into the thought of man, and not through the thought into the will, do not defile him; but the things which enter through the thought into the will. These things defile him because they are then appropriated to him, and become his; for the will, as already said, is the man himself. The things which become of the will are said to enter into his heart and to come forth therefrom; whereas the things which are only of the thought are said to enter into the mouth, but to go out through the belly into the draughts-according to the Lord’s words in Matthew:
Not that which entereth into the mouth defileth the man; but that which cometh forth out of the mouth, this defileth the man. Whatsoever entereth into the mouth goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught. But the things which come forth out of the mouth come forth out of the heart; and these defile the man. For out of the heart come forth evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies (Matt. 15:11, 7-19).
[3] From these words, as from all His other words, it can be seen of what nature was the Lord’s speech, namely, that internal and spiritual things were meant, but that they were expressed by external or natural things, and this according to correspondences; for the mouth corresponds to the thought, as also all things that belong to the mouth, as the lips, the tongue, the throat; and the heart corresponds to the affection which is of love, thus to the will (that there is a correspondence of the heart with these, see n. 2930, 3313, 3883-3896, 7542). Consequently “to enter into the mouth” denotes to enter into the thought, and “to come forth out of the heart” denotes out of the will; “to go into the belly and to be cast out into the draught,” or privy, is to be cast into hell, for the belly corresponds to the way toward hell, and the draught or privy corresponds to hell; hell is also so called in the Word. From this it is plain what is signified by, “whatsoever entereth into the mouth goeth into the belly and is cast out into the draught,” namely, that evil and falsity are injected into the thought of man from hell, and are rent back again thither. These things cannot defile the man, because they are sent back; for a man cannot stand apart from thinking evil, but from doing it. But so soon as he receives evil from the thought into the will, it then does not go out of him, but enters into him, and this is called “coming forth out of the heart.” The things which come forth thence defile him, because what a man wills goes forth into speech and into act, in so far as external bonds, which are fear of the law, of the loss of reputation, of honor, of gain, and of life, do not forbid. From all this it is now evident that by “thou shalt not covet” is signified that one must beware lest evils become of the will, and so come forth.
sRef Matt@5 @27 S4′ sRef Matt@5 @28 S4′ [4] That concupiscence (or “coveting”) is of the will, this of the heart, is also evident from these words of the Lord in Matthew:
Ye have heard that it was said to them of old, Thou shalt not commit adultery; but I say unto you, that if anyone looketh on a strange woman so that he lusteth after [concupiscat] her, he hath committed adultery with her already in his heart (Matt. 5:27, 28);
by “lusting after” is here meant to will, and unless fears (which are external bonds) restrained, to do; hence it is said that “he who looketh on a woman so that he lusteth after her hath committed adultery with her in his heart.”
sRef Matt@5 @30 S5′ sRef Matt@5 @29 S5′ [5] The concupiscence of evil is also meant by “the right eye giving offence,” and the concupiscence of falsity by “the right hand giving offence,” in the Lord’s words also in Matthew:
If thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee; for it will be better for thee that one of thy members perish, and not thy whole body be cast into Gehenna. And if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast it from thee; for it will be better for thee that one of thy members perish, and not thy whole body be cast into Gehenna (Matt. 5:29, 30);
from these words it is again evident in what manner the Lord spake, namely, from the Divine, as everywhere else in the Word; thus that He expressed internal and heavenly things by external or natural things according to correspondences; here the affection of evil or the concupiscence thereof by “the right eye offending;” and the affection of falsity or the concupiscence thereof by the “right hand offending;” for the eye corresponds to faith, the left eye to the truth of faith, and the right eye to the good of faith, and in the opposite sense to the evil which is of faith; thus “the right eye offending” corresponds to the concupiscence thereof (n. 4403-4421, 4523-4534). But the hand corresponds to the power which is of truth, the right hand to the power of truth from good, and in the opposite sense to the power of falsity from evil, thus “the right hand offending” corresponds to the concupiscence thereof (n. 3091, 3563, 4931-4937, 8281). “Gehenna” denotes the hell of concupiscences. Everyone can see that in this passage by “the right eye” is not meant the right eye, nor is it meant that the eye should be plucked out; also that by “the right hand” is not meant the right hand, and that it is to be cut off; but that something else is meant, which cannot be known unless it is known what is signified by “the eye,” specifically by “the right eye,” also what by “the hand” and specifically by “the right hand,” and likewise what by “to give offence;” nor can it be known what is signified by these expressions except from the internal sense.
sRef Matt@15 @19 S6′ [6] As concupiscences are things that come from an evil will, thus from an evil heart, and out of the heart or the will come forth murders, adulteries, fornication, thefts, false witness, according to the words of the Lord in Matthew 15:19, thus such things as are contained in the preceding commandments of the Decalogue, therefore it is said that by “not coveting those things which are the neighbor’s,” is signified that one must beware lest the evils which are contained in the preceding commandments become of the will, and so come forth. That by “not coveting those things which are the neighbor’s” is signified that one must beware of the love of self and of the world, is because all the evils of concupiscence spring from these loves as from their fountains (see n. 2045, 7178, 7255, 7366-7377, 7488, 8318, 8678).

AC (Potts) n. 8911 sRef Ex@20 @17 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @21 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @28 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @22 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @27 S0′ 8911. From what has been thus far said it can be seen how the case is with man and his life, namely, that man is such as his will is, and that he remains such after death, because death is not the end of life, but its continuation. As therefore man is such as his will is, because, as before said, the will is the man himself, therefore “to be judged according to his deeds” signifies to be judged according to his will, for will and deed are not at variance, the deed being in the will and the will in the deed, provided external bonds do not hinder, such as fears of the law, of the loss of honor, of gain, of reputation, and of life. This is circumstanced like endeavor and motion. Motion is nothing else than continuous endeavor; for when endeavor ceases, motion ceases, and therefore there is nothing essential in motion except endeavor. The learned know this, for it is an acknowledged and confirmed theorem. Endeavor in man is will, and motion in him is action; they are so called in man because in him endeavor and motion are living. To be judged according to the will is the same thing as to be judged according to the love, and also the same as to be judged according to the ends of life, likewise to be judged according to the life, for the will of man is his love, and is his end of life, and is his very life itself. That this is the case is evident from the words of the Lord quoted above, that “whoever looketh on a strange woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart” (Matt. 5:27, 28); also that “to kill” a man is not only to do so in act, but also to will to do it, which is signified by “being angry” with him and treating him with insult (Matt. 5:21). Moreover man is judged according to his deeds, but no further than insofar and in such a manner as his deeds have proceeded from his will.

AC (Potts) n. 8912 sRef Ex@20 @17 S0′ 8912. It must also be explained briefly what is meant in the internal sense by the things here mentioned, namely, “house,” “wife,” “manservant,” “maidservant,” “ox,” and “ass,” which are not to be coveted. They are all the goods and truths of faith in one complex, which are not to be taken away from anyone, and to which no injury is to be done; and they are the same things which in the internal sense are signified by “keeping the Sabbath day holy,” “honoring father and mother,” “not killing,” “not committing adultery,” “not stealing,” “not bearing false witness,” all which things have been shown above to be in the internal sense such as are of love and faith. By “house” is meant all good in general; by “wife,” all truth in general; by “manservant,” the affection of spiritual truth; by “maidservant,” the affection of spiritual good; by “ox,” the affection of natural good; and by “ass,” the affection of natural truth. These are the things which are “not to be coveted,” that is, which are not to be taken away from anyone, or to which harm must not be done. That these things are meant in the internal sense, is because the Word in this sense is for those who are in heaven, for those who are there do not perceive the Word naturally, but spiritually, thus not house, nor wife, nor manservant, nor maidservant, nor ox, nor ass, but the spiritual things that correspond to them, which are the goods of love and the truths of faith. In a word, the external sense or the sense of the letter is for those who are in the world, but the internal sense is for those who are in heaven, and also for those who are in the world, yet insofar as they are at the same time in heaven, that is, so far as they are in charity and faith.

AC (Potts) n. 8913 sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @20 S0′ 8913. Verses 15-17. And all the people saw the voices, and the torches, and the voice of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking; and the people saw, and they quaked, and stood afar off. And they said unto Moses, speak thou with us, and we will hear; and let not God speak with us, lest perchance we die. And Moses said unto the people, Fear not; because God is come to tempt you, and that the fear of Him may be before your faces, that ye sin not. “And all the people saw the voices, and the torches,” signifies the perception of truths Divine from good; “and the voice of the trumpet,” signifies the same things through heaven; “and the mountain smoking,” signifies the good itself of truth not perceptible except in the external form; “and the people saw, and they quaked,” signifies the tremor which there is when they are received; “and they stood afar off,” signifies remoteness from internal things; “and they said unto Moses,” signifies complaint; “Speak thou with us,” signifies the reception of truth in an accommodated form, which in this manner they would obey; “and let not God speak with us,” signifies truth in a form not accommodated; “lest perchance we die,” signifies that thus the life of heaven with them would perish; “and Moses said unto the people,” signifies information; “Fear not, because God has come to tempt you,” signifies that the life of heaven will not perish; this is merely that it may be known that it exists, and what is its quality; “and that the fear of Him may be before your faces, that ye sin not,” signifies holy fear therefrom of the Divine, and the consequent preservation of spiritual life.

AC (Potts) n. 8914 sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ 8914. And all the people saw the voices, and the torches. That this signifies the perception of truths Divine from good, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” as being to understand and perceive (see n. 2150, 2325, 2807, 3764, 3863, 3869, 4403-4421, 4567, 4723, 5400); from the signification of “voices” or thunderings, as being truths Divine (n. 7573, 8813); and from the signification of “torches” or lightnings, as being the brightnesses which truths have from the good of love, and which strike through and penetrate (see n. 8813).
[2] By truths Divine from good are here meant all the commandments of the Decalogue, which were pronounced from Mount Sinai out of the midst of thunderings and lightnings; these being then displayed because the thunderings signified truths Divine, which are also for this reason called “voices;” and the lightnings signified the brightnesses which truths have from good, which are also for this reason called “torches” or flames. (That “flames” denote Divine truths proceeding from the Lord’s Divine good, see n. 6832.)

AC (Potts) n. 8915 sRef Matt@24 @31 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ 8915. And the voice of the trumpet. That this signifies the same things through heaven, namely, Divine truths from good, is evident from the signification of “the voice of the trumpet,” as being the state of the angelic heaven encompassing the Divine, and as being truth Divine therefrom (see n. 8815, 8823); from which it can be seen what is signified by the words of the Lord where He foretells concerning the consummation of the age, or the last time of the church, that then the Lord shall send His angels with a great voice of a trumpet, who shall gather together His elect from the four winds (Matt. 24:31). He who does not know that all the words of the Lord have stored up within them also heavenly and Divine things, that is, that there is in them an internal sense, will believe that when the Last Judgment is at hand, angels will appear, and will announce it, and will also gather together the elect with the voice of a trumpet. But that by “the voice of a trumpet” is not there meant the voice of a trumpet, but truth Divine in the internal form through heaven, and the evangelization thereof, see n. 4060, 8815, 8823.

AC (Potts) n. 8916 sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ 8916. And the mountain smoking. That this signifies the good itself of truth not perceptible except in the external form, is evident from the signification of a “mountain,” here Mount Sinai, as being the Divine good united to the Divine truth in heaven (see n. 8805); and from the signification of “smoking,” as being in the external form. That this is meant by “smoking,” is because Divine truth, or the Word in the internal form, is like light and like flame, but in the external form it is like a cloud and like smoke. The reason is that truth Divine, or the Word in the internal form, is such as it is in heaven, thus such as it is in the light there; but in the external form it is such as it is in the world, thus such as it is in the light there; and relatively to the light of heaven, the light of the world is like a cloud, or like smoke relatively to flame. Truth Divine, or the Word in the internal form, is the internal sense of the Word, and in the external form it is its external or literal sense; that this literal sense is called a “cloud,” see the preface to Genesis 18, and elsewhere (n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8781); and that it is called “smoke” is because by “smoke” is signified what is obscure of truth (n. 8819). That the mountain appeared smoking before the sons of Israel, was not because the Divine there was of such a quality, but because the Divine appears to everyone according to the quality of him who sees it; and the quality of those who then saw was that they made everything of worship to consist in externals, and nothing in internals; and that consequently they understood the Word only according to the sense of the letter. Therefore in respect to the truth which was being promulgated, the Divine must needs appear to them as smoke, that is, as obscure; whence it is also said that they “stood afar off,” by which is signified that they were remote from internal things. But on this more below.

AC (Potts) n. 8917 sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ 8917. And when the people saw, they quaked. That this signifies the tremor which there is when Divine truths are received, is evident from the signification of “to quake,” as being a tremor, here a tremor such as there is when Divine truths are received (concerning which tremor, see n. 5459, 8816).

AC (Potts) n. 8918 sRef Ex@20 @18 S0′ 8918. And they stood afar off. That this signifies remoteness from internal things, is evident from the signification of “standing afar off,” as being remotely, here, from internal things, because from Mount Sinai, by which is signified heaven and the Divine there (see n. 8805). Whether you say “remotely from the Divine,” or “from heaven,” or “from internal things,” it is the same, because heaven is in internal things. For the internal of man is in the light of heaven, and his external is in the light of the world; or what is the same, the soul or spirit of man is in heaven, but his body in the world. Heaven is nearer to the Divine than the world, because in heaven the Divine of the Lord reigns, and is the all in all. As further regards the signification of “afar off,” be it known that in the spiritual sense “afar off” has no reference to space, but to the Divine, thus to good and truth. Distance from the very good itself which proceeds from the Divine, causes the appearance of distance in heaven. The angelic societies there appear distinct and even remote from one another; but as already said this idea of space comes from distance from the good and truth which are from the Divine of the Lord. This must needs appear a paradox, nay, absurd, to many in the world. The reason is that the thoughts and their ideas with man are founded upon spaces and times, insomuch that man cannot think without them. Consequently if you abstract times and spaces from a man’s thought, he scarcely perceives anything. Nevertheless the angels in heaven think absolutely without any idea of time and space, and with such fullness that in intelligence and wisdom their thoughts surpass the thoughts of man thousands, nay, myriads of times; and, wonderful to say, if there occurs to them an idea derived from time and space, shade and thick darkness at once come to their minds, because they then fall from the light of heaven into the light of nature, which to them is thick darkness.
[2] (That there are no spaces and times in the other life, but states; or that the appearances of spaces and times arise from the variations of state in respect to good and truth, see n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 3404, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381.) From this then it is evident what “standing afar off” signifies in the spiritual sense, namely, remoteness from heaven where the Divine is; here, remoteness from internal things, because, as said above, that nation which then stood afar off from Mount Sinai was very remote from internal things, for it was in external things only, and it made everything of Divine worship to consist in these. Moreover to do so was permitted that nation, because thus it could represent heavenly and Divine things; for in order to be representative an external is required, and is also possible without an internal (n. 3147, 3670, 4208, 4281, 4288, 4307, 8588).
sRef Luke@16 @26 S3′ sRef Luke@16 @23 S3′ [3] “Afar off” signifies remoteness from good and truth, which are from the Divine, thus remoteness from internal things, also in the following passages. In Luke:
In hell the rich man lifting up his eyes saw Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. Abraham said to him, Between us and you there is a great gulf fixed; that those who would pass over from hence to you cannot; neither can those who are there pass over to us (Luke 16:23, 26).
By “Abraham” is not meant Abraham, for he is not known in heaven; but in the supreme sense the Lord, and in the relative sense those in heaven who are in the good of love and faith in the Lord (n. 1834, 1876, 1965, 1989, 2011, 3245, 3305, 6098, 6185, 6276, 6894). They who are in hell are said to “see those who are in heaven afar off,” because they are in a state most remote from good and truth. The “great gulf” between them denotes the remoteness itself from good, which also gives the appearance of an intervening gulf.
sRef Isa@43 @8 S4′ sRef Isa@13 @5 S4′ sRef Isa@49 @1 S4′ sRef Jer@12 @2 S4′ sRef Luke@17 @21 S4′ sRef Jer@23 @23 S4′ sRef Isa@43 @6 S4′ sRef Isa@33 @13 S4′ sRef Jer@8 @19 S4′ [4] They who think from an idea of space, as do all men in the world, perceive no otherwise than that hell is far distant from man, and that heaven is so too. But the case is otherwise. Hell and heaven are near to man, yea, in man; hell in an evil man, and heaven in a good man. Moreover everyone comes after death into that hell or into that heaven in which he has been while in the world. But the state is then changed; the hell which was not perceived in the world becomes perceptible, and the heaven which was not perceived in the world becomes perceptible; the heaven full of all happiness, and the hell of all unhappiness. That heaven is within us, the Lord teaches in Luke:
The kingdom of God is within you (Luke 17:21).
See “afar off” also in the following:
They come from a land afar off, from the extremity of the heavens (Isa. 13:5; also Jer. 5:15).
Hear, ye that are far off, what I have done; and ye that are near, acknowledge My might (Isa. 33:13).
I will say to the north, Give; and to the south, Keep not back; bring My sons from far, and My daughters from the extremity of the earth. Bring forth the blind people that have eyes, and the deaf that have ears (Isa. 43:6, 8; also 49:12).
Attend, O isles, unto Me; hearken, ye peoples, from far (Isa. 49:1; also Jer. 31:10).
The voice of the cry of the daughter of My people from a land afar off: Is not Jehovah in Zion? Is not her King in her? (Jer. 8:19).
Jehovah, Thou hast planted them, and they have also taken root. But Thou art near in their mouth, but far off from their reins (Jer. 12:2).
Am I a God near, and not a God afar off? (Jer. 23:23).
In all these passages “afar off” signifies remoteness from good.

AC (Potts) n. 8919 sRef Ex@20 @19 S0′ 8919. And they said unto Moses. That this signifies complaint, is evident from what follows in this verse; for what they said are complaints.

AC (Potts) n. 8920 sRef Ex@20 @19 S0′ 8920. Speak thou with us, and we will hear. That this signifies the reception of truth in an accommodated form which so they would obey, is evident from the signification of “speaking,” as being influx and communication (n. 2951, 3060, 4131, 5481, 5797, 6228, 7270, 8128), therefore also reception, for that which flows in and is communicated is received; and from the representation of Moses, who was to speak, as being truth from the Divine beneath heaven conjoined with truth Divine in heaven, thus mediating between the Lord and the people (n. 8760, 8787, 8805); hence it is that “Moses” here denotes truth in an accommodated form.
[2] As regards truth in an accommodated form, be it known that when truth Divine descends through the heavens to men, as the Word has descended, it is on the way accommodated to all, both to those who are in the heavens, and to those who are on the earth. But truth Divine is in quite a different form in the heavens from what it is in the world. In the heavens it is such as is the internal sense of the Word; in the world it is such as is its sense in the letter. Nay, in the heavens themselves it is in diverse forms, in one form in the inmost or third heaven, in another form in the middle or second heaven, and in still another in the first or ultimate heaven. The form of truth Divine, that is, the perception, thought, and utterance of it, in the inmost or third heaven, so transcends that in the middle or second heaven, that in this heaven it cannot be apprehended, it is so Divine and exalted; for it contains innumerable things that cannot be uttered in the second heaven; it consists of mere changes of state in respect to the affections of love. But the form of truth Divine in the middle or second heaven transcends in like manner that in the first or ultimate heaven, and still more the form of truth Divine in the world. Hence it is that the things which are uttered in those heavens are such as no human mind has ever perceived, nor any ear heard, as those know from experience who have been raised into heaven.
[3] They who do not know this believe that in the heavens they think no otherwise and speak no otherwise than on the earth; but this they believe because they do not know that the interiors of man are in a more exalted state than his exteriors, and that the thought and speech of those who are in the heavens is celestial and spiritual, but of those who are on the earth it is natural, the difference between which is so great that it cannot be described in words (but concerning these kinds of speech, see n. 1634-1650, 1757-1759, 1876, 2157, 2472, 2476, 3342-3345, 4104, 4609, 5225, 5287, 6040, 6982, 7002, 7089, 7131, 7191, 7381, 8343, 8733, 8734).
[4] From all this it is also evident that unless truth Divine or the Word were presented in an accommodated form, it could not be apprehended; for if it were in a more exalted form than the state of perception, it would not fall into the understanding, thus not into the faith. Hence it is that truth Divine was given to man such as is the Word in the letter; for if it were to appear such as it is in heaven, no man would apprehend it, and on the first view and notice would reject it, because it would not fall into such things as are of natural light; and moreover it would be full of arcana such as could in no wise enter into any idea of man, because they are altogether repugnant to the appearances and fallacies which are derived from the world through the external senses; to say nothing of the deeper arcana which lie hidden within these arcana in manifold series, and that cannot possibly be expressed except by means of variations and changes of state of heavenly light and flame, by which angelic speech and thought are carried on.

AC (Potts) n. 8921 sRef Ex@20 @19 S0′ 8921. And let not God speak with us. That this signifies truth in a form not accommodated, is evident from what precedes; for by “Moses” is signified truth Divine beneath heaven conjoined with truth Divine in heaven, thus mediating between the Lord and the people, consequently truth Divine in an accommodated form (as just shown above, n. 8920). Consequently by “let not God speak with us,” is signified truth Divine in a form not accommodated; for by “God” is here meant the Lord as to Divine truth in heaven (n. 8805), consequently the Divine truth itself; which is also the reason why it is said “God,” and not “Jehovah;” for in the Word where “God” is named, the Lord as to Divine truth is meant; but where “Jehovah” is named the Lord as to Divine good is meant (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4295, 4402, 7091, 7268, 7873, 8301, 8867).

AC (Potts) n. 8922 sRef Ex@20 @19 S0′ 8922. Lest perchance we die. That this signifies that thus the life of heaven with them would perish, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being to die spiritually (see n. 6119), thus to perish in respect to the life of heaven. That truth Divine in a form not accommodated has this effect, is evident from what was shown just above (n. 8920). For truth in a form not accommodated, such as it is in heaven, transcends the apprehension, and that which transcends the apprehension is not received, and that which is not received does not flow into any faith, thus neither into the life of faith, which is the life of heaven. For man is regenerated, that is, receives the life of heaven, by means of the truth Divine which is of faith (n. 2046, 2063, 2189, 2979, 3155, 3876, 3877, 5893, 5912, 6247, 8635-8640, 8772).

AC (Potts) n. 8923 sRef Ex@20 @20 S0′ 8923. And Moses said unto the people. That this signifies information, is evident from the signification of “saying,” here by Moses unto the people, as being information; for the things which he said are matters of information about that of which they complained. In like manner in other places by “saying” is signified information, when information is given about the subject of inquiry (see n. 7769, 7793, 7825, 8041).

AC (Potts) n. 8924 sRef Ex@20 @20 S0′ 8924. Fear not, because God is come to tempt you. That this signifies that the life of heaven will not perish; this is merely that it may be known that it exists, and what is its quality; this is evident from the signification of “not fearing,” namely, that they will die, as being that they will perish in respect to the life of heaven (see n. 8922); and from the signification of “to tempt you,” as being to teach that there is a life of heaven and what its quality is. That this is signified by “tempting,” is because all spiritual temptation teaches and confirms such things with man. For temptations are to the intent that the faith of truth, and the affection of truth, and afterward the affection of good, may be implanted and inrooted, and that thus the man may receive new life, which is the life of heaven.
[2] For temptations are combats with evils and falsities, and when the man conquers these, he is confirmed, for he fights from truths and for truths against falsity and evil. That he fights from truths and for truths, the man is not sensible of at the time, because truths are in the interiors; and therefore they do not come manifestly to sense, which is of the exteriors; but that it is from them and for them is evident from the fact that there is combat and afterward victory, which is not possible except by collisions of things opposite to each other: the opposites are evil and good, and falsity and truth.
[3] But be it known that the man does not fight, but the Lord for the man, and indeed against the hells, which then attempt to attack and subdue the man (see n. 840, 1661, 1692, 8159, 8168, 8172, 8175, 8176). From all this it is evident that by the words “Fear not, for God is come to tempt you,” is signified that they ought not to fear that the life of heaven will perish, for this comes to pass that they may be taught and know that there is a life of heaven, and also what its quality is. (But concerning temptations, see what has been already said and shown, n. 2272, 2768, 3318, 3927, 3928, 4249, 4299, 4341, 4572, 5036, 5246, 5356, 6144, 6574, 6611, 6657, 6663, 6666, 6829, 8131, 8273, 8351, 8367, 8370, 8403, 8567.)

AC (Potts) n. 8925 sRef Ex@20 @20 S0′ 8925. And that the fear of Him may be before your faces, that ye sin not. That this signifies holy fear therefrom of the Divine, and the consequent preservation of spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “the fear of God,” as being a holy fear of the Divine (of which below); from the signification of “faces,” as being the interiors (n. 1999, 2434, 3527, 4066, 4796, 4797, 5102, 5585, 5592); consequently “the fear of God before their faces” denotes a holy fear of the Divine in their interiors; and from the signification of “that ye sin not,” as being the preservation of spiritual life, for spiritual life is preserved by not sinning. To sin is to do and think what is evil and false intentionally and from the will, for the things which are done intentionally and from the will are such as come forth out of the heart and defile the man (Matt. 15:11, 17-19), consequently which destroy spiritual life with him (n. 8910). As regards the holy fear which is signified in the Word by “the fear of God,” be it known that this fear is love, but love such as is the love of little children toward their parents, of parents toward their children, of consorts toward each other, who fear to do anything which displeases, thus which in any way does injury to love. Such fear is insinuated into love during man’s regeneration. As this fear is in agreement with love, and can be within and actually is within or united to love, it is for this reason called holy fear, and is the fear of sinning or doing contrary to the commandments, thus contrary to the Lord. But this fear differs with everyone according to the quality and amount of the love (see what has been shown about it in n. 2826, 3718, 3719, 5459, 7280, 7788).

AC (Potts) n. 8926 sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ 8926. Verses 18-20.* And the people stood afar off, and Moses came near unto the thick darkness where God was. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the sons of Israel, Ye have seen that I have spoken with you from heaven. Ye shall not make with Me gods of silver and gods of gold, ye shall not make unto you. “And the people stood afar off,” signifies remoteness from internal truths; “and Moses came near unto the thick darkness where God was,” signifies conjunction still of the truth of spiritual good with truth Divine; “and Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies instruction further; “Thus shalt thou say unto the sons of Israel,” signifies those who are of the spiritual church; “Ye have seen that I have spoken with you from heaven,” signifies all things of the Word by means of influx from the Divine through heaven; “ye shall not make with Me gods of silver and gods of gold,” signifies that they should wholly abstain from such things as in the external form appear as true and good, but in the internal form are false and evil; “ye shall not make unto you,” signifies that they must carefully beware.
* Verses 21-23 in the English Bible.

AC (Potts) n. 8927 sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ 8927. And the people stood afar off. That this signifies remoteness from internal truths, is evident from the signification of “standing afar off,” as being remoteness from internal things (of which above, n. 8918).

AC (Potts) n. 8928 sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ 8928. And Moses came near unto the thick darkness where God was. That this signifies the conjunction still of the truth of spiritual good with truth Divine, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being truth Divine beneath heaven conjoined with truth Divine in heaven, consequently mediating (see n. 8760, 8787, 8805), thus the truth of spiritual good, for this is truth Divine beneath heaven, in which truth is the spiritual church that is represented by the sons of Israel-this truth is represented by Moses as the head of that church (n. 7041); from the signification of “coming near,” as being conjunction, for to come near unto the Divine is to be conjoined therewith; and from the signification of “thick darkness,” as being truth Divine relatively to those who are of the spiritual church, also relatively to that people which Moses was in charge of as their leader. That truth Divine is thick darkness to that church and that people, is because they are not in any light in respect to truths Divine.
[2] In the first place, those who are of the spiritual church believe that they are in light; but that they are in obscurity, nay, in thick darkness, in respect to truth Divine, is evident from the fact that they do not know from any internal perception that what the church says is true, but merely from the fact that the church says so; and this they confirm with themselves whether it be false or true; and he who is not in any internal perception concerning truth Divine is in thick darkness, or what is the same thing, to him Divine truth is thick darkness. For example, they who are of the spiritual church do not know, nor desire to know, that there is any internal sense of the Word; and if perchance they were to believe it, it would not be from any internal perception that it is so, but from persuasion from some other source.
[3] To take another example: they who are of the spiritual church say that faith is the only means of salvation, even without charity and its goods. This they believe because the church says so, nor do they come to such a light of perception as to perceive that there is no faith except where there is charity, and that the one belongs to the other as consort to consort; consequently that charity is an essential of the church, because it is of good. From this also it is plain in what obscurity, or in what thick darkness, the spiritual church is. And because they are in this thick darkness they divide the church into as many churches as there are diverse doctrines concerning the truths of faith; which they would not do if they were in light. For he who is in light never doubts, still less denies, that love to the Lord and charity toward the neighbor are essentials of the church, and that upon them are based all the truths of the Word, consequently all the truths of faith. The case is similar with all the other truths which hang upon this and are called truths of faith. (But these things have been more plainly shown above, n. 2708, 2715, 2831, 2849, 2935, 2937, 3241, 3246, 6289, 6427, 6865, 6945, 7233. That they who are of the spiritual church do not attain unto the first threshold of the wisdom, or unto the first ray of light, in which they are who are of the celestial church, see n. 2718, 3833, 6500.)
[4] Another reason why Moses is said to have entered into thick darkness when he came near unto God, is that Moses as a leader represented the Israelitish and Jewish people, which was in such thick darkness concerning internal truths as to be wholly ignorant of them, for they made everything of worship and everything Divine to consist in external things. This is the reason why to them the Divine was thick darkness; for it is known to everyone that the Divine is never in darkness, but in light, for the Divine is light itself; and therefore when it is called “thick darkness” it is relatively to those who are in no light, for unto such the Divine truths make the light of heaven appear no otherwise; because they are not believed, and are even denied. And the Divine appears unto everyone according to the quality of his life and faith, consequently as light to those who are in light, and as thick darkness to those who are in thick darkness. (That the Israelitish and Jewish people was of such a quality, see n. 3479, 3769, 4281, 4293, 4307, 4314, 4316, 4433, 4680, 4825, 4832, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4903, 6304; also that the Lord appeared unto them upon Mount Sinai in smoke, in a cloud, and in thick darkness, in accordance with their quality, n. 1891, 6832, 8814, 8819.)

AC (Potts) n. 8929 sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @22 S0′ 8929. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies instruction further, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as being instruction, for “saying” involves what follows, here instruction (as also elsewhere, n. 6879, 6881, 6883, 6891, 7186, 7267, 7304, 7380, 8127).

AC (Potts) n. 8930 sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @22 S0′ 8930. Thus shalt thou say unto the sons of Israel. That this signifies those who are of the spiritual church, is evident from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the spiritual church (see n. 6426, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 7957, 8234, 8805).

AC (Potts) n. 8931 sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ 8931. Ye have seen that I have spoken with you from heaven. That this signifies all things of the Word by means of influx from the Divine through heaven, is evident from the signification of “speaking from heaven,” when by Jehovah to those who are of the church, who are represented by the sons of Israel (n. 8930), as being truth Divine, or the Word from the Divine through heaven; for that which Jehovah speaks is truth Divine, thus the Word which is in the church; and that which He speaks passes through heaven.
[2] Be it known that heaven is not in any certain and determinate place, thus not, according to the common opinion, on high; but heaven is where the Divine is, thus with everyone and in everyone who is in charity and faith; for charity and faith are heaven, because they are from the Divine, and there also the angels dwell. That heaven is where the Divine is, that is, where the Lord is, is evident from the fact that Mount Sinai, from which the Lord spoke, is here called “heaven;” and this is also the reason why by “Mount Sinai” is signified heaven, from which is Divine truth (n. 8805).
[3] That all things of the Word are signified, is because Jehovah or the Lord then began to reveal the Word which should serve the human race for doctrine and life, first by Moses, and afterward by the prophets. In order therefore that they might know that the Word was from the Divine through heaven, the Lord Himself willed to come down, and with a living voice proclaim the ten commandments, and thus show that all that follows of the law, that is, of the Word, was in like manner by means of influx from the Divine through heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8932 sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ 8932. Ye shall not make with Me gods of silver and gods of gold. That this signifies that they should wholly abstain from such things as in the external form appear as true and good, but in the internal form are false and evil, is evident from the signification of “making gods,” as being to worship, for he who makes unto himself gods does it for the sake of worship; from the signification of “silver,” as being truth, consequently in the opposite sense, falsity; and from the signification of “gold,” as being good, and consequently in the opposite sense, evil (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 2954, 5658, 6914, 6917, 7999). That those things are meant which appear true and good in the external form, but in the internal are false and evil, is because it is said, “Ye shall not make them with Me,” that is, with Jehovah God; for Divine truth itself and Divine good itself are in internals and are likewise in externals; but in externals Divine truth and good are in representative types; for external things in a type have reference to and represent internal things. External things are false and evil whenever, being separate from internal things, they are accounted holy or are worshiped; and yet they still appear as true and good, because they represent what is true and good. These things are signified by “making with Jehovah God gods of silver and gods of gold.”
[2] This commandment follows immediately after the ten commandments, for the reason that the Israelitish and Jewish people was such that it accounted holy, and worshiped altogether as Divine, external things separated from internal (n. 3479, 3769, 4281, 4293, 4307, 4314, 4316, 4433, 4680, 4825, 4832, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4903, 6304, 6832, 8814, 8819). That it may be further known what and of what quality are those things which in the external form appear as true and good, but in the internal are false and evil, let us take as an example all the rites of the Jewish Church; as the sacrifices, incenses, washings, and many others. In the external form these were true and good, not of themselves, but because in a type they had reference to or represented internal truths and goods, which are of love and faith in the Lord. When such things were accounted holy in the external form, and especially when they were worshiped, as by the Jews and Israelites when becoming idolaters they applied them to the worship of strange gods, they then retained nothing of the truths and goods which in a type they had reference to or represented, except the appearance, because in the internal form they were falsities and evils.
[3] The case was similar with all the other things which with that people were types representative of heavenly and Divine things. For as soon as the external things which represented internal things were applied to the worship of other gods, they became idols which they worshiped, or gods of silver and of gold which they made with Jehovah God; for then in external form they appeared as true and good, but in the internal they were false and evil.
sRef Isa@2 @20 S4′ sRef Isa@2 @21 S4′ [4] In general “gods of silver and of gold” denote all the falsities and derivative evils of worship, which are rendered like truth and good by wrong applications and interpretations of the Word, and at the same time by reasonings from self-intelligence. Such things are signified by “the gods of silver and of gold” in the following passages. In Isaiah:
In that day a man shall cast forth his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, which they made for themselves to bow down to, to the moles and to the bats; to enter into the clefts of the rocks, and into the clefts of the crags (Isa. 2:20, 21).
“Moles and bats” denote those who are in darkness, that is, in falsities and in the derivative evils.
sRef Isa@31 @7 S5′ sRef Isa@40 @19 S5′ [5] Again in Isaiah:
In that day they shall cast away every man his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, which your hands have made for you, a sin (Isa. 31:7).
“Which the hands have made” denotes those things which are from self-intelligence. Again:
The craftsman casteth a graven image, and the caster overlayeth it with gold, and casteth silver chains (Isa. 40:19).

“Graven images” denote those things which are from one’s own (see n. 8869); “to overlay with gold” denotes to make them appear good in the external form; “casting silver chains,” denotes to make them cohere together as if connected with truths. (That “gold” denotes good, and “silver” truth, may be seen in the passages cited above.)
sRef Jer@10 @4 S6′ sRef Jer@10 @3 S6′ sRef Hos@13 @2 S6′ [6] In like manner in Jeremiah:
The statutes of the nations are vanity: surely he cutteth out wood from the forest, the work of the hands of the workman. He decketh it with gold and with silver; they fasten them with nails and with hammers, that it sway not to and fro (Jer. 10:3, 4).
In Hosea:
The Ephraimites sin more and more, and make them a molten image of silver, idols in their intelligence, all the work of the craftsmen (Hos. 13:2).
“Ephraim” denotes the intellectual of the church (n. 5354, 6222, 6234, 6238, 6267); “a molten image of silver” denotes falsity appearing as truth, wherefore it is said “in their intelligence”; “all the work of the craftsmen” denotes that all was through reasonings from their own.
sRef Dan@5 @4 S7′ sRef Dan@5 @3 S7′ sRef Hab@2 @19 S7′ sRef Dan@5 @2 S7′ sRef Dan@5 @23 S7′ [7] In Habakkuk:
Woe unto him that saith to the wood, Awake; to the dumb stone, This shall teach. Behold this is fixed with gold and silver, but there is no breath in the midst of it (Hab. 2:19).
“Wood” denotes evil; “stone” falsity; “fixed with gold and silver” denotes the appearance of good and truth by means of applications. In Daniel:
Belshazzar said while he well tasted the wine, that they should bring the vessels of gold and of silver which his father Nebuchadnezzar had brought out of the temple that was in Jerusalem; that the king and his great ones, his wives and his concubines, might drink therefrom. And they drank wine, and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, of stone (Dan. 5:2-4, 23).
“The vessels of gold and of silver, which were from the temple of Jerusalem,” represented the goods and truths of the church and kingdom of the Lord; “to drink wine out of them” signified to profane by means of evils and falsities, which are “the gods of gold and of silver.”
sRef Deut@7 @25 S8′ sRef Deut@7 @26 S8′ sRef Ps@115 @5 S8′ sRef Ps@115 @4 S8′ [8] In David:
Their idols are silver and gold, the work of a man’s hands. They have a mouth, but they speak not; eyes have they, but they see not (Ps. 115:4, 5; 135:15-16).
“The silver and gold which are idols” denote falsities and evils; “the work of a man’s hands” denote that they are from self-intelligence. In Moses:
The graven images of the gods of the nations shall ye burn with fire; thou shalt not covet the silver and the gold that is on them, to take it unto thee, for that is an abomination to Jehovah thy God; therefore thou shalt not bring an abomination into thy house, that there become what is accursed, like unto it, thou shalt utterly abhor it (Deut. 7:25-26).
“The silver and gold upon graven images” denote the falsities and evils which are worshiped as truths and goods by reason of the appearance that is induced on them.

AC (Potts) n. 8933 sRef Ex@20 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @23 S0′ 8933. Ye shall not make unto you. That this signifies that they must carefully beware, is evident from the fact that it is again said that it was not to be done. The iteration or repetition involves that it was not to be done at all, or that they must carefully beware.

AC (Potts) n. 8934 sRef Ex@20 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@20 @26 S0′ 8934. Verses 21-23.* An altar of ground thou shalt make to Me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offerings, and thy thank-offerings, thy flocks, and thy herds; in every place where I shall put the memory of My name, I will come unto thee and I will bless thee. And if thou make Me an altar of stones, thou shalt not build it of hewn stones; for if thou move thy tool upon it, thou wilt profane it. And thou shalt not go up on steps unto Mine altar, that thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it. “An altar of ground thou shalt make unto Me,” signifies a representative of worship in general from good; “and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offerings, and thy thank-offerings,” signifies worship specifically according to the state of the spiritual life of each one; “thy flocks, and thy herds,” signifies goods internal and external; “in every place where I shall put the memory of My name,” signifies a state of faith in the Lord with everyone; “I will come unto thee and I will bless thee,” signifies the presence of the Divine then, and influx; “and if thou wake Me an altar of stones,” signifies a representative of worship in general from truths; “thou shalt not build it of hewn stones,” signifies that it must not be from self-intelligence; “for if thou move thy tool upon it,” signifies if it is from one’s own; “thou wilt profane it,” signifies that then there will be no worship; “and thou shalt not go up on steps unto Mine altar,” signifies no elevation to interior things which are celestial; “that thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it,” signifies the idea of thought concerning them thus full of falsities, which idea will then be made manifest.
* Verses 24-26 in the English Bible.

AC (Potts) n. 8935 8935. An altar of ground thou shalt make unto Me. That this signifies a representative of worship in general from good, is evident from the signification of “an altar,” as being the principal representative of the Lord, and consequently of the worship of Him (see n. 921, 2777, 2811, 4489, 4541); and from the signification of “ground,” as being good. That “ground” denotes good is because by “ground” is signified the church which is in good (n. 566). Hence Adam was said to be “from the ground” (Gen. 2:7; 3:19), for by him was signified the man of the celestial church, or the church which is in good (n. 478, 479). There are two things from which the worship of the Lord is effected; good and truth. Worship from good was represented by an altar of ground, but worship from truth was represented by an altar of stones; both kinds of altars are here treated of. These two things from which worship is effected are called faith and charity; worship from truth bears relation to faith, and worship from good to charity. As regards worship from faith and worship from charity, or from truth and from good, the case is this. Before a man is regenerated he is in worship from truth, but when he has been regenerated, he is in worship from good. For before a man has been regenerated he is led by means of truth to good, that is, by means of faith to charity; but when he has been regenerated he is in good and thence in truth; that is, he is in charity and thence in faith (n. 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658). These two kinds of worship are what are represented by altars of ground and of stone. (That an altar is the chief representative of the worship of the Lord, because thereon were made burnt-offerings and sacrifices, and these were the things in which the Divine worship of the Hebrew nation, and thus of the Israelitish and Jewish nation, chiefly consisted, see n. 923, 1343, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519, 6905.)

AC (Potts) n. 8936 8936. And shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offerings, and thy thank-offerings. That this signifies worship specifically according to the state of the spiritual life of each one, is evident from the signification of “burnt-offerings and sacrifices,” as being all internal worship in general, with variety according to the various kinds of celestial and spiritual things, that is, of good which is of love to the Lord, and of truth which is of faith in the Lord (see n. 922, 923, 2165, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519, 6905), thus according to every state of spiritual life specifically. From this it was that sacrifices were instituted of kinds so various, as, besides the daily sacrifices, those of the Sabbaths, of the feasts, of the new moons, of inaugurations, of sanctifications, also for every guilt, for sin, for cleansing, for healing, and for birth. From this also it was that according to the state [to be represented] various kinds of animals were employed, as oxen, bullocks, lambs, rams, she-goats, and he-goats, by which were specifically signified the various goods of spiritual life.

AC (Potts) n. 8937 8937. Thy flocks, and thy herds. That this signifies goods internal and external, is evident from the signification of “flocks,” as being internal goods, and from the signification of “herds,” as being external goods (see n. 2566, 5913). That by “flocks” are signified internal goods; is because to flocks belong lambs, sheep, kids, she-goats, rams, and he-goats, by which are signified such things as are of innocence, and of celestial and spiritual love in the internal man; and that by “herds” are signified external goods, is because to herds belong oxen, bullocks, calves, by which are signified such things as are of good and truth in the external man. (What is signified by “oxen,” see n. 2180, 2566, 2781; what by “bullocks,” and by “calves,” n. 1824, 2830; what by “lambs,” n. 3519, 3994, 7840; what by “sheep,” n. 4169; what by “kids,” and by “she-goats,” n. 3519, 4005, 4006, 4871; what by “rams,” n. 2830, 4170; and what by “he-goats,” n. 4169, 4769.)

AC (Potts) n. 8938 8938. In every place where I shall put the memory of My name. That this signifies a state of faith in the Lord with everyone, is evident from the signification of “place,” as being state (see n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 3404, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381); thus “every place” denotes the state of everyone, or with everyone. That a state of faith is signified, is because the “name of Jehovah” signifies everything in one complex by which the Lord is worshiped, thus all things of faith and charity (n. 2724, 3006, 6674); consequently “to put the memory of the name of Jehovah God” denotes with whom, or in whose heart, are charity and faith from the Lord. It is according to the sense of the letter that they were to sacrifice burnt-offerings and thank-offerings, thus their flocks and their herds, in Jerusalem, which was the place chosen by the Lord for the worship of Himself, thus in which He put the memory of His name. According to the internal sense, however, place is not meant, but every man in whom are faith and charity; for in the internal sense by “place” is not signified place, but state; neither by “name” is there signified name, but faith and worship; thus there is meant the man who is in a state of reception of faith from the Lord. Moreover in Jerusalem, which was the place where the Lord was worshiped by burnt-offerings and thank-offerings, were represented all things that belong to the church. Consequently by “Jerusalem” in the Word, and by the “New Jerusalem” in Revelation, is signified the church of the Lord; and the church of the Lord is with everyone who is in a state of reception of charity and faith from the Lord; for a man is himself a church, and a number in whom is the church make the church in general. Hence it is also evident that by “in every place in which I put the memory of My name” is signified a state of faith with everyone.

AC (Potts) n. 8939 8939. I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee. That this signifies the presence of the Divine then, and influx, is evident from the signification of “coming unto” anyone, when it is said by Jehovah, as being presence (see also n. 5934, 6063, 6089); and from the signification of “to be blessed,” when by Jehovah, as being to be gifted with faith and charity (n. 2846, 3406, 4981, 6091, 6099, 8674), thus also their flowing in, for faith and charity flow in from the Lord with man. These things are “a blessing” in the internal sense, for they are what render man blessed and happy to eternity. During man’s life in the world, the things which he calls blessings are those which render him blessed and happy in time, such as riches and honors. But the things which are meant in the internal sense of the Word are not temporal things, but eternal things, compared with which temporal things are of no account. For there is no ratio between what is temporal and what is eternal, not even if the time be extended to thousands or myriads of years, for these have an end, but that which is eternal has no end. Wherefore that which is eternal is, for that which is without end is, because it has being from the Divine, which is infinite, and the infinite as to time is the eternal. But that which is temporal relatively is not, because when it is ended it is no more. Hence also it is plain that “blessing” in the spiritual sense is that which has within it being from the Divine, thus the things of eternal life, consequently those which are of charity and faith.
sRef Matt@16 @26 S2′ [2] That worldly blessing is nothing in comparison with heavenly blessing, which is eternal, the Lord thus teaches in Matthew:
What is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his soul? (Matt. 16:26).
But the man who is in worldly and earthly things does not apprehend this saying, for worldly and earthly things suffocate it, and cause him not even to believe that there is an eternal life. And yet I can asseverate that as soon as a man dies he is in the other life, and lives as a spirit among spirits, and that he then appears to himself and to others in that life in all respects like a man in the world, endowed with every sense internal and external (n. 1881); consequently that the death of the body is only the casting off of such things as had served for use and service in the world; and moreover that death itself is a continuation of life, but in another world, which is invisible to the eyes of the earthly body, yet is there seen in a light exceeding a thousand times the midday light of the world.
[3] As I know this from the living experience of so many years, which is still continued, I solemnly declare it. I still speak, and I have spoken, with almost all whom I had known in the world and who are dead, with some after two or three days from their decease. Very many of them were exceedingly indignant that they had not believed at all in a life which was to continue after death. I have spoken with them not merely for a day, but for months and years; and it has also been given me to see their states of life in succession, or in progress, either to hell or to heaven. Wherefore let him who wishes to be eternally happy know and believe that he will live after death. Let him think of this and keep it in mind, for it is the truth. Let him also know and believe that the Word is the only doctrine which teaches how a man must live in the world in order to be happy to eternity.

AC (Potts) n. 8940 sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ sRef Deut@27 @7 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @8 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @6 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @5 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @3 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @2 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @4 S1′ sRef Deut@27 @1 S1′ 8940. And if thou make Me an altar of stones. That this signifies a representative of worship in general from truths, is evident from the signification of “an altar,” as being a representative of Divine worship in general (see n. 921, 2777, 2811, 4489); and from the signification of “stones,” as being truths (n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3773, 3789, 3798, 6426, 8609). There is worship of the Lord from good, and there is worship of Him from truth. The worship of the Lord from good was represented by an altar of ground, and the worship from truth by an altar of stone (as to both kinds of worship, see above, n. 8935). As an “altar of stone” signified worship from truth, it was therefore commanded that such an altar should be erected as soon as they passed over the Jordan and came into the land of Canaan, and upon it were to be written the commandments of the law, that is, truths Divine from heaven; for by the “ten commandments” are signified all truths Divine in sum total. Concerning this altar it is thus written in Moses:
When ye shall pass over Jordan, thou shalt set thee up great stones, and plaster them with plaster; and then thou shalt write upon them all the words of this law. After, thou shalt build there an altar unto Jehovah thy God, an altar of stones, upon which thou shalt not strike iron. Thou shalt build the altar of Jehovah thy God of whole stones, and thou shalt cause to go up upon it burnt-offerings, and thank-offerings. And thou shalt write upon the stones of the altar the words of the law very plainly (Deut. 27:1-8; Josh. 8:30-32).
sRef Isa@27 @9 S2′ [2] The reason why the words of the law were to be written upon the stones of the altar, was that by “stones” were signified truths, and by “an altar of stones,” worship from truths. This also was the reason why the ten commandments, which signified Divine truths in the complex, were written on tables of stone. That this was to be done as soon as they had passed over the Jordan, was because the Jordan, which was the first and the last boundary of the land of Canaan on the side of the wilderness, signified introduction into the church or heaven, which is effected by means of the knowledges of truth and good, thus by means of truths from the Word (n. 4255); for all the rivers which were boundaries of that land signified the first and the last things of the Lord’s kingdom (n. 4116, 4240). By the “stones of the altar” are signified the truths of faith also in Isaiah:
He shall take away sin when He maketh all the stones of the altar as chalkstones that are scattered (Isa. 27:9);
speaking of the vastation of the church; “the stones of the altar as chalkstones that are scattered” denotes that so it shall be with the truths of faith which are of worship. As regards altars in general, they were of ground, of stones, of brass, of wood, and also of gold-of brass, wood, and gold, because these signified good. (Concerning an altar of brass, see Ezekiel 9:2; concerning an altar of wood, 41:22; and concerning an altar of gold, which was the altar of incense, see 1 Kings 6:22; 7:48; Rev. 8:3.) (That “brass” signifies good, see n. 425, 1551; that “wood” does so, n. 643, 2784, 2812, 3720, 8354; and likewise “gold,” see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658.)

AC (Potts) n. 8941 sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ 8941. Thou shalt not build it of hewn stones. That this signifies that it must not be from self-intelligence, is evident from the signification of “hewn stones,” as being such things as are from self-intelligence; for “stones” denote truths (see n. 8940); and to “hew,” or fit, them denotes to hatch or devise truths, or such things as resemble truths, from one’s own, or from self-intelligence. For things which are hatched or devised from one’s own, or from self-intelligence, have their life from man, which life is no life, because man’s own is nothing but evil (n. 210, 215, 694, 874-876,874-876, 987, 1047, 5660, 5786, 8480); whereas that which is not from man’s own, but from the Divine, has life in itself, because all life is from the Divine. The worship of the Lord from truth is here treated of, for this worship is signified by “an altar of stones” (n. 8940).
[2] The truths from which the Lord is to be worshiped are to be taken solely from the Word, for in every detail of the Word there is life from the Divine. When truths are taken from one’s own, they regard and have as their end dignity and eminence over all in the world, and likewise earthly possessions and wealth above all men, and therefore they have in them the love of self and of the world, thus all evils in the complex (n. 7488, 8318). But truths which are from the Word regard and have as their end eternal life, and have in them love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor, thus all goods in the complex. When truths are hatched from one’s own, or from self-intelligence, they rule over the truths which are from the Divine, because these are applied to confirm them; when yet the contrary should be the case, namely, that truths from the Divine should rule, and those which are from self-intelligence should serve. Those which are from one’s own, or from self-intelligence, are called truths, but they are not truths; they only appear as truths in the external form, for they are rendered like truths by means of applications from the literal sense of the Word, and by reasonings, while in the internal form they are falsities (what and of what quality they are, see above, n. 8932).
[3] There are in the world two religiosities which are from self-intelligence-one in which the love of self and of the world is everything, which religion is that which is called in the Word “Babel;” it is inwardly profane from the love of self and of the world, and outwardly holy from the Word which has been applied to confirm. The other religiosity is that in which the light of nature is everything; they who are in this acknowledge nothing as truth which they do not apprehend. Some from this religiosity acknowledge the Word, but they apply it for confirmation, thus to serve. Some however do not acknowledge the Word; but these make the Divine to consist in nature, for their light, being of nature, falls into nature, and cannot be enlightened by the light of heaven, because they reject the Word from which is all enlightenment. Those who are from these two religiosities are in hell, because they are void of heavenly life, which they cannot receive because they have rejected the Word. And those of them who have applied the Word for confirmation, have made the Word of none effect in their hearts; but because of its great authority with the common people, they have used it for this service, in order to give weight to the devices of their own intelligence. From all this it can be seen what is signified in the spiritual sense by the altar not being to be built of hewn stones.
sRef Amos@5 @11 S4′ sRef Lam@3 @9 S4′ sRef Lam@3 @8 S4′ sRef Isa@9 @10 S4′ sRef Isa@9 @9 S4′ [4] By “hewn stone” is signified that which is from self-intelligence in the following passages also:
That the people may know, Ephraim and the inhabitant of Samaria, that say in haughtiness and pride of heart, The bricks are fallen, and we will build with hewn stone (Isa. 9:9, 10).
Although I cry and shout, He hath shut out my prayers, He hath fenced about my ways with hewn stone, He hath overturned my paths (Lam. 3:8, 9).
Forasmuch as ye trample upon the worn one, and seize from him the burden of wheat; ye have built houses of hewn stone, but ye shall not dwell in them (Amos 5:11).
In these passages “hewn stone” denotes such things in matters of faith as are from self-intelligence.
sRef Josh@8 @31 S5′ sRef Josh@8 @30 S5′ [5] Such being the signification of “hewn stone,” therefore the altar first built in the land of Canaan by the sons of Israel after they had passed over the Jordan, was built of unhewn stones; for by the passage over the Jordan was represented introduction into the kingdom of the Lord, which is effected by means of the truths of faith. Of this altar it is thus written in Joshua:
Joshua built an altar unto Jehovah the God of Israel in Mount Ebal, as Moses the servant of Jehovah commanded the sons of Israel, an altar of whole stones, upon which no man had moved iron (Josh. 8:30, 31; also Deut. 27:1-8).
sRef 1Ki@6 @7 S6′ [6] In like manner the temple of Jerusalem was built of whole stones unhewn, of which it is thus written in the first book of the Kings:
As to the house itself, when it was in building, it was built of whole stone, as it was brought; for there was neither hammer nor axe nor any tools of iron heard in the house, while it was in building (1 Kings 6:7).
For by the temple of the Lord was represented the Lord as to Divine truth. That the Lord was represented by the temple, He Himself teaches in John 2:19, 21, 22; and that He was represented as to the Divine truth, was because this truth was there taught; for which reason also it was built of stones, because by “stones” was signified Divine truth (n. 8940); and hence also the Lord Himself was called the “Stone of Israel” (n. 6426).
sRef Isa@40 @19 S7′ sRef Isa@40 @20 S7′ [7] From all this it is now evident what was signified by the stone of the altar, and what also by the stone of the temple, likewise what by the stones being whole and unhewn, namely, that religion was to be formed by truths from the Lord, thus from the Word, and not from self-intelligence. Truths which are from self-intelligence are thus described also in Isaiah:
The workman casteth a graven image, and the founder overlayeth it with gold, and casteth silver chains. He seeketh an intelligent workman to prepare a graven image (Isa. 40:19, 20).
“A graven image” denotes a religiosity that is from one’s own, which is set up to be worshiped as Divine (see n. 8869); “the workman” denotes those who hatch and devise from one’s own; that they may appear like truths is described by his “overlaying it with gold,” “casting silver chains,” and “seeking an intelligent workman.”
sRef Jer@10 @4 S8′ sRef Jer@10 @3 S8′ sRef Isa@44 @9 S8′ sRef Isa@44 @12 S8′ sRef Hos@13 @2 S8′ sRef Isa@44 @13 S8′ sRef Isa@44 @11 S8′ [8] Again:
They that form a graven image are all of them vanity. All his fellows shall be ashamed, and the workmen themselves. He fashioneth the iron with the tongs, and worketh with coal, and formeth it with sharp hammers; thus he worketh it with the arm of his strength; he fashioneth pieces of wood, he stretcheth out a thread, and marketh it off with a rule; he maketh it into its angles, and defineth it with a compass, that he may make it in the form of a man, according to the beauty of a man, to dwell in the house (Isa. 44:9, 11-13).
in this passage also is described a religiosity which is from self-intelligence. In like manner in Jeremiah:
The statutes of the nations are vanity; surely he cutteth out wood from the forest, the work of the hands of the workman with an axe. He decketh it with silver and with gold; he fasteneth it with nails and with hammers (Jer. 10:3, 4).
And also in Hosea:
Nevertheless now they sin more and more, and make them a molten image of silver, idols in their intelligence, all the work of the craftsmen (Hos. 13:2).
A religiosity that is hatched from self-intelligence, and not derived from the Word, is meant in the internal sense by “idols” and “strange gods,” by “molten images” and “graven images,” for the things which are from one’s own are nothing else, because in themselves they are dead, and yet are adored as living.

AC (Potts) n. 8942 sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ 8942. For if thou move thy tool upon it. That this signifies if it is from one’s own, is evident from the signification of a “tool,” as being truth devised, thus from one’s own; for the tool is of iron, by which stones are cut and fashioned into form. Here therefore it is man’s own, for this fashions the things which are to be of religion, in order that they may appear in the form of truth. Instead of “tool,” the term “iron” is sometimes used, and sometimes “axe” (see Deut. 27:5; Josh. 8:30, 31; 1 Kings 6:7; Isa. 44:11, 12; Jer. 10:3), and by these instruments are signified such things as are of self-intelligence, and which devise.

AC (Potts) n. 8943 sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ 8943. Thou wilt profane it. That this signifies that then there will be no worship, is evident from the signification of “profaning,” as being to cause that there is not any worship. For that which is from self-intelligence is in itself void of life, nay, is spiritually dead, for man’s own is nothing but evil; and therefore if Divine worship is performed from it, this worship is nothing else than the worship of an idol, graven or molten, wherein there is no spirit, that is, no life. But that which is from the Word is alone serviceable for Divine worship, because it is in itself alive. For within everything of the Word there is a spiritual sense, which treats of the Lord’s kingdom; and within this sense is the Divine, because the Word in its inmost sense treats of the Lord alone; from this is the sanctity and the life of the Word, and not from any other source. The Word is like a Divine man; the literal sense is as it were his body, but the internal sense is as it were his soul; which shows that the literal sense has life through the internal sense. It appears as if the literal sense vanishes or dies through the internal sense; but on the contrary it does not vanish, still less dies; but through the internal sense it lives. From all this it is now evident that worship truly Divine has its existence from those things which are of the Word, and in no case from those things which are of self-intelligence. Hence it is that by “if thou move a tool upon the altar thou wilt profane it,” is signified, if thou devise not from the Word, but from self-intelligence such things as must be of Divine worship, there is no worship.

AC (Potts) n. 8944 sRef Ex@20 @25 S0′ 8944. It is believed in the world that a man is able to know from the light of nature, thus without revelation, many things that belong to religion; as that there is a God, that He is to be worshipped, and also that He is to be loved, likewise that man will live after death, and many other things that depend upon these; and yet these things being such as are from self-intelligence. But I have been instructed by much experience that of himself, and without revelation, man knows nothing whatever about Divine things, and about the things that belong to heavenly and spiritual life. For man is born into the evils of the love of self and of the world, which are of such a nature that they shut out the influx from the heavens, and open influx from the hells; thus such as make man blind, and incline him to deny that there is a Divine, that there is a heaven and a hell, and that there is a life after death. This is very manifest from the learned in the world, who by means of knowledges have carried the light of their nature above the light of others; for it is known that these deny the Divine, and acknowledge nature in place of the Divine, more than others; and also that when they speak from the heart, and not from doctrine, they deny the life after death, likewise heaven and hell, consequently all things of faith, which they call bonds for the common people. From this it is plain what is the quality of the light of nature without revelation. It has also been shown that many who have written upon natural theology, and from the light of their nature have skillfully confirmed those things which belonged to the doctrine of their church, in the other life at heart deny these same things more than others do; and also deny the Word itself, which they attempt utterly to destroy; for in the other life hearts speak. It has also been shown that the same can receive nothing of influx out of heaven, but only from the hells. Hence it was plain what is the quality of the light of nature without revelation; consequently what is the quality of that which comes from man’s own intelligence.
[2] But two considerations have arisen which bring the mind into doubt upon this subject: first, that the ancients who were Gentiles nevertheless knew that there is a Divine, that this is to be worshiped, and that man as to the soul is immortal; second, that these things are known also to many nations at this day, with whom there is no revelation. But as regards the ancients, they did not know these things from the light of their own nature, but from revelation, which had spread from the church even unto them; for the Lord’s church had been in the land of Canaan from the most ancient times (see n. 3686, 4447, 4454, 4516, 4517, 5136, 6516). From this source such things as pertained to Divine worship spread to the nations round about, and likewise to the neighboring Greeks, and from these to the Italians or Romans. From this source both Greeks and Romans had knowledges about the Supreme Deity, and the immortality of the soul, of which their learned men wrote.
[3] As regards the nations at this day who also know that there is a Divine, and that there is a life after death, these have not had this knowledge from the light of their own nature, but from a religiosity derived by them from ancient times, which had been founded on such things as had spread in various ways from the church, which had revelation. This was of the Lord’s Divine Providence. Moreover, those of them who from their religiosity acknowledge a Divine over all things, and from their religiosity perform the duties of charity to their neighbor, when instructed in the other life receive the truths of faith, and are saved (see n. 2589-2604).

AC (Potts) n. 8945 sRef Ex@20 @26 S0′ 8945. And thou shalt not go up on steps unto the altar. That this signifies no elevation to interior things which are celestial, is evident from the signification of “going up by steps,” as being to raise oneself to higher or interior things (whether we say “interior things,” or “higher things,” it is the same, for interior things appear as higher, see n. 2148, 3084, 4210, 4599); and from the signification of “an altar,” as being the chief representative of the Lord (n. 921, 2777, 2811); thus by “going up on steps unto Mine altar” is signified to raise oneself to the Lord, consequently to interior things which are celestial; for the Lord is more present in interior things. Those things are called celestial which are in the inmost heaven, and those spiritual which are in the middle heaven. For heaven is distinguished into two kingdoms, namely, the celestial kingdom and the spiritual kingdom. They who are in the celestial kingdom are in the inmost or third heaven, thus nearest to the Lord; for they who are there are in love to the Lord and in innocence, consequently in wisdom above all the other angels. But they who are in the spiritual kingdom are in the middle or second heaven, thus more remote from the Lord; they who are there are in charity toward the neighbor, and through charity are with the Lord. (Concerning these two kingdoms and the difference between them, see n. 2048, 2088, 2227, 2507, 2669, 2708, 2715, 2718, 3235, 3246, 3374, 3887, 4448, 4585, 4938, 4939, 5113, 5922, 6367, 6435, 7877.)
[2] It is to be explained in a few words how the case is with respect to the elevation toward interior things, thus toward celestial things, which is signified by “going up on steps unto the altar.” It is not granted anyone in the other life to be raised higher into heaven than to the degree of good in which he is; for if he is raised higher, his defilements, that is, the evils of his loves and the falsities therefrom, are made manifest. For the more interior, the more pure and holy, it is in heaven. They who are in a more impure state are kept in a lower sphere, where their impurities are not perceived and do not appear, because they are in a grosser good, and a more obscure truth.
[3] It sometimes happens that they who come into heaven desire to come into a more interior heaven, believing that so they will enjoy greater joy. In order that this desire which clings to them may be removed, they are indeed raised into a more interior heaven; but when they come thither, they begin to be distressed by reason of the evils of their loves, which evils then come to their perception, and they also become ugly by reason of the falsities from the evils with them. On perceiving these things, they cast themselves down from the more interior heaven, and do not return into a tranquil and peaceful state until they come into their former station. These are the things which are signified by the statute, “Thou shalt not go up on steps unto Mine altar, that thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it.”
[4] The case is similar with those who are beneath heaven. If these desire to ascend into heaven before they have been prepared, when they are raised there they feel torment almost infernal, and appear to themselves like carcasses. Even the very life with them labors, like the life of those who are in the death agony; and therefore they cast themselves down headlong, and afterward no more desire to ascend above the state of life in which they are.
[5] Be it known that in the other life heaven is denied by the Lord to no one, and that as many as desire can be admitted. (Heaven consists of societies of angels who are in the good of love toward the neighbor and of love to the Lord; and when any are admitted into heaven, they are let into such societies.) But when the sphere of their life, that is, when the life of their love, is not in agreement, then conflict arises, from which they have anguish and downcasting. In this way they are instructed about the life of heaven, and the state of their own life in comparison, also about the fact that no one has heaven merely by being received or admitted (as is the common opinion in the world), and that by his life in the world a man may become of such a character that he can be with those who are in heaven (see what has been already said and shown on this subject from experience, n. 3938, 4225, 4226, 4299, 4674, 5057, 5058, 7186, 7519, 8794, 8797). These are the things which are signified by the statute, “Thou shalt not go up on steps unto Mine altar, that thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it;” and also by a similar statute in Exod. 28:42, 43.
sRef Amos@9 @6 S6′ [6] It is said “go up on steps,” for the reason that elevation to interior things appears in the world of spirits, where celestial and spiritual things are presented in forms like those of the world, as an ascent by steps. This representative it has often been given me to see. For this reason also it was that the angels were seen by Jacob in his dream going up to the Lord by the steps of a ladder (Gen. 28:12). Therefore also by “steps” in the Word is signified ascent to higher things, that is, to interior things, as in Ezekiel 40:6, 22, 26, 31, 34; and in Amos:
The Lord Jehovih Zebaoth buildeth His steps in the heavens (Amos 9:6).

AC (Potts) n. 8946 sRef Ex@20 @26 S0′ 8946. That thy nakedness be not uncovered upon it. That this signifies the idea of thought concerning them thus full of falsities, which idea will then be made manifest, is evident from the signification of “nakedness,” as being that which is destitute of truths (see n. 5433), thus an idea of thought full of falsities; and from the signification of being “uncovered,” as being to be made manifest. How the case herein is, has been explained just above (n. 8945), namely, that a man, a spirit, or an angel, when raised more interiorly into heaven, appears such as he is as to both his lives; as to the life of his thought with respect to truths, and as to the life of his will with respect to goods; for the more interior the advance into the heavens, the purer is the good, and the purer the truth. In order therefore that the falsities which are of the thought, and the evils which are of the will, should not appear, but be hidden, they are kept in lower parts, where they are in a comparatively obscure light. From all this also it can be seen what was meant by the saying that “no one can see Jehovah and live;” for Jehovah is pure love, and from Him is pure light, and to be seen in these is to perish. Therefore also the angels themselves in heaven are covered with a cloud (n. 6849); and all who are in hell are veiled in thick clouds (n. 3340, 8137, 8138, 8814, 8819); for clouds there are falsities.

AC (Potts) n. 8947 8947. ON THE SPIRITS AND INHABITANTS OF THE PLANET SATURN

The spirits from that earth, and likewise the earth itself, appear in front at a considerable distance, in the plane at the lower part of the knees; and when the eye is opened thither, a multitude of spirits from that earth come into view. They are seen on this side of that earth, and to the right.

AC (Potts) n. 8948 8948. It has also been given me to speak with them, and thereby to know their quality as compared with others. They are upright, and they are modest. And as they esteem themselves small as compared with others, therefore also in the other life they appear small; for the appearance of everyone in the other life is according to his mind, and according to his life.

AC (Potts) n. 8949 8949. In worship they are very humble; for therein they account themselves as nothing. They worship our Lord, and acknowledge Him as the One Only God. For the Lord sometimes appears to those who are on that earth in an angelic form, and thus as a man; and then the Divine beams forth from the face and affects their mind. Moreover when the inhabitants become of age, they speak with spirits, by whom they are instructed concerning the Lord, and how He is to be worshiped; also how they ought to live.

AC (Potts) n. 8950 8950. When any wish to lead astray the spirits of that earth, and draw them away from faith in the Lord, or from humility toward Him, and from uprightness of life, they say that they wish to die. Then little knives are seen in their hands, by which they seem to wish to pierce their breasts. When they are asked why they do so, they say that they would rather die than be led away from the Lord. Sometimes the spirits of our earth laugh at these things, and infest them with questionings why they do so. But they answer that they know very well that they are not going to kill themselves, and that this is only an appearance proceeding from the will of their mind, showing that they would rather die than be drawn away from the worship of the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8951 8951. There are some also on that earth who call their light at night, which is great, the Lord; but these are separated from the rest, and are not tolerated among them. This nocturnal light is shed from the great belt which encompasses that earth at a distance, and from the moons which are called the satellites of Saturn.

AC (Potts) n. 8952 8952. They were asked about that great belt, which appears from our earth to be elevated above the horizon of that planet, and to vary its positions. They said that it does not appear to them as a belt, but only as a snowy light in the heavens in various directions.

AC (Potts) n. 8953 8953. The inhabitants and spirits of that earth bear relation to that in man which is in the middle between spiritual sense and natural sense; but they withdraw from the natural and draw near to the spiritual. Therefore it is that these spirits often seem to themselves to be carried away, or caught up, into heaven, and afterward to be let back, thus alternately. For whatever is of spiritual sense is in heaven; but whatever is of natural sense is beneath heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8954 8954. There are no cities there, nor kingdoms, but they live distinguished into families, each family apart from others, thus man and wife together with their children. When the children marry, they are separated from the house of their parents, and have no more concern about it. Wherefore the spirits from that earth are seen two and two.

AC (Potts) n. 8955 8955. All on that earth, otherwise than on ours, know that they shall live after death; and therefore they make no account of their bodies, except insofar as may be necessary for the life, which they say is to remain and serve the Lord. For this reason also they do not bury the bodies of the dead, but cast them forth and cover them with branches of trees from the forest.

AC (Potts) n. 8956 8956. They have also little solicitude about food and clothing. They live on fruits and vegetables of various kinds which their earth produces. And they are but scantily clothed, for they are encompassed with a thick skin or coat* which wards off the cold.
* That is, their own natural skin is so thick that they need but little other clothing. See Spiritual Experiences, n. 1522-3. [REVISED]

AC (Potts) n. 8957 8957. A continuation about the spirits and inhabitants of the earth Saturn will be found at the end of the following chapter.

AC (Potts) n. 8958 8958. CHAPTER 21
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY

They who are being regenerated undergo Temptations.

AC (Potts) n. 8959 8959. Temptations are spiritual combats in man. For they are combats between the evil that is in him from hell, and the good that is in him from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 8960 8960. Temptation is induced by evil spirits who dwell with man in his evils and falsities; these spirits excite his evils, and accuse him. But angels from the Lord, who dwell in his goods and truths, call forth the truths of faith which are with him, and defend him.

AC (Potts) n. 8961 8961. That which is dealt with in Temptations relates to the dominion of the evil that is with the man from hell, and of the good that is with him from the Lord. The evil that wishes to have dominion is in the natural or external man, but the good is in the spiritual or internal man; hence it is that in Temptations that which is dealt with also relates to the dominion of the one over the other; if evil conquers, the natural man has dominion over the spiritual; if good conquers, the spiritual man has dominion over the natural.

AC (Potts) n. 8962 8962. These combats are carried on by means of truths of faith which are from the Word. The man must fight against evils and falsities from these; if he fights from anything else, he does not conquer, because the Lord is not in anything else.

AC (Potts) n. 8963 8963. As the combat is carried on by means of truths of faith which are from the Word, the man is not admitted into combat until he is in the knowledges of truth and of good, and has obtained therefrom some spiritual life; and therefore these combats do not arise with man until he has come to years of maturity.

AC (Potts) n. 8964 8964. He who has not with him truths of faith from the Word by which he may fight, thus who has not any spiritual life in himself from these, is not admitted into any combat, because he yields; and if a man yields, his state after Temptation becomes worse than his state before Temptation, for evil has then acquired to itself power over good, and falsity over truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8965 8965. As at this day faith is rare, for the church is at its end, therefore at this day few undergo any spiritual Temptations. Hence it is that it is scarcely known what they are, and to what they conduce.

AC (Potts) n. 8966 8966. Temptations conduce to the confirmation of the truths of faith, also to the implantation of them, and the insinuation of them into the will, that they may become goods of charity. For, as before said, man fights from the truths of faith against evils and falsities; and because his mind is then in truths, when he conquers he confirms himself in them and implants them; and also accounts as an enemy, and rejects from himself, the evils and falsities which have assailed him. Moreover through Temptations the concupiscences which are of the loves of self and of the world are subdued, and the man becomes humble. Thus he is rendered fit to receive the life of heaven from the Lord, which life is the new life, such as belongs to the regenerated man.

AC (Potts) n. 8967 8967. As through temptations the truths of faith are confirmed, and the goods of charity implanted, and also the concupiscences of evil are subdued, it follows that through Temptations the spiritual or internal man acquires dominion over the natural or external man, thus the good which is of charity and faith over the evil which is of the love of self and of the world. When this is effected, the man has enlightenment, and perception of what is true and what is good, and also of what is evil and false; and consequently he has intelligence and wisdom, which afterward increase day by day.

AC (Potts) n. 8968 8968. When a man is being introduced through the truths of faith to the good of charity, he undergoes Temptations; but when he is in the good of charity, Temptations cease, for he is then in heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 8969 8969. In Temptations man ought to fight against evils and falsities as from himself, but still believe that he does so from the Lord. If during the Temptation itself he does not believe this, because he is then in obscurity, still he should believe it after the Temptation. If after Temptation the man does not believe that the Lord alone has fought for him and conquered for him, he has undergone only external Temptation, which Temptation does not penetrate deeply, nor cause anything of faith and of charity to take root.

EXODUS 21

1. And these are the judgments which thou shalt set before them.
2. When thou shalt buy a Hebrew servant, six years he shall serve; and in the seventh year he shall go out free for nothing.
3. If in his body he shall come in, in his body he shall go out; if he is master of a woman, then his woman shall go out with him.
4. If his master shall give him a woman, and she bear him sons or daughters, the woman and her children shall be his master’s, and he shall go out in his body.
5. And if saying the servant shall say, I love my master, my woman, and my children; I will not go out free:
6. Then his master shall bring him unto God, and shall bring him to the door, or unto the door-post; and his master shall bore through his ear with his awl; and he shall serve him forever.
7. And when a man shall sell his daughter to be a maidservant, she shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants.
8. If she be evil in the eyes of her master, so that he will not betroth her, then she shall be redeemed: to sell her unto a strange people he shall have no power, in his acting treacherously against her.
9. And if he shall betroth her to his son, he shall do to her according to the judgment of daughters.
10. If he shall take him another; her food, her covering, and her conjugial due, he shall not diminish.
11. And if he shall not do these three to her, then she shall go out free with no silver.
12. He that smiteth a man, and he die, dying he shall die.
13. And he that hath not lain in wait, and God caused it to happen to his hand; then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee.
14. And when a man shall act of set purpose against his companion, to kill him with deceit; thou shalt take him from Mine altar that he may die.
15. And he that smiteth his father and his mother, dying he shall die.
16. And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him, and if he shall be found in his hand, dying he shall die.
17. And he that curseth his father and his mother, dying he shall die.
18. And when men shall dispute, and a man shall smite his companion with a stone, or with his fist, and he dieth not, and lieth down in bed:
19. If he rise and walk abroad upon his staff, the smiter shall be guiltless; only he shall give his cessation, and healing shall heal him.
20. And when a man shall smite his manservant, or his maidservant, with a rod, and he die under his hand; in being avenged he shall be avenged.
21. Nevertheless if he shall stand for a day or two, he shall not be avenged, because he is his silver.
22. And when men shall quarrel, and shall strike a pregnant woman, and her births go forth, and harm is not done, with fining he shall be fined, as the woman’s master shall lay upon him; and he shall give according to the judges.
23. And if harm is done, then thou shalt give soul for soul,
24. Eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot,
25. Burning for burning, wound for wound, blow for blow.
26. And when a man shall smite the eye of his manservant, or the eye of his maidservant, and shall destroy it; he shall let him go free for his eye.
27. And if he shall knock out his manservant’s tooth, or his maidservant’s tooth; he shall let him go free for his tooth.
28. And when an ox shall strike with the horn a man or a woman, and he dieth, with stoning the ox shall be stoned, and his flesh shall not be eaten; and the master of the ox shall be guiltless.
29. But if the ox were wont to strike with his horn from yesterday the day before yesterday, and it hath been attested to his master, and he hath not watched him, and he hath killed a man or a woman; the ox shall be stoned, and his master also shall die.
30. If expiation be laid on him, then he shall give the redemption of his soul according to all that is laid upon him.
31. Whether he have struck with the horn a son, or struck with the horn a daughter, according to this judgment shall it be done to him.
32. If the ox shall strike with the horn a manservant, or a maidservant; he shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver, and the ox shall be stoned.
33. And when a man shall open a pit, or when a man shall dig a pit and not cover it, and an ox or an ass shall fall in there:
34. The master of the pit shall repay; he shall pay silver to its master, and the dead one shall be his.
35. And when a man’s ox shall strike the ox of his companion, and he die; then they shall sell the living ox, and shall divide the silver of it; and the dead one also they shall divide.
36. Or if it be known that the ox was wont to strike with the horn from yesterday the day before yesterday, and his master hath not watched him; repaying he shall repay ox for ox, and the dead one shall be his.
37.* When a man shall steal an ox, or one of the flock, and shall kill it, or sell it, he shall repay five oxen for an ox, and four of the small cattle for one of the small cattle.
* In the English Bible this is verse 1 of chapter 22. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 8970 sRef Ex@21 @0 S0′ 8970. THE CONTENTS.

In this chapter in the internal sense the subject treated of is those who injure or destroy, in themselves or in others, the truth of faith or the good of charity; what is the penalty; and what the restoration. Such things are here involved in the judgments or laws relating to servants, to the death or injury occasioned to companions or to servants, also relating to oxen that strike with the horn, and to a pit.

AC (Potts) n. 8971 8971. THE INTERNAL SENSE
That the Word is holy, nay, most holy, is known to everyone within the church. This is not only acknowledged, but is also perceived, by those who are in the truths of faith and in a life according to them, for when reading the Word they are continually kept in the idea of what is holy. But those who are not in the truths of faith and in a life according to them do not acknowledge, still less perceive, anything of holiness in the Word. When these persons read the Word, they do not see anything higher in it than in any other writing. And they who in their hearts deny the holiness of the Word also say to themselves when they read it, that the writings of men are finer, because insofar as regards the literal sense they are composed in a finer style. This has been shown me by living experience with regard to those in the other life who in their hearts have denied that the Word has been inspired by the Divine. But when they were told that the Word is holy and Divine as to every jot and smallest point in it, they stood amazed, and marveled whence this could be. And when they were told further, and also shown to the life, that all things which are in the Word contain in them a spiritual sense which does not appear in the letter, and that this sense of the Word is with the angels in heaven when the Word is being read by man, they then acknowledged it because it was shown; but they said that they did not know this in the world, and that because they did not know it, they are free from blame. But when these same persons were examined, it was observed that they had lived just as they liked, without any restraints from conscience, and had therefore at heart denied the Divine, heaven and hell, the life after death, and all other matters of faith, and that this was the cause of their not having acknowledged the holiness of the Word. And it was further shown that all those who have been in the truths of faith and in a life according to them, have held the Word to be holy, and have also while reading it perceived in themselves that it is so. From this they were convinced that the cause was not in the Word, but in themselves. For with those who are in a life of good the interiors are open into heaven, whence the holiness of the Word flows in from the angels; whereas with those who are in a life of evil the interiors are closed toward heaven, but are open into hell, whence there flows in the contrary.
[2] Take for example the judgments or laws in this chapter about menservants, maidservants, and oxen. They who deny the holiness of the Word, because they are in a life of evil, will say that in these judgments or laws they do not see anything Divine-as when it is said that a manservant who does not desire to go away free should be brought to a door or a doorpost, and his master should bore through his ear with an awl, and accordingly he should serve forever; also that if a manservant who is smitten shall live a day or two, his master who smote him shall not be punished, because he is his silver; as also that a manservant should be free for the loss of an eye or a tooth; and that an ox striking with the horn should be stoned, besides the other things there mentioned. They who in their hearts deny the holiness of the Word regard these things as not worthy of the Word, and still less worthy to be dictated by Jehovah Himself on Mount Sinai; in like manner do they regard all other things that are in the Word, whether historical or prophetical. But the reason why they so regard them is that heaven is closed to them on account of their life of evil, consequently they have a contrary perception. The case is quite different with those who are in a life of good.
[3] Whence comes the holiness of the Word which flows in from heaven, is evident from all that has hitherto been said and shown about the internal sense of the Word; namely, that the Word alone has an internal sense, and that this sense treats of such things as belong to heaven, which are the things of eternal life, and that inmostly it treats of the Lord alone, thus of holy things, nay, of Divine things themselves which are most holy; and that this sense is for the angels who are with man while the Word is being read, consequently that there is from this source an influx of holiness, and a perception of it, with those who are in the life of faith and charity. As regards the judgments or laws in this chapter about menservants, maidservants, and oxen, these contain in the internal sense such things as are of Divine order with respect to those who are in the truth of faith, and also with respect to those who injure or destroy the things which belong to faith and charity, and those which belong to love to the Lord; and in the inmost sense, those things which would injure or destroy the Lord Himself. From this everyone can see how holy in themselves these judgments are, however little they appear so in the letter.

AC (Potts) n. 8972 sRef Ex@21 @1 S0′ 8972. Verse 1. And these are the judgments which thou shalt set before them, signifies exterior truths, such as there must be in the civil state where there is a representative church, and which flow from the internal truths which are of order in the heavens. That these things are signified by “the judgments which were to be set before the sons of Israel” is evident from the signification of “judgments,” as being truths (see n. 2235, 6397, 7206, 8685, 8695). The reason why “judgments” denote truths is that all judgment is effected by means of truths; consequently by “doing judgment” in the Word is signified doing truth, that is, judging according to truths. But by “judgments,” in the plural, are signified civil laws, thus exterior truths such as are in the civil state. It is said “where there is a representative church,” for the reason that interiorly they contain and involve in them those truths which are of order in the heavens, as can be seen from their internal sense.
[2] The laws which were enacted and commanded the sons of Israel by the Lord were distinguished into “commandments,” “judgments,” and “statutes.” Those were called “commandments” which belonged to life; those “judgments” which belonged to the civil state; and those “statutes” which belonged to worship. As regards “judgments” specifically, they are such things as are contained in this chapter, and also in several chapters that follow. They served for laws in a church wherein the internal things which are of heaven and the church were represented by external things. But they do not serve for laws in a church wherein internal things are no longer represented by external, as in the Christian Church. The reason is that to the man of this Church internal things have been revealed, and therefore communication with heaven is effected by means of internal things, and not by means of external things, as before. This is the reason why the man of the Christian Church is not bound to observe in their external form those things which are called “judgments” and “statutes,” but in their internal form. Nevertheless holiness abides in them, because they contain holy things within them, as do also all and each of the things commanded in the Word about sacrifices. Although these things have been abrogated, they nevertheless are holy things of the Word by reason of the Divine things which are in them, and which they represented. For when they are read by a Christian man, the Divine things that are within them, and that were represented, are perceived in the heavens, and fill the angels with that which is holy, and at the same time by influx from the angels they fill the man who reads, especially if he himself then thinks of the Divine things that are within them. From this it is plain that the Word even of the Old Testament is most holy.
sRef Ps@89 @31 S3′ sRef Deut@5 @31 S3′ sRef Deut@5 @30 S3′ sRef Ps@89 @30 S3′ sRef Ps@89 @32 S3′ sRef Deut@6 @1 S3′ sRef Deut@7 @11 S3′ [3] That the laws enacted by the Lord and commanded the sons of Israel were distinguished into “commandments” which relate to life, into “judgments” which relate to the civil state, and into “statutes” which relate to worship, is plain in the following passages:
Jehovah said unto Moses, Go, say to them, return ye into your tents. But as for thee, stand thou here with Me, and I will speak unto thee all the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which thou shalt teach them, that they may do them (Deut. 5:28, 30, 31).
Now these are the commandments, the statutes, and the judgments, which Jehovah your God commanded to teach you (Deut. 6:1).
Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them (Deut. 7:11).
If his sons forsake My law, and walk not In My judgments; if they profane My statutes, and keep not My commandments; I will visit their transgression with the rod (Ps. 89:30-32).
sRef Deut@4 @1 S4′ sRef Deut@4 @8 S4′ sRef Ezek@5 @6 S4′ sRef Ezek@18 @9 S4′ sRef Ezek@5 @7 S4′ [4] Moreover all the laws, insofar as they belonged to the representative church, were in general called “judgments” and “statutes,” as in Moses:
Now, therefore, O Israel, hear the statutes and the judgments which I will teach you, that ye may do them. What great nation is there that hath statutes and judgments so just as all this law, which I will give before you this day? (Deut. 4:1, 8; 5:1).
Jerusalem hath changed My judgments into wickedness more than the nations, and My statutes more than the lands that are round about her; for they have rejected My judgments, and have not walked in My statutes (Ezek. 5:6, 7).
Let them walk in My statutes, and keep My judgments, to do the truth (Ezek. 18:9).
Besides many other places (as Lev. 18:5; 19:37; 20:22; 25:18; 26:15; Deut. 26:17; Ezek. 11:12, 20; 20:11, 13, 25; 37:24).

AC (Potts) n. 8973 sRef Ex@21 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @5 S0′ 8973. Verses 2-6. When thou shalt buy a Hebrew servant, six years he shall serve; and in the seventh year he shall go out free for nothing. If in his body he shall come in, in his body he shall go out; if he is master of a woman, then his woman shall go out with him. If his master shall give him a woman, and she shall bear him sons or daughters, the woman and her children shall be his master’s, and he shall go out in his body. And if saying the servant shall say, I love my master, my woman, and my children; I will not go out free; then his master shall bring him unto God, and shall bring him unto the door, or unto the door-post; and his master shall bore through his ear with his awl; and he shall serve him forever.
“When thou shalt buy a Hebrew servant,” signifies those within the church who are in the truths of doctrine and not in good according to them; “six years he shall serve,” signifies a state of labor and of some combat and of the consequent confirmation of truth; “and in the seventh year he shall go out free for nothing,” signifies a state of truth confirmed without exertion on his part; “if in his body he shall come in,” signifies truth without delight; “in his body he shall go out,” signifies a state of truth without delight also after combat; “if he is master of a woman,” signifies truth with delight adjoined; “then his woman shall go out with him,” signifies a state of truth with delight conjoined also after combat; “if his master shall give him a woman,” signifies good from the spiritual adjoined to truth while in combat; “and she bear him sons or daughters,” signifies the truths and goods thence derived; “the woman and her children shall be his master’s,” signifies that good adjoined to truth by the spiritual, together with the goods and truths thence derived, shall not be appropriated to truth; “and he shall go out in his body,” signifies the state after combat, which is merely one of confirmed and implanted truth; “and if saying the servant shall say,” signifies thought then from the implanted truth; “I love my master, my woman, and my children,” signifies the delight of the remembrance of spiritual goods; “I will not go out free,” signifies the delight of obedience; “then his master shall bring him unto God,” signifies a state into which he then enters according to Divine order; “and shall bring him to the door, or unto the door-post,” signifies a state of communication of truth confirmed and implanted with spiritual good; “and his master shall bore through his ear with his awl,” signifies a representative of obedience; “and he shall serve him forever,” signifies to eternity.

AC (Potts) n. 8974 sRef Ex@21 @2 S0′ 8974. When thou shalt buy a Hebrew servant. That this signifies those within the church who are in the truths of doctrine and not in good according to them, is evident from the signification of “buying,” as being to procure and appropriate to oneself (see n. 4397, 5374, 5397, 5406, 5410, 5426, 7999); and from the signification of “a Hebrew servant,” as being those within the church who are in the truths of doctrine and not in good of life according to them; for “servant” is predicated of those who are in truth and not in the corresponding good, and in general, of truth relatively to good (n. 3409), and “Hebrew” is predicated of those things which are of the church, and of those things which are of some service (that it is predicated of those things which are of the church, see n. 5136, 5236, 6675, 6684; also that it is predicated of those things which are of some service, n. 1703, 1741, 5013). As in what now follows, the menservants and maidservants of the sons of Israel are treated of, it must be told what the statutes concerning them involve in the internal sense. Everyone can see that the statutes contain within them secret things of heaven, because they were spoken and commanded orally by Jehovah to Moses on Mount Sinai, and because they follow immediately after the words of the Decalogue. Apart from such secret things they would be merely civil and public laws like the laws of other nations on earth, in which there is no secret thing of heaven. But the secret things here contained are not manifest except to the angels in the heavens, consequently not to men except by the internal sense; for this teaches how the angels perceive the Word, consequently it teaches the secret things that are within the Word. What and of what quality these secret things are, will be plain in the following explication of each particular.
[2] That a general idea may be had, it shall be briefly told what is specifically meant by “Hebrew servants” in the internal sense. In the spiritual church, which the sons of Israel represented, there are two kinds of men: there are those who are in the truth of faith and not in the corresponding good of life, and there are those who are in the good of charity and in the corresponding truth of faith. They who are in the good of charity and in the corresponding truth of faith are they who constitute the very church itself, and are men of the internal church. In the internal sense of the Word these are they who are called the “sons of Israel.” These are of themselves free, because they are in good; for they who are led by the Lord by means of good are free (n. 892, 905, 2870-2893). But they who are in the truth of faith and not in the corresponding good of life are men of the external spiritual church. These are they who in the internal sense of the Word are meant by the “Hebrew servants.” They are represented by servants because those things which are of the external church are relatively nothing else than things of service. The case is similar also with the truth of faith relatively to the good of charity; for the truth of faith serves for introducing the man of the church into the good of charity.
[3] Be it known moreover that he who makes everything of the church, thus everything of salvation, to consist in the truth of faith and not in the good of charity, and who also does good from obedience only and not from the affection which is of the love, cannot be regenerated, as can those who are in the good of charity, that is, who do what is good from the affection of love. They can indeed be reformed, but not regenerated. Their reformation is here treated of in the internal sense in the laws concerning menservants and concerning maidservants. The secret things of this reformation are not at this day known to anyone, for the reason that an almost total ignorance prevails within the church of what the truth of faith effects toward salvation, and what the good of charity effects. Nay, it is not known what charity is, or that charity and faith must marry together for anything of the church to exist in man; for the marriage of good and truth is the church itself, because it is heaven in man (n. 2173, 2618, 2728, 2729, 2803, 3132, 3155, 4434, 4823, 5194, 5502, 6179).

AC (Potts) n. 8975 sRef Ex@21 @2 S0′ 8975. Six years he shall serve. That this signifies a state of labor and of some combat and of the consequent confirmation of truth, is evident from the signification of “six years,” as being states of labor and combat (that “six” signifies labor and combat see n. 737, 900, 8888; and that “years” signify states, n. 487, 488, 493, 893, 7839). That the confirmation of truth is also signified, is because spiritual truth, which is called the truth of faith, is confirmed by labor and combat. It is said “somewhat of combat,” because they who are in the truth of faith and not in the corresponding good of life are not admitted into any grievous combat, that is, into temptation, because they would yield. For the Lord cannot flow in with them by means of good, and thus defend them against the evils and falsities which assail in temptations. They are only external men, and whatever flows in from the Lord must flow in through the internal man into the external. When men are not in the good of charity, the internal man is not open, for good is that which opens the internal man, and which dwells there.

AC (Potts) n. 8976 sRef Rev@21 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @2 S0′ sRef Rev@22 @17 S0′ sRef Isa@55 @1 S0′ 8976. And in the seventh year he shall go out free for nothing. That this signifies a state of truth confirmed without exertion on his part, is evident from the signification of “the seventh year,” as being a state of the conjunction of good and truth; for by “the seventh year” is signified the like as by “the seventh day,” or “the Sabbath” (that by this is signified the conjunction of good and truth, or the heavenly marriage, thus the state of peace which succeeds after a state of servitude, see n. 8494, 8495, 8510, 8888, 8890, 8893). But here, as those who are in truth and not in the corresponding good of life are treated of, by “the seventh year” is signified a state of confirmed truth. The reason is that with such there is no conjunction of truth and good, as there is with those who are in the good of charity, and who are understood in the representative sense by the sons of Israel; but instead of this conjunction there is the confirmation of truth. And from the signification of “for nothing” [gratis], as being without exertion on their part; for when they are in labor and in some combat the truth of faith with them is confirmed by the Lord without any exertion of theirs. The like is signified by “for nothing,” or “freely,” in these passages:
I will give unto him that is athirst from the fountain of the water of life freely (Rev. 21:6.)
He that heareth, let him say, Come; and he that is athirst, let him come; and he that will, let him take the water of life freely (Rev. 22:17).
Everyone that thirsteth, go ye to the water, and he that hath no silver; go ye, buy and eat; go ye, I say, buy wine and milk without silver and without price (Isa. 55:1).
“The waters” denote truths from the Word; “wine,” the truth of good therefrom; and “milk,” the good of truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8977 sRef Ex@21 @3 S0′ 8977. If in his body he shall come in. That this signifies truth without delight, is evident from the signification of “body,” as being truth alone, thus truth without its delight; for by “body” is meant the manservant alone without a woman, thus without delight, for the “woman” of a manservant denotes delight conjoined with truth, as will be plain from what follows. With regard to this secret the case is this. The men of the external church, who were represented by the Hebrew servants, are they who learn truth from no delight, but solely for the reason that it is the truth of the church, by means of which they believe that they can be saved. It is this necessity which enjoins them to learn and to know it. These are they who in the internal sense are meant by “menservants who come in their body and go out in their body.” With these, truth is merely confirmed. In the other life such persons are in the entrance to heaven, and not in heaven itself; they are called “the cuticulars,” because in the Grand Man they correspond to the skin (see n. 5553-5559).
[2] But they who are in truth to which delight is adjoined are they who in the internal sense are here meant by the menservants who come with a woman, for “the woman” signifies good, when “the man” signifies truth; but here “woman” signifies delight, for in the man of the external church this takes the place of good. The good in which this man is, is not from a spiritual origin, but from a natural origin, for it has its relish from the delight of living and of teaching truth for the sake of gain or for the sake of honor, consequently for the sake of self. This is the reason why it is called “delight,” but not “good.” In the external form it does indeed appear as good, but because it is natural good, that is, because it has its origin from the world, and not from heaven, it is called delight.
[3] But good from a spiritual origin is meant in the internal sense by the woman whom the master gives his servant; but this cannot be conjoined; and therefore it was decreed that when the manservant should go forth, the woman should be the master’s, and also her sons and daughters. For spiritual good is good not for the sake of gain, or for the sake of honor; but for the sake of the church, and for the sake of the salvation of the neighbor. Such good cannot be conjoined with those who are in the externals of the church, for it is the very good of charity, and it springs from the affection which is of love. For they who are in the externals of the church cannot be affected by the truths of faith in any other way than chiefly for the sake of themselves, and secondarily for the sake of the church; and they who are of such a character can indeed act according to truths, thus can do what is good, not from affection, but from obedience. These are they who in the internal sense are meant by those who desire to serve forever.
[4] These are the arcana which in the internal sense are contained in these statutes concerning menservants, and which can in no wise be apprehended except by those who are in the good of charity; but not by those who are in the truths of faith without this good. The reason is that they who are in the good of charity are in the light of heaven, and from this light they see the things which are in the light of the world; whereas they who are in the truth of faith, and not in the good of charity, are in the light of the world, from which light the things which are in heaven cannot be seen. For the light of heaven is above, that is, within; but the light of the world is beneath or without, and lower or exterior things can be seen from higher or interior ones, but not the reverse; for heaven can flow into the world, but not the world into heaven (n. 3721, 5119, 5259, 5779, 6322).

AC (Potts) n. 8978 sRef Ex@21 @3 S0′ 8978. In his body he shall go out. That this signifies a state of truth without delight also after combat, is evident from the signification of “body,” as being truth without delight (of which just above, n. 8977); and from the signification of “going out,” as being after he has served six years, thus a state after combat; for by the service of six years is signified a state of labor and of combat (n. 8975). (How this is, is plain from what has just been said above, n. 8977.)

AC (Potts) n. 8979 sRef Ex@21 @3 S0′ 8979. If he is master* of a woman. That this signifies truth with delight conjoined, is evident from the signification of “master,” as being truth (of which below) and from the signification of “a woman,” as being good, but here delight (of which also below). That “a master” denotes truth, is because by “master” is here meant the manservant as the woman’s man, and in the internal sense by a “manservant,” as also by a woman’s “man,” is signified truth. (That truth is signified by “a manservant,” see n. 8974; also that it is signified by “a man,” n. 3134, 3309, 3459, 7716.) That “a woman” denotes delight is because by the woman of a man is signified in the internal sense good (n. 915, 2517, 4823, 6014, 8337). But as by a manservant from the Israelitish people is represented a man of the external church, who indeed has truth of doctrine, but not the corresponding good (n. 8974), because he does not do truth for the sake of truth, nor good for the sake of good, but that he may be recompensed; therefore in the truth and good which he does, there is the idea of self, and this idea does not belong to good, but to delight; for in the spiritual sense nothing is called “good” except that which belongs to love to the Lord and to love toward the neighbor. This good does indeed appear also as delight in the natural man; but it is the spiritual that is within it that makes it to be good.
[2] That it may be further known how the case is in regard to this, it is to be borne in mind that the man of the internal church acts from charity, thus from the affection which is of love toward the neighbor; whereas the man of the external church does not act from the good of charity, but from the truth of faith; thus not from the affection which is of love toward the neighbor, but from obedience, because it has been so commanded. It flows from this that the man of the internal church is free, but the man of the external church is relatively a servant; for he who acts from the affection which is of love, acts from freedom (n. 2870-2893); but he who acts from obedience does not act from freedom, for to obey is not freedom. This is the reason why he who acts from the good of charity is a true man of the spiritual church, and therefore in the Word is represented by Israel, whereas he who does not act from the good of charity, but from the truth of faith, is not a true man of the spiritual church, but is relatively his servant; and he was therefore represented by the manservant who was called a “Hebrew servant,” because bought from the sons of Israel.
* “Master” is dominus all through this chapter. [REVISER]

AC (Potts) n. 8980 sRef Ex@21 @3 S0′ 8980. Then his woman shall go out with him. That this signifies a state of truth with delight also conjoined after combat, is evident from the signification of “going out,” namely, from service, as being the state after combat (see n. 8975); and from the signification of “a woman,” as being the conjoined delight (of which just above, n. 8979). From all this it is evident who were here represented by menservants, namely, they who are in the faith of the doctrinal things of their church, and not in the corresponding good, but in a delight which counterfeits the corresponding good. Their service with their master signifies their state before they can be admitted into heaven, and their going out from service signifies their state when they are received into heaven. But as they are merely in the faith of the doctrinal things of their church, and not in the corresponding good, thus not in the truth of good, that is, in the faith of charity, therefore they cannot be admitted further into heaven than to the entrance of it. For they who are in the entrance to heaven communicate by the truth which is of faith with those who are in heaven, and by delight conjoined with truth with those who are outside of heaven-no otherwise than as do the skins or coats which encompass the body, which by the sense of touch communicate with the world, and by a fibrous connection, with the life of the soul in the body. From this it is that they who are in the entrance to heaven, and are represented by the Hebrew servants, are called “the cuticulars” in the Grand Man (n. 5552-5559). But such are of as many genera and species as are the cuticles or coats in the body; for there are those which encompass the whole body; there are those which encompass the interiors in general, as the peritoneum, the pleura, the pericardium; and there are those which specifically encompass each of the viscera therein. All are relatively things of service.

AC (Potts) n. 8981 sRef Ex@21 @4 S0′ 8981. If his master shall give him a woman. That this signifies good from the spiritual adjoined to truth while in combat, is evident from the signification of “master,” as here being the spiritual; for by “master” is here meant someone of the sons of Israel, and by the “sons of Israel” are signified those who are true men of the spiritual church, that is, who do what is good from the affection which is of love, or what is the same, from charity. (That “the sons of Israel” denote the men of the spiritual church, see n. 6426, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 7957, 8234, 8805; consequently by the same in the abstract sense are signified spiritual truths and goods, n. 5414, 5801, 5803, 5806, 5812, 5817, 5819, 5833, 5879.) From this it is that by “master” is here signified the spiritual. And from the signification of “giving him a woman,” as being to adjoin good to truth; for “to give,” when said of a woman, denotes to adjoin, and “a manservant” denotes one who is in the truth of doctrine and not in the corresponding good (n. 8974); and “a woman” denotes delight (n. 8980), but here good, because it is given (that is, adjoined) from the spiritual; for all that which comes from the spiritual is called “good,” because the spiritual itself is the good of charity (that “a woman” denotes good, see n. 915, 2517, 4823, 6014, 8337). The reason why it denotes in combat, is that it is said that if his master have given him a woman, at the end of his service the woman should be the master’s. From this it is evident that the woman was the manservant’s while he was in service, and not afterward; thus while in combat, and not after combat; for by the service of six years is signified labor and combat (n. 8975).
[2] Who cannot see that in this statute there is a secret which cannot be known except by him to whom it has been revealed? For in the external form it appears contrary to Divine justice that a woman given to a manservant should remain the master’s when the servant went out from service, seeing that a woman ought to be her man’s forever. Of the same character are also many other things that were commanded the sons of Israel by Jehovah, as that they should ask of the Egyptians vessels of gold and of silver, and garments, and thus should spoil them; besides other things of a similar nature spoken of in their places. But although, as has been said, in the outward form these things appear contrary to Divine justice, they nevertheless are not so, for they flow from the laws of Divine order in the heavens, which laws are the very laws themselves of justice; but these laws are not clear unless they are unfolded from the sense of the letter by means of the internal sense. The law from which this statute flows is that spiritual good cannot be conjoined with those who are in the externals of the church from infancy, but can only be adjoined to them so long as they are in combat, and that after combat it recedes.
[3] That it may be clear how the case herein is (for it is a secret), it shall be briefly explained. They who from infancy have thought little about eternal life, thus about the salvation of their soul, but only of worldly life and its prosperity, and yet have lived a good moral life, and have also believed in the truths of the doctrine of their church, when they come to more adult age, cannot be reformed otherwise than by the adjoining of spiritual good when they are in combat; but still they do not retain this good, but only confirm the truths of their doctrine by means of it. The reason why they are of this character is that in their past life they have indulged worldly loves; and when these loves have been rooted in, they do not suffer spiritual good to be conjoined with truth, because these loves are altogether repugnant to that good. Nevertheless spiritual good can take possession of the thought when these loves become inactive, as is the case when they are in anxiety, in misfortunes, and in sicknesses, and the like. Then the affection of well-doing from charity flows in, but this affection serves only for confirming and rooting in more deeply the truths of doctrine; but it cannot be conjoined with truth. The reason is that this influent affection of charity fills only the intellectual part of the mind, but does not enter into its will part, and that which does not enter into the will part is not appropriated, thus is not conjoined, because the conjunction of good and truth with man is effected when truth enters the will; consequently when the man wills truth, and from willing does it. Then for the first time truth becomes good, or what is the same, faith becomes charity.
[4] This cannot be effected with those who from infancy have indulged the loves of the world, and yet are in the truth of the doctrine of their church; for their will part is possessed by these loves, which are wholly in opposition to and reject spiritual good. They merely admit this into the intellectual part of the mind, that is, into the thought, when these loves are dormant, which is the case, as said above, in a state of sickness or of misfortune, or in anxiety, consequently in labor, and in some combat. This is the secret which lies hidden in this statute. And as this statute was thus representative of the law of Divine order with respect to those who are in the truth of doctrine and not in the corresponding good, therefore in the representative church it was in agreement with Divine justice, even in the external form.

AC (Potts) n. 8982 sRef Ex@21 @4 S0′ 8982. And she bear him sons or daughters. That this signifies the truths and goods thence derived, is evident from the signification of “sons,” as being truths (see n. 489, 491, 535, 1147, 2803, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4257); and from the signification of “daughters,” as being goods (n. 489-491, 2362, 3024). That derived truths and goods are signified is plain, because by the woman who is the mother of whom they are born, is signified spiritual good (n. 8981), and in the internal sense by “births” are signified derivations (n. 1330, 3263, 3279).

AC (Potts) n. 8983 sRef Ex@21 @4 S0′ 8983. The woman and her children shall be his master’s. That this signifies that good adjoined to truth by the spiritual, together with the truths and goods thence derived, shall not be appropriated to truth, is evident from the signification of “the woman,” as being spiritual good adjoined to truth when in combat (of which above, n. 8981); from the signification of “children,” as being derived truths and goods (of which just above, n. 8982); and from the signification of “shall be his master’s,” as being that they shall belong to the spiritual from which they are, and not to truth (for “the master” denotes the spiritual, n. 8981, and “the manservant,” truth without the corresponding good, n. 8974; consequently that they shall not be appropriated to this truth). For in the internal sense by “man and woman” is signified the conjunction of truth and good, because marriage on earth represents the heavenly marriage which is that of good and truth; and moreover conjugial love corresponds to this marriage (n. 2727-2759, 2803).
[2] But between a manservant and a woman given him by his master there is no marriage, but only a coupling like that of a concubine with a man, which coupling does not correspond to the heavenly marriage; and therefore it is dissolved when the manservant goes forth, for then the woman together with the children become the master’s. The reason why such a coupling takes place, is that the truth which is represented by the manservant is in the external man, and the good which is represented by the woman is in the internal man; and the good of the internal man cannot be conjoined with the truth of the external unless conjunction has been previously effected in the internal man. This cannot be done, because the manservant represents the merely external man who has not the corresponding good, and to whom it cannot be appropriated. That the good of the internal man cannot be conjoined with the truth of the external unless conjunction has been first effected in the internal man, can be seen from what has been already said about the regeneration of man (n. 3321, 3469, 3493, 3573, 3616, 3882, 4353); for regeneration is the conjunction of good and truth.

AC (Potts) n. 8984 sRef Ex@21 @4 S0′ 8984. And he shall go out in his body. That this signifies the state after combat, which is merely one of confirmed and implanted truth, is evident from the signification of “going out,” namely, from service, as being the state after combat (see above, n. 8980); and from the signification of “in his body,” as being with truth without good (n. 8977, 8978). The reason why it denotes a state of confirmed and implanted truth, is that this is signified by “going out in the seventh year” (n. 8976), and here that spiritual good, which is represented by the woman, had served to confirm that truth, and also to implant new truth (n. 8981).

AC (Potts) n. 8985 sRef Ex@21 @5 S0′ 8985. And if saying the servant shall say. That this signifies thought then from the implanted truth, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as being thought (see n. 7094, 7107, 7244); and from the signification of “manservant,” as being truth without the corresponding good (n. 8974); here, this truth confirmed and implanted, because it is said of that servant when he was about to go forth (n. 8984). It is said that “manservant” denotes truth, but there is meant the man who is in truth without the corresponding good. The reason why truth is called a “manservant,” and not the man who is in such truth, is that abstract speech, that is, speech separate from man, is angelic speech. For in heaven they think about a thing apart from the person, because when the person also is there thought of, the society which is in the thing in question is excited, and thus the thought is determined thither, and is fixed. For in heaven where the thought is, there the presence is; and presence would bend to itself the thoughts of those who are in the society, and would thus disturb the influx from the Divine there. It is otherwise when they think abstractedly about a thing; in this case the thought diffuses itself in every direction according to the heavenly form which the influx proceeding from the Divine produces, and this without the disturbance of any society. For it insinuates itself into the general spheres of the societies, and in this case does not touch or move anyone in the society; thus does not divert anyone from the freedom of thinking according to the influx from the Divine. In a word, abstracted thought can pervade the whole heaven without stopping anywhere; but thought determined to person, or to place, is fixed and stays.

AC (Potts) n. 8986 sRef Ex@21 @5 S0′ 8986. I love my master, my woman, and my children. That this signifies the delight of the remembrance of spiritual goods, is evident from the signification of “loving,” as here being the delight of remembrance (of which below); from the signification of “master,” as being the spiritual good which is the source (see above, n. 8981); from the signification of “woman,” as being the good that is adjoined from the spiritual (n. 8981); and from the signification of “children,” as being the goods and truths thence derived (see n. 8982); consequently by “master, woman, and children,” taken together, are signified spiritual goods. That the delight of the remembrance of such goods is signified by “loving,” is because they who were represented by the Hebrew menservants are those who within the church are in truths of doctrine and not in good in accordance with these truths (see n. 8974, 8976). Such cannot be affected with truth for the sake of good, but for the sake of delight; and therefore by “loving,” here, because it is said of such, is signified the delight of remembrance.

AC (Potts) n. 8987 sRef Ex@21 @5 S0′ 8987. I will not go out free. That this signifies the delight of obedience, is evident from the signification of “going out free,” as being the state after combat, which is merely a state of confirmed and implanted truth (of which above, n. 8976, 8980, 8984); for the service, which was of six years, and is called “a week” in Genesis 29:27, 28, signifies labor or some combat, such as those have who are in truths and not in the corresponding good, and who in the spiritual sense are meant by the “Hebrew menservants.” These are of such a nature that they cannot be regenerated, but only reformed. For to be regenerated is said of those who suffer themselves to be brought by the Lord, by means of the truths called the truths of faith, to the good of spiritual life; but to be reformed is said of those who cannot be brought to the good of spiritual life by means of the truths which are of faith; but only to the delight of natural life.
[2] They who suffer themselves to be regenerated, act from affection according to the precepts of faith; but they who do not suffer themselves to be regenerated, but only to be reformed, do not act from affection, but from obedience. The difference is this. They who act from affection, act from the heart, and thus from freedom, and they also do truth for the sake of truth, and good for the sake of good, and thus they exercise charity for the sake of the neighbor; but they who act from obedience do not thus act from the heart, consequently not from freedom. If they seem to themselves to act from the heart and from freedom, it is for the sake of something of self-glory which causes it to be so perceived; and they do not do truth for the sake of truth, nor good for the sake of good, but for the sake of the delight arising from this glory. Thus they do not practice charity toward the neighbor for the sake of the neighbor, but in order to be seen, and in order to be recompensed. From this it is evident who and of what quality are they who are represented by the sons of Israel, and who and of what quality are they who are represented by the Hebrew menservants.
[3] But within the church at this day the knowledge of this distinction has been lost. The reason is that the church at this day is proclaimed and said to be from faith and not from charity; and few know what faith is; most persons believing that faith consists in knowing those things which the doctrine of the church teaches, and in being persuaded that they are true; but not that it consists in living according to them. Life according to them they call “moral life,” which they separate from the doctrine of the church, and entitle it Moral Theology. But the learned believe that faith is confidence or trust that they are saved by the Lord’s having suffered for them, and redeemed them from hell; and they say that those are saved who have this confidence; thus by faith alone. But such persons do not consider that there cannot be the confidence of faith, except with those who live a life of charity.
[4] These are the reasons why knowledge has been lost concerning the difference between those who are in truths of faith and not in the corresponding good of life, and those who are in good of life corresponding with the truths of faith; and because this knowledge has been lost, what has now been said about those who are in truths and not in good, who are signified by “the Hebrew menservants,” cannot but appear strange.

AC (Potts) n. 8988 sRef Ex@21 @6 S0′ 8988. Then his master shall bring him unto God. That this signifies a state into which he then enters according to Divine order, is evident from the signification of “bringing unto God,” when those are treated of who are in truths and cannot be in good, as being to cause them to enter into a state according to Divine order; for by “bringing unto” is signified to enter; and by “God” is signified Divine order (of which in what follows). That these things are signified is plain from what follows in this verse, in which is described the state of those who are in truths and not in the corresponding good, namely, that it is a state of perpetual obedience. For they who are in this state are in servitude relatively to those who are in good that corresponds with truths; because as these latter act from good, they act from affection; and they who act from affection, act from the will, thus of themselves; for whatsoever is of the will with man is his own, seeing that the being of man’s life is his will. But they who act merely from obedience do not act from their will, but from the will of their master; thus not from themselves, but from another; and therefore they are relatively in servitude. To act from truths, and not from good, is to act solely from the intellectual part; for truths bear relation to the intellectual part, and goods to the will part; and to act from the intellectual part, and not from the will part, is to act from that which stands without and serves, because the understanding has been given to man to receive truths, and to introduce them into the will, that they may become goods; for truths are called goods when they become of the will.
[2] But to serve the Lord, by doing according to His commandments, and thus by obeying Him, is not to be a servant, but is to be free, for the veriest freedom of man consists in being led of the Lord (n. 892, 905, 2870, 2872), because the Lord inspires into the very will of man the good from which he is to act, and though it is from the Lord, still it is perceived as if it were from self, thus from freedom. This freedom is possessed by all who are in the Lord, and it is conjoined with inexpressible happiness.
[3] The term “God” here denotes Divine order, because in the Word “God” is named where truth is treated of, and “Jehovah” where good is treated of (n. 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402, 7010, 7268, 8867); and therefore in the supreme sense the Divine truth proceeding from the Divine good of the Lord is “God,” and His Divine good from which the Divine truth proceeds is “Jehovah.” The reason is that the Divine good is Being itself, and the Divine truth is the derivative Coming-forth; for that which proceeds comes forth by so doing. The case is similar with good and truth in heaven, or with the angels, and also in the church with men. The good there is being itself, and the truth is the derivative coming-forth; or what is the same, love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor are the very being of heaven and of the church, but faith is the derivative coming-forth. From this it is clear whence it is that “God” denotes also Divine order, for it is the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord which makes order in heaven, insomuch that Divine truth is order itself. (That Divine truth is order, see n. 1728, 1919, 7995, 8700.) And therefore when a man or an angel receives Divine truth from the Lord in good, there is with him the order which is in the heavens, consequently he is a heaven or kingdom of the Lord in particular; and this in the degree in which he is in good from truths, and afterward in the degree in which he is in truths from good; and-what is a secret-the angels themselves appear in a human form in the heavens absolutely according to the truths which pertain to them in good, with a beauty and brightness according to the quality of the good from truths. As to their souls so also do the men of the church appear in heaven. It is the Divine truth itself proceeding from the Lord that leads to this, as can be seen from what has been shown about heaven as the Grand Man, and about its correspondence with everything in man, at the end of many chapters.
sRef Rev@21 @17 S4′ sRef Rev@21 @18 S4′ [4] This secret is what is meant by these words of John in Revelation:
He measured the wall of the holy Jerusalem, a hundred and forty and four cubits, which is the measure of a man, that is, of an angel (Rev. 21:17).
Who can possibly understand these words that does not know what is signified by “the holy Jerusalem;” what by “the wall” thereof; what by a “measure;” what by “the number one hundred and forty and four;” and thus what by “a man, that is, an angel?” By “the new and holy Jerusalem” is signified the New Church of the Lord which is at this day about to succeed the Christian Church (n. 2117); by “the wall” are signified the truths of faith which will defend that church (n. 6419); by “measuring” and “the measure” is signified its state as to truth (n. 3104); by the number “one hundred and forty and four” is signified the like as by “twelve,” for one hundred and forty-four is a number compounded of twelve multiplied into twelve. (That by these numbers are signified all truths in the complex, see n. 7973). From this it is clear what is signified by “the measure of a man, that is, of an angel,” namely, truth itself proceeding from the Lord in its own form, which as before said is the form of an angel man in heaven. All this makes clear the secret involved in the above words, namely, that by them are described the truths of that Church which is to succeed the Christian Church existing at this day.
[5] That these are truths from good is described in the next following verse in these words:
The building of the wall thereof was jasper; and the city was pure gold, like to pure glass (Rev. 21:18).
By “jasper” is signified truth such as will be the truth of that church, for by stones in general are signified truths (n. 1298, 3720, 6426), and by “precious stones,” truths which are from the Lord (n. 643); by “gold” is signified the good of love and of wisdom (n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658). Who could ever foresee that such things are involved in the above words? and who cannot see from this that innumerable arcana lie hidden in the Word, which in no wise appear to anyone except through the internal sense? and that by this sense, as by a key, are opened truths Divine such as are in heaven, consequently heaven and the Lord Himself, who, in the inmost sense, is the all in all of the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 8989 sRef Ex@21 @6 S0′ 8989. And he shall bring him to the door, or unto the door post. That this signifies a state of communication of truth confirmed and implanted with spiritual good, is evident from the signification of a “door,” as being the introduction of truth to good (see n. 2356, 2385), here of truth confirmed and implanted, which is signified by a Hebrew manservant after a service of six years (n. 8976, 8984), and as “a door” denotes introduction, it also denotes communication, for one room communicates with another by means of a door; and from the signification of “door-post,” as being the conjunction of such truth with good, for a door-post stands between two rooms and joins them together. Who cannot see that this ritual for the menservants who remain contains in it some secret, and indeed a Divine one? for it was dictated and commanded by Jehovah from Mount Sinai. They who do not believe that there is anything more holy and Divine in the Word than that which appears in the letter, must needs wonder that these and many other things contained in this chapter and in the following chapters were dictated by Jehovah in a living voice; for in the letter they appear to be such things as are contained in the laws of nations-as this concerning menservants-that one who did not wish to go forth from service should be brought to a door or to a door-post, and should have his ear bored through with an awl by his master. In the sense of the letter this does not savor of anything Divine; nevertheless it is most Divine; but this does not appear except through the internal sense. The internal sense is that they who are in mere truths and not in the corresponding good, but yet are in the delight of the remembrance of spiritual goods (n. 8986, 8987), have some communication and conjunction with spiritual good.
[2] This was represented by the ear of the servant being bored through at a door or at a door-post by his master; for “a door” denotes communication, and “a door-post” conjunction; the “ear” denotes obedience; and boring it through with an awl is representative of the state in which he would remain. Thus do the angels perceive these things who are with a man who is reading this word. For the angels do not think of a door or of a door-post, nor of an ear and its boring, nor even of a manservant; but instead thereof they think of the aforesaid communication and conjunction. For the angels are in the understanding of such things, because they are in light; and the things presented to them are spiritual and heavenly, not natural and worldly as are the things contained in the sense of the letter of the Word; for the sense of the letter of the Word is natural and worldly, but its internal sense is spiritual and heavenly; the literal sense is for men, the internal sense is for the angels, consequently there is a communication and conjunction of heaven with man by means of the Word.
[3] In order that the arcana which are contained in this procedure with menservants that remain with their master may be opened still further, it must be told whence it is that “a door” and “a door-post” signify communication and conjunction. Angels and spirits have habitations which appear quite like those which are in the world (see n. 1116, 1626-1628, 1631, 4622), and-what is a secret-each and all things that appear in their habitations are significative of spiritual things; for they flow forth from the spiritual things which are in heaven, and which are consequently in their minds. Communications of truth with good are there presented to view by means of doors, and conjunctions by means of door-posts, and other things by the rooms themselves, by the courts, by the windows, and by the various adornments. That this is so, a man at this day, especially one who is merely natural, cannot believe, because such things are not manifest to the senses of the body. Nevertheless that such things were seen by the prophets when their interiors had been opened into heaven, is evident from the Word. They have also been perceived and seen by me a thousand times. I have moreover frequently heard them say, when their thoughts were in communication with me, that “the doors of their rooms were opened,” and when they did not communicate, that they “were closed.”
sRef Mal@1 @10 S4′ sRef Mal@1 @9 S4′ sRef Zech@11 @1 S4′ sRef Isa@26 @20 S4′ [4] From this it is that mention is made of “doors” in the Word, where communication is treated of, as in Isaiah:
Go, My people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy door after thee; hide thyself as for a little moment, until the anger be overpast (Isa. 26:20).
“To shut the door after oneself until the anger be overpast” denotes no communication with evils, which are “the anger” (see n. 3614, 5034, 5798, 6358, 6359, 6997, 8284, 8483). In Malachi:
Shall He receive faces from you? said Jehovah Zebaoth. Who is there even among you that would rather shut the doors? and not kindle a light upon Mine altar in vain (Mal. 1:9, 10).
“To shut the doors” denotes not to communicate with holy or Divine things. In Zechariah:
Open thy doors O Lebanon, that the fire may devour thy cedars (Zech. 11:1).
“To open the doors” denotes to afford a passage or communication.
sRef Ps@84 @10 S5′ sRef Ps@24 @9 S5′ sRef Ps@24 @7 S5′ sRef Ps@78 @23 S5′ [5] In David:
He commanded the skies from above; He set open the doors of the heavens (Ps. 78:23).
“To set open the doors of the heavens” denotes to give communication with the truths and goods which are from the Lord in the heavens. Again:
I have chosen to stand at the door in the house of my God, rather than dwell in the tents of wickedness (Ps. 84:10).
“To stand at the door” denotes to communicate abroad with good, which is “the house of God” (n. 3720). Again:
Lift up your heads, O ye gates; be ye lifted up, ye doors of the world; that the King of glory may come in (Ps. 24:7, 9).
“The doors of the world being lifted up” denotes the opening and elevation of hearts to the Lord, who is “the King of glory,” and so to give communication, that is, that He may flow in with the good of charity and with the truth of faith. The Lord is called “the King of glory” from the truth which is from good.
sRef Isa@45 @3 S6′ sRef Isa@45 @2 S6′ sRef Isa@45 @1 S6′ [6] In Isaiah:
Jehovah said to His anointed, to Cyrus, whose right hand I have holden, to subdue nations before him, and I will loose the loins of kings: to open the doors before him, and the gates shall not be shut; I will go before thee, and make the crooked places straight. And I will give thee the treasures of darkness, and hidden riches of secret places, that thou mayest know that I Jehovah, who have called thee by thy name, am the God of Israel (Isa. 45:1-3);
speaking of the Lord as to His Human, who in the representative sense is “Cyrus;” to “open the doors before him” denotes to give entrance to the Divine Itself. Hence it is that even as to His Human He is called “God,” here “the God of Israel.”
sRef Rev@3 @8 S7′ sRef Rev@3 @20 S7′ sRef Rev@4 @1 S7′ [7] In John:
Behold I have set before thee an open door, which no one can shut; for thou hast a little power, and hast kept My word (Rev. 3:8).
“To set an open door” denotes communication with heaven. In the same:
After these things I saw, and behold a door opened In heaven. I heard, Come up hither, that I may show thee the things which must come to pass hereafter (Rev. 4:1).
Here “a door” plainly denotes communication, because it is said of the revelation which he was about to receive from heaven. From this also it is plain that communication is there represented by a door, as was said above. In the same:
Behold I stand at the door, and knock; if anyone hear My voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me (Rev. 3:20).
Here also “a door” plainly denotes entrance and communication with heaven, where the Lord is, and thus with the Lord.
sRef Matt@25 @12 S8′ sRef Matt@25 @11 S8′ sRef Matt@25 @10 S8′ [8] In like manner in Matthew:
The bridegroom came, and the virgins went in to the wedding, and the door was shut. At last came the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But He answering said, Verily I say unto you, I know you not (Matt. 25:10-12).
What these words signify in the internal sense, see at n. 4635-4638, namely, that “the virgins” denote those who are within the church; “to have oil in their lamps” denotes the good of charity in the truths of faith; and “not to have oil in their lamps” denotes to have the truths of faith, and no good of charity therein; to these latter the door is said to be “shut,” because they do not communicate with heaven, that is, through heaven with the Lord. Communication with heaven, and through heaven, is effected by means of the good of charity and of love, but not truths, which are called the truths of faith, without good therein; and therefore these latter are called “foolish virgins,” but the former “prudent virgins.”
sRef Luke@13 @26 S9′ sRef Luke@13 @27 S9′ sRef Luke@13 @24 S9′ sRef Luke@13 @25 S9′ [9] So in Luke:
Many shall seek to enter, but shall not be able. From the time when the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, then shall ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us; but He answering will say to you, I know you not whence ye are. Then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets. But He shall say to you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from Me all ye workers of iniquity (Luke 13:24-27).
Here also “a door” plainly denotes entrance and communication, as above. That they to whom the door is shut and who knock thereat and are not let in, are those who are in truths of faith from the Word and not in the good of charity, is signified by “eating and drinking in the presence of the Lord and hearing the Lord teach in the streets,” and yet not living the life of faith; for they who do not live this life are “workers of iniquity.”
sRef John@10 @9 S10′ sRef John@10 @2 S10′ sRef John@10 @1 S10′ [10] In John:
Verily, verily, I say into you, he that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. I am the door; by Me if anyone shall enter in, he shall be saved (John 10:1, 2, 9).
“To enter in by the door” denotes by the truth which is of faith to the good of charity and of love, thus to the Lord, for the Lord is good itself; He is also the truth which introduces, thus likewise the “door,” for faith is from Him.
[11] That by “a door” is signified communication, appears like a metaphorical way of speaking, or like a comparison; but in the Word there are no metaphorical expressions or comparisons, but real correspondences. Even the comparisons therein are made by such things as correspond, as can be seen from what has been said about a door, namely, that doors actually appear in heaven with angels and spirits, and that their opening and shutting are according to the communications. And so in everything else.

AC (Potts) n. 8990 sRef Ex@21 @6 S0′ 8990. And his master shall bore through his ear with his awl. That this signifies a representative of obedience, is evident from the signification of “the ear,” as being obedience (see n. 2542, 3869, 4551, 4652-4660); and from the signification of “boring through with an awl,” namely, to the door, or to the door-post, as being to affix; here, as obedience is treated of, as being to assign; and therefore it follows that “he shall serve him forever,” that is, shall be obedient. From this it is plain that the boring through of the ear with an awl to the door or to the door-post by his master is representative of obedience.
[2] How the case herein is, can be seen from what precedes, namely, that they who are in truths alone, and not in the corresponding good, that is, who are in faith and not in charity, are not free, but are servants. For they who act from good, or charity, are free, because they act from themselves; for to act from good, or charity, is to act from the heart, that is, from the will, thus from what is one’s own; for that which is of the will belongs to the man, and that which is done from the will is said to go forth from the heart. But they who are only in the truths of faith and not in the good of charity, are relatively servants, for they do not act from themselves, because they have no good in themselves from which to act; but it is outside of themselves, and they act from it as often as they remember it. They who are of this character even to the end of life, remain after death in this state; and they cannot be brought to a state so as to act from the affection of charity, thus from good, but only from obedience. In the Grand Man, which is heaven, these persons constitute those things which serve the interiors, such as the membranes and skins (n. 8977, 8980).
[3] From all this it can be seen how the case is with faith alone, thus with those who from doctrine set faith in the first place, and the good of charity in the second place, and even in the last place. They who actually, that is, in the life itself, so regard faith, are Hebrew servants in the representative sense. From all this it may also be concluded how the case is with those who make everything of salvation to consist in the truths of faith, and nothing in the good of charity; namely, that actually, or in the life itself, they cannot enter into heaven; for good reigns in heaven, and not truth without good; neither is truth truth, nor faith faith, except with those who are in good.
[4] That the boring through of the ear with an awl by his master is representative of obedience, is plain also from the fact that to affix the ear to the door is to cause attention to be given to those things which his master, who is in the room, commands; thus it is to hear continually, and consequently to obey; here in the spiritual sense the things which good wills and commands, for by the master of the servant is represented spiritual good (n. 8981, 8986). As “the ear” signifies the hearing which is of obedience, therefore by virtue of an origin coming from the spiritual world there has flowed into human speech the expression, “to pinch the ear,” meaning to cause a person to be attentive, and to remember; in like manner the expressions “to hear,” and “to hearken to,” anyone, meaning to obey. For the interior sense of very many expressions has flowed from the spiritual world by virtue of correspondences; in like manner as when we speak of “spiritual light,” and the consequent “sight,” as denoting what is of faith; also of “spiritual fire,” and the consequent “life,” as denoting what is of love.
aRef Ex@38 @31 S5′ [5] The reason why the boring through of the ear was to be done with an awl, was because by an “awl” is signified the like as by a “peg,” or a “nail,” namely, an affixing or joining to, and in the spiritual sense an assignment to anything; but the awl was an instrument of service, and therefore serves to represent assignment to perpetual obedience on the part of the servant. That “pegs” or “nails” signify an affixing, or adjoining to, is evident from the passages where they are mentioned; as in Isa. 22:23; 33:20; 41:7; 54:2; Jer. 10:4; Exod. 27:19; 38:31; Num. 3:37; 4:32.

AC (Potts) n. 8991 aRef Ecc@11 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @6 S0′ 8991. And he shall serve him forever. That this signifies to eternity, is evident from the signification of “serving,” as being to obey, for servants are they who obey, and masters are they who command; that those who were represented by the menservants denote those who have done what is good from obedience, but not from the affection of charity, is evident from what precedes; and from the signification of “forever,” as being to eternity. In the sense of the letter “forever” here signifies service with his master even to the end of his life; but in the internal or spiritual sense it signifies what is eternal, because it signifies the state after death. It is said “to eternity,” because they who do what is good from the obedience of faith, and not from the affection of charity, who are represented by the menservants, in the other life can never be brought to a state of good, that is, to act from good; because everyone’s life remains after death. Such as a man is when he dies, such he remains; according to the common saying, “as the tree falls so it lies;” not that he is such as he is near the hours of death, but such as from the whole course of his life he is when he dies. And therefore they who during their life in the world have become habituated to doing what is good from obedience only, and not from charity, remain such to eternity. They are indeed perfected in respect to obedience; but they do not attain to anything of charity.

AC (Potts) n. 8992 sRef Ex@21 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @7 S0′ 8992. Verses 7-11. And when a man shall sell his daughter to be a maidservant, she shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants. If she be evil in the eyes of her master, so that he will not betroth her, then he shall let her be redeemed: to sell her to a strange people he shall have no power in his acting treacherously against her. And if he shall betroth her to his son, he shall do to her according to the judgment of daughters. If he shall take him another; her food, her covering, and her conjugial due, he shall not diminish. And if he shall not do these three to her, then she shall go out free with no silver. “And when a man shall sell his daughter to be a maidservant,” signifies the affection of truth from natural delight; “she shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants,” signifies a state not like truth without affection; “if she be evil in the eyes of her master,” signifies if the affection of truth from natural delight does not agree with spiritual truth; “so that he will not betroth her,” signifies so that it cannot be conjoined; “then he shall let her be redeemed,” signifies alienation from these truths; “to sell her to a strange people he shall have no power,” signifies not to those who are not of the faith of the church; “in his acting treacherously against her,” signifies this being contrary to the laws of Divine order; “and if he shall betroth her to his son,” signifies if it agrees with any derived truth so that it can be conjoined therewith; “he shall do to her according to the judgment of daughters,” signifies that it shall be as is the genuine affection of truth; “if he shall take him another,” signifies conjunction with the affection of truth from another stock; “her food, her clothing, and her conjugial due he shall not diminish,” signifies no deprivation of the interior life which is “food,” nor of the exterior life which is “clothing,” thus no deprivation of conjunction which is the “conjugial due;” “and if he shall not do these three to her,” signifies the deprivation of these; “she shall go out free with no silver,” signifies alienation therefrom without truth conjoined with it.

AC (Potts) n. 8993 sRef Ex@21 @7 S0′ 8993. And when a man shall sell his daughter to be a maid-servant. That this signifies the affection of truth from natural delight, is evident from the signification of “a man’s daughter,” as being the affection of truth, for by “a daughter” is signified affection (see n. 2362, 3963), and by “man,” truth (n. 3134), as also by “an Israelite,” who is here meant by “a man” (n. 5414, 5879, 5951, 7957, 8234); and from the signification of “a maidservant,” as being external or natural affection (n. 2567, 3835, 3849); consequently by “a man’s daughter being sold for a maidservant” is signified the affection of truth from the delight of natural affection.
[2] By natural delight is meant the delight that flows forth from the love of self and the love of the world. They who are in the affection of truth from this, are they who learn the doctrinal things of the church, which are called the truths of faith, either for the sake of gain, or for the sake of honors, and not for the sake of life. Such affections of truth, which do not flow forth from spiritual good, but from natural delight, are represented by the daughter of an Israelitish man sold to be a handmaid or maidservant; for everything which has its origin from the love of self, or from love of the world, is not free; but servile (what is meant by “free,” and what by “servile,” see n. 892, 905, 1947, 2870-2893, 6205). How the case is with the affections of truth that originate from these loves, is described in the internal sense in what now follows.
[3] Bear in mind that the genuine affection of truth is willing and longs to know the veriest truths of faith for the sake of good use as the end, and for the sake of life; but the affection of truth that is not genuine desires and longs for truths for the sake of self, thus for seeking honors, and for hunting gains. They who are in the affection of truth from this origin do not care whether the truths they know are genuine, provided they are such as they can pass off as truths; and therefore they stick in the mere confirmation of the doctrinal things of the church in which they were born, whether these be true or not true. They are also in darkness in respect to truths themselves, for worldly ends which are gains, and bodily ends which are honors, completely blindfold them.
[4] But they who are in the genuine affection of truth, that is, who long to know truths for the sake of good use, and for the sake of life, also abide in the doctrinal things of the church until they arrive at the age when they begin to think for themselves; then they search the Scriptures and supplicate the Lord for enlightenment, and when they are enlightened they rejoice from the heart. For they know that if they had been born where there is another doctrine of the church, nay, the greatest heresy, without searching the Scriptures from the genuine affection of truth, they would have remained in that doctrine; as for example, if they had been born Jews, or if they had been born Socinians. From this it is plain who and of what quality they are who are in the genuine affection of truth, and who and of what quality they are who are in an affection of truth that is not genuine. They who are in the genuine affection of truth are in the representative sense the daughters of Israelitish men; but they who are in an affection of truth that is not genuine are in the representative sense maidservants from the daughters of Israel.

AC (Potts) n. 8994 sRef Ex@21 @7 S0′ 8994. She shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants. That this signifies a state not like truth without affection, is evident from the signification of “going out,” namely, from service, as being the state after combat, or labor (see above, n. 8980, 8984); and from the signification of “menservants,” as being those who are in truths and not in the corresponding good (n. 8974), thus who are in truth without affection. From this it is plain that by “she shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants” is signified a state not like truth without affection.
[2] How this is shall be briefly told. There are some who are in truth and not in the affection of it; and there are some who are in this affection. The former were represented by the menservants from the sons of Israel; but the latter by the maidservants also from the sons of Israel. By the maidservants however were not represented those who are in the genuine affection of truth; but those who are in an affection not genuine (as can be seen from what has been shown just above, n. 8993).
[3] The difference between those who are in truth without affection, who were represented by the menservants, and those who are in the affection of truth, who were represented by the maidservants, is such as there is between knowing truth, and willing truth. To know truth belongs solely to the intellectual part, but to will truth to the will part; and thus the difference is such as is that between knowledge and affection. They who are in the knowledge of truth and good, and who in the representative sense are “menservants,” or “men,” are not affected with truth and good, but only with the knowledge thereof; consequently they are delighted with truths for the sake of knowledge. But they who are in the affection of truth and of good, and who in the representative sense are “maidservants,” or “women,” are not affected with knowledge, but with the truths and goods themselves when they hear them, and perceive them in others. Such affection is common with good women, but the affection of the knowledge of truth is common with men.
aRef 1Cor@14 @34 S4′ aRef 1Tim@2 @12 S4′ aRef 1Cor@14 @35 S4′ [4] From this it is that they who are in spiritual perception love women who are affected with truths, but do not love women who are in knowledges; for it is according to Divine order that men should be in knowledges, but women solely in affections; and thus that women should not love themselves from knowledges, but should love men; whence comes the conjugial. From this also it is that it was said by the ancients that women should be silent in the church. This being the case, knowledges are represented by men, but affections by women; here the affections of truth which spring from the delights of natural loves, by the maidservants; and as these are of a totally different nature from those who are affected with knowledges, therefore the case with maidservants is quite different from what it is with menservants. This then is what is signified by the statute that the maidservant shall not go out according to the going out of the menservants. But be it known that the case is so with those who are of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom; but the other way about with those who are of His celestial kingdom. In the latter kingdom husbands are in affection, but wives in the knowledges of good and truth. From this comes the conjugial with these.

AC (Potts) n. 8995 sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ 8995. If she be evil in the eyes of her master. That this signifies if the affection of truth from natural delight does not agree with spiritual truth, is evident from the signification of “a maidservant,” of whom it is said that she is “evil,” as being affection from natural delight (see n. 8993, 8994); from the signification of “evil,” when said of this affection relatively to spiritual truth, as being not to agree therewith (of which below); from the signification of “in the eyes,” as being in the perception (see n. 2829, 3529, 4083, 4339); and from the signification of “master,” as being spiritual truth (n. 8981).
[2] How the case herein is must be told. That “a maidservant” denotes the affection of truth from the delights of the love of self or of the love of the world was said above (n. 8993, 8994); and that this affection can be conjoined with spiritual truth can be seen from the fact that the affection of spiritual truth is an internal affection, or is in the interior man; whereas the affection of truth from natural delight is in the external man. The internal affection which is of the spiritual man is constantly conjoined with the external affection which is of the natural man, but still in such a way that the internal affection of truth is the ruling affection, and the external affection is subservient; for it is according to Divine order that the spiritual man should rule over the natural (n. 8961, 8967). Moreover when the spiritual man rules, the man looks upward, which is represented by having the head in heaven; but when the natural man rules, the man looks downward, which is represented by having the head in hell.
[3] To throw more light on this subject something further shall be said. Most men by the truths which they learn, and the goods which they do, do indeed think of a consequent advantage, or of honor in their country; but if these things are regarded as the end, the natural man rules and the spiritual serves; if however they are not regarded as the end, but only as means to the end, the spiritual man rules and the natural man serves, according to what has been already said (n. 7819, 7820). For when gain or honor is regarded as a means to an end, and not as the end, the gain or honor is not regarded, but the end, which is use. As for example he who desires and procures for himself riches for the sake of use, which he loves above all things, is not in this case delighted with riches for the sake of riches, but for the sake of uses. Moreover the very uses make the spiritual life with men, and riches merely serve as means (see n. 6933-6938). From this it can be seen what must be the quality of the natural man in order that it may be conjoined with the spiritual, namely, that it must regard gains and honors, thus riches and dignities, as means, and not as the end; for that which is regarded by a man as the end makes his veriest life, because he loves it above all things, for that which is loved is regarded as the end.
[4] He who does not know that the end, or what is the same, the love, makes the spiritual life of a man, consequently that a man is where his love is, in heaven if the love is heavenly, in hell if the love is infernal, cannot comprehend how the case is in regard to this. He may suppose that the delight of natural loves, which are the love of self and the love of the world, cannot agree with spiritual truth and good; for he does not know that in the course of regeneration a man must be wholly inverted, and that when he has been inverted he has his head in heaven, but that before he has been inverted he has his head in hell. He has his head in hell when he regards the delights of the love of self or of the love of the world as the end; but he has his head in heaven when these delights are as means to the end. For the end, which is the love, is the only thing with man that is alive; the means to the end are of themselves not alive, but they receive life from the end. Consequently the means from the ultimate end are called mediate ends; and these, insofar as they regard the ultimate end which is the principal end, are so far alive. From this it is that when a man has been regenerated, consequently when he has as the end to love the neighbor and to love the Lord, he then has as means the loving of himself and the world. When man is of this character, then when he looks to the Lord he accounts himself as nothing, and also the world; and if he regards himself as anything, it is that he may be able to serve the Lord. But previously the contrary had been the case; for when he looked to himself, he had accounted the Lord as nothing, or if as anything, it was that thereby he might have gain and honor.
[5] From all this it can be seen what is the nature of the secret that lies hidden in these statutes concerning the maidservants from the daughters of Israel, namely, that though they were servants, still, if they were good, they were betrothed to the master by whom they were bought, or to his son; but if evil, they were not betrothed, but were either redeemed, or sold; according to what is contained in these verses. Moreover to betroth maidservants, or to have them for concubines, was permitted in the representative church, especially in the Jewish and Israelitish church, for the reason that a wife represented the affection of spiritual truth, but a maidservant the affection of natural truth; thus the former represented the internal of the church with man, but the latter the external. This was represented by Hagar, who was betrothed to Abraham; and also by the two handmaids who were betrothed to Jacob. From all this it is now evident what is meant in the internal representative sense by a maidservant not being able to be betrothed if she was evil; namely, if the affection from natural delight (which is “a maidservant”) does not agree with the spiritual, which chiefly happens owing to the fact that it wishes to rule, and that it is of such a disposition and heart that it cannot be bent to love the Lord. Moreover the agreement or disagreement with the spiritual of the affection from natural delight is according to the quality of each; but to divide these into their categories would be too tedious. (That “a maidservant” also denotes an affirmative means that serves for the conjunction of the external and the internal man, see n. 3913, 3917, 3931.)

AC (Potts) n. 8996 sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ 8996. So that he will not betroth her. That this signifies that it cannot be conjoined, is evident from the signification of “to be betrothed,” as being to be conjoined; for they who are betrothed are conjoined. In the internal sense by “to be betrothed” is properly signified the agreement of dispositions or of minds which precedes the conjunction of marriage; and as in the spiritual world agreement conjoins, and disagreement disjoins, therefore by “to be betrothed” is here signified to be conjoined.

AC (Potts) n. 8997 sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ 8997. Then he shall let her be redeemed. That this signifies alienation from these truths, is evident from the signification of “being redeemed” by him who sold her, or by another, thus of being sold by the master, as being alienation from that spiritual truth. (That “to be sold” denotes alienation, see n. 4098, 4752, 4758, 5886; also that “master” denotes spiritual truth, n. 8981, 8995.)

AC (Potts) n. 8998 sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ 8998. To sell her to a strange people he shall have no power. That this signifies not to those who are not of the faith of the church, is evident from the signification of “a strange people,” as being those who are outside of the church, thus who are not of the faith of the church (see n. 2049, 2115, 7996); and from the signification of “selling,” as being to alienate (of which just above, n. 8997). In regard to this, the case is that those who have been born within the church, and from infancy have been imbued with the principles of the truth of the church, ought not to contract marriages with those who are outside of the church, and have thus been imbued with such things as are not of the church. The reason is that there is no conjunction between them in the spiritual world, for everyone in that world is in consociation according to his good and the truth thence derived; and as there is no conjunction between such in the spiritual world, neither ought there to be any conjunction on earth. For regarded in themselves marriages are conjunctions of dispositions and of minds, the spiritual life of which is from the truths and goods of faith and of charity. On this account moreover marriages on earth between those who are of a different religion are accounted in heaven as heinous, and still more so marriages between those who are of the church and those who are outside of the church. This also was the reason why the Jewish and Israelitish nation was forbidden to contract matrimonies with the Gentiles (Deut. 7:3, 4), and why it was absolutely heinous to commit whoredom with them (Num. 25:1-9).
[2] This appears still more evidently from the origin of conjugial love, which is from the marriage of good and truth (n. 2727-2759). When conjugial love descends from this source, it is heaven itself in man. This is destroyed when two consorts are of unlike heart from unlike faith. From this then it is that a maidservant from the daughters of Israel, that is, from those who are of the church, was not to be sold to a strange people, that is, to those who are outside of the church; for these would then betroth her, that is, would be conjoined with her, and would thus profane the things which are of the church; and therefore it is said that this is “to act treacherously.”

AC (Potts) n. 8999 sRef Ex@21 @8 S0′ 8999. In his acting treacherously against her. That this signifies that this is contrary to the laws of Divine order, is evident from the signification of “acting treacherously,” as being contrary to truth Divine, or what is the same, contrary to the laws of Divine order; that this is signified by “acting treacherously” is plain from what was adduced just above (n. 8998). In heaven the laws of Divine order are truths, for Divine order is from the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord (n. 8700, 8988). “To act treacherously” is a customary form of speaking in the Word, signifying in the internal sense to act contrary to the truth and good in heaven, or what is the same, contrary to Divine order; as in Isa. 21:2; 33:1; 48:8, and elsewhere; Jer. 3:20; 5:11; 12:1, 6; Hos. 5:7; 6:7; Mal. 2:10, 11, 14, 15; Ps. 78:57; 119:158.

AC (Potts) n. 9000 sRef Ex@21 @9 S0′ 9000. And if he shall betroth her to his son. That this signifies if it agrees with any derived truth so that it can be conjoined therewith, is evident from the signification of “a son,” as being truth (see n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4257), here derived truth, because by the master who is the father is signified the principal truth from which the rest are derived (n. 8981); and from the signification of “betrothing,” as being to be conjoined (of which above, n. 8996).

AC (Potts) n. 9001 sRef Ex@21 @9 S0′ 9001. He shall do to her according to the judgment of daughters. That this signifies that it shall be as is the genuine affection of truth, is evident from the signification of “according to the judgment,” as being with the same right; for by the “judgment” is signified external truth or right such as is in the civil state in which is the representative church (n. 8972); and from the signification of “daughter,” as being the affection of truth (n. 2362, 3024, 3963), here the genuine affection of truth, because by “the maidservant” is signified the affection of truth from natural delight (n. 8993), thus not genuine until she has been betrothed either to her master, or to his son. But when she has been betrothed, that is, when this affection has been conjoined with the spiritual truth which is signified by “master,” and by “son,” then it becomes as it were genuine, for then the natural has been subordinated to spiritual truth, and when it has been subordinated it is no longer in its own right, but in that of the spiritual truth under which it has been subordinated; consequently the natural becomes as the spiritual, because it acts as a one with it. And then also the life of spiritual truth is transferred into the natural, and vivifies it. But betrothal, or conjunction, with a maidservant, differs from conjunction with a daughter in the fact that the latter conjunction is effected in the interior man, but the former in the external man.

AC (Potts) n. 9002 sRef Ex@21 @10 S0′ 9002. If he shall take him another. That this signifies conjunction with the affection of truth from another stock, is evident from the signification of “taking” or “betrothing” another, as being to be conjoined (see n. 8996); for in the spiritual sense, matrimony, which is here meant by “betrothing,” denotes the conjunction of the life of the one with that of the other. According to Divine order there is a conjunction of the life from the truths of faith with the life from the good of charity. From this comes all spiritual conjunction, from which as from its origin comes forth natural conjunction. By “taking another” is signified conjunction with the affection of truth from another stock, for the “maidservant” before spoken of denotes the affection of truth from natural delight (n. 8993); consequently “another” denotes the affection of truth from another stock.
[2] What is meant by “affection from another stock” may be known from the fact that all affection which is of love is of the widest extension, so wide indeed as to surpass all human understanding. The human understanding does not even go so far as to know the genera of the varieties of this affection, still less the species of these genera, and less still the particulars, and singulars of the particulars. For whatsoever is in man, especially that which is of affection or love, is of infinite variety, as can plainly be seen from the fact that the affection of good and truth, which is of love to the Lord and of love toward the neighbor, constitutes the universal heaven, and that nevertheless all who are in the heavens, where there are myriads, differ from one another as to good, and will differ even if they should be multiplied to countless myriads of myriads. For there cannot be in the universe one thing that is exactly like another, and that subsists in a distinct way; it must be various, that is, different from all others, in order that it may be anything by itself (see n. 684, 690, 3241, 3744, 3745, 3986, 4005, 4149, 5598, 7236, 7833, 7836, 8003). From all this it can in some measure be known what is meant by “an affection from another stock,” namely, an affection which differs from the other, but which can nevertheless be conjoined with the same spiritual truth. Such affections as are represented by maidservants betrothed to other man, are of one genus; but there is a difference among them as to species, which is called a “specific” difference. These things might be illustrated by various examples; but the general idea derived from what has been already said will suffice.
[3] In order that there might be represented the conjunctions and subordinations of such affections under one spiritual truth, it was permitted the Israelitish and Jewish nation to have a number of concubines-as to Abraham (Gen. 25:6), also to David, Solomon, and others. For whatever was permitted that nation was for the sake of the representation; namely, that by things external they might represent the internal things of the church (n. 3246). But when the internal things of the church had been opened by the Lord, the representations of internal things by external ceased, because it was then internal things, which are those of faith and love, with which the man of the church was to be imbued, and by means of which he was to worship the Lord; and therefore it was then no longer permissible to have more wives than one, nor to have concubines for wives (n. 865, 2727-2759, 3246, 4837).

AC (Potts) n. 9003 sRef Ex@21 @10 S0′ 9003. Her food, her raiment, and her conjugial due, he shall not diminish. That this signifies no deprivation of the interior life which is “food,” nor of the exterior life which is “clothing,” thus no deprivation of conjunction which is the “conjugial due,” is evident from the signification of “food,” as being the sustenance of the interior life, for in the spiritual sense “food,” or meat and drink, denote the knowledges of good and truth, “meat,” the knowledges of good (n. 5147), and “drink,” the knowledges of truth (n. 3168, 3772); and therefore “food” denotes the things which nourish the spiritual life of man (n. 5293, 5576, 5579, 5915, 8562); from the signification of “covering,” or “clothing,” as being the sustenance of the exterior life, for in the spiritual sense “covering,” or “clothing,” denotes lower memory-knowledges, because these are what sustain the external life of man (n. 5248, 6918); from the signification of the “conjugial due,” as being conjunction; and from the signification of “not to diminish,” as being not to deprive of.
[2] The case herein is that natural affection conjoined with spiritual truth, which is signified by “a maidservant betrothed to a son,” requires continual sustenance of life from the spiritual truth with which it has been conjoined; for affection without sustenance therefrom perishes. It is with the affection of man as it is with man himself-unless it is sustained with food it dies. Moreover in respect to his interiors man is nothing but affection; a good man the affection of good and the truth thence derived; but an evil man the affection of evil and the falsity thence derived. This is especially evident from a man when he becomes a spirit, for the sphere of life which then flows forth from him is a sphere either of the affection of good, or of the affection of evil. His nourishment or sustenance then is not from natural food and drink, but from spiritual food and drink, which are falsity from evil to an evil spirit, and truth from good to a good spirit. The nourishments of human minds during their life in the body in the world, are no other, and from this it is that all things which relate to food, such as bread, flesh, wine, water, and many other things, in the spiritual sense in the Word signify such things as belong to spiritual nourishment.
sRef Matt@26 @29 S3′ sRef Matt@4 @4 S3′ sRef Luke@22 @30 S3′ sRef John@6 @55 S3′ [3] From this it is also plain what is meant by these words of the Lord:
Man doth not live by bread alone, but by every word that goeth forth out of the mouth of God (Matt. 4:4).
Ye shall eat and drink upon My table in My kingdom (Luke 22:30).
I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this product of the vine, until that day when I shall drink it new with you in My Father’s kingdom (Matt. 26:29);
saying these words after He had instituted the Holy Supper, in which “the bread and the wine” denote those things which are of love and faith; in like manner also “the flesh and the blood.” From this it may be clearly known what is meant by “the flesh and blood” of the Lord in John 6:49-58; and also by these words in the same chapter:
My flesh is food indeed, and My blood is drink indeed (John 6:55).
(That “flesh” in the Word denotes the good of love, see n. 3813, 7850; also that “blood” denotes the good of faith, n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7846, 7850, 7877; in like manner “bread and wine,” n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915, 6118, 6377.)

AC (Potts) n. 9004 sRef Ex@21 @11 S0′ 9004. If he shall not do these three to her. That this signifies the deprivation of these things, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9005 sRef Ex@21 @11 S0′ 9005. Then she shall go out free with no silver. That this signifies alienation therefrom without truth conjoined with it, is evident from the signification of “going out,” here from service and from coupling, as being abandonment by her master-husband [dominus vir], thus alienation; and from the signification of “free with no silver,” as being without truth conjoined therewith (that “silver” denotes truth, see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 8932). How the case herein is, is evident from what was shown just above (n. 9003), namely, that natural affection conjoined with spiritual truth, which is signified by “a maidservant betrothed to a son,” cannot possibly subsist without sustenance from spiritual truth; and therefore if it is not sustained, the conjunction is dissolved, consequently there is alienation. The reason why this takes place without this truth being conjoined with it, is that it is then associated with another truth, which cannot be effected with the life derived from truth from another source. Such is the signification of the above words, because such is the case with consociations in the spiritual world.

AC (Potts) n. 9006 9006. Verses 12-15. He that smiteth a man, and he die, dying he shall die. And he that hath not lain in wait, and God caused it to happen to his hand; then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee. And when a man shall act of set purpose against his companion, to kill him with deceit; thou shalt take him from Mine altar, that he may die. And he that smiteth his father and his mother, dying he shall die. “He that smiteth a man, and he die,” signifies the injuring of the truth of faith and the consequent loss of spiritual life; “dying he shall die,” signifies damnation; “and he that hath not lain in wait,” signifies when it was not of foresight from the will; “but God caused it to happen to his hand,” signifies appearing as of chance; “then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee,” signifies a state of blamelessness, and thus exempt from punishment; “and when a man shall act of set purpose against his companion,” signifies premeditation from a depraved will; “to kill him with deceit,” signifies the consequent malice and ardor of depriving the neighbor of eternal life; “thou shalt take him from Mine altar, that he may die,” signifies damnation even although he flees to the worship of the Lord, and supplicates for forgiveness, and promises repentance; “and he that smiteth his father and his mother,” signifies the blaspheming of the Lord and of His kingdom; “dying he shall die,” signifies damnation.

AC (Potts) n. 9007 sRef Ex@21 @12 S0′ 9007. He that smiteth a man, and he die. That this signifies the injuring of the truth of faith and the consequent loss of spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to injure by falsity (see n. 7136, 7146); from the signification of “a man” [vir] as being the truth of faith (of which below); and from the signification of “dying,” as being the loss of spiritual life (n. 5407, 6119, 7494); for in the internal sense no other life is meant, but in the external sense natural life is meant. The reason why spiritual life perishes by the injuring of the truth of faith, is that good united to truth constitutes that life; and therefore when truth is stolen away, good, and thus spiritual life, falls to the ground. That “a man” denotes the truth of faith, is because in heaven no attention is paid to person, or to anything of person; but to things abstracted from person (n. 4380, 8343, 8985); consequently where “a man” is mentioned in the Word, they do not perceive a man, because a man is a person; but instead they perceive that faculty of his by virtue of which he is a man, namely, the intellectual faculty; and when they perceive this faculty, they perceive the truth of faith, because the truth of faith belongs to it, and not only enlightens it, but also forms it. And as by “a man” [vir] there is perceived in heaven the intellectual of man, so by “a man” [homo] there is perceived his will; because man is man [homo] from the will; but is man [vir] from the understanding. And as the will is the man himself, therefore the good of love is the man, for this belongs to the will, and perfects, and makes it. (That “man” [vir] denotes the intellectual, and therefore the truth of faith, see n. 158, 265, 749, 1007, 2517, 3134, 3309, 3459, 4823, 7716; and that “man” [homo] denotes the good of love, n. 768, 4287, 7523, 8547, 8988.)

AC (Potts) n. 9008 sRef Ex@21 @12 S0′ 9008. Dying he shall die. That this signifies damnation, is evident from the signification of “dying to die,” as being damnation (see n. 5407, 6119, 7494). That “death” denotes damnation, is because with those who are damned the truths of faith and the goods of love have been extinguished, for these are what constitute the veriest life of man, because they are from the Lord who is the only source of life. When these have been extinguished, falsities and evils succeed in their place, which being opposite to the truths and goods that are of life, are therefore of death, but of spiritual death, which is damnation, hell, eternal unhappiness. That nevertheless those are alive who are in evils and falsities, or who are in hell, is because they have been born men, and therefore into the capacity of receiving life from the Lord; and also do receive so much of life from the Lord as to be able to think, reason, and speak, and thereby to cause the evil in themselves to appear as good, and the falsity as truth; and thus to live as semblances of life.

AC (Potts) n. 9009 sRef Ex@21 @13 S0′ 9009. And he that hath not lain in wait. That this signifies when it was not of foresight from the will, is evident from the signification of “lying in wait,” as being to act with deliberation, thus with foresight, for the evil which one who lies in wait is about to do he foresees in his mind; and because he does such evil with foresight, he therefore does it also from the will, for it proceeds therefrom. There are evils which proceed from the will of man, but are not of foresight; and there are evils which proceed from the will, and are of foresight. Those which proceed from the will, and from foresight, are much worse than those which are not from foresight; because the man sees that they are evils, and can therefore desist from them, but is not willing, and he thereby confirms them in himself, and evils confirmed put on nature, so that afterward they can scarcely be extirpated; for in such case he summons spirits from hell who afterward do not easily retire.
[2] Evils which proceed from one part of the mind and not at the same time from the other, such as those which come from the intellectual part, and not at the same time from the will part, are not rooted in and appropriated to the man. That alone is rooted in and appropriated to him which passes from the intellectual part into the will part; or what is the same, which passes from the thought which is of the understanding into the affection which is of the will, and thence into act. Those things which enter into the will are those which are said to enter into the heart.
[3] But evils which proceed solely from the will, thus not with premeditation, are such as the man inclines to hereditarily, or from some previous consequent actual doing of evil. These are not imputed to the man unless he has confirmed them in his intellectual part (see n. 966, 2308, 8806); but when they have been confirmed in this part, they have then been inscribed on the man, and become his own, and are imputed to him. But these evils cannot be confirmed with a man in his intellectual part except in his adult age, namely, when he begins to think, and understand things, for himself; for before this he had no faith from himself, but only from his teachers and parents. From all this it is evident what is signified by, “if he has not lain in wait,” namely, when it was not of foresight from the will.

AC (Potts) n. 9010 sRef Ex@21 @13 S0′ 9010. But God caused it to happen to his hand. That this signifies appearing as of chance, is evident from the idea concerning chance among the ancients, which was that it happened from God; and therefore they expressed the idea of chance by the phrase, “God caused it to happen to the hand.” For they who were of the ancient churches knew that the Providence of the Lord is in each and all things, and that things which happen, that is, which appear as of chance, were of Providence. Wherefore the simple, who could not distinguish between the things which were of permission, and those which were of good pleasure, attributed to the Lord both good and evil; good because they knew that all good is from Him; and evil by reason of the appearance. For when a man does evils, and thereby turns himself away from the Lord, it appears as if the Lord turns Himself away; for the Lord then appears to him behind, and not in front. From this then it is that if anyone smote another by chance, thus without will from foresight, it was expressed by the words, “God caused it to happen to the hand.” (That the Providence of the Lord is in each and all things, has been already shown, see n. 1919, 4329, 5122, 5155, 5195, 5894, 6058, 6481-6487, 6489, 6491, 7004, 7007, 8478, 8717; also that things which happen, or are of chance, are of Providence, n. 5508, 6493, 6494; and that evil is attributed to the Lord, when yet it is from man, n. 2447, 5798, 6071, 6832, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7877, 7926, 8197, 8227, 8228, 8282, 8284, 8483, 8632.)

AC (Potts) n. 9011 sRef Ex@21 @13 S0′ 9011. Then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee. That this signifies a state of blamelessness, and that is exempt from punishment, is evident from the signification of “place,” as being state (see n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 3404, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381); and from the signification of “an asylum,” or place whither he should flee who unexpectedly, or by chance, had killed anyone, as being a state of blamelessness, and thus exempt from punishment; for they who had smitten anyone by chance, that is, without intent, thus not with premeditation, nor from an evil affection which is of the will, were not in any fault of their own; and therefore when such came to a place of asylum they were exempt from punishment. By these persons were represented those who not of set purpose injure anyone in respect to the truths and goods of faith, and consequently extinguish his spiritual life; for such are in a blameless state and one exempt from punishment; as for instance are those who have complete faith in their religiosity, which is also in what is false, and who from this reason against the truth and good of faith, and thus persuade, as heretics will sometimes do who are conscientious, and consequently are zealots.
sRef Num@35 @23 S2′ sRef Deut@19 @4 S2′ sRef Num@35 @22 S2′ sRef Num@35 @11 S2′ sRef Deut@19 @5 S2′ [2] That such persons were represented by those who were to flee to asylums is evident in Moses:
Ye shall select suitable cities, which shall be cities of refuge for you; that the manslayer may flee thither that smiteth a soul through error; as if he hath struck him unexpectedly, without enmity, or hath cast upon him any instrument without set purpose, or with any stone wherewith he may die, seeing him not, so that he make it fall upon him, and he die, when yet he was not his enemy, neither sought his evil (Num. 35:11, 22, 23).
This is the word of the manslayer, who shall flee thither that he may live; when he hath smitten his companion unawares, when he was not his hater yesterday and the day before, when he come into the forest with his companion to hew wood, but when his hand hath struck with the axe, to cut the wood, and the iron hath been shaken off from the wood, and hath found his companion that he die; he shall flee unto one of these cities, that he may live (Deut. 19:4-5).
[3] Here is described the state of one who is blameless and exempt from punishment, and who has injured someone by the falsities of faith which he had believed to be truths, or by means of memory-knowledges derived from the fallacies of the senses, and thus has done injury to the internal or spiritual life of the other. In order that this might be signified, such error or chance is described by an instrument of some kind, and by a stone which he cast upon his companion, so that he died, and likewise by an axe, or the iron thereof, falling from its wood while they were both hewing wood in the forest. The reason why this is described by such things, is that “an instrument” signifies memory-knowledge; “a stone” the truth of faith, and in the opposite sense falsity; in like manner “the iron of an axe;” and “to hew wood” signifies disputation concerning good from one’s religiosity.
[4] Everyone can see that homicide committed through error would not have been described without a secret reason by the iron of an axe falling from its wood in a forest, because such a mischance can rarely happen, in fact scarcely once in the course of many years. But such a mischance is so described on account of the internal sense, in which is described the injury to a soul by another through the falsities of faith which from his religiosity he had believed to be truths; for he who does an injury by means of falsities which he believes to be truths, does it not of set purpose, or from a better conscience, because he does it from the faith and consequent zeal of his religiosity. That these things might be signified in the internal sense, they are described, as before said, by those who kill their companions by mistake, with a stone, by hewing wood in a forest and the iron of the axe then falling from the wood upon a companion; for “a stone” denotes the truth of faith in the natural man, and in the opposite sense falsity (see n. 643, 1298, 3720, 6426, 8609, 8941), in like manner “iron” (n. 425, 426); “the iron of an axe falling from its wood” denotes truth separated from good, for “wood” denotes good (n. 643, 2812, 3720, 8354), “hewing wood,” the placing of merit in works (n. 1110, 4943, 8740); but “hewing wood in a forest” denotes discussing these and the like things, and also bringing them into question; for “a forest” denotes a religiosity.
sRef Jer@46 @22 S5′ sRef Jer@46 @23 S5′ [5] Such things are signified by “hewing wood in a forest with axes” in Jeremiah:
The hirelings of Egypt will go in strength, and will come against her with axes, as hewers of wood, they shall cut down her forest, said Jehovah (Jer. 66:22, 23).
Here “to cut down wood in a forest” denotes to act from a false, religiosity, and to destroy such things as are of the church; for the church is called a “forest,” a “garden,” and a “paradise;” a “forest” from knowledge, a “garden” from intelligence, and a “paradise” from wisdom (n. 3220), because “trees” denote the perceptions of good and of truth, and also the knowledges thereof (n. 103, 2163, 2722, 2972, 4552, 7690, 7692); and as a “forest” denotes the church as to knowledge, thus as to external things, it also denotes a religiosity.
sRef Isa@10 @19 S6′ sRef Ps@132 @6 S6′ sRef Ps@96 @12 S6′ sRef Isa@10 @18 S6′ sRef Isa@10 @17 S6′ sRef Isa@10 @34 S6′ [6] The church as to knowledge, or as to external things, is signified by a “forest” in David:
The field shall exalt, and all that is therein; then shall all the trees of the forest sing (Ps. 96:12).
Lo we heard of Him in Ephratah, we found Him in the fields of the forest (Ps. 132:6);
speaking of the Lord. In Isaiah:
The light of Israel shall be for a fire, and his Holy One for flame. And it shall burn the glory of his forest, and his Carmel; it shall consume from the soul even to the flesh; whence the rest of the trees of his forest shall be a number that a child may describe them. He shall cut down the thickets of the forest with iron, and Lebanon shall fall by a magnificent one (Isa. 10:17-19, 34).
“The forest” denotes the church as to the knowledges of truth; “Carmel,” the church as to the knowledges of good; in like manner “Lebanon” and “Hermon;” the “trees of the forest” denote knowledges, as above; to be “a number that a child may describe” means few; “the thickets of the forest” denote memory-knowledges (n. 2831).
sRef Ezek@20 @47 S7′ sRef Ezek@20 @46 S7′ sRef Jer@21 @14 S7′ sRef Isa@37 @24 S7′ sRef Micah@7 @14 S7′ [7] In the same:
Thou hast said, By the multitude of my chariots I will go up to the height of the mountains, to the sides of Lebanon, and I will cut down the tall cedars thereof, the choice of the fir-trees thereof; then will I come unto the height of his border, the forest of his Carmel (Isa. 37:24).
I will visit upon you according to the fruit of your works, and I will kindle a fire in her forest (Jer. 21:14).
Prophesy against the forest of the field unto the south; and say to the forest of the south, Behold I will kindle a fire in thee, and it shall devour every tree (Ezek. 20:46, 47).
Feed Thy people with Thy rod, the flock of Thine heritage who dwell alone in the forest in the midst of Carmel (Mic. 7:14).
Who does not see that in these passages by “a forest” is not meant a forest, and that by “Lebanon” and “Carmel” which are “forests” are not meant Lebanon and Carmel, but something of the church? yet what of the church is meant has been hitherto hidden, because the internal sense lies hidden. And it is wonderful that in so learned a world as is Europe above all the rest, where they have the Word, in every particular of which there is an internal sense, the very knowledge of this sense is wanting; when yet this knowledge existed among the ancients in Chaldea, in Assyria, in Egypt, in Arabia, and thence in Greece, in whose books, emblems, and hieroglyphics such things are still to be met with. But the reason why such knowledge has perished, is that there is no faith that the spiritual is anything.

AC (Potts) n. 9012 sRef Ex@21 @14 S0′ 9012. And when a man shall act of set purpose against his companion. That this signifies premeditation from a depraved will, is evident from the signification of “to act of set purpose,” as being to act with premeditation, for he who proposes to himself evil, does it with premeditation; and as it is evil, and he does it, it is from the will; for the doing of evil is originally from this source. But the falsity by which evil is affirmed, defended, and thus promoted, is of the thought; thus comes from a depraved or inverted understanding. (That man is guilty when he does evil from both, namely, from the understanding and from the will, may be seen above, n. 9009.)

AC (Potts) n. 9013 sRef Ex@21 @14 S0′ 9013. To kill him with deceit. That this signifies the consequent malice of depriving the neighbor of eternal life, is evident from the signification of “to kill,” as being to take away faith and charity from the neighbor, and thus to deprive him of spiritual life, which is eternal life (see n. 6767, 8902); and from the signification of “deceit,” as being malice from the will with forethought or premeditation, thus from set purpose. Evils are done either from enmity, or from hatred, or from revenge, and either with deceit or without it. But evils done with deceit are the worst, because deceit is like a poison which infects and destroys with infernal venom, for it goes through the whole mind even to its interiors. The reason is that he who is in deceit meditates evil, and feeds his understanding with it, and takes delight in it, and thus destroys everything therein that belongs to man, that is, which belongs to life from the good of faith and of charity.
[2] They who in the world have ensnared the neighbor with deceit in respect to worldly and earthly things, in the other life ensnare the neighbor with deceit in respect to spiritual and heavenly things; and because they do this in secret, they are dispatched to the hells behind the back, deep down according to the malignity and hurtfulness of the deceit, and in this way are separated from those who are in front; the latter being called “spirits,” but the former, “genii” (n. 5035, 5977, 8593, 8622, 8625). Genii are not admitted to men as spirits are, because they flow into the affections of the will, by acting against the good of love and charity so secretly that it cannot possibly be perceived; and in this way they destroy the truth of faith. In their own hell they render themselves invisible before their companions; for they who have acted secretly in the world can render themselves invisible in the other life; but when they appear, they appear among themselves like men; whereas when they are looked at by the angels they appear like serpents, for they have the nature of serpents, and that which goes forth from them is like poison, and indeed is spiritual poison.
sRef Matt@23 @33 S3′ sRef Matt@23 @29 S3′ sRef Deut@32 @33 S3′ sRef Job@20 @16 S3′ sRef Isa@59 @5 S3′ sRef Ps@140 @3 S3′ sRef Ps@58 @2 S3′ sRef Ps@58 @4 S3′ sRef Ps@140 @2 S3′ [3] Wherefore in the Word “poison” signifies deceit, and poisonous serpents, such as “asps,” “cockatrices,” and “vipers,” signify the deceitful; as in the following passages:
In heart ye work perversities, their poison is like the poison of a serpent; like that of the deaf asp (Ps. 58:2, 4).
They cogitate evils in the heart, they sharpen their tongue like a serpent; the poison of the asp is under their lips (Ps. 140:2, 3).
They lay eggs of the asp, and weave the spider’s webs, he that eateth of their eggs dieth (Isa. 59:5).
He shall suck the poison of asps; the viper’s tongue shall slay him (Job 20:16).
Their wine is the poison of dragons, and the cruel gall of asps (Deut. 32:33).
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! Ye serpents, ye offspring of vipers, how shall ye escape the judgment of Gehenna (Matt. 22:29, 33).
[4] Deceit is called “hypocrisy” when there is piety in the mouth, and impiety in the heart; or when there is charity in the mouth, but hatred in the heart; or when there is innocence in the face and gesture, but cruelty in the soul and breast; consequently when they deceive by a show of innocence, charity, and piety. Such are “serpents” and “vipers” in the internal sense, because, as before said, when such are looked at by the angels in the light of heaven, they appear like serpents and like vipers, who hide evils under truths; that is, who deceitfully bend truths to the doing of evils; for such hide poison as it were under the teeth, and thus kill.
sRef Mark@16 @18 S5′ sRef Luke@10 @19 S5′ sRef Mark@16 @17 S5′ sRef Isa@11 @8 S5′ [5] But they who are in the faith of truth and in the life of good from the Lord, cannot be injured by the poisons of such, for they are in light from the Lord, in which the deceitful appear like serpents, and their deceits like poisons. That these are kept in safety by the Lord is meant by His words to the disciples:
Behold I give unto you power to tread upon serpents and scorpions (Luke 10:19).
These signs shall follow them that believe; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not harm them (Mark 16:17, 18).
The suckling shall play on the hole of the viper (Isa. 11:8).
sRef Matt@12 @34 S6′ sRef Matt@12 @32 S6′ sRef Matt@12 @33 S6′ sRef Matt@12 @31 S6′ [6] Those who have been interiorly infected with spiritual deceit, that is, with hypocrisy, are they who are meant by those who speak against the Holy Spirit, for whom there is no forgiveness, in Matthew:
I say unto you, All sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men; but the blasphemy of the spirit shall not be forgiven unto men. Nay, if anyone shall say a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him; but whosoever shall speak against the Holy Spirit, it shall not be forgiven him, neither in this age, nor in that which is to come. Either make the tree good, and its fruit good; or make the tree bad and its fruit bad. O offspring of vipers, how can ye, being evil, speak what is good (Matt. 12:31-34).
By “saying a word against the Holy Spirit” is meant to speak well and think evil, and to do well and will evil, respecting those things which are of the Lord, of His kingdom, and of His church, also which are of the Word; for thus falsity lies inwardly hidden in the truths which they speak; and evil, which is hidden poison, in the goods which they do; consequently they are called “an offspring of vipers.”
sRef Ps@5 @6 S7′ [7] In the other life an evil person is allowed to speak evil and also falsity; but not good and truth, because there all are compelled to speak from the heart, and are not allowed to be of a divided mind. They who do otherwise are separated from the rest, and are hidden in hells from which they cannot possibly go forth. That such are they who are meant by “those who say a word against the Holy Spirit” is evident from the above words of the Lord, “Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad, and its fruit bad; how can ye, being evil, speak what is good?” The “Holy Spirit” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus the Holy Divine Itself, which is thereby interiorly blasphemed and profaned.
sRef Matt@22 @11 S8′ sRef Matt@22 @13 S8′ sRef Matt@22 @12 S8′ [8] That it will not be forgiven them is because hypocrisy or deceit in connection with Holy Divine things infects the interiors of man, and destroys everything of spiritual life in him, as was said above, insomuch that at last there is nothing sound in any part of him. For the forgiveness of sins is the separation of evil from good, and the rejection of evil to the sides (n. 8393), which cannot be done with him in whom all good has been destroyed. Therefore it is said “It shall not be forgiven him, neither in this age nor in that which is to come.” Of this character also are those who are meant by “him that had not on a wedding garment,” who was bound hand and foot and cast out into outer darkness (Matt. 22:11-13, see n. 2132).
sRef Ps@32 @2 S9′ sRef Jer@9 @6 S9′ sRef Ps@120 @2 S9′ sRef Jer@9 @4 S9′ sRef Jer@9 @5 S9′ [9] That “deceit” in the Word denotes hypocrisy is evident from the following passages:
Beware ye every man of his companion, and put ye not your trust upon any brother; for every brother supplanteth. They mock, a man with his companion, and speak not the truth; they have taught their tongue to speak a lie. Thy dwelling is in the midst of deceit; through deceit they have refused to know Me, said Jehovah (Jer. 9:4-6).
Thou shalt destroy them that speak a lie; Jehovah abhorreth the man of bloods and deceit (Ps. 5:6).
Blessed is the man unto whom Jehovah imputeth not iniquity, provided in his spirit there is no deceit (Ps. 32:2).
Deliver my soul from the lip of a lie, from a tongue of deceit (Ps. 120:2).
In like manner Ps. 52:4; 109:2.

AC (Potts) n. 9014 sRef Ex@21 @14 S0′ 9014. Thou shalt take him from Mine altar, that he may die. That this signifies damnation even although he flees to the worship of the Lord, and supplicates for forgiveness, and promises repentance, is evident from the signification of “the altar of Jehovah,” as being the chief representative of the worship of the Lord (n. 921, 2777, 2811, 4541, 8935, 8940), and because it was a representative of worship, therefore “to flee to the altar” denotes to flee to the Lord, and to supplicate for forgiveness, and also to promise repentance, for the one follows the other; and from the signification of “dying,” as being damnation (n. 5407, 6119, 9008).
[2] How it is in regard to this can be seen from what was shown in the paragraph above (n. 9013), namely, that in spiritual things, deceit, that is, hypocrisy, cannot be forgiven. The reason is that deceit is like poison, for it penetrates even to the interiors, and kills everything of faith and charity, and destroys the remains, which are the truths and goods of faith and charity stored up by the Lord in the interiors of man, which being destroyed nothing of spiritual life any longer survives. (With respect to remains, see n. 468, 530, 560-563, 660, 661, 798, 1050, 1738, 1906, 2284, 5135, 5342, 5344, 5897, 5898, 6156, 7560, 7564.) Wherefore when such persons supplicate the Lord for forgiveness, and promise repentance, which is signified by “fleeing to the altar,” they supplicate and promise nothing whatever from the heart, but only from the mouth. Therefore they are not heard, for the Lord looks at the heart, and not to words abstracted and estranged from the heart. Consequently for such there is no forgiveness, because no repentance is possible with them.
[3] It is believed by many within the church that the forgiveness of sins is the wiping out and washing away thereof, as of filth by water; and that after forgiveness they go on their way clean and pure. Such an opinion prevails especially with those who ascribe everything of salvation to faith alone. But be it known that the case with the forgiveness of sins is quite different. The Lord forgives everyone his sins, because He is mercy itself. Nevertheless they are not thereby forgiven unless the man performs serious repentance, and desists from evils, and afterward lives a life of faith and charity, and this even to the end of his life. When this is done, the man receives from the Lord spiritual life, which is called new life. When from this new life the man views the evils of his former life, and turns away from them, and regards them with horror, then for the first time are the evils forgiven, for then the man is held in truths and goods by the Lord, and is withheld from evils. From this it is plain what is the forgiveness of sins, and that it cannot be granted within an hour, nor within a year. That this is so the church knows, for it is said to those who come to the Holy Supper that their sins are forgiven if they begin a new life by abstaining from evils and abhorring them.
[4] From all this then it is evident how the case is with hypocrites, who through deceit are filled with evils as to the interiors, namely, that they cannot do the work of repentance; for the very remains of good and of truth in them have been consumed and destroyed, and therewith everything of spiritual life; and because they cannot do the work of repentance, they cannot be forgiven. This is signified by the statute that those who kill the neighbor with deceit should be taken from the altar that they may die.
sRef 2Sam@3 @29 S5′ sRef 2Sam@3 @27 S5′ [5] The damnation of such is described by the prophetic words of David with respect to Joab, when he had slain Abner with deceit:
There shall not fail from the house of Joab one that hath an issue, or that is a leper, or that leaneth on a staff, or that falleth by the sword, or that lacketh bread (2 Sam. 3:27, 29).
“One that hath an issue” signifies the profanation of the good of love; “one that is a leper” signifies the profanation of the truth of faith (n. 6963); “one that leaneth on a staff,” or that is lame, signifies those in whom all good has been destroyed (n. 4302, 4314); “one that falleth by the sword” signifies those who are continually dying through falsities (n. 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294); “one that lacketh bread” signifies those who are destitute of all spiritual life, for “bread” denotes the sustenance of spiritual life by good (n. 6118, 8410). As such were signified by “Joab,” therefore by the command of Solomon Joab was slain at the altar whither he had fled (1 Kings 2:28-32).

AC (Potts) n. 9015 sRef Ex@21 @15 S0′ 9015. And he that smiteth his father and his mother. That this signifies the blaspheming of the Lord and of His kingdom, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to injure by means of falsities (see n. 7136, 7146, 9007), and when predicated of the Lord and of His kingdom, as being to blaspheme; and from the signification of “father,” as being the Lord; and of “mother,” as being His kingdom. See n. 8897, where the fourth commandment of the Decalogue was unfolded, and it was shown what is meant in the internal sense by “honoring father and mother,” namely, to love the Lord and His Kingdom, and therefore in the relative sense, to love good and truth. So also “to smite father and mother,” in the relative sense denotes to blaspheme the good and truth of the church.

AC (Potts) n. 9016 sRef Ex@21 @15 S0′ 9016. Dying he shall die. That this signifies damnation, is evident from the signification of “dying” as being damnation (see n. 9008).

AC (Potts) n. 9017 9017. Verses 16, 17. And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him, and if he shall be found in his hand, dying he shall die. And he that curseth his father and his mother, dying he shall die. “And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him,” signifies the application of the truth of faith to evil, and alienation; “and he shall be found in his hand,” signifies nevertheless the acknowledgment of it; “dying he shall die,” signifies damnation; “and he that curseth his father and his mother,” signifies the denial in every possible way of the Lord and of His kingdom by those who are of the church, and thus profanation of the good and truth of the church; “dying he shall die,” signifies damnation.

AC (Potts) n. 9018 sRef Ex@21 @16 S0′ 9018. And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him. That this signifies the application of the truth of faith to evil, and alienation, is evident from the signification of “stealing a man,” as being the application of the truth of faith to evil (that “a man,” here a man of the sons of Israel, denotes the truth of faith, see n. 5414, 5879, 5951, 7957, 9007); and that “stealing” denotes its application to evil (n. 5135); and from the signification of “selling,” as being alienation (n. 4098, 4752, 4758, 5886).

AC (Potts) n. 9019 sRef Ex@21 @16 S0′ 9019. And if he shall be found in his hand. That this signifies nevertheless the acknowledgment of it, namely, of the truth of faith, is evident from the signification of “to be found in the hand,” when said of the truth of faith, as being acknowledgment; for when truth is acknowledged with some faith, it is found with that person; “in his hand” denotes with him.

AC (Potts) n. 9020 sRef Ex@21 @16 S0′ 9020. Dying he shall die. That this signifies damnation, see above (n. 9008). That they are damned who apply the truths of faith to evils, and thus alienate them from themselves, is because they had before acknowledged them. For when the truth of faith which has once been acknowledged is afterward applied to evil, it is commingled with falsity from evil, consequently there is profanation (that this is profanation may be seen from the passages cited below, n. 9021). In order that this may be better understood, let it be illustrated by an example. When those who, in order to rule over all and to gain the world, wish to dispense at their own good will and pleasure the things that belong to the Lord, especially those which belong to the heavenly life with a man, draw confirmations from the Lord’s words, they are “thieves” in the spiritual sense, for they steal truths from the Word and apply them to evils. That they are evils is because they have as their end dominion and gain, and not the salvation of souls. If without any regard to dominion and gain these same persons have previously acknowledged the truths from the Word which they now apply to evils, they profane them, for by so doing they commingle falsities from evils with the truths. Such persons cannot possibly escape damnation, for by so doing they deprive themselves of all spiritual life. That they deprive themselves of spiritual life is plain from the fact that when they are by themselves, and think from themselves, and talk among themselves, they have no faith in truths, and do not believe in the Lord, in heaven, or in hell. Nevertheless above all others they have these things in their mouths, because the ardor for rule and gain incites them thereto, as means to their ends. This reigns especially in Christian paganism, where the images of sanctified men are exhibited for adoration, before which they bend their knees and fall prostrate. Even they themselves do this, from deceit, in order to mislead and persuade.

AC (Potts) n. 9021 sRef Ex@21 @17 S0′ 9021. And he that curseth his father and his mother. That this signifies the denial in every possible way of the Lord and of His kingdom by those who are of the church, and thus the profanation of the good and the truth of the church, is evident from the signification of “cursing,” as being aversion and disjunction (see n. 245, 379, 1423, 3530, 3584, 5071), consequently also denial in every possible way, for he who turns himself away and disjoins himself from the Lord, at heart denies Him; and from the signification of “father and mother,” as being the Lord and His kingdom, and in the relative sense the good and truth which are from the Lord (n. 8897, 9015). The reason why it signifies “by those who are within the church” is that the commandments, judgments, and statutes which were promulgated by the Lord from Mount Sinai, were specifically for the sons of Israel, among whom the representative of a church was at that time being instituted, and by whom therefore the church was signified (n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 7957, 8234, 8805). Therefore also by “cursing father and mother” is signified profanation, for those within the church who wholly deny the Lord and the things which are of His kingdom and church, profane them. (That those who are within the church can profane holy things, but not those who are outside of the church, see n. 1008, 1010, 1059, 2051, 3398, 3399, 3898, 4289, 4601, 6348, 6959, 6963, 6971, 8882.) For this reason denial of the Lord is not profanation with those who are outside of the church, as for instance with the Gentiles, Mohammedans, and Jews.

AC (Potts) n. 9022 sRef Ex@21 @17 S0′ 9022. Dying he shall die, signifies damnation (as above, n. 9008, 9016, 9020). How the particulars in the internal sense cohere together, is evident from what has been said and shown. For the internal sense treats in a series of the denial, blaspheming, and profanation of the truth and good which are from the Lord. But in the external sense no such series appears, for in this sense various things are treated of; as those who smite a man so that he dies; those who kill a companion with deceit; those who smite father and mother; those who steal a man and sell him; and those who curse father and mother. Such is the Word in its particulars, namely, that in the internal sense things follow in order and as it were in a chain; although in the external sense, that is, in the sense of the letter, they are scattered, and in many places disconnected.

AC (Potts) n. 9023 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @20 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @18 S0′ 9023. Verses 18-21. And when men shall dispute, and a man shall smite his companion with a stone or with his fist, and he dieth not, and lieth down in bed; if he rise and walk abroad upon his staff, the smiter shall be guiltless; only he shall give his cessation, and healing he shall heal him. And when a man shall smite his manservant, or his maidservant, with a rod, and he die under his hand; in being avenged he shall be avenged. Nevertheless if he shall stand for a day or two, he shall not be avenged, because he is his silver.
“And when men shall dispute,” signifies contention among themselves about truths; “and a man shall smite his companion with a stone, or with his fist,” signifies the invalidating of some one [truth of the church] by reason of some memory or general truth; “and he dieth not,” signifies and it is not extinguished; “and he lieth down in bed,” signifies what is separate in the natural; “if he rise and walk abroad upon his staff,” signifies the strength of life therein; “the smiter shall be guiltless,” signifies not to be guilty of evil; “only he shall give his cessation,” signifies indemnification; and “healing he shall heal him,” signifies restoration; “and when a man shall smite his manservant, or his maidservant, with a rod,” signifies if anyone within the church ill-treats the truth of memory or its affection from his own power; “and he die under his hand,” signifies so that it is extinguished under his view; “in being avenged he shall be avenged,” signifies the punishment of death; “nevertheless if he shall stand for a day or two,” signifies a state of life abiding even to fullness; “he shall not be avenged,” signifies no punishment of death; “because he is his silver,” signifies what is acquired from one’s own.

AC (Potts) n. 9024 sRef Ex@21 @18 S0′ 9024. And when men shall dispute. That this signifies contention among themselves about truths, is evident from the signification of “disputing,” as being to contend (of which below) and from the signification of “men” [viri], as being those who are intelligent and who are in truths, and in the abstract sense things intellectual and truths (see n. 3134, 9007); consequently “the disputing of men” signifies contention about truths among those who are of the church, and in the abstract sense about truths among themselves. For in the spiritual sense “to dispute” denotes to contend about such things as are of the church, consequently such as are of faith. Nothing else is meant in the Word by “disputing,” for the Word is spiritual and treats of spiritual things, that is, of those things which belong to the Lord, His kingdom in heaven, and His kingdom on the earth, that is, the church. That in the Word “to dispute” signifies contention about truths, and in general in favor of truths against falsities, likewise also defense and liberation from falsities, is plain from the following passages.
sRef Jer@50 @34 S2′ sRef Jer@25 @31 S2′ sRef Jer@25 @32 S2′ [2] In Jeremiah:
A tumult is come even to the end of the earth; for Jehovah hath a dispute against the nations, He will enter into judgment with all flesh; He will deliver the wicked to the sword. Behold evil shall go forth from nation to nation, and a great tempest shall be raised up from the sides of the earth (Jer. 25:31, 32).
Thus is prophetically described the perverted state of the church; “a tumult” denotes contention in favor of falsities against truths, and in favor of evils against goods; “the earth” denotes the church; “the dispute of Jehovah against the nations” denotes the contention of the Lord in favor of truths against falsities, and in favor of goods against evils, thus also defense; “the nations” denote falsities and evils; “a sword” denotes falsity fighting and conquering; “a great tempest” denotes falsity ruling; “the sides of the earth” denotes where falsities burst forth from evil.
sRef Lam@3 @58 S3′ sRef Micah@6 @1 S3′ sRef Isa@57 @16 S3′ sRef Ps@119 @154 S3′ sRef Hos@12 @2 S3′ [3] In the same:
Jehovah shall dispute their dispute; that He may give rest to the earth (Jer. 50:34)
“To dispute the dispute” denotes to defend truths against falsities and to liberate; “the earth” denotes the church, which has “rest” when it is in good, and consequently in truths. In the same:
O Lord, Thou hast disputed the disputes of my soul; Thou hast liberated my life (Lam. 3:58).
“To dispute the disputes of the soul” denotes to defend and liberate from falsities. In David:
Dispute Thou my dispute, and redeem me; vivify me according to Thy word (Ps. 119:154).
“To dispute the dispute” here also denotes to liberate from falsities. In Micah:
Dispute Thou with the mountains, and let the hills hear Thy voice (Mic. 6:1).
“To dispute with the mountains” denotes to contend and defend against the exalted ones, and also against the evils of the love of self; “the hills which are to hear His voice” denote the humble, and those who are in charity. In Isaiah:
I will not eternally dispute, and I will not be wroth forever (Isa. 57:16).
“To dispute” denotes to contend against falsities. In Hosea:
Jehovah hath a dispute with Judah (Hos. 12:2);
where the meaning is similar. Besides other passages.

AC (Potts) n. 9025 sRef Ex@21 @18 S0′ sRef Isa@58 @4 S1′ 9025. And a man shall smite his companion with a stone, or with his fist. That this signifies the invalidating of some one [truth of the church] by reason of some memory or general truth, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to injure (see n. 7136, 7146, 9007), here to invalidate, because it is said of truths from memory-knowledges; from the signification of “a stone,” as being truth (n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3773, 3789, 3798, 6426, 8940), namely, truth in the ultimate of order, that is, in the natural, thus memory-knowledge (n. 8609); and from the signification of “a fist,” as being general truth; for by “the hand” is signified the power which belongs to truth (n. 3091, 4931, 7188, 7189), consequently by “the fist” is signified full power from general truth. That is called general truth which has been received, and everywhere prevails; consequently “to smite with the fist” denotes with full force and power; in the spiritual sense, by means of truths which are from good; and in the opposite sense, by means of falsities which are from evil. In the latter sense it is used in Isaiah:
Behold ye fast for dispute and contention, to smite with the fist of wickedness (Isa. 58:4).
“To smite with the fist of wickedness” denotes with full force by means of falsities from evil.
[2] What is meant by invalidating any truth of the church by means of memory or general truth, shall be explained. By memory-truths are meant truths which are from the literal sense of the Word. General truths therefrom are such as are received among people generally, and consequently are in general discourse. There are very many such truths, and they prevail with much force. But the literal sense of the Word is for the simple, for those who are being initiated into the interior truths of faith, and for those who do not apprehend interior things; for this sense is according to the appearance before the sensuous man, thus is according to his apprehension. Hence it is that in this sense things frequently appear dissimilar, and as it were contradictory, to each other-as for example, that the Lord leads into temptation, and elsewhere that He does not lead into temptation; that the Lord repents, and elsewhere that He does not repent; that the Lord acts from anger and wrath, and elsewhere that He acts from pure clemency and mercy; that souls come to judgment immediately after death, and elsewhere that this is at the time of the Last Judgment; and so on. As such truths are from the literal sense of the Word, they are called memory-truths, and differ from the truths of faith which are of the doctrine of the church. For the latter arise from the former by an unfolding; for when they are unfolded, the man of the church is instructed that such things have been said in the Word for the sake of apprehension, and according to the appearance. Hence also it is that in very many cases the doctrines of the church depart from the literal sense of the Word. Be it known that the true doctrine of the church is that which is here called “the internal sense;” for in the internal sense are truths such as the angels have in heaven.
[3] Among priests, and among the men of the church, there are those who teach and who learn the truths of the church from the literal sense of the Word; and there are those who teach and those who learn from doctrine drawn from the Word, which is called the doctrine of faith of the church. The latter differ very much from the former in perception, but they cannot be distinguished by the common people, because they both speak from the Word nearly alike. But those who teach and who learn only the literal sense of the Word without the doctrine of the church as a guide, apprehend only those things which belong to the natural or external man; whereas those who teach and who learn from true doctrine drawn from the Word, understand also things which are of the spiritual or internal man. The reason is that the Word in the external or literal sense is natural, but in the internal sense it is spiritual. The former sense is called in the Word a “cloud,” but the latter sense is called the “glory” in the cloud (n. 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8781).
[4] From all this it can now be seen what is meant by “contention among themselves about truths,” and by the “invalidating of some one [truth of the church] by means of some memory or general truth.” As before said, memory or general truth is truth from the literal sense of the Word. And as this varies, and as it were contradicts itself, according to the appearance, it must needs sometimes invalidate the spiritual truths which are of the doctrine of the church. These are invalidated when the thought comes into doubt from passages in the Word which are in conflict with each other. This state in connection with the truths of faith with man is here treated of in the internal sense.

AC (Potts) n. 9026 sRef Ex@21 @18 S0′ 9026. And he dieth not. That this signifies “and it is not extinguished” is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being to cease to be such as before (see n. 494, 6587, 6593), consequently to be extinguished, here not to be extinguished. As the internal sense here treats of the agreement of the truths of faith with the truths of the literal sense of the Word, and as the truths of the literal sense of the Word cannot be extinguished, because they are truths in the ultimate of order, therefore the smiting of a man from which he dies is not here treated of, but only the smiting of a man from which he does not die; for the truths of the literal sense of the Word can indeed be invalidated, but cannot be extinguished. Moreover after they have been invalidated, they can be set aside, but again by an unfolding of their meaning they can be restored. These things are signified by what was decreed about a man smitten by his companion, but rising again and walking upon his staff.
[2] He who investigates the interior things of the Word can see that for some secret reason which does not fall under the understanding unless this is enlightened by the light of heaven, it was decreed by the Lord that the smiter should be guiltless, if the person smitten rose again from his bed and walked abroad upon his staff; and especially that it was decreed by the Lord that he who smiteth his servant, and the servant die not for a day or two, should not be punished, because he is his silver; when yet this is the taking away of a man’s life, for the servant is a man, although a servant. But the secret reason why it was so decreed by the Lord does not appear except by means of the internal sense, in which the subject treated of is the truths of the church derived from the Word, the case with which is similar, when by “a man disputing and smiting his neighbor,” and also by “a man smiting his manservant and his maidservant,” are meant such things as in the spiritual sense correspond, and which are now unfolded. With the Israelitish nation there was instituted a representative church, that is, a church in which the internal things which are of heaven and the church were represented by external things. Therefore such things were decreed, and indeed commanded, as have no validity as laws since the internal things of the church were opened and revealed by the Lord; for since that time man is to live an internal life, which is a life of faith and charity, and such an external life as internal things make it.

AC (Potts) n. 9027 sRef Ex@21 @18 S0′ 9027. And he lieth down in bed. That this signifies what is separate in the natural, is evident from the signification of “lying down,” as being to be separated; and from the signification of “a bed,” as being the natural (see n. 6188, 6226, 6463). How the case herein is will appear from what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 9028 sRef Isa@3 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ sRef Ps@18 @19 S0′ sRef Ps@18 @18 S0′ 9028. If he rise and walk abroad upon his staff. That this signifies the strength of life therein, is evident from the signification of “rising,” which involves something of elevation, here of spiritual truth to agreement with memory-truth; from the signification of “walking,” as being to live (see n. 519, 1794, 8417, 8420); and from the signification of “a staff,” as being strength, for “a rod” signifies the power which belongs to truth, thus strength (n. 4876, 4936, 6947, 7011, 7026), and in like manner “a staff,” but as applied to those who are not in good health. In this sense it is used also in David:
They preceded me in the day of my calamity; but Jehovah was my staff, and He brought me forth into breadth (Ps. 18:18, 19).
“The day of calamity” denotes a weak state in respect to the faith of truth; “Jehovah being a staff” denotes power then; “to bring forth into breadth” denotes into the truths which are of faith. (That this is meant by “bringing forth into breadth,” see n. 4482.) So also in Isaiah:
The Lord Jehovah Zebaoth doth take away from Jerusalem and from Judah the rod and the staff, the whole rod of bread, and the whole rod of water (Isa. 3:1).
“To take away the rod and the staff” denotes to take away the power and strength of life derived from truth and good; “the rod of bread” denotes power from good; and “the rod of water,” power from truth. In the original tongue “staff” is a term implying to lean upon and be supported, which in the spiritual world is effected by means of truth and good.

AC (Potts) n. 9029 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ 9029. The smiter shall be guiltless. That this signifies not to be guilty of evil, is evident from the signification of “to be guiltless,” as being not to be guilty of evil; for those are treated of who from some spiritual truth, which is the truth of the doctrine of faith of the church from the Word, look at some memory-truth, which is truth from the sense of the letter of the Word; and because there appears to be no agreement, the spiritual truth is invalidated and for some time set aside, but is not denied, or exterminated. Of these persons it is said that they “are not guilty of evil.” And from the signification of “to smite,” as being to invalidate (see above, n. 9025).

AC (Potts) n. 9030 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ 9030. Only he shall give his cessation.* That this signifies indemnification, is evident from the signification of the “cessation,” as being indemnification, here that of spiritual truth, which was invalidated through memory-truth. That is called “spiritual truth” which together with good makes the life of the internal man, but that is called “memory-truth” which makes the life of the external man. This truth is from the literal sense of the Word, but spiritual truth is from the internal sense of the Word, thus also from the genuine doctrine of faith of the church, for this doctrine is the doctrine of the internal sense.
* That is, compensate him for the loss of his time. [REVISER.]

AC (Potts) n. 9031 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ 9031. And healing he shall heal him. That this signifies restoration, namely, by means of interpretation, is evident. For if the things which are in the literal sense of the Word are looked at interiorly, they all agree together. This is circumstanced like that which is said in the Word about the sun, that it rises and sets, when yet it does not rise or set; but such an appearance is presented to the inhabitants of the earth, because the earth rotates every day around its axis. This natural truth lies hidden in the former, which is according to the appearance to the external sight. If it had been said in the Word contrary to this appearance, the common people would not apprehend it, and what the common people do not apprehend they do not believe. The case is similar with the Sun of heaven, which is the Lord, concerning which it is also said that it “rises,” but in hearts, when man is being regenerated; and also when he is in the good of love and faith; and that it “sets” when man is in evil and in the consequent falsity. And yet the Lord is continually in His rising, from which also He is called the “Sunrise,” or “East,” and He is never in any setting; nor does He turn Himself away from man, but man turns himself away from Him. From this arises the appearance that the Lord turns away His face and also brings evil; and therefore it is also so said in the Word. This likewise is the truth, but apparent truth, thus it is not in conflict with the former. From all this it can now be seen what is meant in the internal sense by “healing he shall heal,” namely, the restoration of spiritual truth, which is effected by means of a right interpretation of the memory-truth, or that of the literal sense of the Word.
[2] The case is similar with every truth of the literal sense, for in the natural light, which is that of the sensuous man, this appears just as it is expressed in the Word, because the literal sense is natural, and is for the sensuous man. But when the same is presented in the light of heaven, it then appears according to the internal sense; for this sense is spiritual, and is for the heavenly man, because those things which are of natural light vanish away in the light of heaven; for natural light is like shade or cloud, and heavenly light is like the glory and the brightness when the cloud is taken away. And therefore also the literal sense of the Word is called “a cloud,” and the internal sense “glory” (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 4391, 5922, 6343, 8106, 8443, 8781).
sRef Isa@53 @5 S3′ sRef Isa@19 @22 S3′ [3] By “healing he shall heal” is signified in the spiritual sense to restore, because disease and sickness signify the infirmity of the internal man, which infirmity exists when he is sick in respect to his life, which is the spiritual life; thus when he turns aside from truth to falsity, and from good to evil. When this is the case, the spiritual life sickens; and when he wholly turns himself away from truth and good, it dies; but this death is called “spiritual death,” which is damnation. As this is the case with the life of the internal man, therefore such things as relate to diseases and death in the natural world are said in the Word of the diseases of the spiritual life, and of its death. So also the cures of diseases, or healings, as in Isaiah:
Jehovah smiteth Egypt, smiting and healing; whence he turneth himself unto Jehovah, and He shall be entreated for them, and shall heal them (Isa. 19:22).
Surely He was pierced for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and in His wound we are healed (Isa. 53:5);
speaking of the Lord.
sRef Jer@46 @11 S4′ sRef Ezek@47 @12 S4′ sRef Jer@33 @6 S4′ sRef Jer@3 @22 S4′ [4] In Jeremiah:
Return, ye perverse sons, I will heal your backslidings (Jer. 3:22).
Behold, I will cause to come up to it cure and healing, and I will heal them; and I will reveal to them abundance of peace and truth (Jer. 33:6).
Go up to Gilead, and take balm, O virgin daughter of Egypt; in vain hast thou multiplied medicines; there is no healing for thee (Jer. 46:11).
And in Ezekiel:
By the river upon the bank thereof, on this side and on that, cometh up the tree for food, whose leaf falleth not, neither is the fruit consumed; it springeth up again in its months, because the waters thereof go forth out of the sanctuary; therefore the fruit thereof shall be for food, and the leaf thereof for medicines (Ezek. 47:12).
“The fruit which shall be for food” denotes the good of love and charity which is for the nourishment of the spiritual life; “the leaf which shall be for medicine” denotes the truths of faith which are for the refreshment and restoration of that life. (That “fruit” denotes the good of love and of charity, see n. 3146, 7690; and that “leaf” denotes the truth of faith, n. 885.)
[5] As diseases and sicknesses, and also healings and medicines, are not said in the Word of the natural life, but of another life which is distinct from the natural life; it is therefore plain to him who gives some consideration to the matter, that man has another life, which is that of his internal man. They who have gross thoughts with respect to the life of man, believe that he has no other life than that of the body, which is the life of the external or natural man. They wonder what the life of the internal man may be, and even what the internal man is. If they are told that that life is the life of faith and charity, and that the internal man is man’s spirit, which lives after death, and which is essentially the man himself, they wonder still more. And such of them as live only for the body, and not for the soul, thus who are merely natural men, have no apprehension whatever of what is said about the life of faith and charity, and about the internal man, because their thought is merely from natural light, and not at all from spiritual light. Wherefore also after death they remain gross in respect to thought, and live in the shadow of death, that is, in falsities from evil; and they are wholly in thick darkness, and blind to the light of heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9032 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ 9032. In the last two verses the subject treated of is spiritual truth, which is the truth of the doctrine of faith from the Word, invalidated by means of memory-truth, which is the truth of the literal sense of the Word. But as it is commonly believed that the truth of the doctrine of faith of the church is one and the same thing with the truth of the literal sense of the Word, the subject may be illustrated by an example. The genuine truth of the doctrine of the church is that charity toward the neighbor and love to the Lord make the church with man, and that these loves are insinuated by the Lord through faith, that is, by means of the truths of faith which are from the Word, consequently that faith alone does not make the church with man. He who is in this truth, and consults the Word, is everywhere confirmed therein. But when he meets with words about faith, and no mention is made at the same time of love, he hesitates, and begins to revolve doubts with respect to the truth of the doctrine of his faith. Consequently this truth is for the time invalidated, and is separated from the other truths which are of undoubted faith.
sRef Mark@16 @16 S2′ [2] Let the words of the Lord in Mark about faith serve for illustration:
He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be condemned (Mark 16:16).
As faith is here treated of, and not love at the same time, the mind may halt in doubt concerning the truth of its doctrine-that heavenly love insinuated by means of the truths of faith makes the church. But when this memory-truth, that is, truth of the literal sense of the Word, is viewed interiorly, it is plain that it nevertheless does agree with the truth of doctrine; for in the internal sense by “being baptized” is signified to be regenerated (see n. 4255, 5120), and to be regenerated is to be led into the good of love and charity by means of the truths of faith (n. 8548-8553, 8635-8640, 8742-8747). From this it is evident that the truth which is the truth of the literal sense of the Word agrees with the truth of doctrine, provided it is understood what is signified by “being baptized.” And the reason why it is said that “he that believeth not shall be condemned,” is that such a one cannot be “baptized,” that is, regenerated, thus cannot be introduced into the church, still less become a church; for baptism is a symbol of regeneration, and thus of introduction into the church, which is effected by introduction into good by means of truths from the Word.
[3] From all this it is now plain how it is to be understood what is signified in the internal sense by “a man smiting his companion with a stone or with his fist, and that if the man did not die, but lay down in bed, and then rose and walked with his staff, the smiter should be guiltless,” but that “he should give his cessation, and should heal him;” in the internal sense, that if the truth of the doctrine of faith of the church be invalidated by means of memory-truth from the literal sense of the Word, and yet is not extinguished, it shall be made good and restored, which is effected by a right interpretation.

AC (Potts) n. 9033 sRef Ex@21 @19 S0′ sRef Matt@10 @28 S0′ 9033. The invalidation of spiritual truth, that is, of the truth of the doctrine of faith of the church, has been treated of in the two preceding verses; and in the two verses which follow, the subject treated of is the invalidation of memory-truth, which is the truth of the literal sense of the Word. This truth indeed appears like the former, but still it is not like it; and therefore here for the sake of elucidation take this example. It is a spiritual truth, or a genuine truth of the doctrine of faith of the church, that the Lord punishes no one, because He is mercy itself; and therefore whatsoever He does, He does from mercy, and by no means from anger and revenge; and yet the Lord says in Matthew:
Be ye not afraid of those who are able to kill the body, but rather fear Him who is able to destroy both body and soul in Gehenna (Matt. 10:28).
Here it is said of God that He is “to be feared,” because He “is able to destroy body and soul in Gehenna,” when yet He destroys no one. Nevertheless this is a truth; and therefore it is not to be extinguished, that is, denied; for if it is denied, faith in the Word perishes; and if this perishes, man cannot spiritually live, for man has spiritual life through faith from the Word.
[2] The case herein is this. It is a law of Divine order that good should have its recompense-thus heaven-within itself; and it is from this that evil has in itself its punishment, thus hell. The former law is from the Lord, because the Lord wills good to all; but the latter law not so, because the Lord wills evil to no one. Nevertheless so it is done; not from the Lord, but from the man who is in evil, consequently from evil. Yet this is attributed to the Lord in the sense of the letter of the Word, because it so appears. Therefore, because it is an apparent truth, it must not be denied, that is, extinguished; for thus faith in the Word would be extinguished, which faith is for the simple (see n. 2447, 6071, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7632, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7877, 7926, 8197, 8227, 8228, 8282, 8483, 8631, 8632, 9010).

AC (Potts) n. 9034 sRef Ex@21 @20 S0′ 9034. And when a man shall smite his manservant, or his maidservant, with a rod. That this signifies if anyone within the church ill-treats the truth of memory, or its affection, from his own power, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to ill-treat, for “smiting” is predicated of any injury whatsoever; from the signification of “a man” [vir], here a man of the sons of Israel, as being one who is of the church, and who consequently is in spiritual truth, which is the truth of the doctrine of faith of the church from the Word (see n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 7957, 8234, 8805); from the signification of a “manservant,” as being memory-truth, which is the truth of the Word, but of its literal sense (of which below); from the signification of a “maidservant,” as being natural affection, thus the affection of memory knowledges, because these are in the natural (n. 1895, 2567, 3835, 3849, 8993, 8994); and from the signification of a “rod,” as being natural power (n. 4876, 4936, 6947, 7011, 7026), here, one’s own power, because the manservant of whom it is said, was bought. From this it is plain that by the words, “if a man shall smite his manservant, or his maidservant,” is signified if anyone within the church ill-treats the memory-truth of the Word, or its affection.
[2] The reason why a “manservant” denotes the truth of the literal sense of the Word, is that by a “servant” in general are signified lower or exterior things, because these serve higher or interior things (n. 2541, 5161, 5164, 5936, 7143); consequently by a “servant” is signified the natural, because this serves the spiritual (n. 3019, 3020, 5305, 7998), consequently memory-truth, which belongs to the literal sense of the Word, for this serves spiritual truth, which belongs to the internal sense. The truth of the internal sense of the Word is the same as the genuine truth of the doctrine of faith of the church.
[3] How the truth of the literal sense of the Word serves spiritual truth, shall be briefly told. The man of the church first learns truth from the literal sense of the Word, which is general truth accommodated to the apprehension of the external man, who is in natural light. This truth is received by an external way, that is, by hearing, and is stored up in the memory of the external man, where are also various memory-knowledges derived from the world (n. 2469-2494). Afterward the things stored up in this memory are subjected to the sight or view of the internal man, who sees from the light of heaven. The internal man calls forth therefrom by selection the truths which agree with the good which flows in from the Lord by the way of the soul, and which the man had received. There the Lord conjoins these truths with good. The truths which are thus conjoined in the internal man are called “spiritual truths,” and the good with which the truths are conjoined is called “spiritual good.” This good, formed by means of truths, is what makes the spiritual life of man. The truths themselves there are called “the truths of faith,” and the good is called “the good of charity.” The good in which truths have thus been implanted is the church with man.
[4] From this it is plain in what manner the truths of the literal sense of the Word serve for the formation of spiritual truths, in general for the formation of faith and of charity, which make the spiritual life; which life consists in being affected with truths for the sake of good, and in being affected with good from truths, and finally in being affected with truths from good.

AC (Potts) n. 9035 sRef Matt@25 @34 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @20 S0′ 9035. And he die under his hand. That this signifies so that it be extinguished under his view, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being to be extinguished (see above, n. 9026); and from the signification of “under his hand,” as being under his view, for by “hand” is signified the power which belongs to spiritual truth (n. 5327, 5328, 7011), thus which is of the view, for this is effected by virtue of this truth, and is a noticing. For the truths of the literal sense of the Word, stored up in the natural memory of man, form there as it were a field for the view of the internal man, into which light from heaven flows. From this field, as before said, the internal man selects such things as agree with the good in him, comparatively as the eye selects from the field of a garden such things as conduce to the uses of its life.

AC (Potts) n. 9036 sRef Ex@21 @20 S0′ 9036. In being avenged he shall be avenged. That this signifies the punishment of death, is evident from the signification of “avenging,” or “taking vengeance,” as being the punishment of death, here of spiritual death, which is damnation; for the truth of the literal sense of the Word is being extinguished, and with it faith in the Word. (How the case herein is, see above, n. 9033; and also below, n. 9039.)

AC (Potts) n. 9037 sRef Ex@21 @21 S0′ 9037. Nevertheless if he shall stand for a day or two. That this signifies a state of life abiding even to fullness, is evident from the signification of “a day,” as being a state of life (see n. 893, 2788, 3785, 4850); and from the signification of “two days,” as being a succeeding state (n. 1335), thus a full state, namely, of view; for when mention is made in the Word of “one day,” or “one week,” or “one month,” or “one year,” an entire period of time, or state, is signified (n. 2906); and when it is added, “or two days,” the signification is, even to fullness.

AC (Potts) n. 9038 sRef Ex@21 @21 S0′ 9038. He shall not be avenged. That this signifies no punishment of death, is evident from the signification of “vengeance being taken,” as being the punishment of death (see above, n. 9036).

AC (Potts) n. 9039 sRef Ex@21 @21 S0′ 9039. Because he is his silver. That this signifies what is acquired from one’s own, is evident from the signification of “silver,” as being truth (see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917), here, as a bought slave is treated of, it denotes truth acquired by one’s own. That is called “truth acquired by one’s own” which by induction from principles conceived from one’s own is believed to be truth, and yet is not truth. Such is the truth with those who explain the Word without being enlightened by the light of heaven; that is, who read it not with any affection of truth for the sake of the good of life; for these are not enlightened. If after a full view this truth is extinguished, there is no punishment of death, that is, damnation, because it is not Divine spiritual truth; but if it is extinguished before a full view, there is damnation, because there is a rejection of the truth of faith itself. For that which has been made of anyone’s faith, even if it is not true, ought not to be rejected, except after taking a full view; if it is rejected sooner, the first beginning of the man’s spiritual life is plucked up by the roots; and therefore the Lord never breaks such truth with a man, but as far as possible bends it. Let an example serve for illustration.
[2] He who believes that the glory and therefore the joy of heaven consist in ruling over many, and from this conceived principle explains the Lord’s words concerning the servants who gained ten pounds and five pounds, that they should have power over ten cities and over five cities (Luke 19:11); and also the Lord’s words to the disciples, that they should sit upon thrones and judge the twelve tribes of Israel (Luke 22:30); if before taking a full view he extinguishes his faith, which is a faith of truth from the literal sense of the Word, he occasions the loss of his spiritual life. But if after taking a full view, he interprets these words of the Lord from His other words that “whosoever will be greatest must be the least,” and “whosoever would be the first must be the servant of all” (Matt. 20:26-28; Mark 10:42-45; Luke 22:24-27), if he then extinguishes his faith as regards heavenly glory and joy from rule over many, he does not occasion the loss of his spiritual life; for by the “cities” over which those were to have power who gained the pounds are signified the truths of faith (n. 2268, 2449, 2712, 2943, 3216), and the derivative intelligence and wisdom; in like manner by the “thrones” upon which the disciples were to sit (n. 2129, 6937).
[3] Those in heaven who are preeminently in intelligence and wisdom from the truths of faith, are in such humiliation that they attribute everything of power to the Lord, and nothing to themselves; and therefore they do not make anything of glory and joy to consist in ruling, but in serving; and when they are in this state, they are in rule, and also in glory and joy, above others; yet not as before said from the love of rule, but from the affection of love and charity, which is that of serving others. For the Lord flows with power into those who are humble; but not into those who are puffed up, because the former receive influx, but the latter reject it (n. 7489-7492).

AC (Potts) n. 9040 sRef Ex@21 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @26 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @27 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @23 S0′ 9040. Verses 22-27. And when men shall quarrel, and shall strike a pregnant woman, and her births go forth, and harm is not done, with fining he shall be fined, as the woman’s master shall lay upon him; and he shall give according to the judges. And if harm is done, then thou shalt give soul for soul, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot, burning for burning, wound for wound, blow for blow. And when a man shall smite the eye of his manservant, or the eye of his maidservant, and shall destroy it; he shall let him go free for his eye. And if he shall knock out his manservant’s tooth, or his maidservant’s tooth; he shall let him go free for his tooth. “And when men shall quarrel,” signifies grievous contention among truths; “and shall strike a pregnant woman,” signifies the injuring of the good which is from truth; “and her births go forth,” signifies if nevertheless it is confirmed in the natural; “and harm is not done,” signifies thus no injury there; “with fining he shall be fined,” signifies amendment; “as the woman’s master shall lay upon him,” signifies until it agrees with the truth of good; “and he shall give according to the judges,” signifies according to what is equitable; “and if harm is done,” signifies injury; “then thou shalt give soul for soul,” signifies the law of order that thou shalt do to thy neighbor as thou wouldest that he should do to thee, consequently that what thou doest to another shall be done to thyself, “the soul,” denotes the spiritual life; “eye for eye,” signifies if anything in the interior intellectual; “tooth for tooth,” signifies if anything in the exterior intellectual; “hand for hand,” signifies if anything of the power of spiritual truth; “foot for foot,” signifies if anything of the power of natural truth; “burning for burning,” signifies if anything of the affection of love which is interiorly in the will; “wound for wound,” signifies if anything of the affection of love which is exteriorly in the will; “blow for blow,” signifies if anything of affection in the intellectual-that is to say, if anything of all these be extinguished or injured; “and when a man shall smite the eye of his manservant,” signifies if the internal man shall injure the truth of faith in the external or natural man; “or the eye of his maidservant,” signifies or the affection of truth therein; “and shall destroy it,” signifies if he shall extinguish it; “he shall let him go free for his eye,” signifies that it can longer serve the internal man; “and if he shall knock out his manservant’s tooth, or his maidservant’s tooth,” signifies if he shall destroy truth or the affection of it in the sensuous part; “he shall let him go free for his tooth,” signifies that it can no longer serve the internal man.

AC (Potts) n. 9041 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9041. And when men shall quarrel. That this signifies grievous contention among truths, is evident from the signification of “quarreling,” as being grievous contention; and from the signification of “men” [viri], here men of the sons of Israel, as being those who are of the church and in its truths; in the abstract sense, the truths of the church (see above, n. 9034).

AC (Potts) n. 9042 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9042. And shall strike a pregnant woman. That this signifies the injuring of the good which is from truth, is evident from the signification of “to strike,” as being to injure; and from the signification of “a pregnant woman,” as being the formation of good from truth. That this is signified by “a pregnant woman,” is because the regeneration of man, which is the generation of the spiritual life in him, is meant in the internal sense of the Word by the generation of his natural life which is from his parents. For when a man is born anew, he is then first conceived, afterward carried as in the womb, and finally is born. And because regeneration, or the generation of spiritual life, is the conjunction of truth and of good, that is, of faith and of charity, therefore by “carrying in the womb” is signified the initiation of truth into good. From this it is plain what is signified by “a pregnant woman,” namely, the state of the formation of good from truths. (That “the womb” denotes where truth and good lie conceived, see n. 4918, 6433; and that “to be in the womb,” and “to come forth from the womb” denote to be regenerated, n. 4904, 8043; also that “generations” and “births” denote those of faith and charity, n. 613, 1145, 1255, 2020, 2584, 6239.)
sRef Jer@31 @8 S2′ [2] The state of the formation of good from truths is also signified by “a pregnant woman” in Jeremiah:
Behold I bring them from the land of the north, and I will gather them from the sides of the earth; among them the blind and the lame, she that is pregnant, and she that bringeth forth together (Jer. 31:8).
In the internal sense this treats of a new church from the Lord, in which sense by “bringing them from the land of the north” is signified from an obscure state of faith (see n. 3708); by “the sides of the earth from which they shall be gathered” is signified where the truth and good of the church begin, for “the earth” denotes the church (n. 566, 662, 1066, 1067, 1262, 1413, 1607, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732), and its “sides” denote where its first and its last are; by “the blind” are signified those who are in ignorance of truth, and yet receive truth when instructed (n. 2383, 6990); by “the lame,” those who are in good, but not genuine good because of their ignorance of truth (n. 4302); by “she that is pregnant,” those in whom good is being formed by means of truths; and by “she that bringeth forth,” those who are in the life of faith in act (n. 3905, 3915, 3919). That such things are here signified can be seen from the fact that otherwise it would have been superfluous and worthless to make mention of “the blind and lame,” or of “she that is pregnant, and she that bringeth forth together.”

AC (Potts) n. 9043 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9043. And her births go forth. That this signifies if nevertheless it is confirmed in the natural, is evident from the signification of “going forth,” when said of the formation of good from truths, as being to go from the internal or spiritual man into the external or natural (of which below); and from the signification of “births,” as being goods from truths acknowledged in memory and perception, and thus confirmed; for in the spiritual sense by “bringing forth” is meant to acknowledge in faith and act (n. 3905, 3915, 3919, 6585). The case herein is that the man who is conceived anew, carried as it were in the womb, and born, that is, who is being regenerated, first learns from the doctrine of the church, or from the Word, the things which are of faith and charity, which he then stores up among the memory-knowledges that are in the memory which belongs to the external or natural man. From this they are called forth into the internal man, and are stored up in its memory (that man has two memories see n. 2469-2494). This is the beginning of spiritual life with the man, but he is not yet regenerated. In order to be regenerated, the external or natural man must be in compliance, and consequently in agreement, with his internal man. (That a man has not been regenerated until his external or natural man has also been regenerated, see n. 8742-8747; and that the external man is regenerated through the internal by the Lord, n. 3286, 3321, 3493, 4588, 5651, 6299, 8746; and also that the whole man has been regenerated when his natural has been regenerated, n. 7442, 7443.) Seeing then that the things which belong to regeneration are expressed in the Word by the things which belong to the generation or birth of man from his parents in the world, it can be seen from the process of regeneration above described what is meant or signified in the spiritual sense by “conception,” by “gestation in the womb,” and what by “going forth from the womb,” and by “birth;” namely, that “going forth from the womb” denotes to go from the internal man into the external or natural, and that “birth” denotes spiritual good, that is, the good of charity formed from the truths of faith, going forth from the internal man into the external or natural man. When good is in the natural man, the man is a new man; his life is then from good, and his form is from truths derived from good; and he is like an angel, for the angels have their life from good, and their form from truths, which form is the human form. But to the natural man this is a paradox.

AC (Potts) n. 9044 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9044. And harm is not done. That this signifies thus no injury there, namely, in the natural, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9045 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9045. With fining he shall be fined. That this signifies amendment, is evident from the signification of “to be fined,” as being amendment, for a fine is for the sake of amendment.

AC (Potts) n. 9046 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9046. As the woman’s master shall lay upon him. That this signifies until it agrees with the truth of good, is evident from the signification of “as he shall lay upon him,” when spoken of a fine, as being amendment even to satisfaction, thus until there is agreement (of which below); from the signification of “the master,” that is, of the woman, as being truth; and from the signification of “the woman,” as being good. For in the spiritual sense of the Word “the master” or “man” [vir] signifies truth, and “the woman” good, because by the marriage of a man with a woman is represented the marriage of truth and good (see n. 915, 2517, 4510, 4823). By “amendment until there is agreement,” is meant restoration for the injury occasioned by the untimely birth; in the spiritual sense, that is occasioned by the bringing forth or thrusting out, not in right order, of good derived from truths, by the internal man into the external or natural man. Restoration is made when they afterward come into agreement, and they do this when the external or natural man does not act from itself, but from the internal man; or when the spiritual acts in the natural, as the soul in its body. When this comes to pass, the external or natural lives from the life of the internal, and this is the new life, or life of the regenerated man.

AC (Potts) n. 9047 sRef Ex@21 @22 S0′ 9047. And he shall give according to the judges. That this signifies according to what is equitable, is evident from the signification of “the judges,” as being those who decide and decree from what is just and fair; consequently “to give according to the judges,” or before the judges, denotes according to what is equitable, thus neither more nor less; if more, they shall make it equal, also if less.

AC (Potts) n. 9048 sRef Ex@21 @23 S0′ 9048. And if harm is done. That this signifies injury, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9049 sRef Ex@21 @23 S0′ 9049. Then thou shalt give soul for soul. That this signifies the law of order that thou shalt do to thy neighbor as thou wouldest have another do to thee, consequently that what thou doest to another shall be done to thee, is evident from the fact that “to give soul for soul, eye for eye, tooth for tooth,” and so forth, denotes that as thou hast done to another so shall it be done to thee. The reason why this law was given to the sons of Israel, is that such is the law in the spiritual world. He who there does good to another from the heart, receives the like good. Consequently he who does evil to another from the heart, receives the like evil. For good that is from the heart is conjoined with its reward, and evil that is from the heart is conjoined with its punishment; consequently there is heaven for the good, and hell for the evil. That this is so, it has been given me to know from much experience. The case herein is this. With him who does good from the heart, there inflows from heaven on every side, good into the heart and soul of him who does it, and by inspiring inspires it; and then at the same time the affection of love for the neighbor to whom he does good is increased, and with this affection a delight which is heavenly and unutterable. The cause of this is that in heaven the good of love from the Lord reigns universally, and constantly flows in according to the degree in which it is practiced toward another. The case is similar in respect to evil. With him who from the heart does evil to another, there inflows from hell on every side evil into the heart of him who does it, and by exciting excites it; and then at the same time the affection of the love of self is increased, and with it the delight of hatred and revenge against those who do not submit themselves. The cause of this is that in hell the evil of the love of self reigns universally, and constantly flows in according to the degree in which it is practiced toward another. When this occurs, the punishers are at once present, who ill-treat the offender; and thereby the evil with its delight is restrained.
[2] These things are so for the reason that the laws of order in the other life are not learned from books, and stored up therefrom in the memory, as with men in the world, but are written on hearts, the laws of evil on the heart of the evil, and the laws of good on the heart of the good. For every man carries with him into the other life that which by his life in the world he had set in his heart; namely, evil with the evil; and good with the good.
sRef Matt@7 @12 S3′ [3] The law of order from which these things flow is that which the Lord taught in Matthew:
All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them; this is the law and the prophets (Matt. 7:12; Luke 6:31).
Order is from the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord. The laws of order in heaven are truths from good, and in hell are truths separated from good. They are said to be separated, not by reason of the Lord, but by reason of man. Good is separated by the nonreception of it.
sRef Matt@5 @42 S4′ sRef Matt@5 @38 S4′ sRef Matt@5 @41 S4′ sRef Matt@5 @40 S4′ sRef Lev@24 @22 S4′ sRef Matt@5 @39 S4′ sRef Lev@24 @18 S4′ sRef Lev@24 @19 S4′ sRef Lev@24 @21 S4′ sRef Lev@24 @20 S4′ [4] The law which is called “the law of retaliation,” is thus described in Leviticus:
He that smiteth the soul of a beast shall restore it, soul for soul; if a man shall cause a blemish in his neighbor; as he hath done, so shall it be done to him; breach for breach, eye for eye, tooth for tooth; as he shall cause a blemish in a man, so shall it be rendered unto him. He that smiteth a beast shall restore it; and he that smiteth a man shall be killed (Lev. 24:18-21).
As evil carries with it its penalty, it is therefore said by the Lord that “evil must not be resisted,” and at the same time in the following words in Matthew it is explained how the case is with this law in the spiritual world, with those who are in good, relatively to those who are in evil:
Ye have heard that it was said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth; but I say unto you, Resist not evil; but whosoever shall strike thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. And if any man would drag thee to law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloak also. And whosoever shall compel thee to go one mile, go with him twain. Give to everyone that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away (Matt. 5:38-42).
sRef John@12 @40 S5′ sRef Luke@8 @10 S5′ [5] Who cannot see that these words are not to be understood according to the sense of the letter? For who will turn the left cheek to him who deals a blow on the right cheek? And who will give his cloak to him who would take away his coat? And who will give his property to all who ask? And who will not resist evil? But no one can understand these words who does not know what is signified by “the right cheek” and “the left cheek,” what by “a coat” and “a cloak,” also what by “a mile,” and likewise by “borrowing,” and so on. The subject there treated of is spiritual life, or the life of faith; not natural life, which is the life of the world. The Lord there opens, and also in this chapter, and the following, the interior things that belong to heaven, but by means of such things as are in the world. The reason why He did so by such things, was that not worldly men, but only heavenly men, should understand. The reason why worldly men were not to understand, was lest they should profane the interior things of the Word, for by so doing they would cast themselves into the most frightful hell of all, which is the hell of the profaners of the Word. Therefore it is said by the Lord in Luke:
Unto you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God; but to the rest in parables; that seeing they may not see, and hearing they may not hear (Luke 8:10).
And in John:
Isaiah said, He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart; that they may not see with their eyes, and understand with their heart, and should convert themselves, and I should heal them (John 12:39, 40).
It is said “lest I should heal them,” because they who are healed and return again to falsities and evils, commit profanation. These are they who are meant in Matthew 12:43-45.
[6] But it shall now be told what is meant in the internal sense by the words of the Lord above quoted. In this sense it there treats of those who wish to destroy by means of falsities the truths of faith, thus the spiritual life with a man when he is in temptations, and in persecutions; and in good spirits when they are in infestations by evil spirits. By “the cheek” is signified the affection of interior truth, by “the right cheek” the affection of truth from good; by “dealing a blow” is signified the act of injuring this affection; by “coat” and “cloak” is signified truth in the external form (n. 4677, 4741, 4742); by “dragging to law” is signified the endeavor to destroy; by “a mile” is signified that which leads to truth, for the like is signified by “a mile” as by “a way” (that “a way” denotes that which leads to truth, see n. 627, 2333, 3477); by “lending” is signified to instruct. From this it is plain what is signified by “giving to all who ask,” namely, to confess all things of one’s faith in the Lord. The reason therefore why evil ought not to be resisted, is that evil does no harm to those who are in truth and good, for they are protected by the Lord.
[7] These are the things which have been hidden under the above words of the Lord; and this being the case, the Lord only says, “Ye have heard that it was said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth,” but says no more; because by “an eye” is signified the interior truth of faith; and by “a tooth,” the exterior truth of faith, as will be seen in what follows. From all this it is evident in what manner the Lord spoke when He was in the world, namely, that He spoke, as everywhere in the Word of the Old Testament, at the same time for the angels in heaven, and for men in the world; for His speech was in itself Divine and heavenly, because it was from the Divine, and through heaven. But the things which He spoke were presented by means of such things as corresponded in the world. What they correspond to, the internal sense teaches.
sRef Micah@5 @1 S8′ sRef Ps@3 @7 S8′ sRef Isa@30 @28 S8′ [8] That “to deal a blow” or “to smite the cheek” denotes to destroy truths, is plain from passages in the Word where mention is made of “smiting the cheek.” And because in the genuine sense this signifies the destruction of truth, therefore in the opposite sense it signifies the destruction of falsity, in which sense it occurs in these passages:
Thou wilt smite all mine enemies on the cheek; Thou wilt break the teeth of the wicked (Ps. 3:7).
They shall smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek (Mic. 5:1).
The bridle of him that leadeth astray shall be on the cheeks of the peoples (Isa. 30:28).
For “the face” signifies the affections (n. 4796, 4797, 4799, 5102, 5695, 6604), consequently those things which belong to the face signify such things as belong to the affections, and correspond to their functions and uses; as the “eye” signifies the understanding of truth, the “nostrils” the perception of truth, those things which belong to the mouth, as the “jaws,” the “lips,” the “tongue,” signify such things as relate to the utterance of truth (n. 4796-4805).

AC (Potts) n. 9050 sRef Ex@21 @23 S0′ 9050. That “soul” signifies the spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “soul,” as being the life of man, but the life of his faith, which is spiritual life. In the Word throughout mention is made of “the heart” and of “the soul,” and by “the heart” is signified the life of love, and by “the soul” the life of faith. Man has two faculties receptive of life from the Lord, the one called the will, and the other the understanding. To the faculty which is called the will belongs love, for the goods of love make its life. But to the faculty which is called the understanding belongs faith, for the truths of faith make its life. But these two lives with man are nevertheless one, and when they are one, then the things which are of faith are also of love, for they are loved; and on the other hand the things which are of love are also of faith, because they are believed. Such is the life of all in heaven.
[2] The reason why the life of love, or what is the same thing, the will, is called in the Word “the heart;” and why the life of faith, or what is the same thing, the understanding, is called “the soul;” is that they who are in love to the Lord and are called celestial, constitute in the Grand Man or heaven the province of the heart; and they who are in faith in the Lord and thereby in charity toward the neighbor constitute the province of the lungs (see n. 3635, 3883-3896). From this it is that by “heart” in the Word is signified love, which is the life of the will, and by “soul” is signified faith, which is the life of the understanding (n. 2930, 7542, 8910); for in the original tongue “soul” is named from breathing, which is of the lungs.
[3] That faith pertains to the intellectual faculty, is because this faculty is enlightened by the Lord when man receives faith. From this he has light, or a perception of truth, in such things as are of faith, when he reads the Word. And that love pertains to the will faculty, is because this faculty is kindled by the Lord when the man receives love. From this he has the fire of life, and a sensitive perception of good.
sRef Deut@10 @12 S4′ sRef Deut@26 @16 S4′ sRef Matt@22 @37 S4′ sRef Deut@6 @5 S4′ [4] From all this it can be seen what is properly meant in the Word by “the heart,” and what by “the soul;” as in the following passages:
Thou shalt love Jehovah thy God from all thy heart, and from all thy soul, and from all thy strength (Deut. 6:5).
Thou shalt love Jehovah thy God, and shalt serve Him, from all thy heart and from all thy soul (Deut. 10:12; 11:13).
These statutes and judgments thou shalt keep, and shalt do them, in all thy heart, and in all thy soul (Deut. 26:16).
Jesus said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God from all thy heart, and in all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with thy thought (Matt. 22:37; Mark 12:30, 32; Luke 10:27).
“The heart” denotes the life of love; and “the soul,” the life of faith; “the strength,” those things which proceed from the life of love, thus which are from the heart or the will; and “the thought,” those things which proceed from the life of faith, thus which are from the soul, or an enlightened understanding.
sRef Jer@32 @41 S5′ sRef Isa@44 @20 S5′ [5] In like manner in Isaiah:
A deluded heart maketh him go astray, that he rescue not his soul, and say, Is there not a lie in my right hand? (Isa. 44:20).
In Jeremiah:
I will rejoice over them to do them good, and I will plant them in the land, in truth, with all My heart and with all My soul (Jer. 32:41);
speaking of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord; “the heart” is predicated of the Divine good, which is of love of mercy; and “the soul” is predicated of the Divine truth, which is of faith with man.
[6] That these things are signified by “heart” and “soul” in the Word, is at this day known to few within the church, for the reason that it has not been considered that man has two faculties distinct from each other, namely, the will and the understanding, and that these two faculties constitute one mind, in order that man may be truly man. Neither has it been considered that all things in the universe, both in heaven and in the world, bear relation to good and truth, and that they must be conjoined together in order that they may be anything, and produce anything. From ignorance of these things it has resulted that they have separated faith from love; for he who is ignorant of these universal laws cannot know that faith bears relation to truth, and love to good, and that unless these are conjoined together they are not anything; for faith without love is not faith, and love without faith is not love, because love has its quality from faith, and faith has its life from love; consequently faith without love is dead, and faith with love is alive. That this is so, can be seen from everything in the Word; for where faith is treated of, there also love is treated of, in order that in this way the marriage of good and truth, that is, that heaven, and in the supreme sense the Lord, may be in each and all things of the Word. (That there is such a marriage, see n. 683, 793, 801, 2516, 2712, 4138, 5138, 5502, 6343, 7945, 8339.) From all this it is now evident why the man of the church has not hitherto known what is meant in the Word by “heart,” and what by “soul.”
sRef Isa@58 @10 S7′ sRef Isa@29 @8 S7′ sRef Deut@24 @6 S7′ [7] That” soul” in the Word denotes the life of faith, can be plainly seen from the passages where “the soul” is mentioned, as in the following. In Moses:
Thou shalt not take the mill or the upper millstone to pledge; for he taketh the soul to pledge (Deut. 24:6).
It is said that “he who taketh a mill taketh the soul to pledge” because in the internal sense by “a mill” are signified those things which are of faith (n. 7780). In Isaiah:
It shall be as when a hungry man dreameth, as if he were eating; but when he awaketh, his soul is fasting; or as when a thirsty man dreameth, as if he were drinking; but when he awaketh, behold he is weary, and his soul hath appetite (Isa. 29:8).
“A fasting soul,” and “a soul that hath appetite,” denote the desire of learning the goods and truths of faith. In the same:
If thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and sate the afflicted soul (Isa. 58:10).
“To draw out thy soul to the hungry” denotes to be desirous to instruct in the truths of faith; and “to sate the afflicted soul” denotes to instruct in the good of faith.
sRef Jer@31 @25 S8′ sRef Jer@4 @30 S8′ sRef Jer@31 @12 S8′ [8] In Jeremiah:
Though thou clothest thyself with double-dyed, though thou deckest thee with ornament of gold, though thou rendest thine eyes with antimony, in vain shalt thou make thyself beauteous; thy lovers will abhor thee, they will seek thy soul (Jer. 4:30).
Here “soul” denotes the life of faith, consequently faith itself in man, because this makes his spiritual life. That faith is meant by “soul,” is plain from the particulars in this verse. In the same:
They shall come and sing in the height of Zion, and shall flow together unto the good of Jehovah, to the wheat, and to the new wine, and to the oil, and to the sons of the flock and of the herd; and their soul shall become as a watered garden; I will water the weary soul, and every sorrowful soul (Jer. 31:12, 25).
“The soul” denotes the life of faith in the man of the church, who is said “to become as a garden,” because by “a garden” is signified the intelligence which is from the truths of faith (n. 100, 108, 2702); and the soul is said to be “watered,” because by “being watered” is signified to be instructed.
sRef Lam@5 @9 S9′ sRef Ezek@27 @13 S9′ [9] In the same:
We bring our bread with the peril of our souls, because of the sword of the wilderness (Lam. 5:9).
“The peril of souls” denotes the danger of the loss of faith and consequently of spiritual life; for “the sword of the wilderness” denotes falsity fighting against the truths of faith (n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294). In Ezekiel:
Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, these were thy traders, with the soul of man, and with vessels of brass, they furnished thy trading (Ezek. 27:13).
“The soul of man” denotes the interior truth of faith from good; “vessels of brass,” exterior truths of faith from good; “vessels” denoting exterior truths or memory-truths (see n. 3068, 3079), and “brass,” the good of the natural (n. 425, 1551). Unless it were known that “the soul of man” denotes faith, it could not be understood what is signified by “trading with the soul of man, and with vessels of brass.”
sRef Ps@69 @1 S10′ sRef Ezek@47 @9 S10′ sRef Jonah@2 @5 S10′ [10] In the same:
Every living soul that creepeth, whithersoever the rivers shall come, shall live; whence is exceeding much fish; because these waters are come hither, and are healed (Ezek. 47:9);
speaking of the new temple, that is, of a new spiritual church from the Lord; “the living soul that creepeth” denotes memory-truths which are of faith; “much fish from thence” denotes memory-knowledges (n. 40, 991); “rivers” denote the things that are of intelligence, which are from the truths of faith (n. 2702, 3051). Neither in this passage would it be known without the internal sense what is meant by “much fish” in consequence of the rivers coming thither. Again:
Save me, O God, for the waters are come even unto my soul (Ps. 69:1).
The waters compassed me about, even to my soul (Jon. 2:5).
In these passages “waters” denote falsities, and also temptations which are caused by injected falsities (n. 705, 739, 756, 790, 8137, 8138, 8368).
sRef Jer@6 @8 S11′ sRef Rev@16 @3 S11′ sRef Jer@5 @9 S11′ sRef Jer@5 @29 S11′ [11] In Jeremiah:
Jehovah said, Shall not My soul be avenged on such a nation as this? (Jer. 5:9, 29).
Admit chastisement, O Jerusalem, lest My soul be turned away from thee, and I make thee a waste (Jer. 6:8).
“The soul,” when predicated of the Lord, denotes Divine truth. In John:
The second angel poured out his vial into the sea, and it became blood as of a dead man, whence every living soul died in the sea (Rev. 16:3).
“The sea” denotes memory-knowledges in the complex (n. 28); “blood,” the truths of faith from good, and in the opposite sense, the truths of faith falsified and profaned (n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326); consequently “living soul” denotes life derived from faith.
sRef Luke@21 @19 S12′ sRef Matt@6 @25 S12′ sRef Matt@10 @39 S12′ [12] In Matthew:
Be not anxious for your soul, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink (Matt. 6:25).
“Soul” denotes the truths of faith; “eating” and “drinking” denote to be instructed in the good and truth of faith, for here in the internal sense the subject treated of is spiritual life and its nourishment. Again:
Whoever will find his soul shall lose it, and whoever shall lose his soul for My sake shall find it (Matt. 10:39).
“The soul” denotes the life of faith such as it is with those who believe, and in the opposite sense the life not of faith such as it is with those who do not believe. In Luke:
In your patience possess ye your souls (Luke 21:19).
“To possess the souls” denotes those things which are of faith and consequently of spiritual life. The signification is similar in very many other passages.

AC (Potts) n. 9051 sRef Ex@21 @24 S0′ 9051. Eye for eye. That this signifies if they shall injure anything in the interior intellectual, is evident from the signification of “the eye,” as being the understanding, here the interior understanding, the life of which is the life of faith. Man has an exterior understanding, and an interior understanding. The exterior understanding is where the thought is that comes to perception; but the interior understanding is where the thought is that does not come to perception; nevertheless it does come to the perception of angels. This latter understanding is that which is enlightened by the Lord when man receives faith, for it is in the light of heaven, and in it is the spiritual life of man, which is not so manifest to him in the world, but is manifest in the other life, when the man becomes an angel among the angels in heaven. Meanwhile this life lies hidden within the thought of the exterior understanding, and produces therein a holy and reverent feeling for the Lord, for love and faith in Him, for the Word, and for all other things of the church. The reason why “the eye” denotes the understanding, is that the eye corresponds to the understanding, for the understanding sees by virtue of the light of heaven, but the eye by virtue of the light of the world. Those things which the former eye or understanding sees are spiritual, and the field of its view is the memory-knowledge in man’s memory. But the things which the external eye sees are earthly, and the field of its view is everything that appears in the world. That in the spiritual sense “the eye” denotes the understanding, and also faith, is because faith makes the life of the interior understanding (see n. 2701, 4403-4421, 4523-4534).
sRef Matt@6 @22 S2′ sRef Mark@9 @47 S2′ sRef Matt@6 @23 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @29 S2′ [2] He who does not know that the understanding is meant in the Word by “the eye,” cannot know what is signified by what the Lord spoke concerning the eye in the Evangelists, as by these words:
If thy right eye causeth thee to stumble, pluck it out; it is good for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into the Gehenna of fire (Mark 9:47; Matt. 5:29).
Everyone knows that the eye is not to be plucked out, though it cause one to stumble, and that no one enters into the kingdom of God with one eye; but by “the right eye” is signified falsity of faith concerning the Lord, and this is what is to be plucked out. Again:
The light of the body is the eye; if therefore thine eye be simple, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be darkened. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is the darkness (Matt. 6:22, 23; Luke 11:34).
Neither in this passage is the eye meant by “eye,” but the understanding of the truth of faith. Hence the eye is called “the light of the body,” and it is said, “if the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is the darkness,” for in the spiritual sense “darkness” denotes falsities of faith (n. 1839, 1860, 4418, 4531, 7688, 7711).
sRef Matt@7 @4 S3′ sRef Matt@7 @3 S3′ sRef John@9 @6 S3′ sRef Matt@7 @5 S3′ sRef John@9 @7 S3′ [3] And again:
Why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but understandest not the beam that is in thine own eye? (Matt. 7:3-5).
“To behold a mote in the eye of a brother” denotes something erroneous in respect to the understanding of truth; and “the beam in one’s own eye” denotes the huge evil of falsity; for in the internal sense “wood” denotes good, and in the opposite sense evil (n. 643, 2784, 2812, 3720, 8354). Moreover in the other life good is represented by a beam; and therefore those who feign good in themselves seem to carry a beam, and thus go safely. Without this signification of “the eye,” and of “a beam,” what could be meant by “seeing a beam in the eye?” If it is not known that in the Word “the eye” denotes the understanding of truth, which is faith, neither can it be known what is involved in what the Lord did when He healed a blind man, that is, when “He spat on the ground and made clay of the spittle, and said unto him, Wash thee in the pool of Siloam” (John 9:6, 7). As the Lord’s miracles, like all Divine miracles, involved those things which are of the Lord’s kingdom and church (n. 7337, 8364), so also does this.

AC (Potts) n. 9052 sRef Ex@21 @24 S0′ 9052. Tooth for tooth. That this signifies if anything in the exterior intellectual, is evident from the signification of “a tooth,” as being the exterior intellectual, and therefore natural truth, for this makes the life of this understanding. That “the teeth” have this signification is because they grind like a mill, and thus prepare, the food which is to nourish the body; here the food which is to nourish the soul. The food which nourishes the soul is intelligence and wisdom. This is first received, ground, and prepared by means of the knowledges of truth and good in the natural. (That it is intelligence and wisdom which is called “spiritual and celestial food,” see n. 56-58, 680, 1480, 4792, 5147, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5576, 5579, 5915, 8562, 9003.) From this it is plain whence it is that “the teeth” signify the exterior understanding. What the exterior understanding is can be seen from what was shown just above (n. 9051) concerning the interior understanding.
sRef Gen@49 @12 S2′ [2] That “the teeth” signify natural truth, which belongs to the exterior understanding, and in the opposite sense the falsity which destroys this truth, is evident from the following passages in the Word. That they signify natural truth, in Moses:
His eyes shall be redder than wine, and his teeth whiter than milk (Gen. 49:12).
Here also both “eyes” and “teeth” are mentioned together. The subject treated of is Judah, by whom is meant the Lord as to the Divine celestial (n. 6363); “the eyes” signify the Divine intellectual of the Lord (n. 6379); and “the teeth,” His Divine natural (n. 6380), thus also the Divine truth in the natural.
sRef Matt@25 @30 S3′ sRef Ps@3 @7 S3′ sRef Ps@57 @4 S3′ sRef Amos@4 @6 S3′ [3] In Amos:
I have given you emptiness of teeth in all your cities, and lack of bread in all your places (Amos. 4:6).
“Emptiness of teeth” denotes scarcity of truth; and “lack of bread,” scarcity of good. From all this it is evident what is meant by the “gnashing of teeth” among those who are in hell (Matt. 8:12; 13:42, 50; 22:13; 25:30; Luke 13:28), namely, the collision of falsities with the truths of faith. For as before said, “the teeth,” in the opposite sense, signify the falsity which destroys truth; as in David:
Arise, O Jehovah; save me, O my God; for Thou wilt smite all mine enemies on the jaw; Thou wilt break the teeth of the wicked (Ps. 3:7).
“To break the teeth of the wicked” denotes to break the falsities by which they destroy truths. In the same:
As to my soul I lie in the midst of lions, their teeth are spears and arrows, and their tongue a sharp sword (Ps. 57:4).
“The teeth of lions” denote the falsities that destroy truths; “lions,” falsities from evil in their power (n. 6367, 6369).
sRef Ps@58 @6 S4′ sRef Rev@9 @7 S4′ sRef Rev@9 @8 S4′ sRef Joel@1 @7 S4′ sRef Joel@1 @6 S4′ [4] In the same:
Destroy their teeth, O God, in their mouth; turn aside the grinders of the young lions (Ps. 58:6).
In Joel:
A nation is come up upon My land, strong, and without number; his teeth are the teeth of a lion, and he hath the grinders of a great lion. He hath reduced My vine to a waste; and My fig-tree into froth (Joel 1:6, 7).
“Teeth” and “grinders” denote the falsities that destroy the truths of the church; a “vine” denotes the spiritual church (n. 1069, 5113, 6376); and a “fig-tree” its natural good (n. 217, 4231, 5113). That “teeth” have this signification is plain also from the fact that they are attributed to a nation which will lay waste. In John:
The shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared for war; they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions (John 9:7, 8).
“Locusts” denote those who are in external falsities (n. 7643), from which it is also evident that “teeth” denote falsities that destroy truths.

AC (Potts) n. 9053 sRef Ex@21 @24 S0′ 9053. Hand for hand. That this signifies if anything of the power of spiritual truth was injured or extinguished by them, is evident from the signification of “hand,” as being the power that is from truth (see n. 3091, 3387, 4931-4937, 6292, 6947, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281); that it signifies the power which is from spiritual truth, see n. 5327, 5328, 7011.

AC (Potts) n. 9054 sRef Ex@21 @24 S0′ 9054. Foot for foot. That this signifies if anything of the power of natural truth, is evident from the signification of “foot,” as being the natural (see n. 2162, 3147, 3761, 3986, 4280, 4938-4952); that it signifies the power of natural truth see n. 5327, 5328.

AC (Potts) n. 9055 sRef Ex@21 @25 S0′ 9055. Burning for burning. That this signifies if anything of the affection of love which is interiorly in the will, is evident from the signification of “burning,” as being the injuring or extinction of the good of love. It is said “in the will,” because the good which is of love is of the will, and the truth which is of faith is of the understanding (see n. 9050, 9051). That it signifies interiorly in the will, is because a “wound” (of which below) signifies the injury or extinction that belongs to love exteriorly in the will. For here, as in what precedes, the subject treated of is the injuries which are done in both the internal man and the external man, because the injuring of the interior understanding is signified by “the eye,” and the injuring of the exterior understanding by “the tooth;” and the injuring of the power of truth of the internal man by “the hand,” and the injuring of the power of the external man by “the foot;” as has been shown. Thus here the injuring of the will of the internal man is signified by “burning,” and that of the external man by “wound.”
[2] Man has an internal will and an external will, as he has an internal and an external understanding (n. 9050, 9051). The internal will is where the internal understanding is, and the external will is where the external understanding is, because they must be conjoined. For where truth is, there is good; and where good is, there is truth; because truth without good is not truth, and good without truth is not good, for good is the being of truth, and truth is the coming-forth of good. The case is similar with the understanding and the will of man, for the understanding has been allotted to the reception of truth, and the will to the reception of good. Hence it is plain that when man is being regenerated, a new understanding is given him by the Lord by means of the truths of faith, and a new will by means of the good of charity; and that there must be both, and moreover that they must be conjoined, in order that man may be regenerated.
sRef Isa@3 @24 S3′ [3] The reason why “burning” signifies the injuring of the good of love, is that by “fire” is signified love (n. 934, 2446, 4906, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324, 7575, 7852), and the injuring of the good of love is concupiscence from the love of self (that this is called “burning,” see n. 1297, 5215). Concupiscence is signified by “burning” also in Isaiah:
Instead of spice there shall be rottenness; and instead of a girdle a rent; and instead of curls baldness; and instead of a gown a girding of sackcloth; burning instead of beauty (Isa. 3:24);
speaking of the daughter of Zion, by whom is signified the celestial church, that is, the church which is in love to the Lord; “burning” here denotes the evil of concupiscence from the love of self.
[4] He who does not know that there is an internal sense in the Word, believes that the proud ornaments of the daughters of Zion, mentioned in that chapter (verses 16-24), signify such ornaments, and that on account of such ornaments among the daughters of Zion, the Jewish and Israelitish people were punished and fell by the sword, as is said in the same chapter (verses 25, 26); but the case is very different. The spiritual and celestial things of that church are signified by those ornaments. That by “the daughter of Zion” is not meant in the Word any daughter of Zion, can be seen by everyone who reads the Word, provided he consults and considers the passages in the prophets where mention is made of “Zion” and of “the daughter of Zion,” from which he will see that “the daughter of Zion” denotes the church.

AC (Potts) n. 9056 sRef Isa@1 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @25 S0′ 9056. Wound for wound. That this signifies if anything of the affection of love which is exteriorly in the will, is evident from the signification of “wound,” as being the injuring of the affection which is of love; and because it is of love, it is of the will, for love is of the will. The reason why it is of the exterior will, is that by “burning” is signified the injuring of the affection which is interiorly in the will (of which just above, n. 9055). In the Word a distinction is made between “wound” and “blow,” “wound” being predicated of the injuring of good, and “blow” of the injuring of truth, as in Isaiah:
From the sole of the foot even unto the head there is no soundness in it; but wound, and bruise, and fresh blow; they have not been pressed out, nor bound up, nor mollified with oil (Isa. 1:6);
where “wound” is predicated of destroyed good, and “blow” of destroyed truth.

AC (Potts) n. 9057 sRef Ex@21 @25 S0′ sRef Rev@13 @12 S1′ 9057. Blow for blow. That this signifies if anything of affection in the intellectual be extinguished or injured, is evident from the signification of “a blow,” as being the extinction or injuring of affection in the intellectual, that is, of the affection of truth. In the original tongue “blow” is expressed by a term which signifies the black and blue from a collection of blood or of bloody matter, and in the internal sense “blood” denotes the truth of faith from the good of love, and in the opposite sense, truth falsified and profaned (see n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326); consequently “blow for blow” denotes truth injured or extinguished. This is also signified by the “blows” (or “plagues”) in Revelation 9:20; 11:6; 15:1, 6, 8; 16:21; 18:8; also in Jeremiah 30:12, 14, 17; 50:13; in Zechariah 14:12-15; in David, Ps. 38:5; and in Luke 10:30-35, in the parable of him that fell among thieves, who inflicted blows on him and left him half dead; and it is said that a Samaritan “bound up his blows,” pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn.
[2] He who understands the internal sense of the Word is able to know why it was said by the Lord that the Samaritan “bound up the blows, poured in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast.” For by “the Samaritan” in the internal sense is meant one who is in the affection of truth, by “binding up the blows” is signified the healing of this affection when injured, by “pouring in oil and wine” is signified the good of love and the good of faith, and by “setting him on his own beast” is signified uplifting him by virtue of his own intellectual. Thus by these words is described charity toward the neighbor; naturally for man in the world, and spiritually for the angels in heaven; naturally in the sense of the letter, and spiritually in the internal sense. The reason why a “Samaritan” denotes one who is in the affection of truth, is that “Samaritan” in the Word signifies this affection (that “oil” denotes the good of love, see n. 886, 3728, 4582; also that “wine” denotes the good of faith, n. 1798, 6377; and that “a beast of burden” denotes the intellectual, n. 2761, 2762, 2781, 3217, 5321, 5741, 6125, 6401, 6534, 7024, 8146, 8148). In this manner spoke the Lord; but few apprehend this, for they believe that such things were said merely for the sake of giving the parable the connection of a narrative; but in this case they would not be words from the Divine. All words from the Divine have within them such things as belong to the Lord, heaven, and the church, and this is the case in every jot (see above, n. 9049).

AC (Potts) n. 9058 sRef Ex@21 @26 S0′ 9058. And when a man shall smite the eye of his manservant. That this signifies if the internal man shall injure the truth of faith in the external man, is evident from the signification of “smiting,” as being to injure (as above); from the signification of “man” [vir], here a man of the sons of Israel, as being one who is of the church and consequently is in spiritual truth, which is the truth of faith (see n. 9034), thus the internal man, for the truth of faith is in the internal man and makes its life, which is called spiritual life-it is said “the internal man” on account of its relation to the external man, which is signified by “manservant;” from the signification of “the eye,” as being the interior intellectual, and therefore the truth of faith (n. 9051); and from the signification of “manservant,” as being the memory-truth which is in the external man (n. 1895, 2567, 3835, 3849, 8993, 8994), thus also the external or natural man (n. 5305, 7998, 8974). In the sense of the letter it is said “a man” and his “servant,” and thus there are meant two persons; but in the internal sense, in which “man” denotes the internal man, and “servant” the external man, they are in one person. The reason is that in the internal sense no attention is paid to persons, but only to things (n. 5225, 5287, 5434, 8343, 8985, 9007).

AC (Potts) n. 9059 sRef Ex@21 @26 S0′ 9059. Or the eye of his maidservant. That this signifies or if he shall injure the affection of truth therein, is evident from the signification of “the eye,” as being the intellectual, and consequently the truth of faith (as just above, n. 9058); and from the signification of a “maidservant,” as being the affection of natural truth (n. 2567, 3835, 3849, 8993).

AC (Potts) n. 9060 sRef Ex@21 @26 S0′ 9060. And shall destroy it. That this signifies so as to extinguish it, is evident from the signification of “destroying,” when the subject treated of is the truth of faith, which is signified by “the eye,” as being to extinguish.

AC (Potts) n. 9061 sRef Ex@21 @26 S0′ 9061. He shall let him go free for his eye. That this signifies that it can no longer serve the internal man, is evident from the signification of “letting go free,” as being to dismiss from service; and from the signification of “for his eye,” which he had destroyed in the manservant, as being on account of the truth of faith extinguished in the external or natural man; for “the eye” denotes the intellectual, and consequently the truth of faith (see n. 9058, 9059), “to destroy” denotes to extinguish (n. 9060), and a “manservant” denotes the external or natural man (n. 9058). How the case herein is cannot be known unless it is known how the case is with the internal man relatively to the external man. The internal man cannot live a spiritual life unless the external man is in agreement; and therefore a man cannot be regenerated unless the natural man also is regenerated. From this it follows that if the truth of faith in the natural or external man shall be extinguished, it cannot any longer serve the internal man.
[2] It is the same with the external sight relatively to the internal sight. If the external sight has been injured, it cannot any longer serve the internal sight; for if the external sight distorts objects, the internal cannot see by means of it except with distortion. The case is the same with all the other members which are subject to the will, as with the arms, the hands, the fingers, the feet. If these are distorted, the will cannot act through them except in a distorted way. It is the same in the case of the natural or external man relatively to the internal man: if the memory-truths in the external or natural man are perverted or extinguished, the internal man cannot see truth, thus cannot think and perceive except pervertedly or falsely. From all this it is evident why the natural man must be regenerated in order that the man may be regenerated. (See also what has been shown above on this subject, n. 3286, 3321, 3469, 3493, 3573, 3620, 3623, 3679, 4588, 4618, 4667, 5165, 5168, 5427, 5428, 5477, 6299, 6564, 8742-8747, 9043.)

AC (Potts) n. 9062 sRef Ex@21 @27 S0′ 9062. And if he shall knock out his manservant’s tooth, or his maidservant’s tooth. That this signifies if he shall destroy truth or the affection of it in the sensuous man, is evident from the signification of “tooth,” as being the exterior intellectual, and consequently truth in the natural man (of which above, n. 9052), here truth in the ultimate of the natural, that is, in the sensuous, because it is said of a manservant and of a maidservant; from the signification of a “maidservant,” as being the affection of this truth (of which also above, n. 9059); and from the signification of “knocking out,” as being to destroy. (What the sensuous is, and what is its quality, see n. 4009, 5077, 5079, 5084, 5089, 5091, 5125, 5128, 5580, 5767, 6183, 6201, 6310, 6311, 6313, 6315, 6316, 6564, 6598, 6612, 6614, 6622, 6624, 6948, 6949, 7693.)

AC (Potts) n. 9063 sRef Ex@21 @27 S0′ 9063. He shall let him go free for his tooth. That this signifies that it can no longer serve the internal man, is evident from the signification of “letting go free,” as being to dismiss from service, thus no longer to serve (as above, n. 9061); and from the signification of “tooth,” as being the sensuous (of which just above, n. 9062). How the case herein is can be known from what was shown just above (n. 9061) concerning the state of the internal man when the external has been injured. The case is similar with the sensuous when it is injured, for this is the ultimate in the natural man (that this also must be regenerated in order that the man may be fully regenerated, see n. 6844, 6845, 7645). That these statutes which were enacted concerning the eye and the tooth of a manservant or a maidservant, contain in them arcana which no one can see except by means of the internal sense, can be seen by everyone. For without some secret reason what would be the sense of decreeing that servants should be let go free for their eye or their tooth, and not for the sake of other members, when these should be injured or destroyed? But the secret reason is apparent when it is known what is signified in the spiritual sense by an “eye” and by a “tooth.” When this is known, the reason for the statute comes to light.

AC (Potts) n. 9064 9064. Verses 28-36. And when an ox shall strike with the horn a man or a woman, and he die, with stoning the ox shall be stoned, and his flesh shall not be eaten; and the master of the ox shall be guiltless. But if the ox were wont to strike with his horn from yesterday the day before yesterday, and it hath been attested to his master, and he hath not watched him, and he hath killed a man or a woman; the ox shall be stoned, and his master also shall die. If expiation be laid on him, then he shall give the redemption of his soul according to all that is laid upon him. Whether he have struck with the horn a son, or struck with the horn a daughter, according to this judgment shall it be done to him. If the ox shall strike with the horn a manservant, or a maidservant, he shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver, and the ox shall be stoned. And when a man shall open a pit, or when a man shall dig a pit and not cover it, and an ox or an ass shall fall in there, the master of the pit shall repay; he shall pay silver to its master, and the dead one shall be his. And when a man’s ox shall strike the ox of his companion, and he die, then they shall sell the living ox, and they shall divide the silver of it; and the dead one also they shall divide. Or if it be known that the ox was wont to strike with the horn from yesterday the day before yesterday, and his master hath not watched him; repaying he shall repay ox for ox, and the dead one shall be his. “And when an ox shall strike with the horn a man or a woman,” signifies if the affection of evil in the natural shall injure the truth or the good of faith; “and he die,” signifies even so as to destroy them; “with stoning the ox shall be stoned,” signifies the penalty of the destroyed truth and good of faith; “and his flesh shall not be eaten,” signifies that this evil must by no means be appropriated, but be cast out; “and the master of the ox shall be guiltless,” signifies that the evil is not from the internal man, because it is from the will, and not from the intellectual; “but if the ox were wont to strike with his horn from yesterday the day before yesterday,” signifies if the affection of evil has existed for a long time; “and it hath been attested to his master,” signifies and this has passed into the intellectual; “and he hath not watched him,” signifies no repression; “and he hath killed a man or a woman,” signifies if it has then destroyed the good and the truth of faith; “the ox shall be stoned,” signifies the penalty of destroyed truth; “and his master also shall die,” signifies the damnation of the internal man; “if expiation be laid on him,” signifies that he may be free from damnation; “then he shall give the redemption of his soul,” signifies the grievous things of repentance; “according to all that is laid upon him,” signifies according to the quality of the affection of evil from the intellectual; “whether he have struck with the horn a son, or struck with the horn a daughter,” signifies an onset by the affection of evil against the truths and goods of faith derived from things interior; “according to this judgment shall it be done to him,” signifies that the penalty shall be similar; “if the ox shall strike with the horn a manservant, or a maidservant,” signifies if the affection of evil shall destroy truth or good in the natural, “he shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver,” signifies that the internal man shall make restoration in full; “and the ox shall be stoned,” signifies the penalty of destroyed truth and good in the natural; “and when a man shall open a pit,” signifies if anyone shall receive falsity from another; “or when a man shall dig a pit,” signifies or if he himself have devised falsity; “and an ox or an ass shall fall in there,” signifies which perverts good or truth in the natural; “the master of the pit shall repay,” signifies that he to whom the falsity appertains shall make amends; “he shall pay silver to its master,” signifies by truth appertaining to him whose good or truth in the natural has been perverted; “and the dead one shall be his,” signifies that the evil or the falsity shall remain with him; “and when a man’s ox shall strike the ox of his companion,” signifies two truths, the affections of which are diverse, and the affection of one shall injure the affection of the other; “and he die,” signifies so that the good affection perishes; “then they shall sell the living ox,” signifies that the affection of the one which has injured the affection of the other shall be alienated; “and they shall divide the silver of it,” signifies that the truth thereof shall be dissipated; “and the dead one also they shall divide,” signifies that the injuring affection also shall be dissipated; “or if it be known that the ox was wont to strike with the horn from yesterday the day before yesterday,” signifies if it had previously been known that such was its affection; “and his master hath not watched him,” signifies and if he have not kept it in bonds; “repaying he shall repay ox for ox,” signifies restoration in entirety; “and the dead one shall be his,” signifies for the injuring affection.

AC (Potts) n. 9065 sRef Ex@21 @28 S0′ 9065. And when an ox shall strike with the horn a man or a woman. That this signifies if the affection of evil in the natural shall injure the truth or the good of faith, is evident from the signification of “striking with the horn,” as being to injure, for “a horn” signifies the power of falsity from evil (see n. 2832), and “to strike” signifies to injure; from the signification of “an ox,” as being the affection of good in the natural (n. 2180, 2566, 2781, 2830, 5913, 8937), consequently in the opposite sense the affection of evil in the natural; from the signification of “man” [vir] as being the truth of faith (n. 9034); and from the signification of “woman,” as being the good of faith (see n. 4823, 6014, 8337).

AC (Potts) n. 9066 sRef Ex@21 @28 S0′ 9066. And he die. That this signifies even so as to destroy them, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9067 sRef Ex@21 @28 S0′ 9067. With stoning the ox shall be stoned. That this signifies the penalty of the destroyed truth and good of faith, is evident from the signification of “to be stoned” (see n. 5156, 7456, 8575, 8799).

AC (Potts) n. 9068 sRef Ex@21 @28 S0′ 9068. And his flesh shall not be eaten. That this signifies that this evil must by no means be appropriated, but be cast out, is evident from the signification of “to be eaten,” as being to be appropriated and conjoined (see n. 2187, 2343, 3168, 3513, 3596, 3832, 4745, 5643, 8001); consequently “not to be eaten” denotes not to be appropriated, but to be cast out, for the reason that it is such evil as destroys the truth and the good of faith of the church; and from the signification of “flesh,” as being the good of celestial love, and in the opposite sense the evil of the love of self (n. 3813, 7850, 8409, 8431).

AC (Potts) n. 9069 sRef Ex@21 @28 S0′ sRef John@9 @41 S1′ sRef John@9 @40 S1′ 9069. And the master of the ox shall be guiltless. That this signifies that the evil is not from the internal man, because it is from the will, and not from the intellectual, is evident from the signification of “the master of the ox,” as being the internal or spiritual man, for by “the ox” is signified the affection of evil in the natural or external man (n. 9065); consequently “the master of the ox” denotes the internal man, for here he is “the master” of the external or natural man, because he is able to rule over the affections of evil in the natural, and also does rule when the natural is subordinate, as it is with the regenerate; and from the signification of “guiltless,” as being without blame. The reason is said to be that the evil came forth from the will and not from the intellectual; for evil from the will and not at the same time from the intellectual does not condemn, because the man does not see it, thus does not consider whether it is evil, and therefore he is not conscious of it. Such evil is evil from heredity, before the man has been instructed that it is evil, and also after he has been instructed and is merely in external life, or the life of the body; and not at the same time in the internal life which is of the understanding. For to see and to understand that a thing is evil, and still to do it, makes a man guilty, as the Lord teaches in John:
The Pharisees said, Are we also blind? Jesus said to them, If ye were blind ye would not have sin; but now ye say, We see; therefore your sin remains (John 9:40, 41).
[2] (That no one is punished on account of hereditary evils, but on account of his own evils, see n. 966, 1667, 2307, 2308, 8806.) Such is the evil which is signified by an ox striking with the horn a man or a woman before the master of the ox knew that he was wont to strike with the horn. In the verse which now follows, the evil of which man is conscious is treated of, which evil is signified by an ox wont to strike with the horn, and which his master knew and did not guard against. Wherefore the consequent penalty is that the ox shall be stoned, and the man shall die, unless expiation is laid on him.

AC (Potts) n. 9070 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9070. But if the ox were wont to strike with his horn from yesterday the day before yesterday. That this signifies if the affection of evil has existed for a long time, is evident from the signification of “an ox wont to strike with the horn,” as being the affection of evil (see n. 9065); and from the signification of “yesterday the day before yesterday,” as being a preceding state and time (n. 6983, 7114), thus what has been previously, and for a long time.

AC (Potts) n. 9071 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9071. And it hath been attested to his master. That this signifies, and this has passed into the intellectual, is evident from the signification of “being attested,” as being that it has been made known, consequently has passed into the intellectual; because the evil which is made known passes into the intellectual, for the intellectual is man’s internal sight, without which sight the will is blind; and therefore when the evil which is of the will passes into the intellectual, it passes from thick darkness into light.

AC (Potts) n. 9072 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9072. And he hath not watched him. That this signifies no repression, is evident from the signification of “watching,” when said of evil of the will which has passed into the light of the intellectual, as being a restraint or repression; for the understanding has been given to man that he may see evil, and may then repress it.

AC (Potts) n. 9073 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9073. And he hath killed a man or a woman. That this signifies if it has destroyed the truth and the good of faith, is evident from the signification of “killing,” as being to destroy; and from the signification of “man” [vir], as being the truth of faith, and of “woman” as being the good of faith (see n. 9065).

AC (Potts) n. 9074 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9074. The ox shall be stoned. That this signifies the penalty of destroyed truth, is evident (as above, n. 9067).

AC (Potts) n. 9075 sRef Ex@21 @29 S0′ 9075. And his master also shall die. That this signifies the damnation of the internal man, is evident from the signification of “the master of the ox,” as being the internal man (see n. 9069); and from the signification of “dying,” as being damnation (of which above, n. 9008). That the ox was to be stoned and his master was to die if he had known that the ox was wont to strike with the horn and he had not watched him, is because the spiritual meaning of this judgment or law is that the man who knows a thing to be evil, and does not repress it, is guilty; for he approves it, and thus extinguishes the light of truth, and together therewith the faith of truth in its conception; and when this is extinguished, good from the Lord is not received, consequently the internal man cannot be opened, and therefore there cannot be given him spiritual life, which is the life of the truth and the good of faith. When such is the state of a man, he then lives a natural life, which is of the external man. But without spiritual life this life is dead; consequently there is damnation (see n. 7494).

AC (Potts) n. 9076 sRef Ex@21 @30 S0′ 9076. If expiation be laid on him. That this signifies that he may be free from damnation, is evident from the signification of “expiation,” as being that he may be free from damnation. For expiations were laid upon those who did evil not of set purpose, or with deceit; and they were various, and were in such case called “redemptions of the soul,” for by them the life was redeemed. But these external things signified internal things; namely, “expiation” signified liberation from damnation, consequently “redemption” signified amendment of spiritual life through actual repentance. As “expiation” signified liberation from damnation, it consequently also signified the pardon of sins, and the consequent cleansing.

AC (Potts) n. 9077 sRef Ex@21 @30 S0′ 9077. Then he shall give the redemption of his soul. That this signifies the grievous things of repentance, is evident from the signification of “redemption,” as being to give something else in its stead, in order that there may be liberation. (What “redemption” is in its various significations, see n. 2954, 2959, 2966, 6281, 7205, 7445, 8078-8080.) That here by “the redemption of the soul” are signified the grievous things of repentance, is because liberation from damnation is here treated of, and man cannot be liberated from damnation except by the removal of evil, and the removal of evil is not effected except by actual repentance, which is of the life; and these things take place by means of spiritual temptations, which are “the grievous things of repentance.” (That liberation from damnation, or what is the same, liberation from sins, is the removal of evil, and that this is effected by repentance of life, see n. 8389-8394, 8958-8969; and that then there are temptations, n. 8959-8969.)

AC (Potts) n. 9078 sRef Ex@21 @30 S0′ 9078. According to all that is laid upon him. That this signifies according to the quality of the affection of evil from the intellectual, is evident from what has just been said about expiation and redemption. For the evil of the will, which had been seen in the intellectual and not repressed, was what was to be expiated and to be redeemed by something equal and answering thereto, thus according to the quality of the affection of evil from the intellectual.

AC (Potts) n. 9079 sRef Ex@21 @31 S0′ 9079. Whether he have struck with the horn a son, or struck with the horn a daughter. That this signifies an onset by the affection of evil against the truths and the goods of faith derived from things interior, is evident from the signification of “striking with the horn,” as being to injure (n. 9065), thus an onset; and from the signification of “son,” as being the truth of faith, and of “daughter,” as being the good of faith (n. 489-491, 533, 1147, 2362, 2623). The reason why truths and goods derived from things interior are signified, is that interior things are like parents, from which goods and truths are born as sons and daughters. For with a regenerate man goods and truths are like generations; there are some which are in the place of a parent, some which are in the place of children, some which are in the place of sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, some which are in the place of grandsons and granddaughters, and so on. Consequently there are consanguinities and affinities of these goods and truths, and there are families in a manifold series.
[2] The societies in heaven have been thus arranged, and also the truths and goods in the man who is being regenerated; consequently he too becomes a heaven in the least form; and (what is a secret) the goods and the truths in man mutually love each other, and recognize each other in accordance with the love, and thus consociate together. This has its origin from the angelic societies, in which they love each other, recognize each other, and consociate together, according to the likenesses and nearnesses of their goods; and, wonderful to say, when those meet who are in a like good, it is as if they had seen each other from childhood, even although they had never seen each other before. It is from this origin that goods and truths conjoin themselves in man according to the form of heaven, and make an image of heaven in him. But these things are of the Lord in both heaven and an angel man, that is, in a man who is being regenerated, and is becoming an angel.

AC (Potts) n. 9080 sRef Ex@21 @31 S0′ 9080. According to this judgment shall it be done to him. That this signifies that the penalty shall be similar, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9081 sRef Deut@33 @17 S0′ sRef Ezek@34 @21 S0′ sRef Ps@44 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@21 @32 S0′ sRef Ps@44 @4 S0′ 9081. If the ox shall strike with the horn a manservant, or a maidservant. That this signifies if the affection of evil shall destroy truth or good in the natural, is evident from the signification of “manservant,” as being truth in the natural (see n. 3019, 3020, 5305, 7998); and from the signification of “maidservant,” as being the affection of truth therein (n. 1895, 2567, 3835, 3849, 8993, 8994); and from the signification of “striking with the horn,” as being to destroy. “To strike with the horn” is said in the Word of the destruction of falsity by the power of truth; and in the opposite sense, of the destruction of truth by the power of falsity, and this for the reason that by “a horn” is signified the power of truth from good, and the power of falsity from evil (see n. 2832); as in Ezekiel:
Ye thrust with side and with shoulder, and with your horns ye strike all the weak ones (Ezek. 34:21);
speaking of those who with all their force and power destroy the truths and goods of the church by means of fallacious reasonings from things of sense; “to thrust with side and with shoulder” denotes with all force and power (n. 1085, 4931-4937). From this it is plain why “striking with the horn” is spoken of in Moses:
To the firstborn of his ox, honor is his; and his horns are the horns of the unicorn; with them he shall strike the peoples together unto the ends of the earth (Deut. 33:17).
These words are in the prophecy of Moses about Joseph, where by “Joseph” in the internal sense is meant the Lord as to the Divine spiritual, and in the representative sense His spiritual kingdom; “the horns of the unicorn” denote the things which belong to power from the good and the truth of faith; to “strike the peoples” denotes to destroy falsities by means of truths; “unto the ends of the earth” denotes on all sides where the church is. In David:
Thou art my very king, O God, through Thee will we strike with the horn our enemies (Ps. 44:4, 5).
“To strike with the horn our enemies” here also denotes to destroy falsities through the power of the truth and good of faith. Who cannot see that in these passages no mention would have been made of “striking with the horn” as done by men, except from the signification of “horn,” as being power?

AC (Potts) n. 9082 sRef Ex@21 @32 S0′ 9082. He shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver. That this signifies that the internal man shall make restoration in full, is evident from the signification of “thirty shekels of silver,” as being restoration in full by means of truth for the injury done; for “silver” denotes truth from good (see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 7999, 8932); “thirty,” denotes what is full (n. 5335, 7984); and “the master who must make restoration,” the internal man (n. 9069), thus the truths of faith from the Word, for these make the life of the internal man.

AC (Potts) n. 9083 sRef Ex@21 @32 S0′ 9083. And the ox shall be stoned. That this signifies the penalty of destroyed truth and good in the natural, is evident from the signification of “being stoned,” as being the penalty for the destroyed truth and good of faith (see n. 5156, 7456, 8575, 8799). That it signifies in the natural, is because the ox, by which is signified the affection of evil in the natural, which was destructive, was to be stoned.

AC (Potts) n. 9084 sRef Ex@21 @33 S0′ 9084. And when a man shall open a pit. That this signifies if anyone shall receive falsity from another, is evident from the signification of “a pit,” as being falsity (see n. 4728, 4744, 5038); and from the signification of “opening,” when said of falsity, as being to receive, here from another, because the words follow, “or when a man shall dig a pit,” the meaning of which is, to receive, or to devise of oneself.

AC (Potts) n. 9085 sRef Ex@21 @33 S0′ 9085. Or when a man shall dig a pit. That this signifies or if he himself has devised falsity, is evident from the signification of “a pit,” as being falsity; and from the signification of “digging,” as being to receive from oneself, or to devise (of which just above, n. 9084).

AC (Potts) n. 9086 sRef Ex@21 @33 S0′ 9086. And an ox or an ass shall fall in there. That this signifies which perverts good or truth in the natural, is evident from the signification of “to fall,” as being to pervert (of which below); from the signification of “an ox,” as being the affection of evil in the natural, thus evil therein (of which above, n. 9065); and from the signification of “an ass,” as being truth in the natural (n. 2781, 5492, 5741, 7024, 8078). That “to fall into a pit,” when said of good and truth in the natural, which are signified by “ox and ass,” denotes to pervert, is plain from what is contained in the following verse, where amendment by means of truth is treated of, which can be effected with perverted goods and truths, but not with those that have been extinguished; for when good or truth is perverted, it still remains, although explained in a perverted manner.
sRef Matt@15 @14 S2′ sRef Luke@14 @5 S2′ [2] “To fall” also denotes to fall by mischance. Because this was signified by “falling into a pit,” therefore it was said by the Lord:
Which of you shall have an ass or an ox fall into a well, and will not straightway draw him out on the Sabbath day? (Luke 14:5).
This was said by the Lord when He healed on the Sabbath day the man who had the dropsy. In that church, the Sabbath day was most holy because it signified the heavenly marriage, which is the conjunction of good and truth from the Lord (n. 8495, 8510); consequently healings were performed by the Lord on the Sabbath day, because “healing” involved the healing of the spiritual life; and the disease of dropsy the perversion of truth and good; thus “healing” involved the amendment and restoration of perverted truth. For all the Lord’s miracles involved and signified states of the church (n. 8364), as in general do all Divine miracles (n. 7337). Hence then it is that the Lord said, “Which of you shall have an ass or an ox fall into a well, and will not straightway draw him out on the Sabbath day?” by which was signified in the spiritual sense what has been said; for whatsoever the Lord spoke, He spoke from the Divine, and therefore there is an internal sense in each word (n. 9048, 9063). By “a well” in this passage the like is signified as by “a pit,” namely, falsity (see n. 1688). And as “a pit” denotes falsity, therefore also when the Lord spoke about the falsities of the church, He said:
If the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into a pit (Matt. 15:14).
“A blind man” denotes one who is in erroneous ideas; and “falling into a pit” denotes to pervert truth. These things were spoken in comparisons; but in the Word all the comparisons are taken from significatives (n. 3579, 8989).
sRef John@6 @63 S3′ [3] They who believe that the Divine holiness which is in the Word lies hidden there no deeper than in the sense which appears in the letter, in these and other passages of the Word, see holiness from no other source than from faith that all things of the Word were Divinely inspired, and that there are inexplicable arcana therein known to God alone. But they who are not in this faith despise the Word, merely because the style is in appearance more humble than is the style which is adapted to the genius of the world, such as is to be found with many writers ancient and modern. But let them know that a Divine holiness lies hidden in each and all things of the Word, but it consists in the fact that each and all things treat of the Lord, of His kingdom, and His church. These are things most holy, because they are Divine from the Lord, wherein there is thus eternal life, according to the words of the Lord in John:
The words that I speak unto you are spirit, and are life (John 6:63).
But these most holy Divine things stand open before the angels in heaven, because these do not apprehend the Word naturally according to the literal sense; but spiritually according to the internal sense. Men also would apprehend the Word according to this sense if they lived an angelic life, that is, a life of faith and love. The things which are contained in the internal sense of the Word are no other than those which the genuine doctrine of the church teaches. The genuine doctrine of the church teaches the Lord, faith in Him, love to Him, and love of the good which is from Him. This love is charity toward the neighbor (n. 6709, 6710, 8123). They who live this life are enlightened by the Lord, and see the holy things of the Word; as by no means do others (see the preface to Genesis 18).

AC (Potts) n. 9087 sRef Ex@21 @34 S0′ 9087. The master of the pit shall repay. That this signifies that he to whom the falsity appertains shall make amends, is evident from the signification of “the master of the pit,” as being the one to whom the falsity appertains, for “the pit” denotes falsity (see n. 9084, 9086); and from the signification of “repaying,” as being to make amends. The reason why “to repay” denotes to make amends is that a “fine” signifies amendment (n. 9045), and the “silver” which he was to pay signifies truth, by means of which the amendment is effected (of which below).

AC (Potts) n. 9088 sRef Ex@21 @34 S0′ 9088. He shall pay silver to its master. That this signifies by truth appertaining to him whose good or truth in the natural has been perverted, is evident from the signification of “silver,” as being truth (see n. 1551, 2048, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 7999); of “giving silver,” as being to redeem by means of truth (n. 2954); and from the signification of “its master,” namely, of him whose ox or ass had fallen into the pit, as being the one whose good or truth in the natural has been perverted; for “an ox” denotes good in the natural, and “an ass” denotes truth there (n. 9065, 9086); and “to fall into a pit” denotes to pervert these (n. 9086).
[2] The case herein is this. If good or truth is being perverted by means of falsity, then that which has been perverted must be amended by means of truth; within the church by means of truth from the Word, or from doctrine which is from the Word. The reason why this must he so, is that truth teaches what is evil and what is false, and in this way the man sees and acknowledges it; and when he sees and acknowledges, he can then be amended. For the Lord flows into those things in man which the man knows; but not into those things which he does not know; and therefore He does not amend what is evil or what is false until the man has been instructed that it is evil or false. From this it is that those who do the work of repentance must see and acknowledge their evils, and thus live a life of truth (see n. 8388-8392). The case is the same with purifications from the evils of the love of self and the love of the world. Purifications from these loves cannot possibly be effected except by means of the truths of faith, because these teach that all concupiscences are from these loves. It was for this reason that among the Israelitish and Jewish nation circumcision was performed by means of a knife of stone; for “circumcision” signified purification from these filthy loves; and the “knife of stone” by which it was performed signified the truth of faith (n. 2799, 7044). Moreover man is regenerated by means of the truths of faith (n. 8635-8640, 8772). This was signified by the “washings,” whereby in olden time they were cleansed. The same is also signified at this day by the waters of baptism, for “waters” signify the truths of faith by means of which evils are removed (n. 739, 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 7307, 8568), and “baptism” signifies regeneration (n. 4255, 5120).
[3] From all this it is evident how erroneously those think who believe that evils or sins in man are wiped away, as the impurities of the body are washed away by water, and that those were cleansed as to the interiors who in old time were washed with water according to the statutes of the church, and also that at the present day men are saved by being baptized; when yet in old time washings merely represented the cleansing of the interiors; and “baptism” signifies regeneration, the “waters” thereof denoting the truths of faith whereby man is cleansed and regenerated, for evils are removed by their means. Baptism is for those who are within the church, because these have the Word, in which are the truths of faith through which man is regenerated.

AC (Potts) n. 9089 sRef Ex@21 @34 S0′ 9089. And the dead one shall be his. That this signifies that the evil or the falsity shall remain with him, is evident from the signification of “dead,” when said of good or truth in the natural man, which is signified by “the ox” or “ass,” as being evil or falsity; for when good dies, evil takes its place; and when truth dies, falsity takes its place; because what is “dead” denotes evil and falsity, and therefore those are called “dead” who will evil, and believe falsity (see n. 7494); and from the signification of “to be his,” as being to remain with him. The case herein is this. If by means of falsity anyone destroys good or truth in himself or in others, he does it from evil, thus from the will through the understanding, for all evil is of the will, and all falsity is of the understanding. That which is done by both, remains; for it infects the whole life of the man. It is otherwise if evil proceeds from the will, and not at the same time from the understanding (n. 9009). From this it is evident for what reason it was decreed that the dead one should be his.

AC (Potts) n. 9090 sRef Ex@21 @35 S0′ 9090. And when a man’s ox shall strike the ox of his companion. That this signifies two truths the affections of which are diverse, and the affection of one injures the affection of the other, is evident from the signification of “to strike,” as being the injuring of truth (of which above, n. 9057); from the signification of “an ox,” as being the affection of good, and in the opposite sense, the affection of evil, in the natural man (of which also above, n. 9065); and from the signification of “a man” [vir] as being truth (n. 9034); hence by “a man” and “his companion” are signified two truths. That diverse affections are signified, is because it is oxen (by which the affections are signified) which injure each other; for things which are diverse injure each other, but not things which are not diverse.
[2] He who does not know how the case is with representatives and correspondences may wonder that an ox can signify the affection of good or of evil in man, because an ox is a beast. But let him know that all beasts signify such things as belong to some affection or inclination. In the spiritual world this is very well known, for in that world there are frequently seen beasts of various kinds, as oxen, bullocks, cows, horses, mules, asses, sheep, goats, kids, lambs; also evil beasts, as tigers, panthers, bears, dogs, hogs, serpents; and also beasts which are nowhere seen on the earth; besides also birds of various kinds.
[3] That such things are seen there surpasses belief with those who believe that nothing exists which they do not see with their bodily eyes. But neither do the same believe that there are any spirits or angels, still less that they appear to themselves as men; that they see one another; speak with one another; and touch one another. The reason is that such persons are so sensuous and corporeal as to believe that only bodies live. It is from this that, as before said, such things surpass belief with them. And yet they have not only been seen by me a thousand times, but I have also been instructed concerning the animals seen; whence they are, and what they signify; thus also that when presented to view in an animal form, affections of good in the natural are seen as gentle oxen; and affections of evil as ferocious oxen; and that all other affections appear in the forms of other animals. Hence it is that beasts of various kinds signify such things in man as they correspond to. (But on this subject see what has been previously shown, n. 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 719, 776, 1823, 2179, 2180, 2781, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3218, 3519, 5198, 7523.)

AC (Potts) n. 9091 sRef Ex@21 @35 S0′ 9091. And he die. That this signifies so that the good affection perishes, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being to perish, and from the signification of an “ox” which has died from being struck by another ox, as being a good affection (of which just above, n. 9090).

AC (Potts) n. 9092 sRef Ex@21 @35 S0′ 9092. Then they shall sell the living ox. That this signifies that the affection of the one which has injured the affection of the other shall be alienated, is evident from the signification of “selling,” as being to alienate (see n. 4098, 4752, 4758, 5886); and from the signification of “the living ox,” as being the affection of truth which had injured the affection of truth of another (of which above, n. 9090).

AC (Potts) n. 9093 sRef Ex@21 @35 S0′ 9093. And they shall divide the silver of it. That this signifies that the truth thereof shall be dissipated, is evident from the signification of “dividing,” as being to banish and dissipate (see n. 6360, 6361); and from the signification of “silver,” as being truth (n. 1551, 2048, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 7999). That “to divide” denotes to dissipate, is because if those things which have been associated together are divided, they are also scattered, as he who divides his mind destroys it. For the mind of man is an association of two parts, one part being called the understanding, the other the will. He who divides these two parts scatters the things which belong to one part, for one part must live from the other; consequently the other also perishes. It is the same with him who divides truth from good, or what is the same, faith from charity. He who does this destroys both. In a word, all things which ought to be united in a one, if divided perish.
sRef Matt@24 @51 S2′ sRef Matt@24 @50 S2′ sRef Luke@16 @13 S2′ [2] This division is meant by the Lord’s words in Luke:
No one can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will prefer the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon (Luke 16:13).
That is, by faith serve the Lord, and by love the world; thus acknowledge truth, and do evil. He who does this has a divided mind, from which comes its destruction. From all this it is evident whence it is that “to divide” denotes to dissipate; as is also evident in Matthew:
The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he expecteth not, and in an hour when he knoweth not, and shall divide him, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites (Matt. 24:50, 51);
where “to divide” denotes to separate and remove from goods and truths (n. 4424), thus to dissipate.
sRef Gen@49 @7 S3′ [3] In Moses:
Cursed be their anger, for it was vehement; and their wrath, for it was hard. I will divide them in Jacob, and scatter them in Israel (Gen. 49:7);
where Israel speaks prophetically of Simeon and Levi. By Simeon and Levi are there represented those who are in faith separate from charity (n. 6352), by Jacob and Israel the church external and internal, and also the external and internal man (n. 4286, 4598, 5973, 6360, 6361). “To divide them in Jacob” denotes to expel them from the external church; and “to scatter them in Israel” denotes from the internal church; thus to dissipate the goods and the truths of the church appertaining to them.
sRef Dan@5 @2 S4′ sRef Dan@5 @3 S4′ sRef Dan@5 @28 S4′ sRef Dan@5 @25 S4′ sRef Dan@5 @4 S4′ [4] That “dividing” has this signification is also plain from the words written on the wall when Belshazzar king of Babel, together with his lords, his wives, and his concubines, drank wine from the vessels of gold and of silver which belonged to the temple that was at Jerusalem. The writing was:
Numbered, numbered, weighed, and divided (Dan. 5:2-4, 25-28);
where “divided” means separated from the kingdom. In this passage it is plain how all things were at that time representative. In it is described the profanation of good and truth, which is signified by “Babel” (that Babel” denotes profanation, see n. 1182, 1283, 1295, 1304-1308, 1321, 1322, 1326); “vessels of gold and of silver” denote the goods of love and the truths of faith from the Lord (n. 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917). Profanation is signified by “drinking therefrom, and at the same time praising the gods of gold, of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone,” as we read in the fourth verse of the chapter, which denote evils and falsities in a series (n. 4402, 4544, 7873, 8941). By the “temple at Jerusalem” from which the vessels came, is signified in the supreme sense the Lord, in the representative sense His kingdom and church (n. 3720). The kingdom of Belshazzar being “divided” signified the dissipation of good and truth, and he himself being “slain that night” signified the loss of the life of truth and good, thus damnation; for “to be divided” denotes to be dissipated; “a King” denotes the truth of good (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 3670, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148); the like is signified by “kingdom” (n. 1672, 2547, 4691); “to be slain” denotes to be deprived of the life of truth and good (n. 3607, 6767, 8902); and the “night” in which he was slain denotes a state of evil and falsity (n. 2353, 7776, 7851, 7870, 7947). From this it is plain that all things there were representative.
sRef John@19 @24 S5′ sRef Matt@27 @35 S5′ aRef Matt@27 @51 S5′ sRef John@19 @23 S5′ sRef Ps@22 @18 S5′ [5] We read in the following passages:
They divided My garments among them, and upon My vesture did they cast a lot (Ps. 22:18).
They divided His garments, casting a lot; that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet (Matt. 27:35).
The soldiers took His garments, and made four parts; and the tunic, the tunic was without seam, woven from the top throughout. They said therefore, Let us not divide it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be; that the Scripture might be fulfilled (John 19:23, 24).
He who reads these words and knows nothing of the internal sense of the Word, is not aware that anything secret lies hidden in them, when yet in each word there is a Divine secret. The secret was that Divine truths had been dissipated by the Jews, for the Lord was the Divine truth; and hence He is called “the Word” (John 1). “The Word” denotes Divine truth; His garments represented truths in the external form; and His tunic, truths in the internal form; the division of the garments represented the dissipation of the truths of faith by the Jews. (That “garments” denote truths in the external form, see n. 2576, 5248, 5954, 6918; also that “a tunic” denotes truth in the internal form, n. 4677.) Truths in the external form are such as are those of the Word in the literal sense; but truths in the internal form are such as are those of the Word in the spiritual sense. The division of the garments into four parts signified total dissipation, in like manner as the division in Zechariah 14:4, and in other passages; likewise the division into two parts, as we read of the veil of the temple (Matt. 27:51; Mark 15:38). The rending of the rocks also at that time (Matt. 27:51) represented the dissipation of all things of faith, for a “rock” denotes the Lord as to faith, consequently it denotes faith from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9094 sRef Ex@21 @35 S0′ 9094. And the dead one also they shall divide. That this signifies that the injuring affection also shall be dissipated, is evident from the signification of what is “dead,” as being evil and falsity (of which above, n. 9008); consequently by “a dead ox” is signified the affection of evil and falsity in the natural man, thus an injuring affection, for evil injures by means of falsity; and from the signification of “to divide,” as being to dissipate (n. 9093). How the case is with the things contained in this verse in the internal sense can with difficulty be unfolded to the apprehension. They are such as can be comprehended by the angels, and only in some measure by men. For the angels see the arcana of the Word in the light which is from the Lord, in which light innumerable things are presented to view that do not fall into the words of speech, and not even into the ideas of thought, with men so long as they live in the body. The reason is that with men the light of heaven flows into the light of the world, and thus into such things there as either extinguish, or reject, or darken, and thus deaden it. The cares of the world and of the body are such things, especially those which flow from the loves of self and of the world. From this it is that the things which are of angelic wisdom are for the most part unutterable, and also incomprehensible.
[2] Nevertheless man comes into such wisdom after the laying aside of the body, that is, after death; but only the man who has received in the world the life of faith and charity from the Lord; for the capacity of receiving angelic wisdom is in the good of faith and of charity. That the things which the angels see and think in the light of heaven are unutterable, has been given me to know by much experience; for when I have been raised into that light, I have seemed to myself to understand all those things which the angels there spoke; but when I have been let down from thence into the light of the external or natural man, and in this light have desired to recollect the things which I had there heard, I could not express them by words, and not even comprehend them by ideas of thought, except a few, and these few obscurely; from which it is manifest that the things which are seen and heard in heaven are such as the eye hath not seen nor the ear heard.
[3] Such are the things which lie inmostly hidden in the internal sense of the Word; and it is the same with the things contained in the internal sense in this and the following verses. The things therein contained which can be explained to the apprehension are these. All truths in man have life from the affections which are of some love. Truth without life from love is like sound flowing forth from the mouth without an idea, or like the sound of an automaton. Hence it is plain that the life of man’s understanding is from the life of his will, consequently that the life of truth is from the life of good; for truth bears relation to the understanding, and good to the will. If therefore there are two truths which do not live from the same general affection, but from diverse affections, they must needs be dissipated, for they are in collision with each other. And when truths are dissipated, their affections also are dissipated; for there is a general affection under which all the truths with a man are associated together. This general affection is good. This is all that can be told about what is signified in the internal sense by the oxen of two men, one of which strikes the other so that he dies, the living ox then being sold, and the silver divided, and also the dead ox.
[4] Who that is of the church does not know that there are Divine things in each and all things of the Word? But who can see Divine things in these laws about oxen and asses falling into a pit, and about oxen striking with the horn, if they are regarded and explained merely according to the sense of the letter? Nevertheless they are Divine even in the sense of the letter, provided they are regarded and unfolded at the same time in respect to the internal sense; for in this sense each and all things of the Word treat of the Lord, of His Kingdom, and His church, thus of Divine things. For in order that anything may be Divine and holy, it must treat of Divine and holy things. The subject that is treated of effects this. The worldly and public affairs, such as are the judgments, statutes, and laws promulgated by the Lord from Mount Sinai, which are contained in this and in the following chapters of Exodus, are Divine and holy by inspiration; yet inspiration is not dictation, but is influx from the Divine. That which inflows from the Divine passes through heaven, and there is celestial and spiritual; but when it comes into the world it becomes worldly, within which is what is celestial and spiritual. From this it is plain whence and where is the Divine that is in the Word; and what is inspiration.

AC (Potts) n. 9095 sRef Ex@21 @36 S0′ 9095. Or if it be known that the ox was wont to strike with the horn from yesterday the day before yesterday. That this signifies if it had previously been known that such was its affection, is evident from the signification of “to be known,” or “attested,” as being that it had passed into the intellectual (see n. 9071), for that which has passed there from the will has become known; and from the signification of “that the ox was wont to strike with the horn from yesterday the day before yesterday,” as being that such had been the affection heretofore (as also above, n. 9070).

AC (Potts) n. 9096 sRef Ex@21 @36 S0′ 9096. And his master hath not watched him. That this signifies and if he hath not kept it in bonds, is evident from the signification of “to watch,” as being to keep in bonds, namely, the affection of evil in the natural, which otherwise would injure the truth of faith. That it signifies to keep in bonds, is because by “becoming known” is signified to pass into the intellectual (see n. 9095), and the intellectual is that which sees evil, and that which is seen can be restrained and kept in bonds; not by the intellectual, but through the intellectual by the Lord. For the Lord flows into those things in man which are known to him, but not into those things which are unknown to him. By “keeping in bonds” is meant to prevent, and to restrain. In the spiritual sense bonds are nothing else than the affections of love, for these are what lead man, and what restrain him. If the affections of evil lead him, there must be affections of truth from good to restrain him. Internal bonds in man are affections of truth and of good. These are also called the “bonds of conscience.” But external bonds are the affections of the love of self and of the love of the world, for these lead man in external things. If the latter affections descend from internal bonds, which are affections of truth and of good, they are good, for then the man loves himself and the world not for the sake of self and the world, but for the sake of good uses from himself and the world (n. 7819, 7820, 8995). But if the affections of the love of self and of the love of the world do not descend from internal bonds, the affections are evil, and are called “cupidities;” for then the man loves himself for the sake of himself, and the world for the sake of the world.
sRef John@8 @31 S2′ sRef John@8 @36 S2′ sRef John@8 @32 S2′ sRef John@8 @34 S2′ [2] From all this it can be known what is meant by internal bonds, and by external bonds, of which frequent mention has been made. But bonds so called are not bonds except relatively to their opposites; for he who does anything from the affection which is of the love of good, acts from freedom; but he who acts from the affection which is of the love of evil seems to himself to act from freedom, but does not act from freedom, because he acts from cupidities that are from hell. He only is free who is in the affection of good, because he is led by the Lord. This the Lord also teaches in John:
If ye abide in My word, ye are truly My disciples; and ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free. Everyone that committeth sin is the servant of sin. If the Son shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed (John 8:31, 32, 34, 36).
That it is freedom to be led by the Lord, and servitude to be led by cupidities which are from hell, see n. 892, 905, 2870-2893, 6205, 6477, 8209; for the Lord implants affections for good, and aversion for evil. From this the man has freedom in doing good, and utter servitude in doing evil. He who believes that Christian liberty extends itself further is very greatly in error.

AC (Potts) n. 9097 sRef Ex@21 @36 S0′ 9097. Repaying he shall repay ox for ox. That this signifies restoration in entirety, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being to restore; in entirety is signified by “repaying he shall repay;” and from the signification of “an ox,” as being affection in the natural (see n. 9065).

9097a. And the dead one shall be his. That this signifies for the injuring affection, is evident from the signification of “the ox,” as being affection of evil, for by “dead” is signified evil and falsity, according to what was said above (n. 9089). How the case is with the things contained in the internal sense in this verse, can be inferred from what was unfolded above (n. 9094).

AC (Potts) n. 9098 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9098. Verse 37.* When a man shall steal an ox, or one of the flock, and shall kill it, or sell it, he shall repay five oxen for an ox, and four of the flock for one of the flock. “When a man shall steal an ox, or one of the flock,” signifies one who takes away from anyone his good exterior or interior; “and shall kill it,” signifies if he shall extinguish it; “or sell it,” signifies or if he shall alienate it; “he shall repay five oxen for an ox,” signifies the corresponding penalty to much; “and four of the flock for one of the flock,” signifies the corresponding penalty to the full.
* In the English Bible this is verse 1 of chapter 22.

AC (Potts) n. 9099 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9099. When a man shall steal an ox, or one of the flock. That this signifies one who takes away from anyone his good exterior or interior, is evident from the signification of “stealing,” as being to take away from anyone his spiritual goods (see n. 5135, 8906); from the signification of “an ox,” as being the affection of good in the natural, thus exterior good (n. 2180, 2566, 2781, 2830, 5913, 8937); and from the signification of “one of the flock,” as being interior good; for the animals which are of the flock signify those things which are of interior good; and the animals which are of the herd signify those things which are of exterior good (n. 2566, 5913, 6048, 8937).

AC (Potts) n. 9100 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9100. And shall kill it. That this signifies shall extinguish it, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9101 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9101. Or sell it. That this signifies or if he shall alienate it, is evident from the signification of “selling,” as being to alienate (see n. 4098, 4752, 4758, 5886, 6143).

AC (Potts) n. 9102 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9102. He shall repay five oxen for an ox. That this signifies the corresponding penalty to much, is evident from the signification of “five,” as being somewhat (see n. 4638, 5291), and also much (n. 5708, 5956); and from the signification of “repaying,” as being amendment (n. 9087), and as being restoration (n. 9097). That it signifies the penalty also, is because when alienated good is to be amended or restored, the man suffers hard things; for he is either left to his evil, thus also to the penalty of his evil (for evil is attended with its penalty, n. 8214), or he is let into temptations, whereby the evil is subdued and removed, which temptations are the penalty that is here signified by “repaying.” The reason why a corresponding penalty is meant, is that the evil of the penalty and the evil of the fault correspond (see n. 1857, 6559, 8214).

AC (Potts) n. 9103 sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ 9103. And four of the flock for one of the flock. That this signifies also the corresponding penalty to the full, is evident from the signification of “four,” as being conjunction, for “four” signifies the same as “two,” because the one number arises from other, being the double of it (that “two” denotes conjunction, see n. 5194, 8423; and consequently also “four,” see n. 1686, 8877); from which it follows that these numbers also denote to the full, for that which is conjoined is full; and from the signification of “one of the flock,” as being interior good, (see just above, n. 9099). The corresponding penalty is signified by “repaying,” namely, four of the flock for one of the flock (n. 9102). Interior good is that good which is called charity in the interior man; and exterior good is charity in the exterior man. The latter good must live from the former, for the good of charity in the interior man is the good of spiritual life; and the good of charity in the exterior man is the good of the derivative natural life. The latter good comes to the sensation of man as delight; but the former good does not come to sensation, but to perception that so it ought to be, and makes a contented mind. In the other life spiritual good also comes to sensation.
[2] The reason why five oxen were to be repaid for an ox, and four of the flock for one of the flock, cannot be known by anyone unless it is known what is meant by “theft” in the spiritual sense, also what by “ox” and by “one of the flock.” What these things signify has been unfolded, namely, the taking away and alienation of exterior and interior good. This taking away is effected through evil, and alienation through falsity; consequently the penalty and restoration thereof are signified by “five” and “four.” That all numbers in the Word signify things, see n. 575, 647, 648, 755, 813, 1963, 1988, 2075, 2252, 3252, 4264, 4495, 4670, 5265, 6175; here the things which involve restoration, namely, the number “five” the restoration of exterior good to much; and the number “four” the restoration of interior good to the full. Interior good is to be restored to the full, because this good makes the spiritual life of man, and unless spiritual life is restored to the full, the exterior good which makes the natural life cannot be restored, for the latter life is restored by means of the former, as can be seen from the regeneration of man. (That the external man is regenerated by means of the internal, see n. 9043, 9046, 9061.) But good in the external or natural man cannot be restored to the full, because the injury remains there as a scar which is grown callous. These are the things which these numbers involve.
[3] A few words more however shall be said about the restoration of exterior good, which makes the natural life of man, from interior good which makes his spiritual life. The natural of man sees things in the light of the world, which light is called natural light. Man procures for himself this light by means of the objects which enter through the sight and hearing, thus by means of objects which are of the world. Thus man sees those things within himself, almost as the eye sees them. The objects which enter by these senses appear to him at first as pleasure and delight. Afterward the infant man distinguishes between the different delights, from which he learns to discriminate, and by degrees to do so more perfectly. When light from heaven flows into these things, the man begins to see them spiritually, and first to discriminate between the useful and the non-useful. From this he begins to have an insight as to what is true; for that which is useful to him is to him true, and that which is useless is not true. This insight increases according to the influx of the light of heaven, until at last he discriminates not only between truths, but also between truths within these truths; and he does this with greater clearness in proportion as the communication is better opened between the internal and external man; for the light of heaven inflows from the Lord through the internal man into the external man.
[4] From this then man has perception; but still it is not yet spiritual perception. This perception does not arise from natural truths, but from spiritual truths. Spiritual truths are those which are called the truths of faith. The reason why spiritual perception arises from these truths, is that the light of heaven is Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, and this shines as light before the eyes of the angels, and also shines in their understandings, and gives them intelligence and wisdom; but with variety according to the reception of it in good. Wherefore the knowledges of spiritual things must be with man in his natural in order that there may be spiritual perception; and knowledges of spiritual things must be from revelation. When the light of heaven flows into these knowledges, it flows into its own, for, as before said, this light is the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord (n. 1053, 1521-1533, 1619-1632, 2776, 3138, 3167, 3195, 3222, 3223, 3341, 3636, 3643, 4180, 4302, 4408, 4415, 4527, 5400, 6032, 6313, 6608). From this the man has intelligence and wisdom in such things as are of eternal life, and these increase according to the reception of that light, that is, of the truths of faith in good. Good is charity.
[5] That the natural or external man is regenerated, and also amended and restored, through the internal man, can be seen from what has now been said. For the things which are in the external or natural man live from the light of heaven, for this light is living light, because it proceeds from the Lord, who is life itself; but they do not live from natural light, for in itself this light is dead. In order therefore that those things which are in natural light may live, there must be an influx of living light through the internal man from the Lord. This influx accommodates itself according to the knowledges of truth analogous and corresponding in the natural, and according to the compliance there. From this it is evident that the external or natural of man must be regenerated through his internal. In the same way must the good in the natural that has been taken away and alienated, be amended and restored.

AC (Potts) n. 9104 9104. CONTINUATION ABOUT THE SPIRITS AND INHABITANTS OF THE PLANET SATURN.

Some of the spirits of this earth passed over to the spirits of the earth Saturn, who as already said are afar off at a vast distance, for they appear at the end of our solar world. The passage is effected in a moment, for distances in the other life are appearances arising from diversity of the states of life (see n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 3404, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381); and conjunction is effected by a state of desire to speak with another. From this it is that in the other life those meet together, when they so desire, who have been in some conjunction in the world, either by love, or by friendship, or by high regard; but they are afterward separated according to the unlikenesses of their state of life.

AC (Potts) n. 9105 9105. After the spirits of the earth Saturn had spoken with the spirits of our earth, they spoke with me through intermediate spirits from where they were, and said that they wondered that spirits from this earth so often come to them and ask them what God they worship. Whenever they observe that the spirits of this earth make such inquiries, they answer that they are insane; for there cannot be a greater insanity than to ask what God anyone worships, seeing that there is only one God for all in the universe; and they said that they are still more insane in this, that they do not know that the Lord is the Only God, and that He rules the universal heaven, and consequently the universal world; for He who rules heaven rules the world also, because the world is ruled through heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9106 9106. They said further that another kind of spirits who go in troops, frequently come to them, desiring to know how things are with them, and that by various methods they draw out of them what they know. Concerning these they said that they are not insane, except in the fact that they have so great a desire to know, for no other use than to know. They were afterward instructed that these spirits are from the planet Mercury, and that knowledge and the derivative intelligence alone delight them, and not so much uses resulting from these, unless indeed knowledge is to them use (see n. 6811, 6815, 6921-6932, 7069-7079, 7170-7177).

AC (Potts) n. 9107 9107. In what respects the spirits of our earth and the spirits of the earth Saturn differ, has been given me to know from open experience; and at the same time to know how the spiritual or internal man and the natural or external man fight and clash with each other, when the latter is not in faith and charity. For the spirits of the earth Saturn bear relation in the Grand Man to that sense which is intermediate between spiritual and natural sense, but receding from the natural and acceding to the spiritual (n. 8953); whereas the spirits of our earth bear relation to natural and bodily sense; consequently the latter bear relation to the external man, but the spirits of Saturn to the internal man. How great an opposition and clashing there is between them, when the external or natural man does not receive spiritual life through faith in and love to the Lord, was shown by the following experience.

AC (Potts) n. 9108 9108. The spirits of the earth Saturn came into view from afar, and there were then present many spirits from our earth, who on seeing those from Saturn became as if insane, and began to infest them by infusing things unworthy respecting faith, and also about the Lord. And while they were full of invectives, they also threw themselves into the midst of them, and from the insanity in which they were, endeavored to injure them. But the spirits of Saturn feared nothing, because they were safe, and were also in tranquillity; whereas those from our earth, being in the midst of them, began to breathe with difficulty, and consequently to be in anguish; and so they cast themselves out, one this way, and another that, and disappeared.

AC (Potts) n. 9109 9109. Those standing by perceived from this what is the quality of the external or natural man separated from the internal, when he comes into a spiritual sphere, which is the sphere of life of the internal man; namely, that he is insane (for there encompasses everyone a sphere which flows forth from the life of his love, see n. 1048, 1053, 1316, 1504-1512, 4464, 5179, 6206, 7454). The reason is that the natural man when separated from the spiritual has wisdom only from the world, and not at all from heaven; and he who is wise only from the world, believes nothing but what the senses apprehend, and what he believes, he believes from the fallacies of the senses, consequently from falsities. From this it is that spiritual things are not anything to him, insomuch that he scarcely endures to hear mention made of the spiritual. From this also it is that he does not apprehend what the internal man is, and consequently does not believe that there is an internal man. Wherefore such are insane when kept in a spiritual sphere. It is otherwise while they are living in the world. They then either think naturally about spiritual things; or turn away the ear, that is, hear and do not attend. (That such have pain and blindness when they are taken up into a spiritual sphere, see n. 8797.)

AC (Potts) n. 9110 9110. From the above experience it was also made evident that the natural man cannot introduce himself into the spiritual, that is, ascend. But when a man is in faith and consequently in spiritual life, and is thinking, then the spiritual man descends, that is, thinks in the natural. For there is spiritual influx, that is, influx from the spiritual world into the natural, but not the reverse. (That physical influx is quite contrary to order, and contrary to nature, thus is impossible, see n. 3721, 5119, 5259, 5779, 6322, 8237.) Wherefore when the natural man that has been separated from the internal, comes into the sphere of spiritual life, he is seized first with blindness, then with insanity, and finally with anguish. It is also for this reason that those who are in hell have no inclination to look toward heaven (n. 4225, 4226, 8137, 8265, 8945, 8946).

AC (Potts) n. 9111 9111. At the end of the following chapter an account will be given of the spirits of the moon; and also why the Lord willed to be born on our earth, and not on some other.
[END OF VOL. 10.]

AC (Potts) n. 9112 9112. CHAPTER THE TWENTY-SECOND.
THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY.
What Conscience is shall now be stated. Conscience is formed in a man from his religious persuasion, according to the reception of this within himself.

AC (Potts) n. 9113 9113. With the man of the church, Conscience is formed by means of truths of faith from the Word, or from doctrine drawn from the Word, according to the reception of these in the heart. For when a man knows the truths of faith and apprehends them in his own way, and afterward wills them and does them, a Conscience is then being formed in him. Reception in the heart is reception in the will, for the will of man is that which is called his “heart.”

AC (Potts) n. 9114 9114. From this it is that those who have Conscience speak from the heart what they speak, and do from the heart what they do. Such also have an undivided mind, for they act in accordance with what they believe to be true and good, and in accordance with what they understand. Consequently a more perfect Conscience is possible with those who are more enlightened than others in the truths of faith, and who are in a clearer perception than others, than is possible with those who are less enlightened, and who are in an obscure perception.

AC (Potts) n. 9115 9115. Those have Conscience who have received from the Lord a new will. This will is itself the Conscience; and therefore to act contrary to Conscience is to act contrary to this will. And as the good of charity makes the new will, the good of charity also makes the Conscience.

AC (Potts) n. 9116 9116. Seeing that, as before said (n. 9113), Conscience is formed by means of the truths of faith, as also is the new will, and charity, it follows that to act contrary to the truths of faith is to act contrary to Conscience.

AC (Potts) n. 9117 9117. As the faith and charity which are from the Lord make a man’s spiritual life, it follows that to act contrary to Conscience is to act contrary to this life.

AC (Potts) n. 9118 9118. As therefore to act contrary to Conscience is to act contrary to the new will, contrary to charity, and contrary to the truths of faith, consequently contrary to the life which man has from the Lord, it is evident from this that a man is in the tranquillity of peace, and in internal blessedness, when he acts according to Conscience; and that he is in intranquility, and also in pain, when he acts contrary to Conscience. This pain is what is called “the stings of Conscience.”

AC (Potts) n. 9119 9119. Man has a Conscience of what is good, and a Conscience of what is just. The Conscience of what is good is the Conscience of the internal man; and the Conscience of what is just is the Conscience of the external man. The Conscience of what is good consists in acting according to the precepts of faith from internal affection; while the Conscience of what is just consists in acting according to civil and moral laws from external affection. They who have a Conscience of what is good, have also a Conscience of what is just; but they who have only a Conscience of what is just, have the capacity of receiving a Conscience of what is good, and moreover do receive it when they are instructed.

AC (Potts) n. 9120 9120. What Conscience is may also be illustrated by examples. If, unknown to the other, a man has the property of that other in his possession, and thus can keep it for himself without any fear of the law, or of the loss of honor and reputation, and nevertheless restores it to the other because it is not his own, he has Conscience, for he does what is good for the sake of what is good, and what is just for the sake of what is just. Again, if a man who has it in his power to attain a high position, sees that another, who also is a candidate, would be more useful to his country, and yields the position to this other man for the sake of his country’s good, he has Conscience. So in all other cases.

AC (Potts) n. 9121 9121. From these examples may be inferred the character of those who have no Conscience. They are known from the opposite. Those among them who for the sake of their own advantage would make what is unjust to appear as just, and what is evil to appear as good, and the reverse, have no Conscience. Those of them who know that what they do is unjust and evil, and yet do it, do not know what Conscience is, and if instructed, do not wish to know. Such are they who do all things for the sake of themselves and the world.

AC (Potts) n. 9122 9122. Those who have not received Conscience in the world cannot receive Conscience in the other life. Thus they cannot be saved, because they have no plane into which heaven (that is, the Lord through heaven) can flow, and whereby it may operate, and so draw them to itself; for Conscience is the plane and receptacle of the influx of heaven. Wherefore in the other life such persons are associated with those who love themselves and the world above all things; and these are in hell.

EXODUS 22

1. (2)* If a thief be caught while digging through, and be smitten, and he die, bloods shall not be shed for him.
2. (3) If the sun have risen upon him, bloods shall be shed for him; repaying he shall repay; if he have nothing, he shall be sold for his theft.
3. (4) If finding the theft be found in his hand, from an ox even to an ass, even to one of the small cattle, living; he shall repay double.
4. (5) When a man shall desolate a field or a vineyard, and shall let his beast go in, and it shall desolate in the field of another; of the best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, he shall repay.
5. (6) When a fire shall go forth, and shall catch hold of thorns, and a stack is consumed, or the standing crop, or a field; he that kindleth the fire repaying shall repay.
6. (7) When a man shall give to his companion silver or vessels to take care of, and it be stolen out of the man’s house; if the thief be caught, he shall repay double.
7. (8) If the thief be not caught, the lord of the house shall be brought unto God, to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work.
8. (9) Upon every word of transgression, upon ox, upon ass, upon one of the small cattle, upon garment, upon every lost thing, whereof he shall say, This is it; even unto God shall come the word of them both; he whom God shall condemn shall repay double to his companion.
9. (10) When a man shall give to his companion an ass, or an ox, or one of the small cattle, or any beast, to take care of; and it die, or be broken, or be led away captive, no one seeing it;
10. (11) The oath of Jehovah shall be between them both, to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work, or whether its lord hath taken it; and he shall not repay.
11. (12) And if stealing it shall be stolen from him, he shall repay to its lord.
12. (13) If tearing it shall be torn, he shall bring a witness for it; he shall not repay that which was torn.
13. (14) And when a man shall borrow from his companion, and it be broken, or die, the lord thereof not being with it, repaying he shall repay.
14. (15) If the lord thereof be with it, he shall not repay; if he is a hireling he shall come in his hire.
15. (16) And when a man shall persuade a virgin who is not betrothed, and shall lie with her, endowing he shall endow her to himself for a woman.
16. (17) If refusing her father shall refuse to give her to him, he shall pay silver according to the dowry of virgins.
17. (18) Thou shalt not suffer a sorceress to live.
18. (19) Everyone that lieth with a beast, dying he shall die.
19. (20) He that sacrificeth to gods, save to Jehovah alone, shall be accursed.
20. (21) And a sojourner thou shalt not afflict, and shall not oppress; for ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt.
21. (22) Any widow and orphan ye shall not afflict.
22. (23) If afflicting thou shalt afflict him, so that crying he shall cry unto Me, hearing I will hear his cry:
23. (24) And Mine anger shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your wives shall become widows, and your sons orphans.
24. (25) If thou shalt lend silver to My people, the needy with thee, thou shalt not be to him as a usurer; ye shall not put usury upon him.
25. (26) If taking a pledge thou shalt take in pledge thy companion’s garment, even at the going in of the sun thou shalt restore it to him.
26. (27) For it is his only covering, it is his garment for his skin, wherein he may sleep; and it shall be, when he shall cry unto Me, that I will hear; for I am merciful.
27. (28) Thou shalt not curse God, and a prince in thy people thou shalt not execrate.
28. (29) The firstfruits of thy grain, and the firstfruits of thy wine, thou shalt not delay. The firstborn of thy sons thou shalt give to Me.
29. (30) So shalt thou do with thine ox, and with thy flock; seven days it shall be with its mother; on the eighth day thou shalt give it to Me.
30. (31) And ye shall be men of holiness to Me; and flesh that is torn in the field ye shall not eat; ye shall cast it to the dog.
* The verses are numbered as in the Hebrew Bible; the figures in parentheses refer to the verses as numbered in the English Authorized Version.

AC (Potts) n. 9123 sRef Ex@22 @0 S0′ 9123. THE CONTENTS.

The subject treated of in this chapter in the internal sense is the injuries occasioned in various ways to the truth of faith and the good of charity, and their amendment and restoration; also the aid to be brought should they be extinguished. Afterward instruction in the truths of faith is treated of; and lastly, the state of a man’s life when he is in the good of charity.

AC (Potts) n. 9124 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @2 S0′ 9124. THE INTERNAL SENSE.
Verses 1-3*. If a thief be caught while digging through, and be smitten, and he die, bloods shall not be shed for him. If the sun have risen upon him, bloods shall be shed for him; repaying he shall repay; if he have nothing, he shall be sold for his theft. If finding the theft be found in his hand, from an ox even to an ass, even to one of the small cattle, living, he shall repay double. “If a thief be caught while digging through,” signifies if it is not apparent that good or truth is being taken away; “and be smitten, and he die,” signifies if then it is so injured as to be extinguished; “bloods shall not be shed for him,” signifies that he is not guilty of the violence that is done; “if the sun have risen upon him,” signifies if he shall see it clearly from within; “bloods shall be shed for him,” signifies that he is guilty; “repaying he shall repay,” signifies the amendment and restoration of the truth and good that have been taken away; “if he have nothing,” signifies if nothing remains; “he shall be sold for his theft,” signifies alienation; “if finding the theft be found in his hand,” signifies if there be anything remaining of truth and good by which restoration can be made; “from an ox even to an ass,” signifies whether from exterior good or truth; “even to one of the small cattle,” signifies or from interior truth and good; “living,” signifies in which there is spiritual life; “he shall repay double,” signifies restoration to the full.
* Verses 2 to 4 in the English Bible.

AC (Potts) n. 9125 sRef Ex@22 @2 S0′ 9125. If a thief be caught while digging through. That this signifies if it is not apparent that good or truth is being taken away, is evident from the signification of “digging through,” as being the perpetration of evil in secret, and when it is said of a thief, as being the taking away of good or truth by falsity from evil so that it is not apparent (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “a thief,” as being one who takes away good and truth (see n. 5135, 8906, 9018, 9020), and in the abstract sense, the truth or good that is taken away. It is said “in the abstract sense,” because the angels, who are in the internal sense of the Word, think abstractedly from persons (n. 5225, 5287, 5434, 8343, 8985, 9007). Moreover, in this sense the Word has real things as objects, without determination to persons and places.
sRef Ezek@8 @8 S2′ sRef Amos@9 @2 S2′ sRef Job@24 @17 S2′ sRef Ezek@8 @7 S2′ sRef Job@24 @15 S2′ sRef Job@24 @16 S2′ sRef Jer@2 @34 S2′ [2] That “digging through” denotes the perpetration of evil in secret, and when said of a thief, the taking away of good or truth by falsity from evil so that it is not apparent, is evident from the fact that a distinction is here made between the theft effected by digging through, and that which is committed when the sun is risen (of which in the following verse). That “digging through” has this signification is also evident from the passages in the Word where it is mentioned, as in Jeremiah:
Also in thy skirts is found the blood of poor innocent souls. I have not found them in digging through, but they are upon them all (Jer. 2:34);
speaking of filthy loves and the evils from them; “I have not found them in digging through” denotes not by a search in secret; and therefore it is said “they are upon them all,” that is, they appear everywhere. And in Ezekiel:
He brought me in to the door of the court, where I saw, and behold a hole in the wall. He said unto me, Come, dig through the wall; I therefore digged through the wall, when behold a door (Ezek. 8:7-8);
speaking of the abominations of the house of Israel which they wrought in secret; “to dig through the wall” denotes to enter in secretly, and to see what they are doing. In Amos:
Though they dig through into hell, thence shall My hand take them; though they climb up to heaven, thence will I cast them down (Amos 9:2);
“to dig through into hell” denotes to hide themselves there, thus in falsities from evil; for “hell” denotes falsity from evil, because this reigns there. The falsities there are called “darkness,” within which they hide themselves from the light of heaven; for they flee from the light of heaven, which is Divine truth from the Lord. In Job:
The eye of the adulterer watcheth for the twilight, saying, No eye shall see me; and he putteth a covering on his face. In the dark he diggeth through houses, which they mark for themselves in the daytime; they acknowledge not the light; even so morning is to them the shadow of death; for they acknowledge the terrors of the shadow of death (Job. 24:15-17);
here “digging through houses” plainly means secretly plundering the goods of another; for it is said that “in the dark he diggeth through houses;” that “he watcheth for the twilight that no eye may see him;” that “he putteth a covering on his face;” that “he acknowledges not the light;” also that “the morning is to them the shadow of death.”
sRef John@10 @1 S3′ sRef Rev@3 @3 S3′ sRef John@10 @2 S3′ sRef Rev@16 @15 S3′ sRef Luke@12 @39 S3′ [3] That “digging through a house” denotes secretly taking away another’s good, originates from the representatives in the other life. There, when the angels are conversing about falsity destroying good in secret, this is represented below, where angelic conversations are presented to the sight, by digging through a wall; and on the other hand, when the angels are conversing about truth coming to good, and conjoining itself with it, this is represented by an open door through which there is entrance. It is from this that the Lord, who because He spoke from the Divine, spoke according to the representatives that exist in heaven, and according to correspondences, says:
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep (John 10:1-2).
This know, that if the master of the house had known in what hour the thief would come, he would surely have watched, and would not have suffered His house to be digged through (Luke 12:39).
Here also a “thief” denotes one who through falsities destroys the goods of faith; “to dig through a house” denotes to do this secretly, because it is done when the master of the house is not watching. From this also it is that “to come as a thief” denotes to come clandestinely, because not through the door, but by some other way, as in John:
Unless thou watchest, I will come upon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know in what hour I will come upon thee (Rev. 3:3).
Behold I come as a thief; blessed is he that watcheth (Rev. 16:15).
“To come as a thief” denotes to come clandestinely and unexpectedly. The reason why this is so said by the Lord is that it is meant that the door with man is closed through the falsity of evil.

AC (Potts) n. 9126 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @2 S0′ 9126. And be smitten, and he die. That this signifies if then it is so injured as to be extinguished, is evident from the signification of “being smitten,” when said of truth and good, as being to be injured or harmed (see n. 9034, 9058); and from the signification of “dying,” as being to be extinguished. Truth and good are here meant, because by a “thief,” or by “theft,” is signified that which has been taken away, thus good and truth, as also in what follows: “if finding the theft be found in his hand, from an ox, even to an ass, even to one of the flock” (verse 3); an “ox,” an “ass,” and “one of the flock” signify goods and truths exterior and interior; and they are called “theft,” because found in the hand of the thief; in like manner “silver” and “vessels” (verse 6), which also denote truths interior and exterior. The like is signified by “thief” as by “theft,” because in the sense abstracted from person, “the thief” denotes the theft; that is, the truth and good that have been taken away (see just above, n. 9125).

AC (Potts) n. 9127 sRef Ex@22 @2 S0′ 9127. Bloods shall not be shed for him. That this signifies that he is not guilty of the violence that is done, is evident from the signification of “blood,” as being in the supreme sense the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord’s Divine good, and in the internal sense thence derived, the truth of good (see n. 4735, 6378, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7846, 7850, 7877). Wherefore by “shedding blood” is signified doing violence to truth Divine, or to the truth of good, and also to good itself. For he who does violence to truth does violence likewise to good, because truth has been so conjoined with good that the one belongs to the other; and therefore if violence is done to the one, it is done to the other also. From this it is plain that by “bloods not being shed for him” is signified that he is not guilty of violence done to truth and good.
[2] He who knows nothing of the internal sense of the Word, knows no otherwise than that by “bloods” in the Word are signified bloods; and that by “shedding blood” is merely signified killing a man. But the internal sense does not treat of the life of man’s body, but of the life of his soul, that is, of his spiritual life, which he is to live forever. This life is described in the Word in the sense of the letter by such things as belong to the life of the body; namely, by the flesh and blood. And because the spiritual life of man exists and subsists through the good which is of charity and the truth which is of faith, therefore in the internal sense of the Word the good which is of charity is meant by “flesh,” and the truth which is of faith is meant by “blood.” And in a still more interior sense, the good which is of love to the Lord is meant by “flesh,” and the good of love toward the neighbor is meant by “blood.” But in the supreme sense, which treats of the Lord alone, “flesh” denotes the Divine good of the Lord, thus the Lord Himself as to Divine good; and “blood” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus the Lord as to Divine truth. These things are understood in heaven by “flesh and blood” when a man is reading the Word; in like manner when he attends the Holy Supper; but in this the bread is the flesh, and the wine is the blood, because by “bread” the same is signified as by “flesh,” and by “wine” the same as by “blood.”
sRef Ezek@39 @21 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @19 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @22 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @20 S3′ sRef Rev@19 @18 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @17 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @18 S3′ sRef Rev@19 @17 S3′ [3] But this is not apprehended by those who are sensuous, as is the case with most men in the world at this day; and therefore let them remain in their own faith, provided they believe that in the Holy Supper, and in the Word, there is something holy, because from the Divine. Granting that they do not know wherein this holiness consists, nevertheless let those who are endowed with any interior perception (that is, who are able to think above the things of sense), consider whether blood is meant by “blood,” and flesh by “flesh,” in the following passages:
Son of man, thus said the Lord Jehovih; Say to every bird of the heaven, to every wild animal of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves from every side upon My sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh and drink blood. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth; and ye shall drink blood even to drunkenness, of My sacrifice which I will sacrifice for you. Ye shall be sated at My table with the horse and the chariot, and with the strong one, and with every man of war. Thus will I set My glory among the nations (Ezek. 39:17-21).
I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the birds that fly in the midst of heaven, Gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God, that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of the strong ones, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit thereon, and the flesh of all; free and bond, small and great (Rev. 19:17-18).
It is very clear that in these passages by “flesh” is not meant flesh, and by “blood” is not meant blood.
sRef John@6 @57 S4′ sRef John@6 @50 S4′ sRef John@6 @58 S4′ sRef John@6 @55 S4′ sRef John@6 @56 S4′ sRef John@6 @54 S4′ sRef John@6 @52 S4′ sRef John@6 @53 S4′ sRef John@6 @51 S4′ [4] In like manner then with the “flesh and blood” of the Lord, in the following passage in John:
The bread that I will give is My flesh. Verily, verily, I say unto you Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye shall not have life in you. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, abideth in Me, and I in him. This is the bread that came down from heaven (John 6:51-58).
That the Lord’s “flesh” denotes the Divine good of His Divine love; and that His “blood” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from His Divine good; can be seen from the fact that these are what nourish the spiritual life of a man. From this also it is said, “My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed;” and also, “this is the bread that came down from heaven.” And as man is conjoined with the Lord through love and faith, it is also said, “he that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, abideth in Me, and I in him.” But as before said those alone apprehend this saying who can think above the sensuous things of the body; especially those who are in faith and in love to the Lord, for these are raised by the Lord from the life of the sensuous things of the body toward the life of their spirit; thus from the light of the world into the light of heaven, in which light those material things which are in the thought from the body disappear.
sRef Joel@2 @30 S5′ sRef Joel@2 @31 S5′ sRef Rev@16 @3 S5′ sRef Rev@16 @4 S5′ sRef Isa@59 @3 S5′ sRef Ezek@16 @9 S5′ sRef Jer@2 @34 S5′ sRef Isa@59 @7 S5′ sRef Rev@6 @12 S5′ sRef Isa@4 @4 S5′ sRef Ezek@16 @6 S5′ sRef Ezek@22 @6 S5′ sRef Ezek@22 @9 S5′ sRef Ezek@22 @4 S5′ sRef Ezek@22 @3 S5′ sRef Ezek@22 @2 S5′ sRef Lam@4 @14 S5′ sRef Lam@4 @13 S5′ sRef Rev@8 @8 S5′ [5] He therefore who knows that “blood” denotes truth Divine from the Lord, is also able to know that by “shedding blood” in the Word is not signified killing, or depriving a man of the life of the body; but killing or depriving him of the life of the soul, that is, destroying his spiritual life, which is from faith in and love to the Lord. That “blood,” when understood as being shed unlawfully, denotes truth Divine destroyed by means of falsities from evil, is clear from the following passages:
When the Lord shall have washed away the filth of the daughters of Zion, and shall have washed away the bloods of Jerusalem from the midst thereof, by the spirit of judgment, and by the spirit of cleansing (Isa. 4:4).
Your hands are defiled with blood, and your fingers with iniquity. Their feet run to evil, and they make haste to shed innocent blood; their thoughts are thoughts of iniquity (Isa. 59:3, 7).
Also in thy skirts is found the blood of poor innocent souls (Jer. 2:34).
Because of the sins of the prophets, the iniquities of the priests, that shed the blood of the righteous in the midst of Jerusalem, they have wandered blind in the streets, they are defiled with blood; the things which they cannot [defile], they touch with their garments (Lam. 4:13-14).
I passed by thee, and saw thee trodden down in thy bloods, and I said, In thy bloods live; I washed thee with waters, and I washed away thy bloods from upon thee, and I anointed thee with oil (Ezek. 16:6, 9).
Thou, son of man, wilt thou plead with the city of bloods? Make known to her all her abominations. And thou shalt say, Thou art become guilty through thy blood which thou hast shed, and art defiled through thine idols which thou hast made. Behold, the princes of Israel, everyone according to His arm, have been in thee, and have shed blood. Slanderous men have been in thee to shed blood; and in thee they have eaten upon the mountains (Ezek. 22:2, 4, 6, 9).
I will set wonders in the heaven and in the earth, blood, and fire, and a pillar of smoke. The sun shall be turned into thick darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day come (Joel 2:30-31).
The sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the whole moon became as blood (Rev. 6:12).
The second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea; and the third part of the sea became blood (Rev. 8:8).
The second angel poured out his vial into the sea, and it became blood as of a dead man, whence every living soul died in the sea. The third angel poured out his vial into the rivers, and into the fountains of waters, and they became blood (Rev. 16:3-4).
sRef Matt@27 @24 S6′ sRef John@19 @34 S6′ sRef Matt@23 @35 S6′ sRef John@19 @35 S6′ sRef Matt@27 @25 S6′ [6] In these passages by “blood” is not meant the blood of man’s bodily life that is shed, but the blood of his spiritual life, which is truth Divine, to which violence has been done through falsity from evil. The like is meant by “blood” in Matthew:
Upon you shall come the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel, unto the blood of Zachariah, whom ye slew between the temple and the altar (Matt. 23:35);
by which is signified that the truths of the Word have had violence done to them by the Jews, from the earliest time even to the present, insomuch that they would not acknowledge anything of internal and heavenly truth. Therefore neither did they acknowledge the Lord. Their “shedding His blood” signified the complete rejection of truth Divine, for the Lord was Divine truth itself, which is “the Word made flesh” (John 1:1, 14). The complete rejection of truth Divine which was from the Lord, and which was the Lord, is meant by these Words in Matthew:
Pilate washed his hands before the people, saying, I am innocent of the blood of this just man; see ye to it. And all the people answered, His, blood be on us, and on our children (Matt. 27:24-25).
Therefore this subject is thus described in John:
One of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side, and straightway there came out blood and water. He that saw bare witness, and his witness is true; and he knoweth that he saith true things, that ye may believe (John 19:34-35);
that water also came out was because by “water” is signified external truth Divine, such as is the Word in the letter (that “water” denotes truth, see n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8568).
sRef Rev@12 @11 S7′ [7] From all this also it is evident what is signified by being purified “by the blood of the Lord,” namely, that it is through the reception of the truth of faith from Him (n. 7918, 9088). So also it is plain what is signified by these words in John:
They overcame the dragon by the blood of the Lamb, and by the Word of His testimony (Rev. 12:11);
“by the blood of the Lamb” denotes through the Divine truth which is from the Lord, which is also “the Word of His testimony.” “The blood of the Lamb” denotes innocent blood, for “a lamb” denotes innocence (n. 3519, 3994, 7840). The truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord in heaven has innocence inmostly within it, for it affects no others than those who are in innocence (n. 2526, 2780, 3111, 3183, 3494, 3994, 4797, 6013, 6107, 6765, 7836, 7840, 7877, 7902).

AC (Potts) n. 9128 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ 9128. If the sun have risen upon him. That this signifies if he shall see it clearly from within, namely, the theft which is being committed, is evident from the signification of “the sun rising,” as being to be seen in the light, thus clearly; here, that good and truth are taken away, which is signified by “theft” (see n. 9125). That “if the sun have risen” has this signification, is because by “the thief being caught while digging through” (mentioned in the preceding verse), is signified the taking away of good and truth in secret, thus when it is not seen (n. 9125). It is said “seen from within,” because such a thing is seen by the internal man.
[2] As this is an important matter, something shall be said about sight from within. A man sees in himself whether what he thinks and wills, and consequently what he says and does, is good or evil, and consequently whether it is true or false. This is quite impossible unless he sees from within. Seeing from within is seeing from the sight of the internal man in the external. The case is the same as with the sight of the eye: the eye cannot see the things which are within it, but only those which are outside of it. From this then it is that a man sees the good and the evil that are in himself. Nevertheless one man sees this better than another, and some do not see it at all. They who see it, are they who have received from the Lord the life of faith and charity, for this life is the internal life, or the life of the internal man. Such persons, being from faith in truth, and from charity in good, can see the evils and falsities in themselves; for evil can be seen from good, and falsity from truth; but not contrariwise. The reason is that good and truth are in heaven, and in its light; whereas evil and falsity are in hell, and in its darkness. From this it is evident that those who are in evil and thence in falsity cannot see the good and truth, nor even the evil and falsity, which are in themselves, consequently neither can they see from within.
[3] But be it known that to see from within is to see from the Lord; for it is the same with sight as with everything that exists, in that nothing exists from itself, but from that which is prior to or higher than itself, thus finally from the First and Highest. The First and Highest is the Lord. He who apprehends this can also apprehend that everything of life with man is from the Lord; and that as charity and faith constitute the veriest life of man, everything of charity, and everything of faith, are from the Lord. He who excels others in the gift of thought and perception, can from this also apprehend that the Lord sees each and all things-even the most minute-that are with man. But evil and falsity do not come forth from what is higher than themselves; but from what is lower. Consequently they do not come forth from the Lord, but from the world; for the Lord is above, and the world is beneath. Wherefore with those who are in evil and thence in falsity, the internal man is closed above and open beneath. From this it is that they see all things upside down; the world as everything, and heaven as nothing. It is also for this reason that before the angels they appear upside down; with the feet upward, and the head downward. Such are all in hell.

AC (Potts) n. 9129 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ 9129. Bloods shall be shed for him. That this signifies that he is guilty, is evident from the signification of “blood,” as being violence done to good and truth, thus to be guilty of such violence (of which above, n. 9127).

AC (Potts) n. 9130 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ 9130. Repaying he shall repay. That this signifies the amendment and restoration of the truth and good that have been taken away, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being amendment and restoration (see n. 9087, 9097).

AC (Potts) n. 9131 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ 9131. If he have nothing. That this signifies if nothing remains, namely, of the good and truth that have been taken away, is evident from the signification of “his (that is, the thief’s) having nothing,” as being that nothing remains of the truth and good that have been taken away. (That the “theft” denotes the good and truth taken away, see n. 9125; also that the same is signified by “a thief” as by “theft,” n. 9125, 9126.)

AC (Potts) n. 9132 sRef Ex@22 @3 S0′ 9132. He shall be sold for his theft. That this signifies alienation, is evident from the signification of “to be sold,” as being alienation (see n. 4752, 4758, 5886), here of the good and truth taken away, of which nothing remains (n. 9131); and from the signification of “for the theft,” as being amendment and restoration by other good or truth in place of that taken away, which is signified by “repaying” (n. 9130); for the thief was sold that the theft might be repaid. With what is contained in this verse the case is this. He who sees that the good or truth with him is being taken away by falsity derived from evil, is guilty of the violence done to them, for it is done with his knowledge. For that which is done with the man’s knowledge, proceeds from the will, and at the same time from the understanding, thus from the whole man, because man is man from these two, and what is done from these two is done from the falsity which is from evil – from falsity, because from the understanding; and from evil, because from the will. It is from this that the man is guilty. That which comes from a man’s understanding, and at the same time from his will, is made his own (see n. 9009, 9069, 9071); and that a man becomes guilty if when he sees the evil of his will he does not repress it by means of his understanding, see n. 9075.

AC (Potts) n. 9133 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ 9133. If finding the theft be found in his hand. That this signifies if there be anything remaining of truth and good by which restoration can be made, is evident from the signification of “finding there be found,” when said of the good or truth that has been taken away, which is signified by the “theft,” as being to remain; from the signification of “in his hand,” as being in his power (that “the hand” denotes power, see n. 878, 3387, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 5544, 6947, 7011, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281; that “in his hand” also denotes that which appertains to him, will be seen below); and from the signification of “theft,” as being the good or the truth that has been taken away (n. 9125). From this it is plain that by “if finding the theft be found in his hand” is signified if there be anything remaining of good and truth. That it also means whereby restoration can be made, is because this verse treats of the restoration of the good and truth that have been taken away. The case herein is this. So long as a general affection of good remains, there always remains something by means of which any particular good that has been taken away may be restored, for particular goods and truths depend upon a general good (n. 920, 1040, 1316, 4269, 4325, 4329, 4345, 4383, 5208, 6115, 7131). That “in his hand” denotes whatever appertains to him, is because by “the hand” is signified power, and whatever is in anyone’s power appertains to him. Consequently by “the hand,” especially by “the right hand,” is signified the man himself. From all this it can be seen what is signified by “sitting at the right hand of the Father,” when this is said of the Lord, as being to be everything with the Father, thus to be the Father Himself; which is the same as to be in the Father and the Father in Him; and as all things that are His being the Father’s, and all that are the Father’s being His; as the Lord teaches in John 14:8-11; 17:10-11.

AC (Potts) n. 9134 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ 9134. From an ox even to an ass. That this signifies from exterior good or truth, is evident from the signification of “an ox,” as being the good of the natural (see n. 2180, 2566, 2781, 2830, 5913, 8937); and from the signification of “an ass,” as being the truth of the natural (n. 2781, 5492, 5741). The good of the natural is exterior good, and the truth of the natural is exterior truth.

AC (Potts) n. 9135 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ 9135. Even to one of the small cattle. That this signifies if from interior truth and good, is evident from the signification of “one of the small cattle,” as being spiritual truth and good, thus interior truth and good (see n. 6016, 6045, 6049). In the Word “flocks” are sometimes mentioned, and sometimes “small cattle;” and in the internal sense by “flocks” are signified interior goods and the truths thence derived; and by “small cattle” are signified interior truths and the goods thence derived. But the difference between these cannot be known unless it is known how the case is with the two states of man, the former and the latter, during regeneration. The former state is when he is being led by means of the truths of faith to the good of charity. The latter state is when he is in the good of charity and from this is in the truths of faith. By the former state, man is introduced into the church, in order that he may become a church; and when he has become a church, he is then in the latter state. The goods and the truths with him in the latter state are signified by “flocks;” but the truths and the goods with him in the former state are signified by “small cattle.” It is from this that truths are here mentioned in the first place, and good in the second. (In regard to these two states with the man who is being regenerated, or what is the same, who is becoming a church, see n. 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 8772, 8995, 9088, 9089.)
[2] Those goods and truths are called “exterior” which are in the external or natural man; and those are called “interior” which are in the internal or spiritual man. That the latter are interior, and the former exterior, is because the internal man is wise from heaven, but the external man from the world; for heaven is within man, and the world is without him. It is said “from an ox even to an ass, even to one of the small cattle,” in order that every exterior good and truth may be signified, and also every interior truth and good. Moreover, in accordance with the Divine order in heaven, in the external man good proceeds toward truth; and in the internal man from truth toward good.

AC (Potts) n. 9136 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ 9136. Living. That this signifies in which there is spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “life,” as being spiritual life, which is the life of faith and charity (see n. 5407, 5890); consequently “the living” denote those in whom there is spiritual life.

AC (Potts) n. 9137 sRef Ex@22 @4 S0′ 9137. He shall repay double. That this signifies restoration to the full, is evident from the signification of “double,” as being to the full (see n. 9103); and from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (n. 9087).

AC (Potts) n. 9138 sRef Ex@22 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9138. Verses 4, 5. When a man shall desolate a field, or a vineyard, and shall let his beast go in, and it shall desolate in the field of another; of the best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, he shall repay. When a fire shall go forth, and shall catch hold of thorns, and a stack is consumed, or the standing crop, or a field; he that kindleth the fire, repaying shall repay. “When a man shall desolate a field, or a vineyard” signifies the deprivation of the good and the truth of the church through cupidities; “and shall let his beast go in,” signifies if he does this with but little knowledge; “and it shall desolate in the field of another,” signifies the consuming of the cohering goods; “of the best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, he shall repay,” signifies restoration from goods and truths still unimpaired; “when a fire shall go forth,” signifies anger from the affection of evil; “and shall catch hold of thorns,” signifies which betakes itself into falsities; “and a stack is consumed,” signifies injury to the goods and truths of faith that have been received; “or the standing crop, or a field,” signifies also to the goods and truths of faith in their conception; “he that kindleth the fire repaying shall repay,” signifies the restoration of what was taken away through anger from the affection of evil.

AC (Potts) n. 9139 sRef Ex@22 @5 S0′ 9139. When a man shall desolate a field, or a vineyard. That this signifies the deprivation of the good and the truth of the church through cupidities, is evident from the signification of “to desolate,” as being to deprive through cupidities (see n. 9141); from the signification of “a field,” as being the church as to good (n. 2791, 3766, 4982, 7502), thus the good of the church; and from the signification of “a vineyard,” as being the church as to truth, thus the truth of the church. That “a field” denotes the church as to good, is because the things of a field, such as wheat and barley, signify internal and external goods of the church (n. 3941, 7602, 7605); and that “a vineyard” denotes the church as to truth, is because “wine,” which belongs to a vineyard, signifies the truth of good (n. 1071, 6377).
[2] That “field” and “vineyard” have this signification has its origin from the representatives in the spiritual world. For fields full of wheat and barley appear before spirits when the angels in a heaven above them are conversing about an assemblage of those who are in good; and there appear vineyards full of grapes, with winepresses, when the angels are conversing about an assemblage of those who are in the truth of good. These representatives are not from the fact that there are such things upon earth; but from the correspondences, in that wheat and barley, or the bread made therefrom, nourish the body, as the good of love and of charity nourishes the soul; and in that wine, as drink, acts in like manner. From this it is that in the Word the goods of love and the truths of faith are called “meats and drinks;” in this sense also they are heavenly meats and drinks (see n. 56-58, 680, 681, 1973, 1974, 4459, 4792, 5147, 5293, 5576, 5579, 5915, 8562).
sRef Jer@12 @10 S3′ sRef Isa@3 @14 S3′ sRef Jer@12 @11 S3′ [3] That a “vineyard” denotes the church as to the good and the truth of faith, which church is called the spiritual church, is evident from the passages in the Word where a “vineyard” is mentioned; as in Jeremiah:
Many shepherds have destroyed My vineyard, they have trodden under foot My field, they have made My field of desire into a desert of solitude; he has made it [the vineyard] into a solitude (Jer. 12:10-11);
where “vineyard” and “field” manifestly denote the church; and as the church is the church from the truth and good of faith and of charity, it is clear that the “vineyard” here denotes the church as to truth, and the “field,” the church as to good. In Isaiah:
Jehovah cometh into judgment with the elders of His people, and the princes thereof; ye have set on fire the vineyard (Isa. 3:14);
here also “the vineyard” plainly denotes the church in respect to the good and truth of faith; for “the elders with whom Jehovah will come into judgment,” denote the goods of the church (see n. 6524, 6525); and “the princes,” its truths (n. 5044).
sRef Isa@5 @1 S4′ sRef Isa@5 @2 S4′ [4] Again:
I will sing to my beloved a song of my friend touching His vineyard. My beloved had a vineyard in a horn of the son of oil; and he enclosed it, and planted it with a noble vine (Isa. 5:1-2);
this is said of the Lord, who is the “beloved” and the “friend;” the “vineyard” denotes His spiritual church; a “noble vine” denotes the good of faith of this church; and a “horn of the son of oil,” the good of the faith of that church from the good of love. He who knows nothing of the internal sense of the Word, cannot possibly know what is signified by “a vineyard in a horn of the son of oil.” Yet in these words there lies hidden a secret that cannot be expressed in words. By these words is fully described the conjunction of the Lord’s spiritual kingdom with His celestial kingdom; that is, the conjunction of the second heaven with the third; consequently the conjunction of the good of faith in the Lord, which is of the spiritual kingdom, with the good of love to the Lord, which is of the celestial kingdom. The “vineyard” denotes the spiritual kingdom; “in a horn” denotes in power, thus in this kingdom; and “the son of oil” denotes the external good of love of the celestial kingdom. The celestial kingdom, which is the inmost heaven of the Lord, is called an “olive-tree” or an “olive-yard,” because “oil” denotes the good of celestial love (n. 886, 4582, 4638). Be it known that the kingdom of the Lord on earth is the church. (That there are two kingdoms, the celestial kingdom and the spiritual kingdom, and that the spiritual kingdom constitutes the second heaven, and the celestial kingdom the third heaven, see n. 3887, 4138, 4279, 4286; of the conjunction of these, see n. 6435.)
sRef Isa@27 @3 S5′ sRef Rev@14 @19 S5′ sRef Amos@5 @18 S5′ sRef Amos@5 @17 S5′ sRef John@15 @3 S5′ sRef John@15 @2 S5′ sRef John@15 @1 S5′ sRef John@15 @5 S5′ sRef John@15 @4 S5′ sRef Isa@27 @2 S5′ [5] Again:
In that day a vineyard of pure wine, answer ye to it; I Jehovah do keep it; I will water it every moment (Isa. 27:2-3);
where “a vineyard of pure wine” [merum] denotes the spiritual church. In Amos:
In all vineyards shall be wailing; I will pass through thee. Woe unto you that desire the day of Jehovah! What to you is the day of Jehovah? It is of darkness and not of light (Amos 5:17-18);
this is said of the last time of the church, when there is no longer any good and truth of faith, which time is “the day of Jehovah, a day of darkness and not of light;” whence it is said, “in all vineyards shall be wailing.” In John in Revelation:
The angel put forth His sickle into the earth, and vintaged the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great Winepress of the wrath of God (Rev. 14:19);
“to vintage the vine of the earth” denotes to consume the truth and good of the church; “the earth” here being the church. From all this it can be seen why the Lord so often likened the kingdom of the heavens to a “vineyard” (as in Matt. 20:1, and the following verses; 21:28, 29, 33-41; Mark 12:1-12); and why the Lord called Himself “the vine,” in John:
As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; so neither can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches. Without Me ye can do nothing (John 15:4-6);
“the vine” denotes faith in the Lord, consequently the Lord as to faith; for the Lord is faith, because faith is from Him; for no faith is faith save that which is from Him. Hence also “the vine” denotes the faith which is directed to Him.

AC (Potts) n. 9140 sRef Ex@22 @5 S0′ 9140. And shall let his beast go in. That this signifies if he does this with but little consciousness, is evident from the signification of a “beast of burden,” as being bodily pleasure, or appetite. That it signifies with but little consciousness, is because when a man is in these cupidities, he consults reason but little, and thus has but little consciousness of what he is doing. All beasts, of whatsoever genus and species, signify affections; gentle and useful beasts, good affections; and fierce and useless beasts, evil affections (n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 714-719, 1823, 2180, 2781, 3218, 3519, 5198, 7523, 7872, 9090). When a beast is called a “beast of burden” it signifies mere bodily affections which have in them but little reason; for the more a man acts from the body, the less he acts from reason, the body being in the world, thus remote from heaven, where genuine reason is. Moreover, in the original tongue a “beast of burden” is so called from its brutishness and stupidity, thus from its little consciousness; as in Isa. 19:11; Ps. 49:10; 73:22; Jer. 51:17; and elsewhere.

AC (Potts) n. 9141 sRef Ex@22 @5 S0′ 9141. And it shall desolate in the field of another. That this signifies the consuming of the cohering goods, is evident from the signification of “to desolate,” as being to deprive through cupidities, thus to consume (of which below); and from the signification of “in the field of another,” as being the cohering goods; for “a field” denotes the church, and the things in a field denote goods (see n. 9139); thus those which are “in the field of another,” denote the adjacent goods which cohere; for the goods with man are like generations on the earth, and consequently are in various degrees of nearness and coherence (n. 9079). Those which are not in the same house, or together in the same family, but yet are related, are what are meant by being “in the field of another.”
[2] That “to desolate” denotes to deprive through cupidities, and thus to consume, is because by the word which is used in the original tongue for “to desolate” is properly signified to set on fire and burn, thus also to feed on and consume. And as this is the derivation of the word, “to desolate” here signifies the consuming that is done by cupidities; for the cupidities in a man are consuming fires. There is in man the fire of life, and the light of life. The fire of life is his love, and the light of life is his faith. The love of good (that is, love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor) makes the fire of life in a good man and in an angel of heaven; and the love of truth and the faith of truth make the light of life in them. But the love of evil (that is, the love of self and the love of the world) makes the fire of life in an evil man and in a spirit of hell; and the love and faith of what is false make the light of life in them. But the love of evil is called in the Word the “burning of fire,” because it burns and consumes those things which belong to the love of good and truth. (That the “burning of fire” has this signification, see n. 1297, 1861, 5215, 9055.)
sRef Ezek@39 @9 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @10 S3′ sRef Isa@30 @33 S3′ sRef Isa@3 @14 S3′ [3] That a consuming by cupidities is signified by this word in the original tongue, is plain from the following passages:
Jehovah will come into judgment with the elders of His people, and the prices thereof. Ye have consumed [set fire to] the vineyard (Isa. 3:14).
The breath of Jehovah, like a river of sulphur, doth consume [burn] it (Isa. 30:33);
“a river of sulphur” denotes falsities from the evils of the love of self and the love of the world (n. 2446).
[4] In Ezekiel:
The inhabitants of the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both shield and buckler, with bow and with arrows, and with hand staff and with spear, and they shall kindle a fire with them seven years, that they shall bring no wood out of the field, nor cut down any out of the forests (Ezek. 39:9-10);
thus is described the consuming and desolating of good and truth through cupidities. But who will see this, unless he knows what is signified by “the inhabitants of the cities of Israel,” also what by “weapons,” “shield,” “buckler,” “bow with arrows,” by “hand staff and spear,” by “seven years,” and by “wood out of the field, and out of the forests.” (That “inhabitants” denote goods, see n. 2268, 2451, 2463, 2712; that “cities” denote truths, and consequently doctrinal things from the Word, n. 2268, 2449, 2943, 3216, 4492; and that “Israel” denotes the church, n. 4286, 6426, 6637.) Consequently “the inhabitants of the cities of Israel” denote the goods of the doctrinal things of the church; and in the opposite sense, these goods turned into evils and falsities. (That “shield,” “buckler,” and “arrows of the bow” denote truths of doctrine from the Word, whereby there is protection from the falsities of evil, see n. 2686, 2709, 6421; that a “hand staff” denotes the power of truth from good, n. 4876, 7026; in like manner a “spear,” but interior power; that “seven years” denote a full state, thus to the full, n. 6508, 8976; thus “to kindle a fire for seven years” denotes to consume to the full through cupidities; “wood out of the field” denotes the interior goods of the church, n. 3720, 8354; “field” being the church, n. 2971, 3766, 7502, 7571; and “wood out of the forests,” exterior goods, n. 3220, 9011.) When these things are known it may be known that by the above prophecies is described the consuming of all things of the church through cupidities until nothing of the good and truth of the internal and external church remains, which is signified by “they shall kindle a fire for seven years, so that they shall bring no wood out of the field, nor cut down any out of the forests.”
sRef Mal@4 @1 S5′ [5] By the same expression is also described the consuming of the good and truth of the church, in Malachi:
Behold the day cometh, burning as an oven, wherein all that sin proudly, and every worker of wickedness, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall consume [kindle] them, said Jehovah Zebaoth, which shall leave them neither root nor branch (Mal. 4:1);
“the day that cometh” denotes the last time of the church, when the loves of self and of the world shall reign, and shall consume all the truths and goods of the church, until nothing survives in the man’s internal and external, which is signified by “shall leave them neither root nor branch.” The “root” of good and truth is in man’s internal, and the “branch” is in his external. From this then it is evident that “to desolate” signifies to consume through cupidities, as is the case elsewhere in the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9142 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9142. Of the best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, he shall repay. That this signifies restoration from goods and truths still unimpaired, is evident from the signification of “field,” as being the good of the church; from the signification of “vineyard,” as being the truth of the church (of which above, n. 9139); that is called “the best” which after the consuming is still unimpaired; and from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (n. 9087).

AC (Potts) n. 9143 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ sRef Isa@42 @25 S0′ sRef Isa@66 @15 S0′ sRef Ps@2 @12 S0′ sRef Deut@9 @19 S0′ sRef Isa@33 @14 S0′ sRef Ps@18 @8 S0′ sRef Deut@4 @24 S0′ sRef Deut@9 @15 S0′ sRef Zeph@3 @8 S0′ 9143. When a fire shall go forth. That this signifies anger from the affection of evil, is evident from the signification of “fire,” as being love, here the love of evil and its affection (of which just above, n. 9141). It is said “the affection” of evil, because by affection is meant what is continuous of love. That “fire” denotes anger from the affection of evil, is because anger is from this source, for when that which a man loves is assailed, a fieriness bursts forth and as it were burns. Hence it is that anger is described in the Word by “fire,” and it is said “to burn;” as in the following passages:
There went up a smoke out of His nostrils, and fire out of His mouth; coals did burn from Him (Ps. 18:8).
Kiss the Son, lest He be angry, for His anger will burn shortly (Ps. 2:12).
Who shall abide for us with the devouring fire? Who shall abide for us on the hearths of eternity? (Isa. 33:14).
He poured upon him the wrath of His anger; it set him on fire round about, yet he knew not; it burned him, yet he laid it not to heart (Isa. 42:25).
Behold, Jehovah will come in fire, and His chariots like the whirlwind; to recompense them in the wrath of His anger, and His rebuke in flames of fire (Isa. 66:15).
I looked back, and came down from the mount, when the mount was burning with fire. I was afraid by reason of the anger and wrath wherewith Jehovah was angry against us (Deut. 9:16, 19).
In these and many other passages anger is described by “fire.” The anger is attributed to Jehovah, that is, to the Lord, but it is in man (n. 5798, 6997, 8282, 8483). (That the Lord appeared on Mount Sinai to the Israelitish people in accordance with their nature; thus in fire, smoke, and thick darkness, see n. 6832.) But be it known that anger is a fire that breaks forth from the affection of evil; while zeal is a fire that breaks forth from the affection of good (n. 4164, 4444, 8598). Therefore zeal also is described by “fire,” as in these passages:
Jehovah thy God is a devouring fire, a zealous God (Deut. 4:24).
I will pour upon them all the wrath of Mine anger; for all the earth shall be devoured in the fire of My zeal (Zeph. 3:8).
(That the zeal of Jehovah is love and mercy, and that it is called “anger” because it so appears to the wicked when they incur the penalty of their evil, see n. 8875.)

AC (Potts) n. 9144 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9144. And shall catch hold of thorns. That this signifies which betakes itself into falsities, is evident from the signification of “to catch hold of,” when said of the anger which arises from the affection of evil, as being to betake itself, and thus to kindle; and from the signification of “thorns,” as being falsities (of which in what follows). Something shall first be said to show how the case herein is. The loves in a man are the Fires of his life (see n. 9055). Evil loves, which are the loves of self and of the world, are consuming Fires, for they consume the goods and truths which belong to the life itself. These fires make the life of man’s will, and the light from these fires makes the life of his understanding. So long as the Fires of evil are kept shut up in the will, the understanding is in light, and consequently is able to perceive good and truth. But when these Fires pour forth their light into the understanding, then the former light is dissipated, and the man is darkened in respect to the perception of good and truth, and this the more in proportion as the loves of self and of the world, which are these fires, receive increase; until finally these loves stifle and extinguish all truth, together with all good.
[2] When these loves are assailed, then fire from the will breaks forth into the understanding, and kindles a flame there. This flame is what is called “anger.” Hence it is that when he is angry, a man is said to “become heated,” to “take fire,” and to be “inflamed.” This flame assails the truths and the goods that are in the understanding, and not only hides, but also consumes them; and (this is a secret) when this evil fire breaks forth from the will into the understanding, the latter is closed above and opened below; that is, is closed where it looks toward heaven, and is opened where it looks toward hell. From this it is that when an evil man takes fire with anger, evils and falsities flow in, which kindle into flame. The case herein is like that of a fiber in the body, which, if touched with the point of a needle, instantly contracts and closes itself, and thus prevents the injury from penetrating further, and attacking the life in its first principles. Moreover, when falsity is presented to the sight, it has the appearance of being sharp-pointed.
sRef Isa@9 @19 S3′ sRef Ps@18 @8 S3′ sRef Isa@9 @18 S3′ [3] The state of an evil man when angered, resembles that of smoke, which, when fire is applied to it, kindles into flame; for the falsity of evil in the understanding is like smoke; and anger is like the flame of the ignited smoke. There is also a correspondence between them, and therefore in the Word “smoke” denotes what is false; and its “flame” denotes anger; as in David:
There went up smoke out of His nostrils, and fire out of His mouth; coals did burn in Him (Ps. 18:5).
And in Isaiah:
Wickedness burneth as the fire, it devoureth the briers and thorns, and kindleth the thickets of the forest, and they mount up as the rising of smoke, in the wrath of Jehovah Zebaoth (Isa. 9:18-19);
where “smoke” denotes falsity, from the “kindling” of which there arises anger. (That “smoke” denotes falsity, see n. 1861.)
[4] From all this it is now clear what is signified in the internal sense by “when fire shall go forth, and shall catch hold of thorns, and a stack is consumed, or the standing crop,” namely, that if the affection of evil breaks forth into anger, and betakes itself into the falsities of concupiscences, and consumes the truths and goods of faith. Every thinking person can see that there is some reason for this law which lies hidden within and does not appear; for nowhere has a law been enacted about fire catching hold of thorns, and thereby consuming a stack, or the standing crop; because such a thing very rarely happens; whereas it is of daily occurrence that the fire of wickedness and anger lays hold of and sets on Fire the falsities of concupiscences, and thus consumes the truths and goods of the church.
sRef Isa@32 @13 S5′ sRef Isa@33 @11 S5′ sRef Isa@33 @12 S5′ [5] That “thorns” denote the falsities of concupiscences, is evident from the following passages. In Isaiah:
Upon the land of My people cometh up thorn and brier (Isa. 32:13);
“the land” denotes the church; “the thorn and brier” denote falsities, and the consequent evils. Again:
As for your spirit, a fire shall consume you, so the peoples shall be burned into lime, as thorns cut down that are kindled with fire (Isa. 33:11-12);
the “thorns that are kindled with fire” denote falsities which break into flame, and consume truths and goods.
sRef Hos@2 @6 S6′ sRef Hos@2 @5 S6′ sRef Ezek@28 @24 S6′ [6] In Ezekiel:
There shall be no more a pricking brier to the house of Israel, nor a thorn causing grief (Ezek. 28:24);
“a pricking brier” denotes falsity of the concupiscences of the love of self; “a thorn,” falsity of the concupiscences of the love of the world. In Hosea:
Your mother hath played the harlot; therefore I hedge up thy way with thorns, and she shall not find her paths (Hos. 2:5-6);
“ways” and “paths” denote truths; and “thorns,” falsities in place of truths.
sRef Hos@10 @8 S7′ sRef Ps@118 @12 S7′ sRef Matt@7 @16 S7′ [7] Again:
The high places of Aven, the sin of Israel, shall be destroyed; the thistle and the thorn shall come up on their altars (Hos. 10:8);
“the thistle and the thorn” denote evil and falsity that lay waste the goods and truths of worship. In David:
They compassed me about like bees; they go out like a fire of thorns (Ps. 118:12);
“a fire of thorns” denotes the concupiscence of evil. In Matthew:
By their fruits ye shall know them. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? (Matt. 7:16);
“gathering grapes of thorns” denotes deriving the goods of faith and of charity from the falsities of concupiscences (that “grapes” denote these goods, see n. 1071, 5117, 6378).
sRef Mark@4 @7 S8′ sRef Mark@4 @19 S8′ sRef Mark@4 @18 S8′ sRef Jer@4 @3 S8′ [8] In Mark:
Other seed fell among thorns, but the thorns came up, and choked it, that it yielded no fruit. They that are sown among the thorns, are they that hear the word; but the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the concupiscences of other things entering in, choke the word, so that it becometh unfruitful (Mark 4:7, 18-19);
here there is explained what is meant by being “sown among thorns,” thus what by “thorns.” The same is signified by “sowing among thorns,” and “reaping thorns,” in Jeremiah:
Thus said Jehovah to the man of Judah, and to Jerusalem, Break up your fallow ground, and sow not among thorns (Jer. 4:3).
They have sown wheat, and have reaped thorns (Jer. 12:13).
[9] The falsities of concupiscences, which are signified by “thorns,” are falsities which confirm those things which are of the world and its pleasures, for more than all other falsities these take fire and blaze up, because they are from those concupiscences in the body which are felt; wherefore also they close the internal man, so that there is no appreciation of that which concerns the salvation of the soul, and eternal life.
sRef John@19 @19 S10′ sRef John@19 @3 S10′ sRef John@1 @1 S10′ sRef John@19 @5 S10′ sRef John@19 @20 S10′ sRef John@19 @2 S10′ sRef John@1 @14 S10′ [10] That:
They put a crown plaited of thorns upon the Lord’s head when He was crucified, and that then He was hailed King of the Jews, and said, Behold the Man (John 19:2, 3, 5),
represented the condition of the Divine Word at that time in the Jewish church; namely, that it was stifled by the falsities of concupiscences. The “King of the Jews,” as He was then hailed by them, signified truth Divine. (That by a “king” in the Word is signified truth from the Divine, see n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 3670, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 6148; and that the like is signified by “the Anointed,” which in the Hebrew idiom is “the Messiah,” and in the Greek “the Christ,” n. 3004, 3008, 3009, 3732.) By “Judah” in the supreme sense is meant the Lord as to Divine good, and in the internal sense as to the Word, and thus as to doctrine from the Word (n. 3881); and that when such a crown was upon His head the Lord said “Behold the Man,” signified, Behold the Divine truth such as it now is in the church. For the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord in heaven is a Man; consequently heaven is the Grand Man, and this by influx and by correspondence, as has been shown at the end of many chapters (see n. 1871, 1276, 2996, 2998, 3624-3649, 3741-3750, 7396, 8547, 8988). From this also the Lord’s celestial church was called “Man” (see n. 478, 479), this church being that which the Jews represented (n. 6363, 6364, 8770). From this it is evident what was signified by the “crown of thorns,” and by His being hailed “King of the Jews,” by “behold the Man,” and also by the inscription on the cross, “Jesus of Nazareth, the King of the Jews” (John 19:19, 20); namely, that Divine truth, or the Word, was so regarded and so treated by the Jews, among whom was the church. (That all things done to the Lord by the Jews at His crucifixion signified the states of their church with respect to truth Divine, or the Word, see n. 9093.) That the Lord was the Word, is evident in John:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt in us, and we beheld His glory (John 1:1, 14);
“the Word” denotes the Divine truth.

AC (Potts) n. 9145 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9145. And a stack is consumed. That this signifies injury to the truths and the goods of faith that have been received, is evident from the signification of “a stack,” as being the truth and good of faith that have been received. That “a stack” has this signification, is because it was the standing crop now gathered in, and by “standing crop” is signified the truth and good of faith in their conception, of which in what now follows.

AC (Potts) n. 9146 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9146. Or the standing crop, or a field. That this signifies the truth and the good of faith in their conception, is evident from the signification of “standing crop,” as being the truth of faith (of which below); and from the signification of “field,” as being the church in respect to good, thus the good of the church (see n. 9139). That “standing crop” denotes the truth of faith, is because the different kinds of crop, as wheat and barley, and the bread from these, signify the goods of the church (n. 3941, 7602). The goods of the church are those of charity toward the neighbor and of love to the Lord. These goods are the being and the soul of faith, for by virtue of them faith is faith, and lives. That “standing crop” denotes the truth of faith in its conception, is because it has not yet been gathered into stacks, nor brought into barns; and therefore while it is standing, or is as yet growing, it denotes the truth of faith in its conception.
sRef Hos@8 @7 S2′ sRef Hos@8 @4 S2′ [2] The like is signified by “standing crop” in Hosea:
They [Israel] have made a king, and not by Me; they have made princes, and I knew it not; their silver and their gold they have made into idols. Because they sow the wind, they shall reap the whirlwind; he hath no standing crop; the blade shall yield no meal; if so be it yield, strangers all swallow it up (Hos. 8:4, 7);
the truths and goods of the faith of the church are here treated of, which are dispersed by things empty and false. That these things are treated of, is evident from the series; but what is said of them is evident from the internal sense; for in this sense by “a king” is meant the truth of the faith of the church in the complex (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 3670, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 6148); by “princes” are signified primary truths (n. 1482, 2089, 5044); and from this it is evident what is meant by “they [Israel] have made a king, and not by Me; they have made princes, and I knew it not;” for “Israel” denotes the church (n. 4286, 6426, 6637). By “silver” is here signified the truth of good, and in the opposite sense the falsity of evil (n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 8932); by “gold” is signified good, and in the opposite sense evil (n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917, 8932); by “idols” is signified worship from falsities and evils (n. 8941); and from this it is evident what is signified by “their silver and their gold they have made into idols.” By “the wind which they sow” are signified worthless things; by “the whirlwind which they shall reap” is signified the resulting disturbance in the church; by “the standing crop which they have not” is signified the truth of faith in its conception; by “the blade which shall yield no meal” is signified barrenness; by “the strangers who shall swallow it up” are signified the falsities which shall consume.

AC (Potts) n. 9147 sRef Ex@22 @6 S0′ 9147. He that kindleth the fire repaying shall repay. That this signifies the restoration of what was taken away through anger from the affection of evil, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (see n. 9087); from the signification of a “Fire that goeth forth,” as being anger from the affection of evil (n. 9143); consequently “to kindle” denotes the taking away or consuming thereby; and that which is kindled denotes that which is taken away or consumed.

AC (Potts) n. 9148 sRef Ex@22 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @10 S0′ 9148. Verses 6-14. When a man shall give to his companion silver or vessels to take care of and it be stolen out of the man’s house, if the thief be caught, he shall repay double. If the thief be not caught, the lord of the house shall be brought unto God, to see whether he has put his hand to his companion’s work. Upon every word of transgression, upon ox, upon ass, upon one of the small cattle, upon garment, upon every lost thing, whereof he shall say, This is it, even unto God shall come the word of them both; he whom God shall condemn shall repay double to his companion. When a man shall give to his companion an ass, or an ox, or one of the small cattle, or any beast, to take care of; and it die, or be broken, or be led away captive, no one seeing it; the oath of Jehovah shall be between them both, to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work, or whether its lord hath taken it, and he shall not repay. And if stealing it shall be stolen from him, he shall repay to its lord. If tearing it shall be torn, he shall bring a witness for it; he shall not repay that which was torn. When a man shall borrow from his companion, and it be broken, or die, the lord thereof not being with it, repaying he shall repay. If the lord thereof be with it, he shall not repay; if he is a hireling, he shall come in his hire. “When a man shall give to his companion silver or vessels to take care of” signifies truths from good and the corresponding knowledges in the memory; “and it be stolen out of the man’s house” signifies the loss of them from there; “if the thief be caught” signifies remembrance; “he shall repay double,” signifies restoration to the full; “if the thief be not caught,” signifies if there is no remembrance of that which was taken away; “the lord of the house shall be brought unto God,” signifies a search from good; “to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work,” signifies to see whether they have entered into it; “upon every word of transgression,” signifies whatsoever injury and whatsoever loss; “upon ox, upon ass, upon one of the small cattle,” signifies of good and of truth exterior and interior; “upon garment,” signifies of sensuous truth; “upon every lost thing, whereof he shall say, This is it,” signifies everything doubtful; “even unto God shall come the word of them both; he whom God shall condemn,” signifies a searching and a judging by means of truth; “shall repay double to his companion,” signifies amendment to the full; “when a man shall give to his companion an ass, or an ox, or one of the small cattle, or any beast, to take care of,” signifies truth and good exterior and interior, and everything that belongs to the affection of them in the memory; “and it die, or be broken,” signifies loss or injury; “or be led away captive,” signifies removal; “no one seeing it,” signifies of which the mind is not conscious; “the oath of Jehovah shall be between them both,” signifies a search by means of truths from the Word in respect to each and all of these things; “to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work, or whether its lord hath taken it,” signifies conjunction with good; “and he shall not repay,” signifies that there is no injury; “and if stealing it shall be stolen from him,” signifies if there is loss; “he shall repay to its lord,” signifies restoration in the place of it; “if tearing it shall be torn,” signifies if the injury is not of fault; “he shall bring a witness for it,” signifies that this is confirmed; “he shall not repay that which was torn,” signifies no penalty; “when a man shall borrow from his companion,” signifies truth and good from another stock; “and it be broken or die,” signifies injury to it, or extinction; “its lord not being with it,” signifies if the good of this truth is not together with it; “repaying he shall repay,” signifies restoration; “if the lord thereof be with it, he shall not repay” signifies that if the good of truth be together with it, there shall be no restoration; “if he is a hireling,” signifies if it is for the sake of the good of self-advantage; “he shall come in his hire,” signifies submission and service.

AC (Potts) n. 9149 sRef Ex@22 @7 S0′ 9149. When a man shall give to his companion silver or vessels to take care of. That this signifies truths from good and the corresponding knowledges in the memory, is evident from the signification of “silver,” as being truth from good (see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6914, 6917, 7999, 8932); from the signification of “vessels,” as being memory-knowledges (see n. 3068); that corresponding memory-knowledges are meant is because all spiritual truths are stored up in memory-knowledges as in their vessels (n. 3079); and all memory-knowledges correspond to the truths which are contained; and from the signification of “to take care of,” as being to be in the memory; for in the spiritual sense, in which truths and memory-knowledges are treated of, “to be taken care of” denotes to be kept in the memory, because it is in this that such things are taken care of. “A man giving to his companion to take care of,” denotes to store up within himself in the memory, for that which in the sense of the letter is said of one person and another, as here of a man and his companion, in the internal sense is understood of one; for two truths, as also a truth and the corresponding memory-knowledge, are in a human being as a man and his companion.

AC (Potts) n. 9150 sRef Ex@22 @7 S0′ 9150. And it be stolen out of the man’s house. That this signifies the loss of them from there, is evident from the signification of “theft,” as being the taking away of such things as make the man’s spiritual life, consequently the taking away of truths and memory-knowledges, which are signified by “silver and vessels” (see n. 9149); and from the signification of “a house,” as being where anything is stored up. From this it is that “a house” signifies various things, as the church, the good therein, also a man, and likewise his mind both natural and rational; but here the memory, because therein as in their house are truths and memory-knowledges. (That “a house” has various significations, see n. 3128, 3142, 3538, 3652, 3720, 3900, 4973, 4982, 5023, 5640, 6690, 7353, 7848, 7929.)

AC (Potts) n. 9151 sRef Ex@22 @7 S0′ 9151. If the thief be caught. That this signifies remembrance, is evident from the signification of “being caught,” when said of truths and knowledges in the memory that have been taken away, as being remembrance; and from the signification of “the thief,” as being that which has been taken away; for by “the thief” the like is signified as by “the theft” (see n. 9125, 9126).

AC (Potts) n. 9152 sRef Ex@22 @7 S0′ 9152. He shall repay double. That this signifies restoration to the full, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (see n. 9087); and from the signification of “double,” as being to the full (n. 9103). In this verse, and in those which follow, as far as verse 14, the subject treated of in the internal sense is the loss of the truth of faith with a man, thus the loss of spiritual life, and its restoration; for by means of the truths of faith a man is brought into the good of charity, and becomes spiritual. But the things treated of in the internal sense in what now follows are for the most part unknown to man. The reason is that it is not known what spiritual life is, thus neither that spiritual life is an interior life distinct from the natural life, which is exterior. Neither is it known that spiritual life is given by the Lord to man through the reception of the truth of faith in the good of charity. Consequently what is said about the loss of this spiritual life and its restoration falls into thick darkness with a man, because it falls among things of which he has no knowledge. Nevertheless such things make angelic wisdom, for they are suited to the light in which the angels are; and therefore when a man of the church who is in the good of faith reads the Word, angels adjoin themselves to him, and are delighted in the man, because of the wisdom which then inflows to them through the Word from the Lord. From this is the conjunction of heaven with man, which would not be possible without the Word. For the Word is such that there is not even a point or a jot in its original tongue which does not affect the angels, and conjoin them with man. That this is the case I can assever, because it has been shown me from heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9153 sRef Ex@22 @8 S0′ 9153. If the thief be not caught. That this signifies if there is no remembrance of that which has been taken away, is evident from the signification of “if the thief be caught,” as being the remembrance of that which had been taken away (see n. 9151); here, no remembrance is signified, because it is said, “if the thief be not caught.”

AC (Potts) n. 9154 sRef Matt@24 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @8 S0′ 9154. The lord of the house shall be brought unto God. That this signifies a search from good, is evident from the signification of “being brought unto God,” as being that a search be made (see n. 9160); and from the signification of “the lord of the house,” as being the good from which this is to be done. The reason why “the lord of the house” denotes good, is that the subject treated of is truths and memory-knowledges that have been taken away from the memory, which are signified by “the silver and vessels given to be taken care of, and which have been stolen” (n. 9149, 9150); and as these belong to good, and are in good, therefore “the lord of the house” denotes the good to which they belong, and with which they are. Good is called “a lord,” because truths and memory-knowledges belong to good as their lord; and good is also called “a house,” because truths and memory-knowledges are in good as in their house, see n. 3652, where are unfolded the words of the Lord in Matthew:
Let he that is upon the roof of the house not go down to take anything out of his house (Matt. 24:17).
[2] As to the search about the truths and knowledges taken away from the memory having to be made from good, the case is this. The good with a man is that which receives in itself all truths, for good has its quality from truths; and so far as truths have good in them and also around them, so far they are living. The case is the same as with a fiber or a blood-vessel in a living animal. So far as a fiber has spirit in it, and so far as a vessel has blood in it, so far they live; in like manner does a blood-vessel live insofar as it has around it fibers in which is spirit. It is similar with truth and good, truth without good being like a fiber without spirit, and a vein or an artery without blood, the quality of which everyone can comprehend, namely, that they would be devoid of life, and therefore without any use in a living animal. It is similar in respect to faith without charity. Because, as before said, good has its quality from truths, it has its form also from them; for where there is form there is quality, and where there is no form there is no quality. The case is also like that of spirit and blood in a living animal; spirit receiving its determinations and thus its form through fibers; in like manner the blood through its vessels. From this it is evident that truth without good has no life; and that good without truth has no quality, consequently that faith without charity is not living faith. By faith is here meant the faith of truth, and by charity the life of good.
[3] From all this it can be seen how it is to be understood that a search is to be made from good for the truths and memory-knowledges that have been taken away; namely, that when a man is in good, that is, in the affection of doing good, he then comes into the remembrance of all the truths which have entered into the good; but that when he turns away from good, the truths disappear, for it is the falsity of evil which takes them away as if by theft. But the truths which have disappeared come again into remembrance when the man by his life returns into the affection of good or of truth. That it is so everyone who reflects may know by experience in himself and with others. From this it is evident what is meant by searching from good for the truths and knowledges that have been taken away from the memory or from the mind of a man.

AC (Potts) n. 9155 sRef Ex@22 @8 S0′ 9155. To see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work. That this signifies to see whether they have entered into good, is evident from the signification of “whether he hath put his hand,” as being whether good has caused to be of its own right and power; and from the signification of “in his companion’s work,” as being the truth and memory-knowledge which have been taken away; for the silver and vessels that were given to be taken care of, and were stolen, are what are called the “companion’s work.” (That the “silver and vessels” denote truths and memory-knowledges, see above, n. 9149.) From this it is evident that by “to see whether the lord of the house hath put his hand to his companion’s work” is signified whether good has caused to be of its own right and power the truths and memory-knowledges that had been taken away; thus whether these had previously entered into good (according to what was shown just above, n. 9154). (That “the hand” denotes power, see n. 878, 3387, 4931-4937, 5296, 6292, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8153; also that “in the hand” denotes that which is with anyone and in anyone, n. 9133.)

AC (Potts) n. 9156 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ sRef Ps@51 @2 S1′ sRef Ps@51 @3 S1′ 9156. Upon every word of transgression. That this signifies whatsoever injury and whatsoever loss, is evident from the signification of “transgression,” as being everything that is contrary to the truth of faith, thus that injures or extinguishes it, consequently all injury and loss thereof whatsoever. In the Word, evils are sometimes called “sins,” sometimes “iniquities,” and sometimes “transgressions;” but what is meant specifically by these several terms is not clear except from the internal sense. Those evils are called “transgressions” which are done contrary to the truths of faith; those are called “iniquities,” which are done contrary to the goods of faith; and those are called “sins,” which are done contrary to the goods of charity and of love. The first two proceed from a perverted understanding, but the last from a depraved will. As in David:
Wash me from mine iniquity, and cleanse me from my sin; for I acknowledge my transgressions, and my sin is ever before me (Ps. 51:2, 3);
“iniquity” denotes evil contrary to the goods of faith; “sin,” evil contrary to the goods of charity and love; and “transgressions,” evil contrary to the truths of faith. As the latter is evil proceeding from a perverted understanding, and thus is known from the truths of faith, it is said, “I acknowledge my transgressions.”
sRef Ps@25 @7 S2′ sRef Micah@1 @13 S2′ sRef Ps@25 @6 S2′ sRef Isa@50 @1 S2′ sRef Micah@1 @5 S2′ [2] Again:
Remember, O Jehovah, Thy mercies, and Thy compassions; remember not the sins of my youth, and my transgressions (Ps. 25:6-7);
sins” denote evils from a depraved will; and “transgressions,” evils from a perverted understanding. In Isaiah:
Behold for iniquities were ye sold, and for transgressions was your mother put away (Isa. 50:1);
“iniquities” denote evils contrary to goods, and “transgressions,” evils contrary to the truths of faith of the church; the “mother” denotes the church, which is said to be “put away” when it departs from faith. In Micah:
For the transgression of Jacob is all this, and for the sin of the house of Israel. What is the transgression of Jacob? Is it not Samaria? She was the beginning of sin to the daughter of Zion; for the transgressions of Israel were found in thee (Micah 1:5, 13);
here in like manner “sin” denotes what is contrary to the good of charity and love; and “transgression” what is contrary to the truth of faith; for “Samaria” denotes the church of perverted faith, and so does “Israel” in this passage.
sRef Isa@57 @4 S3′ sRef Isa@57 @5 S3′ sRef Ps@5 @10 S3′ [3] As “transgressions” denote evils that are contrary to the truths of faith, they are also “trespasses” and “revolts,” which moreover, in the original tongue are signified by the same expression, as is evident in David:
For the multitude of their transgressions thrust out those who rebel against Thee (Ps. 5:10);
“to rebel” is said when there are both revolt and trespass. And in Isaiah:
Are ye not children of transgression, the seed of a lie; who have heated yourselves with gods under every green tree; who slay the children in the rivers? (Isa. 57:4-5).
That “transgression” denotes evil contrary to the truths of faith is very evident from these passages, for the “children of transgression” denote the falsities which destroy the truths of faith; and therefore they are also called “the seed of a lie,” for “a lie” denotes falsity (n. 8908); and therefore it is said of them that they “heat themselves with gods under every green tree,” by which in the internal sense is meant worship from falsities; for “gods” denote falsities (n. 4402, 4544, 7873, 8867); and a “green tree,” the perception of falsity from a perverted understanding (n. 2722, 4552); and therefore it is also said “ye slay the children in the rivers,” by which is meant the extinction of the truths of faith by means of falsities; for “to slay” denotes to extinguish; “children” or “sons” denote the truths of faith (n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2813, 3373); and “rivers” denote falsities (n. 6693).

AC (Potts) n. 9157 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ 9157. Upon ox, upon ass, upon one of the small cattle. That this signifies of good and of truth exterior and interior, that is, their injury or loss, is evident from the signification of “ox” and “ass,” as being exterior good and truth; and from the signification of “small cattle,” as being interior truth and good (see above, n. 9135).

AC (Potts) n. 9158 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ 9158. Upon garment. That this signifies of sensuous truth, is evident from the signification of “garment,” as being truth (see n. 4545, 4763, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6918). In general “garment” denotes the exterior or lower truth which covers interior or higher truths (n. 297, 2576, 5248, 6918); here therefore sensuous truth, because this is the outermost or lowest (n. 5081, 5125, 5767, 6564, 6614). That “garments” denote truths has its origin from the representatives in the other life; for spirits and angels all appear clothed in garments in accordance with the truths of faith they have (n. 165, 5248, 5954).

AC (Potts) n. 9159 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ 9159. Upon every lost thing, whereof he shall say, This is it. That this signifies everything doubtful, is evident from the signification of “what is lost,” as being everything that has suffered injury or loss; and from the signification of “whereof he saith, This is it,” as being that which is doubtful, for the words “of which he shall say, This is it” denote whether it is so or not, and therefore it comes under investigation and judgment.

AC (Potts) n. 9160 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ 9160. Even unto God shall come the word of them both; he whom God shall condemn. That this signifies a searching and a judging by means of truth, is evident from the signification of “even unto God shall come the word,” as being a searching by means of truth (of which below); and from the signification of “condemning,” as being a judging and awarding of the penalty to him who has transgressed. That “even unto God shall come the word” signifies a searching by means of truth, is because “coming to God” denotes to come to the judges, who from truth were to search concerning this matter. Therefore also it is said “he whom God shall condemn,” with the verb in the plural number. Moreover, in the original tongue God is called El, in the singular number, but more frequently Elohim, in the plural; for the reason that the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord is shared in heaven in many ways among the angels; for as many as are the angels, so many are the recipients of truth Divine, each in his own manner (n. 3241, 3744-3746, 3986, 4149, 5598, 7236, 7833, 7836). Hence it is that the angels are called “gods” (n. 4295, 4402, 7268, 7873, 8301); and also “judges,” because the judges were not to judge from themselves, but from the Lord. They judged also from the law of Moses, and thus from the Word which is from the Lord. Even at this day judgment is administered from the Lord when it is done from conscience, in accordance with truths.
sRef Ex@22 @8 S2′ sRef Ex@4 @16 S2′ sRef 1Sam@9 @9 S2′ sRef Ex@7 @1 S2′ [2] In the Word the Lord is called “God” from the Divine truth which proceeds from Him; and “Jehovah” from the Divine good (n. 4402, 6303, 6905, 7268, 8988). Hence where good is treated of in the Word, the Lord is called “Jehovah,” and “God” where truth is treated of (n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4402, 7268, 8988); thus “God” denotes truth (n. 4287, 7010, 7268). From all this it is now evident what is signified by “if the thief be not caught, the lord of the house shall be brought unto God” (verse 7); and here by “even unto God shall come the word of them both, and he whom God shall condemn, shall repay;” and also what is signified by “God” in the following passages:
Aaron shall speak for thee unto the people; and it shall come to pass that he shall be to thee for a mouth, and thou shall be to him for God (Exod. 4:16);
that “Moses” denotes the Divine truth, or the Law; and that “for a mouth” denotes the doctrine therefrom, which was represented by Aaron, see n. 7010. Again:
Jehovah said unto Moses, See, I have made thee a god to Pharaoh; and Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet (Exod. 7:1; n. 7265).
And in the first book of Samuel:
Aforetime in Israel, when a man went to inquire of God, thus he said, Come and let us go to the Seer; for he that is now called the prophet was beforetime called the seer (1 Sam. 9:9);
where “the Seer” and “the prophet” denote truth Divine, and the doctrine of truth and good thence derived (n. 2534, 7269).

AC (Potts) n. 9161 sRef Ex@22 @9 S0′ 9161. Shall repay double to his companion. That this signifies amendment to the full, is evident from the signification of “repaying” as being amendment (n. 9097); and from the signification of “double,” as being to the full (n. 9103).

AC (Potts) n. 9162 sRef Ex@22 @10 S0′ 9162. When a man shall give to his companion an ass, or an ox, or one of the small cattle, or any beast, to take care of. That this signifies truth and good exterior and interior, and everything that belongs to the affection of them in the memory, is evident from the signification of “an ass, an ox, and one of the small cattle,” as being truth exterior and interior (see above, n. 9135); from the signification of a “beast,” as being the affection of good and truth (n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714-716, 719, 1823, 2179, 2180, 2781, 3218, 3519, 5198, 7424, 7523, 9090); and from the signification of “giving to take care of,” as being to be stored up and kept in the memory (of which above, n. 9149). (That “a man” and “his companion” are not one and another, but two in one, see n. 9149.)

AC (Potts) n. 9163 sRef Ex@22 @10 S0′ 9163. And it die or be broken. That this signifies loss or injury, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being extinction and loss; and from the signification of “to be broken,” as being injury. In the Word “a breach,” and “to be broken,” signifies dispersion and also injury. This has its origin from the spiritual world, where each and all things are conjoined according to the reception of truth Divine from the Lord, thus according to the reception of order, which is induced on each and all things through the truth Divine which proceeds from the Lord (see n. 8700, 8988). From this it is that the truths in a man have a connection one with another according to their reception in good. Truths which are so connected make a one; and therefore when they are broken in general, the truths together with the good are dispersed; and when they are broken in particular, the truths which are there are dispersed. For while they are in connection, the one subsists from the other; but when they are broken, the one recedes from the other. It is from this that in the Word by “being broken,” as also by “being divided,” is signified dispersion (n. 9093), and likewise injury.
sRef Ezek@30 @22 S2′ sRef Isa@8 @15 S2′ [2] Dispersion is signified when the whole is broken, and injury when a part is broken, as is evident from the following passages in the Word. In Isaiah:
Many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken (Isa. 8:15; 28:13);
“to stumble” denotes to be induced to commit evil, and thus to fall from truths into falsities; “to fall and be broken” denotes to be dispersed, here in general. In Ezekiel:
Behold, I am against Pharaoh king of Egypt; I will break his arms, the strong, and that which is broken (Ezek. 30:22);
“Pharaoh king of Egypt” denotes the memory-knowledges that pervert and destroy the truths and goods of faith (n. 6651, 6679, 6683, 6692); “to break his arms” denotes to disperse their strength, and thus these memory-knowledges (n. 4932); “the strong, and that which is broken” denote those things which not having suffered injury, resist, and those which having suffered injury do not resist.
sRef Ex@12 @46 S3′ sRef Isa@38 @13 S3′ sRef Jer@17 @18 S3′ sRef Lam@3 @4 S3′ sRef Luke@20 @17 S3′ sRef Luke@20 @18 S3′ [3] In Luke:
It is written, The stone which the builders rejected hath become the head of the corner; whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken, and on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder (Luke 20:17-18);
“the stone” denotes the Lord as to Divine truth (n. 6426); and “to be broken,” being said of the truths which are from Him, denotes to be dispersed, and thus to be destroyed; and together with the truths, those things which are of the spiritual life; as comes to pass with those who deny the Lord and discard the truths which are from Him, and these are they who “reject the stone.” In Jeremiah:
Bring upon them the day of evil, and break them with a double breaking (Jer. 17:18);
“to break with a double breaking” denotes to utterly destroy.
sRef Isa@30 @26 S4′ sRef Jer@6 @14 S4′ sRef Jer@6 @13 S4′ sRef John@19 @33 S4′ sRef John@19 @36 S4′ sRef Jer@8 @21 S4′ [4] Again:
I disposed myself even unto the morning; as a lion, so He breaketh all my bones; from day even to night Thou wilt make an end of me (Isa. 38:13).
My flesh and my skin hath He made old, and hath broken my bones (Lam. 3:4).
Thou shalt not carry forth out of the house any of the flesh of the paschal lamb, neither shall ye break a bone in it (Exod. 12:46).
“To break the bones” denotes to destroy the truths from the Divine which are the last in order, and on which interior truths and goods rest, and by which they are supported; for if these are destroyed, those things also fall which are built upon them. The truths last in order are those of the literal sense of the Word, within which are the truths of the internal sense; and upon which these latter rest as columns on their bases. (That “bones” denote truths, see n. 3812, 6592, 8005.) From all this it is evident what was represented and signified by what is written concerning the Lord in John:
They came to Jesus, and when they saw that He was dead, they broke not His legs. This came to pass that the Scripture might be fulfilled, A bone of Him ye shall not break (John 19:33, 36).
The reason was that He was the Divine truth itself in the first as well as in the last of order.
sRef Ps@60 @2 S5′ sRef Amos@9 @11 S5′ sRef Lev@22 @22 S5′ sRef Isa@22 @9 S5′ sRef Lev@21 @19 S5′ sRef Zech@11 @16 S5′ sRef Nahum@3 @19 S5′ sRef Lev@21 @17 S5′ [5] Again:
Jehovah shall bind up the breach of His people, and shall heal the wound of their blow (Isa. 30:26).
From the prophet even unto the priest everyone maketh a lie, and they heal the breach by a thing of no weight (Jer. 6:13-14).
For the breach of My people am I broken, I am in black (Jer. 8:21).
Thou hast made the earth to tremble; Thou hast broken it; heal the breaches thereof (Ps. 60:2).
I will stir up a shepherd in the land; he shall not heal the broken one, he shall not uphold that which standeth (Zech. 11:16).
There is no scar of thy breach; thy blow is desperate (Nah. 3:19).
In these passages a “breach” signifies injury done to the truths and goods of faith, and thus to the church; “healing” denotes amending and restoration. The like was signified by the words:
A man that is brokenfooted or brokenhanded shall not come nigh to offer the bread of God (Lev. 21:17, 19).
That which is broken shall not be offered upon the altar unto Jehovah (Lev. 22:22);
for “that which is broken” signified that which is destroyed. Injury is signified also by a “fracture,” as in these passages:
Ye have seen the fractures of the house of David, that they are many (Isa. 22:9).
In that day will I raise up the tent of David that is fallen, and close up the fractures thereof; I will set up again its ruins, and I will build them as in the days of eternity (Amos 9:11);
“the house of David,” and “the tent of David,” denote the church of the Lord, for “David,” in the prophetic Word, denotes the Lord (n. 1888).

AC (Potts) n. 9164 sRef Ex@22 @10 S0′ sRef Jer@22 @22 S0′ sRef Jer@48 @47 S0′ sRef Jer@48 @46 S0′ sRef Luke@21 @24 S0′ 9164. Or be led away captive. That this signifies removal, is evident from the signification of “to be led away captive,” when predicated of the good and truth with man, as being removal. The case herein is as follows. When a man is in truth from good, then that truth in which he has the greatest faith is in the middle; next follow the truths in which he has less faith; and finally those which are of doubtful faith. In the borders round about are falsities, which, however, are not in a series with the truths, and do not stand upright toward heaven as do the truths of good; but are bent downward, and look toward hell insofar as they come forth from evil. But when falsity usurps the place of truth, the order is inverted, and the truths pass off to the sides, and form the circumference, while the falsities of evil occupy the middle. From this it is evident what is here meant by “removal” (on which see n. 3436, 6084, 6103). That such a removal is signified by “being led away captive,” is because when falsities take truths captive, they lead them away in this manner. Such also is the signification of “being taken captive,” or “being led away captive,” in Jeremiah:
The wind shall feed all thy shepherds, and thy lovers shall be led away into captivity (Jer. 22:22).
Woe to thee, O Moab! The people of Chemosh hath perished; for thy sons have been led away into captivity, and thy daughters into captivity. Yet will I bring back the captivity of Moab in the end of the days (Jer. 48:46-47);
the “sons who were led away into captivity” denote truths; and the “daughters,” goods. And in Luke:
They shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive among all the nations; and finally Jerusalem shall be trodden down by the nations (Luke 21:24);
speaking of the consummation of the age, which is the last time of the church. “To fall by the edge of the sword” denotes to perish through falsities, for “the sword” denotes falsity fighting against truth (n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294); “the nations among whom they were to be led away captive,” and by whom the church would be “trodden down,” denote evils from which are falsities (n. 1259, 1260, 1849, 1868, 6306); that “Jerusalem,” which should then be trodden down, denotes the church, see n. 2117, 3654.

AC (Potts) n. 9165 sRef Ex@22 @10 S0′ 9165. No one seeing it. That this signifies of which the mind is not conscious, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” as being to understand, and also to have faith (n. 2325, 2807, 3863, 3869, 4403-4421, 5114, 5400); and as the understanding is the sight of the mind, “to see” denotes that the mind is conscious; here that the mind is not conscious, because it is said, “no one seeing it.”

AC (Potts) n. 9166 sRef Ex@22 @11 S0′ 9166. The oath of Jehovah shall be between them both. That this signifies a search by means of truths from the Word in respect to each and all of these things, is evident from the signification of an “oath,” as being confirmation by means of truths (see n. 2842, 3037, 3375), thus “the oath of Jehovah” denotes by means of truths from the Word, for in the Word are the truths of Jehovah, or truths Divine; and from the signification of “them both,” as being in each and all things, for in the internal sense “between both” does not signify between two persons, but in each and all things, for “two” denotes conjunction into one (n. 1686, 3519, 5194, 8423), thus whatsoever is in the one, or each and all things therein. That these things are perceived in heaven by “two,” is because when the angels are conversing about two truths which do not agree together, there are presented below two debating spirits, who are the subjects of a number of societies. With the one spirit appear each and all things that belong to the one truth, and with the other spirit each and all things that belong to the other truth; and in this way it is perceived how these truths may be conjoined. That this is so I have been given to know from experience. Hence it is that by “two” is also signified what is full (n. 9103).
sRef Matt@5 @34 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @33 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @35 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @37 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @36 S2′ [2] The reason why it was allowable for the Israelitish and Jewish nation to swear by Jehovah, was that they were not internal, but external men; and while they were in Divine worship, they were in the external apart from the internal. (That such was their nature, see n. 4281, 4293, 4429, 4433, 4680, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4903, 6304, 8588, 8788, 8806.) When the confirmation of truth descends into the external man separated from the internal, it is effected by an oath. It is otherwise when it descends into the external through the internal; for in the internal man truth appears in its own light, but in the external apart from the internal man, truth appears in darkness. From this it is that the celestial angels, who are in the inmost or third heaven, being in the highest light, do not even confirm truths by reasons, still less do they debate or reason about them, but merely say Yea, or Nay. This is because they perceive and see truths from the Lord.
[3] Therefore the Lord said concerning oaths:
Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt not forswear thyself; but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths. But I say unto you, Swear not at all; neither by the heaven, for it is God’s throne; nor by the earth, for it is His footstool; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King. Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, for thou canst not make one hair white or black. But let your speech be, Yea, yea; nay, nay; whatsoever is more than these is from evil (Matt. 5:33-37).
These words involve that truths Divine are to be confirmed from the Lord, and not from man, which is effected when men are internal, and not external; for external men confirm truths by oaths, but internal men by reasons. They who are still more internal do not confirm them; but only say that it is so, or that it is not so. External men are they who are called natural men; internal men are they who are called spiritual men; and still more internal men are they who are called celestial men. (That these celestial men perceive from the Lord whether a thing is true or not, see n. 2708, 2715, 2718, 3246, 4448, 7877.) From all this it is evident what is involved in the Lord’s saying, “Swear not at all,” and “Let your speech be, Yea, yea; nay, nay.” But it shall be explained why He also said that they should not swear by heaven, nor by the earth, nor by Jerusalem, nor by the head, and that any speech more than yea, yea, and nay, nay, is from evil.
[4] “To swear by heaven” denotes by the Divine truth, and thus by the Lord in heaven; for heaven is not heaven from the angels regarded in themselves, but from the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, and thus from the Lord in them; for it is the Divine in them that causes them to be, and to be called, angels of heaven. From this it is that they who are in heaven are said to be “in the Lord;” also that the Lord is everything in each and all things of heaven; and likewise that the angels are truths Divine, because they are recipients of truth Divine from the Lord. (That heaven is, and is called, heaven, from the Divine of the Lord therein, see n. 552, 3038, 3700; also that the angels are truths Divine, n. 4295, 4402, 7268, 7873, 8301; and that something of the Lord is meant in the Word by an “angel,” n. 1925, 2821, 3039, 4085, 4295, 6280.) Because heaven is the Lord as to Divine truth, it is said, “thou shalt not swear by heaven, for it is God’s throne,” for “God’s throne” denotes the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord (see n. 5313, 6397, 9039).
[5] But “to swear by the earth” denotes by the church, and thus by the Divine truth therein; for as heaven is the Lord by virtue of the Divine truth which proceeds from Him, so also is the church, because the church is the Lord’s heaven, or His kingdom, on earth (“earth” in the Word being the church, n. 662, 1066, 1262, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4535, 4447, 5577, 8011, 8732). And as “the earth” denotes the church, wherein is the Divine of the Lord beneath heaven, it is therefore said, “thou shalt not swear by the earth, for it is God’s footstool.” “The footstool” denotes truth Divine under heaven, such as is the Word in the literal sense, for upon this sense rests, and as it were stands, the truth Divine in heaven, which is the Word in the internal sense. This truth is signified by “footstool” in David (Ps. 99:5; 132:7); in Isaiah (60:13); and in the Lamentations of Jeremiah (2:1).
[6] “To swear by Jerusalem” denotes by the doctrine of truth from the Word, for “Jerusalem” in a wide sense denotes the church (n. 2117, 3654). But when mention is made of “the earth,” which denotes the church, and afterward of “Jerusalem,” then by “Jerusalem” is signified the doctrine of the church, consequently the doctrine of truth Divine from the Word. Hence it is that it is called “the city of the great King,” for by “a city” in the Word in its internal sense is signified the doctrine of truth (see n. 402, 2449, 2943, 3216, 4478, 4492, 4493).
[7] “To swear by one’s own head” denotes by the truth which the man himself believes to be truth, and which he makes of his faith, for this makes the head with the man, and is also signified by the “head” in Isa. 15:2; 29:10; Ezek. 7:18; 13:18; 16:12; 29:18; Matt. 6:17; and elsewhere. Wherefore it is also said, “for thou canst not make one hair white or black,” for “hair” denotes the truth of the external or natural man (n. 3301), such as those have who are in the faith of truth, not because they perceive it to be truth, but because the doctrine of the church so teaches. And because they do not know it from any other source, it is said that they “shall not swear by it, because they cannot make one hair white or black.” “To make a hair white” denotes to declare from one’s self that truth is truth; and “to make a hair black” denotes to declare from one’s self that falsity is falsity; for “white” is predicated of truth (n. 3301, 3993, 4007, 5319), and consequently “black” is predicated of falsity.
[8] From all this it is now evident what is meant by “not swearing at all, neither by heaven, nor by the earth, nor by Jerusalem, nor by one’s own head,” namely, that truth Divine is not to be confirmed from man, but from the Lord in man. On this account it is lastly said, “let your speech be, Yea, yea; nay, nay; for whatsoever is more than these is from evil.” For they who perceive and see truth from the Lord, do not otherwise confirm it; as is the case with the angels of the inmost or third heaven, who are called celestial angels, and are spoken of above. The reason why speech more than this is from evil, is that what is more than this is not from the Lord, but from man’s own, thus from evil, for man’s own is nothing but evil (n. 210, 215, 874-876, 987, 1023, 1044, 1047, 3812, 4328, 5660, 8941, 8944). From all this it is again evident in what manner the Lord spoke, namely, so that in each and all things there is an internal sense; because He spoke from the Divine, and thus for the angels at the same time as for men, for the angels perceive the Word according to its internal sense.

AC (Potts) n. 9167 sRef Ex@22 @11 S0′ 9167. To see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work, or whether its lord hath taken it. That this signifies conjunction under good, is evident from the signification of “to see whether he hath put his hand to his companion’s work,” when this is said of truth and good exterior and interior, as being to see whether these have entered into good (see above, n. 9155), and thus whether they have been conjoined under good (what conjunction under good is, see n. 9154); and from the signification of “lord,” as being good (n. 9154). Thus “to see whether its lord hath taken it” denotes to see whether good has made them its own by conjunction. That “the lord” denotes good is because with a spiritual man good is in the first place, and truth in the second; and that which is in the first place is the lord.
sRef Rev@19 @16 S2′ sRef Rev@17 @14 S2′ sRef Mal@3 @1 S2′ sRef John@13 @13 S2′ sRef Deut@10 @17 S2′ sRef John@13 @14 S2′ [2] Moreover, all the truths with a man are arranged in accordance with the quality of the good, just as a house is arranged by its lord. From this it is that by “Lord” in the Word is meant the Lord as to Divine good, and by “God,” “King,” and “Master,” the Lord as to Divine truth; as in the following passages:
Jehovah your God, He is God of gods, and Lord of lords (Deut. 10:17).
The Lamb shall overcome them, for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings (Rev. 17:14).
He hath upon His garment and upon His thigh a name written, King of kings, and Lord of lords (Rev. 19:16).
(That the Lord is called “God” in respect to Divine truth, see n. 2586, 2769, 2807, 2822, 4402, 7268, 8988; and that He is also called “King” in respect to Divine truth, n. 2015, 3009, 3670, 4581, 4966, 5068, 6148.) From this it is evident that the Lord is called “Lord” in respect to Divine good, for where truth is spoken of in the Word, good is also spoken of (n. 683, 793, 801, 2516, 2618, 2712, 2803, 3004, 4138, 5138, 5502, 6343, 8339). In John:
Ye call Me Master and Lord; and ye say well, for so I am. I, the Lord and Master, have washed your feet (John 13:13-14);
here also the Lord is called “Lord” from Divine good, and “Master” from Divine truth. In Malachi:
The Lord whom ye seek shall suddenly come to His temple, even the Angel of the covenant whom ye desire (Mal. 3:1);
speaking of the coming of the Lord, and He is called “Lord” from Divine good, and “Angel” from Divine truth (n. 1925, 2821, 3039, 4085, 4295, 6280).
sRef Matt@6 @24 S3′ [3] From this it is that in the Old Testament He is so often called “the Lord Jehovih,” and this when supplication is made, by which is meant “Good Jehovah” (n. 1793, 2921); and that in the New Testament He is called “Lord” instead of “Jehovah” (n. 2921). From all this it can also be known what is meant by these words in Matthew:
No man can serve two lords; for either he will hate the one, and love the other (Matt. 6:24);
“two lords” denote good and evil, for a man must be either in good or in evil; he cannot be in both together. He can be in many truths, provided they have been set in order under one good; for good makes heaven with man, but evil makes hell, and a man must be either in heaven or in hell, and cannot be in both, nor between the two. From this then it is evident what is meant in the Word by “Lord.”

AC (Potts) n. 9168 sRef Ex@22 @11 S0′ 9168. And he shall not repay. That this signifies that there is no injury, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being amendment, and also restoration (n. 9087, 9097); consequently “not to repay” denotes no restoration, and no amendment, because there is no injury.

AC (Potts) n. 9169 sRef Ex@22 @12 S0′ 9169. And if stealing it shall be stolen from him. That this signifies if there is loss, is evident from the signification of “theft,” as being the taking away of good and truth (see n. 9125), thus loss.

AC (Potts) n. 9170 sRef Ex@22 @12 S0′ 9170. He shall repay to its lord. That this signifies restoration in the place of it, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (see n. 9087); and from the signification of “lord,” as being good (n. 9167). Thus by “he shall repay to its lord,” is signified the restoration of truth to good in the place of that which had been taken away.

AC (Potts) n. 9171 sRef Ex@22 @13 S0′ 9171. If tearing it shall be torn. That this signifies if the injury is not of fault, is evident from the signification of “torn,” as being injury done by falsities from evil without one’s fault (see n. 4171, 5828).

AC (Potts) n. 9172 sRef Ex@22 @13 S0′ 9172. He shall bring a witness for it. That this signifies that this is confirmed, is evident from the signification of “witness,” as being confirmation (see n. 4197).

AC (Potts) n. 9173 sRef Ex@22 @13 S0′ 9173. He shall not repay that which was torn. That this signifies no penalty, that is, for the injury done without fault, is evident from the signification of “torn,” as being injury without fault (as just above, n. 9171); and from the signification of “repaying,” as being the penalty (n. 9102), here no penalty, because it is said “he shall not repay.”

AC (Potts) n. 9174 sRef Ex@22 @14 S0′ 9174. And when a man shall borrow from his companion. That this signifies truth and good from another stock, is evident from the signification of “borrowing,” as being to receive truth from some other source than one’s self, and thus truth from another stock. “Borrowing” has this signification because in the spiritual world there are no other goods that are asked from others, and given, than those which are of intelligence and wisdom. There are indeed many other things offered to view, nay, things innumerable, but they are appearances arising from those things which are of intelligence and wisdom. From this it is evident that “to borrow” denotes to be instructed by another, and thus to receive truths, or knowledges of truth and good, from some other source than one’s self. How this is shall be further explained. A man is said to receive truths from himself when he infers them from the truths he has with him. In this case he conjoins them with those he formerly possessed. But in doing this he admits only those truths which agree together under the same good; for it is good that disposes truths into series and connects them together. Good is like the soul in man, and truths are like those things with which the soul clothes itself, and by means of which it acts. It is well known that each and all things in man live from his soul; and so also do the truths of faith live from the good of love to the Lord and of love toward the neighbor. If this good is not the soul of a man, but the good of the love of self or the love of the world, then the man is not a man, but a wild beast, and in the other life in the light of heaven he also appears as a wild beast; though in his own light, which at the approach of the light of heaven becomes thick darkness, he appears as a man. It is, however, to be understood that the Lord disposes truths into order in accordance with the good of the man’s life.
[2] A man is said to receive truths from some other source, when he is instructed by another; and if these truths do not agree together under the good in which he is, they are indeed stored up in his memory among memory-knowledges; but they do not become his – that is, of his faith – because they are of another stock. These are the truths which are treated of in this verse and the following one.
sRef Luke@6 @35 S3′ sRef Luke@6 @34 S3′ sRef Matt@5 @42 S3′ sRef Ps@37 @21 S3′ [3] When “borrowing” and “lending” are mentioned in the Word, there is signified to be instructed and to instruct from the affection of charity; as in Matthew:
Give to everyone that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away (Matt. 5:42);
it is evident that “asking” here does not mean asking, for it is said, “Give to everyone that asketh”; and that neither by “borrowing” is meant borrowing; for if a person were to give to everyone that asketh, and also to everyone that would borrow, he would be stripped of all his goods. But as the Lord spoke from the Divine, by “asking,” and “wishing to borrow;” and by giving and receiving a loan, is meant the communication of heavenly goods, which are those of the knowledges of good and truth; for in regard to such a communication the fact is that the more an angel gives to another from the affection of charity, the more there flows in with him of the general good from heaven, that is, from the Lord (n. 6478). Thus by “giving to him that asketh,” an angel is not deprived of goods, but is enriched with them. The case is the same with a man, when he does good to another from the affection of charity; but charity consists in giving to the good, and it is not charity to give to the evil what they ask and desire (n. 8120); according to these words in David:
The wicked borroweth, and restoreth not; but the righteous showeth mercy and giveth (Ps. 37:21).
And in Luke:
If ye lend to them from whom ye hope to receive, what thank have ye? Rather love your enemies, and do good, and lend, hope for nothing again; then shall your reward be great, and ye shall be the sons of the Highest (Luke 6:34-35).
[4] Here also by “lending” is meant doing good from the affection of charity, and thus communicating the goods of heaven; and also the goods of the world, but the latter for the sake of the former as the end in view. The affection of charity consists in communicating goods without any recompense as the end in view; but there is no affection of charity in communicating goods for the sake of recompense as the end in view (n. 2373, 2400, 3816, 3956, 4943, 6388-6390, 6392, 6393, 6478, 8002). The affection of charity consists in loving one’s enemies, and in benefiting the evil; but enemies are loved and are benefited when they are instructed, and also when they are corrected by suitable means (n. 8121).
sRef Ps@112 @6 S5′ sRef Deut@28 @12 S5′ sRef Ps@112 @5 S5′ sRef Deut@28 @1 S5′ [5] The exercise of charity is also signified by “lending,” in Moses:
If thou shalt obey the voice of Jehovah, and shalt observe to do His commandments, thou shalt lend to many peoples, but thou shalt not borrow (Deut. 28:1, 12);
“to lend to many peoples” denotes to abound in the goods of intelligence and wisdom, and to communicate them to others out of this abundance; and not to be in need of the goods of others, because all things are given him by the Lord. So in David:
A good man who hath mercy and lendeth, will maintain his words in judgment; for he will never be moved (Ps. 112:5-6);
by “having mercy and lending” is described the state of those who are in genuine charity. In like manner, Psalm 37:21; and other passages.

AC (Potts) n. 9175 sRef Ex@22 @14 S0′ 9175. And it be broken or die. That this signifies injury to it, or extinction, is evident from the signification of “to be broken,” as being injury (see n. 9163); and from the signification of “dying,” as being extinction.

AC (Potts) n. 9176 sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ 9176. Its lord not being with it. That this signifies if the good of this truth is not together with it in the general form, is evident from the signification of “the lord,” as being good (see n. 9167); and from the signification of “not being with it,” as being not together with it in the general form. How the case herein is can be seen from what was shown above (n. 9154), about truths in good, namely, that all the truths in the general form are disposed under their good. But the subject here treated of is truths “borrowed,” that is, received from others (n. 9174), and these truths either have their good with them, or they have it not. The truths that have their good with them, are those which when heard affect the man; but those which have it not, are those which do not affect him. The truths which have their good with them, are meant by the borrowed things that are broken or die when their lord is with them. But the truths which have not their good with them, are meant by the borrowed things that are broken or die when their lord is not with them.
[2] These latter truths can indeed be described, but not to the apprehension, except that of those who are in the light of heaven from the Lord. All others, who see only by the light of this world, that is, by natural light, will fail to comprehend them, because in respect to heavenly things they are in thick darkness; and if they seem to themselves to comprehend them, it is nevertheless from fallacies and things material, which rather cause obscurity and envelope in shadows, than impart light. It is enough to know that the subject treated of is truths of faith conjoined with their good, and not conjoined with it. Truths not conjoined are those learned from others, which enter no further than into the memory, and abide there as memory-knowledges, and are not perceived among those truths which are set in order in a general form under good. From all this it can in some measure be known in what angelic wisdom consists; for the angels not only comprehend how the case is with these things, but also at the same time countless things about them; and thus things of which a man does not even know that they exist, and still less what they are; for the angels are in the light of heaven, and the light of heaven has within itself infinite things, because the light of heaven is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9177 sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ 9177. Repaying he shall repay. That this signifies restoration, is evident from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (see n. 9087).

AC (Potts) n. 9178 sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ 9178. If the lord thereof be with it, he shall not repay. That this signifies that if the good of truth be together with it, there shall be no restoration, is evident from the signification of “if the lord be with it,” as being if the good of truth be together with it (of which above, n. 9176); and from the signification of “repaying,” as being restoration (as just above, n. 9177); thus “not to repay” denotes that there shall be no restoration.

AC (Potts) n. 9179 sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ 9179. If a hireling be with it. That this signifies if it is for the sake of the good of self-advantage, is evident from the signification of “a hireling,” as being one who does what is good for the sake of self-advantage, or for the sake of reward (see n. 8002); thus in the abstract sense it signifies the good of self-advantage, or reward.

AC (Potts) n. 9180 sRef Ex@22 @15 S0′ 9180. He shall come in his hire. That this signifies submission and service, is evident from the signification of “coming in his hire,” as being to submit one’s self and serve. The case herein is this. Those who learn and draw forth truths from the Word, or from the doctrine of the church, or from anyone soever, or even by means of inferences, from themselves, for the sake of self-advantage, that is, in order that they may acquire honors or wealth, or that they may merit heaven; are those who are meant in the internal sense by “hirelings who shall come in their hire,” that is, who will submit themselves and serve. For self-advantage ought to be in the last place with the man of the church, and not in the first. When it is in the last place, it is a servant; but if it is in the first place, it is a lord. He who regards self-advantage in the first place is an inverted man, and in the other life is also represented as being so, with his head in hell; but he who regards charity and faith in the first place, and thus the Lord and the neighbor, is an upright man, and in the other life is represented as standing so, with his head in heaven. From this it is evident what is meant by good done for the sake of self-advantage; and that this good must submit itself and serve, which things are signified by “if a hireling be with it, he shall come in his hire.”

AC (Potts) n. 9181 sRef Ex@22 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @16 S0′ 9181. Verses 15, 16. When a man shall persuade a virgin who is not betrothed, and shall lie with her, endowing he shall endow her to himself for a woman. If refusing her father shall refuse to give her to him, he shall pay silver according to the dowry of virgins. “When a man shall persuade a virgin who is not betrothed,” signifies good not conjoined with truth: “and shall lie with her,” signifies unlawful conjunction; “endowing he shall endow her to himself for a woman,” signifies a token of consent to a lawful conjunction; “if refusing her father shall refuse to give her to him,” signifies if interior good does not allow conjunction; “he shall pay silver according to the dowry of virgins,” signifies other truth consenting in its place.

AC (Potts) n. 9182 sRef Ex@22 @16 S0′ 9182. When a man shall persuade a virgin who is not betrothed. That this signifies good not conjoined with truth, is evident from the signification of “persuading,” when said of a man and a virgin, as being to entice to conjunction; from the signification of “a man” [vir] as being truth (see n. 3134, 7716, 9007); from the signification of “a virgin,” as being the church as to good (n. 3081, 4638), thus the good which is the church; and from the signification of “to be betrothed,” as being conjunction. It shall here be briefly stated what is the cause and the origin of the law relating to unlawful conjunction that is here treated of. All the laws delivered to the sons of Israel have their cause in heaven, and their origin in the laws of order there. All the laws of order in heaven are from the Divine truth and good which proceed from the Lord, consequently they are the laws of the good of love and truth of faith. The conjunction of good and truth in heaven is called the heavenly marriage, and this is represented in marriages on earth, and is also signified by “marriages” in the Word. From this it is plain what is involved in unlawful conjunctions, and also in scortations and adulteries. In these two verses an unlawful conjunction is treated of which is afterward either made lawful or is dissolved. The unlawful conjunction which afterward is made lawful, is the subject treated of in this verse; and the unlawful conjunction which afterward is dissolved, is the subject treated of in the following verse.
[2] Unlawful conjunction is that which is not made from conjugial affection; but from some other affection, as the affection of beauty, the affection of gain, or the affection of personal rank; and also which is made from lasciviousness. In the beginning these conjunctions are unlawful, because that which conjoins is external, and not at the same time internal. Nevertheless, a lawful conjunction may afterward be effected from them as means, which takes place when the minds are conjoined; and on the other hand no conjunction may result from them, as is the case when the minds are disjoined. That this is so, is generally known in the world.
[3] Lawful conjunction, which is that of minds, is effected when both are in the like good and truth; for good and truth make a man’s life; moral and civil good and truth, the life of the external man; and spiritual good and truth, the life of the internal man. Be it known that a man’s life is from no other source than good and truth, for all that a man loves is called good, and all that he believes is called truth; or, what is the same, all that a man wills is called good, and all that he understands is called truth. From this it is evident that a lawful conjunction is effected when the husband is in truth, and the wife is in the corresponding good, for in this way the heavenly marriage, which is that of good and truth, is represented in the pair. From this it is that conjugial love descends from this marriage (see n. 2727-2759, 2803, 3132, 4434, 4835).
[4] From these as premises it can be known how the case is with the conjunctions treated of in this verse and the following one. Betrothals before marriage have been in use from ancient times, and represented the first conjunction, which is that of the internal man apart from the external. The subsequent marriages themselves represented the second conjunction, which is that of the internal man with the external; for during man’s regeneration by means of the goods and truths of faith, the internal man is first regenerated, and afterward the external, because the latter is regenerated by the former (n. 3286, 3321, 3493, 3882, 8746).
sRef Jer@2 @2 S5′ [5] From this it is evident what is signified in the Word by “betrothing” and by “being betrothed,” and also what by “bridegroom” and “bride;” namely, by “betrothing” is signified the conjunction of truth and good in the internal man; by “bridegroom” (where the Lord and the church are treated of) is signified good; and by “bride,” truth: as in the following passages. In Jeremiah:
I remembered for thee the mercy of thy youth, the love of thy betrothals, when thou wentest after Me in the wilderness, in a land not sown (Jer. 2:2);
speaking of the Ancient Church and of its being set up by the Lord; “the love of betrothals” denotes the affection of spiritual life, which is from the truths of faith and the good of love; and the state of desire, when as yet they were in ignorance and in want of these things, is signified by “going after Me in the wilderness, in a land not sown.”
sRef Hos@2 @18 S6′ sRef Hos@2 @19 S6′ [6] In Hosea:
In that day I will make a covenant for them with the wild animal of the field, and with the bird of the heavens, and the creeping thing of the earth; and I will break the bow and the sword and the war; and I will betroth thee unto Me in righteousness and in judgment, and in mercy, and in compassions (Hos. 2:18-19);
the setting up of a new church is here treated of; “to make a covenant with the wild animal of the field, with the bird of the heavens, and with the creeping thing of the earth,” denotes the conjunction of the Lord through the internal and external good and truth in a man. That “a covenant” denotes conjunction, see n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804, 8767, 8778; “the wild animal of the field” denotes life from good (n. 841, 908); “the bird” denotes the life of truth (n. 40, 745, 776, 991, 3219, 5149, 7441); “the creeping thing of the earth” denotes the goods and truths of the external and sensuous man (n. 746, 909); “to break the bow, and the sword, and the war,” denotes to destroy the doctrine and the forces of falsity; “the bow” denotes the doctrine of falsity (n. 2686, 2709); “the sword,” falsity fighting against truth (n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102); “the war,” the combat itself, or spiritual combat (n. 1664, 2686, 8273), and “to break” these denotes to destroy them.
[7] “To betroth in righteousness and in judgment” denotes to be conjoined with the Lord in good and truth; “to betroth” denotes to conjoin with one’s self; “righteousness” is predicated of good, and “judgment” of truth (n. 2235); “to betroth in mercy and in compassions,” denotes doing so from love toward those who are in good, and in love toward those who are in truths; the Lord’s “mercy” is predicated as being directed toward those who are in need of good and who yet long for it; and His “compassions,” toward those who are in ignorance of truth and who yet long for it. From all this it is evident that “betrothal” denotes the conjunction of good and truth with a man by the Lord. Everyone can see that such things are here signified; for it is clear even to the perception from merely natural light that Jehovah does not make a covenant with the wild animal of the field, with the bird, and with the creeping thing of the earth; but with those who are in the good and truth of faith, thus with the good and truth in the man; consequently that such things are hidden in this prophecy.
sRef Mal@2 @11 S8′ [8] And in Malachi:
Judah hath dealt treacherously, for he hath profaned the holiness of Jehovah, in that he hath loved, and hath betrothed to himself, the daughter of a strange god (Mal. 2:11);
“to betroth the daughter of a strange god” denotes to be conjoined with the evil of falsity; “a strange god” denotes falsity (n. 4402, 4544, 7873).
sRef Rev@21 @9 S9′ sRef Isa@61 @10 S9′ sRef Rev@21 @2 S9′ [9] That where the Lord and the church are treated of, the “bridegroom” denotes good, and the “bride” truth, may be seen in the following passages:
Jehovah hath clothed me with the garments of salvation, He hath covered me with the robe of righteousness, as a bridegroom putteth on his headdress, and as a bride adorneth herself with her vessels (Isa. 61:10).
I saw the holy city, Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband (Rev. 21:2).
The angel said, Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the lamb’s wife (Rev. 21:9);
where “the bride” denotes the church.
sRef Matt@9 @15 S10′ [10] In Matthew:
Jesus said unto the disciples of John, Can the sons of the wedding mourn, so long as the bridegroom is with them? But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast (Matt. 9:15, and Luke 5:34-35);
those are called “sons of the wedding” who are in the truths of the church, and receive good, for the good which is from the Lord is “the bridegroom;” that “the sons of the wedding do not mourn so long as the bridegroom is with them” denotes that they are in a blessed and happy state, thus with the Lord, when they are in truths conjoined with their good; “they shall fast when the bridegroom is taken away from them” denotes that they are in an unhappy state when good is no longer conjoined with truths; this state is the last state of the church, but the former is its first state.
[11] The like is signified in Matthew 25:1-12 by the bridegroom whom the ten virgins went forth to meet; for the virgins who had oil in their lamps denote those who have good in their truths, but those who had no oil in their lamps denote those who have no good in their truths (see n. 4638; and that “oil” denotes the good of love, n. 886, 3728, 4582).
sRef John@3 @29 S12′ sRef John@3 @28 S12′ [12] In John:
John said, I am not the Christ, but I am sent before Him. He that hath the bride is the bridegroom; but the friend of the bridegroom, who standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth with joy because of the bridegroom’s voice (John 3:28-29);
“the bride” denotes the truth of faith of the church; and “the bridegroom” the good of love of the church, both from the Lord; thus they denote the man of the church with whom good has been conjoined with truths. From all this it is also plain what is meant in the internal sense by the “joy” and the “voice of the bridegroom and of the bride” in Isa. 62:5; Jer. 7:34; 16:9; 25:10; 33:11; Rev. 18:23; namely, heaven and the happiness resulting from the conjunction of good and truth with man and angel.

AC (Potts) n. 9183 sRef Ex@22 @16 S0′ 9183. And shall lie with her. That this signifies unlawful conjunction, is evident from the signification of “lying with a virgin not betrothed,” as being an unlawful conjunction; for by “being betrothed” is signified the conjunction of the internal man; but by “lying with” is signified the conjunction of the external man (of which just above, n. 9182).

AC (Potts) n. 9184 sRef Ex@22 @16 S0′ 9184. Endowing he shall endow her to himself for a woman. That this signifies a token of consent to a lawful conjunction, is evident from the signification of a “dowry” and of “endowing,” as being a token of consent (see n. 4456); and from the signification of “for a woman,” as being to a lawful conjunction, for to take anyone for a woman denotes to be lawfully conjoined. In the spiritual sense an unlawful conjunction is the conjunction of truth with an affection from the delight of self-advantage or from the delight of being honored. In such an affection are they who learn the truths of the church for the sake of these delights. But this conjunction does no harm to those who are afterward regenerated by the Lord, for although these affections remain with them, they are subordinated under the affection of truth for the sake of the good of use and of life; and they serve, for they are in the last place, although at first they appeared to be in the first place. For while a man is being regenerated, the order of his life is inverted. In this manner is lawful conjunction made out of unlawful conjunction.
sRef Matt@6 @33 S2′ [2] That this is possible is because the truths which are of faith enter through the hearing, thus through the external man; and the external man relishes only those things which belong to the world and to self, and which are the delights arising from self-advantage and honors. But when the internal man has been opened by means of regeneration, good from the Lord then flows in through it, and adopts and conjoins with itself the truths of faith which have entered through the external man, and according to this conjunction the order is inverted, that is, what had been in the first place is put in the last. The Lord then draws to Himself all things in the man which belong to life, so that they may look upward. The man then regards as ends those things which belong to the Lord and to heaven; and the Lord Himself as the end for the sake of which are all things; and the former things, which are the delights of self-advantage and of honors, he regards as means to this end. It is known that the means derive their life solely from the end, and that apart from the end they have no life. Thus when the delights of self-advantage and of honors have become means, they then have their life from the life which comes from heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord; for the end for the sake of which they exist is the Lord. When a man is in such an order of life, matters of self-advantage and honors are then blessings to him; whereas if he is in the inverted order, these things are curses to him. That all things are blessings when a man is in the order of heaven, the Lord teaches in Matthew:
Seek ye first the kingdom of the heavens and His righteousness, and all things shall be added unto you (Matt. 6:33).

AC (Potts) n. 9185 sRef Ex@22 @17 S0′ 9185. If refusing her father shall refuse to give her to him. That this signifies if interior good does not allow conjunction, is evident from the signification of “refusing,” as being not to allow; from the signification of “giving her to him,” that is, “for a woman,” as being lawful conjunction (of which just above, n. 9184); and from the signification of “father,” as being good (n. 3703, 3704, 5581, 5902, 6050, 7499, 8328, 8897); and as being interior good, because from interior good as a father, and from interior truth as a mother, are conceived and born exterior truths and goods, which are therefore in the Word called “sons and daughters.”

AC (Potts) n. 9186 sRef Ex@22 @17 S0′ 9186. He shall pay silver according to the dowry of virgins. That this signifies other truth consenting in its place, is evident from the signification of “silver,” as being truth (see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917); from the signification of “paying,” as being substitution in the place of the former, for he who pays a dowry and does not take the virgin gives something else in place of her; and from the signification of “the dowry of virgins,” as being a token of consent to conjunction (of which just above, n. 9184), which token is truth consenting to interior good. For the dowry was fifty pieces of silver given to the father of the girl (Deut. 22:29), and thus denotes truths initiating to full conjunction; for “silver” denotes truth, as shown just above; and “fifty” denotes to the full (n. 2252); here other truths in place of the former, and consenting to good.
[2] How the case is with these truths is clear from what was shown above; to which is to be added what follows, namely, in order that an unlawful conjunction may become lawful, the good which flows in from the Lord through the internal man, must conjoin with itself the truth which enters through the external man, that is, through its hearing. If this truth does not agree with that good, then in place of it there has to be substituted some other truth which does agree; that is, which consents to conjunction.
[3] This might be illustrated by examples; but as the conjunction of good and truth is enveloped in thick darkness on account of the good of love having been removed from the truths of faith, and rejected behind the truths, and almost behind the back, this subject will not become any clearer by examples. In general no one can apprehend the internal sense of the Word, and thus the things of angelic wisdom, unless he knows and understands that each and all things in heaven bear relation to good and truth; and that nothing exists there except from the one of these conjoined with the other. Hence it is that those are in darkness who separate the one from the other, namely, the truth which is of faith from the good which is of charity, as do those who say that a man is saved by faith alone, that is, by the mere confidence which is of faith. As these persons ascribe all things to faith, and nothing to charity, they cannot possibly apprehend anything about those heavenly things which are in the internal sense of the Word; for they are in darkness concerning good, thus also in darkness concerning the conjunction of good and truth; and consequently concerning truth itself, for this is then involved in the same darkness. Hence arise mental wanderings and heresies so many and so great. They who are enlightened in respect to truths, are the few who are in the doctrine, and at the same time in the life, of truth.
[4] Let those who are in faith alone know that all the ideas of thought of the angels who are in the second heaven, and are called spiritual, are from truths which have become goods by life; and that all the ideas of thought of the angels who are in the third heaven, and are called celestial, are from good; and that therefore these latter are in wisdom itself, concerning which, of the Lord’s Divine mercy, wonderful things shall be told elsewhere.

AC (Potts) n. 9187 sRef Ex@22 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @20 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @19 S0′ 9187. Verses 17-19. Thou shalt not suffer a sorceress to live. Everyone that lieth with a beast, dying he shall die. He that sacrificeth to gods, save to Jehovah alone, shall be accursed. “A sorceress” signifies those in whom something of the church has been conjoined with the falsities of the evil of the love of self; “thou shalt not suffer to live,” signifies the deprivation of spiritual life; “everyone that lieth with a beast,” signifies conjunction with the evils of the cupidities of the love of self; “dying he shall die,” signifies damnation; “he that sacrificeth to gods,” signifies the worship of falsities from evil; “shall be accursed” signifies a casting out; “save to Jehovah alone,” signifies that the Lord, who is the one and only God, is to be worshiped.

AC (Potts) n. 9188 sRef Ex@22 @18 S0′ 9188. A sorceress. That this signifies those in whom something of the church has been conjoined with the falsities of the evil of the love of self, is evident from the signification of “sorceries,” as being the falsities of the evil of the love of self conjoined with such things as are of the church. There are two things which make heaven and thus spiritual life with man-the truth of faith in the Lord, and the good of love to Him. And there are two things which make hell and thus spiritual death with man-the falsity of faith, and the evil of the love of self. The two latter are conjoined in those who are in hell, and make the infernal marriage; but the two former are conjoined in those who are in heaven, and make the heavenly marriage. So far as possible, the Lord withholds man from the conjunction of truth and good with falsity and evil, because this conjunction is profanation. Nevertheless many of those who are within the church cannot be withheld, because from early childhood they have learned the things of the church from the Word, and from doctrine drawn from the Word; and some of them have become imbued with such things, and have made them of their faith. When these persons have arrived at mature age, and have begun to think from themselves, and not as before from others, then they have made nothing of the things they had made of their faith, and in their stead have seized on falsities and imbued themselves with them. These are they who have conjoined within them truths with falsities; for those truths which have once become truths of faith remain, and cannot be rooted out; and the falsities which are afterward made of their faith conjoin themselves with them.
[2] It is this conjunction which is signified in the internal sense by “sorceries.” The reason why these falsities are falsities of the evil of the love of self, is that all evil springs chiefly from this love, and together with evil, falsity, because they cohere together. From this it is evident that in such persons there is no spiritual life, because it has been destroyed by falsities of evil; and insofar as they have conjoined these falsities with truths, so far they have extinguished spiritual life within them; and as in this way instead of being alive, they have become dead, it is said, “Thou shalt not suffer them to live.”
sRef Isa@47 @12 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @13 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @14 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @8 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @9 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @11 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @10 S3′ [3] That the conjunction in question is signified in the Word by “sorceries,” is plain in Isaiah:
She said, I shall not sit a widow, neither shall I know the loss of children; but these two things shall come upon thee in a moment in one day, loss of children, and widowhood, because of the multitude of thy sorceries, because of the exceeding greatness of thy magical deeds. Thou hast trusted in thy wickedness; thou hast said, None seeth me. Thy wisdom and thy knowledge have led thee astray; when thou saidst in thine heart, I am, and there is none else besides me. Therefore shall evil come upon thee which thou shalt not know how to ward off; and calamity shall fall upon thee which thou shalt not be able to atone: devastation shall come upon thee suddenly, thou not knowing. For indeed persist thou in thy magical deeds, and in the multitude of thy sorceries, wherein thou hast labored from thy youth. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsel. Let the searchers of the heavens, the stargazers, and those who know the new moons, now stand and save thee from the things that shall come upon thee. Behold they are become as stubble; the fire hath burned them; they shall not rescue their soul from the hand of the flame (Isa. 47:8-14).
[4] That “sorcerers” denote those who conjoin the falsities of the evil of the love of self with the truths of faith, and thus perish, is plain from every particular in the above passage viewed in the internal sense, for they are here described. The extinction of their spiritual life is described by “widowhood and loss of children.” “Widowhood” denotes the privation of truth and of the derivative good; and “loss of children” the privation of truth and good. The origin of falsity, as being from the evil of the love of self, is described by these words, “thy wisdom and thy knowledge have led thee astray when thou saidst in thine heart, I am, and there is none else besides me;” and the evil itself of the love of self, by these words, “behold, they are become as stubble, the fire hath burned them, they shall not rescue their soul from the hand of the flame;” “fire” and “flame” denote the love of self. That everything of spiritual life has been extinguished, is described by these words, “evil shall come upon thee which thou shalt not know how to ward off, and calamity shall fall upon thee which thou shalt not be able to atone.” They are called “searchers of the heavens, stargazers, and those who know the new moons,” from being in external things without any internal; for such see from the external man and not at all from the internal, thus from natural light and not at all from spiritual light; for in the internal sense “heaven,” the “stars,” and “new moons” denote knowledges and memory-knowledges; here, such as are seen from the world, and not from heaven.
sRef Nahum@3 @4 S5′ sRef 2Ki@9 @22 S5′ sRef Micah@5 @11 S5′ sRef Micah@5 @12 S5′ [5] That “sorceries” denote such falsities, is also plain in Micah:
I will cut off the cities of thy land, and throw down all thy strongholds; I will cut off sorceries out of thine hand; and thou shall have no soothsayers (Micah 5:11-12):
“the cities of the land” denote the false doctrinal things of their church, which are called “sorceries” because they destroy the truths of faith. In Nahum:
Because of the multitude of the whoredoms of the well- favored* harlot, the mistress of sorceries, that selleth nations in her whoredom, and families in her sorceries (Nah. 3:4);
“whoredoms” denote perversions of truth; and “sorceries,” the falsities thence derived. In like manner in the second book of Kings:
Jehoram said unto Jehu, Is it peace, Jehu? And he answered, What peace, even unto the whoredoms of thy mother Jezebel, and her many sorceries? (2 Kings 9:22).
sRef Mal@3 @5 S6′ sRef Mal@3 @1 S6′ [6] That those are “sorcerers” who have been taught by themselves, and trust in themselves alone to the extent of loving themselves and desiring to be worshiped as deities, is also plain from passages which treat openly of the coming of the Lord, who will teach them and cast out the sorcerers; for he who shall be taught in the truths and goods of faith must be taught by the Lord, and in no wise by himself. Wherefore it is thus written in Malachi:
Behold I send Mine angel, who shall prepare the way before Me; and the Lord whom ye seek shall suddenly come to His temple, even the angel of the covenant whom ye desire. And I will draw nigh to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and those who swear to what is false (Mal. 3:1, 5);
“sorcerers” denote those who have been taught by themselves, and who thus destroy truths which are from the Lord; “adulterers” denote those who destroy goods; and “those who swear to what is false,” those who confirm falsities. That it is the Lord who will cast them out is plain, for it is said, “the Lord shall come to His temple, even the angel of the covenant.”
sRef Deut@18 @11 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @15 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @18 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @16 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @9 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @19 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @10 S7′ sRef Deut@18 @12 S7′ [7] So also in Moses:
When thou comest unto the land which Jehovah God will give thee, there shall not be found in thee anyone that maketh his son or his daughter pass through the fire, one that divineth divinations, and one that questioneth the hells, and an augur, and a sorcerer, and an enchanter, and one that consulteth a familiar spirit, and a soothsayer, and a questioner of the dead. For everyone that doeth these things is an abomination to Jehovah; and because of these abominations Jehovah thy God doth drive them out from before thee. Jehovah thy God will raise up to thee a prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; him shall ye obey. Jehovah said in Horeb, I will raise him up a prophet from the midst of their brethren, like unto thee; and I will put My words in his mouth, that he may speak unto them all that I shall command him. Whence it shall come to pass that the man who will not obey My words, which he shall speak in My name, I will require it of him (Deut. 18:9-19).
[8] By “diviners,” “augurs,” “sorcerers,” and the rest who are here named, are meant in the internal sense those who destroy the truths and goods of the church by means of memory-knowledges wrongly applied; thus who do so from their own intelligence and through falsities from the evils of the love of self and the love of the world, consequently who learn and teach from the cupidity of profit and of honors, and not from any affection for the truth of faith and the good of life. And as all falsities of doctrine and evils of life come forth from this source, mention is made of “a prophet who shall come and teach.” That this “prophet” is the Lord, is known in the church, and was known also to the Jews and Gentiles of that time, as is evident in Matthew 21:11; Luke 1:76; 7:16; 13:33; Mark 6:4. Those are taught by the Lord who read the Word not for the sake of self and the world, but for the sake of good and truth itself, for then they are enlightened. But when men read it for the sake of self and the world, they are blinded. “A prophet” signifies one who teaches, and in a sense abstracted from person, doctrine (n. 2534, 7269); thus the Lord as to the Word, that is, as to Divine truth.
* Here boni causa, but in n. 6978 boni gratia. [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 9189 sRef Ex@22 @18 S0′ 9189. Thou shalt not suffer to live. That this signifies the privation of spiritual life, is evident from the signification of “suffering to live,” as being to endow with spiritual life (see n. 5890); thus “not to suffer to live” denotes to deprive of spiritual life. (That those deprive themselves of spiritual life who conjoin falsities from the evil of the love of self with the truths of faith, and who are signified by “sorcerers,” see just above, n. 9188.)

AC (Potts) n. 9190 sRef Ex@22 @19 S0′ 9190. Everyone that lieth with a beast. That this signifies conjunction with the evils of the cupidities of the love of self, is evident from the signification of “lying with” as being to be conjoined; and from the signification of “a beast,” as being good affection with the good, and evil affection with the evil (45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 719, 776, 2781, 3518, 3519, 5198, 7424, 7523, 7872, 9090), thus cupidities; here the cupidities of the love of self. Evil affections are called “cupidities.”

AC (Potts) n. 9191 sRef Ex@22 @19 S0′ 9191. Dying he shall die. That this signifies damnation, is evident from the signification of “dying,” as being damnation (see n. 5407, 6119, 9008).

AC (Potts) n. 9192 sRef Ex@22 @20 S0′ 9192. He that sacrificeth to gods. That this signifies the worship of falsities from evil, is evident from the signification of “sacrificing,” as being worship (that “to sacrifice” denotes worship is because sacrifices were the chief things of worship with the Israelitish and Jewish people, see n. 923, 6905, 8680, 8936); and from the signification of “gods,” as being falsities (n. 4402, 4544, 7873, 8941). The worship of falsities from evil is here mentioned, because this is opposed to the worship of truths from good. For all worship has matters of doctrine for its rules; and these matters of doctrine are truths insofar as they are from good; and they are falsities insofar as they are from evil; for truths have their essence and life from good, and on the other hand falsities have their death from evil.
[2] But the case herein is as follows. There are some who are in genuine truths, some who are in truths not genuine, and some who are in falsities; and yet those who are in genuine truths are often damned, while those who are in truths not genuine, and also those who are in falsities, are often saved. This will appear paradoxical to most people, but still it is the truth. Experience itself has confirmed it; for there have been seen in hell those who had been more learned than others in truths from the Word and from the doctrine of their church, both dignitaries and others; on the other hand there have been seen in heaven those who had been devoid of truths, and even those who had been in falsities, both Christians and Gentiles.
sRef Dan@12 @3 S3′ sRef Matt@13 @43 S3′ [3] The reason why the former were in hell, was that they had indeed been in truths as to doctrine but in evils as to life; and the reason why the latter were in heaven, was that they had not indeed been in truths as to doctrine but nevertheless had been in good as to life. Some spirits recently deceased, with whom it was given me to speak, wondered that those who had been preeminent for learning in the Word and in the doctrine of their church, were among the damned, whom they nevertheless had believed would become shining lights in heaven, according to these words in Daniel:
The intelligent shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever (Dan. 12:3).
But they were told that “the intelligent” are those who are in truth, and who teach truths, and that “they who turn others to righteousness” are those who are in good, and who lead to good; and that therefore the Lord said:
The righteous shall shine as the sun in the kingdom of their Father (Matt. 13:43).
(That righteousness is predicated of good, and thus that “the righteous” are those who are in good, see n. 2235.)
sRef Matt@25 @12 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @22 S4′ sRef Luke@13 @27 S4′ sRef Matt@25 @11 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @23 S4′ sRef Luke@13 @26 S4′ [4] And they were further told that those who are learned as to doctrine, but evil as to life, are those who are meant by the Lord in the following passages:
Many shall say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied by Thy name, and by Thy name have cast out demons, and in Thy name done many mighty deeds? But then will I confess unto them, I know you not; depart from Me, ye workers of iniquity (Matt. 7:22, 23).
Then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets. But He will say, I tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from Me, all ye workers of iniquity (Luke 13:26-27).
And they were also told that the same were meant by “the foolish virgins who had no oil in their lamps,” of whom it is written in Matthew:
At last came the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But He answering said, Verily I say unto you, I know you not (Matt. 25:11-12);
“to have oil in the lamps” denotes good in the truths which are of the faith of the church (n. 4638; that “oil” denotes the good of love, see n. 886, 4582).
sRef Luke@13 @30 S5′ sRef Luke@13 @29 S5′ sRef Matt@8 @11 S5′ sRef Matt@8 @12 S5′ [5] They were told furthermore, that those who are not in truths, nay, who are in falsities from ignorance, and yet are in good and from this in the affection of knowing truth, were meant by the Lord when He said:
I say unto you, that many shall come from the east even unto the west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the kingdom of the heavens; but the sons of the kingdom shall be cast forth into the outer darkness (Matt. 8:11-12).
They shall come from the east and west, and from the north and south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. And behold, there are last who shall be first, and there are first who shall be last (Luke 13:29-30).
(That the Gentiles who are in good, though from ignorance in things not true, are received into heaven, see n. 2589-2604, 2861, 2863, 3263, 4190, 4197.)
[6] From all this it can now be seen that by “those who sacrifice unto gods” are signified those who are in the worship of falsity from evil, and that these are they who shall be “accursed,” that is, shall be cast out. For falsities from evil are evils in form, because when evil shows itself in the light, and takes form, it is called falsity. Hence it is that those who are in evil as to life, although in truths as to doctrine, are nevertheless in the falsities of their evils. That this is so is clearly visible in the other life; for when these persons are left to themselves they think from their evil against the truths which they had known and professed; thus they think falsities. And they do the very same in this world when thinking by themselves; for they then either pervert truths, or deny them, in order to defend the evils of their life.
sRef Matt@23 @27 S7′ [7] But they who are in good, and yet in things not true, nay, who are in falsities from ignorance, as are many within the church, and many also outside of the church who are called Gentiles, these indeed regard their falsities as truths; but because their falsities come forth from good, they bend them to good, and therefore there is nothing wicked in these falsities, as there is in those which are from evil. And as falsities from good are mild and pliant, such persons are in the capacity of receiving truths, and moreover, do receive them when they are instructed by the angels. These falsities may be compared to foods which look unclean, but yet are savory; whereas falsities from evil may be compared to unclean foods which inwardly are putrid. But truths from evil may be compared to foods which look clean, but are inwardly baneful, and if attended with hypocrisy are poisonous; as the Lord teaches in Matthew:
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For ye make yourselves like unto whited sepulchers which outwardly indeed appear beautiful, but inwardly are full of dead men’s bones, and of all uncleanness (Matt. 23:27).

AC (Potts) n. 9193 sRef Ex@22 @20 S0′ sRef Deut@13 @13 S1′ sRef Deut@13 @17 S1′ sRef Deut@13 @16 S1′ sRef Deut@13 @14 S1′ sRef Deut@13 @15 S1′ 9193. Shall be accursed. That this signifies a casting out, is evident from the signification of “being accursed,” when said of those who are in the worship of falsities from evil, as being to be cast out, that is, from the church. That to be cast out from the church, and thus the rooting out of such falsities, is signified by “being accursed” is plain in Moses:
If men of Belial shall go out from the midst of thee, and shall urge the inhabitants of their city, saying, Let us go and serve other gods, which ye have not known; if it be truth, and the thing certain, that such abomination is wrought in the midst of thee; smiting thou shalt smite the inhabitants of that city with the edge of the sword, making it accursed, and everyone that is therein, and also the beast thereof, with the edge of the sword. All the spoil of it thou shalt carry together into the midst of the street, and shalt burn the city with fire, and all the spoil thereof, to Jehovah thy God; that it may be a heap for eternity; neither shall it be built any more; so that there may not cleave to thine hand anything of the accursed thing (Deut. 13:13-17).
sRef Deut@7 @26 S2′ sRef Deut@7 @25 S2′ sRef Deut@7 @24 S2′ sRef Deut@7 @2 S2′ [2] That it is the falsity from evil which is signified by “the accursed thing,” is plain from each detail in the above passage in
the internal sense; for “the cities which were to be accursed” denote doctrines, here false doctrines (see n. 2712, 2943, 3216); “the edge of the sword, with which the men and beasts were to be smitten,” denotes truth fighting and destroying the falsity which is from evil (n. 2799, 4499, 7102, 8294); “the street into the midst of which the spoil was to be carried together” denotes the truth of doctrine, and in the opposite sense, the falsity of doctrine (n. 2336); “the fire with which the spoil was to be burned together with the city,” denotes the evil of the love of self (n. 1297, 2446, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 7324). From this it is evident that this “accursing” denotes a casting out from the church, and a rooting out. Wherefore also it was commanded that the nations in the land of Canaan should be “accursed” (Deut. 7:2, 24-26); for these nations had formerly constituted the church in that land, and therefore they had altars, and likewise offered sacrifices (n. 3686, 4447, 4454, 4516, 4517, 5136, 6306, 6516, 8054); but when they turned the representative worship, which belonged to the Ancient Church, into idolatrous worship, and thus falsified truths and adulterated goods (n. 8317), it was ordered that not only the men, but also the cities and what was in the cities, should be “accursed.”
[3] The reason was that all things therein represented falsities from evil; the cities themselves, doctrines of falsity; the beasts, evil affections; the gold and silver, their evils and falsities; and all other things in like manner. The main feature of the worship of the Ancient Church was the worship of God under a human form, thus of the Lord. But when they turned aside from good to evil, they began to worship the representatives themselves, such as the sun, the moon, the stars, also groves, statues, and God under various idol forms, thus external things apart from anything internal, as is the case when the internal man has been closed. The internal man is closed by a life of evil; for the Lord flows in by good, and opens the internal man; and consequently it is closed by evil. And when the internal man has been closed, truths are turned into falsities; and where they remain as truths, they merely serve the evils which are of the love of self and the love of the world. The main thing of internal worship is to acknowledge the Lord as the one and only God, and that everything good and true is from Him. Those in the church who do not acknowledge Him cannot be in good, thus neither can they be in truth. Those acknowledge Him who are in faith, and at the same time in the good of life; but not those who are in evil of life (n. 8878). That to acknowledge and worship the Lord is to live according to His commandments, that is, to live a life of faith and charity, see n. 8252-8257. A life of faith consists in doing the commandments from obedience and a life of charity in doing the commandments from love.

AC (Potts) n. 9194 sRef Ex@22 @20 S0′ 9194. Save to Jehovah alone. That this signifies that the Lord, who is the one and only God, is to be worshiped, is evident from the signification of “offering sacrifices,” here to Jehovah alone, as being worship (see above, n. 9192). That “to Jehovah” denotes to the Lord, is because by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant no other than the Lord (see n. 1343, 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 4692, 5663, 6303, 6905, 8864). (That the Divine which He called “the Father” is the Divine good in Himself, see n. 2803, 3704, 7499, 8897; thus that the Lord is the one and only God, n. 1607, 2149, 2156, 2329, 2447, 2751, 3194, 3704, 3712, 3938, 4577, 4687, 5321, 6280, 6371, 6849, 6993, 7014, 7182, 7209, 8241, 8724, 8760, 8864, 8865.)

AC (Potts) n. 9195 sRef Ex@22 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @23 S0′ 9195. Verses 20-23. And a sojourner thou shalt not afflict, and shalt not oppress; for ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt. Any widow and orphan ye shall not afflict. If afflicting thou shalt afflict him, so that crying he shall cry unto Me, hearing I will hear his cry; and Mine anger shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your women shall become widows, and your sons orphans. “And a sojourner thou shalt not afflict, and shalt not oppress,” signifies that those who wish to be instructed in the truths and goods of faith are not to be infested with falsities of doctrine and evils of life; “for ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt,” signifies that they were protected from falsities and evils when infested by the infernals; “any widow,” signifies those who are in good without truth, and yet long for truth; “and orphan,” signifies those who are in truth, and not yet in good, and nevertheless long for good; “ye shall not afflict,” signifies that they are not to be defrauded; “if afflicting thou shalt afflict him,” signifies if they are defrauded; “so that crying he shall cry unto Me,” signifies supplication to the Lord for aid; “hearing I will hear his cry,” signifies that they are to be aided; “and Mine anger shall wax hot,” signifies the state of those who do this; “and I will kill you with the sword,” signifies that they would deprive themselves of good and truth through falsities; “and your women shall become widows,” signifies that the goods with them will perish; “and your sons orphans,” signifies that then at the same time truths will perish.

AC (Potts) n. 9196 sRef Ex@22 @21 S0′ 9196. And a sojourner thou shalt not afflict, and shalt not oppress. That this signifies that those who wish to be instructed in the truths and goods of faith are not to be infested with falsities of faith and evils of life, is evident from the signification of “a sojourner,” as being one who wishes to be instructed in those things which are of the church, thus in the truths and goods of faith, and who receives these and lives according to them (see n. 1463, 8007, 8013); that “a sojourner” has this signification, is because “to sojourn” signifies to be instructed, and also to live (n. 2025, 3672, 6095); and from the signification of “not to afflict,” when said of those who wish to be instructed in the truths and goods of faith, as being that they are not to be infested with falsities of faith; and from the signification of “oppressing,” when said of the same, as being that they are not to be infested with evils of life; for they who infest such with falsities afflict them; and they who infest such with evils oppress them.

AC (Potts) n. 9197 sRef Ex@22 @21 S0′ 9197. For ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt. That this signifies that they were protected from falsities and evils when infested by the infernals, is evident from what was said concerning the affliction and oppression of the sons of Israel in Egypt, and of their protection and final bringing forth from thence, in Exodus 7 to 14, where it was shown that the afflictions and oppressions of the sons of Israel in Egypt signified the infestations by the infernals, of the faithful who were of the spiritual church, before the Lord’s coming; and that the protection and bringing forth of the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt signified the protection and liberation of those who were of the spiritual church by the Lord, when He was in the world, and when He rose again. But it would be too tedious to repeat now the explication of these particulars. (See what has been shown in the above-mentioned chapters of Exodus, especially in n. 6854, 6914, 7035, 7091, 7474, 7828, 7932a, 8018, 8054, 8099, 8159, 8321.)

AC (Potts) n. 9198 sRef Luke@4 @24 S0′ sRef Luke@4 @26 S0′ sRef Luke@4 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @22 S0′ 9198. Any widow. That this signifies those who are in good without truth, and yet long for truth, is evident from the signification of “a widow,” as being good without truth, and yet longing for it. That “a widow” has this signification is because by “a man” is signified truth, and by his “woman” is signified good; and therefore when the woman of a man becomes a widow, she signifies good without truth. But in a still more interior sense “a widow” signifies truth without good. The reason is that in this sense “a husband” signifies good, and his “wife” truth (see n. 3236, 4510, 4823). In this sense the Lord is called “Husband” and “Bridegroom,” from the Divine good; and His kingdom and church is called “Wife” and “Bride” from the reception of the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord (n. 9182). But as in the passage under consideration the Lord’s celestial church is not treated of, but His spiritual church, by “a widow” is signified one who is in good and not in truth, and yet longs for truth. The case is similar with “an orphan.” In the inmost or celestial, sense “an orphan” signifies those who are in good and long for truth. See the passages quoted and explained in regard to the signification of “widow” and “orphan” in the celestial sense, in n. 4844; to which may be added what the Lord says in Luke concerning the widow in Sarepta:
Verily I say unto you, No prophet is accepted in his own country. Of a truth I say unto you, there were many widows in Israel in the days of Elias, when the heaven was shut up three years and six months, when there was a great famine over all the land; yet unto none of them was Elias sent, save to Sarepta of Sidon, unto a woman that was a widow (Luke 4:24-26).
[2] As all things the Lord spoke, He spoke from the Divine, therefore His words have an internal sense, and in this sense the subject here treated of is the Lord Himself and His kingdom and church. What therefore the Lord meant in this sense by the words He spoke of the widow in Sarepta of Sidon, is plain when they are unfolded. That “no prophet is accepted in his own country” signifies that the Lord, and the Divine truth which is from Him, are less received and loved in heart within the church, than outside of it. He spoke to the Jews, with whom the church then was; and it is known that the Lord was less received by them than by the nations outside the church. The case is similar at this day in the church which from Him is called the Christian Church. In this the Lord is indeed received in doctrine; but only by a few with acknowledgment of heart; and by still fewer from the affection of love. It is otherwise with the converted Gentiles outside the church. These worship and adore Him as their one only God, and they say with the mouth, and think at heart, that they acknowledge Him as God, because He has appeared in a human form (n. 5256). The reverse is the case within the church, where because He was born a man He is with difficulty acknowledged from the heart as God. These make His Human like their own human, although they know that His Father was Jehovah, and not a man. From all this it is evident what is meant in the internal sense by “no prophet being accepted in his own country.” A “prophet” in this sense denotes the Lord as to Divine truth, thus in respect to the doctrine of the church. (That “a prophet” denotes one who teaches, and in the abstract sense doctrine, and when predicated of the Lord, the Divine truth of the Word, see above, n. 9188.)
[3] That “there were many widows in Israel in the days of Elias” signifies in the internal sense the state of acknowledgment of truth Divine from the Word at that time in the church. For as before said, “widows” denote those who are in good without truth; “Elias” denotes the Lord as to the Word; “the days of Elias” denote the states of reception of truth Divine from the Word at that time; and “Israel” denotes the church. (That “Elias” represented the Lord as to the Word, may be seen in the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 2762, 5247, 8029; that “days” denote states, n. 893, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 6110, 8426; and that “Israel” denotes the church, n. 4286, 6426, 6637, 8805.)
[4] “When the heaven was shut up three years and six months” signifies the full vastation of the internal church; for “heaven” denotes the internal of the church; and “three years and six months” denotes to the full. That “heaven” denotes the internal of the church, see n. 1733, 1850, 3355, 4535; and this is said to be “shut up” when it is vastated, that is, when it is no more. That “three years and six months” denotes to the full, is evident from the signification of “a thousand two hundred and sixty days” in Rev. 11:3; 12:6 (which days make three years and six months), as being to the full, that is, even unto the end; in like manner from the signification of “three days and a half” in Rev. 11:9-11; and also from the signification of “a time and times and half a time” in Rev. 12:14, and Dan. 12:7, as being to the full, or, even to the end.
[5] “When there was a great famine over all the land” signifies the vastation of the external church also; for “a famine” denotes the lack and desolation of truth and good (n. 3364, 5277, 5279, 5281, 5300, 5360, 5376, 5415, 5576, 6110, 7102); and “the land” denotes the external church (n. 1262, 1413, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732). “Yet unto none of them was Elias sent” signifies the Lord as to the Word-and thus the Word of the Lord-not sent to others, because He would not have been received elsewhere; for “Elias,” as before said, denotes the Lord as to the Word.
sRef 1Ki@17 @10 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @9 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @15 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @11 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @14 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @13 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @12 S6′ sRef 1Ki@17 @16 S6′ [6] “Save to Sarepta of Sidon, unto a woman that was a widow,” signifies only unto those who are in good and long for truth. It is said “Sarepta of Sidon” because “Sidon” signifies the knowledges of good and truth (n. 1201). That “a woman a widow” denotes one who is in good, and longs for truth, is evident from what has just been said, and especially from what is related of her in the first book of Kings, where are these words: “Elijah came to Sarepta of Sidon to a widow woman, that she might sustain him; and he said to her, Fetch me a little water that I may drink, and bring me a morsel of bread in thine hand; and she said that she had only a little meal in the barrel, and a little oil in the cruse, sufficient only for a cake for herself and her son.” And Elijah said:
Make me thereof a little cake first, and bring it out to me, and afterward make for thee and for thy son. She did so; and the barrel of meal was not consumed; and the cruse of oil did not fail (1 Kings 17:9-16).
[7] Obedience, and the longing of good for truth, are described by her giving water to the prophet at his bidding, and afterward by her first making a cake for him out of her own little supply, and then for herself and her son; and that thereby she was enriched with the good of truth is signified by “the barrel of meal not being consumed, and the cruse of oil failing not;” for in the internal sense “water” denotes truth (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8568); “meal,” truth from good (n. 2177); “oil,” the good of love (n. 886, 4582, 4638); and “a cake” made of these, truth conjoined with its good (n. 7978). From all this it is clear that “a widow” denotes one who is in good and longs for truth. Good and its longing for truth is described by the charity toward the prophet, which was greater than toward herself and her son. “The prophet,” as before shown, denotes the doctrine of truth.
[8] From all this it is evident what is the nature of the Word, namely, that it conceals within itself the secret things of heaven, which are not apparent in the letter; when yet in every word which the Lord Himself spoke when He was in the world, and which He had before spoken through the prophets, there are things heavenly and wholly Divine, and raised above the sense of the letter; and this not only in each word, but also in each syllable of the words, nay, in every point of each syllable. But who believes that this is so? Nevertheless it is a certain fact, of which I have received full and unquestionable proof, concerning which of the Lord’s Divine mercy elsewhere.

AC (Potts) n. 9199 sRef Ex@22 @22 S0′ sRef Ps@68 @5 S1′ 9199. And an orphan. That this signifies those who are in truth and not yet in good, and nevertheless long for good, is evident from the signification of “an orphan,” as being those who are in truth and long for good. The reason why these are signified by “orphans,” is that sons bereaved of father and mother, thus they who are deprived of interior good and truth, are “orphans;” for by “father” in the Word is signified interior good, and by “mother” truth conjoined with this good (see n. 5581); and by “sons” are signified the truths thence derived. (That “sons” denote truths may be seen above, n. 489, 491, 553, 1147, 2813, 3373, 6583.) That sons are here meant by “orphans,” and not daughters, is plain from the following verse, where it is said, “and your sons shall be orphans.” That “orphan sons” denote those who long for good, is “because the Lord is then in the place of a father to them; as in David:
A father of the orphans, and a judge of the widows, is God in the habitation of His holiness (Ps. 68:5).
sRef John@14 @25 S2′ sRef John@14 @26 S2′ sRef John@14 @18 S2′ sRef John@14 @16 S2′ sRef John@14 @17 S2′ [2] That “orphans” denote those who have been instructed in the truths of faith of the church from the Word, and thereby are afterward led to good, is plain also from the Lord’s words in John:
I will ask the Father, and He will give you another Paraclete,* that he may abide with you to eternity, the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, for it seeth him not, neither knoweth him; but ye know him, for he abideth with you, and is among you. I will not leave you orphans; I will come unto you. These things have I spoken unto you while abiding with you. But the Paraclete, the Holy Spirit, he shall teach you all things (John 14:16-18, 25-26).
[3] That those are “orphans” who are in truths and long for good can be seen here from every detail; for by “the Paraclete” is meant the Divine truth, which the Lord was while in the world, and which proceeded from the Lord after He had glorified His Human and had gone out of the world. Therefore He says that “He will send the Paraclete,” and that “He Himself will come.” “Sending the Paraclete” denotes enlightening and instructing in the truths of faith; and “coming to them” denotes leading into good. Therefore He says, “I will not leave you orphans.” It has been stated that by “the Paraclete” is meant the Divine truth which the Lord was while in the world, and which proceeded from Him after He had glorified His Human and had gone out of the world. That this is so, the Lord several times plainly taught. But those who distinguish the Divine into Persons, and not into Essences united in one, do not apprehend this; for the Word is explained and apprehended by a man according to the ideas previously received by him. So also where the Lord says that “He is in the Father and the Father in Him; that the Father and He are one; and that all things that are His are the Father’s and all things of the Father are His” (John 10:30; 14:1-11, 20; 16:15; 17:10).
sRef John@1 @2 S4′ sRef John@16 @7 S4′ sRef John@1 @1 S4′ sRef John@14 @6 S4′ sRef John@7 @39 S4′ sRef John@1 @3 S4′ sRef John@1 @14 S4′ [4] But to proceed with the further explanation of the things stated above. That by “the Paraclete” is meant the Divine truth, is plain from the very words of the Lord, for he is called “the Spirit of truth,” and it is also said, “the Paraclete, the Holy Spirit, shall teach you all things.” That the Lord was the Divine truth while in the world, is plain also from the words of the Lord in the above passage, for He says that He will send another Paraclete (that is, in His place), even the Spirit of truth;” and of Himself He says that they know Him, because He abideth with them, and is among them. And also:
I tell you the truth, if I go not away, the Paraclete will not come unto you; but if I go away, I will send him unto you (John 16:7).
And in another passage:
This spoke He of the Spirit, which they that believed in Him should receive; for the Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified (John 7:39).
And again He says that “He is the way, and the truth” (John 14:6); and also that “He is the Word, and that God is the Word, and that the Word became flesh” (John 1:1-3, 14); where “the Word” denotes the Divine truth. (That the Lord while in the world was the Divine truth, see n. 3195, 4687, 4727, 6716, 6864, 7499, 8127, 8724.)
sRef John@16 @14 S5′ sRef John@16 @8 S5′ sRef John@16 @15 S5′ sRef John@16 @13 S5′ [5] And that the Divine truth proceeds from the Lord since He glorified His Human, and went away out of the world, is plain also from the Lord’s words, “When I go away, I will send the Spirit of truth unto you” (“to send” denotes to go forth and to proceed, n. 2397, 4710); and also, “When he is come, he shall teach you all the truth; for he shall not speak from himself; but what things soever he shall hear, he shall speak. He shall glorify Me; for he shall take of Mine, and shall declare it unto you” (John 16:13-14). That when the Lord went away out of the world He became the Divine good even as to the Human, may be seen above (n. 3704, 3712, 3737, 3969, 4577, 5704, 6864, 7014, 7499, 8241, 8724, 8760, 9167); and that then, from the Divine good, which He Himself is, proceeds the Divine truth, even as from the sun proceeds the light of the universe (n. 3636, 3643, 3969, 5704, 7083, 8127). To these references may be added those cited above (n. 9194).
* The Greek word Paracletos, is here and elsewhere left untranslated by Swedenborg, doubtless because there is no precise equivalent for it in Latin, as neither is there in English. Advocatus, like advocate, has too restricted a meaning, and so has “Comforter.” “Paraclete,” used as a noun, means “one who is called to us,” or “summoned;” in the present passage in connection with instruction–“He shall teach you all things.” [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 9200 sRef Ps@146 @9 S0′ sRef Deut@26 @12 S0′ sRef Deut@26 @13 S0′ sRef Jer@22 @3 S0′ sRef Ps@146 @7 S0′ sRef Ps@146 @8 S0′ sRef Ezek@22 @7 S0′ sRef Ezek@22 @6 S0′ sRef Deut@24 @17 S0′ sRef Deut@10 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @22 S0′ 9200. Ye shall not afflict. That this signifies that they are not to be defrauded, is evident from the signification of “afflicting,” when said of those who wish to be instructed in truth, and to be led to good, as being to defraud; here, not to defraud, because it is said “Ye shall not afflict.” The “sojourner,” the “orphan,” and the “widow” are often mentioned together in the Word, as in the following passages:
Jehovah, who preserveth the sojourner, the orphan, and the widow (Ps. 146:9).
Defraud ye not the sojourner, the orphan, and the widow (Jer. 22:3).
In thee they have dealt with the sojourner by oppressions; in thee have they defrauded the orphan and the widow (Ezek. 22:7).
Wrest not the judgment of the sojourner, of the orphan, and the widow (Deut. 24:17; 27:19).
What is left in the fields, the oliveyards and the vineyards, shall be for the sojourner, the orphan, and the widow (Deut. 24:19-22; 26:12-13).
Jehovah executeth the judgment of the orphan, of the widow, and loveth the sojourner (Deut. 10:18).
In like manner in the passage before us, “a sojourner thou shalt not afflict, and shalt not oppress; any widow and orphan ye shall not afflict.” When these three are thus mentioned together, they fall with the angels into one sense; namely, that with those who are in the church, good and truth are to be conjoined according to order; thus reciprocally, truth with good, and good with truth; for by “a sojourner” are meant those who wish to be instructed in such things as are of the church; by “widows,” the conjunction of good with truth; and by “orphans,” the conjunction of truth with good; which conjunction is reciprocal. The case is similar with all other passages in the Word; when explained as to the internal sense they seem scattered; but with the angels they are combined into one sense; nay into one idea.

AC (Potts) n. 9201 sRef Ex@22 @23 S0′ 9201. If afflicting thou shalt afflict him. That this signifies if they are defrauded, is evident from the signification of “to afflict,” as being to defraud (as just above, n. 9200).

AC (Potts) n. 9202 sRef Ex@22 @23 S0′ 9202. So that crying he shall cry unto Me. That this signifies supplication to the Lord for aid, is evident without explication. Intense supplication is expressed in the Word by “a cry,” because the supplication of those who supplicate from the heart, even if silent, is heard in heaven as a cry. Such is the case when men merely think, and still more when they groan, from a sincere heart. This was represented in the representative church by a cry; and hence the cry became a ceremonial observance among the Jews. The case is similar with those who teach; they are heard in heaven as crying aloud. In heaven, not only the thoughts, but especially the affections which are of good and truth, speak. That they speak, and if ardent cry out, has been given me to know from experience, concerning which, of the Lord’s Divine mercy elsewhere. But affections of evil and falsity are not at all heard in heaven, even though the man who supplicates from them should cry out, and at the same time press his palms tightly together, and raise them together with his eyes to heaven. These latter affections are heard in hell, and if they are ardent, they are heard there also as cries.

AC (Potts) n. 9203 sRef Ex@22 @23 S0′ 9203. Hearing I will hear their cry. That this signifies that they are to be aided, is evident without explication.

AC (Potts) n. 9204 sRef Ex@22 @24 S0′ 9204. And Mine anger shall wax hot. That this signifies the state of those who do this, is evident from the signification of “anger,” when attributed to Jehovah, that is, to the Lord, as being clemency and mercy (see n. 6997, 8875). But the reason why these words denote the state of those who do this, that is, who afflict and oppress the stranger, the widow, and the orphan, is that the “anger” is in them, and then appears as if it were in the Lord. (That anger is attributed to the Lord, when yet it is in the man, see n. 6997, 8284, 8483, 8875; and that in general the evil which is attributed to the Lord in the Word is in those who are in evil, n. 1861, 2447, 6071, 6832, 6991, 7533, 7632, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7926, 8197, 8227, 8228, 8282.)

AC (Potts) n. 9205 sRef Ex@22 @24 S0′ 9205. And I will kill you with the sword. That this signifies that they would deprive themselves of good and truth through falsities, is evident from the signification of “killing,” when said of such as defraud those who are in good and truth, and who are signified by “widows, orphans, and sojourners,” as being to deprive them of such things (that “to kill” denotes to deprive of spiritual life, see n. 3607, 6768, 8902); and from the signification of a “sword,” as being truth fighting and destroying falsity; and in the opposite sense, as being falsity fighting and destroying truth (n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294). Here therefore “to kill with the sword” denotes to deprive of goods and truths by means of falsities.

AC (Potts) n. 9206 sRef Ex@22 @24 S0′ 9206. And your women shall become widows. That this signifies that the goods with them will perish, is evident from the signification of “women,” as being goods (see n. 6014, 8337); that “women” denote goods is because by the marriage of a man and a woman is represented the conjunction of truth and good (that by “a man” is signified truth, and by “a woman” good, see n. 4510, 4823); and from the signification of “widows,” as being those who are in good and not in truths, but who nevertheless long for truths (n. 9198); but here those who do not long for truths, because the evil are spoken of who afflict widows, consequently those are meant with whom goods are perishing.
[2] The case herein is this. Those who are in good, and do not long for truth, are not in good. The reason is that good becomes good by means of truths, for good receives its quality from truths (n. 9154). It is good conjoined with truth that is meant by “spiritual good;” and therefore when truth perishes with a man, good also perishes; and conversely, when good perishes, truth also perishes; for the conjunction is drawn asunder and dispersed (n. 3804, 4149, 4301, 4302, 5835, 6917, 7835, 8349, 8356). Thus good is known from the fact that it longs for truth and is affected with truth for the sake of a good use, thus for the sake of life. Regarded in itself the very longing, that is, the very affection of truth for the sake of life, is the affection of conjunction. This is like the longing of food or bread for water or wine, for the sake of conjunction; for when they are conjoined they nourish. It is also like light and heat, in that light conjoined with heat produces all things on the earth, and causes them to grow; but if the conjunction is severed, that which has been produced and has grown, perishes.
[3] As it is with good, so it is with all delight, pleasantness, sweetness, consent, and harmony. These things are not such from themselves, but from the things which are in them, the conjunction causing them to be such, and they being such according to the conjunction. But what things therein bear relation to good, and what to truth, may be known to the intelligent if they consider. For all things whatsoever that are in the world and that are in heaven, thus that are in the universe, bear relation to good and truth; and everything produced by these bears relation to both together, and thus to their conjunction. For this reason the ancients likened all things to marriage (n. 54, 55, 1432, 5194, 7022); and in each particular of the Word there is the marriage of good and truth (n. 683, 793, 801, 2516, 2712, 4138, 5138, 5502, 6343, 7945, 8339).

AC (Potts) n. 9207 sRef Ex@22 @24 S0′ 9207. And your sons shall be orphans. That this signifies that then at the same time truths will perish, is evident from the signification of “orphans,” as being those who are in truth and not yet in good, and nevertheless long for good (see n. 9199), here those who are in truth but do not long for good, thus those with whom truths are perishing; for it is said of the evil, whose sons shall become orphans. That truths perish with those who do not long for good, is plain from what was said just above (n. 9206) about the conjunction of good and truth. With regard to this conjunction it is to be said further, that truths which are conjoined with good always have within them a longing to do what is good, and at the same time, to thereby conjoin themselves more closely with good; or, what is the same, those who are in truths always long to do what is good, and thus to conjoin good with their truths; and therefore those who believe themselves to be in truths and do not long to do what is good, are not in truths; that is, they are not in the faith of these truths, howsoever they may suppose themselves to be so.
[2] This is described by the Lord by “salt,” where He says in Matthew:
Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt has lost its savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and trodden under foot of men (Matt. 5:13);
these words the Lord says to the disciples and to the people. By “the salt of the earth” is meant the truth of the church which longs for good; by “the salt that has lost its savor” is meant truth without any longing for good; that such truth is profitable for nothing is described by “the salt that has lost its savor being thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and trodden under foot.” To long for good is to long to do what is good, and in this way to be conjoined with good.
sRef Mark@9 @49 S3′ sRef Matt@5 @13 S3′ sRef Mark@9 @50 S3′ [3] So in Mark:
Everyone shall be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt. Salt is good; but if the salt have lost its saltiness, wherewith will ye season it? Have salt in yourselves, and cherish peace one with another (Mark 9:49-50);
“to be salted with fire” denotes the longing of good for truth; and “to be salted with salt” denotes the longing of truth for good; “salt that has lost its saltiness” denotes truth without any longing for good; “to have salt in oneself” denotes to have this longing.
sRef Luke@14 @34 S4′ sRef Luke@14 @33 S4′ sRef Luke@14 @35 S4′ [4] So in Luke:
Every one of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot be My disciple. Salt is good; but if the salt have lost its savor, wherewith shall it be seasoned? It is fit neither for the land, nor for the dunghill: they cast it out (Luke 14:33-35);
here in like manner “salt” denotes truth longing for good; and “salt that has lost its savor,” truth which is without any longing for good; “it is fit neither for the land nor for the dunghill” denotes that it does not conduce to any use, either good or evil. Those who are in such truth are those who are called “lukewarm,” as is plain from the words which precede, that “no one can be a disciple of the Lord who does not renounce all that he has,” that is, who does not love the Lord above all things; for those who love the Lord, and likewise themselves, in an equal degree, are those who are called “lukewarm,” and who are not fit for either a good use or an evil use.
sRef Lev@2 @13 S5′ [5] In Moses:
Every offering of thy meat-offering shall be salted with salt; neither shalt thou suffer the salt of the covenant of thy God to cease upon thy meat-offering; upon every offering thou shalt offer salt (Lev. 2:13);
that “in every offering there should be salt” signified that the longing of truth for good, and of good for truth, should be in all worship. Consequently this “salt” is called “the salt of the covenant of God,” for “a covenant” denotes conjunction (n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 2037, 6804, 8767, 8778), and “salt” the longing for conjunction.
sRef Luke@17 @31 S6′ sRef Luke@17 @32 S6′ [6] When the one longs to be reciprocally conjoined with the other, that is, good with truth and truth with good, they then mutually regard each other; but when truth sunders itself from good, then each turns away from the other, and looks backward, or behind itself. This is signified by Lot’s wife becoming a pillar of salt, as in Luke:
Whosoever shall be upon the house, and his vessels in the house, let him not go down to take them away; and whosoever is in the field, let him likewise not turn back to the things behind him. Remember Lot’s wife (Luke 17:31-32).
(That this is “to look behind” one’s self, or “backward,” see n. 3652, 5895, 5897, 7857, 7923, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8516).
[7] That “salt” signifies the longing of truth, is because salt renders the earth fertile, and makes food palatable, and because there is in salt something both fiery and at the same time conjunctive; as there is in truth an ardent longing for good and at the same time for conjunction. A “pillar of salt” denotes disjunction from truth; for in the opposite sense “salt” signifies the destruction and vastation of truth (Zeph. 2:9; Ezek. 47:11; Jer. 17:6; Ps. 107:33, 34; Deut. 29:23; Judges 9:45; and 2 Kings 2:19-22). These things have been adduced in order that it may be known what is meant by the longing of truth for good, and the longing of good for truth, which are signified by “an orphan,” and “a widow.”

AC (Potts) n. 9208 sRef Ex@22 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @26 S0′ 9208. Verses 24-26. If thou shalt lend silver to My people, the needy with thee, thou shalt not be to him as a usurer; ye shall not put usury upon him. If taking a pledge thou shalt take in pledge thy companion’s garment, even at the going in of the sun thou shalt restore it to him; for it is his only covering; it is his garment for his skin, wherein he may sleep; and it shall be, when he shall cry unto Me, that I will hear; for I am merciful. “If thou shalt lend silver to My people, the needy with thee,” signifies the instruction of those who are in ignorance of truth, and yet long to learn; “thou shalt not be to him as a usurer,” signifies that this must be done from charity; “ye shall not put usury upon him,” signifies not for the sake of the consequent profit; “if taking a pledge thou shalt take in pledge thy companion’s garment,” signifies if memory-truth be separated through fallacies derived from the things of sense; “even at the going in of the sun thou shalt restore it to him,” signifies that it must be restored before there is a state of shade from the delights of external loves; “for it is his only covering,” signifies because the things of sense underlie interior things; “it is his garment for his skin,” signifies that they also clothe exterior things; “wherein he may sleep,” signifies rest upon them; “and it shall be when he shall cry unto Me,” signifies supplication to the Lord; “that I will hear,” signifies aid; “for I am merciful,” signifies that from Him is everything of aid, from mercy.

AC (Potts) n. 9209 sRef Ex@22 @25 S0′ 9209. If thou shalt lend silver to My people, the needy with thee. That this signifies the instruction of those who are in ignorance of truth, and yet long to learn, is evident from the signification of “silver,” as being truth (see n. 1551, 2048, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 7999, 8932); from the signification of “lending,” as being to communicate the goods of heaven from the affection of charity (n. 9174), thus to instruct; from the signification of “people,” as being those who are in truths, here those in ignorance of truth, because it is said “needy people” (that those are called a “people” who are in truths, see n. 1259, 1260, 2928, 3295, 3581, 7207); and from the signification of “needy,” as being those who are in ignorance of truth and yet long to learn, for these are in spiritual need, and are to be instructed.
[2] In the Word it is frequently said that benefits are to be conferred on the poor and needy. Those who are in external truths, and who are not yet initiated into internal truths, believe that benefits are to be conferred on all who need any kind of help, and especially on beggars, who call themselves poorer than others. They who do this from obedience, because it has been so commanded, do well; for by this outward thing they are initiated into the internal of charity and mercy. The internal of charity and mercy consists in clearly discerning who and of what character are those upon whom benefits are to be conferred, and in what manner to each one. They who are at last initiated into the internal of charity and mercy know that this very internal consists in willing well and in doing well to the internal man, thus with such things as conduce to spiritual life; and that the external consists in doing well to the external man, thus with such things as conduce to the bodily life, but yet with such prudence, that while the external man is benefited the internal man may also be benefited at the same time. For he who does well to the external man and ill to the internal man, does not practice charity; and therefore when the one is done, the other must also be looked to.
sRef Luke@7 @20 S3′ sRef Luke@7 @22 S3′ [3] It is the external of charity which is described in the external or literal sense of the Word by the injunction that benefits are to be conferred on the poor and needy; but it is the internal of charity which is described in the internal or spiritual sense of the Word; for in this sense is meant the internal man who is in poverty and need, and who is to be benefited. In this sense by “the poor and needy” are meant those who are in lack and ignorance of good and truth, and yet long for good and truth. The Word also teaches in the letter how these are to be aided, especially the Word which the Lord Himself taught when He was in the world; for the Lord then disclosed such things as belong to the internal man, as is plain in the Evangelists throughout. But still He spoke in such a manner that every word had an internal sense for the angels, and at the same time for the man of the internal church. For the internal sense contains such things as the genuine doctrine of the church teaches.
[4] Take for example what the Lord said to the disciples sent by John the Baptist to inquire whether He was the Lord who should come; to whom He replied:
Go ye and tell John what things ye have seen and heard: the blind see, the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, to the poor the gospel is preached (Luke 7:20-22);
these words were spoken for the external man, and at the same time for the internal man; for the external man that such miracles were wrought; for the internal, that the church is being set up among such as in the spiritual sense are blind, lame, leprous, deaf, and poor, thus among the Gentiles who are in ignorance of good and truth, and yet long for them. For those are called “blind” who are in ignorance of truth (n. 6990); “lame,” those who are in good, but on account of their ignorance of truth, not in genuine good (n. 4302); “leprous,” those who are unclean and yet long to be made clean; “deaf,” those who are not in the faith of truth, because not in the perception of it; and “poor,” those who have not the Word, and thus know nothing of the Lord, and yet long to be instructed. Consequently it is said that “to these the gospel shall be preached.”
sRef Ps@72 @4 S5′ sRef Ps@72 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@72 @2 S5′ sRef Ps@70 @5 S5′ sRef Ps@40 @17 S5′ [5] That by “the poor and needy” in the internal sense are meant those outside the church who are in ignorance of truth, because they have not the Word, and yet long to be instructed, and who by means of that which they know are nevertheless in a little good; and also those within the church who from various causes are ignorant of truth, but nevertheless by virtue of some good long for it, is evident from passages where “the poor and needy” are mentioned in the Word, as in David:
I am needy and poor; make haste unto me, O God; my help and my deliverer, O Jehovah (Ps. 70:5);
these words were spoken by David, who was not poor and needy, from which it is evident that spiritual poverty and need are meant. In like manner elsewhere:
I am needy and poor; O Lord, remember me, my help and my deliverer (Ps. 40:17).
God shall judge His people in righteousness, and His needy in judgment. The mountains shall bring peace to the people, and the hills in righteousness. He shall judge the needy of the people. He shall save the sons of the poor, and shall break in pieces the oppressor (Ps. 72:2-4);
“the needy” here denote those who are in spiritual need, and thus in the hunger, that is, in the longing to be willing to be instructed in truths.
sRef Ps@35 @10 S6′ sRef Isa@58 @7 S6′ sRef Ps@10 @9 S6′ sRef Isa@58 @6 S6′ sRef Isa@49 @13 S6′ sRef Zeph@3 @12 S6′ [6] In the same:
All my bones shall say, O Jehovah, who is like unto Thee, who deliverest the needy from him that is stronger than he; yea, the needy and the poor from them that plunder him? (Ps. 35:10);
the “bones” denote memory-truths (n. 8005); “the needy,” those who are in but little truth; and “the poor” those who are in but little good, and are infested by evils and falsities. From these infestations the needy are also called in the original tongue “the afflicted,” for “to be afflicted” denotes to be infested by falsities (n. 9196). Again in the following passages:
The wicked lieth in wait in the tent to catch the needy; he doth catch the needy, and draweth him into his net (Ps. 10:9).
Is not this the fast, to break bread to the hungry, and to bring into the house the needy that are cast out? (Isa. 58:6-7).
Jehovah hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His needy ones (Isa. 49:13).
I will leave in the midst of thee a people needy and feeble, who hope in the name of Jehovah (Zeph. 3:12).
In these passages “the needy” denote those who are in ignorance of truth and long to be instructed.

AC (Potts) n. 9210 sRef Matt@25 @40 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @25 S0′ 9210. Thou shalt not be to him as a usurer. That this signifies that this must be done from charity, is evident from the signification of “a usurer,” as being one who does what is good for the sake of self-advantage; for a usurer intrusts money to another for the sake of usury, and assists another for the sake of recompense. And because genuine charity does not regard profit or recompense as the end, but the good of the neighbor, therefore by “thou shalt not be as a usurer” is signified that it must be done from charity. He who does not know what Christian charity is, may believe that it consists not only in giving to the needy and the poor, but also in doing good to a fellow citizen, to our country, and to the church, for any cause what ever, or for any end whatever. But be it known that it is the end that determines the quality of all a man’s deeds. If his end or intention is to do good for the sake of reputation, or to acquire honors or profit, then the good which he does is not good, because it is done for the sake of himself, and thus also from himself. But if his end is to do good for the sake of a fellow citizen, his country, or the church, thus for the sake of the neighbor, then the good which the man does is good, for it is done for the sake of good itself, which, in general, is the neighbor itself (n. 5025, 6706, 6711, 6712, 8123); thus also it is done for the sake of the Lord, for such good is not from man, but from the Lord, and that which is from the Lord is the Lord’s. It is this good which is meant by the Lord in Matthew:
As much as ye did to one of the least of these My brethren, ye did to Me (Matt. 25:40).
[2] As it is with good, so also it is with truth. Those who do truth for the sake of truth, do it also for the sake of the Lord, because they do it from the Lord. To do truth for the sake of truth, is to do good; for truth becomes good when it passes from the understanding into the will, and from the will goes forth into act. To do good in this manner is Christian charity. Sometimes those who do good from Christian charity have regard to reputation from it, for the sake of honor, or for the sake of profit; yet they do so very differently from those who regard these things as the end; for they regard what is good and just as the essential and only thing, thus as being in the highest place; and thereafter they regard profit and honor, and reputation for the sake of these, as being relatively not essential, thus in the lowest place. When persons of such a character have in view what is just and good, they are like those who fight in battle for their country, and who then have no regard for their life, nor for their rank and possessions in the world, which are then relatively of no account. But those who have regard to themselves and the world in the first place, are of such a character that they do not even see what is just and good, because they have in view themselves and their own profit.
sRef Matt@6 @24 S3′ [3] From all this it is evident what it is to do good for the sake of self or the world, and what it is to do good for the sake of the Lord or the neighbor, and what is the difference between them. The difference is as great as that between two opposites, thus as great as between heaven and hell. Moreover, those who do good for the sake of the neighbor or the Lord are in heaven; but those who do good for the sake of self and the world are in hell. For those who do good for the sake of the neighbor and the Lord, love the Lord above all things and the neighbor as themselves, in accordance with the chief of all the commandments (Mark 12:28-31). But those who do all things for the sake of themselves and the world, love themselves above all things, thus more than God, and not only do they despise the neighbor, but even hold him in hatred if he does not make one with themselves, and be theirs. This is meant by what the Lord teaches in Matthew:
No man can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon (Matt. 6:24).
There are those who serve both; but these are they who are called “lukewarm, neither cold nor hot,” who are “spewed out” (Rev. 3:15-16). From all this it is now plain what was represented by usurers who took usury, namely, those who do good for the sake of profit.
sRef Deut@23 @19 S4′ sRef Deut@23 @20 S4′ [4] From this it is clear why it is said that one “should not be as a usurer, and should not put usury upon a brother;” as also in other passages in Moses:
Thou shalt not put on thy brother usury of silver, usury of food, usury of anything on which it is put. Upon a foreigner thou mayest put usury; but upon thy brother thou shalt not put usury; that Jehovah thy God may bless thee in all that thou puttest thine hand unto, in the land whither thou goest to possess it (Deut. 23:19, 20; Lev. 25:36-38);
“to put on a brother the usury of silver” denotes to lend truths, or to instruct, for the sake of profit; “to put the usury of food on him” denotes to lend the goods of truth for the sake of profit; for “silver” denotes truth (n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6914, 6917); and “food,” the good of truth (n. 5147, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5410, 5426, 5487, 5576, 5582, 5588, 5655, 5915, 8562). That “Jehovah will bless those who do not so, in all that they put their hand unto in the land” is because they are in the affection of good and truth, thus in the happiness the angels have in heaven, for a man has heaven in this affection, that is, in the good of this love (n. 6478, 9174). The reason why it was allowable to put usury on foreigners, was that by “foreigners” are signified those who do not acknowledge and receive anything of good and truth (n. 7996). Thus they who do good only for the sake of profit are to serve man, because they are relatively servants (n. 1097). In David:
He that walketh perfect, and that doeth righteousness, and speaketh the truth in his heart; He that giveth not his silver to usury, and taketh not a gift against the innocent. He that doeth this shall never be moved (Ps. 15:2, 5);
“to give one’s silver into usury” denotes to teach merely for the sake of profit, thus to do good for the sake of the recompense. In like manner in Ezekiel:
A righteous man who doeth judgment and righteousness, giveth not into usury, and taketh not interest (Ezek. 18:5, 8).
He that withholdeth his hand from the needy, that taketh not usury or interest, that doeth My judgments, that walketh in My statutes, living he shall live (Ezek. 18:17).
In thee have they taken a gift to shed blood; thou hast taken usury and interest, and thou hast taken gain of thy companions by violence (Ezek. 22:12).
This is said of the “city of bloods,” by which is signified the falsity that destroys truth and good (n. 9127); “taking usury and interest” denotes doing good for the sake of profit and recompense, thus not from charity. (That genuine charity is devoid of all claim to merit, see n. 2371, 2373, 2400, 4007, 4174, 4943, 6388-6390, 6392, 6478.)

AC (Potts) n. 9211 sRef Ex@22 @25 S0′ 9211. Ye shall not put usury upon him. That this signifies thus not for the sake of the consequent profit, is evident from the signification of “putting usury upon” anyone as being to do good for the sake of profit (of which just above, n. 9210), here not for the sake of profit, because it is said “ye shall not put usury upon him.” From this law concerning interest and usury it can be seen how the case is with the laws called “judgments” among the Israelitish people, namely, that they ceased, together with the sacrifices and all other rituals, when the Lord came into the world and opened the interior things of worship, and in general the interior things of the Word. The interior things of this law are that good ought to be done to the neighbor from the heart, and that it ought to be believed that there is nothing of merit in deeds done from self, but only in those done from the Lord in self. For the Lord Himself alone has merited, and He alone is righteousness; and when a man believes this, he places nothing of merit and reward in what is done by himself, but ascribes all goods to the Lord; and as the Lord does it from Divine mercy, the man ascribes all things to mercy alone. From this also it is that he who is led by the Lord thinks absolutely nothing about reward, and yet does good to the neighbor from the heart.
[2] These are the interior things from which descended the law of usuries among the Israelitish and Jewish nation, and therefore when a man is in the interior things, this law ceases, together with other similar laws, which were called “judgments.” For the Israelitish and Jewish nation was solely in external things which were representative of internal things. Consequently this law was binding upon that nation at that time; but it is not binding upon Christians, to whom interior things have been revealed by the Lord. That this is so is known to the man of the church at this day, and therefore at this day the laws of usury are quite different. Nevertheless the sanctity of this law does not cease on this account, that is, this Word has not been abrogated, for its sanctity remains by virtue of the interior things which are in it. These holy interior things still affect the angels when this Word is read. Therefore beware of believing that the laws of life, such as are in the Decalogue, and everywhere in the Old Testament, have been abrogated, for these laws have been confirmed in the internal as well as in the external form, because the two cannot be separated.

AC (Potts) n. 9212 sRef Ex@22 @26 S0′ 9212. If taking a pledge thou shalt take in pledge thy companion’s garment. That hereby is signified, if memory-truths be separated through fallacies derived from the things of sense, is evident from the signification of “taking a pledge,” as being to receive a token for goods that have been communicated; for a pledge is a token for goods that are lent. When spiritual things are understood in the place of these, to communicate goods means to instruct in truths, and a token or pledge then means sensuous truth; for by the “garment” mentioned here as given in pledge, is signified the ultimate of the natural, which is the sensuous. As this abounds in fallacies, and fallacies extinguish truths, therefore by “taking thy companion’s garment in pledge” is signified the separation of truths by fallacies derived from the things of sense. That these things are signified, is evident from the series of the things as they follow in the internal sense.
[2] By a “garment” in general is signified all that which clothes something else, thus whatever is relatively exterior. Consequently the external or natural man is called a “garment” relatively to the internal or spiritual man. In like manner truth is called a “garment” relatively to good, because truth clothes good; so likewise is memory-truth relatively to the truth of faith, which is of the internal man. The sensuous, which is the ultimate of life with man, is a “garment” relatively to memory-truth. (That “garments” denote lower things which cover higher ones, or what is the same, exterior things which cover interior ones, see n. 2576, 5248; in general that they denote truths, n. 4545, 4763, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6917, 9093; that they denote memory-truths, n. 6918; also sensuous truths, n. 9158; and that the sensuous is the ultimate of life with man, n. 4009, 5077, 5125, 5128, 5767, 5774, 6201, 6313, 7442, 7693, and is in fallacies, n. 5084, 5089, 6201, 6948, 6949, 7442.)
[3] That “garments” denote truths, originates from the representatives in the other life, where angels and spirits appear clothed in garments according to the states of faith or of truth in which they are; and their garments vary according to the changes of this state. Those who are in genuine truth appear clothed in white garments, and those who are in truths derived from good in shining garments; but those who are solely in good, as are the angels of the inmost heaven, who are called celestial, appear without clothing. From this then it is that garments denote truths, and that by “garments” in the Word are signified truths, as can be seen from the passages before quoted, to which may be added the following from the Evangelists.
sRef Matt@17 @2 S4′ [4] In Matthew:
When Jesus was transfigured, His face did shine as the sun, and His garments became as the light (Matt. 17:2);
by “the face” in the Word are signified the interiors, especially the affections (n. 358, 1999, 2434, 3527, 3573, 4066, 4796, 4797, 5102, 5695, 6604, 6848, 6849); and by “the face of God,” good itself (n. 222, 223, 5585); by “the sun” is signified the Divine love (n. 2441, 2495, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 4696, 7083, 8644). From this it is evident what is signified by “the face of the Lord shining as the sun,” namely, that His interiors were the good of the Divine love. That “His garments became as the light” signifies the Divine truth proceeding from Him, which in heaven also appears as light (n. 1521, 1619-1632, 3195, 3222, 3485, 3636, 3643, 4415, 5400, 8644).
sRef Matt@21 @1 S5′ sRef Matt@21 @5 S5′ sRef Judg@5 @9 S5′ sRef Matt@21 @7 S5′ sRef Judg@5 @10 S5′ sRef Matt@21 @8 S5′ [5] Again:
When Jesus drew nigh unto Jerusalem they brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their garments, and set Him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; but others cut branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way (Matt. 21:1, 7, 8);
to ride on an ass and her colt was a representative of the highest judge and king (see n. 2781), as is also evident from what goes before in verse 5:
Tell ye the daughter of Zion, Behold thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass and upon a colt, the son of a beast of burden (Matt. 21:5; see also Mark 11:1-11; Luke 19:28-40; John 12:12-15).
In Zechariah 9:9 it is said of the Lord that He “was riding upon an ass, even upon a young ass, the son of she-asses,” and He is there called a “King;” and it is added that “His dominion shall be from sea even to sea, and from the river even to the ends of the earth.” That the highest judge rode upon a she-ass, and his sons upon young asses, maybe seen in Judges 5:9, 10; 10:3, 4; 12:14; and that the king rode upon a she-mule, and the sons of the king upon mules, in 1 Kings 1:33, 38, 44, 45, and in 2 Sam. 13:29.
[6] By the disciples putting their garments on the ass and her colt, was represented that truths in the whole complex were submitted to the Lord as the Highest Judge and King; for the disciples represented the church of the Lord in respect to its truths and goods (n. 2129, 3488, 3858, 6397), and their garments represented the truths themselves (n. 4545, 4763, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6917, 9093) The like was represented by the multitude strewing their garments in the way, and also branches of trees. The reason why they strewed them in the way was that by “a way” is signified the truth whereby the man of the church is led (n. 627, 2333, 3477). The reason why they strewed branches of trees, was that trees signified the perceptions and also the knowledges of truth and good (n. 2682, 2722, 2972, 4552, 7692), consequently “the branches” denote the truths themselves. This was done also in conformity with a customary rite; for when the highest judges and kings rode in their solemn procession, the princes of the people then put their garments on the asses and mules, and the people themselves strewed their garments on the way, or in their place the branches of trees; for the judicial function in heaven is the Divine truth from the Divine good, and the regal one is the Divine truth (n. 1728, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148).
sRef Luke@5 @36 S7′ [7] In Luke:
No man addeth a piece of a new garment to an old garment; for so he rendeth the new, and the piece from the new doth not agree with the old (Luke 5:36);
the Lord used this similitude to describe the truth of the new church and the truth of the old church, for the “garment” denotes truth. To “sew” or “add” one to the other denotes to destroy both; for the truth of the new church is interior truth, thus is truth for the internal man; but the truth of the old church is exterior truth, thus is for the external man. In the latter truth was the Jewish Church, for by means of external things this church represented internal ones; whereas the church at this day is in the internal truths which had been represented; for the Lord revealed these truths. That these truths do not agree with external truths so as to be together with them, is signified by the above words of the Lord. From this also it is evident that a “garment” signifies the truth of the church.
sRef John@21 @18 S8′ [8] In John:
Jesus said unto Peter, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast a boy, thou girdedst thy loins, and walkedst whither thou wouldest; but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hand, and another shall gird thy loins, and lead thee whither thou wouldest not (John 21:18);
he who does not know the internal sense of the Word, cannot know what these words involve. That they contain arcana is very evident. In the internal sense by “Peter” is signified the faith of the church (see the preface to Genesis 18 and 22, also n. 3750, 6000, 6073, 6344). Thus by “Peter when a boy” is signified the faith of the church such as it is in its beginning; and by “Peter when old,” the faith of the church such as it is at its end. From this it is evident what is signified by the words, “when thou wast a boy, thou girdedst thy loins, and walkedst whither thou wouldest,” namely, that the faith of the church in its beginning is the faith of truth from good, thus the faith of charity toward the neighbor and of love to the Lord, and that then the man of the church does good from freedom, because from the Lord; for “the loins” denote the goods of love (n. 3021, 3294, 4280, 4575, 5050-5062), consequently “to gird the loins” denotes to clothe good with truths; “walking” denotes living (n. 519, 1794, 8417, 8420); thus “walking whither one would” denotes living in freedom, for those live in freedom, or act from freedom, who are in faith from love to the Lord and charity toward the neighbor, because they are led by the Lord (n. 892, 905, 2870-2893, 6325, 9096). “When thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thy loins, and lead thee whither thou wouldest not,” signifies that at the end of the church there will be no faith, and then falsities of evil from the loves of self and the world will take its place, and will reduce it to bondage. This is the secret which lies hidden in these words of the Lord, and which can be seen only from their internal sense. From this it is again evident in what manner the Lord spoke, namely, that in every detail there was an internal sense, to the intent that by means of the Word heaven might be conjoined with the world; for without the Word there is no conjunction, that is, without revealed Divine truth; and if there is no conjunction, the human race perishes.

AC (Potts) n. 9213 sRef Ex@22 @26 S0′ 9213. Even at the going in of the sun thou shalt restore it to him. That this signifies that it must be restored before there is a state of shade from the delights of external loves, is evident from the signification of the “going in,” or setting, “of the sun,” as being a state of shade from the delights of external loves. The case herein is this. In heaven there are alternations of heat in respect to those things which are of the good of love; and there are alternations of light in respect to those things which are of the truth of faith; thus there are alternations of love and of faith. In hell also there are alternations, but such as are opposite to those in heaven, because there they are alternations of the love of evil and of the faith of falsity. These alternations correspond to the changes of the seasons on the earth, which are spring, summer, autumn, and winter, and again spring; and so on. But in the spiritual world instead of times there are states; for there are no changes of heat and light there, but of love and faith. But be it known that these alternations are not the same with one as with another, but differ with each person according to the state of life acquired by him in the world. Sunset in heaven corresponds to a state of shade as to the truths of faith, and to a state of cold as to the good of love to the Lord and toward the neighbor; for those who are there then come into the delights of external loves, which are attended with shade as to faith. For when an angel or spirit is in external things, he is also in shade; but when he is in internal things, he is in the delights and blessednesses of heavenly loves, and at the same time is in the pleasant things of faith, that is, in the light of truth. These are the states to which correspond the spring and summer seasons on the earth. From all this then it can now be seen why the “going in,” or setting, “of the sun,” signifies a state of shade from the delights of external loves. (Concerning these alternations see what has been shown above, n. 5097, 5672, 5962, 6110, 7083, 8426, 8615, 8644, 8812.)
[2] From what has been said above it can be seen what is meant by saying that the memory-truths which have been separated through fallacies derived from the things of sense must be restored before there is a state of shade from the delights of external loves, which is signified by the words, “if thou take thy companion’s garment in pledge, even at the going in of the sun thou shalt restore it to him.” For hereby is meant that truths taken away through fallacies must be restored while the man is still in the light of truth; for he is then able to recover them, and also to dispel the falsities induced by fallacies; but this he cannot do when he is in a state of shade arising from the delights of external loves, because these delights reject those truths; and the shade does not receive them; and thus the fallacies cling to the man, and are appropriated by him. The reason why external delights, that is, those of the external man, are of such a nature, is that they are closely connected with the world, and are also excited and as it were vivified by its heat. It is otherwise with internal delights and blessednesses, or those of the internal man. These are closely connected with heaven, and are also excited and vivified by its heat, which is love from the Lord.
sRef Deut@24 @6 S3′ sRef Deut@24 @11 S3′ sRef Deut@24 @17 S3′ sRef Deut@24 @13 S3′ sRef Deut@24 @12 S3′ sRef Deut@24 @10 S3′ [3] This judgment, or law, is thus delivered in another passage in Moses:
Thou shalt not take in pledge the mill or millstone; for he taketh the soul in pledge (Deut. 24:6);
by “a mill” are signified such things as serve for procuring faith, and afterward charity (n. 7780); and by “the soul” is signified the life of faith from charity (n. 9050). From this it is evident what is meant by “not taking in pledge a mill, for he taketh the soul in pledge.” Again:
Thou shalt not turn back the right of the sojourner and the orphan; nor shalt thou take a widow’s garment in pledge (Deut. 24:17);
“to take a widow’s garment in pledge” denotes to take away in any manner the truths that long for good; for a “garment” denotes truth (see n. 9212); and “a widow,” one who is in good and longs for truths, or in the abstract sense, good longing for truths (n. 9198); for if truth is taken away, good perishes together with its longing.
[4] And again:
If thou lend thy companion anything, thou shalt not enter into his house to take a pledge. Thou shalt stand outside, and the man to whom thou hast lent shall bring forth the pledge outside. And if he be a needy man, thou shalt not lie down in his pledge; restoring thou shalt restore to him the pledge at the setting of the sun, that he may lie in his garment, and may bless thee; and it shall be righteousness before thy God (Deut. 24:10-13);
that the creditor should “stand outside, and the pledge be brought forth to him,” signifies how the communicated truths are to be responded to; for by “lending” is signified the communication of truth, and by “taking a pledge,” the response. No one can know that these things are signified except from what happens in the other life; thus unless he knows what is meant by “entering into the house,” and what by “standing outside,” thus what is meant by “bringing forth outside.”
[5] In the other life those who enter the house of another, and converse together in one room, so communicate their thoughts with all who are there, that the latter absolutely know no otherwise than that they themselves are thinking these thoughts from themselves. But if they stand outside, the thoughts are indeed perceived, but as coming from another, and not from themselves. This happens every day in the other life; and therefore those who are of one opinion, or of one sentiment, appear together in one house; and this is still more the case if they appear in one room of the house; and when these same persons disagree, those who do so disappear. In the other life such appearances are everywhere, and are continually happening. The reason is that parity of thoughts conjoins and causes presence, for thought is internal sight, and distances of places there, are not as in the world.
[6] From this it is plain what is meant by “not entering into the house, but standing outside and taking a pledge,” namely, that one should not bind or incite another to confirm one’s own truths, but should hear him and take his answers as they are in himself. For he who binds and incites another to confirm his own truths, causes the other not to think and speak from himself, but from him. And when anyone thinks and speaks from another, the truths he has are thrown into disorder, and yet he is not amended, except in the case of one who is as yet ignorant of these truths. From all this it is again clear that in every detail of the Word there are things which correspond to such as are in the spiritual world.

AC (Potts) n. 9214 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9214. For it is his only covering. That this signifies because the things of sense underlie interior things, is evident from the signification of a “covering” or garment, as being the sensuous (of which above, n. 9212), as also that the sensuous underlies interior things, because it is the ultimate of man’s life.

AC (Potts) n. 9215 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9215. It is his garment for his skin. That this signifies that they also clothe exterior things, is evident from the signification of a “garment,” as being the sensuous in general, or the things of sense, as above; and from the signification of the “skin,” as being what is exterior, which also clothes interior things, but still within the sensuous. (The signification of “the skin,” and who in the other life correspond to the skin, may be seen above, n. 3540, 5552-5559, 8977, 8980.) The natural of man is interior, exterior or middle, and outermost. The interior natural communicates with heaven; the middle or exterior natural communicates on the one side with the interior, and through it with heaven, and on the other with the outermost, and through it with the world (n. 4009, 4570, 5118, 5126, 5497, 5649, 5707). The outermost natural is the sensuous, which is here signified by the “garment.” This receives the objects belonging to the world, and thus is of service to interior things. It is called the “only covering,” because it is the ultimate, and thus is common to all. The exterior or middle natural is what is signified by the “skin.” From this it is evident that by “it is his garment for his skin,” is signified that the sensuous also clothes exterior things. (That the sensuous is the ultimate of man’s life, and thus the general covering, see n. 4009, 5077, 5125, 5128, 5767, 5774, 6201, 6313, 7442, 7693.)

AC (Potts) n. 9216 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9216. Wherein he may sleep. That this signifies rest upon them, is evident from the signification of “sleeping,” as being to rest, here upon the external sensuous which is signified by the “garment” (see n. 9212); for it is said, “the garment wherein he may sleep.” How it is to be understood that interior things have rest upon the sensuous, shall be told. The sensuous is the ultimate of man’s life, as was shown above. This contains all the interior things, and is common to them, for they terminate in it, and thus rest upon it; as for example the skin, which is the ultimate covering of the body; for in this the interior things of the body terminate, because it contains them, wherefore also they rest upon it. The case is the same with the peritoneum in the body; as this membrane contains the viscera of the abdomen, they rest upon it, and also have a general connection with it. It is the same with the pleura relatively to the viscera of the chest.
[2] It is the same with all things that belong to man’s very life, as with those which relate to his understanding, and those which relate to his will. These also follow in order from interior to exterior things. Exterior things are memory-knowledges with their pleasant feelings; and outermost things are those of the senses, which communicate with the world by the sight, the hearing, the taste, the smell, and the touch. Upon these the interior things rest, for in these they terminate. These are the things which are signified in the spiritual sense by the “covering” or “garment wherein he may sleep.” That sensuous things are a “garment” or “covering,” is from correspondences; for, as before said (n. 9212), spirits and angels appear clothed in garments according to their truths of faith; in shining garments those who are in truths from good, as were the angels at the Lord’s sepulchre (Luke 24:4; Matt. 28:3); others in white garments of fine linen; as those spoken of in Rev. 19:14; and others in garments of various colors.
[3] Be it known moreover, that each and all things advance from the first or inmost successively to their ultimates, and there rest; also that prior or interior things have a connection with ultimates in successive order. Wherefore if the ultimates are removed, the interior things also are dispersed. From this also there are three heavens; the inmost or third heaven flows into the middle or second heaven; the middle or second heaven flows into the first or ultimate heaven; and this again flows in with man. Consequently the human race is the last in order, in which heaven terminates, and upon which it rests. Wherefore the Lord always provides from His Divine that there shall be a church among the human race, in which there shall be revealed truth Divine, which on our earth is the Word. By means of this, there is a continuous connection of the human race with the heavens. Therefore it is that in every detail of the Word there is an internal sense which is for heaven, and which is of such a nature that it conjoins angelic minds with human minds by a bond so close that they act as a one. From this it is again evident how the case is with the resting of interior things upon ultimates.

AC (Potts) n. 9217 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9217. And it shall be, when he shall cry unto Me. That this signifies supplication to the Lord, is evident from the signification of “crying unto Jehovah,” as being supplication to the Lord (as above, n. 9202).

AC (Potts) n. 9218 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9218. That I will hear. This signifies aid (as also above, n. 9203).

AC (Potts) n. 9219 sRef Ex@22 @27 S0′ 9219. For I am merciful. That this signifies that from Him is everything of aid, from mercy, is evident from the signification of “being merciful,” when said of the Lord, as being that from Him is everything of aid. That it is said to be from mercy is because all things which are from the Lord are from mercy, for the very being of the Lord is Divine love, and love is called “mercy” when it is shown toward those who are in miseries, thus relatively to the whole human race, for this is set fast in miseries, because its own is nothing but evil (n. 210, 215, 874-876, 987, 1581, 5660, 5786, 8480).

AC (Potts) n. 9220 sRef Ex@22 @30 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @31 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @28 S0′ sRef Ex@22 @29 S0′ 9220. Verses 27-30. Thou shalt not curse God, and a prince in thy people thou shalt not execrate. The firstfruits of thy grain, and the firstfruits of thy wine, thou shalt not delay. The firstborn of thy sons thou shalt give to Me. So shalt thou do with thine ox, and with thy flock; seven days it shall be with its mother; on the eighth day thou shalt give it to Me. And ye shall be men of holiness to Me; and flesh that is torn in the field ye shall not eat; ye shall cast it to the dog. “Thou shalt not curse God,” signifies that truths Divine must not be blasphemed; “and a prince in thy people thou shalt not execrate,” signifies that neither are the doctrines of truth to be blasphemed; “the firstfruits of thy grain, and the firstfruits of thy wine, thou shalt not delay,” signifies that as all the goods and truths of faith are from the Lord, they are to be ascribed to Him, and not to self; “the firstborn of thy sons thou shalt give to Me,” signifies all the things of faith which are procured through these; “so shalt thou do with thine ox, and with thy flock,” signifies even to exterior and interior good; ” seven days it shall be with its mother,” signifies their first state when they are in truths; “on the eighth day thou shalt give it to Me,” signifies that at the beginning of the following state, when the man lives from good, he is with the Lord; “and ye shall be men of holiness to Me,” signifies the state of life then from good; “and flesh that is torn in the field ye shall not eat,” signifies that the falsified good of faith shall not be conjoined; “ye shall cast it to the dog,” signifies that it is unclean.

AC (Potts) n. 9221 sRef Ex@22 @28 S0′ 9221. Thou shalt not curse God. That this signifies that truths Divine must not be blasphemed is evident from the signification of “cursing,” as being to blaspheme, for those curse who blaspheme. That these words signify that truths Divine are not to be blasphemed, is because in the internal sense “God” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord; and therefore when truth is treated of in the Word, the Lord is called “God,” and when good is treated of, He is called “Jehovah” (see n. 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4287, 4402, 7010, 7268, 8988, 9160). Consequently “angels” denote truths, because they are receptions of truth Divine from the Lord (n. 4295, 4402, 7268, 7873, 8192, 8301, 8867); and so also do “judges” (n. 9160).

AC (Potts) n. 9222 sRef Ex@22 @28 S0′ 9222. And a prince in thy people thou shall not execrate. That this signifies that neither are the doctrines of truth to be blasphemed, is evident from the signification of “a prince,” as being the primary truths of the church (see n. 5044); from the signification of “a people,” as being those who are in truths of doctrine (n. 1259, 1260, 2928, 3295, 3581, 7207); and from the signification of “execrating,” as being to blaspheme. How closely these things are connected, is evident from the internal sense; for by “not to curse God” is signified not to blaspheme truth Divine, and by “not to execrate a prince” is signified not to blaspheme the doctrine of truth. Truth Divine is the Word, and the doctrine of the church is the truth thence derived. A few words may be said about the blaspheming of truth Divine. Truth Divine is the Word, and is doctrine from the Word. Those blaspheme who at heart deny these, even though with the mouth they may praise the Word, and preach it. The blasphemy is hidden in the denial, and it emerges when they are left by themselves, especially in the other life; for there hearts speak, after outward things have been removed.
[2] Those who blaspheme, that is, deny the Word, are unable to receive anything of the truth and good of faith; for the Word teaches the existence of the Lord, of heaven and hell, of the life after death, of faith and charity, and of many other things, which without the Word, that is, without revelation, would be quite unknown (n. 8944); and therefore those who deny the Word cannot receive anything of what the Word teaches; for when they either read or hear it, a negative attitude presents itself, which either extinguishes the truth, or turns it into falsity.
[3] Wherefore the very first thing with the man of the church is to believe the Word; and this is the chief thing with him who is in the truth of faith and the good of charity. But with those who are in the evils of the love of self and of the world, the chief thing is not to believe the Word, for they reject it the moment they think about it, and likewise blaspheme it. If a man were to see the magnitude and the nature of the blasphemies against the Word that exist with those who are in the evils of these loves, he would be horrified. While the man himself is in the world he is not aware of this, because these blasphemies are hidden behind the ideas of that active thought which with men passes into speech. Nevertheless they are revealed in the other life, and appear horrible.
[4] Blasphemies are of two kinds; there are those which come forth from the understanding and not at the same time from the will; and those which come forth from the will through the understanding. It is these latter blasphemies which are so horrible; but not the former. Those which come forth from the will through the understanding are from evil of life; but those which come forth from the understanding only, and not at the same time from the will, are from falsity of doctrine, or from the fallacies of the external senses, which deceive a man who is held fast in ignorance. These things have been said in order that it may be known how the case is with the blaspheming of truth Divine, that is, of the Word and its derivative doctrine, which is signified by “cursing God and execrating a prince of the people.”

AC (Potts) n. 9223 sRef Ex@22 @29 S0′ 9223. The firstfruits of thy grain, and the firstfruits of thy wine, thou shalt not delay. That this signifies that as all the goods and truths of faith are from the Lord, they are to be ascribed to Him and not to self, is evident from the signification of “the firstfruits,” as being those things which must be in the first place, thus those which are to be chief of all (of which below); from the signification of “grain,” as being the good of the truth of faith (see n. 5295, 5410, 5959); from the signification of “wine,” as being the truth of good, thus, the truth of the goad of faith (n. 1798, 6377); and from the signification of “not delaying,” when said of the good and truth of faith, as being to ascribe from affection; for that which is not done tardily, but quickly, is done from the affection of love (n. 7695, 7866). That ascription to the Lord is meant, is because the firstfruits, as well as the firstborn, were given to Jehovah, and by Jehovah to Aaron and his seed; and by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (n. 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5663, 6303, 6945, 6956, 8274, 8864). Wherefore, as “the first fruits of the grain and wine” denote the goods and truths of faith, it is meant that these are to be ascribed to the Lord, because they are from Him. (That everything of thought and of will with man flows in, and that all good and truth are from the Lord, see n. 2886- 2888, 3142, 3147, 4151, 4249, 5119, 5147, 5150, 5259, 5482, 5649, 5779, 5854, 5893, 6027, 6982, 6985, 6996, 7004, 7055, 7056, 7058, 7270, 7343, 8321, 8685, 8701, 8717, 8728, 8823, 8863, 9110; and the same from experience, n. 6053-6058, 6189- 6215, 6307-6327, 6466-6495, 6598-6626.)
[2] The firstfruits which were to be offered to the Lord, were the firstfruits of the harvest and the firstfruits of the vintage, also the firstfruits of shearing, and likewise the firstfruits of fruit. The firstfruits of the harvest were ears of corn, parched and green, also the sheaf which was to be waved, and afterward the firstfruits from the threshing floor, which were cakes; but the firstfruits of the vintage were the firstfruits of wine, of must, and of oil; and besides these there were the firstfruits of the sheep-shearing and also the firstfruits of fruit, which were offered in a basket. Moreover, all the firstborn also were offered to the Lord, of which were redeemed the firstborn of men, and also the firstborn of those animals which were not offered in the sacrifices, as the firstborn of asses, of mules, of horses, and the like. The firstfruits and the firstborn were offered to Jehovah, and by Jehovah were given to Aaron and his seed, for the reason that Aaron and his sons, who administered the office of the high-priesthood, represented the Lord. By “the firstfruits of grain and wine” in this verse are meant all the firstfruits of the harvest and the vintage, just now spoken of; for the expressions used in the original tongue are “the fullness of the grain,” and “the tear of the wine;” “fullness” denoting a harvest ripe and gathered in, and “tears” denoting what is made to drop.
[3] What the firstfruits specifically represented (for all the statutes and rituals enjoined upon the sons of Israel by the Lord represented internal things of the church), can be seen from the several kinds of produce the firstfruits of which were given, when viewed in the internal sense. That “grain” denotes the good of faith, and “wine” the truth of faith, may be seen in the passages above cited. That the firstfruits were to be given to Jehovah, signified that it is the first of the church to ascribe all the goods and truths of faith to the Lord, and not to self. To ascribe to the Lord is to know, to acknowledge, and to believe that these things are from the Lord, and nothing of them from self; for as above shown, everything of faith is from the Lord. The “firstfruits” have this signification because they were offerings and gifts, which were thanksgivings for the produce of the earth, and an acknowledgment of blessings from Jehovah, that is, from the Lord; and consequently were an acknowledgment that all things are from Him; and in the internal sense, an acknowledgment of the goods and truths of faith, which are signified by “harvest,” by “grain,” “oil,” “must,” “wine,” “wool,” and “fruits,” of which the firstfruits were given. (Concerning these firstfruits, see Exod. 23:19; 34:26; Lev. 23:10, 11, 20; Num. 15:19-21; 18:12, 13; Deut. 18:4; 26:1-11.) The like is signified by the “firstfruits” in Ezekiel 20:40, and in Micah 7:1, 2.

AC (Potts) n. 9224 sRef Ex@22 @29 S0′ 9224. The firstborn of thy sons thou shalt give to Me. That this signifies that also all the things of faith which are procured through these are to be ascribed to the Lord, and not to self, is evident from the signification of “the firstborn of the sons,” as being all things of the faith of the church (see n. 2435, 6344, 7035, 7039, 7778, 8042); and from the signification of “giving unto Me” as being to ascribe to the Lord, for by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord. All the things of faith, which are signified by “the firstborn of the sons,” are those which are from the good of charity, for faith comes forth from this good, because whether truths are taken from the Word or from the doctrine of the church, they cannot possibly become truths of faith unless there is good in which they may be implanted. The reason is that it is the understanding which first receives truths, because it sees them and introduces them to the will; and when they are in the will, then they are in the man, for the will is the man himself. Wherefore he who supposes that faith is faith with man before he wills these truths, and from willing does them, is very much mistaken. Previous to this the very truths of faith have no life. Everything that belongs to the will is called “good,” because it is loved. Thus truth becomes good, or faith becomes charity, in the will.
[2] There are two controversies which have infested the church from the earliest times; the one is whether faith or charity is the firstborn of the church; the other, whether faith separate from charity is saving. These controversies have arisen because, before a man has been regenerated, he perceives the truths which must be of faith; but not the good which is of charity. For the truths of faith enter by an external way, namely, by the hearing, and are stored up in the memory, and from this appear in the understanding. But the good of charity flows in by an internal way, namely, through the internal man out of heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord, and therefore does not become a matter of perception until the truths which are called the truths of faith begin to be loved for the sake of a good use, and for the sake of life; and this takes place when they become of the will. From this then it is that faith was said to be the firstborn of the church, and also had attributed to it the right of primogeniture, that is, the right of priority and superiority over the good of charity; when yet the good of charity is actually prior and superior, and the truth of faith only apparently so (n. 3325, 3494, 3539, 3548, 3556, 3563, 3570, 3576, 3603, 3701, 4925, 4926, 4928, 4930, 4977, 5351, 6256, 6269, 6272, 6273).
[3] The reason why the man of the church has been in obscurity on these subjects, is that he did not perceive that all things in the universe bear relation to truth and to good, and that they must bear relation to both in order to be anything. Neither did he perceive that there are two faculties in man, called the understanding and the will, and that truth bears relation to the understanding, and good to the will; and that unless there is this relation to both, nothing is appropriated to the man. As these things have been in obscurity, and yet the ideas of man’s thought are founded upon such things, the error could not be made plain to the natural man; although if it had once been made plain, the man of the church would have seen, as in clear light from the Word, that the Lord Himself has said countless things about the good of charity; and that this good is the chief thing of the church; and that faith is not anywhere except in this good. The good of charity is to do what is good from the will of what is good. He would also have seen the errors that have been brought in by the doctrine of faith separate from charity; as, that a man can will evil and believe truth, consequently that truth can agree with evil; also that faith can make the life of heaven with a man whose life is infernal, and consequently that the one life can be transferred into the other; thus that those who are in hell can be raised into heaven, and live among the angels a life contrary to their former life; not considering that to live a life contrary to that with which the man has imbued himself in the world, is to be deprived of life, and that those who attempt this are like men in the death agony, who end their life in dreadful suffering. Such errors, and very many others, are brought in by the doctrine of faith separate from charity.

AC (Potts) n. 9225 sRef Ex@22 @30 S0′ 9225. So shalt thou do with thine ox, and with thy flock. That this signifies [that the ascription to the Lord extends] even to exterior and interior good, is evident from the signification of an “ox,” as being exterior good; and from the signification of a “flock,” as being interior good (see n. 5913, 8937, 9135).

AC (Potts) n. 9226 sRef Ex@22 @30 S0′ 9226. Seven days it shall be with its mother. That this signifies their first state, when they are in truths, is evident from the signification of “seven days,” as being the first state of those who are being regenerated, for “days” denote states (n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 893, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 5672, 5962, 8426, 9213), and “seven” denotes from the beginning to the end, thus what is full (n. 728, 6508); and from the signification of “mother,” as being the church as to truth, thus also the truth of the church (n. 289, 2691, 2717, 3703, 4257, 5581, 8897). From this it follows that by “seven days it shall be with its mother” is signified the first state to the full, that is, an entire state from beginning to end, while they are in truths. How the case herein is will be told in the following article.

AC (Potts) n. 9227 sRef Ex@22 @30 S0′ 9227. On the eighth day thou shalt give it to Me. That this signifies that at the beginning of the following state, when the man lives from good, he is with the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the eighth day,” as being the beginning of the following state (see n. 2044, 8400); and from the signification of “giving to Jehovah,” as being to the Lord, for by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (n. 1736, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5663, 6303, 6945, 6956, 8274, 8864). The reason why these words signify that when a man lives from good he is with the Lord, is that in the internal sense the subject treated of is the two states of the man who is being regenerated; and the first state is when he is being led through the truths of faith to the good of charity; and the second is when he is in this good. And as he is then with the Lord, this is signified by “thou shalt give it to Me.” (That there are two states with man when being regenerated; the first when he is being led through the truths of faith to the good of charity, and the second when he is in the good of charity, see n. 7923, 7992, 8505-8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701; and that the man is in heaven, thus with the Lord, when he is in the good of charity, n. 8516, 8539, 8722, 8772, 9139.)
[2] A few words more shall be said about these two states with the man who is being regenerated. It has been already shown (n. 9224) that the truths called the truths of faith enter into man by an external way, and that the good which is of charity and love enters by an internal way. The external way is through the hearing into the memory, and from the memory into the understanding; for the understanding is man’s internal sight. The truths which must be of faith enter by this way, to the end that they may be brought into the will, and thus be appropriated to the man. The good which flows in from the Lord by the internal way, flows into the will, for the will is the internal of man. The good which is from the Lord meets there at the common boundary the truths which have entered by the external way, and through conjunction with them causes the truths to become good. Insofar as this is effected, so far the order is inverted, that is, so far the man is not led by truths, but by good; and consequently insofar he is led by the Lord.
[3] From this it can be seen how during his regeneration a man is raised from the world into heaven. For all things that enter through the hearing, enter from the world; and those which are stored up in the memory, and appear there before the understanding, appear in the light of the world, which is called natural light. But those things which enter the will, or which become of the will, are in the light of heaven, which light is the truth of good from the Lord. When these things come forth from the will into act, they return into the light of the world; but they then appear in this light under a totally different form; for previously the world was within everything; whereas afterward heaven is so. What has here been said shows also why a man is not in heaven until he does truths from willing them, thus from the affection of charity.

AC (Potts) n. 9228 sRef Ex@22 @30 S0′ sRef Isa@30 @26 S1′ 9228. That “seven” signifies an entire period from beginning to end, thus what is full, is evident from many passages in the Word. In Isaiah:
The light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of seven days, in the day that Jehovah shall bind up the breach of His people (Isa. 30:26);
the subject here treated of is the salvation of the faithful, and their intelligence and wisdom in the Lord’s kingdom. The “moon” denotes faith from the Lord, thus faith in the Lord; and the “sun,” love from the Lord, thus love to the Lord (see n. 30-38, 1521, 1529, 1531, 2441, 2495, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 4696, 5377, 7078, 7083, 7171, 8644); “the light of the sun being sevenfold, as the light of seven days” denotes a full state of intelligence and wisdom from love and faith in the Lord.
sRef Ezek@39 @12 S2′ sRef Ezek@39 @9 S2′ sRef Ezek@39 @10 S2′ [2] In Ezekiel:
They that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shield and the buckler, with the bow and with the arrows, and with the handstaff and with the spear; they shall kindle fire with them seven years; so that they shall bring no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; and they shall cleanse the land seven months (Ezek. 39:9, 12);
the subject here treated of is the destruction of falsity. The “weapons” here enumerated denote the falsities by means of which the evil fight against the truths of the church; “to kindle fire with them seven years” signifies complete destruction through the cupidities of the loves of self and of the world; that “they shall bring no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests” signifies until nothing of good remains, either in the interior or in the exterior man; “to cleanse the land seven months” signifies the complete restoration of good and truth in the church. It has already been shown in many places that “weapons” denote truths fighting against falsities, and in the opposite sense falsities fighting against truths; that “bows with arrows” denote doctrinal things of truth, and in the opposite sense doctrinal things of falsity; that a “handstaff” denotes the power of truth, and in the opposite sense the power of falsity; that “to set on fire and burn” denotes to lay waste through the cupidities of the loves of self and of the world; that “wood out of the field” denotes the interior goods of the church, and “wood out of the forests” the memory-knowledges of good and truth; and that “the land” denotes the church. Everyone can see that other things are here signified than those which appear in the letter, as that they should burn the weapons and kindle a fire with them seven years, and that they should bring no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests. Yet we know that holy and Divine things must be signified, because the Word is holy and from the Divine; but what holy and Divine things are contained in these words cannot possibly be known, unless it is known what is signified by “weapons,” what by “seven years” and by “seven months,” and what by “wood out of the field and wood out of the forests.” It is clear therefore that these prophetic words cannot in the least be apprehended without some acquaintance with the internal sense.
sRef Ps@119 @164 S3′ sRef Ps@79 @12 S3′ sRef Rev@15 @1 S3′ sRef Rev@5 @1 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @18 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @21 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @24 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @28 S3′ sRef Rev@15 @7 S3′ sRef Rev@1 @4 S3′ sRef Rev@15 @6 S3′ sRef 1Sam@2 @5 S3′ sRef Dan@9 @25 S3′ [3] In David:
Seven times a day do I praise Thee, because of the judgments of Thy righteousness (Ps. 119:164).
Render unto our neighbors sevenfold into their bosom (Ps. 79:12).
“Sevenfold” denotes to the full. In like manner in Moses, that they should be “punished sevenfold if they transgressed the commandments and the statutes” (Lev. 26:18, 21, 24, 28). He who does not know that “seven” signifies an entire period from beginning to end, consequently what is full, must believe that “seven weeks” signify seven periods of time in the following passage in Daniel:
Know thou and perceive that from the going forth of the Word even unto the restoring and building of Jerusalem, even to Messiah the Prince, shall be seven weeks (Dan. 9:25);
but the “seven weeks even to Messiah the Prince,” signify that which is said of the Lord, that He will come “in the fullness of the times,” thus they signify an entire period. From this it is evident that “the seven spirits before the throne of God” (Rev. 1:4); the “book sealed with seven seals” (Rev. 5:1); and the “seven angels having seven vials which are the seven last plagues” (Rev. 15:1, 6, 7; 21:9), do not mean seven spirits, nor seven seals, nor seven angels, nor seven vials, nor seven plagues; but all things in fullness. So by “the barren one bearing seven” (1 Sam. 2:5) is not meant seven, but much, even to fullness.
sRef Lev@8 @33 S4′ sRef Ex@29 @37 S4′ sRef Dan@4 @25 S4′ sRef Ex@29 @35 S4′ sRef Ex@29 @30 S4′ sRef Lev@8 @34 S4′ sRef Luke@17 @4 S4′ sRef Dan@4 @23 S4′ sRef Matt@12 @43 S4′ sRef Dan@4 @16 S4′ sRef Matt@12 @44 S4′ sRef Job@2 @13 S4′ sRef Dan@4 @32 S4′ sRef Matt@12 @45 S4′ [4] Because “seven” had such a signification, it was therefore ordained that a priest, at his initiation, should “put on the garments seven days” (Exod. 29:30); that “his hands should be filled seven days” (verses 24, 35); that “the altar should be sanctified seven days” (verse 37); and that “those who were initiated into the priesthood should not go out from the tent for seven days” (Lev. 8:33). In like manner, “when the unclean spirit goeth out of a man and returneth with seven others” (Matt. 12:43-45; Luke 11:24-26); “if a brother sin seven times in the day, and seven times turn again, he should be forgiven” (Luke 17:4); and that “the heart of Nebuchadnezzar should be changed from a man’s, and a beast’s heart be given to him, until seven times had passed over him” (Dan. 4:16, 23, 25). From this also it was that Job’s friends “sat down with him upon the earth seven days and seven nights, and spoke nothing unto him” (Job 2:13). (That “seventy” in like manner signifies what is full, see n. 6508; and also a “week,” that is, seven days, n. 2044, 3845.) From all this it can now be seen that by “the eighth day” is signified the beginning of the following state.

AC (Potts) n. 9229 sRef Ex@22 @31 S0′ 9229. And ye shall be men of holiness to Me. That this signifies the state of life then from good, is evident from the signification of “men of holiness,” as being those who are led by the Lord; for the Divine which proceeds from the Lord is holiness itself (see n. 6788, 7499, 8127, 8302, 8806), consequently those who receive it in faith and also in love are called “holy.” He who believes that a man is holy from any other source, and that anything else with him is holy than that which is from the Lord and is received, is very much mistaken. For that which is of man and is called his own, is evil. (That man’s own is nothing but evil, see n. 210, 215, 694, 874-876, 987, 1047, 4328, 5660, 5786, 8480, 8944; and that insofar as a man can be withheld from his own, so far the Lord can he present, thus that so far the man has holiness, n. 1023, 1044, 1581, 2256, 2388, 2406, 2411, 8206, 8393, 8988, 9014.)
sRef John@20 @22 S2′ sRef John@17 @19 S2′ [2] That the Lord alone is holy, and that that alone is holy which proceeds from the Lord, thus that which man receives from the Lord, is plain from the Word throughout; as in John:
I sanctify Myself that they also may be sanctified in the truth (John 17:19);
“to sanctify Himself” denotes to make Himself Divine by His own power; and those are said to be “sanctified in the truth” who in faith and life receive the Divine truth proceeding from Him.
sRef Gen@2 @7 S3′ [3] Therefore also the Lord after His resurrection, speaking with the disciples, “breathed on them” and said unto them, “Receive ye the Holy Spirit” (John 20:22); the breathing upon them was representative of making them alive by faith and love, as also in the second chapter of Genesis: “Jehovah breathed into his nostrils the breath of lives, and man became a living soul” (verse 7); in like manner in other passages (Ps. 33:6; 104:29, 30; Job 32:8; 33:4; John 3:8). From this also the Word is said to be inspired, because it is from the Lord, and they who wrote the Word are said to have been inspired. (That breathing, and thus inspiration, corresponds to the life of faith, see n. 97, 1119, 1120, 3883-3896.) From this it is that in the Word “spirit” is so called from “wind” or “breath,” and that what is holy from the Lord is called “the wind or breath of Jehovah” (n. 8286); also that the Holy Spirit is the holy proceeding from the Lord (n. 3704, 4673, 5307, 6788, 6982, 6993, 8127, 8302, 9199).
sRef John@1 @33 S4′ sRef Rev@15 @4 S4′ sRef Luke@1 @35 S4′ sRef Dan@4 @13 S4′ sRef Luke@3 @16 S4′ [4] So also it is said in John that the Lord “baptizeth with the Holy Spirit” (John 1:33); and in Luke that “He baptizeth with the Holy Spirit and with fire” (John 3:16). In the internal sense “to baptize” signifies to regenerate (n. 4255, 5120, 9088); “to baptize with the Holy Spirit and with fire” signifies to regenerate by the good of love. (That “fire” denotes the good of love, see n. 934, 4906, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324.) In John:
Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? For Thou only art holy (Rev. 15:4).
In Luke it is said by the angel concerning the Lord: “The holy thing that shall be born of thee” (Luke 1:35); and in Daniel, “I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and, behold a watcher and a holy one came down from heaven” (Dan. 4:13). In these passages “the holy thing” and “the holy one” denote the Lord.
[5] As the Lord alone is holy, He is called in the Old Testament the “Holy One of Israel,” the “Redeemer,” the “Preserver,” the “Regenerator” (Isa. 1:4; 5:19, 24; 10:20; 12:6; 17:7; 29:19; 30:11, 12, 15; 31:1; 37:23; 41:14, 16, 20; 43:3, 14; 45:11; 47:4; 48:17; 49:7; 54:5; 55:5; 60:9, 14; Jer. 50:29; 51:5; Ezek. 39:7; Ps. 71:22; 88:41; 89:18). And therefore the Lord in heaven, and consequently heaven itself, is called “the habitation of holiness” (Jer. 31:23; Isa. 63:15; Jer. 25:30); also a “sanctuary” (Ezek. 11:16; 24:21); and “the mountain of holiness” (Ps. 48:1). For the same reason the middle of the tent, where was the ark containing the Law, was called the “Holy of Holies (Exod. 26:33-34); for by the Law in the ark in the middle of the tent was represented the Lord as to the Word, because “the Law” denotes the Word (n. 6752, 7463).
[6] All this shows why the angels are called “holy” (Matt. 25:31; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26; Ps. 149:1; Dan. 8:13); also the prophets (Luke 1:70); and likewise the apostles (Rev. 18:20); not that they are holy from themselves, but from the Lord, who alone is holy, and from whom alone proceeds what is holy; for by “angels” are signified truths, because they are receptions of truth from the Lord (n. 1925, 4085, 4295, 4402, 7268, 7873, 8192, 8301); by “prophets” is signified the doctrine of truth which comes through the Word from the Lord (n. 2534, 7269); and by “apostles” are signified in their complex all the truths and goods of faith which are from the Lord (n. 3488, 3858, 6397).
sRef Ex@30 @29 S7′ sRef Ex@30 @28 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @13 S7′ sRef Ex@30 @27 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @14 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @16 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @17 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @15 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @21 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @22 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @10 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @6 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @5 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @8 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @7 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @9 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @4 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @2 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @1 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @12 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @11 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @3 S7′ sRef Ex@30 @26 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @23 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @37 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @20 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @21 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @22 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @27 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @26 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @25 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @44 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @28 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @29 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @35 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @34 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @24 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @18 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @36 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @19 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @32 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @30 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @31 S7′ sRef Ex@29 @33 S7′ [7] The sanctifications among the Israelitish and Jewish people were for the purpose of representing the Lord who alone is holy, and the holiness which is from Him alone. This was the purpose of the sanctification of Aaron and his sons (Exod. 29:1, etc.; Lev. 8:10, 11, 13, 30); of the sanctification of their garments (Exod. 29:21, etc.); of the sanctification of the altar, that it might be a holy of holies (Exod. 29:37, etc.); of the sanctification of the tent of the assembly, of the ark of the testimony, of the table, of all the vessels, of the altar of incense, of the altar of burnt-offering, and of the vessels thereof, and of the laver and the base thereof (Exod. 30:26, etc.).
sRef Matt@23 @19 S8′ sRef Matt@23 @17 S8′ [8] That the Lord is the holiness itself that was represented, is also plain from His words in Matthew, as viewed in the internal sense:
Ye fools and blind! Whether is greater, the gold, or the temple that sanctifieth the gold? And whether is greater, the gift, or the altar that sanctifieth the gift? (Matt. 23:17, 19);
by the temple was represented the Lord Himself, and also by the altar; and by the “gold” was signified the good which is from the Lord; and by the “gift” or sacrifice, were signified the things that belong to faith and charity from the Lord. (That the Lord was represented by the temple, see n. 2777, 3720; also that He was represented by the altar, n. 2777, 2811, 4489, 8935, 8940; and that by “gold” was signified good from the Lord, n. 1551, 1552, 5658; and by a “sacrifice” worship from the faith and charity which are from the Lord, n. 922, 923, 2805, 2807, 2830, 6905, 8680, 8682, 8936.)
[9] In view of all this it is evident why the sons of Israel were called a “holy people” (Deut. 26:19, and elsewhere); and in the words before us “men of holiness;” namely, from the fact that in every detail of their worship were represented the Divine things of the Lord, and the celestial and spiritual things of His kingdom and church. They were therefore called “holy” in a representative sense. They themselves were not holy on this account, because the representatives had regard to the holy things that were represented, and not to the person who represented them (n. 665, 1097, 1361, 3147, 3881, 4208, 4281, 4288, 4292, 4307, 4444, 4500, 6304, 7048, 7439, 8588, 8788, 8806).
sRef Rev@11 @8 S10′ sRef Matt@27 @52 S10′ sRef Matt@27 @53 S10′ [10] Hence also it is that Jerusalem was called “holy;” and Zion, “the mountain of holiness” (Zech. 8:3, and elsewhere). Also in Matthew:
And the tombs were opened; and many bodies of the saints that were dead were raised; and coming forth out of their tombs after the Lord’s resurrection, they entered into the holy city, and appeared unto many (Matt. 27:52, 53);
Jerusalem is here called “the holy city,” although it was rather profane than holy, for the Lord had then been crucified in it, and it is therefore called “Sodom and Egypt” in John:
Their bodies shall lie on the street of the great city which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified (Rev. 11:8).
But it is called “holy” from the fact that it signifies the Lord’s kingdom and church (n. 402, 2117, 3654). The “saints that were dead” appearing there, which happened to some in vision, signified the salvation of those who were of the spiritual church, and the elevation into the Holy Jerusalem, which is heaven, of those who until that time had been detained in the lower earth (of which above, n. 6854, 6914, 7090, 7828, 7932, 8049, 8054, 8159, 8321).

AC (Potts) n. 9230 sRef Ex@22 @31 S0′ 9230. And flesh that is torn in the field ye shall not eat. That this signifies that the falsified good of faith shall not be conjoined is evident from the signification of “flesh,” as being good (see n. 7850, 9127); from the signification of a “field,” as being the church in respect to good, thus the good of the church (n. 2971, 3766, 7502, 7571, 9139, 9141); from the signification of “what is torn,” as being that which is destroyed through falsities, thus also what is falsified (n. 5828); and from the signification of “eating,” as being to appropriate and conjoin (n. 2187, 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745, 5643, 8001). From this it is evident that by “flesh that is torn in the field ye shall not eat” is signified that the good of the church, or the falsified good of faith, is not to be appropriated or conjoined.
[2] A few words shall be said about what the good of faith is, and what the truth of faith. Everything of the church is called the “good of faith,” that has to do with life and use from what the doctrine of faith of the church teaches; in a word everything that has to do with willing it and doing it from obedience; for the truths of faith of the church become goods by willing and doing them. But everything is called the “truth of faith,” which as yet has not any use as its end, or which as yet is not for the sake of life, consequently which is merely known and kept in the memory, and from this is laid hold of by the understanding, and is taught from it. For so long as the truths of the church go no further, they are merely knowledges, and relatively to goods are outside the man himself; for man’s memory and understanding are like entries, and his will is like an inner chamber, because the will is the man himself. This shows what the truth of faith is, and what the good of faith. But the good which a man does in his first state during his regeneration is called the “good of faith,” whereas the good which he does in the second state, namely, after he has been regenerated, is called the “good of charity.” And therefore when a man does good from the good of faith, he does good from obedience; but when he does good from the good of charity, he does good from affection. (Concerning these two states with a man who is being regenerated, see n. 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 9224, 9227.)

AC (Potts) n. 9231 sRef Ex@22 @31 S0′ 9231. Ye shall cast it to the dog. That this signifies that it is unclean, is evident from the signification of “dogs,” as being those who render the good of faith unclean through falsifications. For in the Word all beasts signify affections and inclinations such as are in man, the gentle and useful beasts signify good affections and inclinations, but the fierce and useless ones signify evil affections and inclinations. The reason why such things are signified by beasts is that the external or natural man takes pleasure in affections and inclinations, and also appetites and senses, similar to those of beasts. But the difference is that man has an internal, called the internal man, which is so distinct from the external that it can see the things that exist in it, and can direct and restrain them, and can also be raised into heaven even to the Lord, and thus be conjoined with Him in thought and affection, and consequently in faith and love. This internal is also so distinct from the external that after death it can be separated from it, and can then live to eternity. By these things man is distinguished from the beasts. But those who are merely natural and sensuous men do not see these things, because their internal man is closed toward heaven; and therefore they do not know how to make any distinction between a man and a beast other than that a man is able to speak, which merely sensuous men make but little account of.
sRef Matt@15 @26 S2′ sRef Matt@15 @27 S2′ [2] The reason why “dogs” signify those who render the good of faith unclean through falsifications, is that dogs eat unclean things, and also bark at men and bite them. From this also it was that the nations outside the church who were in falsities from evil, were called “dogs” by the Jews, and were accounted most vile. That they were called “dogs” is manifest from the Lord’s words to the Greek woman, the Syrophenician, whose daughter was grievously troubled with a demon:
It is not good to take the children’s bread, and cast it to the dogs. But she said, Certainly, Lord; but even the dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their master’s table (Matt. 15:26, 27; Mark 7:27, 28);
that “dogs” here signify those who were outside the church, and “children” those who were within the church, is plain. sRef Luke@16 @19 S3′ sRef Luke@16 @21 S3′ sRef Luke@16 @20 S3′ [3] In like manner in Luke:
There was a certain rich man who was clothed in purple and fine linen, and lived in good cheer and splendor every day. But there was a poor man named Lazarus, who was cast at his door, full of sores, and desiring to be filled with the crumbs that fell from the rich man’s table; yet even the dogs came, and licked his sores (Luke 16:19-21);
by “the rich man clothed in purple and fine linen,” is signified those who are within the church; “the purple and fine linen” with which he was clothed denoting the knowledges of good and truth from the Word; by “the poor man” is signified those within the church who are in but little good by reason of their ignorance of truth, and yet long to be instructed (n. 9209); that he was called “Lazarus” was from the Lazarus who was raised by the Lord, of whom it is said that the Lord “loved him” (John 11:1-3, 5, 36), that he was the Lord’s “friend” (John 11:11), and that he “reclined at table with the Lord” (John 12:2); his “desiring to be filled with the crumbs that fell from the rich man’s table” signified his longing to learn a few truths from those within the church who had abundance of them; “the dogs which licked his sores” denote those outside the church who are in good, although not in the genuine good of faith; “licking sores” denotes healing them by such means as are within their power.
sRef Rev@22 @15 S4′ sRef Deut@23 @18 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @6 S4′ [4] In John:
Without are dogs, sorcerers, and whoremongers (Rev. 22:15);
“dogs, sorcerers, and whoremongers” denote those who falsify the good and truth of faith, and who are said to be “without,” because they are outside heaven, or the church. That good falsified, and thus made unclean, is signified by “dogs,” is also evident in Matthew:
Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast your pearls before swine (Matt. 7:6).
In Moses:
Thou shalt not bring the hire of a harlot, or the price of a dog, into the house of Jehovah, for any vow; for both these are an abomination unto thy God (Deut. 23:18);
“the hire of a harlot” denotes falsified truths of faith (that “whoredom” denotes the falsification of the truth of faith, see n. 2466, 2729, 4865, 8904).
sRef Ps@22 @16 S5′ sRef Ps@22 @20 S5′ [5] In David:
Dogs have compassed me; the assemblages of evildoers have surrounded me, piercing my hands and my feet. Deliver my soul from the sword; and mine only one from the hand of the dog (Ps. 22:16, 20);
“dogs” here denote those who destroy the goods of faith, and who are therefore called “the assemblages of evil-doers;” “to deliver the soul from the sword” denotes from the falsity that lays waste the truth of faith (that a “sword” denotes falsity laying waste the truth of faith, see n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294; and “the soul,” the life of faith, n. 9050). From this also it is evident that “delivering the only one from the hand of the dog” denotes to deliver from the falsity that lays waste the good of faith. That some were to be carried off and “eaten by dogs” (1 Kings 14:11; 16:4; 21:23, 24; 2 Kings 9:10, 36; Jer. 15:3) signified that they would perish by unclean things. That some compared themselves to “dead dogs” (1 Sam. 24:14; 2 Sam. 3:8; 9:8; 16:9) signified that they were to be accounted as utterly worthless, and as such were to be cast out. What is further signified by “dogs” may be seen above (n. 7784).

AC (Potts) n. 9232 9232. ON THE SPIRITS OF THE MOON
Certain spirits appeared overhead, and voices were heard thence like thunders; for their voices made a loud thundering noise just like thundering from the clouds after flashes of lightning. I supposed that it was a vast multitude of spirits who had learned to utter their voice with such a sound. The more simple spirits who were with me laughed at them, at which I was much surprised. The reason why they laughed at them was soon disclosed, and it was that the spirits who thundered were not many, but few; and also were little men, like children; and moreover, had previously excited terror by such sounds, and yet could not do any harm.

AC (Potts) n. 9233 9233. That I might know their character, some were sent down from on high where they were thundering, and strange to say, one carried another on his back, and two of them approached me in this attitude. In their faces they appeared not unbeautiful, but their faces were longer than those of other spirits. In stature they were like boys of seven years of age, but they had stouter bodies. Thus they were dwarfs. I was told by the angels that they were from the Moon.

AC (Potts) n. 9234 9234. The one who was borne by the other, upon being set down, came to me, applying himself to my left side below my elbow. From that position he spoke, saying that when they utter their voice, they thunder in this manner, and thereby terrify those spirits who wish to do them harm; and some they put to flight; thus being able to go in safety wherever they wish. That I might know of a certainty that they made such a sound, he went away from me to some others, but not quite out of sight, and thundered in the same way. And they further showed to me how their voice, sent forth from the abdomen like a belching forth, made this loud thundering noise.

AC (Potts) n. 9235 9235. It was perceived that this arose from the fact that the inhabitants of the Moon do not speak from the lungs, like the inhabitants of other earths, but from the abdomen, thus from some air that has collected there; for the reason that the Moon is not encompassed with an atmosphere like that of other earths.

AC (Potts) n. 9236 9236. I have been instructed that the inhabitants of the Moon bear relation in the Grand Man to the ensiform or xiphoid cartilage, to which the ribs are joined in front, and from which descends the fascia alba, which is the point of attachment for the muscles of the abdomen.

AC (Potts) n. 9237 9237. That there are inhabitants in the Moon also, is known to spirits and angels, for they often speak with them; and in like manner that there are inhabitants in the moons or satellites which revolve about the planet Jupiter and the planet Saturn. Those who have not seen and spoken with them nevertheless have no doubt that there are men in them, for they too are earths; and where there is an earth, there is man; for man is the end for the sake of which every earth was created; and nothing has been made by the Supreme Creator without a purpose. That the end of creation is the human race, that there may be a heaven from it, can be seen by everyone one who thinks from reason. The angels also say that an earth cannot subsist apart from the human race, because the Divine provides all things on an earth for the sake of man.

AC (Potts) n. 9238 9238. At the end of the following chapter it shall be told why the Lord willed to be born on our earth, and not on another.

AC (Potts) n. 9239 9239. CHAPTER THE TWENTY-THIRD

THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY AND FAITH

Men speak of believing in God, and of believing those things which are from God. Believing in God is the Faith that saves; but believing the things which are from God, is a Faith which without the former does not save. For believing in God is knowing and doing; whereas believing the things which are from God is knowing and not as yet doing. Those who are truly Christians both know and do, thus they believe in God; but those who are not truly Christians know, and do not. These are called by the Lord “foolish,” but the former are called “prudent” (Matt. 7:24, 26).

AC (Potts) n. 9240 9240. The learned within the church call the Faith which saves, “trust” and “confidence,” namely, that God the Father sent His Son in order to reconcile mankind to Himself, and thus to save those who have this Faith.

AC (Potts) n. 9241 sRef John@1 @12 S0′ sRef John@1 @13 S0′ 9241. But in regard to the trust and confidence which is called Faith itself, the case is this. Those who are in the love of self and of the world, that is, those who are in evils and the consequent falsities, cannot have this Faith, for their heart is not toward God, but toward themselves and the world. Whereas those who are in charity toward the neighbor and in love to the Lord can have such Faith, for their heart is toward the Lord. This the Lord also teaches in John:
As many as received Him, to them gave He the power to be the sons of God, even to those who believe in His name; who were born, not of bloods, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God (John 1:12-13);
those who are “born of bloods, of the will of the flesh, and of the will of man,” are those who are in what is evil and false from the loves of self and of the world. And those who are “born of God” are those who are in the good of charity and of faith from the Lord (see n. 5826).

AC (Potts) n. 9242 9242. The confidence which in an eminent sense is called Faith, appears like spiritual confidence even with the evil, when their life is in danger, and when they are sick. But as they then think about the state of their life after death, either from the fear of hell, or from the love of self of heaven, they have not the confidence of Faith; for what is from fear is not from the heart, and what is from the love of self is from an evil heart; and therefore when such persons come back out of mortal danger, or when they recover from disease, they return into their former life, which was a life of no confidence, that is, a life of no Faith. From this it is evident that the Faith which is called “confidence,” is possible only with those who are in charity toward the neighbor, and in love to the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9243 9243. Nor is the Faith which is meant by believing the things which are from God, that is, the truths which are from the Word, possible with those who are in evils from the love of self or the love of the world; for the love of self and of the world either rejects the truths of faith, or extinguishes, or perverts them (see n. 7491, 7492). From this it is again evident that neither can such persons have the confidence of Faith; for he who does not believe the truths which are from God, cannot believe in God; because to believe in God is to believe from the truths which are from God.

AC (Potts) n. 9244 9244. All who are in heavenly love, have confidence that they will be saved by the Lord; for they believe that the Lord came into the world in order to give eternal life to those who believe and live according to the commandments which He taught; and that He regenerates these, and so makes them fit for heaven; and that He does this Himself alone, from pure mercy, without the aid of man. This is meant by “believing in the Lord.”

AC (Potts) n. 9245 sRef John@3 @19 S0′ sRef John@3 @21 S0′ sRef Luke@6 @47 S0′ sRef Luke@6 @46 S0′ sRef John@3 @20 S0′ sRef Luke@6 @48 S0′ sRef Luke@6 @49 S0′ 9245. That those alone are in Faith who live according to the precepts of Faith, the Lord teaches in John:
The light is come into the world, but men loved the darkness rather than the light, because their works were evil. Everyone that doeth evils hateth the light, and cometh not to the light, lest his works should be reproved. But he that doeth the truth cometh to the light, that his works may be made manifest, because they have been wrought in God (John 3:19-21);
to “come to the light” denotes to come to faith in the Lord, thus to faith from the Lord. In like manner in Luke:
Why call ye Me, Lord, Lord, and do not the thing which I say? Everyone that cometh unto Me, and heareth My saying, and doeth them, is like a man that built a house, and laid a foundation upon the rock. But he that heareth, and doeth not, is like a man that built a house upon the earth without a foundation (Luke 6:46-49);
those who “do the Lord’s sayings” or “words” are those who love the neighbor and love the Lord; for he who loves, does (John 14:20, 21, 23, 24; 15:9-17).

EXODUS 23

1. Thou shalt not take up a report of emptiness. Put not thy hand with the wicked to be a witness of violence.
2. Thou shalt not be after many to do evils; and thou shalt not answer upon a cause to turn aside after many to pervert it.
3. And thou shalt not reverence a poor man in his cause.
4. When thou shalt meet thine enemy’s ox, or his ass, going astray, bringing back thou shalt bring it back to him.
5. When thou shalt see the ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden, and wouldest forbear to remove it for him, removing thou shalt remove it with him.
6. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of thy needy in his cause.
7. Keep thee far from the word of a lie; and the innocent and the righteous slay thou not; for I will not justify the wicked.
8. And thou shalt not take a present, because a present blindeth those who have their eyes open, and perverteth the words of the righteous.
9. And a sojourner shalt thou not oppress; for ye know the soul of a sojourner, seeing that ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt.
10. And six years thou shalt sow thy land, and shalt gather the produce thereof.
11. And in the seventh thou shalt let it lie fallow, and shalt release it; and the needy of thy people shall eat; and what they leave the wild animal of the field shall eat. So shalt thou do to thy vineyard, and to thine oliveyard.
12. Six days thou shalt do thy works, and on the seventh day thou shalt cease; that thine ox and thine ass may rest; and the son of thy handmaid, and the sojourner, may take breath.
13. And all that I have said unto you ye shall keep; and ye shall not mention the name of other gods; it shall not be heard upon thy mouth.
14. Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto Me in the year.
15. The feast of unleavened things shalt thou keep; seven days thou shalt eat unleavened things, as I commanded thee, at the time appointed of the month Abib; because in it thou camest forth out of Egypt; and My faces shall not be seen empty.
16. And the feast of the harvest, of the firstfruits of thy works, which thou sowedst in the field; and the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the year, when thou gatherest in thy works out of the field.
17. Three times in the year shall every male of thine appear before the faces of the Lord Jehovih.
18. Thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of My sacrifice upon what is fermented; and the fat of My feast shall not remain overnight until the morning.
19. The first of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into the house of Jehovah thy God. Thou shalt not boil a kid in its mother’s milk.
20. Behold I send an angel before thee, to guard thee in the way, and to bring thee to the place which I have prepared.
21. Take heed of his face, and hear his voice, lest thou provoke him; for he will not endure your transgression; because My name is in the midst of him.
22. For if hearing thou shalt hear his voice, and do all that I speak, I will act as an enemy against thine enemies, and I will act as an adversary against thine adversaries.
23. When Mine angel shall go before thee, and shall bring thee unto the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite; and I shall cut him off.
24. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to their gods, and shalt not serve them, and shalt not do after their works; for destroying thou shalt destroy them, and breaking shalt break in pieces their statues.
25. And ye shall serve Jehovah your God, and He shall bless thy bread, and thy waters; and I will take away disease from the midst of thee.
26. There shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in thy land; the number of thy days I will fulfil.
27. I will send My terror before thee, and I will trouble all the people to whom thou shalt come, and I will give to thee the neck of all thine enemies.
28. And I will send the hornet before thee, and it shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee.
29. I will not drive him out from before thee in one year; lest perchance the land be desolate, and the wild beast of the field be multiplied upon thee.
30. By little and little I will drive him out from before thee, until thou be fruitful, and inherit the land.
31. And I will set thy border from the sea Suph, and even unto the sea of the Philistines, and from the wilderness even unto the river; for I will give into your hand the inhabitants of the land; and I will drive them out from before thee.
32. Thou shalt not make a covenant with them, and with their gods.
33. They shall not dwell in thy land, lest perchance they make thee sin against Me when thou shalt serve their gods; because it will be a snare to thee.

AC (Potts) n. 9246 sRef Ex@23 @0 S0′ 9246. THE CONTENTS.
In this chapter the subject treated of in the internal sense is the shunning of the falsities of doctrine and of the evils of life; and that when this is done, truths of doctrine and goods of life are implanted, and through these the man of the church is regenerated by the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9247 sRef Ex@23 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @2 S0′ 9247. THE INTERNAL SENSE.
Verses 1-3. Thou shalt not take up a report of emptiness.* Put not thy hand with the wicked to be a witness of violence. Thou shalt not be after many to do evils; and thou shalt not answer upon a cause to turn aside after many to pervert it; and thou shalt not reverence a poor man in his cause. “Thou shalt not take up a report of emptiness,” signifies no listening to falsities; “put not thy hand with the wicked,” signifies no obedience to malignities; “to be a witness of violence,” signifies no affirmation of such things as are contrary to the good of charity; “thou shalt not be after many to do evils,” signifies no association with such things; “and thou shalt not answer upon a cause to turn aside after many to pervert it,” signifies no association with those who turn goods and truths into evils and falsities, and conversely; “and thou shalt not reverence a poor man in his cause,” signifies that no favor is to be shown to the falsities in which are those who are in ignorance of truth.
* That is, an empty or false report. [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 9248 sRef Ezek@13 @9 S0′ sRef Ezek@13 @7 S0′ sRef Ezek@13 @6 S0′ sRef Ezek@13 @8 S0′ sRef Ezek@12 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @1 S0′ 9248. Thou shalt not take up a report of emptiness. That this signifies no listening to falsities, is evident from the signification of “taking up a report,” as being to hear and do, thus to listen, for in the original tongue “a report” is expressed by a term which means “hearing;” and from the signification of “emptiness,” as being falsity, and indeed the falsity of doctrine and of religion, as can be seen from the following passages. In Ezekiel:
There shall be no more any vision of emptiness and flattering divination, in the midst of the house of Israel (Ezek. 12:24);
“vision of emptiness” denotes false revelation. In the same:
They have seen emptiness and the divination of a lie. Because ye speak emptiness, and see a lie, therefore behold I am against you, that Mine hand may be against the prophets that see emptiness, and that divine a lie (Ezek. 13:6-9);
“the prophets,” of whom it is here said that they “see emptiness and divine a lie,” signify those who teach, and in the abstract sense the teaching or doctrine (n. 2534, 7269); and “seeing” is predicated of “the prophets,” who therefore were in ancient times called “seers” (1 Sam. 9:9); and “divining” also is predicated of them.
sRef Jer@18 @15 S2′ sRef Lam@2 @14 S2′ sRef Hos@12 @11 S2′ sRef Ezek@21 @29 S2′ sRef Zech@10 @2 S2′ [2] By “seeing,” or by “vision,” when predicated of the prophets, is signified in the internal sense the revelation which has regard to doctrine; and by “divining,” or by “divination,” is signified the revelation which has regard to life; and as “emptiness” signifies the falsity of doctrine, and “a lie” the falsity of life, it is said, “they have seen emptiness and the divination of a lie.” Again:
In seeing thou hast emptiness, in divining thou hast a lie (Ezek. 21:29).
The teraphim speak iniquity, and the diviners see a lie, and they speak dreams of emptiness (Zech. 10:2).
The prophets have seen vanity (Lam. 2:14).
That “emptiness” denotes the falsity of doctrine and of religion, is also plain in these passages:
They are become emptiness; in Gilgal they sacrifice bullocks (Hos. 12:11).
My people have forgotten Me, they have burned incense to emptiness (Jer. 18:15).
In like manner in Isa. 5:18; 30:28; 59:4; Ps. 12:2; 119:37; 144:8, 11.

AC (Potts) n. 9249 sRef Ex@23 @1 S0′ 9249. Put not thy hand with the wicked. That this signifies no obedience to malignities, is evident from the signification of “putting the hand,” as being obedience, for by “the hand” is signified power (see n. 878, 3387, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 6292, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8153, 8281), and also what belongs to anyone, thus oneself insofar as one has the power, (n. 9133), consequently “to put the hand with” anyone denotes to make common cause with him, and when this is done from malignity, which is signified by “the wicked,” it denotes to obey, because the malignity persuades and leads; and from the signification of “the wicked,” as being one who is malignant, and in the abstract sense, malignity. It is said “in the abstract sense,” because the angels, who are in the internal sense of the Word, that is, who perceive the Word spiritually, think and speak abstractedly from person (n. 4380, 8343, 8985, 9007). (That the idea of person with them is turned into the idea of the thing, see n. 5225, 5287, 5434.)

AC (Potts) n. 9250 sRef Ex@23 @1 S0′ 9250. To be a witness of violence. That this signifies no affirmation of such things as are contrary to the good of charity, is evident from the signification of “a witness,” as being confirmation (see n. 4197, 8908); and from the signification of “violence,” as being the destruction of the good of charity (n. 6353); thus “a witness of violence” denotes affirmation contrary to the good of charity.

AC (Potts) n. 9251 sRef Ex@23 @2 S0′ 9251. Thou shalt not be after many to do evils. This signifies no association with such things as those mentioned above, namely, listening to falsities, obedience to malignities, and affirmation of such things as are contrary to the good of charity. These are the evils which are meant. By “being after many” is signified being with many, thus associating; for in the original tongue it is said “to be after,” “to go after,” and “to walk after;” and the meaning is to be with and to follow; thus also to be associated with (as in Jer. 7:9; 11:10; 1 Sam. 17:13; 1 Kings 14:8; Deut. 4:3; 8:19; and elsewhere).

AC (Potts) n. 9252 sRef Ex@23 @2 S0′ 9252. And thou shalt not answer upon a cause to turn aside after many to pervert it. That this signifies no association with those who turn goods and truths into evils and falsities, and conversely, is evident from the signification of “answering upon a cause,” as being to do so about what is just and equitable, and what is good and true, concerning which there is contention (see n. 9024); to answer is to declare one’s opinion, and to judge; and from the signification of “turning aside after many,” as being to conform to, and thus associate with many; and from the signification of “perverting,” as being to turn truth into falsity, and good into evil; and conversely.

AC (Potts) n. 9253 sRef Ex@23 @3 S0′ 9253. And thou shalt not reverence a poor man in his cause. That this signifies that no favor is to be shown to the falsities in which are those who are in ignorance of truth, is evident from the signification of “a poor man,” as being those who are in few truths, and are also in falsities from ignorance. But those among them who are in good, wish to be instructed in truths; whereas those who are in evil, do not wish to be instructed. For with those who are in good, falsities can be bent to truths, and finally can be dissipated; whereas with those who are in evil, falsities cannot be bent to truths, thus cannot be dissipated. Of these “poor men” it is said “thou shalt not reverence them in their cause,” that is, thou shalt not favor their falsities; for by “reverencing” is signified favoring, and by “a cause” is signified a controversy of truth against falsity, and of falsity against truth. (That the “poor” denote those who are in few truths, and are in falsities from ignorance, see n. 9209; and that the falsities with those who are in good are gentle and flexible, while the falsities with those who are in evil are hard and inflexible, n. 4736, 6359, 8051, 8149, 8298, 8311, 8318.)

AC (Potts) n. 9254 sRef Ex@23 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @4 S0′ 9254. Verses 4-9. When thou shalt meet thine enemy’s ox, or his ass, going astray, bringing back thou shall bring it back to him. When thou shalt see the ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden, and wouldest forbear to remove it for him, removing thou shalt remove it with him. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of thy needy in his cause. Keep thee far from the word of a lie; and the innocent and the righteous slay thou not; for I will not justify the wicked. And thou shalt not take a present, because a present blindeth those who have their eyes open, and perverteth the words of the righteous. And a sojourner shalt thou not oppress; for ye know the soul of a sojourner, seeing that ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt. “When thou shalt meet thine enemy’s ox, or his ass, going astray,” signifies good not genuine and truth not genuine, with those who are outside the church; “bringing back thou shalt bring it back to him,” signifies instruction and amendment; “when thou shalt see the ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden,” signifies falsity not agreeing with the good of the church, by reason of which they are about to perish; “and wouldest forbear to remove it for him,” signifies no reception of truth; “removing thou shalt remove it with him,” signifies nevertheless encouragement, and effort toward amendment; “thou shalt not wrest the judgment of thy needy in his cause,” signifies no destruction of the scanty truth with those who are in ignorance; “keep thee far from the word of a lie,” signifies an aversion for the falsity of evil; “and the innocent and the righteous slay thou not,” signifies an aversion for destroying interior and exterior good; “for I will not justify the wicked,” signifies that such malignity is contrary to the Divine righteousness; “and thou shalt not take a present,” signifies an aversion for any self-advantage whatever; “because a present blindeth those who have their eyes open,” signifies that matters of self-advantage cause truths not to appear; “and perverteth the words of the righteous,” signifies so that [matters of self-advantage] appear like truths of good; “and a sojourner shalt thou not oppress,” signifies that those who long to be instructed in the truths of the church must not be infested with evils of life; “for ye know the soul of a sojourner,” signifies their longing and their life; “seeing that ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt,” signifies that they were protected from falsities and evils when infested by the infernals.

AC (Potts) n. 9255 sRef Ex@23 @4 S0′ 9255. When thou shalt meet thine enemy’s ox, or his ass, going astray. That hereby is signified good not genuine, and truth not genuine, with those who are outside the church, is evident from the signification of “an enemy,” as being those who are outside the church (of whom below); from the signification of “an ox,” as being the good of the external man; and from the signification of “an ass,” as being the truth of the external man (see n. 2781, 9134); but good and truth not genuine, such as are with those who are outside the church, who are signified by “an enemy.” That those who are outside the church are meant by “an enemy” is because they are at variance in respect to the good and truth of faith; for they have not the Word, and therefore they do not know anything about the Lord, nor about Christian faith and charity, which are from the Lord alone. Hence it is that neither their truth of faith, nor their good of charity, is genuine. Therefore in the other life also they do not live together with those who are of the church, but separate from them; for in the other life all are associated together in accordance with their good and the truth thence derived; for these are what make spiritual life and conjunction.
[2] Nevertheless those who are in heaven do not regard as enemies those who are outside the church, but they instruct them, and lead them to Christian good, which moreover is received by those who while in the world have lived together, from their religion, in subordination, in obedience, and in some kind of mutual charity. But in the sense of the letter they are called “enemies” from their spiritual variance, which, as before said, is a variance in respect to the truth of faith and the good of charity. (See what has already been shown from experience concerning the state of the nations outside the church, and their lot in the other life, n. 2589-2604, 2861, 2863, 4190, 4197.) That the same are to be regarded as friends, and are to be instructed and amended, is meant in the internal sense by “bringing back thou shalt bring it back to him,” of which in what follows.
[3] It only remains to say that in the Word by beasts of various kinds are signified affections and inclinations such as man has in common with beasts; and in the spiritual sense the affections of good and truth internal and external (n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 776, 2179, 2180, 2781, 3218, 3519, 5198, 9090); and that for this reason beasts were employed in the sacrifices in accordance with their signification (n. 1823, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519). From this it is that by this moral law concerning the bringing back of the stray oxen and asses of an enemy, are signified in the spiritual sense such things as are of the church, thus such things as are of mutual love or charity toward those who are at variance with the truths of the church.

AC (Potts) n. 9256 sRef Matt@5 @46 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @47 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @43 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @4 S0′ sRef Matt@5 @44 S0′ 9256. Bringing back thou shalt bring it back to him. That this signifies instruction and amendment, is evident from the signification of “bringing back,” when said of those outside the church who are in good and truth not genuine, as being to instruct and amend; for in this way they are brought back. That benefits ought to be imparted to those who are outside the church, is also meant by the Lord’s words in Matthew:
Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbor; but I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless those who curse you, and benefit those who hate you. For if ye love those who love you, what reward have ye? And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more? (Matt. 5:43-47);
here also by “enemies” and by “those who hate” are meant in the spiritual sense those who are at variance in respect to the goods and truths of faith, and in general those who are outside the church; because the Jewish nation considered these as enemies, whom they were permitted to utterly destroy, and to kill with impunity. That these are meant in the spiritual sense by “enemies,” is plain, because it is said, “if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more?” for all were called “brethren” who were born of Jacob, thus who were within the church.
[2] As further regards those who are outside the church, and are called “Gentiles,” they are indeed in falsities of doctrine, but from ignorance, because they have not the Word; and yet when they are instructed they are in a clearer and consequently more inward perception about the heavenly life with man than are Christians. The reason is that they have not confirmed themselves against the truths of faith, as have very many Christians; and therefore their internal man is not closed, but, as with little children, is readily opened and receptive of truth. For those who have confirmed themselves against the truths and goods of faith, as do all who live an evil life, close in themselves the internal man above, and open it beneath. The result is that their internal man looks only at those things which are beneath, that is, into the external or natural man, and through this at the things in the world, and at those around their body and upon the earth; and when this is the case, they look downward, which is to look toward hell.
[3] With such persons the internal man cannot be opened toward heaven unless the things which deny truth, or affirm falsity, which have closed it, are dispersed; which must be done in this world. This cannot be effected except by a complete inversion of the life, thus the course of many years. For falsities arrange themselves in series, establishing a continuous connection among one another; and they form the natural mind itself, and its mode of viewing those things which are of the church and of heaven. From this it is that all things which are of faith and charity, that is, of the doctrine of the church, or of the Word, and in general all heavenly and Divine things, are thick darkness with such persons; and that on the other hand worldly and earthly things are light to them. From this it is plain that to destroy the falsities with such persons is to destroy their very life; and that if they are to have any new life, the falsities must be uprooted gradually, and truths and goods be implanted in their place, which will in like manner form a continuous connection with one another, and be arranged in series. This is meant by the “complete inversion of the life,” which is possible only in the course of many years. Therefore he who believes that a man can be made new in a moment, is very much mistaken.
[4] But those who have not confirmed themselves against the goods and truths of faith-as is the case with those who are outside the church, and yet have lived in some kind of faith and charity according to their religion-have not been able to close the internal man in themselves by negations of truth, and by confirmations of falsity against the truth of faith from the Word; and therefore the internal of these persons is opened upward (that is, into heaven and toward the Lord), if not in this world, yet in the other life; and then all the earthly and worldly things they have brought with them from their life in the world, are at the same time uplifted so as together to look upward; whereby they are in a state to receive the truths of faith and the goods of charity from the Lord, and to become imbued with intelligence and wisdom, and thus to be endowed with eternal happiness. Such is the lot of all who have lived in good in accordance with their religion; and therefore the Lord’s church is spread throughout the whole world. But the Lord’s church itself on earth is like the Grand Man in the heavens, whose heart and lungs are where the Word is, and the rest of whose members and viscera, which live from the heart and the lungs, are where the Word is not.
sRef Isa@42 @6 S5′ sRef Isa@11 @10 S5′ sRef Isa@9 @3 S5′ sRef Isa@42 @7 S5′ sRef Isa@9 @2 S5′ [5] From all this also it can be seen why a new church is always set up among the Gentiles who are outside the church (n. 2986, 4747), which as before said takes place when the old church has closed heaven against itself. For this reason the church was transferred from the Jewish people to the Gentiles, and the present church is also now being transferred to the Gentiles.
sRef Isa@55 @4 S6′ sRef Luke@2 @30 S6′ sRef Luke@2 @32 S6′ sRef Luke@2 @31 S6′ sRef Isa@60 @4 S6′ sRef Isa@55 @5 S6′ sRef Isa@60 @3 S6′ sRef Isa@60 @5 S6′ [6] That the church is transferred to the Gentiles who acknowledge the Lord, is evident from many passages in the Word, as from these which follow. In Isaiah:
The people that walked in darkness have seen a great light; they that dwell in the land of the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined. Thou hast multiplied the nation, Thou hast made great their joy (Isa. 9:2, 3).
It shall come to pass in that day, that the root of Jesse, which standeth for an ensign of the peoples, shall the Gentiles seek; and His rest shall be glory (Isa. 11:10).
I Jehovah have called Thee in righteousness, and I will take hold of Thy hand, for I will keep Thee, and will give Thee for a covenant to the people, for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the bound from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house (Isa. 42:6, 7).
Behold I have given Him for a witness to the peoples, a prince and lawgiver to the Gentiles. Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou hast not known, and a nation that knew not thee shall run unto thee, because of Jehovah thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel (Isa. 55:4-5).
The Gentiles shall walk to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. Lift up thine eyes round about, they all gather themselves together, they come to thee; thy sons come from afar, and thy daughters are carried by nurses at thy side. Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall be amazed and be enlarged; because the multitude of the sea is converted unto thee, the armies of the Gentiles shall come (Isa. 60:3-5).
And in the prophecy of Simeon concerning the Lord when a child:
Mine eyes have seen the salvation of God, which Thou hast prepared before the face of all peoples; a light for the revelation of the Gentiles (Luke 2:30-32).
sRef Matt@21 @42 S7′ sRef Luke@13 @30 S7′ sRef Matt@21 @43 S7′ sRef Luke@13 @29 S7′ [7] In all these passages the subject treated of is the Lord, in that the Gentiles shall come unto Him; and they come unto Him when they acknowledge Him as their God. And wonderful to say, the Gentiles worship the one only God under a human form; and therefore when they hear about the Lord, they receive and acknowledge Him; nor can a new church be set up with others. That the church is set up again with such, is further evident from the Lord’s words in Matthew:
Have ye not read in the Scriptures, The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner. Therefore I say unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken away from you, and shall be given to a nation that doeth the fruits (Matt. 21:42-43);
“the stone” denotes the Lord (n. 6426); “the builders” denote those who are of the church. That these would be last, and the Gentiles first, is thus said in Luke:
They shall come from the east, and west, and from the north, and south, and shall recline at table in the kingdom of God. And behold there are last who shall be first, and there are first who shall be last (Luke 13:29-30).

AC (Potts) n. 9257 sRef Ex@23 @5 S0′ sRef Isa@65 @11 S0′ 9257. When thou shalt see the ass of him that hateth thee lying under his burden. That this signifies falsity not agreeing with the good of the church, by reason of which they are about to perish, is evident from the signification of “an ass,” as being memory-truth, and therefore in the opposite sense, memory-falsity (see n. 2781, 5492, 5741, 8078); from the signification of “him that hateth thee,” when said of falsity, as being what is contrary to the good of the church, thus what does not agree with it; for in the spiritual sense “hatred” denotes the aversion and variance that exist between truths and falsities, and also between goods and evils (n. 3605, 4681, 4684); and from the signification of “lying under a burden,” as being to perish. From this it is evident that by “the ass of him that hateth thee” is signified falsity not agreeing with the good of the church, by reason of which they are about to perish.

AC (Potts) n. 9258 sRef Ex@23 @5 S0′ 9258. And wouldest forbear to remove it for him. That this signifies no reception of truth, is evident from the signification of “to forbear from removing,” as being not to instruct and amend, here not to be capable of receiving instruction, thus not to receive truth, because it is said of the falsity which does not agree with the good of the church, and this falsity is of this nature. That in the spiritual sense “to remove” denotes this, is evident from the fact that words apply themselves to the subject; thus in the sense of the letter “to remove” applies to the burden under which the ass is lying; and in the internal sense to the falsity which does not agree with the good of the church; and therefore in this sense there is signified no removal from falsity by means of amendment, thus also no reception of truth whereby there may be amendment or removal. There are falsities which agree with the good of the church, and there are falsities which do not agree with it. The falsities which agree are those in which good lies hidden, and which, therefore, by means of good, can be bent toward truths. But the falsities which do not agree with the good of the church are those in which evil lies hidden, and which therefore cannot be bent toward truths.
[2] The good which lies hidden within genuine truths, or within truths not genuine, which just above were called falsities, and the evil which lies hidden in falsities, and also in truths, are like the prolific germ in the seed of fruit. When the fruit is being formed, all its fibers look toward the prolific germ of the seed, and by means of the permeating sap they nourish it and form it; but when it has been formed, the fibers retire, and convey the sap away from the seed, thus causing the pulp of the fruit to shrivel and decay, and afterward serve the prolific germ as soil. The case is the same with the seed itself, when its prolific germ begins to put itself forth anew in the earth. The prolific germ in plants corresponds to the good in man. The seed itself corresponds to internal things, and the pulp of the fruit encompassing the seed corresponds to external things. When the internal of man is being formed anew, or is being regenerated, the memory-knowledges and truths of the external man are like the fibers of fruit, through which the sap is carried over to the internal; and afterward, when the man has been regenerated, the memory-knowledges and truths of the external man are also separated, and serve as soil. The case is the same with the internal of man, to which the seed corresponds. In this case the good which has been formed in this manner produces a new man, just as the prolific germ in the seed produces a new tree, or a new plant. Thus all things are made new, and afterward multiply and bear fruit to eternity; consequently the new man becomes like a garden and a paradise, to which he is also compared in the Word.
sRef Matt@13 @32 S3′ sRef Matt@13 @31 S3′ [3] This is meant by the Lord’s words in Matthew:
The kingdom of the heavens is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took and sowed in his field; which is less than all seeds; but when it is grown, it is greater than the herbs, and becometh a tree, so that the birds of the heaven come and make their nests in its branches (Matt. 13:31-32).
From all this it can be seen how the case is with truths, both genuine and not genuine, that have good within them, namely, that after good has been formed, it produces such truths as agree with the good; and even if these are not genuine truths, they are nevertheless accepted as genuine, because they savor of good, for from this they derive their essence and life. For good prolificates and brings itself forth by means of truths, and in this bringing of itself forth it is in the continual endeavor to produce a new good, in which there shall be a like prolific germ; just as the prolific germ of a seed acts in the case of a plant or tree, when it pushes itself forth from the earth for the sake of new fruits, and new seeds. But the varieties are endless, and are according to the goods that are formed by a life of charity in accordance with the precepts of faith.
sRef John@15 @4 S4′ sRef John@15 @5 S4′ sRef John@15 @6 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @20 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @17 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @18 S4′ sRef Matt@7 @19 S4′ [4] From the opposite it can be seen how the case is with falsities in which is evil, namely, that they are like trees which bear evil fruits, and which are to be rooted up and cast into the fire, according to the Lord’s words in these passages:
Every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them (Matt. 7:17-20; 12:33).
Jesus said, As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; so neither can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same beareth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in Me, he shall be cast forth as a branch, and shall wither; and they gather him, and cast him into the fire, and he is burned (John 15:4-6).
From this it is evident that all good which shall bear any fruit is from the Lord, and that unless it is from Him it is not good.

AC (Potts) n. 9259 sRef Ex@23 @5 S0′ 9259. Removing thou shall remove it with him. That this signifies encouragement, and effort toward amendment, is evident from the signification of “removing,” when said of the falsity which does not agree with the good of the church, as being amendment (see above, n. 9258), and here effort toward amendment, and encouragement, because such falsity is amended with difficulty. The falsities which do not agree with the good of the church are all those which are opposed to the Lord, to the good of love to Him, and to the good of charity toward the neighbor. That such things as have just been unfolded lie hidden within these two laws, or judgments, is evident from this additional consideration, that the things contained in the letter seldom happen, namely, meeting an enemy’s ox or ass going astray, and seeing the ass of one who hates us lying under a burden. Consequently these ordinances are not of sufficient importance to have been included among the laws and judgments that were promulgated from Mount Sinai. But the things they contain within them cause them to rank among the chief judgments; for they contain the injunction that the Gentiles too must be loved and be instructed in the truths of faith, and be amended in respect to the life. But these internal contents of the laws in question could not be set forth before the Israelitish and Jewish people, because these were in external things without internal; and because they had received from their fathers that they should hate, and therefore regard as enemies, all who were not of their brethren, that is, who were not born of Jacob. (Concerning the Jews and their character, see n. 4307, 4314, 4316, 4317, 4429, 4433, 4444, 4825, 4903, 6304, 8588, 8788, 8806, 8871.)

AC (Potts) n. 9260 sRef Ex@23 @6 S0′ 9260. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of thy needy in his cause. That this signifies no destruction of the scanty truth with those who are in ignorance, is evident from the signification of “wresting,” as being to pervert, and so to destroy; from the signification of “judgment,” as being that which is right and true (see n. 2235, 2335, 5068, 6397, 7206, 8685, 8695, 8972); from the signification of “the needy,” as being one who is in scanty truth from ignorance, and yet longs to be instructed (see n. 9209); and from the signification of “a cause,” as being contention (n. 5963, 9024). In the present case “in his cause” denotes in his dispute concerning the scanty truth for which he is contending.

AC (Potts) n. 9261 sRef Ex@23 @7 S0′ 9261. Keep thee far from the word of a lie. That this signifies an aversion for the falsity of evil, is evident from the signification of “a lie,” as being falsity from evil (see n. 8908, 9248). The reason why there is signified falsity from evil is that this falsity must be kept far away, because it derives its essence from evil; and evil and good are opposites; for evil is from hell, and good is from heaven, and there it is from the Lord. But falsity not derived from evil, which is the falsity of ignorance, is not of such a nature (see n. 1679, 2863, 4551, 4552, 4729, 4736, 6359, 7272, 7574, 8149, 8311, 8318, 9258). And from the signification of “keeping far away,” as being to feel aversion for. That “removal far away” denotes aversion, originates from the removals of this kind which appear in the spiritual world, in that they are according to dissimilarities, differences, and aversions, in respect to the things of spiritual life. For those who appear there in one place are in a like state of the affections and of the derivative thoughts; but as soon as they are at variance, they are separated and go far away from one another; and this according to the degree of their variance. This comes to pass because in the spiritual world both spaces and times are states, and therefore distances are differences of states. Nevertheless, before the external sight, states appear there as spaces, and their differences as distances. (That spaces and distances, and also times, are states, see n. 1273-1277, 1376-1382, 2625, 3356, 3387, 3404, 3638-3641, 4321, 4882, 7381, 9104; but that nevertheless there are appearances of spaces and distances, which originate from changes of state in the interiors, n. 5605.) From this it is now evident that in the internal sense “removal far away” denotes aversion.

AC (Potts) n. 9262 sRef Ex@23 @7 S0′ 9262. And the innocent and the righteous slay thou not. That this signifies an aversion for destroying interior and exterior good, is evident from the signification of “the innocent,” as being one who is in interior good, thus in the abstract sense, interior good (of which below); from the signification of “the righteous,” as being one in exterior good, and in the abstract sense, exterior good, for “righteous” is predicated of the good of love toward the neighbor, and “innocent” of the good of love to the Lord. The good of love toward the neighbor is exterior good, and the good of love to the Lord is interior good. And from the signification of “slaying,” as being to destroy. That “righteous” denotes the good of love toward the neighbor, will also be seen below. But that “innocent” denotes the good of love to the Lord, is because those are in innocence who love the Lord. For innocence is to acknowledge in the heart that of ourselves we desire nothing but evil, and perceive nothing but falsity, and also that all the good which is of love, and all the truth which is of faith, are from the Lord alone. None can at heart acknowledge these things except those who are conjoined with the Lord by love. Such are they who are in the inmost heaven, which from this is called the “heaven of innocence.” Wherefore the good they have is interior good; for it is the Divine good of love that proceeds from the Lord which is received by those who are in the heaven of innocence. Hence also they appear naked, and likewise as little children, from which it is that innocence is represented by nakedness, and also by infancy. (That it is represented by nakedness, see n. 165, 213, 214, 8375; and by infancy, n. 430, 1616, 2280, 2305, 2306, 3183, 3494, 4563, 4797, 5608.)
[2] From what has just been said about innocence it can be seen that the Lord’s Divine cannot be received except in innocence, from which it follows that good is not good, unless innocence is within it (n. 2526, 2780, 3994, 6765, 7840, 7887), that is, the acknowledgment that from one’s own proceeds nothing but what is evil and false, and that from the Lord is everything that is good and true. To believe the former, and to believe and also to will the latter, is innocence. Therefore the good of innocence is good Divine itself from the Lord with man. Consequently “the innocent” signifies one who is in interior good, and in the abstract sense, interior good.
sRef Deut@21 @6 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @5 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @4 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @2 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @3 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @9 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @7 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @1 S3′ sRef Deut@21 @8 S3′ [3] As Divine good which is from the Lord is signified by “the innocent,” or by “innocence,” it was a most heinous crime to shed innocent blood; and when it was committed, the whole land was under condemnation until it was expiated, as can be seen from the procedure of inquiry and purgation that took place if anyone was found stabbed in the land; of which it is thus written in Moses:
When one who has been stabbed is found in the land, lying in the field, and it is not known who hath smitten him; then the elders of the city shall come forth unto the cities which are round about him that is stabbed; and it shall be, that the city which is nearest unto him that is stabbed, the elders of that city shall take a female calf of an ox by which labor hath not been done, and which hath not drawn in the yoke; and the elders of that city shall bring down the calf unto a barren valley, which is neither cultivated nor sown, and shall cut off the calf’s neck there in the valley; and the priests, the sons of Levi, shall come near; and all the elders of that city, standing near him that is stabbed, shall wash their hands over the calf whose neck was cut off in the valley; and they shall answer and say, Our hands have not shed this blood, and our eyes have not seen it; expiate Thy people Israel whom Thou hast redeemed, O Jehovah, and put not innocent blood in the midst of Thy people Israel. So shall the blood be expiated for them. And thou shalt put away the innocent blood from the midst of thee, if thou shalt do that which is right in the eyes of Jehovah (Deut. 21:1-9);
everyone can see that this procedure of inquiry and of purgation in respect to innocent blood shed in the land, involves arcana of heaven, which cannot possibly be known unless it is known what is signified by “one stabbed in the field,” by “a female calf of an ox by which labor hath not been done and which hath not drawn in the yoke,” by “a barren valley which is neither cultivated nor sown,” by “cutting off the calf’s neck there in the valley,” by “washing the hands over the calf,” and by all the other particulars. That these things should have been commanded unless they signified secret things, would by no means be consistent with a Word that has been dictated by the Divine, and inspired in respect to every word and jot; for without some deeper meaning such a procedure would have been a ceremonial of no sanctity, and scarcely of any account.
[4] Nevertheless it is evident from the internal sense what arcana are hidden within it. Thus if it is known that by “one stabbed in the land lying in the field” is signified truth and good extinguished in a church where there is good, that by “the city which is nearest unto him that is stabbed” is signified the truth of doctrine of the church whose good has been extinguished; that by “a female calf of an ox by which work hath not been done and which hath not drawn in the yoke” is signified the good of the external or natural man, that has not as yet, through subjection to cupidities, drawn to itself any falsities of faith and evils of love; that by “a barren valley which is neither cultivated nor sown” is signified the natural mind which through ignorance is not improved with the truths and goods of faith; that by “cutting off the calf’s neck there in the valley” is signified expiation on account of the absence of guilt, because it was the result of ignorance; and that by “washing the hands” is signified purification from this heinous crime; then from the knowledge of all these things it is evident that by the “shedding of innocent blood” is signified the extinction with the man of the church of the Divine truth and good which are from the Lord, and thus of the Lord Himself.
[5] Be it known that by this whole procedure there was represented in heaven a crime of this nature done without guilt, because done from ignorance in which there is innocence, consequently as not evil. Every detail of this procedure, even the smallest, represented some essential thing in this matter; and what it represented is evident from the internal sense. (That “one who has been stabbed” denotes truth and good extinguished, see n. 4503; that “the land” denotes the church, n. 662, 1066, 1067, 1262, 1413, 1607, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2928, 3355, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732; that “a field” denotes the church as to good, thus the good of the church, n. 2971, 3310, 3766, 4982, 7502, 7571, 9139; that “a city” denotes the doctrine of truth, thus the truth of the doctrine of the church, n. 402, 2268, 2449, 2712, 2943, 3216, 4492, 4493; that “an ox” denotes the good of the external or natural man, n. 2180, 2566, 2781, 9134; consequently that “a calf” denotes infantile good, n. 1824, 1825.)
[6] That it “hath not done labor, and hath not drawn in the yoke” denotes that this good has not yet, through ignorance, been enslaved to falsities and evils, is evident, for “laboring and drawing in a yoke” denotes to serve. That “a valley” denotes the lower mind, which is called the natural mind, see n. 3417, 4715; that “barren” denotes a mind devoid of truths and goods, n. 3908; thus that “a valley which is neither cultivated nor sown” denotes the natural mind not as yet improved with truths and goods, thus which is as yet in ignorance; that the “seed” with which it is sown denotes the truth of faith, n. 1025, 1447, 1610, 1940, 2848, 3038, 3373, 3671, 6158. That “cutting off the neck” denotes expiation, is because by the slaying of various beasts, as well as by sacrifices, were signified expiations. That “washing the hand” denotes purification from falsities and evils, see n. 3147; here therefore it denotes purification from that heinous crime; for “to shed blood” signifies in general to do violence to good and truth (n. 9127); thus to “shed innocent blood” signifies to extinguish in a man what is Divine from the Lord, thus the Lord Himself in him; for the truth and good in a man are the Lord Himself, because they are from Him.
sRef Ps@73 @13 S7′ sRef Ps@94 @20 S7′ sRef Jer@2 @34 S7′ sRef Ps@94 @21 S7′ [7] The like is signified by “the shedding of innocent blood” in Deut. 19:10; 27:25; Isa. 59:3, 7; Jer. 2:34; 7:6; 19:4; 22:3, 17; Joel 3:19; Ps. 94:21. In the proximate sense “the innocent” signifies one who is without guilt and without evil, which in olden times was attested by the washing of the hands (Ps. 26:6; 73:13; Matt. 27:24; John 18:38; 19:4). The reason of this was that the good which is from the Lord with man is devoid of guilt and of evil. This good, as has been shown, is in the internal sense the good of innocence. But the good in the external man, that is, exterior good which is devoid of guilt and of evil, is called “the righteous,” as also in David:
The throne of perditions shall not have fellowship with Thee; who gather themselves together against the soul of the righteous, and condemn the innocent blood (Ps. 94:20, 21).

AC (Potts) n. 9263 sRef Ex@23 @7 S0′ 9263. Mention is often made in the Word of “the righteous,” of “righteousness,” and of “to be made righteous;” but what is specifically signified by these expressions is not yet known. The reason why it is not known is that hitherto it has been unknown that every expression in the Word signifies such things as belong to the internal church and to heaven, thus to the internal man (for the internal of the church, and heaven, are in the internal man), and also that these interior things in the Word differ from the exterior things which are of the letter, as spiritual things differ from natural, or as heavenly things differ from earthly, the difference of which is so great that to the natural man there scarcely appears any likeness, although there is full agreement. As this has been unknown, it could not be known what is signified in the Word, in its spiritual and celestial senses, by “the righteous,” by “righteousness,” and by “to be made righteous.” It is believed by the heads of the church that he is righteous, and has been made righteous, who is acquainted with the truths of faith from the doctrine of the church and from the Word, and consequently is in the trust and confidence that he is saved through the Lord’s righteousness, and that the Lord has acquired righteousness by fulfilling all things of the Law, and that He acquired merit because He endured the cross, and thereby made atonement for and redeemed man. Through this faith alone a man is believed to be made righteous; and it is believed further that such are they who are called in the Word “the righteous.”
[2] Yet it is not these who are called “righteous” in the Word; but those who from the Lord are in the good of charity toward the neighbor; for the Lord alone is righteous, because He alone is righteousness. Therefore a man is righteous, and has been made righteous, insofar as he receives good from the Lord, that is, insofar, and according to the way, in which he has in him what belongs to the Lord. The Lord was made righteousness through His having by His own power made His Human Divine. This Divine, with the man who receives it, is the Lord’s righteousness with him, and is the very good of charity toward the neighbor; for the Lord is in the good of love, and through it in the truth of faith, because the Lord is Divine love itself.
sRef Matt@25 @39 S3′ sRef Matt@25 @46 S3′ sRef Matt@25 @38 S3′ sRef Matt@25 @40 S3′ sRef Matt@25 @37 S3′ [3] The good of charity toward the neighbor is exterior good, which is signified by “the righteous;” and the good of love to the Lord is interior good, which is signified by “the innocent,” as shown in the foregoing section. That the good of love toward the neighbor from the Lord is “the righteous” in the proper sense, can be seen from the passages in the Word where mention is made of “the righteous,” of “righteousness,” and of “to be made righteous;” as in Matthew:
Then shall the righteous answer Him, saying, When saw we Thee a hungered, and fed Thee? or thirsty, and gave Thee drink? When saw we Thee a stranger, and took Thee in? or naked, and clothed Thee? When saw we Thee sick, or in prison, and came unto Thee? But the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily, I say unto you, Insomuch as ye did it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto Me. And the righteous shall go into eternal life (Matt. 25:37-40, 46);
sRef Matt@13 @49 S4′ sRef Luke@14 @14 S4′ [4] those are here called “the righteous” who have performed the goods of charity toward the neighbor, which are here recounted. And that the goods of charity are the Lord with them is said openly: “insomuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me” (n. 4807-4810, 4954-4959, 5063-5071). These are also called “the sheep,” for by “sheep” are signified those who from the Lord are in the good of charity (n. 4169); whereas by “the goats” which are on the left hand, and are condemned, are signified those who are in faith separate from charity (n. 4169, 4769). The same are signified by “the righteous” in another passage in Matthew:
The angels shall go forth, and shall sever the evil from the midst of the righteous (Matt. 13:49);
and in Luke:
Thou shalt be recompensed in the resurrection of the righteous (Luke 14:14).
sRef Dan@12 @3 S5′ sRef Matt@13 @43 S5′ [5] From this it is evident what is signified by,
The righteous shall shine forth as the sun in heaven (Matt. 13:43);
namely, that they are in the good of love from the Lord; for the Lord is the sun in the other life, and that which is from the Lord as the sun there is the good of love (n. 1053, 1521, 1529-1531, 2441, 2495, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4321, 4696, 5097, 7078, 7083, 7171, 7173, 7270, 8487, 8812). Hence the Lord is called “the Sun of Righteousness” (Mal. 4:2). In Daniel:
The intelligent shall shine as the brightness of the expanse, and they that make many righteous as the stars for ever and ever (Dan. 12:3);
“the intelligent” denote those who are in the truth and good of faith; and “they that make many righteous” denote those who lead to the good of charity through the truth and the good of faith; “to shine forth as the stars” denotes to be in the intelligence of truth and the wisdom of good, consequently in eternal happiness; for the “stars” denote the knowledges of truth and good, from which are intelligence and wisdom (n. 2495, 2849, 4697).
sRef Ps@37 @26 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @28 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @18 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @17 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @27 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @16 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @29 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @21 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @34 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @30 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @31 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @25 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @23 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @32 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @19 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @22 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @33 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @20 S6′ sRef Ps@37 @24 S6′ [6] “The righteous” is thus described in David:
Jehovah upholdeth the righteous; the righteous showeth mercy, and giveth. Every day the righteous showeth mercy, and lendeth. The righteous shall possess the land. The mouth of the righteous meditateth wisdom, and his tongue speaketh judgment; the law of his God is in his heart (Ps. 37:17, 21, 26, 29-31);
these things are goods of charity, which belong to “the righteous.” The church knows that these goods of charity are from the Lord, insomuch that they are the Lord’s in the man. “The righteous” is also described in Ezekiel 18:5-9, 21; 33:15-20.
sRef Matt@10 @41 S7′ sRef Matt@23 @35 S7′ sRef Matt@5 @6 S7′ sRef Matt@13 @17 S7′ sRef Matt@23 @29 S7′ [7] From all this it can be seen what is signified by “the righteous,” and by “righteousness,” in the following passages of Matthew:
Blessed are those who hunger and thirst after righteousness, for they shall be filled (Matt. 5:6).
He that receiveth a prophet in the name of a prophet shall receive a prophet’s reward; and he that receiveth a righteous man in the name of a righteous man shall receive a righteous man’s reward (Matt. 10:41).
Many prophets and righteous men have desired to see the things which ye see, but have not seen them (Matt. 13:17).
Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For ye build the sepulchers of the prophets, and garnish the tombs of the righteous; upon you shall come all the righteous blood shed on the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel (Matt. 23:29, 35);
“the prophets” denote those who teach the truths and goods of faith, and in the abstract sense, the doctrines of faith (n. 2534, 7269); and “the righteous” denote those who live a life of charity, and in the abstract sense the good of charity. (That Abel, who is called “righteous,” represented the good of charity, see n. 342, 374.)
sRef Isa@56 @1 S8′ sRef Isa@60 @21 S8′ sRef Isa@57 @1 S8′ sRef Isa@45 @8 S8′ sRef Isa@45 @19 S8′ [8] In Isaiah:
The righteous hath perished, and no man layeth it to heart; and men of holiness are gathered, none understanding; for because of evil the righteous is gathered (Isa. 57:1).
Thy people shall be all righteous; they shall possess the land eternally (Isa. 60:21).
Drip down, ye heavens, from above, and let the clouds flow down with righteousness; let the earth open, that they may bring forth the fruit of salvation, and let righteousness spring up together. I, Jehovah, speak righteousness, I declare things that are right (Isa. 45:8, 19);
“righteousness” denotes that which is from the good of love; and “things that are right,” that which is from the truths of faith. Again:
Thus said Jehovah: Keep ye judgment, and do righteousness; for My salvation is near, and My righteousness, that it may be revealed (Isa. 56:1);
by “judgment” is signified the truth which is of faith; and by “righteousness,” the good which is of charity; wherefore it is said, “and do righteousness.” That “righteousness” denotes the good of charity from the Lord, is meant by “My righteousness is near that it may be revealed.”
sRef Ezek@33 @19 S9′ sRef Jer@22 @15 S9′ sRef Jer@22 @3 S9′ sRef Ezek@33 @14 S9′ sRef Ezek@33 @16 S9′ sRef Jer@22 @13 S9′ [9] In many other passages also mention is made of “judgment and righteousness;” and by “judgment” is signified truth, and by “righteousness” good; as in Jeremiah:
Thus said Jehovah, Do ye judgment and righteousness; and deliver the spoiled out of the hand of the oppressor. Woe unto him that buildeth his house not in righteousness, and his upper chambers not in judgment. Did not thy father eat and drink, and do judgment and righteousness? Then it was well with him (Jer. 22:3, 13, 15);
“judgment” denotes those things which are of truth; and “righteousness” those things which are of good. In Ezekiel:
If the wicked turn from his sin, and do judgment and righteousness, none of his sins that he hath sinned shall be remembered against him; he hath done judgment and righteousness; living he shall live. When the wicked turneth from his wickedness, and doeth judgment and righteousness, for these he shall live (Ezek. 33:14, 16, 19).
And in other places also (Isa. 56:1; 9:7; 16:5; 26:7, 9; 33:5, 15; 58:2; Jer. 9:24; 23:5; 33:15; Hosea 2:19, 20; Amos 5:24; 6:12; Ps. 36:5, 6; 119:164, 172).
It is said “judgment and righteousness,” because in the Word whenever truth is treated of, good also is treated of, because of the heavenly marriage, which is the marriage of good and truth, in every detail of it (n. 683, 793, 801, 2173, 2516, 2712, 4137, 5138, 5502, 6343, 7945, 8339). As “righteousness” belongs to good, and “judgment” to truth, in other passages it is said “righteousness and truth,” as in Zech. 8:8; Ps. 15:2; 36:5-6; 85:10-11.

AC (Potts) n. 9264 sRef Luke@16 @15 S0′ sRef Matt@12 @37 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @7 S0′ 9264. For I will not justify the wicked. That this signifies that such malignity is contrary to the Divine righteousness, is evident from the signification of “justifying,” as being to declare guiltless and to absolve; but here not to absolve, because it is said, “I will not justify;” that “to justify” means also to declare guiltless and to absolve, is evident from the judicial meaning of this expression; as also in the following:
By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned (Matt. 12:37).
Ye are they that justify yourselves in the sight of men; but God knoweth your hearts (Luke 16:15).
And from the signification of “the wicked,” as being malignity (see n. 9249). Malignity, of which it is here said that it is contrary to the Divine righteousness, consists in destroying the interior and exterior good which is signified by “slaying the innocent and the righteous” (of which just above, n. 9262, 9263); and this good is destroyed when the Divine truth and good which are from the Lord are denied, in which case this is extinguished in the man, and consequently so is the Lord Himself, from whom proceed all good which is good and all truth which is truth. When this takes place, the man no longer has any spiritual life, thus no salvation. This same truth and good are extinguished when the Lord’s Divinity is denied, and also when the Word is denied, for this is Divine truth from the Lord and about the Lord. To deny this, when it has previously been acknowledged and received with faith, and thus to extinguish it, is the sin against the Holy Spirit, which is not forgiven (Matt. 12:31). For the Holy Spirit is the Divine truth and good, because it is the holy proceeding from the Lord (n. 9229). This same is also signified by the “shedding of innocent blood,” spoken of just above. That this malignity is not forgiven, because it is contrary to the Divine righteousness, is signified by the words, “I will not justify the wicked.”

AC (Potts) n. 9265 sRef Ex@23 @8 S0′ sRef Luke@16 @13 S0′ 9265. And thou shalt not take a present. That this signifies an aversion for any self-advantage whatever, is evident from the signification of “a present,” as being everything worldly that is loved, whether it be wealth, dignity, reputation, or anything else which flatters the natural man, which things, speaking generally, are called “self-advantage,” and in the internal sense are meant by “a present” which “blinds” and “perverts;” and from the signification of “not to take,” as being to be held in aversion, for unless this is the case they are still looked for and taken. But they are held in aversion when what is heavenly and Divine is loved more than what is worldly and earthly; for so far as the one is loved, so far the other is hated, according to the Lord’s words in Luke:
No servant can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one, and love the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon (Luke 16:13);
“to hate” denotes to hold in aversion, for aversion is of hatred, and hatred is opposite to love; wherefore it is said “or he will love the other.” From all this it is evident that by “thou shalt not take a present” is signified an aversion for any self-advantage whatever.

AC (Potts) n. 9266 sRef Ex@23 @8 S0′ sRef Deut@16 @19 S0′ 9266. Because a present blindeth those who have their eyes open. That this signifies that matters of self-advantage cause truths not to appear, is evident from the signification of “a present,” as being any kind of self-advantage (of which just above, n. 9265); from the signification of “blinding” when said with respect to truths, as being to cause them not to appear; and from the signification of “those who have their eyes open,” that is, who see, as being those who know truths and discern what is true; for “to see” signifies to know, understand, and acknowledge truths, and also to have faith (n. 897, 2150, 2325, 2807, 3764, 3863, 3869, 4403-4421, 5114, 5286, 5400, 6805, 8688, 9128). Wherefore “those who have their eyes open” are called “the wise” in another passage: “a present blindeth the eyes of the wise” (Deut. 16:19).

AC (Potts) n. 9267 sRef Ex@23 @8 S0′ 9267. And perverteth the words of the righteous. That this signifies so that [these matters of self-advantage] appear like truths of good, is evident from the signification of “perverting the words of the righteous,” as being that they appear like truths of good; for “words” denote the things themselves, thus truths, and “the righteous” denote those who are in good (see n. 9263). That “words” denote truths, is because in the original tongue “a word” signifies that which is something, and which really exists; consequently it also signifies truth, for everything which really exists from esse [being] bears relation to truth. From this also it is that Divine truth is called “the Word.”

AC (Potts) n. 9268 sRef Ex@23 @9 S0′ 9268. And a sojourner shalt thou not oppress. That this signifies that those who long to be instructed in the truths of the church must not be infested with evils of life, is evident from the signification of “a sojourner,” as being one who longs to be instructed in the truths of the church (see n. 8007, 8013, 9196); and from the signification of “oppressing,” as being to infest with evils of life (n. 9196).

AC (Potts) n. 9269 sRef Ex@23 @9 S0′ 9269. For ye know the soul of a sojourner. That this signifies their longing and their life, is evident from the signification of “the soul,” when said of those who long to be instructed in the truths of faith, who are signified by “sojourners,” as being longing and life. For “the soul” denotes life from faith (see n. 9050); and longing is the very activity of life, because it is from the affection of good; and the truth of faith lives from the affection of good.

AC (Potts) n. 9270 sRef Ex@23 @9 S0′ 9270. Seeing that ye were sojourners in the land of Egypt. That this signifies that they were protected from falsities and evils when infested by the infernals, is evident from what was shown above (n. 9197), where the same words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 9271 sRef Ex@23 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @10 S0′ 9271. Verses 10-13. And six years thou shalt sow thy land, and shalt gather the produce thereof; and in the seventh thou shalt let it lie fallow, and shalt release it; and the needy of thy people shall eat; and what they leave the wild animal of the field shall eat. So shalt thou do to thy vineyard, and to thine oliveyard. Six days thou shalt do thy works, and on the seventh day thou shalt cease; that thine ox and thine ass may rest; and the son of thy handmaid, and the sojourner, may take breath. And all that I have said unto you ye shall keep; and ye shall not mention the name of other gods; it shall not be heard upon thy mouth. “And six years thou shalt sow thy land,” signifies the first state, when the man of the church is being instructed in the truths and goods of faith; “and shalt gather the produce thereof,” signifies the goods of truth therefrom; “and in the seventh year thou shalt let it lie fallow, and shalt release it,” signifies the second state, when the man of the church is in good, and thus in the tranquility of peace; “and the needy of thy people shall eat,” signifies conjunction through the good of charity with those who are in few truths and yet long to be instructed; “and what they leave the wild animal of the field shall eat,” signifies conjunction through these with those who are in the delights of external truth; “so shalt thou do to thy vineyard, and to thine oliveyard,” signifies that so it is with spiritual good and with celestial good; “six days thou shalt do thy works,” signifies the state of labor and of combat when the man is in external things, which are to be conjoined with internal; “and on the seventh day thou shalt cease,” signifies the state of good when the man is in internal things, and his tranquility of peace then; “that thine ox and thine ass may rest,” signifies tranquility at the same time for external goods and truths; “and the son of thy handmaid, and the sojourner, may take breath,” signifies the state of life of those outside the church who are in truths and goods; “and all that I have said unto you ye shall keep,” signifies that the commandments, the judgments, and the statutes are to be done; “and ye shall not mention the name of other gods,” signifies that they must not think from the doctrine of falsity; “it shall not be heard upon thy mouth,” signifies that obedience is not to be paid with any affirmation.

AC (Potts) n. 9272 sRef Deut@32 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @10 S0′ 9272. Six years thou shalt sow thy land. That this signifies the first state, when the man of the church is being instructed in the truths and goods of faith, is evident from the signification of “six years,” as being the first state of the man who is being regenerated (of which below, n. 9274); and from the signification of “sowing the land,” as being when the truths and goods of faith are being implanted. That this is signified by “sowing the land” is because all things of the field, of seeding, and of its produce, signify such things as are of the church in general, and as are of the man of the church in particular, who is a man that has been regenerated through the truth of faith and the good of charity from the Lord. Hence it is that “field” and “ground” in the Word signify those in the church who receive the truths and goods of faith, as a field receives seeds. Wherefore also in the Word mention is often made of a “field,” of “seed,” of “sowing,” of “harvest,” of “produce,” of “grain” and “wheat,” and of “bread” from these, as well as of all other things that belong to a field.
[2] He who does not know how the case is with the state of heaven, believes no otherwise than that these expressions in the Word are mere metaphors and comparisons. But they are real correspondences. For when the angels discourse about the regeneration of man by the Lord through the truths of faith and the goods of charity, then below in the world of spirits there appear fields, crops, fallow lands, and also harvests; and this by reason of their correspondence. He who knows this can also know that such things in the world have been created according to correspondences; for universal nature (that is, the sky with the sun, moon, and stars, and the earth with the objects of its three kingdoms) corresponds to such things as are in the spiritual world (n. 2993, 5116, 5377). (That in this way nature is a theater representative of the Lord’s kingdom, see n. 3483; and that from this all things in the natural world have their subsistence, n. 2987, 2989-2991, 3002, 8211.) From all this it is evident why the things belonging to a field, that is, which are sown in a field, and are reaped from a field, signify such things as are of the church in general and in particular. (That even the comparisons used in the Word are from things which correspond, see n. 3579, 8989.)
sRef Isa@17 @11 S3′ sRef Isa@17 @10 S3′ [3] That “sowing the land,” that is, a “field,” denotes to teach and learn the truths and goods of faith which are of the church; and that the “produce” denotes the goods of truth therefrom, may be seen from many passages in the Word; as in Isaiah:
Because thou hast forgotten the God of thy salvation, therefore shall thou plant plants of delights; but with the shoot of a strange one thou shalt set it: in the day thou shalt cause thy plant to grow, and in the morning thy seed to blossom: the harvest shall be a heap in the day of possession; but the grief is desperate (Isa. 17:10, 11);
here such things are mentioned as grow on the earth; yet it is evident that holy things of the church are meant by them; namely, by “planting plants of delights,” such things as are favorable to the affections; and by “setting the land with a shoot of a strange one,” to teach truths not genuine.
sRef Jer@4 @4 S4′ sRef Jer@4 @3 S4′ [4] In Jeremiah:
Thus said Jehovah to the man of Judah and to Jerusalem, Break up your fallow ground, and sow not among thorns. Circumcise yourselves to Jehovah, and take away the foreskins of your heart (Jer. 4:3-4).
That “to sow among thorns” denotes to teach and learn truths, but which are choked and rendered unfruitful by the cares of the world, the deceitfulness of riches, and concupiscence, the Lord teaches in Mark 4:7, 18, 19. Wherefore it is said, that they should “circumcise themselves to Jehovah, and take away the foreskins of their heart,” that is, that they should purify themselves from such things as choke the truths and goods of faith, and render them unfruitful (that this is the meaning of “circumcising” see n. 2039, 2056, 2632, 3412, 3413, 4462, 7045). The like is signified in Jeremiah by “sowing wheat and reaping thorns” (Jer. 12:13).
sRef Micah@6 @15 S5′ sRef Micah@6 @13 S5′ [5] In Micah:
I have been wearied with smiting thee, with laying thee waste because of thy sins. Thou shalt sow, but shalt not reap; thou shalt tread the olive, but shalt not anoint thee with oil; and the must, but shalt not drink the wine (Micah 6:13, 15);
“sowing and not reaping” denotes to be instructed in the truths of faith, but without profit; “treading the olive, but not anointing oneself” denotes to be instructed about the good of life, but still not to live in it; “treading the must, but not drinking the wine” denotes to be instructed about the truths which are from good, but still not to appropriate them to oneself. That such things of the church or of heaven are signified by these words is plain from those which precede, namely, that they were to be laid waste in this manner “because of their sins;” for the wicked and sinful man receives instruction, but merely stores it up among memory-knowledges, which he brings forth from his memory in order to get reputation, fame, honors, and wealth, thus to serve an evil use and end. From this the truths and the goods in which he has been instructed lose the life of heaven, and become dead, and finally deadly.
sRef Isa@30 @24 S6′ sRef Isa@32 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @25 S6′ sRef Isa@27 @6 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @22 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @21 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @26 S6′ sRef Isa@30 @23 S6′ [6] In Isaiah:
Blessed are ye that sow beside all waters, that send forth the foot of the ox and the ass (Isa. 32:20);
“to sow beside all waters” denotes to be instructed in all kinds of truths which are for use; “to send forth the foot of the ox and the ass” denotes to be instructed in external goods and truths. Again:
Jacob shall cause those who are to come to take root; Israel shall blossom and bloom, so that the faces of the world shall be filled with produce; thy teachers shall not any more be forced to flee away, and thine eyes shall look unto thy teachers; and thine ears shall hear a word behind thee, saying, This is the way, go ye in it. Then shall Jehovah give the rain of thy seed, wherewith thou shalt sow the land; and bread of the produce of the earth, and it shall be fat and rich; in that day shall thy cattle feed in a broad meadow; and the oxen and the asses that till the land shall eat clean provender. The light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of seven days, in the day that Jehovah shall bind up the breach of His people, and shall heal the wound of their stroke (Isa. 27:6; 30:20-26).
[7] To everyone who reflects it is plainly evident that by its being said that Jehovah should “give the rain of the seed wherewith they should sow the land, and bread of the produce of the earth;” that “their cattle should feed in a broad meadow;” that “the oxen and the asses that till the land should eat clean provender;” that “the light of the moon should be as the light of the sun, and the light of sun should be sevenfold,” there are signified such things as are of the church, and also that they signify instruction in the truths and goods of faith; because it is said, “thine eyes shall look unto thy teachers, and thine ears shall hear a word, saying, This is the way, go ye in it.” For “teachers” denote those who instruct, and “the way in which they should go” denotes the truth of doctrine and the good of life. But the specific signification of each expression is clear from the signification of “rain,” of “seed,” of “produce,” of “land,” of “cattle,” of a “broad meadow,” of “oxen and asses tilling the land,” and of “clean provender which they should eat;” also from the signification of “the light of the moon and of the sun,” likewise of “sevenfold,” and of “seven days.” And as by these expressions are signified such things as are of the church, that is, such as are of doctrine and of life, it follows that this will come to pass in the day that Jehovah shall “bind up the breach of His people, and heal the wound of their stroke;” for “the breach of the people” denotes the falsity of doctrine which gradually creeps in from the badness of the teachers, from concupiscences, and from other causes; “the wound of the stroke” denoting the consequent evil of life.
sRef Lev@26 @3 S8′ sRef Zech@8 @12 S8′ sRef Zech@8 @13 S8′ sRef Lev@26 @4 S8′ [8] As with the Israelitish and Jewish people all things were representative of things heavenly and Divine, so also were the fields, and their produce; likewise the vineyards, oliveyards, and all plantings; as also herds and oxen, and the mountains, hills, valleys, rivers, and all other things that were presented before their senses. From this also it was that they were enriched with such things when they kept and did the statutes and judgments, according to the promises in the Word throughout, as in these passages:
If ye shall walk in My statutes, and keep My commandments, and do them, I will give your rains in their season, and the land shall yield her produce, and the tree of the field shall yield its fruit (Lev. 26:3, 4).
The vine shall give its fruit, and the earth shall give its produce, and the heavens shall give their dew; whence it shall come to pass, that as ye have been a curse among the nations, ye shall be a blessing (Zech. 8:12, 13).
sRef Deut@32 @15 S9′ sRef Deut@32 @22 S9′ sRef Deut@11 @16 S9′ sRef Deut@11 @17 S9′ sRef Deut@32 @17 S9′ [9] The contrary befell them when they worshiped other gods, for then they no longer represented heavenly and Divine things, but infernal and diabolical ones. Wherefore then there was no longer fruitfulness nor produce; but consumption and wasting, according to these words in Moses:
If ye serve other gods, the anger of Jehovah shall be kindled against you, and He shall shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and the land yield not her produce (Deut. 11:16, 17).
When Jeshurun waxed fat, he kicked, and forsook God. They sacrifice unto demons, to gods whom they knew not; wherefore a fire is kindled in Mine anger, and it shall burn even to the lowest hell, and shall consume the land and its produce (Deut. 32:15, 17, 22).
sRef Ps@107 @37 S10′ sRef Ps@107 @36 S10′ sRef Ps@107 @35 S10′ [10] From all this it is now evident what is signified by “sowing the land,” and by its “produce,” and also whence these have their signification. It is also evident what is signified by these things in the following passages:
Jehovah maketh a wilderness into a pool of waters, and a land of drought into watersprings. There He maketh the hungry to dwell, that they may sow fields, and plant vineyards, and get them fruit of produce (Ps. 107:35-37).
Let all the peoples confess Thee. The earth shall yield its produce; God shall bless us (Ps. 67:5-7).
Jehovah maketh His people ride on the high places of the earth, and feedeth them with the produce of the fields; He maketh him to suck honey out of the cliff of the rock, and oil out of the stone of the rock (Deut. 32:13).

AC (Potts) n. 9273 sRef Ex@23 @10 S0′ 9273. And shalt gather the produce thereof. That this signifies the goods of truth therefrom, is evident from the signification of “gathering,” as being appropriation after instruction, for when “sowing” denotes instruction and being instructed in the truths of faith (as just shown), “gathering” denotes the appropriation of them. Appropriation is effected when the truths that have been of doctrine become of the life. When they become truths of life, they are called the “goods of truth.” It is these which are here signified by “produce.”

AC (Potts) n. 9274 sRef Ex@23 @11 S0′ 9274. And in the seventh year thou shalt let it lie fallow, and shalt release it. That this signifies the second state, when the man of the church is in good, and thus in the tranquility of peace, is evident from the signification of “the seventh year,” or the Sabbath, as being when man is in good, and is led of the Lord by means of good (see n. 8505, 8510, 8890, 8893); from the signification of “letting the land lie fallow,” that is, not sowing it, as being not to be led by truths, as before; and from the signification of “releasing it,” as being to be in the tranquility of peace. (That the Sabbath also was a representative of the state of peace in which there is conjunction, see n. 8494.) For by the lying fallow, and the release or rest of the land, was represented the rest, tranquility, and peace possessed by those who are in good from the Lord. (That there are two states with the man who is being regenerated and becoming a church; namely, the first when he is led by means of the truths of faith to the good of charity; and the second when he is in the good of charity, see n. 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8512, 8513, 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 8772, 9139, 9224, 9227, 9230.)
[2] That there are these two states with the man who is being regenerated and becoming a church, has been heretofore unknown, chiefly for the reason that the man of the church has not made any distinction between truth and good, thus not between faith and charity; and also because he has had no distinct perception of the two faculties of man, which are the understanding and the will; and that the understanding sees truths and goods, and the will is affected with them and loves them. For the same reason he could not know that the first state of the man who is being regenerated is learning truths and seeing them, and that the second state is willing and loving them; and that the things which a man has learned and seen are not appropriated to him until he wills and loves them; for the will is the man himself, and the understanding is his minister. If these things had been known, it might have been known and perceived that the man who is being regenerated is endowed by the Lord with both a new understanding and a new will, and that unless he has been endowed with both, he is not a new man; for the understanding is merely the seeing of the things which the man wills and loves, and thus, as before said, is only a minister. Consequently the first state of the man who is being regenerated is to be led through truths to good, and the second state is to be led by means of good; and when he is in this latter state, the order has been inverted, and he is then led by the Lord; consequently he is then in heaven, and hence in the tranquility of peace.
sRef Lev@25 @5 S3′ sRef Lev@25 @4 S3′ sRef Lev@25 @3 S3′ sRef Luke@17 @31 S3′ sRef Luke@17 @32 S3′ sRef Lev@25 @11 S3′ sRef Matt@24 @18 S3′ sRef Matt@24 @17 S3′ sRef Matt@24 @16 S3′ [3] This state is what is meant by the “seventh day,” and by the “seventh year,” and also by the “jubilee;” that is, by the “Sabbath,” and by the “Sabbath of Sabbaths,” and by the resulting rest of the land; according to these words in Moses:
Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather the produce thereof; but in the seventh year shall be a Sabbath of Sabbaths for the land, a Sabbath unto Jehovah; thou shall neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard; that which groweth of itself of thy harvest thou shalt not reap (Lev. 25:3-5).
And concerning the jubilee:
In the year of the jubilee, ye shall not sow, nor reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor vintage its undressed vines (Lev. 25:11).
He who knows nothing about these two states must needs be ignorant of many things contained in the Word; for in the Word, especially the prophetic Word, the two states are distinctly described. Nay, without this knowledge, he cannot apprehend the internal sense of the Word, nor even many things which are in its literal sense, as for example the following which the Lord foretold concerning the last time of the present church, which is there called the “consummation of the age” in these passages:
Then let them that are in Judea flee unto the mountains; let him that is upon the house not go down to take anything out of his house; and let him that is in the field not return back to take his garments (Matt. 24:16-18).
In that day, whosoever shall be upon the house, and his vessels in the house, let him not go down to take them away; and whosoever is in the field let him likewise not return to the things that are behind him. Remember Lot’s wife (Luke 17:31, 32).
(That the second state is here described, and that no one ought to return from that state to the first, see n. 3650-3655, 5895, 5897, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516.)
sRef Deut@22 @10 S4′ sRef Deut@22 @11 S4′ sRef Deut@22 @9 S4′ sRef Deut@22 @8 S4′ [4] That these states are distinct from each other is also involved in these words in Moses:
When thou makest a new house, thou shalt make a compass to thy roof. Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard nor thy field with mixed seed. Thou shalt not plough with an ox and an ass together. Thou shalt not put on a mixed garment of wool and linen together (Deut. 22:8-11; Lev. 19:19);
by these words is signified that he who is in the state of truth, that is, in the first state, cannot be in the state of good, that is, in the second state, nor the converse. The reason is that the one state is the inverse of the other; for in the first state the man looks from the world into heaven, but in the second state he looks from heaven into the world; because in the first state truths enter from the world through the intellect into the will, and there become goods, because of love; but in the second state the goods so formed go forth from heaven through the will into the intellect, and there appear in the form of faith. It is this faith which is saving, because it is from the good of love, that is, through the good of love from the Lord; for this faith belongs to charity in form.

AC (Potts) n. 9275 sRef Ex@23 @11 S0′ 9275. And the needy of thy people shall eat. That this signifies conjunction through the good of charity with those who are in few truths and yet long to be instructed, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being communication and conjunction (see n. 2187, 3596, 5643, 8001); from the signification of “the needy,” as being those who by reason of ignorance are in few truths and yet long to be instructed (see n. 9253); and from the signification of “people,” here the people of Israel, as being those who are of the church (n. 4286, 6426, 6637, 8805). From all this it is evident that by “the needy of thy people shall eat,” is signified the conjunction of the church with those who are in few truths and yet long to be instructed. The reason why it is said “conjunction through the good of charity,” is that this good conjoins, as will be shown in the following article.

AC (Potts) n. 9276 sRef Ex@23 @11 S0′ 9276. And what they leave the wild animal of the field shall eat. That this signifies conjunction through these with those who are in the delights of external truth, is evident from the signification of “what they leave,” namely, the needy of the people, as being what they have left behind, thus that which is behind them, but here it denotes through them, because the subject treated of is the conjunction of the church with those who are in few truths, and here its conjunction with those who are in the delights of external truth (that the conjunction of the church with these latter is effected through the former, will be seen below); from the signification of “eating,” as being communication and conjunction (as just above, n. 9275); and from the signification of “the wild animal of the field,” as being those who are in the delights of external truth. For in the Word “beasts” signify the affections of truth and good, beasts of the flock the affections of internal truth and good, and beasts of the herd the affections of external truth and good; but “wild animals” such affections as belong to the most external truth; for relatively to internal affections these affections are wild animals, for they are affections of the sensuous things which are called pleasures and delights. The reason why they are delights of truth, and not so much of good, is that the sensuous things which communicate immediately with the world through the body, derive scarcely anything from spiritual good, for it is bodily and worldly loves that chiefly reside therein. (That in the Word “beasts” signify the affections of truth and good, see n. 45, 46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 719, 776, 1823, 2180, 2781, 3218, 3519, 5198, 9090; that beasts of the flock signify the affections of internal truth and good, and those of the herd the affections of external truth and good, n. 5913, 8937, 9135; and that sensuous things communicate with the world and are the most external, n. 4009, 5077, 5089, 5094, 5125, 5128, 5767, 6183, 6201, 6310, 6311, 6313, 6315, 6318, 6564, 6598, 6612, 6614, 6622, 6624, 6844, 6845, 6948, 6949, 7442, 7693, 9212, 9216.) From what was shown in these places the nature of man’s sensuous mind relatively to his more interior things can be known, namely, that it is like a wild animal.
[2] The subject treated of in this verse in the internal sense is those who are in the good of charity, and also those who are in few truths and yet long to be instructed, and afterward those who are in the delights of external truth. These three kinds of men constitute the church. Those who are in the good of charity constitute the internal of the church; those who are in few truths and yet long to be instructed, thus who from good are in the affection of truth, constitute the external of the church; but those who are in the delights of external truth are the most external, and constitute as it were the circumference, and conclude the church.
[3] The conjunction of heaven with the human race, that is, the conjunction of the Lord through heaven with man, is effected by means of those who are in the good of charity, thus by the good of charity; for in this good the Lord is present, because the Lord is this good itself, because it proceeds from Him. By means of this good the Lord conjoins Himself with those who are in the affection of truth, because the affection of truth is from good, and as before said good is from the Lord. Through these again the Lord is with those who are in the delights of external truth, for the delights with them are for the most part derived from the loves of self and of the world, and very little from spiritual good. Such is the communication of heaven with man, that is, such is the communication of the Lord through heaven with him; consequently such is the conjunction.
[4] That the communication and conjunction of the Lord with the human race is of this nature, can be seen from the fact that such is the influx with every man of the church. By “a man of the church” is meant one who from the Lord is in the good of charity, and from this in the truths of faith; for charity from which is faith is the very church itself with man, because charity and faith are from the Lord; for the Lord flows into this good, which is the man’s internal; and through it into the affection of truth, which is his external; and through this affection into the delights of external truth, which are in his uttermost external.
[5] As it is with the man of the church in particular, so also it is with the church in general, that is, with all who constitute the Lord’s church. The reason of this is that before the Lord the church universal is like a man, for before the Lord, His heaven, with which the church acts as a one, is as one man, as can be seen from what has been shown about heaven as a Grand Man at the end of many chapters of Genesis. And because this is so, the case is the same with a man of the church in particular; for a man of the church in particular is a heaven, a church, and a kingdom of the Lord in the least form.
[6] Moreover, the case with the church is the same as with man himself, in that there are in him two fountains of life, namely, the Heart and the Lungs. It is known that the first of his life is the heart, and that the second of his life is the lungs, and that from these two fountains live all things in man both in general and in particular. The heart of the Grand Man (that is, of heaven and the church) is constituted of those who are in love to the Lord and in love toward the neighbor, thus, abstractedly from persons, of the love of the Lord and the love of the neighbor. And the lungs in the Grand Man (that is, in heaven and the church) are constituted of those who from the Lord are in charity toward the neighbor and from this in faith, and thus, abstractedly from persons, of charity and faith from the Lord. But all the other viscera and members in this Grand Man are constituted of those who are in external goods and truths, thus, abstractedly from persons, of the external goods and truths through which internal truths and goods can be brought in. As then the heart first flows into the lungs and through these into the viscera and members of the body, so likewise the Lord flows through the good of love into internal truths, and through these into external truths and goods.
[7] From all this it can be seen that there must by all means be a church on earth; and that without it the human race would perish, because it would be like a dying man, when the lungs and heart cease to be moved. Wherefore it is provided by the Lord that there shall always be a church on the earth, in which the Lord has been revealed by the Divine truth which is from Him; and on our earth this Divine truth is the Word. At the present day scarcely anyone believes this to be so, because scarcely anyone believes that everything of man’s life is from the Lord through heaven. For men suppose that life is in themselves, and that this can subsist without any connection with heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord, although this opinion is utterly false.
[8] From all this it is now evident how it is to be understood that conjunction is effected through the good of charity with those who are in few truths and yet desire to be instructed, and through these with those who are in the delights of external truth, which things are signified by “letting the land lie fallow and releasing it in the seventh year, and that then the needy of the people should eat, and what they left the wild animal of the field should eat.” But concerning the things above related, see what has been already shown, namely, that before the Lord heaven is like a man, and is therefore called the Grand Man (n. 1276, 2996, 2998, 3624-3649, 3741-3750, 4218-4228).
[9] (That it is the same with the Lord’s church, seeing that His kingdom on earth is the church, which acts as a one with His kingdom in the heavens, see n. 4060, 7396, 9216; also that a man of the church is a heaven and a church in particular, n. 1900, 1902, 3624-3631, 3634, 3884, 4292, 4523, 4524, 4625, 6013, 6057; that those who are in love to the Lord and in love toward the neighbor constitute the province of the heart in the Grand Man, and those who are in charity and thereby in faith from the Lord constitute the province of the lungs, n. 3635, 3883-3896; that everything of man’s life flows in from the Lord through heaven, n. 2536, 2706, 2886-2889, 2893, 3001, 3318, 3484, 3742, 3743, 4151, 5846, 5850, 5986, 6053-6058, 6189-6215, 6307-6327, 6466-6495, 6598-6626, 6982, 6985-6996, 7004, 7055, 7056, 7058, 7147, 7270, 7343, 8321, 8685, 8701, 8717, 8728, 9109, 9110, 9216; that there is a connection of heaven with man, n. 9216; and that without a church on earth the human race would perish, n. 468, 637, 2853, 4545.)

AC (Potts) n. 9277 sRef Ex@23 @11 S0′ 9277. So shalt thou do to thy vineyard, and to thine olive-yard. That this signifies that so it is with spiritual good and with celestial good, is evident from the signification of a “vineyard,” as being the spiritual church (n. 1069, 9139), thus spiritual good, which is the good of charity toward the neighbor, for this good makes the spiritual church; and from the signification of an “olive-yard,” as being the celestial church, thus celestial good, that is, the good of love to the Lord, for this good makes the celestial church. (What the spiritual church is, and what is its good; and what the celestial church is, and what is its good; and also what is the difference between them, see n. 2046, 2227, 2669, 2708, 2715, 2718, 2935, 2937, 2954, 3166, 3235, 3236, 3240, 3246, 3374, 3833, 3887, 3969, 4138, 4286, 4493, 4585, 4938, 5113, 5150, 5922, 6289, 6296, 6366, 6427, 6435, 6500, 6647, 6648, 7091, 7233, 7877, 7977, 7992, 8042, 8152, 8234, 8521.)
sRef Deut@28 @40 S2′ sRef Deut@28 @39 S2′ sRef Micah@6 @15 S2′ [2] That an “olive-yard” signifies the celestial church, and thus celestial good, is evident from the passages in the Word where the “olive-tree” is mentioned; as in Moses:
Thou shalt plant vineyards and till them, but the wine thou shalt not drink, nor gather; for the worm shall eat it. Thou shalt have olive-trees throughout all thy border, but thou shall not anoint thyself with the oil, for thine olive-tree shall be shaken (Deut. 28:39, 40);
where the subject treated of is the curse if other gods were worshiped, and if the statutes and judgments were not kept. “Olive-trees in all thy border” denote the goods of celestial love which are from the Lord through the Word in the whole church; “not being anointed with the oil” denotes that nevertheless they are not in this good; “thine olive-tree shall be shaken” denotes that this good will perish. In like manner in Micah:
Thou shalt tread the olive, but shall not anoint thee with oil; and the must, but shalt not drink the wine (Micah 6:15).
sRef Hab@3 @17 S3′ sRef Zech@4 @3 S3′ sRef Zech@4 @11 S3′ sRef Zech@4 @14 S3′ sRef Amos@4 @9 S3′ [3] In Amos:
I have smitten you with blasting and mildew; your many gardens, and your vineyards, and your fig-trees, and your olive-trees, shall the caterpillar devour; yet have ye not returned unto Me (Amos 4:9);
“vineyards” denote the goods of faith; and “olive-trees” the goods of love; the punishment for not receiving these goods is signified by “the caterpillar devouring the olive-trees.” In Habakkuk:
The fig-tree shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines; the labor of the olive shall deceive, and the field shall yield no food (Hab. 3:17);
where “the fig-tree” denotes natural good; “the vine,” spiritual good; “the olive,” celestial good; and “the field,” the church. In Zechariah:
Two olive-trees were beside the lampstand, one on the right side of the bowl, and the other on the left side. These are the two sons of pure oil, that stand beside the Lord of the whole earth (Zech. 4:3, 11, 14);
the “two olive-trees beside the lampstand” denote celestial and spiritual good, which are at the Lord’s right and left; “the lampstand” signifies the Lord as to Divine truth.
sRef Judg@9 @11 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @12 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @7 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @10 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @9 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @8 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @14 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @15 S4′ sRef Judg@9 @13 S4′ [4] In the book of Judges:
Jotham said to the citizens of Shechem who made Abimelech king, The trees went to anoint a king over them; and they said unto the olive-tree, Reign thou over us. But the olive-tree said unto them, Should I leave my fatness, which God and men honor in me, and go to sway myself over the trees? And the trees said to the fig-tree, Come thou, and reign over us. But the fig-tree said unto them, Should I cause to cease my sweetness, and my good fruit, and go to sway myself over the trees? Then the trees said unto the vine, Come thou, and reign over us. But the vine said unto them, Should I cause to cease my must, which cheereth God and men, and go to sway myself over the trees? Then said all the trees unto the bramble, Come thou and reign over us. And the bramble said unto the trees, If in truth ye anoint me king over you, come ye, and put your trust in my shadow; but if not, let fire come out of the bramble, and devour the cedars of Lebanon (Judg. 9:7-15);
what these things specifically involve cannot be known unless it is known what is signified by “the olive-tree,” “the fig-tree,” “the vine,” and “the bramble.” “The olive-tree” signifies the internal good of the celestial church; “the fig-tree,” the external good of that church (n. 4231, 5113); “the vine,” the good of the spiritual church; but “the bramble” signifies spurious good. These words therefore involve that the people who are here meant by the trees, were not willing that either celestial good or spiritual good should reign over them, but spurious good, and that they chose this in preference to the other goods. “Fire out of the bramble” denotes the evil of concupiscence; “the cedars of Lebanon that it would consume” denote the truths of good.
sRef 1Ki@6 @32 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @26 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @27 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @23 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @33 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @25 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @24 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @29 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @31 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @30 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @28 S5′ [5] As “the olive-tree” signified the good of love from the Lord and to the Lord, therefore the cherubs in the midst of the house or of the temple were made of olive wood, and in like manner the doors leading to the sanctuary (1 Kings 6:23-33); for the “cherubs” and also the “doors of the sanctuary” signified the guard and providence of the Lord that there should be no approach to Him except through the good of celestial love; and therefore they were of olive wood. From all this it can be seen why the tabernacle and the altar were anointed with oil; also the priests, and afterward the kings; and why the oil of the olive was used for the lamps; for this “oil” signified the good of love from the Lord (n. 886, 3728, 4582, 4638); and the “anointing” signified that so they might represent the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9278 sRef Ex@23 @12 S0′ 9278. Six days thou shalt do thy works. That this signifies the state of labor and of combat when the man is in external delights that are to be conjoined with internal, is evident from the signification of the “six days” which precede the seventh, as being a state of labor and of combat (see n. 737, 900, 8510, 8888, 8975). The labor and combat then are signified by the “works” which they were to do in the six days. By the “works of the six days,” and the “rest on the seventh day,” are signified those things which come forth in man in his first, and in his second state, during regeneration, and also those which come forth in him when he has been regenerated.
(Concerning the first and second states of man during regeneration, see above, n. 9274; and concerning those things which come forth with him when he has been regenerated, n. 9213.) These things take place to the end that external things may be conjoined with internal; for there is an external man, which is also called natural; and there is an internal man, which is also called spiritual. The external man communicates with the world, and the internal man with heaven.
[2] The Divine order is that heaven should rule the world in man, and not the world rule heaven in him; for when heaven rules man, then the Lord rules him. Man is born into loving the world and himself more than heaven and the Lord. And because this is opposite to Divine order, there must be an inversion by means of regeneration; and this inversion is effected when the things of heaven and the Lord are loved more than those of the world and of self. This is the reason why the man who has been regenerated, as also he who is in heaven, is alternately in external and in internal things; for external things are thereby disposed so as to agree with internal things; and finally to be subject to them.
[3] When a man is in external things, he is in labor and combat, for he is then in a life which savors of the world, into which the hells flow from all sides, continually endeavoring to infest, and even to subjugate in the man the things of heaven; but the Lord continually protects and sets him free. From this arise the labor and combat which are signified by the “six days of the week in which works are to be done.” But when the man is in internal things, then, because he is in heaven with the Lord, the labor and combat cease, and he is in the tranquility of peace, in which tranquility conjunction also is effected. These are the things which are signified by the “seventh day.” That the interiors of man have been created according to the image of heaven, and his exteriors according to the image of the world; thus that man is a heaven and a world in a little form, and according to the maxim of the ancients, is a microcosm, may be seen above (n. 6057); and consequently that it is according to Divine order that the Lord through heaven directs the world in man, and by no means the reverse.
[4] The nature of the labor and combat when a man is in external things, can be seen from the fact that he is then in such a state as to be in heat from the world and to be cold toward heaven, unless heaven be to him as the world; and that he is consequently in such a shade that he cannot conceive otherwise than that external things flow into internal, and consequently that the eye sees and the ear hears of itself, and that their objects bring forth thoughts, and produce the intellect, and that thereupon he is able of himself to believe, and likewise to love God; consequently from the world to see heaven. From this fallacy he can scarcely be withdrawn until he has been raised from external things into internal, and thus into the light of heaven. Then for the first time he perceives that the things in him which are of the world, thus which are of the body and its senses, see and act through influx from heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord, and not at all from themselves. From this it is evident why a sensuous man believes that everything of his life is from the world and from nature; that there is no hell, nor heaven; and finally that there is no God; consequently why he ridicules everything of the church insofar as he is concerned; but is in favor of it insofar as it concerns the simple, so that they may be in bonds, in addition to those of the laws.
[5] From this it can be known what it is to be in external things, and not at the same time in internal things, and that when a man is in external things, he is in cold and shade in respect to the things which are of heaven and which are of the Lord. From this also it can be known who in this world are intelligent and wise, namely, those who are in the truth and good of the church, because these are wise from heaven; and also who are foolish and insane, namely, those who are not in the good and truth of the church, because their knowledge is derived solely from the world; and that those among them who by means of the sciences of the world have confirmed themselves against the truths and goods of the church, are more insane and foolish that the rest, however much they may believe themselves intelligent and wise in comparison with others, and may call those simple who are in the good of life from the truths of doctrine; when yet the simplicity of these latter is wisdom in the eyes of the angels, and moreover after death they are raised by the Lord into angelic wisdom.
sRef Matt@13 @13 S6′ sRef John@14 @19 S6′ sRef Matt@13 @14 S6′ sRef John@14 @17 S6′ [6] That this is the case, the Lord also teaches in Matthew:
Therefore speak I by parables; because seeing they see not, and hearing they hear not, neither do they understand (Matt. 13:13).
And in John:
I will send the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive; for it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him. Yet a little while, and the world shall see Me no more (John 14:17, 19);
“the Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him,” signifies that the world will not acknowledge the Lord with faith of the heart, because external things which are of the world will obscure. Consequently who at the present day adores Him as the Lord of the whole heaven and the whole earth (Matt. 18:18)? And yet all who are in the heavens, thus all who are in internal things, regard the Lord as their only God.

AC (Potts) n. 9279 sRef Ex@23 @12 S0′ 9279. And on the seventh day thou shalt cease. That this signifies the state of good when the man is in internal things, and his tranquility of peace then, is evident from the signification of “the seventh day,” or “Sabbath,” as being when the man is in good, and is led by the Lord by means of good (see n. 8495, 8510, 8890, 8893); and from the signification of “ceasing,” or “resting from works,” as being the tranquility of peace then. (Concerning this state see what has been said and shown above, n. 9274, 9278.)
[2] But it shall be briefly stated why, when a man is in good, he is in internal things. Man’s External Things have been formed according to the Image of the World, and his Internal Things according to the Image of Heaven (see n. 6057); wherefore also his external things receive those which are of the world, but his internal things those which are of heaven. The external things which are of the world are opened in man successively from infancy even to manhood; in like manner the internal things. But the external things are opened by means of those which are of the world, whereas the internal things are opened by means of those which are of heaven. The things thus opened are twofold, namely, those of the understanding, and those of the will. The things of the understanding are opened by means of those which bear relation to truth, and the things of the will by means of those which bear relation to good; for all things in the universe, both those in the world and those in heaven, bear relation to truth and to good. Those which bear relation to truth are called knowledges; and those which bear relation to good are called loves and affections. From this it is clear what, and of what nature, are the things which open the life of man.
[3] As regards the internal man, which as above said has been formed according to the image of heaven, it is the knowledges of the truth and good of faith from the Lord, and consequently of faith in the Lord, that open the things of its understanding; and it is the affections of truth and good, which are of love from the Lord, and consequently of love to the Lord, that open the things of its will, and consequently form within him heaven, thus the Lord in an image, for heaven is an image of the Lord. From this it is that heaven is called the Grand Man (n. 1276, 2996, 2998, 3624-3649, 3741-3750, 4218-4228); that man has been formed according to the image of heaven and the image of the world (n. 3628, 4523, 4524, 6013, 6057); and that a regenerate man, and an angel, is a heaven and a church in the least form (n. 1900, 3624, 3634, 3884, 4040, 4041, 4292, 4625, 6013, 6057, 6605, 6626, 8988). From all this it can be seen why, when a man is in good, he is in internal things. But concerning the opening of man’s internal and external things, of the Lord’s Divine mercy more in what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 9280 sRef Ex@23 @12 S0′ 9280. That thine ox and thine ass may rest. That this signifies the tranquility of peace at the same time for external goods and truths is evident from the signification of “resting,” when said of the seventh day or Sabbath, as being the tranquility of peace (as just above, n. 9279); and from the signification of “an ox” as being external good, and of “an ass” as being external truth (n. 2781, 9134, 9255). That beasts signified affections and inclinations, such as man has in common with them, see n. 45-46, 142, 143, 246, 714, 715, 776, 2179-2781, 3218, 3519, 5198, 5913, 8937, 9090, 9135. That beasts were employed in the sacrifices in accordance with their signification, see n. 1823, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519. That all things in the three kingdoms of nature are representative of the spiritual and celestial things of the Lord’s kingdom, see n. 1632, 1881, 2758, 2987-3003, 3213-3227, 3483, 3624-3649, 4939, 5116, 5427, 5428, 5477, 8211. And that there are correspondences of all things, see n. 2987-3003, 3213-3226, 3337-3352, 3472-3485, 3624-3649, 3745-3750, 3883-3896, 4039-4055, 4218-4228, 4318-4331, 4403-4420, 4523-4533, 4622-4634, 4652-4660, 4791-4806, 4931-4952, 5050-5062, 5171-5189, 5377-5396, 5552-5573, 5711-5727, 8615.
[2] These quotations have been brought together to show that not only all beasts, but also all things in the world, correspond, and according to their correspondences represent and signify spiritual and celestial things, and in the supreme sense the Divine things of the Lord; and from this to show the nature of the Ancient Churches, which were called representative churches; namely, that all their holy rites represented the things of the Lord and His kingdom, thus the things of love and faith in Him; and that by means of such things heaven was then conjoined with the man of the church; for the internal things were presented in heaven. To the same end the Word of the Lord was given, for each and all things therein, down to the smallest jot, correspond and have a signification; consequently through the Word alone is there a connection of heaven with man.
[3] That this is the case no one at this day knows; and therefore when a natural man reads the Word, and searches where the Divine lies hidden in it; and when on account of its ordinary style he does not find it in the letter, he first begins to hold it in low esteem, and then to deny that it has been dictated by the Divine Itself, and sent down through heaven to man; for he does not know that the Word is Divine by virtue of its spiritual sense, which is not apparent in the letter, but nevertheless is in the letter; and that this sense is presented in heaven when a man reads the Word with reverence; and that this sense treats of the Lord and His kingdom. It is these Divine things from which the Word is Divine, and by means of which holiness flows through heaven from the Lord down into the literal sense, and into the very letter itself. But so long as a man does not know what the spiritual is, he cannot know what the spiritual sense is, thus not what correspondence is. And so long as a man loves the world more than heaven, and himself more than the Lord, he does not wish to know or apprehend these things; although all the intelligence of ancient times was from this source, as is also the wisdom of the angels. The mystical secrets which many diviners have in vain busied themselves to trace in the Word, lie hidden solely in its spiritual sense.

AC (Potts) n. 9281 sRef Ex@23 @12 S0′ 9281. And the son of thy handmaid, and the sojourner, may take breath. That this signifies the state of life of those outside the church who are in truths and goods, is evident from the signification of “the son of a handmaid,” as being those who are in the affection of external truth; for by “a son” is signified truth (see n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4257), and by “a handmaid” is signified external affection (n. 1895, 2567, 3835, 3849, 7780, 8993); and from the signification of “a sojourner,” as being those who wish to be instructed in the truths and goods of the church (n. 1463, 8007, 8013, 9196). That by “the son of a handmaid,” and “a sojourner,” are here signified those who are outside the church, is because in the preceding portion of this verse those who are within the church were treated of; and for this reason those who are without the church are meant by the “sons of a handmaid,” and those who have not been born within the church by “sojourners;” because the former are of a lower descent, and the latter are of a different lineage. And from the signification of “breathing,” as being the state of life in respect to the truths and goods of faith. The reason why “breathing” signifies this state of life, is that the lungs, whose office it is to breathe, correspond to the life of faith from charity, which is spiritual life (n. 97, 1119, 3351, 3635, 3883-3896, 9229).
sRef Isa@44 @6 S2′ [2] Man has an outward and an inward breathing; the outward breathing is from the world, but the inward is from heaven. When a man dies, the outward breathing ceases; but the inward breathing, which during his life in the world is tacit and imperceptible to him, continues. This breathing is altogether according to the affection of truth, thus according to the life of his faith. But those who are in no faith, as is the case with those who are in hell, do not draw their breathing from within, but from without, thus in a contrary manner; and therefore when they approach an angelic society, where there is breathing from within, they begin to be suffocated, and become like images of death (n. 3894). Therefore they cast themselves down headlong into their hell, where they resume their former breathing, which is contrary to that of heaven.
sRef John@20 @22 S3′ sRef John@3 @8 S3′ [3] As the breathing corresponds to the life of faith, therefore the life of faith is also signified by the “soul” [anima] (n. 9050), from “animation,” which denotes the breathing; and therefore also the breath is called the “spirit,” as in the expressions “drawing the breath” [spiritus], and “letting out the breath” [spiritus]. From this also in the original tongue, “spirits” are so called from the wind, and in the Word are compared to “the wind;” as in John:
The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the voice thereof, but knowest not whence it cometh, or whither it goeth: so is everyone that is born of the Spirit (John 3:8).
From this also it is evident what is signified by its being said that after His resurrection the Lord, when speaking with His disciples, “breathed on them, and said unto them, Receive ye the Holy Spirit” (John 20:22).

AC (Potts) n. 9282 sRef Lev@18 @4 S0′ sRef Lev@18 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @13 S0′ 9282. And all that I have said unto you ye shall keep. That this signifies that the commandments, the judgments, and the statutes are to be done is evident from the signification of “all that Jehovah had said unto them,” as being all things of the life, of worship, and of the civil state; for the things of life were called “commandments,” those of worship were called “statutes,” and those of the civil state were called “judgments” (see n. 8972); and from the signification of “keeping” or observing, as being to do, for by doing them they are observed. As the laws of life, of worship, and of the civil state, are not anything with a man so long as they are in his understanding only, but become something with him when they are in the will, therefore it is said in the Word throughout that they must be “done;” for doing is of the will; but knowing, understanding, acknowledging, and believing are of the understanding. These latter, however, have no being with man until they become of the will, nor do they come forth with him until they become of the understanding from the will; for the being of man is to will, and the coming forth is to acknowledge and believe therefrom. The things which have no such being and coming forth with a man are not appropriated to him, but stand without, and are not as yet received into the house; and therefore they do not contribute anything to the eternal life of the man; for unless such things have been made of the life, they are dissipated in the other life; those only remaining which are of the heart, that is, of the will and from this of the understanding. This being so, it is said in the Word throughout that the commandments and the statutes must be “done;” as in Moses:
Ye shall do My judgments, and keep My statutes, to walk therein. Ye shall therefore keep My statutes, and My judgments; which if a man do, he shall live by them (Lev. 18:4-5; also Matt. 5:20; 7:24-27; 16:27; John 3:21);
and in many other passages.

AC (Potts) n. 9283 sRef Ex@23 @13 S0′ 9283. And ye shall not mention the name of other gods. That this signifies that they must not think from the doctrine of falsity, is evident from the signification of “name,” as being everything of faith and everything of worship in the complex (see n. 2724, 3237, 6887, 8274, 8882), here everything of the doctrine of falsity, because by “other gods” are signified falsities (n. 4544, 7873, 8867); and from the signification of “to mention,” as being to think. That “to mention” denotes to think is because mentioning is of the mouth; and by those things which are of the mouth are signified those which are of the thought. The reason is that man’s speech flows from his thought; for man has thought which speaks, and thought which does not speak. The thought which speaks is that with which the speech makes a one; but the thought which does not speak is that with which the speaking thought and the consequent speech make a one with the sincere and the just, but not with the insincere and the unjust. For the thought which does not speak is the man’s higher or interior intellectual proceeding from his very will; but the thought which speaks is his lower or more external intellectual that is formed from the higher or interior, to present, or to counterfeit, before the world, the things of justice and equity, and of good and truth.
[2] This clearly shows the nature of the sincere and just man, and that of the insincere and unjust man, namely, that with the sincere and just man the internal man has been formed according to the image of heaven, and the external man according to the image of the world as subordinate to heaven (n. 9279); and that with the insincere and unjust man the internal man has been formed according to the image of hell, and the external man according to the image of heaven as subordinate to hell. For by the external he counterfeits the things of heaven, and applies the rational things which are from heaven to favor his concupiscences, and also to deceive. From all this it is evident that the states of life with the just and the unjust are inverted in respect to each other.

AC (Potts) n. 9284 sRef Ex@23 @13 S0′ 9284. And it shall not be heard upon thy mouth. That this signifies that obedience is not to be paid with any affirmation, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” as being to obey (see n. 2542, 3869, 4652-4660, 5017, 7216, 8361); and from the signification of “not being upon the mouth,” when said of the doctrine of falsity which is signified by “the name of other gods,” as being not to affirm. The reason why the name of other gods was not to be mentioned, nor to be heard upon the mouth, was that heavenly things, and the Divine things of the Lord, might be represented by all the statutes, judgments, and commandments that were commanded; and they were represented so long as Jehovah was named and worshiped, for then the Divine of the Lord was present, and heaven with Him. But when other gods were named and worshiped, infernal things were represented, because spirits from the hells were then present who wished to be worshiped as gods; for those who are in the hells are continually seeking this, because the loves of self and of the world reign there (n. 3881).

AC (Potts) n. 9285 sRef Ex@23 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @16 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9285. Verses 14-19. Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto Me in the year. The feast of unleavened things shalt thou keep; seven days thou shalt eat unleavened things, as I commanded thee, at the time appointed of the month Abib; because in it thou camest forth out of Egypt; and My faces shall not be seen empty: and the feast of the harvest of the first fruits of thy works, which thou sowedst in the field; and the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the year, when thou gatherest in thy works out of the field. Three times in the year shall every male of thine appear before the faces of the Lord Jehovih. Thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of My sacrifice upon what is fermented; and the fat of My feast shall not remain overnight until the morning. The first of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into the house of Jehovah thy God. Thou shalt not boil a kid in its mother’s milk. “Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto Me in the year,” signifies the persistent worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of liberation from damnation; “the feast of unleavened things shalt thou keep,” signifies worship and thanksgiving on account of purification from falsities; “seven days,” signifies a holy state then; “thou shalt eat unleavened things,” signifies the appropriation of good purified from falsities; “as I commanded thee,” signifies in accordance with the laws of order; “at the time appointed of the month Abib,” signifies from the beginning of a new state; “because in it thou camest forth out of Egypt,” signifies liberation from infestation by falsities; “and My faces shall not be seen empty,” signifies the reception of good by virtue of mercy, and thanksgiving; “and the feast of the harvest of the firstfruits of thy works, which thou sowedst in the field,” signifies the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of the implanting of truth in good; “and the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the year, when thou gatherest in thy works out of the field,” signifies worship from a grateful mind on account of the implantation of good therefrom, thus on account of regeneration and complete liberation from damnation; “three times in the year shall every male of thine appear before the faces of the Lord Jehovih,” signifies the continual appearance and presence of the Lord, therefore also His appearance and presence in the truths of faith; “thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of My sacrifice upon what is fermented,” signifies that the worship of the Lord from the truths of the church must not be commingled with falsities from evil; “and the fat of My feast shall not remain overnight until the morning,” signifies the good of worship, not from man’s own, but from the Lord, always new; “the first of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into the house of Jehovah thy God,” signifies that all truths of good and goods of truth are holy, because they are from the Lord alone; “thou shalt not boil a kid in its mother’s milk,” signifies that the good of innocence of the after state must not be conjoined with the truth of innocence of the former state.

AC (Potts) n. 9286 sRef Ex@23 @14 S0′ 9286. Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto Me in the year. That this signifies the persistent worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of liberation from damnation is evident from the signification of “keeping a feast” as being the worship of the Lord from a glad mind on account of liberation from damnation (see n. 7093); and from the signification of “three times in the year” as being a full state even to the end; for “three” signifies what is full from beginning to end (n. 2788, 4495, 7715, 9198), and a “year” signifies an entire period (n. 2906, 7839, 8070), here therefore a full and complete liberation. For by “the feast of unleavened things” is signified purification from falsities; by “the feast of harvest” the implanting of truth in good; and by “the feast of ingathering” the implanting of good thence derived, thus full liberation from damnation; for when a man has been purified from falsities, and afterward brought into good by means of truths, and finally when he is in good, he is then in heaven with the Lord, and consequently is then fully liberated.
[2] The successive steps of liberation from damnation are circumstanced like the successive steps of regeneration, because regeneration is liberation from hell and introduction into heaven by the Lord; for the man who is being regenerated is first purified from falsities, then the truths of faith are implanted with him in the good of charity, and lastly this good itself is implanted, and when this is done the man has been regenerated, and is then in heaven with the Lord. Wherefore by “the three feasts in the year” was also signified the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of regeneration. As these feasts were instituted for the perpetual remembrance of these things, therefore it is said the “persistent” worship and thanksgiving, for the chief things of worship are to continually endure. The things which continually endure are those which are not only inscribed on the memory, but also on the life itself, and they are then said to reign universally with the man (n. 5949, 6159, 6571, 8853-8858, 8865).

AC (Potts) n. 9287 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9287. The feast of unleavened things shalt thou keep. That this signifies worship and thanksgiving on account of purification from falsities, is evident from the signification of a “feast,” as being the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of liberation from damnation (of which just above, n. 9286); and from the signification of “unleavened things,” as being purification from falsities; for by what is fermented is signified falsity, and therefore by what is unfermented or unleavened is signified good purified from falsities (n. 2342, 8058). (Concerning this feast, which was also called the “passover,” see below, n. 9292, 9294.)

AC (Potts) n. 9288 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9288. Seven days. That this signifies a holy state, is evident from the signification of “seven,” as being what is holy (see. n. 395, 433, 716, 881, 5265, 5268); and from the signification of “days,” as being states (n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 5672, 5962, 7680, 8426, 9213).

AC (Potts) n. 9289 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9289. Thou shalt eat unleavened things. That this signifies the appropriation of good purified from falsities, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being appropriation (see n. 3168, 3596, 4745); and from the signification of “unleavened things,” as being good purified from falsities (of which just above, n. 9287).

AC (Potts) n. 9290 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9290. As I commanded thee. That this signifies in accordance with the laws of order, is evident from the signification of “commanding,” when by the Lord, as being the Divine truth proceeding from Him, for this contains and teaches the commandments of life and of worship. This Divine truth is order itself in the heavens; and truths are the laws of this order (see n. 1728, 1919, 2258, 2447, 5703, 7995, 8700, 8988). From this it is evident that by “as I commanded thee” is signified in accordance with the laws of order.

AC (Potts) n. 9291 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9291. At the time appointed of the month Abib. That this signifies from the beginning of a new state, is evident from the signification of “the month Abib,” as being the beginning of a new state (see n. 8053).

AC (Potts) n. 9292 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9292. Because in it thou camest forth out of Egypt. That this signifies liberation from infestation by falsities, is evident from what has been said and shown about the going forth of the sons of Israel out of Egypt, in n. 7107, 7110, 7126, 7142, 7220, 7228, 7240, 7278, 7317, 8866, 9197, where it may be seen that by the sojourning of the sons of Israel in Egypt was signified the infestation by the infernals of the spiritual, that is, of those who were of the Lord’s spiritual church, and their protection by the Lord; and that by their “going forth out of Egypt” was signified their liberation from that infestation; in commemoration of which was instituted the passover, which was the feast of unleavened things (n. 7093, 7867, 7995).

AC (Potts) n. 9293 sRef Ex@23 @15 S0′ 9293. And My faces shall not be seen empty. That this signifies the reception of good by virtue of mercy, and thanksgiving, is evident from the signification of “the faces of Jehovah,” as being good, mercy, peace (see n. 222, 223, 5585, 7599); and from the signification of “not being seen empty,” or without a gift, as being a testification on account of the reception of good, and, thanksgiving; for the gifts that were offered to Jehovah signified such things as are offered by man from the heart unto the Lord, and are accepted by the Lord. Gifts are like all man’s deeds, which in themselves are nothing but gestures, and regarded apart from the will are merely movements that are fashioned in various ways, and as it were jointed, not unlike the motions of a machine, and thus devoid of life. But man’s deeds regarded along with his will are not such motions, but are forms of the will shown before the eyes; for deeds are nothing else than testifications of such things as belong to the will; and they also have their soul or life from the will. And therefore the same can be said of deeds as of motions, namely, that there is nothing living in deeds except will, just as there is nothing living in motions except endeavor. That this is so, is also known to man; for he who is intelligent does not attend to a man’s deeds, but only to the will from which, by which, and on account of which, the deeds come forth. Nay, he who is wise scarcely sees the deeds, but only the nature and amount of the will in them. The case is the same with gifts, in that it is the will in these which the Lord looks at; consequently by the gifts offered to Jehovah – that is, to the Lord – are signified such things as are of the will, or of the heart. Man’s will is what is called in the Word his “heart.” From all this it is also evident how it is to be understood that everyone will receive judgment in the other life according to his deeds or works (Matt. 16:27); namely, that it will be according to those things which are of the heart, and from this of the life.
sRef Ps@40 @6 S2′ sRef Deut@10 @17 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @24 S2′ sRef Ps@40 @8 S2′ sRef Matt@5 @23 S2′ [2] That such things are signified by the gifts offered to Jehovah, is plain from the Word, as in the following passages:
Sacrifice and gift Thou hast not desired, burnt-offering and sacrifice for sin Thou hast not required. I have longed to do Thy will, O my God (Ps. 40:6, 8).
Jehovah your God, He is God of gods, and Lord of lords, who accepteth not faces, and taketh not a gift (Deut. 10:17).
If thou offer thy gift upon the altar, and with this doth remember that thy brother hath something against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go away; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift (Matt. 5:23, 24).
From this it is evident that gifts offered to the Lord were testifications of such things as are offered by the heart, which are those of faith and of charity; being “reconciled to a brother” denotes charity toward the neighbor.
sRef Matt@2 @11 S3′ [3] Again:
There came wise men from the East, and they offered to the newborn Lord gifts, gold, frankincense, and myrrh (Matt. 2:1, 11);
by “gold, frankincense, and myrrh” are signified all things of the good of love and of faith in the Lord; by “gold” those of the good of love; by “frankincense” those of the good of faith; and by “myrrh” those of both in things external. The reason why the wise men from the East offered these things, was that among some in the East there remained from ancient times the knowledge and wisdom of the men of old, which consisted in understanding and seeing heavenly and Divine things in those which are in the world and upon the earth. For it was known to the ancients that all things correspond and are representative, and consequently have a signification; as is also evident from the most ancient books and monuments of the Gentiles. Consequently they knew that gold, frankincense, and myrrh signify the goods which are to be offered to God. They also knew from their prophetic writings, which were of the Ancient Church (n. 2686), that the Lord was to come into the world, and that a star would then appear to them, of which star moreover Balaam, who also was one of the sons of the East, prophesied (Num. 24:17; n. 3762); for a “star” signifies the knowledges of internal good and truth, which are from the Lord (n. 2495, 2849, 4697).
sRef Ps@72 @10 S4′ sRef Ps@72 @11 S4′ [4] In David:
The kings of Tarshish and of the Isles shall bring a gift; the kings of Sheba and Seba shall bring a present; and all kings shall bow themselves; and all nations shall serve Him (Ps. 72:10, 11);
these things were said of the Lord; by “bringing a gift,” and “bringing a present,” is signified the good of love and of faith; for “Tarshish” signifies the doctrinal things of love and of faith (n. 1156); “Sheba and Seba” signify the knowledges of good and truth (n. 1171, 3240); “kings,” the truths of the church (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148); and “nations,” the goods of the church (n. 1159, 1258-1260, 1416, 1849, 4574, 6005, 8771). From this it is evident what is meant by “all kings bowing themselves, and all nations serving Him.”
sRef Isa@66 @19 S5′ sRef Isa@66 @20 S5′ [5] In Isaiah:
They shall declare My glory among the nations; then shall they bring all your brethren out of all nations for a gift to Jehovah, upon horses, upon chariots, and upon litters, and upon mules, and upon dromedaries, to the mountain of My holiness Jerusalem; as the sons of Israel bring a gift in a clean vessel into the house of Jehovah (Isa. 66:19, 20);
he who is unacquainted with the internal sense of the Word may believe that these things were said of the Jews, and that these would therefore be brought to Jerusalem by the nations; but it is the goods of love and of faith in the Lord that are thus prophetically described; and the things meant by “a gift, horses, chariots, litters, mules, and dromedaries,” upon which they were to be brought, are the intellectual, doctrinal, and memory things of truth and good, as is evident from their signification (of horses, n. 2760-2762, 3217, 5321, 6125, 6401, 6534, 8029, 8146, 8248; of chariots, n. 5321, 5945, 8146, 8148, 8215; and of mules, n. 2781).
sRef Mal@3 @3 S6′ sRef Mal@3 @4 S6′ [6] In Malachi:
He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver, and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may bring to Jehovah a gift in righteousness. Then shall the gift of Judah and of Jerusalem be sweet to Jehovah, as in the days of old, and as in former years (Mal. 3:3, 4);
as by “a gift offered to Jehovah” is signified the good of love and of faith, therefore it is said that “they may bring to Jehovah a gift in righteousness,” and that “then it will be sweet to Jehovah” “purifying the sons of Levi, and purging them as gold and silver” signifies the purification of good and truth from evils and falsities; “the sons of Levi” denote those who are in faith and charity, thus who are of the spiritual church (n. 3875, 4497, 4502, 4503); “Judah” denotes the good of celestial love, thus those who are in this good (n. 3654, 3881).

AC (Potts) n. 9294 sRef Ex@23 @16 S0′ 9294. And the feast of the harvest of the firstfruits of thy works, which thou sowedst in the field. That this signifies the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of the implantation of truth in good, is evident from the signification of “a feast,” as being the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving (of which above, n. 9286, 9287); from the signification of “the harvest,” as being the fruitification of truth, and thus the implantation of it in good; from the signification of “the first fruits,” or the beginnings of the works, as being those things which are the last of instruction and the first of life (of which below); from the signification of “sowing,” as being instructing (n. 9272); and from the signification of “the field,” as being the church as to good, thus the good of the church (n. 2971, 3500, 3766, 7502, 9139, 9141). From all which it is evident that by “the feast of the harvest of the firstfruits of thy works which thou hast sown in the field,” is signified the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving on account of the implantation of truth in good.
[2] That these things are signified by this feast, is evident from what was said above (n. 9286), namely, that three feasts were instituted on account of the liberation of man from damnation, thus on account of his regeneration; for by regeneration man is liberated from hell and introduced into heaven. And therefore the first feast, which was called “the feast of unleavened things,” signifies purification from falsities; consequently this second feast signifies the implantation of truth in good; and the third feast, the implantation of good. For during man’s regeneration he is first purified from the falsities which spring from the evil of the loves of self and of the world, which is effected by his receiving instruction concerning evil, hell, and damnation, and also concerning good, heaven, and eternal happiness; and by his thus suffering himself to be withheld from doing, willing, and thinking evils. When the soil has been thus prepared, then the truths of faith are sown, for before this they are not received. But the truths which are sown must be implanted in good, because they have no soil anywhere else, nor can they strike root anywhere else. They are implanted in good when the man wills the truth, loves it, and does it. This state of regeneration, or of liberation from damnation, is signified by this feast, which is called “the feast of the harvest of the first fruits of thy works;” for “harvest” signifies truths producing good.
[3] When truths have been implanted in good, the man is no longer led of the Lord by means of truths, but by means of good, which is effected when he wills good and does good from the affection of love, that is, from charity. This state of regeneration, or of liberation from damnation, is signified by the third feast, which is called “the feast of ingathering.”
[4] These three feasts were also called “the feast of the passover,” “the feast of weeks,” and “the feast of tabernacles” (see Exod. 34:18-23; Lev. 23; Deut. 16:1-17). Similar things to those represented by these three feasts were represented by the bringing out of the sons of Israel from the land of Egypt, by their introduction into the land of Canaan, and by their dwelling there. For by the bringing out of the sons of Israel from the land of Egypt the like was represented as by the first feast, which was called “the passover.” That this is so may be seen from what has been shown concerning the passover (n. 7093, 7867, 7995); for the bringing out of the sons of Israel, on account of which this feast was instituted, signified the liberation of those who were of the spiritual church from the falsities whereby they were infested (n. 7240, 7317, 9197).
[5] And by the introduction of the sons of Israel into the land of Canaan the like was represented as by this second feast, which was called “the feast of the firstfruits of works,” and also “the feast of weeks,” namely, the implantation of truth in good; for “the land of Canaan” denotes the church in respect to good, thus the good of the church (n. 1607, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4240, 4447, 4517, 5136, 6516); and abstractedly from persons “the sons of Israel” denote spiritual truths (n. 5414, 5879, 5951).
[6] The like was represented by the dwelling of the sons of Israel in the land of Canaan as by the third feast, which was called “the feast of the ingathering of the fruits of the earth, and of the ingathering from the threshing-floor and the wine-press,” called also “the feast of tabernacles,” namely, the implantation of good, and therefore life in heaven. From all this it is now evident why the three feasts were instituted, namely, that it was for the sake of the bringing out from hell of the human race, that wishes to receive new life from the Lord, and their introduction into heaven. This was effected by the Lord through His coming into the world.

AC (Potts) n. 9295 sRef Ex@23 @16 S0′ sRef Lev@23 @10 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @11 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @12 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @21 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @13 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @19 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @20 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @15 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @14 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @16 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @18 S1′ sRef Lev@23 @17 S1′ 9295. That this second feast, which was called “the feast of the harvest of the firstfruits of works,” and also that “of the firstfruits of wheat,” likewise “the feast of weeks,” signifies the implantation of truth in good, is evident from its institution, concerning which in Moses:
Say unto the sons of Israel, When ye shall come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, ye shall bring the first sheaf of the firstfruits of your harvest unto the priest; and he shall wave the sheaf before Jehovah, to be accepted for you; on the morrow after the Sabbath the priest shall wave it. And in that day ye shall offer a he-lamb for a burnt-offering; also the meat-offering and the drink-offering. But ye shall not eat bread, or parched ear, or green, until this selfsame day. Then ye shall count unto you from the morrow after the Sabbath, from the day in which ye brought the sheaf of the wave-offering, seven entire Sabbaths shall there be; even unto the morrow after the seventh Sabbath shall ye number fifty days; and ye shall offer a new gift to Jehovah. Ye shall offer out of your dwellings the bread of the wave-offering, it shall be baked leavened, as firstfruits to Jehovah. Ye shall offer besides the bread seven lambs, one young bullock, and two rams, for a burnt-offering, with their meat-offering, and their drink-offering (Lev. 23:10-18; Deut. 16:9-12).
[2] That each of these things has a signification cannot be known except from their internal sense. In this sense the “seeds which are sown in the field” denote the truths of faith which are implanted in good; by “the harvest” is signified their coming to maturity when goods are produced; for “wheat and barley,” denote goods, and “the spike,” or “ear” in which they are denotes truths thus adjoined to goods; the “sheaf” denotes a series and collection of such things, for truths are arranged as it were into bundles; “waving” denotes vivification, for truths are not living in man until they are in good; the priest who waved the sheaf, that is, who vivified the goods of truth, represented the Lord, because everything of life is from Him; this being done “on the morrow after the Sabbath” signified the holiness of the conjunction of good and truth; that before this they were not allowed to “eat bread, or the parched ear, or the green ear,” signified that the life of good and its appropriation are no sooner; “bread” denotes the good of love; the “parched ear,” the good of charity; the “green ear,” the good of truth; and “eating,” appropriation; that they were to “count seven Sabbaths unto the feast,” which was made on the “fiftieth day” therefrom, signified the complete implantation of truth in good even to the beginning of a new state; the “leavened bread” which was then offered, signified good not yet fully purified; the “waving” of it signified its vivification; the “burnt-offering of lambs, a young bullock, and rams, with the meat-offering and the drink-offering,” signified the worship of the Lord according to the quality of that good. These are the things which are signified by this feast and by the particulars of its celebration; from which it is evident that the second state of liberation from damnation, which is the state of the implantation of truth in good, was thereby signified.
[3] As this feast was called “the feast of the firstfruits of the harvest” it should be known what is signified in the Word by “the harvest.” The “field” in which is the harvest, in a broad sense signifies the whole human race, or the whole world; in a less broad sense it signifies the church; in a sense more restricted, the man of the church; and in a sense still more restricted, the good which is in the man of the church, for this receives the truths of faith, as a field receives seeds. From the signification of the “field” it is plain what is signified by the “harvest,” namely, that in the broadest sense it signifies the state of the whole human race in respect to the reception of good by means of truth; in a less broad sense, the state of the church in respect to the reception of the truths of faith in good; in a more restricted sense, the state of the man of the church in respect to this reception; and in a still more restricted sense, the state of good in respect to the reception of truth, thus the implantation of truth in good.
sRef Matt@13 @37 S4′ sRef Matt@13 @39 S4′ sRef Matt@13 @38 S4′ [4] From all this it can seen what is signified by “the harvest” in the following passages; as in Matthew:
He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man; the field is the world; the seed are the sons of the kingdom; the tares are the sons of the evil one;* the enemy that soweth them is the devil; but the harvest is the consummation of the age; and the reapers are the angels (Matt. 13:37-39);
“the good seed” denotes the truths of faith from the Lord; “the Son of man” denotes the Lord in respect to the truths of the church; “the world which is the field” denotes the whole human race; “the sons of the kingdom who are the seed” denote the truths of faith of the church; “the sons of the evil kingdom who are the tares” denote the falsities of faith of the church; “the devil who is the enemy and soweth them” denotes hell; “the consummation of the age which is the harvest” denotes the last state of the church in respect to the reception of, the truths of faith in good; “the angels who are the reapers” denote truths from the Lord. That such things are signified by the above words of the Lord, can be seen from their internal sense, as set forth in these explications. From the above words it is also manifest in what manner the Lord spoke when He was in the world, namely, by means of significatives, to the end that the Word might be not only for the world, but also for heaven.
sRef Joel@1 @11 S5′ sRef Rev@14 @16 S5′ sRef Rev@14 @15 S5′ sRef Joel@1 @9 S5′ sRef Joel@1 @10 S5′ [5] In Revelation:
An angel came out from the temple, crying with a great voice to him that sat on the cloud, Put forth thy sickle, and reap; because the hour is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is dried up. And he that sat on the cloud put forth his sickle into the earth; and the earth was reaped (Rev. 14:15, 16);
here also “the harvest” denotes the last state of the church in respect to the reception of the truths of faith in good. In Joel:
The priests, the ministers of Jehovah, have mourned; the field is laid waste, the land hath mourned because the grain hath been laid waste, the must is dried up, the oil languisheth. The husbandmen are ashamed, the vine-dressers have howled over the wheat and over the barley; and because the harvest of the field hath perished (Joel 1:9-11);
the vastation of the church in respect to the truths of faith and the goods of charity is here described by such things as belong to the field, the vineyard, and the oliveyard; the church itself is “the field;” and its last state, which was called by the Lord “the consummation of the age,” is “the harvest.”
sRef Joel@3 @13 S6′ sRef Isa@23 @1 S6′ sRef Jer@51 @33 S6′ sRef Isa@23 @3 S6′ sRef Isa@23 @2 S6′ sRef Jer@50 @16 S6′ [6] In the same:
Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe; come, get you down, for the winepress is full, the vats overflow; for their wickedness is great (Joel 3:13);
here also by “the harvest” is signified the consummation of the age, or the last state of the devastated church. In Jeremiah:
Cut off the sower from Babylon, and him that handleth the sickle in the time of harvest (Jer. 50:16).
The daughter of Babylon is like a threshing-floor; it is time to thresh her; yet a little while, and the time of harvest cometh (Jer. 51:33);
“the time of harvest” denotes the last state of the church.
[7] In Isaiah:
Howl, ye ships of Tarshish; for Tyre is laid waste, so that there is no house, nor doth anyone enter; the inhabitants of the isle are silent; the merchants of Zidon that pass over the sea have replenished thee; and through many waters the seed of Shihor, the harvest of the Nile, was her increase; that she should be the mart of nations (Isa. 23:1-3);
the holy things of the church which are here described cannot be known to anyone except from the internal sense. Everyone knows that the holy things of heaven and of the church are everywhere in the Word, and that from this the Word is holy. In the sense of the letter the subject here treated of is the merchandise of Tyre and Zidon, which apart from the interior holy sense are not holy. But what they signify in this sense is clear when they are unfolded. “The ships of Tarshish” denote the doctrinal things of truth and good; “Tyre and Zidon” denote the knowledges of good and truth; there being “no house, nor anyone entering in,” denotes that there is no longer any good in which truth can be implanted; “the inhabitants of the isle who are silent” denote more remote goods; “the seed of Shihor” denotes memory-truth; “the harvest of the Nile her increase” denotes the derivative good outside the church.
* That is, of the evil kingdom. See below. [REVISED.]

AC (Potts) n. 9296 sRef Ex@23 @16 S0′ sRef Lev@23 @39 S1′ sRef Deut@16 @15 S1′ sRef Deut@16 @13 S1′ 9296. And the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the year, when thou gatherest in thy works out of the field. That this signifies worship from a grateful mind on account of the implantation of good therefrom, thus on account of regeneration and complete liberation from damnation, is evident from the signification of “a feast,” as being the worship of the Lord and thanksgiving (of which above, n. 9286, 9287, 9294), thus worship from a grateful mind; from the signification of “ingathering,” when said of the implantation of truth in good, as being the implantation of good itself; from the signification of “the going out of the year,” as being the end of the works; and from the signification of “when thou gatherest in thy works out of the field,” as being the enjoyment and use of all things that have been implanted in good. For, by “the works” are signified not only the things of the field, but also those of the vineyard and the oliveyard, consequently those of the fruit of the earth; as is evident from the description of this feast in Moses:
Thou shalt make for thee the feast of tabernacles seven days, after thou hast gathered in from thy threshing-floor and from thy winepress. And Jehovah thy God shall bless thee in all thy produce, and in every work of thy hands (Deut. 16:13, 15).
On the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have gathered in the fruit of the land, ye shall keep the feast of Jehovah seven days (Lev. 23:39).
[2] As by this feast is signified the worship of the Lord from a grateful mind on account of the implantation of good, and thus on account of complete liberation from damnation, it shall first be explained what the implantation of good is. It has already been everywhere shown that man has two faculties of life, namely, the understanding and the will; and that the understanding is allotted to the reception of truth, and the will to the reception of good; for there are two things to which all things in the universe, both in heaven and in the world, bear relation, namely, truth and good. From this it is also evident that these two make the life of man, and that the truth of faith and the good of charity make his new life, and that unless both of these have been implanted in man he has no new life. In what way the truth which is of faith is sown and implanted in man, is known in the church; but it is not as yet so well known in what way the good which is of charity is implanted. When he is a little child, man receives good from the Lord, and this good is the good of innocence, such as little children have. This good makes the beginning of the new will in man, and in the succeeding age it grows in accordance with his life of innocence with his companions and in accordance with his life of goodness and obedience toward his parents and masters, but still more with those who afterward suffer themselves to be regenerated. This the Lord foresees, and provides according to the state of life that follows; for in every present moment the Lord foresees evil, and provides good; and this He does from the first thread of life even to eternity. Afterward, when the man grows up and begins to think from himself, so far as he is then carried away by the delights of the loves of self and of the world, so far this new willing, or beginning of a new will, is closed; and so far as he is not carried away by these delights, so far it is opened, and is also perfected.
[3] But how it is perfected by the implantation of truth, shall now be told. This new will, which is from the good of innocence, is the dwelling place through which the Lord enters into man and excites him to will what is good, and from willing to do it. This influx works in the man in proportion as he desists from evils. From this he has the faculty of knowing, of perceiving, reflecting upon, and understanding moral and civil truths and goods in accordance with the delight of use. Afterward the Lord flows in through this good into the truths of doctrine of the church with the man, and calls forth from the memory such as are of service to the use of life, and implants these in the good, and so perfects the good. It is from this that the good with a man is wholly in accordance with the use of life. If the use of life is for the neighbor (that is, for the good of our fellow citizen, of our country, of the church, of heaven), and for the Lord, then this good is the good of charity. But if the use of life is only for self and the world, then this beginning of the new will is closed, and beneath it is formed a will from the evils of the loves of self and of the world, and from this an understanding is formed of falsities. This latter will is closed above and open beneath, that is, closed to heaven and open to the world. From all this it is evident how truths are planted in good, and form it; and also that when a man is good he is in heaven with the Lord; for as before said, the new will, in which is the good of charity, is the dwelling place of the Lord, and consequently is heaven in man; and the new understanding thence derived is as it were the tabernacle through which He comes in and goes out.
sRef Lev@23 @40 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @39 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @43 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @44 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @41 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @42 S4′ sRef Deut@16 @13 S4′ sRef Deut@16 @16 S4′ sRef Deut@16 @14 S4′ sRef Deut@16 @15 S4′ [4] Such are the things in general and in particular that were represented by the feast, which was called “the feast of the ingathering of the fruits of the earth,” and “the feast of tabernacles.” That this is the case, is evident from the institution of this feast, of which in Moses:
On the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have gathered in the fruit of the earth, ye shall keep the feast of Jehovah seven days; on the first day is a Sabbath, and on the eighth day a Sabbath. And ye shall take you on the first day the fruit of the tree of honor, branches of palm trees, and a bough of the dense tree, and willows of the torrent; and ye shall be glad before Jehovah your God seven days. All the homeborn of Israel shall dwell in tabernacles, that your generations may know that I made the sons of Israel to dwell in tabernacles when I led them forth out of the land of Egypt. (Lev. 23:39-43).
Thou shalt make for thee the feast of tabernacles seven days, after thou hast gathered in from thy threshing-floor and from thy winepress; thou shalt be glad in that feast, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and the Levite, and the sojourner, and the orphan, and the widow, that are within thy gates. Thou shalt be wholly glad (Deut. 16:13-15).
[5] That a state of good implanted by means of truth by the Lord, thus a state of heaven in man, was represented by this feast, is plain from the internal sense of all the things here mentioned. For in this sense by “the fifteenth day of the seventh month” is signified the end of a former state and the beginning of a new state (that “fifteenth” has this signification, see, n. 8400; as also “seventh,” n. 728, 6508, 8976, 9228); by “the fruit of the earth which had been gathered in” is signified the good of charity (n. 43, 55, 913, 983, 2846, 2847, 3146, 7690, 7692). The like is signified by “the gathering in from the threshing-floor denotes the good of truth (n. 5295, 5410); the wine of the winepress denotes truth from good (n. 6377); and the oil which is also of the press denotes the good from which is truth (n. 886, 3728, 4582, 4638). By “a Sabbath on the first day, and a Sabbath on the eighth day” is signified the conjunction of truth with good, and reciprocally of good with truth (that “the Sabbath” denotes the conjunction of truth and good, see n. 8495, 8510, 8890, 8893, 9274); that the eighth day was also called “a Sabbath” is because by “the eighth” was signified the beginning of a new state (n. 2044, 8400).
[6] By “the fruit of the tree of honor,” which they were to take on the first day, was signified festivity and joy on account of good implanted, wherefore the words follow, “that ye may be glad before Jehovah;” by “the branches of palm-trees” are signified the internal truths of this good (n. 8369); by “the bough of the dense (or interwoven) tree” are signified the external truths of good, that is, memory-knowledges (n. 2831, 8133); and by “the willows of the torrent,” truths still more external, which are those of the bodily senses. By “the tabernacles in which they were to dwell seven days” is signified the holiness of love from the Lord and reciprocally to the Lord (see n. 414, 1102, 2145, 2152, 3312, 3391, 4391, 4599; and that it denotes the holiness of union, n. 8666). By “the homeborn of Israel” are signified those who are in the good of charity, thus abstractedly this good (n. 3654, 4598, 5801, 5803, 5806, 5812, 5817, 5819, 5826, 5833, 6426, 7957); by the “gladness” of all then was signified joy such as those have who are in good from the Lord, thus such as those have who are in heaven; for he who is in the good of charity from the Lord is in heaven with the Lord. These are the things for the sake of which this feast was instituted.

AC (Potts) n. 9297 sRef Ex@23 @17 S0′ 9297. Three times in the year shall every male of thine appear before the faces of the Lord Jehovah. That this signifies the continual appearance and presence of the Lord, therefore also His appearance and presence in the truths of faith, is evident from the signification of “three times in the year,” as being what is complete and continual (see n. 4495, 9198); from the signification of “to be seen,” as being appearance and presence (n. 4198, 5975, 6893); from the signification of “a male,” as being the truth of faith (n. 2046, 7838); and from the signification of “the faces,” when said of Jehovah, that is, of the Lord, as being the Divine good of the Divine love, or mercy (n. 222, 223, 5585, 7599); and as the Divine good of the Divine love is Jehovah Himself, that is, the Lord, therefore by “appearing before the faces of the Lord Jehovah” the same is signified as by being seen by the Lord. Moreover, it is the Lord who sees man, and makes Himself present with him, and gives to the man to see Him. Thus man does not see the Lord from himself, but from the Lord with himself.
[2] How it is to be understood that there is also a continual appearance and presence of the Lord in the truths of faith, shall be briefly told. The presence of the Lord with a man is in the good in him, because good makes his life; but not truth, except insofar as it is from good. From this it is that (as before said, n. 9296) the dwelling place of the Lord with a man is in the good of innocence; and therefore when a man has been regenerated, the Lord is present with him not only in good, but also in truths which are from good; for the truths then have life from good, and are the good in a form, by means of which the quality of the good can be perceived. These are the truths that make the new understanding of the man, which makes a one with his new will. For, as before said, all things bear relation to truth and to good, and the understanding of man is allotted to truths, but the will to the good from which are the truths. From this it is evident how it is to be understood that the appearance and presence of the Lord are then also in the truths of faith. These are the things which are signified by “three times in the year shall every male appear before the faces of the Lord Jehovah.” It is said that “the male” shall appear, because by a “male” is signified the truth of faith; and therefore it is said “before the faces of the Lord Jehovah,” for the reason that by “Jehovah” is signified the Divine being, and by “Lord” the Divine coming-forth from being; consequently the being in man is good, and the coming-forth from this truth.
[3] It is said in the church that faith is from the Lord; but be it known that the faith which is from charity is from the Lord, but not the faith which is separate from charity; for this latter faith is from man’s own, and is called “persuasive faith” (of which in the Doctrine of Charity and Faith before the next chapter). A man is able to know whether the faith in him is from the Lord or from himself; one who is affected by truths merely for the sake of a reputation for learning, in order that he may gain honors and wealth, and not for the sake of the good use of life, is in persuasive faith, which is from himself, and not from the Lord.
[4] In the truth of faith there are theoretical matters and practical ones; and he who regards the theoretical for the sake of the practical, and who sees the former in the latter, and who thus from both conjoined regards the good use of life, and is affected by both for the sake of this end, is in faith from the Lord. The reason is that the use of life, being the end, with him is good, and all things are formed according to the use of life; and the truths of faith are that by which the formation is effected. That this is so, is very manifest from those who are in the other life. All there, without exception, are reduced to the state of their good, or to the state of their evil, and thus to the use of their life, which had been their end, that is, which they had loved above all things, and which consequently had been the very delight of their life. All are reduced to this. The truths or falsities which had made a one with this use, remain, and more besides are adopted which conjoin themselves with the former, and complete the use, and cause the use to appear in its own real form. From this it is that spirits and angels are forms of their use; evil spirits forms of evil use, and these are in hell; good spirits or angels forms of good use, and these are in heaven. From this also it is that the quality of spirits is known the moment they are present; their truths of faith are known from their faces and the beauty of these in respect to their form; and the good itself, which is the use, from the fire of love therein which gives life to the beauty; and also from the sphere which surges from them. From all this it is again evident what is the presence of the Lord in the truths of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 9298 sRef Ex@23 @18 S0′ 9298. Thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of My sacrifice upon what is fermented. That this signifies that the worship of the Lord from the truths of the church must not be commingled with falsities from evil, is evident from the signification of “sacrificing” and of “a sacrifice,” as being the worship of the Lord (see n. 922, 923, 2180, 2805, 2807, 2830, 3519, 6905, 8680, 8936); from the signification of “what is fermented,” as being what is falsified, and falsity from evil (n. 2342, 7906, 8051, 8058); and from the signification of “blood,” as being truth from good, thus the truth of the church (n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7846, 7850, 7877, 9127). From this it is evident that by “thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of My sacrifice upon what is frequented,” is signified that the worship of the Lord from the truths of the church must not be commingled with falsities from evil. (What falsity from evil is, and what falsity not from evil, see n. 1679, 2408, 4729, 6359, 7272, 8298, 9258.)
[2] That truths from good, which are the truths of the church, must not be commingled with falsities from evil, is because they do not at all agree together; for they are opposites, and cause a conflict, whereby either the good will perish, or the evil will be dissipated; for good is from heaven, that is, through heaven from the Lord; and evil is from hell. There are indeed truths with the evil, and also falsities with the good; but the truths with the evil are not commingled with falsities from evil in them so long as they are merely in the memory and serve as means for evil, for so long they are without life. But if the truths are falsified so as to favor evil, which is done by a wrong interpretation, they then are commingled, whence is profanation of truth. (The nature of this profanation may be seen above, n. 1008, 1010, 1059, 1327, 1328, 2051, 2426, 3398, 3399, 3402, 4289, 4601, 6348, 6959, 6960, 6963, 6971, 8394, 8943, 9188.)
sRef Lev@2 @11 S3′ [3] That it was forbidden to sacrifice upon what was fermented is evident from the following law concerning the meat-offering which was offered upon the altar together with the sacrifice, of which in Moses:
No meat-offering which ye shall bring to Jehovah shall be made fermented; and there shall be no ferment, nor any honey, of which ye shall burn an offering made by fire to Jehovah (Lev. 2:2).
From all this it is evident that the profanation of truth is signified by this law, and therefore it is said, “the blood of the sacrifice,” and not “the sacrifice,” because “blood” denotes truth from good.

AC (Potts) n. 9299 sRef Ex@23 @18 S0′ 9299. And the fat of My feast shalt not remain overnight until the morning. That this signifies the good of worship not from the man’s own, but from the Lord, always new, is evident from the signification of “remaining overnight,” as being that which is from man’s own, for by “night” in the Word is signified what is evil and false (see n. 221, 709, 6000, 7776, 7851, 7870, 7947), thus also man’s own, because this is nothing but evil and falsity (n. 210, 215, 694, 874-876, 987, 1023, 1044, 4318, 5660, 5786, 8480); from the signification of “fat,” or “fatness,” as being the good of love (n. 353, 5943), here the good of love in worship, because it is said “the fat of the feast,” and “a feast” denotes worship (n. 9286, 9287, 9294); and from the signification of “the morning,” as being the Lord and His coming, as can be seen from what has been shown above concerning the morning (n. 2405, 2780, 5962, 8426, 8427, 8812); consequently here, where the subject treated of is the good of worship that is not from man’s own, by “the morning” is signified such good from the Lord always new.

AC (Potts) n. 9300 sRef Ex@23 @19 S0′ 9300. The first of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into the house of Jehovah thy God. That this signifies that all truths of good and goods of truth are holy, because they are from the Lord alone, is evident from the signification of “the firstfruits of the ground,” as being that the goods and truths of the church are to be ascribed to the Lord alone (that “the firstfruits” denote these, see n. 9223; and that “the ground” denotes the church, n. 566, 1068). It is said “the first of the firstfruits,” because this ascription must be the foremost thing; for goods and truths have their life from the Lord, and they have life from the Lord when they are ascribed to Him. And from the signification of “bringing into the house of God,” as being to ascribe to the Lord, that they may be holy. (That “the house of God” denotes the Lord, seen. 3720; and that everything holy is from the Lord, n. 9229.) From all of which it is evident that by “the first of the first fruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into the house of Jehovah thy God” is signified that all truths of good and goods of truth are holy, because they are from the Lord alone.
[2] They are called “truths of good” and “goods of truth,” because with the man who is being regenerated, and still more so with him when he has been regenerated, truths are of good, and goods are of truth; for truths make the life of the understanding, and good makes the life of the will. Moreover, with the regenerate man the understanding and the will make one mind, and communicate reciprocally, the truths which are of the understanding with the good which is of the will, and the good which is of the will with the truths which are of the understanding. They flow into each other scarcely otherwise than as the blood flows from the heart into the lungs, and thence back again into the heart; and then from the left ventricle of the heart into the arteries, and from these through the veins back again into the heart. Such an idea may be formed about the reciprocal action of good and truth in man from his understanding into his will, and from his will into his understanding. That an idea about the reciprocal action of the truth of faith and the good of charity in the understanding and the will, may be obtained in especial from the lungs and the heart, is because the lungs correspond to the truths which are of faith, and the heart to the good which is of love (n. 3635, 3883-3896). Hence also it is that by the “heart” in the Word is signified the life of the will, and by the “soul” the life of faith (n. 9050).
[3] That from these an idea can be formed about the truths which are of the understanding and the good which is of the will, is because all things that belong to faith and love carry with them an idea from such things as the man knows, for without an idea from what he knows and feels in himself a man cannot think; and a man thinks rightly even about the things of faith and love, when he thinks of them from correspondences, for correspondences are natural truths, in which as in mirrors, spiritual truths are represented. Wherefore, so far as the ideas of thought concerning things spiritual are formed independently of correspondences, so far they are formed either from the fallacies of the senses, or from what is inconsistent with such things. The kind of ideas a man has about what belongs to faith and love, is very manifest in the other life, for there ideas are clearly perceived.
[4] The statement that the truths of faith bear relation to man’s understanding, and the good of charity to his will, may seem not consistent to those who say and confirm themselves in the idea that the things of faith are simply to be believed, because the natural man and his understanding do not apprehend anything of this kind, and because faith is not from man, but from the Lord. Nevertheless the same persons acknowledge and believe that a man is enlightened in truths and enkindled with good when he reads the Word, and that when he is enlightened he perceives what is true and what is not true; and they also call those men enlightened who excel others in discovering truths from the Word; which shows that those who are enlightened see and perceive within themselves whether a thing is true, or is not true. That which is then inwardly enlightened is their understanding, and that which is then inwardly enkindled is their will. But if it is genuine truth of faith in which they are enlightened, and if it is genuine good of charity with which they are enkindled, then it is the understanding of the internal man that is enlightened; and the will of the internal man that is enkindled. The case is very different with those who have not the genuine truth of faith, and the genuine good of charity.
[5] They who are in truth and good not genuine, and even they who are in falsities and evils, can indeed confirm the truths of the church, but they cannot see and perceive from within whether they are truths. Hence it is that most persons remain in the doctrinal things of the church in which they were born, and merely confirm these; and they would have confirmed themselves in the greatest heresies, such as Socinianism and Judaism, if they had been born of such parents. From all this it is evident that the understanding is enlightened with those who are in the affection of truth from good, but not with those who are in the affection of truth from evil. With those who are in the affection of truth from good the understanding of the internal man is enlightened, and the will of the internal man is enkindled; but with those who in the affection of truth from evil the understanding of the internal man is not enlightened, neither is the will of the internal man enkindled, for the reason that they are natural men, and therefore insist that the natural man cannot apprehend the things of faith.
[6] That with those who are in the affection of truth from good, and who consequently are interior and spiritual men, it is the understanding which is enlightened in the truths of faith, and that it is the will which is enkindled with the good of charity, is very manifest from the same persons in the other life. There they are in the understanding of all things of faith, and in the will of all things of charity, and this they also clearly perceive. Consequently they possess intelligence and wisdom unspeakable, for after putting off the body they are in that interior understanding which was enlightened in the world, and in that interior will which was there enkindled. But at that time they were not able to perceive in what manner they were enlightened and enkindled, because they then thought in the body, and from such things as belong to the world. From all this it is now evident that the truths of faith make the life of the understanding, and the good of charity the life of the will; consequently that the understanding must needs be present in the things of faith, and the will in those of charity; or what is the same, that it is into these two faculties that the faith and charity from the Lord flow, and that these are received according to the state of these faculties, thus that the dwelling place of the Lord in man is nowhere else.
[7] From what has been said about the internal and the external man (n. 6057, 9279), an idea can be formed further, that the internal man is formed according to the image of heaven, and the external man according to the image of the world; and that those in whom the internal man has not been opened see nothing from heaven; and that what they see from the world about heaven is thick darkness; and that therefore they can have no spiritual idea about what belongs to faith and charity. Hence also it is that they cannot even apprehend what Christian good or charity is; insomuch that they quite think that the life of heaven consists solely in the truths which they call matters of faith; and also that the life of heaven is possible with all men whatever who have the confidence of faith, even though they have not the life of faith.
[8] How blind such people are in respect to the life of faith, which is charity, is very evident from the fact that they pay no attention whatever to the thousands of things the Lord Himself taught about the good of life; and that when they read the Word they at once cast these things behind faith’s back, and thus hide them from themselves and from others. Hence also it is that they cast out from the doctrine of the church everything that belongs to good-that is, to charity and its works-into a lower doctrine, which they call moral theology, and which they regard as natural and not spiritual; when yet after death the life of charity remains, and only so much of faith as is in agreement with this life; that is to say, there remains only so much of thought about the truths of faith as there is of the will of good according to these truths. (That those who are in faith from good are able to confirm themselves therein by all knowledges of whatever kind, and thereby strengthen their faith, see n. 2454, 2568, 2588, 4156, 4293, 4760, 5201, 6047, 8629.)

AC (Potts) n. 9301 sRef Ex@23 @19 S0′ 9301. Thou shalt not boil a kid in its mother’s milk. That this signifies that the good of innocence of the after state must not be conjoined with the truth of innocence of the former state, is evident from the signification of “to boil,” as being to conjoin (see n. 8496); from the signification of “a kid,” as being the good of innocence (n. 3519, 4871); and from the signification of “milk,” as being the truth of innocence (n. 2184, 3183); thus the “mother’s milk” denotes the truth of the first innocence. From all this it is evident that by “thou shalt not boil a kid in its mother’s milk” is signified that the good of innocence of the after state must not be conjoined with the truth of innocence of the former state. This is the heavenly secret from which this law emanates; for all the laws and judgments and statutes that were given to the sons of Israel, contain secrets of heaven, to which they also correspond. But how this secret is to be understood, namely, that the good of innocence of the after state must not be conjoined with the truth of innocence of the former state, shall be briefly stated. The innocence of the former state is the innocence of infants and children; and the innocence of the after state is the innocence of adults and the aged who are in the good of love to the Lord. The innocence of infants and children is external, and dwells in dense ignorance; but the innocence of the aged is internal, and dwells in wisdom. (Concerning the difference between these two, see n. 2305, 2306, 3183, 3994, 4797.)
[2] The innocence that dwells in wisdom consists in the man’s knowing, acknowledging, and believing that he can understand nothing and will nothing from himself, and consequently in his not wishing to understand and will anything from himself, but only from the Lord; and also that whatever he supposes that he understands from himself is falsity; and whatever he supposes that he wills from himself is evil. This state of life is the state of innocence of the after state, in which are all who are in the third heaven, which is called “the heaven of innocence.” Hence it is that such are in wisdom, because all they understand and will is from the Lord. But the innocence which dwells in ignorance, such as exists with infants and children, consists in believing that all they know and think, and also all they will is in themselves; and that all they speak and do from this thought and will is from themselves. That these are fallacies, they do not apprehend. The truths belonging to this innocence are for the most part founded upon the fallacies of the external senses; and these fallacies must be shaken off as the man advances toward wisdom. From these few words it can be seen that the good of innocence of the after state must not be conjoined with the truth of innocence of the former state.

AC (Potts) n. 9302 sRef Ex@23 @27 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @26 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @29 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @30 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @28 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @20 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9302. Verses 20-30. Behold I send an angel before thee, to guard thee in the way, and to bring thee to the place which I have prepared. Take heed of his face, and hear his voice, lest thou provoke him; for he will not endure your transgression, because My name is in the midst of him. For if hearing thou shalt hear his voice, and do all that I speak, I will act as an enemy against thine enemies, and I will act as an adversary against thine adversaries. When Mine angel shall go before thee, and shall bring thee unto the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite; and I shall cut him off; thou shalt not bow down thyself to their gods, and shalt not serve them, and shalt not do after their works; for destroying thou shalt destroy them, and breaking shalt break in pieces their statues. And ye shall serve Jehovah your God, and He shall bless thy bread, and thy waters; and I will take away disease from the midst of thee. There shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in thy land; the number of thy days I will fulfill. I will send My terror before thee, and I will trouble all the people to whom thou shalt come, and I will give to thee the neck of all thine enemies. And I will send the hornet before thee, and it shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee. I will not drive him out from before thee in one year; lest perchance the land be desolate, and the wild beast of the field be multiplied upon thee. By little and little I will drive him out from before thee, until thou be fruitful, and inherit the land.
“Behold I send an angel before thee,” signifies the Lord as to the Divine Human; “to guard thee in the way,” signifies His providence and guard from the falsities of evil; “and to bring thee to the place which I have prepared,” signifies introduction by Him into heaven according to the good of life and of faith; “take heed of his face,” signifies holy fear; “and hear his voice,” signifies obedience to the commandments which are from Him; “lest thou provoke him,” signifies a turning away from Him through falsities from evil; “for he will not endure your transgression,” signifies because these are opposed to truths from good; “because My name is in the midst of him,” signifies that from Him is all the good of love and truth of faith; “for if hearing thou shalt hear his voice,” signifies instruction in the commandments of faith, and reception; “and do all that I speak,” signifies compliance from faith and love; “I will act as an enemy against thine enemies,” signifies that the Lord will avert all falsities derived from evil; “and I will act as an adversary against thine adversaries,” signifies that He will avert all evils from which are falsities; “when Mine angel shall go before thee,” signifies a life in accordance with the commandments of the Lord; “and shall bring thee unto the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite, and I shall cut him off,” signifies when the Lord has protected against the evils and falsities which infest the church, and has removed them; “thou shalt not bow down thyself to their gods,” signifies that falsities of evil are not to be worshiped; “and shalt not serve them,” signifies that neither are they to be obeyed; “and shalt not do after their works,” signifies that evils of life are not to be followed after; “for destroying thou shalt destroy them,” signifies that evils must be wholly removed; “and breaking shalt break in pieces their statues,” signifies in like manner the falsities of worship; “and ye shall serve Jehovah your God,” signifies the worship of the Lord alone; “and he shall bless thy bread, and thy waters,” signifies the increase of the good of love and truth of faith; “and I will take away disease from the midst of thee,” signifies protection from falsifications of truth and adulterations of good; “there shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in thy land,” signifies that goods and truths will proceed in their order in continual progression; “the number of thy days I will fulfill,” signifies even to a full state; “I will send My terror before thee,” signifies the terror felt by those who are in the evils of falsity on account of the truths of good; “and I will trouble all the people,” signifies the dismay of all falsities; “to whom thou shalt come,” signifies at the presence of the Lord; “and I will give to thee the neck of all thine enemies,” signifies the flight and damnation of falsities; “and I will send the hornet before thee,” signifies the dread felt by those who are in falsities from evil; “and it shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee,” signifies the flight of the falsities that are from evils; “I will not drive him out from before thee in one year,” signifies no hasty flight or removal of them; “lest perchance the land be desolate,” signifies a deficiency in that case, and but little spiritual life; “and the wild beast of the field be multiplied upon thee,” signifies a flowing in of falsities from the delights of the loves of self and of the world; “by little and little I will drive him out from before thee,” signifies removal by degrees according to order; “until thou be fruitful,” signifies according to the increase of good; “and inherit the land,” signifies until in good, and thus regenerate.

AC (Potts) n. 9303 sRef Ex@23 @20 S0′ sRef Isa@63 @9 S1′ sRef Mal@3 @1 S1′ sRef Mal@3 @2 S1′ 9303. Behold I send an angel before thee. That this signifies the Lord as to the Divine Human, is evident from the signification of “sending,” when said of the Lord, as being to proceed (see n. 6831), here to cause to proceed; and from the signification of “an angel,” as being one who proceeds; for in the original tongue “angel” means one who is sent, which is the derivation of the word; and by “sent” is signified proceeding, as can be seen from the passages cited from the Word in n. 6831. From this it is evident that by “the angel of Jehovah” is meant the Lord as to the Divine Human; for this proceeds from Jehovah as the Father. Jehovah as the Father denotes the Divine good of the Divine love, which is Being itself (n. 3704); and that which proceeds from the Father is the Divine truth from that Divine good, thus the Divine Coming-forth from the Divine Being. This is here signified by the “angel.” In like manner in the following passages:
The angel of His faces delivered them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He took them up, and carried them all the days of eternity (Isa. 63:9).
Behold the Lord whom ye seek shall suddenly come to His temple, even the angel of the covenant, whom ye desire (Mal. 3:1);
“to the Lord’s temple” denotes to His Human. That this is His “temple,” the Lord Himself teaches (Matt. 26:61; John 2:19, 21-22).
[2] It is said in the church that from the three who are called “Father, Son, and Holy Spirit,” there comes forth one Divine, which is also called “one God;” and that from the Father proceeds the Son, and from the Father through the Son proceeds the Holy Spirit; but what this proceeding or going forth means, is as yet unknown. The ideas of the angels on this subject are quite different from those of the men of the church who have thought about it, for the reason that the ideas of the men of the church are founded upon three, but those of the angels upon one. That the ideas of the men of the church are founded upon three, is because they distinguish the Divine into three persons, and attribute to each one special and particular offices. Hence they can indeed say that God is one, but they cannot possibly think otherwise than that there are three, who, by a union which they call mystical, are one. In this way they may indeed be able to think that there is one Divine, but not that there is one God; for in their thought the Father is God, the Son is God, and the Holy Spirit is God. One Divine is one by agreement and thus unanimity; but one God is absolutely one.
[3] The kind of idea or thought a man of the church has about the one God, is clearly manifest in the other life, for everyone carries with him the ideas of his thought. The idea or thought of such people is that there are three gods; yet they dare not say “gods,” but “God.” A few also make one out of three by union; for they think in one way of the Father, in another way of the Son, and in another way of the Holy Spirit. From this has clearly appeared the nature of the faith the church has about the most essential thing of all, which is the Divine Itself; and as in the other life all are conjoined or separated by the thoughts which are of faith, and the affections which are of love, therefore those who have been born outside the church, and have believed in one God, flee from those who are within the church, saying of them that they do not believe in one God, but in three gods; and that those who do not believe in one God under a human form do not believe in any God, because their thought pours itself forth into the universe, without determination, and thus falls down into nature; which they thus acknowledge in the place of God. When asked what they mean by “proceeding,” in saying that the Son proceeds from the Father and that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father through the Son, they answer that “proceeding” is a term of union, and that it wraps up this mystery within it. But their idea of thought about this, when examined, has been found to be that of a mere word, devoid of reality.
[4] But the ideas of the angels about the Divine, the Trinity, and Proceeding, are quite different from the ideas of the men of the church, for the reason, as said above, that the ideas of thought of the angels are founded upon one, whereas the ideas of thought of the men of the church are founded upon three. The angels think (and what they think they believe) that there is one God, and that He is the Lord; that His Human is the Divine Itself in a form; and that the holy proceeding from Him is the Holy Spirit; thus that there is a Trinity, but still it is One.
[5] A notion of this is obtained from the idea that exists about the angels in heaven. An angel appears there in the human form, but still there are three things in him that make a one. There is his internal, which does not appear before the eyes; there is the external, which does appear; and there is the sphere of life of his affections and thoughts, which pours out from him to a distance (see n. 1048, 1053, 1316, 1504-1519, 1695, 2489, 4464, 5179, 6206, 7454, 8063, 8630). These three make one angel. But the angels are finite and created, whereas the Lord is infinite and uncreated. And as no man, or even angel, can have any idea about the Infinite except from things finite, therefore such an example may be given in order to illustrate what the Trinity in One is; and that there is one God; and that He is the Lord, and no other. (See further what has been shown on this subject in the passages cited at n. 9194, 9199.)

AC (Potts) n. 9304 sRef Ex@23 @20 S0′ 9304. To guard thee in the way. That this signifies His providence and guard from the falsities of evil, is evident from the signification of “guarding,” when said of the Lord, as being providence; for providence consists in providing and foreseeing, thus in leading to good and guarding from evil; because good is provided by the Lord, and evil is foreseen by Him (see n. 6489); and because evil is foreseen, man is guarded from it, otherwise good cannot be provided. And from the signification of “the way,” as being truth (n. 627, 2333, 3477); here as being falsity, because it is said “to guard thee;” for he who leads in truth likewise guards from falsity, because falsity infests and attacks truth. That falsity of evil is meant, is because this falsity infests and attacks; but not the falsity which is not of evil, such as is with those who are in good (of which falsity, and also of the falsity of evil, see n. 2243, 2408, 2863, 4736, 4822, 6359, 7272, 7437, 7574, 7577, 8051, 8137, 8149, 8298, 8311, 8318, 9258, 9298).

AC (Potts) n. 9305 sRef John@14 @2 S0′ sRef John@14 @3 S0′ sRef Mark@10 @40 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @20 S0′ 9305. To bring thee to the place which I have prepared. That this signifies a bringing by Him into heaven according to the good of life and of faith, is evident from the signification of “bringing to the place,” that is, into the land of Canaan, as being to bring into heaven, for by “the land of Canaan” is signified the church, and also heaven (see n. 1607, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4447, 5136, 6156); for by the bringing of the sons of Israel into that land was represented the bringing of the faithful into heaven; and from the signification of “preparing,” when said of heaven, which is signified by “the land of Canaan,” as being from mercy to bestow it upon those who are in the good of life and of faith; for heaven is said to be “prepared” for such; as in the following passages:
Then shall the King say unto them on His right hand, Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world (Matt. 25:34).
To sit on My right hand and on My left hand is not Mine to give; but it is for those for whom it hath been prepared (Mark 10:40).
I go to prepare a place for you; and if I go to prepare a place for you, I will come again, and will take you unto Myself; that where I am, ye may be (John 14:2, 3).
For to prepare heaven is to prepare those who are to be brought into heaven, because heaven is given according to the preparation, that is, according to the reception of good. For heaven is in the man; and there is a place for him in heaven according to the state of life and of faith in which he is; because place there corresponds to the state of life; and therefore also place appears in the other life according to the state of life, and in itself is the state (n. 2625, 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381).

AC (Potts) n. 9306 sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9306. Take heed of his face. That this signifies holy fear, is evident from the signification of “taking heed of the face,” when said of the Lord, who is here meant by “the angel,” as being to be afraid lest He be angry on account of evils, or lest He be provoked on account of transgressions; as follows. To fear these things is holy fear (concerning which see above, n. 2826, 3718, 3719, 5459, 5534, 7280, 7788, 8816, 8925). It is said “take heed of his face,” because by the “face” is signified the interior things that belong to the life, thus those of the thought and affection, and especially those of the faith and the love. The reason is that the face has been formed according to the image of man’s interior things, in order that those which are of the internal man may appear in the external man; thus that those which are of the spiritual world may appear before the sight in the natural world, and so affect the neighbor. That the face exhibits in a visible form, or as it were in a mirror, the things which the man thinks and loves, is known. (That such are the faces of the sincere, and especially of angels, see n. 1999, 2434, 3527, 3573, 4066, 4326, 4796-4799, 5102, 5695, 6604, 8248-8250.)
Wherefore in the original tongue “the face” is a general term employed to describe the affections which exist and appear in a man, such as gratitude, favor, benevolence, help, kindness; and also as unmercifulness, anger, revenge; consequently in that tongue “the face,” taken with what it is joined to, means “near to,” “with,” “before,” “for the sake of,” and also “against;” thus whatever is in oneself, from oneself, for oneself, and against oneself; for as before said, the face is the man himself, or that which is in the man and shows itself.
sRef Num@6 @26 S2′ sRef Ps@67 @1 S2′ sRef Num@6 @25 S2′ [2] From all this it can be known what is signified by the “face of Jehovah,” or by the “face of the angel,” by whom is here signified the Lord as to His Divine Human; namely, the Divine good of the Divine love, and the Divine truth from this Divine good; for these are in Jehovah or the Lord, and they are from Him; nay, they are Himself (n. 222, 223, 5585). From this it is evident what is signified by the “faces of Jehovah” in the benediction:
Jehovah make His faces to shine upon thee, and be merciful unto thee; Jehovah lift up His faces unto thee, and give thee peace (Num. 6:25, 26).
God be merciful unto us, and bless us, and cause His faces to shine upon us (Ps. 67:1).
In like manner in Ps. 80:3, 7, 19; 119:135; Dan. 9:17; and elsewhere.
sRef John@14 @7 S3′ sRef John@14 @10 S3′ sRef Isa@63 @9 S3′ sRef Isa@63 @8 S3′ sRef Isa@63 @7 S3′ sRef John@14 @11 S3′ sRef John@14 @8 S3′ sRef John@14 @9 S3′ [3] Hence it is that the Lord as to the Divine Human is called “the angel of the faces of Jehovah” in Isaiah:
I will make mention of the mercies of Jehovah. He will recompense them according to His mercies, and according to the multitude of His mercies; and He became their Savior; and the angel of His faces saved them, because of His love, and because of His pity (Isa. 63:7-9).
That the Lord as to the Divine Human is called “the angel of the faces of Jehovah” is because the Divine Human is the Divine Itself in face, that is, in form, as the Lord also teaches in John:
If ye had known Me, ye had known My Father also; and from henceforth ye have known Him, and have seen Him. Philip said, Show us the Father. Jesus said unto him, Am I so long time with you, and hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father. I am in the Father, and the Father in Me. Believe Me that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me (John 14:7-11).
sRef Lev@17 @10 S4′ sRef Ps@34 @16 S4′ sRef Jer@21 @10 S4′ [4] By “the face of Jehovah” or the Lord is also signified anger, vengeance, punishment, and evil, for the reason that from the common idea that all things are from God the simple believe that evil also is from Him, especially the evil of punishment; and therefore in accordance with this common idea, and also according to the appearance, anger, vengeance, punishment, and evil are attributed to Jehovah or the Lord; when yet these are not from the Lord, but from man (on which subject see n. 1861, 2447, 5798, 6071, 6832, 6991, 6997, 7533, 7632, 7877, 7926, 8197, 8227, 8228, 8282, 8483, 8632, 8875, 9128). Such is the signification here of “take heed of his face, provoke him not, for he will not endure your transgression.” And also in the following passages:
Whosoever shall eat any blood, I will set My faces against the soul that eateth blood, and will cut him off from the midst of his people (Lev. 17:10).
I have set my faces against the city for evil, and not for good (Jer. 21:10).
The face of Jehovah is against them that do evil, to cut off the remembrance of them from the earth (Ps. 34:16).

AC (Potts) n. 9307 sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9307. And hear his voice. That this signifies obedience to the commandments which are from Him, that is, from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” as being obedience (see n. 2542, 3869, 4652-4660, 7216, 8361); and from the signification of “the voice,” when said of the Lord, as being truths Divine (n. 7573, 8813), thus the commandments which are from the Lord. Truths Divine, and the commandments which are from the Lord, are those which are in the Word. Hence also the Word, and doctrine from the Word, are “the voice of Jehovah” (n. 219, 220, 6971).

AC (Potts) n. 9308 sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9308. Lest thou provoke him. That this signifies a turning away from Him through falsities from evil, is evident from the signification of “provoking,” or exciting anger, when said of the Lord, who is “the angel” here, as being a turning away through falsities from evil; for falsities from evil are turnings away from the Lord (see n. 4997, 5746, 5841).

AC (Potts) n. 9309 sRef Ps@2 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9309. For he will not endure your transgression. That this signifies because these are opposed to truths from good, is evident from the signification of “transgression,” as being that which is contrary to the truths of faith (see n. 9156), thus opposed to truths from good, which are the truths of faith. That truths from good are the truths of faith is because faith is of good, insomuch that it is impossible except where there is good. Therefore by “not enduring your transgression” is signified not enduring falsities from evil, because they are opposed to truths from good. (Concerning this opposition see above, n. 9298.) The like is also meant in David:
Kiss the Son, lest He be angry, and ye perish in the way, because His anger will quickly burn. Blessed are all they that put their trust in Him (Ps. 2:12).
The Lord is here called “the Son” from the truth of faith which is from Him. (That this is “the Son,” see n. 1729, 1733, 2159, 2803, 2813, 3704.)

AC (Potts) n. 9310 sRef Ex@23 @21 S0′ 9310. Because My name is in the midst of him. That this signifies that from Him is all the good of love and truth of faith, is evident from the signification of the “name of Jehovah,” as being all in one complex by which God is worshiped (see n. 2724, 3006), thus all the good of love and truth of faith (n. 6674); and from the signification of “in the midst of him,” as being what is in Him, thus also what is from Him; for the good of love is of such a nature that what is in it, is also from it in others, because it has the power of communicating itself. For it is a characteristic of love that it wishes everything of its own to be out of itself in others; and as this is effected from the Divine Itself through and out of its Divine Human, therefore also the Lord as to the Divine Human is called “the name of Jehovah” (n. 6887, 8274).
sRef Matt@18 @20 S2′ sRef John@20 @31 S2′ sRef John@1 @12 S2′ sRef John@3 @18 S2′ sRef Matt@18 @19 S2′ sRef Matt@19 @29 S2′ [2] He who does not know what “name” signifies in the internal sense, may suppose that where the “name of Jehovah,” and the “name of the Lord,” are mentioned in the Word, the name alone is meant; when yet all the good of love and all the truth of faith which are from the Lord are meant thereby; as in the following passages:
If two of you shall agree in My name on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them. Where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them (Matt. 18:19, 20)
Everyone that hath left houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or fields, for My name’s sake, shall receive a hundredfold, and shall inherit eternal life (Matt. 19:29).
As many as received Him, to them gave He power to be sons of God, even to them that believe in His name (John 1:12).
He that believeth not hath been judged already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only-begotten Son of God (John 3:18).
These things are written, that ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life in His name (John 20:31).
In these passages, and in very many others, by “the name of the Lord” is signified all the good of love and truth of faith in the complex by which He is worshiped.
sRef John@10 @3 S3′ sRef John@14 @14 S3′ sRef John@14 @13 S3′ sRef John@14 @6 S3′ sRef John@15 @16 S3′ sRef John@15 @7 S3′ [3] Again:
If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask whatsoever ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He will give it you (John 15:7, 16);
“to ask of the Father in My name” denotes to ask the Lord, as He Himself teaches in the same Evangelist:
Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do. If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it (John 14:13, 14);
“asking in the name of the Lord” denotes asking the Lord, because no one comes unto the Father except through the Lord (John 14:6); and because the Lord as to the Divine Human is Jehovah or the Father in a visible form (as was shown above, n. 9303, 9306). Again:
The sheep hear His voice, and He calleth His own sheep by name, and leadeth them out (John 10:3);
“the sheep” denote those who are in the good of charity and of faith; “to hear His voice” denotes to obey His commandments; “to call by name, and lead them out” denotes to bestow heaven according to the good of love and of faith; for “the name, “when applied to persons, denotes their quality as to love and faith (n. 144, 145, 1754, 1896, 3421).

AC (Potts) n. 9311 9311. For in hearing thou shalt hear his voice. That this signifies instruction in the commandments of faith, and reception, is evident from the signification of “hearing,” as being to be instructed and to receive (of which below); and from the signification of “his voice,” as being the commandments of faith (see above, n. 9307). “To hear,” in the Word, signifies not merely to hear in simplicity, but also to receive in the memory and to be instructed, likewise to receive in the understanding and to believe, and also to receive with obedience and to do. That these things are signified by “hearing,” is because the speech which is heard presents itself before the internal sight, or understanding, and is thus inwardly received; and there, according to the cogency of the reasons given, or according to the powers of persuasion from some other source, what is heard is either retained, or believed, or obeyed. From this it is that in the spiritual world there is a correspondence of the ear and of hearing with such things (see n. 4652-4660, 5017, 7216, 8361, 8990).
sRef Matt@13 @13 S2′ sRef Matt@13 @16 S2′ sRef Matt@13 @17 S2′ sRef Matt@13 @15 S2′ sRef Matt@13 @14 S2′ [2] That “to hear” denotes to receive in the memory and to be instructed, also to receive in the understanding and believe, likewise to receive in obedience and do, is plain also from the following passages. In Matthew:
I speak in parables; because seeing they see not, and hearing they hear not, neither do they understand; that in them may be fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah, which saith, By hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and seeing ye shall see, and shall not perceive; the heart of this people is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes they have closed; lest haply they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart. Blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear. Many prophets and righteous men have desired to see the things which ye see, but have not seen them; and to hear the things which ye hear, but have not heard them (Matt. 13:13-17);
“to hear” is here used in every sense; in that of being instructed; in that of believing; and in that of obeying. “Hearing they hear not” denotes to be taught and yet not to believe; and also to be instructed and not to obey; “to have ears dull of hearing” denotes to refuse instruction, belief, and obedience; “the ears which are blessed because they hear” denote blessedness from the reception of the doctrine of faith concerning the Lord, and through the Word from the Lord.
sRef Matt@17 @5 S3′ sRef John@10 @2 S3′ sRef John@3 @29 S3′ sRef John@10 @8 S3′ sRef John@10 @27 S3′ sRef John@10 @3 S3′ sRef Luke@8 @8 S3′ sRef John@10 @16 S3′ sRef Matt@11 @15 S3′ [3] In John:
He that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. The sheep hear his voice. Those who were before Me were thieves and robbers; but the sheep did not hear them. Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear My voice; and there shall be one flock, and one shepherd. My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me (John 10:2, 3, 8, 16, 27);
“to hear the voice” denotes to be instructed in the commandments of faith, and to receive them with faith and obedience. The same is signified by what the Lord so often said:
He that hath an ear to hear, let him hear (Matt. 11:15; 13:9, 43; Mark 4:9, 23; 7:16; Luke 8:8; 14:35).
sRef John@18 @37 S4′ sRef John@5 @25 S4′ sRef John@8 @47 S4′ sRef Luke@16 @29 S4′ [4] Similar things are signified also in these passages:
Behold a voice out of the cloud, saying, This is My beloved Son, hear ye Him (Matt. 17:5).
He that hath the bride is the bridegroom; but the friend of the bridegroom, who standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth with joy because of the bridegroom’s voice (John 3:29).
Verily I say unto you, The hour cometh when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall live (John 5:25);
“the dead” denote those who as yet have no spiritual life, by reason of ignorance of the truth of faith; “to hear the voice of the Son of God” denotes to be instructed in the truths of faith, and to obey them; “to live” denotes to be endowed with spiritual life through these truths.
sRef Mark@7 @37 S5′ sRef Matt@7 @24 S5′ sRef John@16 @14 S5′ sRef Luke@6 @47 S5′ sRef Matt@7 @26 S5′ sRef John@16 @13 S5′ [5] Again:
He that is of God heareth the words of God: for this cause ye hear not, because ye are not of God (John 8:47).
Jesus said, Everyone that is of the truth heareth My voice (John 18:37).
Abraham said to the rich man, They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them (Luke 16:29).
They said of Jesus, He hath done all things well, for He maketh the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak (Mark 7:37);
“the deaf” denote those who do not know the truths of faith, and therefore cannot live according to them (n. 6989); “to hear” denotes to be instructed, to receive, and to obey. In John:
When the Holy Spirit is come, He shall lead you into all truth. He shall not speak from Himself; but what things soever He shall hear, these shall He speak. He shall take of Mine (John 16:13, 14);
“what things soever he shall hear” denotes whatsoever he shall receive from the Lord. Again:
Everyone who heareth My words, and doeth them, I will liken him to a prudent man; but everyone that heareth these words of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened to a foolish man (Matt. 7:24, 26).
Everyone that cometh unto Me, and heareth My sayings, and doeth them, I will show you to whom he is like (Luke 6:47).
“To hear His words,” or “sayings,” denotes to learn and know the commandments of faith which are from the Lord; “to do them” denotes to live according to them.

AC (Potts) n. 9312 9312. And do all that I speak. That this signifies compliance from faith and love, is evident from the signification of “doing what I speak,” as being to live in accordance with what the Lord has taught in the Word; for the things Jehovah speaks are those which the Word teaches, thus which the Lord teaches, who is the Word (John 1:1-2, 14). To live according to these things is to comply with them from faith and love. Compliance from faith and love is living compliance, because it has in it life from faith and love. The case with compliance is the same as with every deed of man. In the deed of a man there is nothing living except love and faith. All other things of life, have life from and according to these; for the life of love and faith is life from the Lord, who is life itself. This life is the life of heaven, and of all who become angels. It is the same with compliance.

AC (Potts) n. 9313 9313. I will act as an enemy against thine enemies. That this signifies that the Lord will avert all falsities derived from evil, is evident from the signification of “acting as an enemy,” when said of Jehovah or the Lord, as being to avert (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “thine enemies,” as being falsities derived from evil, for in the spiritual sense these are “enemies,” because they continually infest, attack, and endeavor to destroy truths derived from good; for they are opposites. That “to act as an enemy,” when said of Jehovah or the Lord, denotes to avert, namely, falsities derived from evil, is because the Lord never acts as an enemy; for He is mercy itself and good itself; and into mercy itself and into good itself enmity cannot enter, not even against falsity and evil. But falsity and evil act with enmity against good and truth; that is, those who are in falsity and evil are against those who are in truth and good; and it is because the former destroy themselves when they attempt to destroy the latter, that it appears as if the Lord acts as an enemy, when yet He only sets His own in safety. From this it is plain how it is to be understood that by “acting as an enemy,” when said of the Lord, is signified to avert falsities derived from evil. (As further regards this secret, see what has been shown in n. 4299, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7926, 7989, 8137, 8146, 8197, 8265, 8946.)

AC (Potts) n. 9314 9314. And I will act as an adversary against thine adversaries. That this signifies that He will avert all evils from which are falsities, is evident from the signification of “acting as an adversary,” when said of Jehovah or the Lord, as being to avert (of which just above, n. 9313); and from the signification of “adversaries,” as being the evils from which are falsities, because in the spiritual sense these evils are adversaries against the goods from which are truths. That by “adversaries” are signified the evils from which are falsities, is because by “enemies” are signified falsities derived from evil. For wherever falsity is treated of in the Word, evil is also treated of, just as when truth is treated of, good also is treated of (n. 683, 793, 801, 2173, 2516, 2712, 3132, 4138, 5138, 5502, 6343, 7945, 8339). From this it is plain that one thing is signified by “acting as an enemy against enemies,” and another by “acting as an adversary against adversaries;” and that this is not merely a repetition for the sake of emphasizing the matter.

AC (Potts) n. 9315 sRef Ex@23 @23 S0′ 9315. When Mine angel shall go before thee. That this signifies a life in accordance with the commandments of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “going before thee,” when said of the Lord, who is here the “angel of Jehovah,” as being to teach the commandments of faith and of life, thus also a life in accordance with these commandments (that “to go,” and “to journey,” denote to live, see n. 1293, 3335, 4882, 5493, 5605, 8417, 8420, 8557, 8559); and from the signification of “the angel of Jehovah,” as being the Lord as to the Divine Human (of which above, n. 9303, 9306). That the Lord as to the Divine Human is meant by the “angel,” is because the many angels who appeared before the coming of the Lord into the world were Jehovah Himself in a human form, that is, in the form of an angel. This is very evident from the fact that the angels who appeared were called “Jehovah,” as for instance those who appeared to Abraham and were called “Jehovah” (Gen. 18:1, 13, 14, 17, 20, 26, 33); also the angel who appeared to Gideon, of whom we read in Judges, and who also was called “Jehovah” (6:12, 14, 16, 22-24); besides others elsewhere. Jehovah Himself in the human form, or what is the same, in the form of an angel, was the Lord.
sRef John@5 @37 S2′ sRef John@6 @46 S2′ sRef John@17 @5 S2′ sRef John@8 @56 S2′ sRef John@8 @58 S2′ [2] At that time His Divine Human appeared as an angel; of which the Lord Himself speaks in John:
Jesus said, Abraham rejoiced to see My day; and he saw it, and was glad. Verily, verily, I say unto you, before Abraham was, I am (John 8:56, 58).
Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was (John 17:5).
That Jehovah could not appear in any other way, is evident also from the words of the Lord in John:
Ye have not heard the voice of the Father at any time, nor seen His shape (John 5:37).
Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he who is with the Father, he hath seen the Father (John 6:46).
From these passages it may be known what is meant by the Lord from eternity.
sRef John@10 @30 S3′ sRef John@17 @10 S3′ sRef John@14 @7 S3′ sRef John@14 @9 S3′ sRef John@14 @11 S3′ [3] The reason why it pleased the Lord to be born a man, was that He might put on the Human actually, and make it Divine, in order to save the human race. Know therefore that the Lord is Jehovah Himself or the Father in a human form, which also the Lord Himself teaches in John:
I and the Father are one (John 10:30).
Jesus said, From henceforth ye have known and have seen the Father; He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father. Believe Me that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me (John 14:7, 9, 11).
All things that are Mine are Thine, and all Thine are Mine (John 17:10).
sRef John@1 @18 S4′ sRef John@1 @14 S4′ sRef John@1 @3 S4′ sRef John@1 @2 S4′ sRef John@1 @1 S4′ [4] This great mystery is stated in John in these words:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. The same was in the beginning with God. All thing were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father. No man hath seen God at any time; the only-begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath set Him forth (John 1:1-3, 14, 18);
“the Word” denotes the Divine truth which has been revealed to men; and because this could not be revealed except by Jehovah as a Man, that is, except by Jehovah in a human form, thus by the Lord, therefore it is said, “in the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word.” It is known in the church that by “the Word” is meant the Lord, because this is plainly said: “the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father.” That the Divine truth could not be revealed to men except by Jehovah in a human form, is also clearly stated: “no man hath seen God at any time; the only-begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, he hath set Him forth.”
sRef Luke@24 @39 S5′ sRef John@16 @28 S5′ [5] From all this it is evident that the Lord from eternity was Jehovah, or the Father, in a human form; but not yet in the flesh, for an angel has no “flesh.” And because Jehovah or the Father willed to put on the whole human, for the salvation of the human race, therefore He took on the flesh also. Wherefore it is said “God was the Word, and the Word was made flesh.” And in Luke:
Behold My hands and My feet, that it is I Myself; handle Me and see; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see Me have (Luke 24:39);
by these words the Lord taught that He was no longer Jehovah under the form of an angel; but that He was Jehovah Man, which is also meant by these words of the Lord:
I came out from the Father, and am come into the world; again I leave the world, and go unto the Father (John 16:28).
(That the Lord when in the world made His Human Divine, see n. 1616, 1725, 1813, 1921, 2025, 2026, 2033, 2034, 2083, 2523, 2751, 2798, 3038, 3043, 3212, 3241, 3318, 3637, 3737, 4065, 4180, 4211, 4237, 4286, 4585, 4687, 4692, 4724, 4738, 4766, 5005, 5045, 5078, 5110, 5256, 6373, 6700, 6716, 6849, 6864, 6872, 7014, 7211, 7499, 8547, 8864, 8865, 8878; also that He expelled all the human that was from the mother, until at last He was not the son of Mary, n. 2159, 2649, 2776, 4963, 5157; see especially n. 3704, 4727, 9303, 9306, and what has been shown about these things in the passages cited in n. 9194, 9199.)

AC (Potts) n. 9316 sRef Ex@23 @23 S0′ 9316. And shall bring thee unto the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite, and I shall cut him off. That this signifies when the Lord has protected against the evils and falsities which infest the church, and has removed them, is evident from the signification of the “angel” who shall bring unto the nations here named, as being the Lord (see n. 9303, 9315); and from the signification of “the Amorite, the Hittite, the Perizzite, the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite,” as being the evils and falsities which infest the church; but what evils and what falsities are specifically signified by each nation, may be seen above (n. 8054). For when the sons of Israel had been brought into the land of Canaan, a representative of the church and of heaven was instituted among them, and among the nations a representative of the evils and falsities which infest the church (see n. 3686, 4447, 6306, 6516, 8054, 8317). And from the signification of “to cut off,” as being to protect, and thus to remove. (That hell is removed solely by means of the protection of heaven by the Lord; that is, that solely by the protection of those who are in good and truth are those who are in evil and falsity removed, see just above, n. 9313.)

AC (Potts) n. 9317 sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ 9317. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to their gods. That this signifies that falsities of evil are not to be worshiped, is evident from the signification of “bowing down oneself” as being adoration and worship (see n. 4689); and from the signification of the “gods of the nations,” as being the falsities of evil (n. 4544, 7873, 8867, 9283). The falsities of evil are worshiped when worship is done according to a doctrine made up of falsified truths and adulterated goods. This is done when rule and profit are regarded as ends, and truths from the Word as means.

AC (Potts) n. 9318 sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ 9318. And shalt not serve them. That this signifies that neither are they to be obeyed, is evident from the signification of “serving,” as being obedience (n. 8987, 8991); and also worship (n. 7934, 8057).

AC (Potts) n. 9319 sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ 9319. And shalt not do after their works. That this signifies that evils of life are not to be followed after, is evident from the signification here of “works,” as being evils of life. That “not to do after them” denotes not to follow or pursue them, is evident.

AC (Potts) n. 9320 sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ 9320. For destroying thou shalt destroy them. That this signifies that evils must be wholly removed, is evident from the signification of “destroying,” when said of the evils and falsities which are signified by the nations of the land of Canaan and by their gods, as being to remove. That “to destroy” denotes to remove, is because those who are in good and truth never destroy those who are in evil and falsity, but only remove them; for the reason that they act from good, and not from evil; and good is from the Lord, who never destroys anyone. But those who are in evil and from it in falsity endeavor to destroy, and as far as they are able do destroy, those who are in good, for the reason that they act from evil. But because they then run counter to the good which is from the Lord, thus counter to the Divine, they destroy themselves, that is, they cast themselves headlong into damnation and into hell. Such is the law of order, as may be seen above (n. 4299, 7643, 7679, 7710, 7926, 7989, 8137, 8146, 8265, 8945, 8946).
[2] That the Israelites and the Jews destroyed the nations of the land of Canaan, was because the former represented spiritual and heavenly things, and the nations infernal and diabolical things, which cannot possibly be together; for they are opposites. The reason why the Israelites were permitted to destroy the nations, was that there was no church among the Israelites, but only the representative of a church, and consequently the Lord was not present with them except representatively (n. 4307); for they were in external things without anything internal; that is, they were in a worship representative of good and truth, but not in good and truth. Such people are permitted to destroy, to kill, to exterminate, and to devote to destruction; but this is not permitted to those who are in external things and at the same time in internal things, because these people must act from good, and good is from the Lord.
sRef Deut@32 @33 S3′ sRef Deut@32 @32 S3′ sRef Deut@9 @6 S3′ sRef Deut@32 @28 S3′ sRef Deut@9 @5 S3′ sRef Deut@32 @34 S3′ sRef Deut@9 @4 S3′ [3] That the Jews and Israelites were of such a character is openly declared by Moses:
Speak not thou in thine heart, after that Jehovah thy God hath thrust the nations out from before thee, saying, For my righteousness Jehovah hath brought me in to possess this land. Not for thy righteousness, and for the uprightness of thine heart; for thou art a stiffnecked people (Deut. 9:4-6).
They are a nation ruined in counsels, neither is there any understanding in them. Their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the fields of Gomorrah; their grapes are grapes of gall; their clusters of bitterness; their wine is the poison of dragons, and the cruel gall of asps. Is not this hidden away with Me, sealed up in My treasuries (Deut. 32:28, 32-34);
in the internal sense “a vine” signifies the church (n. 1069, 5113, 6375, 6376, 9277); “grapes,” and “clusters,” signify the internal and external goods of that church (n. 1071, 5117, 6378); and “wine” signifies the internal truth of that church (n. 1071, 1798, 6377). From this it is plain what is signified by “their vine being of the vine of Sodom and of the fields of Gomorrah,” “their grapes, grapes of gall, and their clusters of bitterness,” and “their wine the poison of dragons and the cruel gall of asps.” That these things are known to Jehovah, that is, to the Lord, is signified by its being “hidden away with Him, and sealed up in His treasuries.”
sRef Matt@12 @39 S4′ sRef Matt@3 @7 S4′ sRef John@8 @44 S4′ [4] In John:
Jesus said to the Jews, Ye are of your father the devil, and the desire of your father ye will to do. He was a murderer from the beginning (John 8:44).
Consequently they are called “a depraved and adulterous generation” (Matt. 12:39); and also “an offspring of vipers” (Matt. 3:7; 12:34; 23:33; Luke 3:7). That such was their nature was also described by the Lord in parables (Matt. 21:33-45; Mark 12:1-9; Luke 14:16-24; 20:9-19). (That that nation was the worst of all; that when in worship they were in external things without any internal; that there was no church among them, but only the representative of a church; and that nevertheless they could represent the internal things of the church, see n. 3398, 3479, 3480, 3732, 3881, 4208, 4281, 4288-4290, 4293, 4307, 4314, 4316, 4317, 4429, 4433, 4444, 4500, 4503, 4680, 4815, 4818, 4820, 4825, 4832, 4837, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4868, 4874, 4899, 4903, 4911-4913, 5057, 5998, 6304, 6832, 6877, 7048, 7051, 7248, 7401, 7439, 8301, 8588, 8788, 8806, 8814, 8819, 8871, 8882, 9284.)

AC (Potts) n. 9321 sRef Ex@23 @24 S0′ 9321. And breaking shalt break in pieces their statues. That this signifies in like manner falsities of worship (that is, these must be removed), is evident from the signification of “breaking in pieces,” when said of the falsities of worship which are signified by “statues,” as being to remove (as above n. 9320); and from the signification of “statues,” as being the falsities of worship (n. 3727, 4580).

AC (Potts) n. 9322 sRef Ex@23 @25 S0′ 9322. And ye shall serve Jehovah your God. That this signifies the worship of the Lord alone, is evident from the signification of “serving,” as being worship (see above, n. 9318). That it denotes the worship of the Lord, is because in the Word “Jehovah” denotes the Lord (n. 1343, 2921, 3035, 5663, 6280, 6281, 6303, 6945, 6956, 8864).

AC (Potts) n. 9323 sRef Ex@23 @25 S0′ 9323. And He shall bless thy bread, and thy waters. That this signifies the increase of the good of love and truth of faith, is evident from the signification of “being blessed by Jehovah,” as being to be made fruitful in goods, and multiplied in truths (see n. 2846, 3406, 4981, 6091, 6099, 8939), thus increase in such things as belong to love and faith; from the signification of “bread,” as being the good of love (see n. 276, 680, 2165, 2177, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 6118, 8410); and from the signification of “water,” as being the truth of faith (n. 680, 739, 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 6346, 7307, 8568). As “bread” signified all the good of love, and “water” all the truth of faith, in the complex, and as “to be blessed of Jehovah” signifies all increase in these, therefore it was a customary devout wish in the Ancient Churches that Jehovah would “bless the bread and the water;” and it was also a common form of speaking to say “bread and water,” to express all natural food and all natural drink, and to mean thereby all spiritual good and all spiritual truth; for these are what nourish the spiritual life, as bread and water nourish the natural life (see n. 4976).
sRef Ezek@4 @16 S2′ sRef Ezek@4 @17 S2′ sRef Ezek@12 @19 S2′ sRef Isa@3 @1 S2′ [2] Such is the signification of “bread and water” in the following passages. In Isaiah:
Behold Jehovah Zebaoth doth take away from Jerusalem and from Judah the whole staff of bread, and the whole staff of water (Isa. 3:1);
“the staff of bread” denotes power and life from good; and “the staff of water,” power and life from truth. In Ezekiel:
Behold, I break the staff of bread in Jerusalem; that they may eat bread by weight, and in disquiet; and drink water by measure, and with amazement; that they may be in want of bread and water, and be desolated a man and his brother, and pine away because of their iniquity (Ezek. 4:16, 17);
that “to be in want of bread and water” denotes to be deprived of the good of love and truth of faith, is very evident; for it is said “that they may be desolated a man and his brother, and pine away because of iniquity.”
sRef 1Ki@13 @24 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @16 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @19 S3′ sRef Amos@8 @11 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @18 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @8 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @9 S3′ sRef 1Ki@13 @17 S3′ [3] In like manner in the following passages:
They shall eat their bread with disquiet, and drink their water with amazement, that the land may be laid waste from the fullness thereof, because of the violence of all them that dwell therein (Ezek. 12:19).
Behold the days come that I will send a famine in the land; not a famine for bread, nor a thirst for water; but for hearing the words of Jehovah (Amos 8:11).
The man of God said to Jeroboam, If thou wilt give me half thine house, I will not go in with thee, neither will I eat bread nor drink water in this place; for so Jehovah commanded, saying, Eat no bread, nor drink water, nor return by the way that thou camest. But the prophet from Bethel told him that Jehovah had said that he should eat bread with him, and drink water, lying unto him. And he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house and drink water; wherefore he was torn in pieces by a lion (1 Kings 13:8, 9, 16-19, 24);
that he “should not eat bread and drink water with Jeroboam” signified that he should abhor the good there, and also the truth, because these had been profaned; for Jeroboam profaned the altar and all the holy things of worship, as is plain from the historical narrative of the Word in that chapter.
[4] The lack of spiritual good and truth was signified by rain not being given for three years and a half during the reign of Ahab, insomuch that bread and water failed; and then Elijah went to a widow in Sarepta and asked from her a little water to drink, and a morsel of bread to eat (1 Kings 17 and 18); for, as before said, by “bread” was signified all the good of the church, and by “water” all the truth of the church. As at that time such things were represented because the representative of a church existed among them, and because the Word, even the historical Word, was to be written by representatives, therefore the devastation of good and truth was represented by a lack of bread and water. As “bread” signified all the good of love in the complex, the sacrifices were called “bread” (n. 2165); and the Lord also calls Himself “the bread which came down from heaven” (John 6:48, 50, 51); for the Lord is the good of love itself.

AC (Potts) n. 9324 sRef Ex@23 @25 S0′ 9324. And I will take away disease from the midst of thee. That this signifies protection from falsifications of truth and adulterations of good, is evident from the signification of “taking away from the midst of thee,” when said of the falsified truths and adulterated goods which are signified by “disease,” as being to protect, for when the Lord protects from these, He takes them away (see n. 9313); and from the signification of “disease,” as being falsified truth and adulterated good. These are the diseases of the spiritual life; for the spiritual life comes forth and subsists through the truths which are of faith and the goods which are of love. When these are falsified and perverted the man sickens; but when they are denied at heart, he spiritually dies. (That “diseases” denote and correspond to such things, see n. 4958, 5711-5727, 8364, 9031.)

AC (Potts) n. 9325 sRef Ex@23 @26 S0′ 9325. There shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in thy land. That this signifies that goods and truths will proceed in their order in continual progression, is evident from the signification of “not miscarrying, or being barren,” as being the progress of regeneration in its order, consequently that goods and truths will proceed in their order in continual progression (of which below); and from the signification of “in the land,” as being in the church (That “land” in the Word denotes the church, see n. 566, 662, 1066, 1067, 1262, 1413, 1607, 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 2571, 2928, 3355, 3368, 3379, 4447, 4535, 5577, 8011, 8732.) The reason why “the land” signifies the church, is that the land of Canaan is meant, where the church was, and where it had been from the most ancient times (n. 3686, 4447, 4454, 4516, 4517, 5136, 6516, 8317); and in the spiritual world when a land is mentioned, no land is perceived, but the quality of the nation therein in respect to religion. Therefore when “land” is mentioned in the Word, and the land of Canaan is meant, the church is perceived. From all this it can be seen what is meant in the prophetical parts of the Word by “a new heaven and a new land,” namely, the church internal and external (n. 1850, 3355, 4535); for there are internal men and external men.
sRef John@3 @9 S2′ sRef John@3 @6 S2′ sRef John@3 @10 S2′ sRef John@3 @4 S2′ sRef John@3 @3 S2′ sRef John@3 @5 S2′ [2] That by “there shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in the land” is signified that goods and truths proceed in their order in continual progression, is because by all things belonging to birth are meant in the internal sense of the Word such things as belong to spiritual birth, thus to regeneration (n. 2584, 3860, 3905, 3915). The things that belong to spiritual birth or regeneration are the truths of faith and the goods of charity, for by means of these a man is conceived and born anew. That such things are signified by “births,” is plain from many passages in the Word, and openly from the words of the Lord to Nicodemus:
Jesus said to him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom of God. Nicodemus saith, How can a man be born when he is old? Can he enter a second time into his mother’s womb, and be born? Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the spirit is spirit. Nicodemus said, How can these things be? Jesus answered, Art thou a teacher in Israel, and knowest not these things? (John 3:3-6, 9, 10);
“to be born of water and the spirit” denotes through the truths of faith and the good of love (see the passages cited in n. 9274).
[3] That such things are signified in the Word by “births,” is from the correspondence of marriages on earth with the heavenly marriage, which is the marriage of good and truth (of which correspondence see above, n. 2727-2759). But at the present day scarcely anyone knows, and perhaps scarcely anyone is willing to acknowledge, that love truly conjugial descends from thence, for the reason that earthly and bodily things are before the eyes, and these extinguish and suffocate all thought about such a correspondence. As love truly conjugial is from this source, therefore in the internal sense of the Word “births,” and “generations,” signify the things of the new birth and generation from the Lord. Hence also it is that “father,” “mother,” “sons,” “daughters,” “sons-in-law,” “daughters-in-law,” “grandsons,” and many other relations derived from marriages, signify goods and truths and their derivations, as frequently shown in these explications. From all this it can now be seen that by “there shall not be one miscarrying, or barren, in the land” is signified that goods and truths shall proceed in their order in continual progression.
sRef Hos@9 @14 S4′ sRef Hos@9 @15 S4′ sRef Hos@9 @13 S4′ [4] That “one miscarrying,” and “one barren,” signify what belongs to miscarriage and barrenness in a spiritual sense, namely, perversions of good and truth, and also vastations and denials of good and truth, is evident from the following passages:
Ephraim, when I have seen it even to Tyre, was planted in beauty; but Ephraim shall bring forth his sons to the slayer. Give them, O Jehovah, a miscarrying womb and dry breasts. Because of the wickedness of their doings I will drive them out of My house (Hos. 9:13-15);
unless it is known what is signified in the internal sense by “Ephraim,” “Tyre,” “a slayer,” “sons,” “a miscarrying womb,” and “dry breasts,” it cannot in the least be known what these prophetic words involve. That “Ephraim” denotes the intellect of the church, which is an intellect enlightened in respect to the goods and truths of faith derived from the Word, may be seen above (n. 3969, 5354, 6222, 6234, 6238, 6267); and also that “Tyre” denotes the knowledges of truth and good (n. 1201). From this it is plain what is signified by “Ephraim, when I have seen it even to Tyre, was planted in beauty.” That “a slayer” denotes one who deprives of spiritual life, that is, of the life from truth and good, may also be seen above (n. 3607, 6767, 8902); and that “sons” denote the truths of faith (n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2813, 3373, 3704, 4257). From this it is plain what is signified by “Ephraim bringing forth his sons to the slayer.” That “the breasts” denote the affections of good and truth, may also be seen (n. 6432); consequently “breasts that are dry” denote no affections; but in their place evil desires to pervert. From this it is plain what is meant by “a miscarrying womb,” namely, the perversion of good and truth. That all these expressions signify things of spiritual life is evident, for it is declared, “because of the wickedness of their doings I will drive them out of My house.” “Out of the house of Jehovah” denotes out of the church and of heaven (n. 2233, 2234, 3720, 5640).
sRef Mal@3 @12 S5′ sRef Mal@3 @11 S5′ [5] In Malachi:
I will rebuke the devourer for you, that he may not spoil for you the fruit of the land; neither shall the vine in the field miscarry for you. All nations shall proclaim you blessed; and ye shall be a well-pleasing land (Mal. 3:11-12);
by “the vine in the field not miscarrying” is signified that the truths and goods of faith with those who are in the church shall proceed in their order; for “the vine” denotes the truth and good of the spiritual church (n. 1069, 6375, 6376, 9277); and “the field” denotes the church (n. 2971, 3766, 7502, 9139, 9295). “A well-pleasing land” denotes a church that is pleasing to the Lord; for everyone within the church who has been regenerated through truth and good is a church; which shows what is meant by “ye shall be a well-pleasing land.” (That “land” denotes the church, may be seen above.)
sRef Deut@7 @14 S6′ sRef Gen@30 @1 S6′ sRef Deut@7 @12 S6′ sRef Deut@7 @15 S6′ [6] In Moses:
If ye hearken to My judgments to keep and do them, thou shalt be blessed above every people; there shall not be in thee, nor in thy beast, any male unfruitful, or any female barren. Jehovah will take away from thee all sickness, and all the evil diseases of Egypt (Deut. 7:12, 14, 15);
that “there shall not be any male unfruitful, or any female barren” denotes not any without life from truth and good; thus that they shall be spiritually alive. As “barren” had this signification, the women in the ancient churches deemed themselves devoid of life when they were barren; as did Rachel, who thus spoke of herself to Jacob:
Rachel saw that she did not bear to Jacob, and she said to Jacob, Give me sons, and if not, I am dead (Gen. 30:1; n. 3908).
sRef Ps@113 @9 S7′ sRef Ps@113 @8 S7′ sRef Isa@54 @1 S7′ sRef Ps@113 @7 S7′ [7] By “the barren” are also signified those who are not in good because not in truths, and yet long for truths that they may be in good; as is the case with upright nations outside the church; as in these passages:
Sing, O barren, that didst not bear; break forth into singing and shout for joy, that didst not bring forth; for more are the sons of her that is desolate than the sons of her that is married (Isa. 54:1).
Jehovah raiseth up the worn one out of the dust, He exalteth the needy one from the dunghill; to place him with the prince of his people. He maketh her that is barren to keep house, a glad mother of sons (Ps. 113:7-9).
sRef 1Sam@2 @5 S8′ sRef Luke@23 @29 S8′ [8] In the prophecy of Hannah after she had borne Samuel:
The full have hired themselves out, and the hungry have ceased; until the barren one hath borne seven, and she that hath many children hath failed (1 Sam. 2:5).
In the above passages by “the barren” are meant the Gentiles who are summoned to the church, and to whom the church is transferred when the old church ceases, that is, when those who before had been of the church are no longer in faith, because in no charity. This church is what is meant by “her that hath many children and hath failed,” and also by “her that is married,” in the passage from Isaiah. But the other church, that is, the new church of the Gentiles, is meant by the “barren one” and “her that is desolate” who shall have many sons, and also by “her that is barren keeping house, a glad mother of sons.” “To bear seven” denotes to be regenerated to the full; for “seven” there does not mean seven, but to the full (see n. 9228). From all this it is evident what is meant by the following words of the Lord:
The days come in which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that have not brought forth, and the breasts that have not given suck (Luke 23:29);
where the subject treated of is the consummation of the age, which is the last time of the church.
sRef 2Ki@2 @20 S9′ sRef 2Ki@2 @21 S9′ sRef 2Ki@2 @19 S9′ [9] In the second book of Kings:
The men of Jericho said unto Elisha, Behold the situation of this city is good; but the waters are evil, and the land is barren. Then Elisha said that they should put salt in a new cruse, and should cast the salt therefrom at the outlet of the waters; and the waters were healed, neither came there any more death or barrenness (2 Kings 2:19-21).
No one can know what these words infold within them except from the internal sense; for all the miracles related in the Word infold within them such things as are in the Lord’s kingdom, or in the church (n. 7337, 7465, 8364, 9086); and therefore it is necessary to know what was represented by Elisha, what was signified by the city of Jericho, what by the evil waters and the barren land, what by a new cruse and the salt in it, and also what by the outlet of the waters into which they were to cast the salt. That Elisha represented the Lord as to the Word, see n. 2762; that “waters” signify the truths of faith, n. 28, 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 6346, 7307, 8137, 8138, 8568; thus “evil waters” signify truths without good, and “a barren land” signifies the good of the church consequently not alive; “a new cruse,” that is, a new vessel, signifies knowledges of good and truth (n. 3068, 3079, 3316, 3318); “salt” signifies the longing of truth for good (n. 9207); “the outlet of the waters” signifies the natural of man which receives the knowledges of truth and good, and which is amended by the longing of truth for good.
sRef John@13 @10 S10′ [10] From all this it is evident that this miracle infolded within it the amendment of the church and of the life by the Lord through the Word, and through the consequent longing of truth for good; which amendment is effected when from such a longing the man’s natural receives truths from the Word. That this took place near the city of Jericho, was because this city was situated not far from the Jordan; and by “the Jordan” is signified that in the man of the church which first receives truths, thus the natural (n. 1585, 4255). That it is man’s natural which first receives truths out of the Word from the Lord, and that it is the last to be regenerated, and that when it has been regenerated, the whole man is regenerated, was signified by the Lord’s words to Peter, when He washed the disciples’ feet:
Jesus said, He that is washed needeth not save to have his feet washed, and is clean every whit (John 13:10);
(that the “feet” denote the things of the natural man, and in general the natural itself, see n. 2162, 3147, 3761, 3986, 4280, 4938-4952, 5327, 5328). (That for a man to be regenerated, the natural or external man must be in correspondence with the spiritual or internal man; thus that he is not regenerate until the natural has been regenerated, see n. 2850, 3167, 3286, 3321, 3470, 3493, 3508, 3509, 3518, 3573, 3576, 3579, 3620, 3623, 3671, 3882, 3969, 4353, 4588, 4612, 4618, 5168, 5326, 5373, 5651, 6299, 6454, 7442, 7443, 8742-8747, 9043, 9046, 9061.)

AC (Potts) n. 9326 sRef Ex@23 @26 S0′ 9326. The number of thy days I will fulfill. That this signifies even to a full state, is evident from the signification of “days,” as being states of life (n. 23, 487, 488, 493, 893, 2788, 3462, 3785, 4850, 5672, 5962, 6110, 7680, 8426); here states of the new, or spiritual life, which is the life of one who has been regenerated; and from the signification of “fulfilling the number,” as being to the full. “Even to a full state” means even until the man has been regenerated. That truths and goods will advance in a continual progression up to this point, is signified by the words, “there shall not be one miscarrying or barren in the land” (of which just above, n. 9325).

AC (Potts) n. 9327 sRef Ex@23 @27 S0′ 9327. I will send My terror before thee. That this signifies the terror of those who are in the evils of falsity, on account of the truths of good, is evident from the signification of “terror,” as being the terror of those who are in the evils of falsity; and from the signification of “the sons of Israel,” before whom the terror was to be sent, as being those who are in spiritual good, that is, in the truth of good (see n. 5803, 5806, 5812, 5817, 5819, 5820, 5833, 7957, 8234, 8805). (That the nations of the land of Canaan to whom terror was sent on account of the sons of Israel, signify the evils of falsity and the falsities of evil, see n. 1413, 1437, 1607, 1573, 1574, 1868, 4517, 6306, 8065, 8317.) Therefore by the words, “I will send My terror before thee” is signified the terror of those who are in the evils of falsity on account of the truths of good.
[2] The case herein is this. All power in the spiritual world is from the truths which are from good, thus from the truths which proceed from the Lord. This can be plainly seen from the fact that the Lord disposes all things in heaven, and all things in hell, and also all things in the world, by means of the truths which are from Himself; for the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord is that very thing through which all things have come into existence, and through which all things subsist. That this is so is not comprehended by those who think solely from what is material, as those think who ascribe the origin and maintenance of all things to nature. These can have no idea about truths except that they are devoid of power, being matters of mere thought, concerning which they perceive nothing essential, and still less anything substantial; although they know that the thought directs the whole body, and excites its parts to motion, precisely in accordance with its own quality; likewise that there is nothing in the universe that does not bear relation to the truth which is from good. (That it is truth which has all power, and which is the veriest essential, see n. 8200.) From all this it is evident that the angels have power from the truth Divine which is from the Lord, and that from this they are called “powers.” The nature of the power possessed by truths from good, that is, truths from the Lord, may be seen from the experience recorded concerning the arm, which corresponds to such truth, in n. 4932-4935.
sRef Lev@26 @36 S3′ sRef Ezek@32 @32 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @15 S3′ [3] Seeing that truth has all power, it follows that falsity from evil has no power whatever, because it is the privation of truth from good, thus the privation of power. Consequently they who are in hell-all there being in falsities from evil-have no power whatever; and therefore thousands of them can be driven away, cast down, and dispersed by one angel of heaven, much as a mote in the air is driven away by the breath of the mouth. From all this it can be seen why those who are in the evils of falsity feel terror on account of the truths of good. This terror is called “the terror of God” (Gen. 35:5; Job 13:21). And in these passages:
I will put My terror in the land of the living; when he shall be made to lie down in the midst of the uncircumcised, with them that are slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his multitude (Ezek. 32:32).
If he shall reject My statutes, and if your soul shall abhor My judgments, so that ye will not do all My commandments, I will send dismay into their hearts, that the sound of a driven leaf may chase them; and they may flee as one fleeth from the sword; and may fall when none pursueth (Lev. 26:15, 36);
here is described the terror of those who are in the evils of falsity, and in the falsities of evil. It is said that “the sound of a leaf shall chase them, and they shall flee as one fleeth from the sword” because “leaf” signifies truth (n. 885), and “sword” signifies truth fighting against the falsity of evil (n. 2799, 6353, 8294). That such have no power whatever against truth, is signified by “they shall fall when none pursueth.”

AC (Potts) n. 9328 sRef Deut@7 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @27 S0′ sRef Zech@14 @13 S0′ 9328. And I will trouble all the people. That this signifies the dismay of all falsities, is evident from the signification of “troubling,” as being dismay (of which below); and from the signification of “the people,” as being those who are in truths, thus, speaking abstractedly, truths, and in the opposite sense falsities (n. 1259, 1260, 2928, 3295, 3581, 6232). The reason why “troubling” signifies dismay, is that those who are in dismay are so troubled in mind and heart that they become insane, and of themselves rush into destruction. That such dismay is signified by “troubling,” is evident in Zechariah:
In that day there shall be a great troubling from Jehovah among those who fight against Jerusalem; and they shall lay hold every one of the hand of his companion, and his hand shall rise up upon the hand of his companion (Zech. 14:13);
“to fight against Jerusalem” denotes against the church, thus against the truths and goods of faith that make the church; that the “great troubling” denotes dismay even to insanity, is evident. In Moses:
Jehovah thy God shall give up the nations before thee, and shall trouble them with a very great troubling, until they be destroyed (Deut. 7:23);
“a great troubling” denotes dismay.

AC (Potts) n. 9329 sRef Ex@23 @27 S0′ 9329. To whom thou shalt come. That this signifies at the presence of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “coming to” anyone, as being presence (see n. 5934, 6063, 6089, 7498, 7631). That the presence of the Lord is signified is because the subject treated of is the power of truth against evils and falsities; and all truth and its power are from the Lord. Moreover, “the sons of Israel,” of whom this is said, signify the truths which are from the Lord, that is, spiritual truths (n. 5414, 5879, 5951, 7957, 8234, 8805).

AC (Potts) n. 9330 sRef Ex@23 @27 S0′ 9330. And I will give to thee the neck of all thine enemies. That this signifies the flight and damnation of falsities, is evident from the signification of “enemies,” as being falsities from evil (see n. 9313, 9314); and from the signification of “giving the neck,” as being flight. That it signifies damnation also, is because when those who are in falsities from evil flee from truths from good, they cast themselves into hell, that is, into damnation.
[2] The case herein is this. In the other life those who are in falsities from evil fight first against those who are in truths from good. The reason why they are permitted to fight is in order that good may come out of it. The good that comes out of it is that those who are in truths from good are thereby confirmed in truths against falsities, and that those who are in falsities from evil are confirmed in falsities, and devastate themselves; for in the other life falsities are removed from those who are in truths from good, and truths are removed from those who are in falsities from evil. In this way those who are in truths from good are raised into heaven, and those who are in falsities from evil sink down into hell; and when they are in hell, they are in terror and dismay because of truths from good, in which are the angels from the Lord.
sRef Matt@13 @12 S3′ sRef Luke@19 @26 S3′ sRef Luke@19 @24 S3′ sRef Luke@19 @25 S3′ [3] That such a state awaits those who are in falsities from evil, and those who are in truths from good, the Lord teaches in these passages:
Whosoever hath, to him shall be given, that he may have more abundantly; but whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away (Matt. 13:12).
Take from him the pound, and give it to him that hath the ten pounds. They said, Lord, he hath ten pounds. I say unto you, that unto everyone that hath shall be given; but from him that hath not, even that which he hath shall be taken away from him (Luke 19:24-26).

AC (Potts) n. 9331 sRef Ex@23 @28 S0′ 9331. And I will send the hornet before thee. That this signifies the dread felt by those who are in the falsities of evil, is evident from the signification of “hornets,” as being stinging and deadly falsities, and hence such as excite dread. “Terror” is predicated of those who are in evils; and “dread” of those who are in falsities (as regards the terror of the former, see above, n. 9327). That “hornets” signify the dread felt by those who are in falsities, is because they are winged, and furnished with stings, with which they inflict poisoned wounds. For both the larger and the smaller animals signify such things as are of the affections, that is, which bear relation to the will; or else they signify such things as are of the thoughts, that is, which bear relation to the understanding. For all things whatsoever in man bear relation either to his will or to his understanding; and those things which bear no relation either to the one or to the other are not in the man, thus are not of the man. Those animals which walk, and also those which creep, signify the affections in both senses; thus goods or evils, for these are of the affections. But those animals which fly, and also winged insects, signify such things as are of the thoughts in both senses; thus truths or falsities, for these are of the thoughts. That “animals” signify goods, or evils, see n. 9280; that “creeping things” signify the same in the external sensuous, n. 746, 909, 994; that “flying things” signify truths or falsities, n. 40, 745, 776, 778, 866, 988, 3219, 5149, 7441; consequently winged insects signify the like things, but in man’s extremes.
sRef Deut@7 @20 S2′ [2] But the falsities now treated of are of many kinds; there are falsities which do not injure, there are falsities which injure slightly, there are those which injure grievously, and there are also those which kill. Their kind is known from the evils they spring from; for every falsity that injures, or kills, springs from evil; because falsity from evil is evil appearing in a form. Moreover, in the other life, when such falsities are represented in a visible form, they appear as a swarm of insects and of unclean flying things, the appearance of which is terrible, according to the kind of evil from which they spring. From all this it is evident why “hornets” signify the dread felt by those who are in the falsities of evil. In like manner in Deuteronomy:
Jehovah thy God will send the hornet among them, until they that are left, and those hidden before thee, perish (Deut. 7:20).
[3] In the Word throughout mention is made of insects of various kinds, and they everywhere signify falsities or evils in the extremes (that is, in man’s external sensuous), which are evils and falsities arising from the fallacies of the senses, and from various pleasures and appetites in the body, which seduce by their allurements and their appearances, and cause the rational to assent, and thus to be immersed in falsities from evil. (That falsities of this kind are signified by the “noisome flies” of Egypt, see n. 7441; likewise by the “locusts” there, n. 7643; and that by the “frogs” of Egypt are signified reasonings from falsities, n. 7351, 7352, 7384; by the “lice” there, evils of the same kind, n. 7419; and that by “worms” are signified falsities which consume and torment, n. 8481).
sRef Isa@7 @18 S4′ sRef Isa@7 @19 S4′ [4] Such evils and falsities are also signified by insects of various kinds in the following passages. In Isaiah:
It shall come to pass in that day that Jehovah shall hiss for the fly that is in the uttermost part of the rivers of Egypt, and for the bee that is in the land of Assyria. And they shall all come and rest in the river of desolations and in the clefts of the rocks, and in all shrubs (Isa. 7:18, 19);
the subject here treated of is the coming of the Lord, and the state of the church at that time. “The fly in the uttermost part of the rivers of Egypt” denotes falsity in the extremes, that is, in man’s external sensuous (n. 7441); “the bee in the land of Assyria” denotes the falsity which perverts the reasonings of the mind, for “Assyria” denotes reasoning (n. 1186); “the river of desolations” denotes falsity reigning everywhere; “the clefts of the rock” denote the truths of faith in obscurity, because removed from the light of heaven (see n. 8581); the “shrubs” denote nascent truths of a similar kind (n. 2682).
sRef Joel@2 @25 S5′ sRef Joel@1 @4 S5′ sRef Amos@4 @9 S5′ sRef Joel@1 @5 S5′ sRef Joel@2 @24 S5′ [5] Again:
I have smitten you with blasting and mildew; your many gardens, and your vineyards, and your fig-trees, and your olive-trees, hath the caterpillar devoured (Amos 4:9).
That which the caterpillar hath left shall the locust eat; and that which the locust hath left shall the cankerworm eat; and that which the cankerworm hath left shall the bruchus eat. Awake, ye drunkards; and howl, all ye drinkers of wine, because of the must which is cut off from your mouth (Joel 1:4-5).
The floors are full of clean grain, the presses overflow with must and oil. And I will compensate to you the years that the locust hath eaten, the cankerworm, and the bruchus, and the caterpillar, My great army which I have sent among you (Joel 2:24, 25).
That falsities and evils in the extremes-that is, in the external sensuous of the man of the church-are signified by the kinds of insects here mentioned, is evident from these various expressions, for the subject treated of is the perversion of the truth and good of the church. (What is signified by the “locust” and the “bruchus,” see n. 7643; and that by “gardens,” “vineyards,” “fig-trees,” “olive-trees,” “wine,” and “must,” which are destroyed by such insects, are signified the goods and truths of the church in general, has often been shown in these explications.)
sRef Ps@105 @30 S6′ sRef Ps@105 @31 S6′ sRef Deut@28 @39 S6′ [6] In David:
He made frogs to creep forth in their land, in the chambers of their kings. He said that there should come filthy swarms, lice in all their border (Ps. 105:30, 31);
speaking of Egypt (what is meant by the “frogs” there, see n. 7351, 7352, 7384; and what by the “lice,” n. 7419). In Moses:
Thou shalt plant vineyards, and dress them, but thou shalt not drink the wine, nor gather, for the worm shall eat it (Deut. 28:39);
“the worm” denotes all such falsity and evil in general.
sRef Isa@51 @8 S7′ sRef Isa@51 @7 S7′ [7] In Isaiah:
Fear ye not the reproach of men, neither be ye dismayed at their revilings; for the moth shall eat them up like a garment, and the blatta shall eat them like wool (Isa. 51:7, 8);
“the moth” denotes the falsities in man’s extremes; and “the blatta,” the evils therein; for “the garment which the moth shall eat” signifies the lower or more external truths which belong to the sensuous of man (see n. 2576, 5248, 6377, 6918, 9158, 9212), and “the wool which the blatta shall eat” signifies the lower or more external goods which belong to the sensuous of man, as is evident from many passages, and also from the signification of “a sheep,” from which wool comes, as being the good of charity (see n. 4169). (What, and of what quality, are the extremes of the natural man, which are called his sensuous things, see n. 4009, 5077, 5081, 5089, 5094, 5125, 5128, 5580, 5767, 5774, 6183, 6201, 6310-6318, 6564, 6598, 6612, 6614, 6622, 6624, 6844, 6845, 6948, 6949, 7442, 7645, 7693, 9212, 9216.)

AC (Potts) n. 9332 sRef Ex@23 @28 S0′ 9332. And it shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee. That this signifies the flight of the falsities that are from evils, is evident from the signification of “driving out,” as being to put to flight, thus flight; and from the signification of “the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite,” as being falsities from evils-“the Hivite,” falsity from a lighter evil (n. 6860); “the Canaanite,” falsity from a more grievous evil (n. 4818, 8054); and “the Hittite,” falsity from the most grievous evil (n. 2913, 6858). (That by the nations in the land of Canaan are signified all falsities and evils in the complex, see the passages cited in n. 9327.)

AC (Potts) n. 9333 sRef Ex@23 @29 S0′ 9333. I will not drive him out from before thee in one year. That this signifies no hasty flight or removal of them, namely, of the falsities and evils which are signified by the nations in the land of Canaan, is evident from the signification of “driving out,” as being flight, for in the other life those who are in evils and falsities are not driven out, but flee of themselves (that removal also is signified will be seen below); and from the signification of “in one year,” as being what is hasty; for the words follow, “by little and little I will drive him out from before thee,” by which is signified removal by degrees according to order.
sRef Isa@1 @18 S2′ [2] That when predicated of evils and falsities, “to drive out” denotes removal, is because falsities and evils are not driven out from a man, but are removed. He who does not know how the case is with man’s liberation from evils and falsities, or with the forgiveness of his sins, may believe that sins are wiped away when they are said to be forgiven. This belief comes from the literal sense of the Word, where such an expression is sometimes used, giving rise in the minds of many to the error that after they have received absolution they are righteous and pure. But these people know nothing whatever about the way in which sins are forgiven; namely, that a man is not purified from them; but is withheld from them by the Lord when he is of such a character that he can be kept in good and truth; and that he can be kept in good and truth when he has been regenerated; for he has then acquired a life of the good of charity and the truth of faith. For whatever a man, from his earliest infancy, thinks, wills, speaks, and does, is added to his life and makes it. These things cannot be exterminated, but only removed, and when they are removed, the man appears as if he were devoid of sins, because they have been removed (n. 8393, 8988, 9014). In accordance with the appearance that man thinks and does what is good and true from himself, when yet it is not from himself but from the Lord, it has been said in the Word that he is “clean” from sins, and also “righteous;” as in Isaiah:
Though your sins have been as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they have been red like crimson, they shall be as wool (Isa. 1:18);
and in many other passages.
[3] That such is the case has been granted me to know from the state of souls in the other life. Everyone brings with him there from the world all things of his life, that is, whatsoever he has thought, wished, spoken, and done; and even whatever he has seen and heard from his infancy down to the end of his life in the world, insomuch that there is not even the smallest thing lacking (n. 2474). Those who in the world have lived a life of faith and charity, can then be withheld from evils and kept in good, and thus be raised into heaven. But those who in the world have not led a life of faith and charity, but a life of the love of self and of the love of the world, sink down into hell, because they cannot be withheld from evils and kept in good. From all this it is evident why, when “driving out” is said in relation to falsities and evils, it denotes removal. In this verse and the next this removal is treated of in the internal sense, and its arcana are there disclosed.

AC (Potts) n. 9334 sRef Ex@23 @29 S0′ sRef Mal@3 @12 S1′ 9334. Lest perchance the land be desolate. That this signifies a deficiency in that case, and but little spiritual life-namely, if the removal should be hasty-is evident from the signification of “the land,” as being the church in general and also in particular. The church in particular is the man who becomes a church; for the church is in man, and is the regenerated man. (That “the land” denotes the church in general, see n. 9325; and that it denotes the church in particular, or the regenerated man, n. 82, 620, 636, 913, 1411, 1733, 2117, 2118e, 2571, 3368, 3379.) A regenerate man is called “a land” also in Malachi:
All nations shall proclaim you blessed, for ye shall be a well-pleasing land (Mal. 3:12).
And from the signification of “desolate,” as being a deficiency and but little of spiritual life; for by “desolate,” when said of the church in man, is signified a lack of truth and of good, thus also a lack of spiritual life; for spiritual life is thence derived.
[2] In regard to there being a deficiency and but little of spiritual life if falsities and evils were hastily removed, the case is this. When a man is being regenerated, which is effected by the implanting of spiritual truth and good, and by the removal at the same time of falsity and evil, he is not regenerated hastily, but slowly. The reason is that all things the man, from his infancy, has thought, intended, and done, have added themselves to his life, and have made it, and likewise have formed such a connection among themselves that no one thing can be taken away unless all are taken away at the same time. For an evil man is an image of hell, and a good man is an image of heaven; and the evils and falsities with an evil man have such a connection among themselves as there is among the infernal societies, of which he is a part; and the goods and truths with a good man have such a connection among themselves as there is among the heavenly societies, of which he is a part. From this it is evident that the evils and falsities with an evil man cannot be removed from their place suddenly; but only in proportion as goods and truths are implanted in their order, and interiorly; for heaven in a man removes hell from him. If this were done suddenly, the man would fail; for each and all things that are in connection and form would be disturbed, and would take away his life.
[3] (That regeneration, or the implanting of the life of heaven in man, begins from his infancy and continues even to the last of his life in the world, and that after his life in the world it is perfected to eternity, see n. 2679, 3203, 3584, 3665, 3690, 3701, 4377, 4551, 4552, 5126, 6751, 9103, 9296, 9297; especially n. 5122, 5398, 5912, 9258.) Moreover-and this is a secret-man’s regeneration in the world is only a plane for the perfecting of his life to eternity. (That a man who has lived in good is perfected in the other life, may be seen from what has been shown concerning infants, n. 2289-2309; and concerning the state and lot of the Gentiles in that life, n. 2589-2604.)

AC (Potts) n. 9335 sRef Ex@23 @29 S0′ 9335. And the wild beast of the field be multiplied upon thee. That this signifies a flowing in of falsities from the delights of the loves of self and of the world, is evident from the signification of “being multiplied,” when said of the hasty removal of evils and falsities, as being a flowing in; and from the signification of “the wild beast of the field,” as being falsities from the delights of the loves of self and of the world. By “beasts” of various kinds mentioned in the Word are signified good and evil affections (see n. 9280); consequently by “wild beasts” are signified the affections of falsity that arise from the delights of the loves of self and of the world. Moreover, these affections are represented in the other life by wild beasts, as by panthers, tigers, wild boars, wolves, and bears. They are also like wild beasts, for those who are in these loves are in evils of every kind and in the derivative falsities, and like wild beasts do they look at and act toward their associates. (That all evils and falsities spring from these loves, see n. 2041, 2045, 2057, 2363, 2364, 2444, 4750, 4776, 6667, 7178, 7255, 7364, 7366-7377, 7488, 7490-7494, 7643, 8318, 8487, 8678.)
[2] That through the hasty removal of evils and falsities, the falsities from these loves would flow in, is because goods and truths must remove the evils and falsities by being successively implanted; for falsities can only be removed by truths; and evils can only be removed by goods. If this is not done successively and according to order, the falsities which favor these loves will flow in; for before he has been regenerated these loves reign in every man, and when falsities flow in, truths are no longer acknowledged. Moreover, the man who is being regenerated is kept in the affection of truth, and while he is in this affection he seeks on all sides for truths among the memory-knowledges in the natural; and the fallacies of the external senses then present themselves there – for they are very abundant there – and when the delights of the loves of self and of the world breathe on the man, he infers from these fallacies nothing but falsities, which follow on, and fill the mind, if the falsities of evil are suddenly removed. These are the things which are meant in the internal sense by “I will not drive him out from before thee in one year, lest the land be desolate, and the wild beast of the field multiply upon thee; by little and little I will drive him out from before thee, until thou be fruitful and inherit the land.”
sRef Ezek@34 @25 S3′ sRef Ezek@5 @17 S3′ sRef Ezek@34 @28 S3′ sRef Ezek@14 @15 S3′ sRef Ezek@29 @5 S3′ sRef Isa@35 @8 S3′ sRef Isa@35 @9 S3′ [3] That “a wild beast” denotes falsity and evil springing from the loves of self and of the world, is plain from the passages in the Word where it is mentioned; as in the following:
A path shall be there, and a way, and it shall be called the way of holiness; the unclean shall not pass through it, nor shall any ravenous wild beast go up thereon (Isa. 35:8, 9).
I will send upon thee famine, and an evil wild beast, and they shall bereave thee (Ezek. 5:17).
When I cause the evil wild beast to pass through the land, and it bereave it, and it become a desolation, so that no one passeth through because of the beast (Ezek. 14:15).
Thou shalt fall upon the faces of the field; I will give thee for food to the wild beast of the earth, and to the bird of the heaven (Ezek. 29:5).
Then I will make with them a covenant of peace, and will make the evil wild beast to cease out of the land; that they may dwell securely in the wilderness. They shall no more be a prey to the nations, and the wild beast of the field shall no longer devour them (Ezek. 34:25, 28).
sRef Lev@26 @15 S4′ sRef Deut@7 @22 S4′ sRef Lev@26 @22 S4′ sRef Ps@104 @20 S4′ sRef Lev@26 @3 S4′ sRef Hos@2 @12 S4′ sRef Ps@80 @13 S4′ sRef Ps@80 @14 S4′ sRef Lev@26 @6 S4′ sRef Hos@4 @3 S4′ [4] I will lay waste her vine and her fig-tree, and I will make them into a forest, and the wild beast of the field shall devour them (Hos. 2:12).
The land shall mourn, and everyone that dwelleth therein shall waste away, because of the wild beast of the field, and because of the bird of the heavens (Hos. 4:3).
The boar out of the wood doth trample it, and the wild beast of the fields doth consume it. Turn again, O God Zebaoth, and visit Thy vine (Ps. 80:13, 14).
Thou makest darkness that it may be night; wherein every wild beast of the forest doth come forth (Ps. 104:20).
If ye shall walk in My statutes, and keep My commandments, and do them, I will cause the evil wild beast to cease out of the land. But if ye shall reject My statutes, I will send against you the wild beast of the field, which shall lay you waste (Lev. 26:3, 6, 15, 22).
Jehovah thy God will drive out those nations before thee by little and little, lest perchance the wild beast of the field multiply against thee (Deut. 7:22).
In these passages “the wild beast of the field,” “the wild beast of the earth,” and “the wild beast of the forest” denote the falsities and evils which are of the loves of self and of the world.
sRef Ezek@31 @6 S5′ sRef Ps@50 @10 S5′ sRef Ps@148 @10 S5′ sRef Isa@56 @9 S5′ sRef Ps@148 @7 S5′ sRef Ps@50 @11 S5′ [5] As by “a wild beast” is signified falsity, and falsity is from a double origin, namely, from what is evil, and from what is upright (n. 9258), therefore by “wild beasts” in the Word are also signified the upright Gentiles, who although in falsity, are yet in uprightness of life. In this sense the term “wild animal”* is used in the following passages:
Every wild animal of the forest is Mine, and the beasts upon a thousand mountains. I know every bird of the mountains; and the wild animal of My fields is with Me (Ps. 50:10, 11).
Praise ye Jehovah, ye wild animal, and every beast (Ps. 148:7, 10).
Every wild animal of My fields, come ye to devour, every wild animal in the forest (Isa. 56:9).
All the birds of the heavens made their nests in the branches of the cedar, which is Asshur, and under his branches every wild animal of the field brought forth, and in his shadow dwelt all great nations (Ezek. 31:6).
* Here therefore fera is better rendered “wild animal.” [REVISED.]

AC (Potts) n. 9336 sRef Ex@23 @30 S0′ 9336. By little and little I will drive him out from before thee. That this signifies a removal by degrees according to order, is evident from the signification of “by little and little,” as being by degrees, thus slowly; from the signification of “driving out,” when said of the falsities and evils which are signified by the nations of the land of Canaan, as being removal (of which just above, n. 9333). It is said “by degrees according to order,” because with the man who is being regenerated all things are disposed according to the order of heaven; for the regenerate man is a heaven in the least form, and therefore there is in him an order like that which is in heaven.
[2] When a man is born, in respect to hereditary evils he is a hell in the least form; and he also becomes a hell insofar as he takes the hereditary evils to himself, and adds to them things which are his own. Hence it is that both from birth and from actual life the order of his life is opposite to the order of heaven; for from his own a man loves himself more than the Lord, and the world more than heaven; when yet the life of heaven consists in loving the Lord above all things and the neighbor as oneself. From this it is evident that the former life, which is of hell, must be utterly destroyed (that is to say, the evils and falsities must be removed), in order that the new life, which is the life of heaven, may be implanted (see n. 4551, 4552, 4839, 6068). This cannot possibly be done hastily; for every evil that is rooted in with its falsities has a connection with all evils and their falsities; and such evils and falsities are innumerable, and their connection is so complex that it cannot be comprehended, not even by the angels, but only by the Lord. From this it is evident that the life of hell with a man cannot be destroyed suddenly; for if it were, he would straightway expire; and neither can the life of heaven be implanted suddenly, for if it were, he would also expire.
sRef John@1 @12 S3′ sRef John@1 @13 S3′ [3] There are thousands and thousands of arcana, of which scarcely a single one is known to man, whereby a man is led by the Lord out of the life of hell into the life of heaven. That this is so, has been given me to know from heaven, and it has likewise been confirmed by many things which have come to my notice. As man knows scarcely anything of these matters, many have fallen into errors about the liberation of man from evils and falsities (that is, the forgiveness of sins), believing that through mercy the life of hell in a man can be instantly turned into the life of heaven in him; when yet the whole act of regeneration is mercy, and none are regenerated except those who receive the mercy of the Lord in faith and life while in the world; according to the Lord’s words in John:
As many as received, to them gave He the power to be sons of God, even to them that believe in His name; who were born, not of bloods, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God (John 1:12, 13);
what is meant by “bloods,” by “the will of the flesh,” and “the will of man,” also by being “born of God,” may be seen above (n. 5826).
[4] What is properly meant by removal from evils and falsities by degrees according to order, shall also be briefly stated. The Divine truth which proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord disposes all things into order in heaven; and therefore this Divine truth, in which there is good from the Lord, is order itself (n. 1728, 1919, 2258, 2447, 5703, 6338, 8700, 8988). According to this order all things in heaven come forth, and according to the same order they subsist; for to subsist is perpetually to come forth. In order therefore that heaven may come forth in a man it is necessary that he receive Divine truth in the good proceeding from the Lord. This can only be done by degrees according to an order similar to that by which the Lord sets heaven in order; for the case with a thing of the same nature is the same in what is small as in what is great. This successive setting in order is what is here meant by “order according to degrees.” From all this it is also evident that the case with the new creation of man-which is his regeneration-is the same as with the creation of heaven and earth. Wherefore also in the Word by “a new heaven and a new earth” is meant a new church (n. 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535); and also by the creation of heaven and earth in the first chapter of Genesis is meant the new creation of the celestial church, which is called “Man” (of which see in the explications there).

AC (Potts) n. 9337 sRef Ex@23 @30 S0′ 9337. Until thou be fruitful. That this signifies according to the increase of good, is evident from the signification of “being fruitful,” as being the increase of good (see n. 43, 55, 913, 983, 2846, 2847). That removal from evils and falsities is effected according to the increase of good, is evident from what has been frequently shown above; for the Lord flows into man by means of good, and by means of it He disposes truth into order; but not the converse; and insofar as truths are disposed into order by means of good, so far evils and falsities are removed. In the Word throughout man is likened to a tree, and his truths of faith are signified by the leaves (n. 885), and his goods of love by the fruits (n. 3146, 7690). From this it is plain not only that “to be fruitful” denotes an increase of good; but also that good is man’s chief thing, even as the fruit is the chief thing of a tree. The leaves are indeed put forth first, but for the sake of the fruit as the end. That which is the end is not only the last, but it is also the first thing, because it is the one and only thing regarded in the means, thus it is everything. The case is similar with the good of love relatively to the truths of faith.
sRef Matt@21 @19 S2′ sRef Luke@6 @45 S2′ sRef Luke@13 @7 S2′ sRef Luke@6 @44 S2′ sRef Matt@21 @18 S2′ sRef Luke@6 @46 S2′ sRef Luke@13 @6 S2′ [2] Such was the signification of “a fig-tree,” of which we read in the following passages:
As Jesus returned to the city, He hungered. And seeing a fig-tree in the way, He came to it, but found nothing thereon, except leaves only; and He said unto it, Let no fruit grow from thee henceforward forever; whereupon the fig-tree withered away (Matt. 21:18, 19).
A certain man had a fig-tree planted in his vineyard; he came therefore seeking fruit thereon, but found none; he said therefore unto the vinedresser, Behold these three years I come seeking fruit on this fig-tree, but find none: cut it down; why rendereth it the land unfruitful? (Luke 13:6, 7).
Every tree is known by its fruit. Of thorns men do not gather figs, nor of a bramble bush gather they grapes. The good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is good; but the evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil. Why call ye Me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say? (Luke 6:44-46.)
From all this it is evident that the fruit of faith, as it is called, is the primary thing of faith; and that faith without fruit, that is, without the good of life, is only a leaf; and thus that when a man (here meant by “the tree”) abounds in leaves without fruit, he is the fig-tree which withers away and is cut down.

AC (Potts) n. 9338 sRef Ex@23 @30 S0′ 9338. And inherit the land. That this signifies until in good, and thus regenerate, is evident from the signification of “inheriting,” as being to receive as an heir (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “the land,” here the land of Canaan, as being the kingdom of the Lord, thus heaven (see n. 1413, 1437, 1607, 1866, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4240, 4447). Therefore by “inheriting the land” is signified receiving heaven as an heir. By “an heir,” when said of heaven, is especially meant a man who has the Lord’s life (n. 2658, 2851, 3672, 7212), thus one who is in good from the Lord, and consequently who is regenerate. (That when a man is in good from the Lord, he is in heaven, thus regenerate, see n. 9274, and the passages there cited.)
sRef Matt@25 @40 S2′ sRef Matt@25 @35 S2′ sRef Matt@25 @34 S2′ [2] That this is signified by “inheriting,” when said of heaven, is plain in Matthew:
Then shall the King say to those on His right hand, Come ye blessed of My Father, possess as an inheritance the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world; for I was hungry, and ye gave Me to eat; I was thirsty, and ye gave Me to drink. Inasmuch as ye did it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto Me (Matt. 25:34, 35, 40);
here “to possess as an inheritance the kingdom of the Lord,” that is, heaven, is said of those who are in good; the very goods of charity are also enumerated in their order; and finally it is said, “inasmuch as ye did it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto Me.” Those are called the Lord’s “brethren” who are in good (n. 6756); thus also those who do what is good, for good is the Lord with man. Therefore it is said, “inasmuch as ye did it unto one of these brethren;” but not “to one of the brethren.”
sRef Rev@21 @7 S3′ [3] In Revelation:
He that overcometh shall receive by inheritance all things; and I will be his God, and be shall be My son (Rev. 21:7);
speaking of those who overcome it is said they “shall receive by inheritance all things,” and they are called “sons,” because heirs; “to overcome” denotes to fight from good and truth; for evil is overcome by means of good; and falsity by means of truth.
sRef Isa@57 @13 S4′ sRef Ps@69 @36 S4′ sRef Ps@69 @35 S4′ [4] In David:
God will save Zion, and build the cities of Judah; and they shall dwell there, and possess it by inheritance. The seed also of His servants shall inherit it; and they that love His name shall dwell therein (Ps. 69:35, 36);
where “to possess by inheritance” is predicated of those who are in celestial good; and “to inherit” of those who are in spiritual good. Celestial good is the good of love to the Lord, and spiritual good is the good of charity toward the neighbor (n. 9277). In Isaiah:
He that confideth in Me shall inherit the land, and shall possess by inheritance the mountain of My holiness (Isa. 57:13).
[5] From all this it is evident what is signified by the land of Canaan being distributed into twelve inheritances for the twelve tribes of Israel (Josh. 14 to 19; and Ezek. 47:13-22; also Ezek. 48); for by “the land of Canaan” was signified the kingdom of the Lord, or heaven (n. 1413, 1437, 1607, 1866, 3038, 3481, 3686, 3705, 4240, 4447); by the “twelve tribes” were signified all goods and truths in general and in particular (n. 3858, 3862, 3926, 3939, 4060, 6335, 6337, 6397, 6640); thus by the twelve inheritances was signified heaven with all the heavens and the societies therein, distinct in respect to the goods of love and the derivative truths of faith (n. 7836, 7891, 7996); thus in the abstract sense the goods themselves which are from the Lord, consequently which are the Lord in heaven.
sRef John@17 @22 S6′ sRef John@17 @26 S6′ sRef John@14 @20 S6′ sRef John@14 @23 S6′ [6] For heaven is nothing else than the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord’s Divine good. The angels of heaven are recipients of truth in good; and insofar as they receive this, so far they make heaven. And-this is a secret-the Lord does not dwell with an angel except in His own with him. In like manner He dwells with a man; for the Divine must be in what is Divine, and not in what belongs to any man. This is meant by the words of the Lord concerning the union of Himself with those who are in the good of love, in John:
In that day ye shall know that I am in the Father, and ye in Me, and I in you. He that loveth Me keepeth My word, and We will come unto him, and make our abode with him (John 14:20, 23).
The glory which Thou hast given Me I have given them; that they may be one; as We are one; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them (John 17:22, 26).

AC (Potts) n. 9339 sRef Ex@23 @32 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @31 S0′ 9339. Verses 31-33. And I will set thy border from the sea Suph, and even unto the sea of the Philistines; and from the wilderness even unto the river; for I will give into your hand the inhabitants of the land, and I will drive them out from before thee. Thou shalt not make a covenant with them, and with their gods. They shall not dwell in thy land, lest perchance they make thee sin against Me, when thou shalt serve their gods, because it will be a snare to thee. “And I will set thy border from the sea Suph, and even unto the sea of the Philistines,” signifies extension from memory-truths to the interior truths of faith; “and from the wilderness even unto the river,” signifies from the delight of what is sensuous, even to the good and truth of the rational; “for I will give into your hand the inhabitants of the land,” signifies command over evils; “and I will drive them out from before thee,” signifies their removal; “thou shalt not make a covenant with them, and with their gods,” signifies no communication with evils and falsities; “they shall not dwell in thy land,” signifies that evils shall not be together with the goods of the church; “lest perchance they make thee sin against Me,” signifies lest evils turn away the goods that are from the Lord; “when thou shalt serve their gods,” signifies if there be worship from falsities; “because it will be a snare to thee,” signifies by reason of the allurement and deception of evils.

AC (Potts) n. 9340 sRef Ex@23 @31 S0′ 9340. And I will set thy border from the sea Suph, and even unto the sea of the Philistines. That this signifies extension from memory-truths to the interior truths of faith, is evident from the signification of “setting a border” from one place to another, when said of spiritual truths, as being extension; from the signification of “the sea Suph,” as being sensuous and memory-truths, which are the ultimates with man, for the sea Suph was the ultimate border of the land of Egypt, and by “Egypt” is signified memory-knowledge in both senses, true and false (see n. 1164, 1165, 1186, 1462, 2588, 4749, 4964, 4966, 5700, 6004, 6015, 6125, 6651, 6679, 6683, 6692, 6750, 7779, 7926, 8146, 8148), here memory-truth, because the subject treated of is the extension of the spiritual things of faith with the sons of Israel, by whom was represented the spiritual church (see n. 4286, 4598, 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 8805); and from the signification of “the sea of the Philistines,” as being the interior truths of faith. The reason why these truths are signified by “the sea of the Philistines” is that the sea where Tyre and Zidon were situated was the border of the land of Philistia, and by “Tyre and Zidon” are signified the knowledges of truth and good (n. 1201); and by “the land of Philistia” the knowledge of the interior things of faith (n. 1197, 2504, 2726, 3463).
[2] As the land of Canaan represented the Lord’s kingdom, thus heaven and the church, therefore all the places therein signified such things as are of the Lord’s kingdom, that is, of heaven and the church, which are called celestial and spiritual things, and bear relation to the good of love to the Lord and to the truths of faith in Him. Consequently the seas and rivers which were the borders signified the ultimate things therein; and accordingly “from sea to sea” and “from river to river” signified their extension. (That this is so, see n. 1585, 1866, 4116, 4240, 6516.) From this it can be seen that by “the border from the sea Suph and even unto the sea of the Philistines” is signified the extension of the spiritual things of truth from external things to internal, thus from memory-truths to the interior truths of faith. But the extension of celestial things, which are of the good of love, is described immediately after by “from the wilderness even unto the river.” (That the places of the land of Canaan, and also the seas and rivers, have such a signification in the Word, has been shown throughout in the explications.)
sRef Gen@1 @7 S3′ sRef Gen@1 @6 S3′ [3] It shall be briefly stated what is meant by “extension from memory-truths to the interior truths of faith.” Truths in the external man are called “memory-truths;” and truths in the internal man are called “interior truths of faith.” Memory-truths are in man’s memory, and when they are drawn out from it, they come to his notice. But the interior truths of faith are the truths of the very life, inscribed on the internal man, and of which but little appears in the memory; but on this subject, of the Lord’s Divine mercy, a fuller statement shall be made elsewhere. Memory-truths and the interior truths of faith were signified by “the waters under the expanse, and the waters above the expanse” (Gen. 1:6, 7; n. 24), for the subject treated of in the first chapter of Genesis in the internal sense is the new creation, that is, the regeneration, of the man of the celestial church.
[4] The reason why “Philistia,” which bordered on the land of Canaan even unto Tyre and Zidon, signified the interior truths of faith, was that the representative Ancient Church had been there, as is evident from the remains of Divine worship among its inhabitants, and referred to in the historic and prophetic books of the Word that treat of the Philistines and the land of Philistia; as in the prophecies of Jeremiah 25:20; 47; Ezekiel 16:27, 57; 25:15-16; Amos 1:8; Zephaniah 2:5; Zechariah 9:6; and Psalm 56, title; 60:8; 83:7; 108:9. The case with the Philistines was the same as with all the nations in the land of Canaan, in that they represented the goods and truths of the church, and also evils and falsities. For while the representative Ancient Church was among them, they represented the celestial things which are of good and the spiritual things which are of truth; but when they turned aside from genuine representative worship, they then began to represent the diabolical things which are of evil and the infernal things which are of falsity. Hence it is that by “Philistia,” as by the other nations of the land of Canaan, are signified in the Word both goods and truths, and evils and falsities.
sRef Ps@87 @3 S5′ sRef Ps@87 @4 S5′ [5] That by the “Philistines” are signified the interior truths of faith, is evident in David:
Glorious things shall be preached in thee, O city of God. I will make mention of Rahab and Babylon among those who know Me; and also of Philistia and Tyre, with Ethiopia; this man was born there (Ps. 87:3, 4);
the “city of God” denotes the doctrine of the truth of faith from the Word (n. 402, 2268, 2449, 2712, 2943, 3216, 4492, 4493, 5297); “Tyre,” the knowledges of truth and good (n. 1201); in like manner “Ethiopia” (n. 116, 117). From this it is evident that “Philistia” denotes the knowledge of the truths of faith.
sRef Amos@9 @7 S6′ [6] In Amos:
Are ye not as the sons of the Ethiopians unto Me, O sons of Israel? Have not I made Israel to come up out of the land of Egypt, and the Philistines from Caphtor, and the Syrians from Kir? (Amos 9:7);
the perversion and destruction of the church after it had been set up is here treated of; “the sons of the Ethiopians” here denote those who are in the knowledges of good and truth, but who apply them to confirm evils and falsities (n. 1163, 1164); “the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt” denote those who have been initiated into spiritual truths and goods by means of memory-truths. (That “the sons of Israel” denote those who are in spiritual truths and good, thus in the abstract sense spiritual truths and goods, see n. 5414, 5801, 5803, 5806, 5812, 5817, 5819, 5826, 5833, 5879, 5951, 7957, 8234; and that “the land of Egypt” denotes memory-truth, has been shown above.) The like is signified by “the Philistines from Caphtor,” and by “the Syrians from Kir,” to whom they are therefore likened. “The Philistines from Caphtor” denote those who have been initiated into interior truths by means of exterior, but who have perverted them and applied them to confirm falsities and evils (n. 1197, 1198, 3412, 3413, 3762, 8093, 8096, 8099, 8313); and “the Syrians from Kir” denote those who are in the knowledges of good and truth, which also they have perverted (n. 1232, 1234, 3051, 3249, 3664, 3680, 4112).
sRef Jer@47 @4 S7′ [7] In Jeremiah:
Because of the day that cometh to lay waste all the Philistines, to cut off from Tyre and Zidon all the residue that helpeth; for Jehovah layeth waste the Philistines, the remains of the isle of Caphtor (Jer. 47:4);
in this chapter the subject treated of is the vastation of the church in respect to the truths of faith; the interior truths of faith are “the Philistines;” and the exterior truths are “the remains of the isle of Caphtor.”
sRef Joel@3 @5 S8′ sRef Joel@3 @4 S8′ [8] In Joel:
What have you to do with Me, O Tyre, and Zidon, and all the borders of Philistia? Speedily will I return your retribution on your head, forasmuch as ye have taken My silver and My gold, and have carried into your temples My desirable good things (Joel 3:4-5);
“all the borders of Philistia” denote all the interior and exterior truths of faith; “to carry silver and gold and desirable good things into their temples” denotes to pervert truths and goods, and profane them by application to evils and falsities. (That “silver and gold” denote truths and goods, see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 8932.)
sRef Obad@1 @19 S9′ [9] In Obadiah:
Then they of the South shall be heirs of the mount of Esau, and of the plain of the Philistines; and they shall become heirs of the field of Ephraim; but Benjamin, of Gilead (Obad. 1:19);
the setting up of the church is here treated of; but real things are infolded in the names; “they of the South” denote those who are in the light of truth (n. 1458, 3195, 3708, 5672, 5962); “the mount of Esau” denotes the good of love (n. 3300, 3322, 3494, 3504, 3576); “the plain of the Philistines” denotes the truth of faith; “a plain” also denotes the doctrine of faith (n. 2418); “Ephraim” denotes the intellectual of the church (n. 3969, 5354, 6222, 6234, 6238, 6267); “Benjamin,” the spiritual celestial truth of the church (n. 3969, 4592, 5686, 5689, 6440); and “Gilead,” the corresponding exterior good (n. 4117, 4124, 4747).
sRef Isa@11 @12 S10′ sRef Isa@11 @14 S10′ [10] In Isaiah:
He shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four wings of the earth. They shall fly upon the shoulder of the Philistines toward the sea; together shall they spoil the sons of the east (Isa. 11:12, 14);
here by “Israel” and “Judah” are not meant Israel and Judah, but by “Israel” those who are in the good of faith, and by “Judah” those who are in the good of love; “to fly upon the shoulder of the Philistines” denotes to receive and take into possession the interior truths of faith; “to spoil the sons of the east” denotes to receive and take into possession the interior goods of faith; for “the sons of the east” denote those who are in the goods of faith, and in the knowledges of good (n. 3249, 3762). That “to spoil” denotes to receive and take into possession, may be seen from what has been already shown concerning the spoiling of the Egyptians by the sons of Israel (n. 6914, 6917).
[11] As by “the land of Philistia” was signified the knowledge of the interior truths of faith, and by Abraham and Isaac was represented the Lord, and by their sojourning the instruction of the Lord in the truths and goods of faith and of love, which are of Divine wisdom, therefore for the sake of prefiguring this process, Abraham was bidden to sojourn in Philistia (see Gen. 20), and also Isaac (Gen. 26:1-24); and accordingly Abimelech, king of the Philistines, made a covenant with Abraham (Gen. 21:22, to the end), and also with Isaac (Gen. 26:26, to the end); on which subject may be seen the explications given at these chapters.

AC (Potts) n. 9341 sRef Ex@23 @31 S0′ 9341. And from the wilderness even unto the river. That this signifies from the delight of what is sensuous even to the good and truth of the rational, is evident from the signification of “setting a border,” as being extension (as just above, n. 9340); from the signification of “a wilderness,” as being a place uninhabited and not cultivated; thus in application to the spiritual things of faith and to the celestial things of love, “a wilderness” denotes where there is no good and no truth, as is the case with what is sensuous (that the sensuous of man is of this character, see n. 9331). As the sensuous has no celestial good and no spiritual truth, but has delight and pleasure from the body and the world, therefore by “a wilderness” is signified this outermost in the man of the church. And from the signification of “the Euphrates,” which is here “the river,” as being the good and truth of the rational. That “the Euphrates” has this signification is because Assyria was there, and by “Assyria,” or “Asshur,” is signified the rational (n. 119, 1186).
sRef Gen@15 @18 S2′ sRef Ps@80 @8 S2′ sRef Josh@1 @4 S2′ sRef Ps@80 @11 S2′ sRef Micah@7 @12 S2′ [2] This is meant by “the Euphrates” where it is said, “from the wilderness to the Euphrates,” and “from the river of Egypt to the Euphrates;” as in the following passages:
From the wilderness, and Lebanon, even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, the whole land of the Hittites, and even unto the great sea toward the setting of the sun, shall be your border (Josh. 1:4).
To thy seed will I give this land, from the river of Egypt even unto the great river, the river Euphrates (Gen. 15:18).
Thou madest a vine to journey out of Egypt. Thou hast sent out its shoots even unto the sea, and its twigs unto the river (Ps. 80:8, 11);
“a vine out of Egypt” denotes the spiritual church represented by the sons of Israel; “unto the sea,” and “unto the river,” denote to interior truths and goods. In like manner in Micah:
They shall come unto thee from Assyria and from the cities of Egypt, and thence from Egypt even unto the river, and from sea to sea, and from mountain to mountain (Micah 7:12).
[3] But something else is signified by “the Euphrates” when it is looked at from the middle of the land of Canaan as its extreme limit on one side, or as what closes it in on one side; in this case by that river is signified that which is the ultimate of the Lord’s kingdom, that is, which is the ultimate of heaven and the church, in respect to rational good and truth. (That the borders of the land of Canaan, which were rivers and seas, signified the ultimates in the Lord’s kingdom, see n. 1585,1866, 4116, 4240, 6516.) “The Euphrates” therefore signified such truths and such goods as belong to the sensuous mind, and correspond to the truths and goods of the rational. But as the sensuous of man stands forth nearest to the world and the earth, and receives its objects therefrom (n. 9331), it therefore acknowledges nothing else as good than that which delights the body; and nothing else as truth than that which favors this delight. By “the river Euphrates” therefore in this sense is signified the pleasure arising from the loves of self and of the world; and the falsity which confirms it by reasonings from the fallacies of the senses.
sRef Rev@16 @12 S4′ sRef Rev@9 @15 S4′ sRef Rev@9 @14 S4′ [4] This is what is meant by “the river Euphrates” in Revelation:
A voice said to the sixth angel, Loose the four angels which are bound at the great river Euphrates. They were loosed, and they killed the third part of men (Rev. 9:14, 15);
“the angels bound at the Euphrates” denote the falsities originating through reasonings from the fallacies of the senses, which falsities favor the delights of the loves of self and of the world. Again:
The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings who are from the sun rising might be prepared (Rev. 16:12);
“the Euphrates” here denotes falsities from a like origin; “the water dried up” denotes these falsities removed by the Lord; “the way of the kings from the east” denotes that then the truths of faith are seen by and revealed to those who are in love to the Lord. (That “waters” denote truths, and in the opposite sense falsities, see n. 705, 739, 756, 790, 839, 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 7307, 8137, 8138, 8568, 9323; that “a way” denotes truth seen and revealed, n. 627, 2333, 3477; that “kings” denote those who are in truths, n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148; that “the east” denotes the Lord, and also love from Him and to Him, n. 101, 1250, 3708; and in like manner “the sun,” n. 1529, 1530, 2441, 2495, 3636, 3643, 4060, 4696, 5377, 7078, 7083, 7171, 7173, 8644, 8812.)
sRef Jer@2 @17 S5′ sRef Jer@2 @18 S5′ [5] In Jeremiah:
Thou hast forsaken Jehovah thy God, when He led thee into the way. And now what hast thou to do with the way of Egypt, to drink the waters of Shihor? Or what hast thou to do with the way of Assyria, to drink the waters of the river? (Jer. 2:17, 18);
“to lead into the way” denotes to teach truth; “what hast thou to do with the way of Egypt, to drink the waters of Shihor?” denotes what hast thou to do with falsities which have been occasioned by memory-knowledges wrongly applied? “What hast thou to do with the way of Assyria, to drink the waters of the river?” denotes what hast thou to do with the falsities which have arisen through reasonings from the fallacies of the senses in favor of the delights of the loves of self and of the world?
sRef Jer@13 @3 S6′ sRef Jer@13 @4 S6′ sRef Jer@13 @7 S6′ sRef Jer@13 @6 S6′ sRef Jer@13 @5 S6′ [6] In the same:
Jehovah said unto the prophet, Take the girdle that thou hast bought, which is upon thy loins, and arise, go to the Euphrates, and hide it there in a hole of the rock. So I went and hid it at the Euphrates. Afterward it came to pass at the end of many days, that Jehovah said, Arise, go to the Euphrates, and take the girdle from thence. Wherefore he went to the Euphrates, and digged, and took the girdle from the place where he had hidden it; but behold the girdle was marred, it was profitable for nothing (Jer. 13:3-7);
“the girdle of the loins” denotes the external bond containing all things of love and thence of faith; “to be hidden in a hole of the rock by the Euphrates” denotes where faith is in obscurity and has become no faith, through falsities from reasonings; “the girdle marred so that it was profitable for nothing” denotes that all things of love and of faith are then dissolved and dispersed.
sRef Jer@51 @63 S7′ sRef Jer@46 @10 S7′ sRef Jer@46 @6 S7′ [7] That Jeremiah was to tie a stone to the book written by him, and cast it into the midst of the Euphrates (Jer. 51:63); signified that the prophetic Word would perish through like things. In the same:
Let not the swift flee away, nor the strong one escape; toward the north near the shore of the river Euphrates they have stumbled and fallen. But Jehovah Zebaoth taketh vengeance on His adversaries. The Lord Jehovih Zebaoth hath a sacrifice in the land of the north by the river Euphrates (Jer. 46:6, 10);
where also “the river Euphrates” denotes truths falsified, and goods adulterated, through reasonings from fallacies and the derivative memory-knowledges which favor the loves of self and of the world.

AC (Potts) n. 9342 sRef Ex@23 @31 S0′ 9342. For I will give into your hand the inhabitants of the land. That this signifies command over evils, is evident from the signification of “giving into the hand,” as being to conquer and command; and from the signification of “the inhabitants of the land,” as being the evils of the church; for by “inhabitants” are signified goods (see n. 2268, 2451, 2712, 3613), consequently in the opposite sense, evils; because by the nations of the land of Canaan were signified the evils and falsities which infest and destroy the goods and truths of the church (n. 9327).

AC (Potts) n. 9343 sRef Ex@23 @31 S0′ 9343. And I will drive them out from before thee. That this signifies their removal, is evident from the signification of “driving out,” when said of evils, as being removal (see n. 9333).

AC (Potts) n. 9344 sRef Ex@23 @32 S0′ 9344. Thou shalt not make a covenant with them, and with their gods. That this signifies no communication with evils and falsities, is evident from the signification of “making a covenant,” as being to be conjoined (see n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804, 8767, 8778), thus also to be communicated, for they who communicate together are conjoined; from the signification of “the inhabitants of the land,” who in this case are those with whom they were not to make a covenant, as being evils (of which just above, n. 9342); and from the signification of “gods,” as being falsities (n. 4402, 4544, 7873, 8867, 8941).

AC (Potts) n. 9345 sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ 9345. They shall not dwell in thy land. That this signifies that evils shall not be together with the goods of the church, is evident from the signification of “the inhabitants,” of whom it is said “they shall not dwell in thy land,” as being evils (see above, n. 9342); from the signification of “dwelling,” as being to live (n. 1293, 3384, 3613); and of “dwelling with” anyone, as being to live or be together (n. 4451); and from the signification of “the land,” as being the church in respect to good, thus also the good of the church (n. 9325).

AC (Potts) n. 9346 sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ sRef Luke@16 @26 S0′ 9346. Lest perchance they make thee sin against Me. That this signifies lest evils turn away the goods that are from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the inhabitants of the land,” of whom it is said “lest perchance they make thee sin,” as being evils (as above); from the signification of “to sin,” as being to turn away (n. 5474, 5841, 7589); and from the signification of “thee against Me,” as being the goods that are from the Lord; for by “the sons of Israel,” who are here meant by “thee,” are signified those who are in good, thus goods (n. 5801, 5803, 5806, 5812, 5817, 5819, 5826, 5833, 9340); and by “Jehovah,” who is here meant by “Me,” is meant the Lord (n. 9199, 9315). That evils turn away the goods that are from the Lord, is because evils and goods are opposites or contraries, and two opposites or contraries cannot be together, for they turn away from each other, and are in conflict. This can be plainly seen from the fact that evils are from hell, and goods from heaven; and that hell is as far as possible from heaven – not in respect to distance, because in the other life there is no distance – but in respect to state. Therefore they who are in the state of hell cannot be transferred into the state of heaven, for the evils in the former reject the goods in the latter. This is meant by the words of Abraham to the rich man:
Between us and you there is a great gulf fixed, so that they who would pass from hence to you cannot, neither can those who are there pass over to us (Luke 16:26);
“the great gulf” denotes the opposition and contrariety of the states of life. From all this it is evident how it is to be understood that evils turn away the goods that are from the Lord; namely, that those who are in evils not only do not receive the goods which continually flow into everyone from the Lord; but also absolutely turn them away. And therefore a man cannot possibly receive the good of heaven until he abstains from evils.

AC (Potts) n. 9347 sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ 9347. When thou shalt serve their gods. That this signifies if there be worship from falsities, is evident from the signification of “serving,” as being worship (see n. 7934, 8057); and from the signification of “gods,” as being falsities (n. 4544, 7873, 8867, 8941).

AC (Potts) n. 9348 sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ 9348. Because it will be a snare to thee. That this signifies by reason of the allurement and deception of evils, is evident from the signification of “a snare,” when said of evils, as being allurement and deception. That evils allure and deceive, is because all evils spring from the loves of self and of the world (see n. 9335), and the loves of self and of the world are born with man, and from this he feels the delight of his life from the moment of his birth; nay, from this he has life. Wherefore these loves, like the unseen currents of a river, continually draw the thought and the will of man away from the Lord to self, and away from heaven to the world, thus away from the truths and goods of faith to falsities and evils. Reasonings from the fallacies of the senses are then of especial force, and also the literal sense of the Word wrongly explained and applied.
sRef Jer@48 @43 S2′ sRef Isa@24 @18 S2′ sRef Jer@48 @44 S2′ sRef Isa@24 @17 S2′ [2] These two sources of error, and also those previously mentioned, are what are meant in the spiritual sense of the Word by “snares,” “nooses,” “pits,” “nets,” “ropes,” “gins,” and also by “frauds” and “deceits;” as in these passages:
Dread, and the pit, and the snare, are upon thee, O inhabitant of the earth; whence it shall come to pass that he who fleeth from the voice of the dread shall fall into the pit; and he that cometh up out of the pit shall be taken in the snare; for the floodgates from on high are opened, and the foundations of the earth have been shaken (Isa. 24:17, 18).
Fear, the pit, and the snare, are upon thee, O inhabitant of Moab. He that fleeth from the fear shall fall into the pit; and he that cometh up out of the pit shall be taken in the snare (Jer. 48:43, 44).
“Dread” and “fear” denote a disturbance and commotion of the mind when it hesitates between evils and goods, consequently between falsities and truths; “the pit” denotes falsity brought in through reasonings from the fallacies of the senses to favor the delights of the loves of self and of the world; “the snare” denotes the allurement and deception of evil thence derived.
sRef Isa@28 @13 S3′ [3] In Isaiah:
They shall go, and stumble backward, and be broken, and ensnared, and taken (Isa. 28:13);
“to stumble backward” denotes to turn themselves away from good and truth; “to be broken” denotes to dissipate truths and goods; “to be ensnared” denotes to be allured by the evils of the loves of self and of the world; “to be taken” denotes to be carried away by them.
sRef Ezek@19 @2 S4′ sRef Ezek@19 @8 S4′ sRef Ezek@19 @9 S4′ sRef Ezek@19 @7 S4′ sRef Ezek@19 @4 S4′ sRef Ezek@19 @3 S4′ [4] In Ezekiel:
The mother of the princes of Israel is a lioness; one of her whelps learned to seize the prey, he devoured men; the nations heard of him; he was taken in their pit; and they brought him with hooks into the land of Egypt. Afterward he ravished widows, and laid waste cities; the land was desolate, and the fullness thereof, by the voice of His roaring. Therefore the nations lay in wait for him round about from the provinces; and they spread their net over him; he was caught in their pit. They put him in a cage with hooks, and brought him unto the king of Babel in nets, that His voice should no more be heard on the mountains of Israel (Ezek. 19:1-4, 7-9);
the successive profanation of truth through the allurements of falsities from evils is here described; “the mother of the princes of Israel” denotes the church where are primary truths (that “mother” denotes the church, see n. 298, 2691, 2717, 4257, 5581, 8897; and that “the princes of Israel” denote primary truths, n. 1482, 2089, 5044); a “lioness” denotes falsity from evil perverting the truths of the church; “a lion’s whelp” denotes evil in its power (n. 6367); “to seize the prey and devour men” denotes to destroy truths and goods, for “man” denotes the good of the church (n. 4287, 7424, 7523); “nations” denote evils (see n. 1259, 1260, 1849, 2588, 4444, 6306); “the pit in which he was caught by the nations” denotes the falsity of evil (n. 4728, 4744, 5038, 9086); “the land of Egypt into which he was brought with hooks” denotes the memory-knowledge through which is falsity (n. 9340); “to ravish widows” denotes to pervert the goods which long for truth (that “to ravish” denotes to pervert, see n. 2466, 2729, 4865, 8904; and that “widows” denote goods that long for truth, n. 9198, 9200); “to lay waste cities” denotes to destroy the doctrinal things of the truth of the church (n. 402, 2268, 2449, 2943, 3216, 4478, 4492, 4493); “to desolate the land and the fullness thereof” denotes to destroy all things of the church (n. 9325); “the voice of roaring of the lion” denotes falsity; “to spread the net over him” denotes to allure by the delights of earthly loves and by reasonings from them; “to bring to the king of Babel” denotes the profanation of truth (n. 1182, 1283, 1295, 1304, 1307, 1308, 1321, 1322, 1326).
sRef Amos@3 @4 S5′ sRef Amos@3 @5 S5′ [5] That such things do not come to pass when a man does not love himself and the world above all things, is thus described in Amos:
Will a lion roar in the forest if he hath no prey? Will a bird fall upon a snare of the earth if there is no noose for him? Shall a snare spring up from the earth if taking it hath taken nothing (Amos 3:4-6)?
[6] That in the spiritual sense “a snare” denotes allurement and deception through the delights of the loves of self and of the world, thus the allurement and deception of evils, and this through reasonings from the fallacies of the senses which favor these delights, is plain to everyone; for ensnarings and entrappings are from no other source. Neither do the diabolical crew assail anything in a man except these his loves, which they delight in every possible way until he is caught, and when he has been caught the man reasons from falsities against truths, and from evils against goods. Nor is he then content with this, but also takes delight in ensnaring and alluring others to falsities and evils. The reason why he also takes delight in this, is that he is then one of the diabolical crew.
[7] As “snare,” “noose,” and “net,” signify such things, they also signify the destruction of the spiritual life, and thus perdition; for the delights of these loves are what destroy and lead into perdition, because, as before said, all evils spring from these loves. For from the love of self springs contempt for others in comparison with self, next derision and abuse, afterward enmity if they do not favor, and finally the delight of hatred, the delight of revenge, thus the delight of violence, nay, of cruelty. In the other life this love climbs so high, that unless the Lord favors those who have it, and gives them dominion over others, they not only despise Him, but also deride the Word which treats of Him, and finally they act against Him from hatred and revenge; and insofar as they cannot do anything against Him, they practice such things with violence and cruelty against all who profess Him. From this it is plain whence it comes that there is such a diabolical crew, namely, from the love of self. And therefore as “a snare” signifies the delight of the love of self and of the world, it also signifies the destruction of spiritual life, and perdition; for everything of faith and love to the Lord, and everything of love toward the neighbor, are destroyed by the delight of the love of self and of the world wherever it has dominion (see what was cited in n. 9335).
[8] That these loves are the origins of all evils, and that hell is from them and in them, and that these loves are the fires there, is at this day unknown in the world; when yet it might be known from the fact that these loves are opposite to love toward the neighbor and love to God, and that they are opposite to humility of heart, and that from them alone arise all contempt, all hatred, all revenge, and all violence and cruelty, as anyone may know who reflects.
sRef Ps@11 @6 S9′ sRef Jer@5 @26 S9′ sRef Ps@38 @12 S9′ sRef Luke@21 @34 S9′ sRef Luke@21 @35 S9′ sRef Ps@141 @10 S9′ sRef Ps@141 @9 S9′ [9] That “a snare” therefore signifies the destruction of spiritual life, and perdition, is plain from the following passages. In David:
Upon the wicked, Jehovah shall rain snares, fire and sulphur (Ps. 11:6);
where “fire and sulphur” denote the evils of the love of self and of the world. (That “fire” has this signification, see n. 1297, 1861, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 7324, 7575, 9144; and also “sulphur,” n. 2446.) Hence it is plain what is meant by “snares.” In Luke:
Lest that day come upon you suddenly; for as a snare shall it come upon all who dwell upon the face of the whole earth (Luke 21:34, 35);
where the subject treated of is the last time of the church, when there is no faith because no charity, for the loves of self and of the world will then reign, and from these loves comes perdition, which is the “snare.” Again:
Among My people are found the wicked; they watch, as fowlers stretch nets; they set a trap that they may catch men (Jer. 5:26).
They that seek after my soul stretch snares; and they that seek mine evil speak perditions, and meditate deceits all the day long (Ps. 38:12).
Guard me from the hands of the noose they have laid for me, and from the snares of the workers of iniquity. Let the wicked fall together into their own nets, while I pass over (Ps 141:9, 10)
He shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel, for a snare and for a noose to the inhabitant of Jerusalem. Many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken (Isa. 8:14, 15);
the Lord is here treated of. “A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense” denote the giving of offense; “a snare” and “a noose” denote perdition, namely, that of those who attack and endeavor to destroy the truths and goods of faith in the Lord through falsities which favor the loves of self and of the world; for all the proud are not only offended, but are also ensnared by the fact that the Divine has appeared in a human form, and this not in royal majesty, but in a despised shape. From all this it is now evident that by “it will be a snare,” is signified the allurement and deception of evils, and the consequent perdition; as also elsewhere in Moses:
Make not a covenant with the inhabitant of the land upon which thou shalt come, lest it be for a snare in the midst of thee (Exod. 34:12).
Thou shalt not serve their gods; for this will be a snare to thee (Deut. 7:16).
Take heed to thyself that thou be not ensnared after the nations, and that perchance thou seek their gods (Deut. 12:30);
“the nations” denote evils, and the falsities thence derived.

AC (Potts) n. 9349 sRef Luke@16 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@23 @33 S0′ 9349. In chapters 20-23, the laws, judgments, and statutes, that were promulgated from Mount Sinai, have been treated of, and it has been shown what they contain in the internal sense, thus how they are perceived in heaven; namely, not according to the literal sense, but according to the spiritual sense, which is not apparent in the letter, but still is within it. One who does not know how this is, may indeed suppose that the Word as to its literal sense is thus annihilated, because in heaven no attention is paid to it. But be it known that the literal sense of the Word is by no means thereby annihilated; but is indeed rather confirmed; and that each word has weight, and is holy, from the spiritual sense which is within; because the literal sense is the basis and support on which the spiritual sense rests, and with which it coheres in the closest conjunction, insomuch that there is not even a jot or point, or a little horn, in the letter of the Word, which does not contain within it the holy Divine; according to the words of the Lord in these passages:
Verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass away, one jot or one little horn shall not pass away from the law, till all things be done (Matt. 5:18);
It is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one point in the law to fail (Luke 16:17).
(That “the law” denotes the Word, see n. 6752, 7463.)
[2] Therefore also it has come to pass through the Divine providence of the Lord, that the Word, especially the Word of the Old Testament, has been preserved in respect to every jot and point from the time when it was written. It has also been shown from heaven, that in the Word not only every expression, but also every syllable, and what seems incredible, every little horn of a syllable in the original tongue infolds in it something holy, which becomes perceptible to the angels of the inmost heaven. That this is the case I am able to affirm; but I know that it transcends belief. From this it is evident that the outward rituals of the church, which represented the Lord and the internal things of heaven and the church that are from the Lord, and which are treated of in the Word of the Old Testament, have indeed been for the most part abrogated, but that the Word nevertheless remains in its Divine sanctity; because, as before said, each and all things therein still infold holy Divine things, which are perceived in heaven while the Word is being read; for in every detail there is a holy internal which is its internal sense; that is, its heavenly and Divine sense. This sense is the soul of the Word, and it is truth Divine itself proceeding from the Lord; thus it is the Lord Himself. [3] From all this it can be seen how the case is with the laws, judgments, and statutes promulgated by the Lord from Mount Sinai, and which are contained in chapters 20-23, which have been explained; namely, that each and all things therein are holy because they are holy in their internal form; but that nevertheless some of them have been abrogated in respect to present use where the church is, which is an internal church. Some of them however are of such a nature that they may serve a use if one so pleases; and some of them are to be altogether observed and done. And yet those which have been abrogated in respect to use where the church is, and those which may serve a use if one so pleases, and also those which are to be altogether observed and done, are equally holy in their holy internal; for in its bosom the whole Word is Divine. This holy internal is that which the internal sense teaches, and is the same as the internal things of the Christian Church, which the doctrine of charity and faith teaches.
[4] In order that what has been said may be placed within the apprehension, let us take for illustration the laws, judgments, and statutes treated of in the aforesaid chapters. Those which are to be altogether observed and done are those contained in Exod. 20:3-5, 7, 8, 12-17, 23; in Exod. 21:12, 14, 15, 20; in Exod. 22:18-20, 28; and in Exod. 23:1-3, 6-8, 24-25, 32. Those which may serve a use if one so pleases, are such as are contained in Exod. 20:10; in Exod. 21:18, 19, 22-25, 33-36; in Exod. 22:1-14, 17, 21-23, 25-27, 31; and in Exod. 23:4, 5, 9, 12-16, 33. And those which have been abrogated in respect to present use where the church is, are contained in Exod. 20:24-26; 21:2-11, 16, 21, 26-29, 31, 32; in Exod. 22:15, 29, 30; and in Exod. 23:10, 11, 17-19. But, as before said, both the latter and the former are equally holy, that is, are equally the Divine Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9350 9350. THE REASONS WHY THE LORD WILLED TO BE BORN ON OUR EARTH, AND NOT ON ANOTHER.
There are many reasons why it pleased the Lord to be born and to assume the Human on our earth, and not on any other, concerning which I have been informed from heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9351 9351. The principal reason was for the sake of the Word, in that it could be written on our earth, and when written could then be published throughout the whole earth; and once published could be preserved for all posterity; and that thus it might be made manifest even to all in the other life that God had become a Man.

AC (Potts) n. 9352 9352. That the principal reason was for the sake of the Word, is because the Word is truth Divine itself, which teaches man that there is a God, that there is a heaven and a hell, and that there is a life after death; and which teaches besides how a man must live and believe in order that he may come into heaven, and thus be eternally happy. Without revelation, thus on this earth without the Word, all these things would have been utterly unknown; and yet man has been so created that in respect to his internal man he cannot die.

AC (Potts) n. 9353 9353. That the Word could be written on our earth, is because the art of writing has existed here from the most ancient time, first on wooden tablets, later on parchment, afterward on paper, and finally it could be published in print. This has been provided by the Lord for the sake of the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9354 9354. That the Word could afterward be published throughout this whole earth, is because there is here an interaction of all nations, both by overland travel and by navigation, to all places on the globe. Therefore the Word once written could be carried from one nation to another, and could be everywhere taught. That there should be such an interaction has also been provided by the Lord for the sake of the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9355 9355. That the Word once written could be preserved for all posterity, consequently for thousands and thousands of years, and that it has been so preserved, is known.

AC (Potts) n. 9356 9356. That thus it could be made manifest that God has become a Man, is because this is the first and most essential thing for the sake of which the Word was given; for no one can believe in and love a God whom he cannot comprehend under some form; and therefore those who acknowledge the incomprehensible, in their thought fall into nature, and thus believe in no God (see n. 7211, 9303, 9315). Wherefore it pleased the Lord to be born here, and to make this manifest by the Word, not only in order that it might become known on this globe, but that by this means it might also be made manifest to all in the universe who come into heaven from any earth whatever; for in heaven there is a communication of all.

AC (Potts) n. 9357 9357. Be it known that the Word on our earth, given through heaven by the Lord, is the union of heaven and the world (see n. 9212); to which end there is a correspondence of all things in the letter of the Word with Divine things in heaven; and that in its supreme and inmost sense the Word treats of the Lord, of His kingdom in the heavens and on earth, and of love and faith from Him and to Him, consequently of life from Him and in Him. Such things are presented to the angels in heaven, from whatever earth they come, when the Word of our earth is read and preached.

AC (Potts) n. 9358 9358. On every other earth truth Divine is made manifest orally through spirits and angels, as has been shown in the preceding chapters, where the inhabitants of the earths in this solar system have been treated of; but this takes place within families; for on most of the earths mankind live separate according to their families. Wherefore Divine truth thus revealed through spirits and angels is not conveyed far beyond the families; and unless a new revelation is constantly following, what has been revealed is either perverted or perishes. It is otherwise on our earth, where truth Divine, which is the Word, remains in its integrity forever.

AC (Potts) n. 9359 9359. Be it known that the Lord acknowledges and receives all, from whatever earth they may be, who acknowledge and worship God under a human form, for God under a human form is the Lord. And because the Lord appears to the inhabitants of the earths in an angelic form, which is the human form, therefore when spirits and angels from these earths hear from the spirits and angels of our earth that God is a Man in actuality, they receive this Word, acknowledge it, and rejoice that it is so (see n. 7173).

AC (Potts) n. 9360 sRef John@1 @4 S0′ sRef John@1 @2 S0′ sRef John@1 @1 S0′ sRef John@1 @18 S0′ sRef John@1 @3 S0′ sRef John@1 @14 S0′ 9360. To the reasons already adduced may be added that the inhabitants, spirits, and angels of our earth bear relation in the Grand Man to the external and bodily sense (see n. 9107), and the external and bodily sense is the ultimate, into which the interior things of life come to a close, and in which they rest as in their common receptacle (n. 5077, 9212, 9216). The case is similar with truth Divine in the letter, which is called “the Word,” and which for this reason also has been given on this earth and not on another. And because the Lord is the Word, and is its first and its last, therefore in order that all things might come forth according to order, He also willed to be born on this earth, and to become the Word; according to these words in John:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. The same was in the beginning with God. All thing were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we saw His glory, the glory as of the Only-begotten of the Father. No man hath seen God at any time; the Only-begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath set Him forth (John 1:1-3, 14, 18);
“the Word” denotes the Divine truth. But this is a secret which will fall into the understanding of only a few.

AC (Potts) n. 9361 9361. That the inhabitants of other earths rejoice when they hear that God took on Himself the Human, and made it Divine, and that thus God is Man in actuality, will be seen at the end of the last chapters of Exodus.

AC (Potts) n. 9362 9362. In what now follows, up to the end of the book of Exodus, of the Lord’s Divine mercy an account will be given of the inhabitants, spirits, and angels of earths in the starry heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9363 9363. CHAPTER THE TWENTY-FOURTH.


THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY AND FAITH

To believe those things which the Word teaches, or which the doctrine of the church teaches, and not to live according to them, appears as if it were faith, and some also suppose that they are saved by this faith; but no one is saved by this alone, for it is Persuasive Faith, the quality of which shall now be told.

AC (Potts) n. 9364 9364. There is Persuasive Faith when the Word and the doctrine of the church are believed and loved, not for the sake of serving the neighbor, that is, one’s fellow citizen, our country, the church, heaven, and the Lord Himself; consequently not for the sake of life, for serving these is life; but for the sake of gain, honors, and the reputation of learning, as ends. Wherefore they who are in this faith do not have in view the Lord and heaven, but themselves and the world.

AC (Potts) n. 9365 9365. They who aspire after great things in the world, and covet many things, are in a stronger persuasion that what the doctrine of the church teaches is true, than are those who do not aspire after great things and covet many things. The reason is that to the former the doctrine of the church is merely a means to their ends; and the means are loved and also believed in proportion as the ends are desired.

AC (Potts) n. 9366 9366. In itself, however, the fact is that insofar as such men are in the fire of the loves of self and of the world, and speak, preach, and act from this fire, so far they are in that persuasion, and they then know no otherwise than that what they say is so. But when they are not in the fire of these loves, they believe nothing, and many of them deny everything; from which it is evident that a Persuasive Faith is a faith of the lips, and not of the heart; thus that in itself it is no faith.

AC (Potts) n. 9367 9367. They who are in Persuasive Faith do not know from any internal enlightenment whether what they teach is true or false; nay, they do not care, provided they are believed by the common people; for they are in no affection of truth for the sake of truth. Moreover, above all others they defend faith alone; and the good of faith, which is charity, they make of importance only insofar as they can profit by its means.

AC (Potts) n. 9368 9368. They who are in Persuasive Faith abandon faith, if they are deprived of honors and gains, provided their reputation is not endangered; for Persuasive Faith is not within the man, but stands outside, in the memory only, out of which it is drawn while it is being taught. And therefore after death this faith vanishes, together with its truths; for then only that much of faith remains which is within the man; that is, which has been rooted in good; thus has been made of the life.

AC (Potts) n. 9369 sRef Matt@25 @11 S0′ sRef Luke@13 @27 S0′ sRef Luke@13 @26 S0′ sRef Matt@25 @12 S0′ sRef Matt@7 @23 S0′ sRef Matt@7 @22 S0′ 9369. They who are in Persuasive Faith are meant by those of whom we read in these passages:
Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied by Thy name, and by Thy name have cast out demons, and in Thy name done many mighty deeds? But then will I confess unto them, I know you not, ye workers of iniquity (Matt. 7:22, 23).
Then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets. But He shall say, I tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity (Luke 13:26, 27).
They are also meant in Matthew by the five foolish virgins, who had no oil in their lamps:
Afterward came the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But He answering said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not (Matt. 25:11, 12);
“oil in the lamps” denotes good in the faith (n. 886, 4638).

EXODUS 24

1. And He said unto Moses, Come up unto Jehovah, thou and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel; and bow yourselves afar off.
2. And Moses, he alone, shall come near unto Jehovah; and they shall not come near; and the people shall not come up with him.
3. And Moses came and reported to the people all the words of Jehovah, and all the judgments; and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words that Jehovah hath spoken we will do.
4. And Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah, and rose up early in the morning, and built an altar under the mountain, and twelve pillars for the twelve tribes of Israel.
5. And he sent youths of the sons of Israel, and they offered burnt-offerings, and sacrificed peace sacrifices of bullocks to Jehovah.
6. And Moses took half of the blood, and put it into basins; and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar.
7. And he took the book of the covenant, and read it in the ears of the people; and they said, All things that Jehovah hath spoken we will do and hear.
8. And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant that Jehovah hath made with you upon all these words.
9. And there went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel.
10. And they saw the God of Israel; and there was under His feet as a work of sapphire stone, and as the substance of heaven in respect to cleanness.
11. And unto the sons of Israel who were set apart He sent not His hand: and they saw God, and did eat and drink.
12. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Come up to Me into the mountain, and be thou there; and I will give thee the tables of stone, and the law, and the commandment, which I will write to teach them.
13. And Moses rose up, and Joshua his minister; and Moses went up unto the mountain of God.
14. And he said unto the elders, Sit ye here for us, until we return unto you; and behold Aaron and Hur are with you; whosoever hath words, let him come near unto them.
15. And Moses went up unto the mountain, and the cloud covered the mountain.
16. And the glory of Jehovah tarried upon Mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days; and on the seventh day He called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud.
17. And the aspect of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain in the eyes of the sons of Israel.
18. And Moses entered into the midst of the cloud, and went up unto the mountain; and Moses was in the mountain forty days and forty nights.

AC (Potts) n. 9370 sRef Ex@24 @0 S0′ 9370. THE CONTENTS.
The subject treated of in the internal sense is the Word given by the Lord through heaven; what is the nature of it; that it is Divine in both senses, the internal and the external; and that through it there is conjunction of the Lord with man.

AC (Potts) n. 9371 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @2 S0′ 9371. THE INTERNAL SENSE.
Verses 1, 2. And He said unto Moses, Come up unto Jehovah, thou and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel; and bow yourselves afar off; and Moses, he alone, shall come near unto Jehovah; and they shall not come near; and the people shall not come up with him. “And He said unto Moses,” signifies that which concerns the Word in general; “come up unto Jehovah,” signifies conjunction with the Lord; “thou and Aaron,” signifies the Word in the internal sense and the external sense; “Nadab and Abihu,” signifies doctrine from both senses; “and seventy of the elders of Israel,” signifies the chief truths of the church which are of the Word, or of doctrine, and which agree with good; “and bow yourselves afar off,” signifies humiliation and adoration from the heart, and then the influx of the Lord; “and Moses, he alone, shall come near unto Jehovah,” signifies the conjunction and presence of the Lord through the Word in general; “and they shall not come near,” signifies no separate conjunction and presence; “and the people shall not come up with him,” signifies no conjunction whatever with the external apart from the internal.

AC (Potts) n. 9372 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @18 S1′ sRef Ex@24 @2 S1′ 9372. And He said unto Moses. That this signifies that which concerns the Word in general, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being the Word (of which below); and from the signification of “He said,” as involving those things which follow in this chapter, thus those which concern the Word (see n. 9370). (That Moses represents the Word, can be seen from what has been often shown before about Moses, as from the preface to Genesis 18; and n. 4859, 5922, 6723, 6752, 6771, 6827, 7010, 7014, 7089, 7382, 8601, 8760, 8787, 8805.) Here Moses represents the Word in general, because it is said of him in what follows, that he alone should come near unto Jehovah (verse 2); and also that, being called unto out of the midst of the cloud, he entered into it, and went up the mount (verses 16, 18).
sRef Matt@11 @11 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @8 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @7 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @9 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @10 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @15 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @14 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @13 S2′ sRef Matt@11 @12 S2′ [2] In the Word there are many who represent the Lord in respect to truth Divine, or in respect to the Word; but chief among them are Moses, Elijah, Elisha, and John the Baptist. That Moses does so, can be seen in the explications just cited above; that so do Elijah and Elisha, can be seen in the preface to Genesis 18; and n. 2762, 5247; and that John the Baptist does so is evident from the fact that he was “Elias who was to come.” He who does not know that John the Baptist represented the Lord as to the Word, cannot know what all those things infold and signify which are said about him in the New Testament; and therefore in order that this secret may stand open, and that at the same time it may appear that Elias, and also Moses, who were seen when the Lord was transfigured, signified the Word, some things may here be quoted which are spoken about John the Baptist; as in Matthew:
After the messengers of John had departed, Jesus began to speak concerning John, saying, What went ye out into the wilderness to see? a reed shaken by the wind? But what went ye out to see? a man clothed in soft raiment? Behold, they that wear soft things are in kings’ houses. But what went ye out to see? a prophet? Yea, I say unto you, even more than a prophet. This is he of whom it is written, Behold I send Mine angel before Thy face, who shall prepare Thy way before Thee. Verily I say unto you, Among those who are born of women there hath not arisen a greater than John the Baptist; nevertheless he that is less in the kingdom of the heavens is greater than he. All the prophets and the law prophesied until John. And if ye are willing to believe, he is Elias who was to come. He that hath ears to hear, let him hear (Matt. 11:7-15; and also Luke 7:24-28).
No one can know how these things are to be understood, unless he knows that this John represented the Lord as to the Word, and unless he also knows from the internal sense what is signified by “the wilderness” in which he was, also what by “a reed shaken by the wind,” and likewise by “soft raiment in kings’ houses;” and further what is signified by his being “more than a prophet,” and by “none among those who are born of women being greater than he, and nevertheless he that is less in the kingdom of the heavens is greater than he,” and lastly by his being “Elias.” For without a deeper sense, all these words are uttered merely from some comparison, and not from anything of weight.
sRef Mal@4 @5 S3′ [3] But it is very different when by John is understood the Lord as to the Word, or the Word representatively. Then by “the wilderness of Judea in which John was” is signified the state in which the Word was at the time when the Lord came into the world, namely, that it was “in the wilderness,” that is, it was in obscurity so great that the Lord was not at all acknowledged, neither was anything known about His heavenly kingdom; when yet all the prophets prophesied about Him, and about His kingdom, that it was to endure forever. (That “a wilderness” denotes such obscurity, see n. 2708, 4736, 7313.) For this reason the Word is compared to “a reed shaken by the wind” when it is explained at pleasure; for in the internal sense “a reed” denotes truth in the ultimate, such as is the Word in the letter.
[4] That the Word in the ultimate, or in the letter, is crude and obscure in the sight of men; but that in the internal sense it is soft and shining, is signified by their “not seeing a man clothed in soft raiment, for behold those who wear soft things are in kings’ houses.” That such things are signified by these words, is plain from the signification of “raiment,” or “garments,” as being truths (n. 2132, 2576, 4545, 4763, 5248, 6914, 6918, 9093); and for this reason the angels appear clothed in garments soft and shining according to the truths from good with them (n. 5248, 5319, 5954, 9212, 9216). The same is evident from the signification of “kings’ houses,” as being the abodes of the angels, and in the universal sense, the heavens; for “houses” are so called from good (n. 2233, 2234, 3128, 3652, 3720, 4622, 4982, 7836, 7891, 7996, 7997); and “kings,” from truth (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 6148). Therefore by virtue of their reception of truth from the Lord, the angels are called “sons of the kingdom,” “sons of the king,” and also “kings.”
[5] That the Word is more than any doctrine in the world, and more than any truth in the world, is signified by “what went ye out to see? a prophet? Yea, I say unto you, and more than a prophet;” and by, “there hath not arisen among those who are born of women a greater than John the Baptist;” for in the internal sense “a prophet” denotes doctrine (n. 2534, 7269); and “those who are born,” or are the sons, “of women” denote truths (n. 489, 491, 533, 1147, 2623, 2803, 2813, 3704, 4257).
[6] That in the internal sense, or such as it is in heaven, the Word is in a degree above the Word in the external sense, or such as it is in the world, and such as John the Baptist taught, is signified by, “he that is less in the kingdom of the heavens is greater than he;” for as perceived in heaven the Word is of wisdom so great that it transcends all human apprehension. That the prophecies about the Lord and His coming, and that the representatives of the Lord and of His kingdom, ceased when the Lord came into the world, is signified by, “all the prophets and the law prophesied until John.” That the Word was represented by John, as by Elijah, is signified by his being “Elias who is to come.”
sRef Matt@17 @10 S7′ sRef Matt@17 @13 S7′ sRef Matt@17 @12 S7′ sRef Matt@17 @11 S7′ [7] The same is signified by these words in Matthew:
The disciples asked Jesus, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come? He answered and said, Elias must needs first come, and restore all things. But I say unto you, that Elias hath come already, and they knew him not, but did unto him whatsoever they wished. Even so shall the Son of man also suffer of them. And they understood that He spoke to them of John the Baptist (Matt. 17:10-13);
that “Elias hath come, and they knew him not, but did unto him whatsoever they wished” signifies that the Word has indeed taught them that the Lord is to come, but that still they did not wish to comprehend, interpreting it in favor of the rule of self, and thus extinguishing what is Divine in it. That they would do the same with the truth Divine itself, is signified by “even so shall the Son of man also suffer of them.” (That “the Son of man” denotes the Lord as to truth Divine, see n. 2803, 2813, 3704.)
sRef 2Ki@1 @8 S8′ sRef Matt@3 @4 S8′ sRef Matt@3 @1 S8′ [8] From all this it is now evident what is meant by the prophecy about John in Malachi:
Behold I send you Elijah the prophet before the great and terrible day of Jehovah cometh (Mal. 4:5).
Moreover, the Word in the ultimate, or such as it is in the external form in which it appears before man in the world, is described by the “clothing” and “food” of John the Baptist, in Matthew:
John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judea, had His clothing of camel’s hair, and a leathern girdle about his loins; and his food was locusts and wild honey (Matt. 3:1, 4).
In like manner it is described by Elijah in the second book of Kings:
He was a hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins (2 Kings 1:8).
By “clothing,” or a “garment,” when said of the Word, is signified truth Divine there in the ultimate form; by “camel’s hair” are signified memory-truths such as appear there before a man in the world; by the “leathern girdle” is signified the external bond connecting and keeping in order all the interior things; by “food” is signified spiritual nourishment from the knowledges of truth and of good out of the Word; by “locusts” are signified ultimate or most general truths; and by “wild honey” their pleasantness.
[9] That such things are signified by “clothing” and “food” has its origin in the representatives of the other life, where all appear clothed according to truths from good, and where food also is represented according to the desires of acquiring knowledge and growing wise. From this it is that “clothing,” or a “garment,” denotes truth (as may be seen from the citations above; and that “food” or “meat” denotes spiritual nourishment, n. 3114, 4459, 4792, 5147, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5576, 5579, 5915, 8562, 9003; that “a girdle” denotes a bond which gathers up and holds together interior things, n. 9341; that “leather” denotes what is external, n. 3540; and thus “a leathern girdle” denotes an external bond; that “hairs” denote ultimate or most general truths, n. 3301, 5569-5573; that “a camel” denotes memory-knowledge in general, n. 3048, 3071, 3143, 3145, 4156; that “a locust” denotes nourishing truth in the extremes, n. 7643; and that “honey” denotes the pleasantness thereof, n. 5620, 6857, 8056). It is called “wild honey,” or “honey of the field,” because by “a field” is signified the church (n. 2971, 3317, 3766, 7502, 7571, 9139, 9295). He who does not know that such things are signified, cannot possibly know why Elijah and John were so clothed. And yet that these things signified something peculiar to these prophets, can be thought by everyone who thinks well about the Word.
sRef John@1 @1 S10′ sRef John@1 @26 S10′ sRef John@1 @25 S10′ sRef John@1 @28 S10′ sRef John@1 @27 S10′ sRef John@1 @24 S10′ sRef John@1 @19 S10′ sRef John@1 @20 S10′ sRef John@1 @23 S10′ sRef John@1 @22 S10′ sRef John@1 @30 S10′ sRef John@1 @14 S10′ sRef John@1 @21 S10′ sRef John@1 @29 S10′ [10] Because John the Baptist represented the Lord as to the Word, therefore also when he spoke of the Lord, who was the Word itself, he said of himself that he was “not Elias, nor the prophet,” and that he was “not worthy to loose the latchet of the Lord’s shoe,” as in John:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. And the Word became flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory. The Jews from Jerusalem, priests and Levites, asked John who he was. And he confessed, and denied not, I am not the Christ. Therefore they asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? But he said, I am not. Art thou the prophet? He answered, No. They said therefore unto him, Who art thou? He said, I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the Lord, as said Isaiah the prophet. They said therefore, Why then baptizest thou, if thou art not the Christ, nor Elias, nor the prophet? He answered, I baptize with water; in the midst of you standeth one whom ye know not; He it is who is to come after me, who was before me, the latchet of whose shoe I am not worthy to unloose. When he saw Jesus, he said, Behold the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world! This is He of whom I said, After me cometh a man who was before me; for he was before me (John 1:1, 14, 19-30).
From these words it is plain that when John spoke about the Lord Himself, who was Truth Divine itself, or the Word, he said that he himself was not anything, because the shadow disappears when the light itself appears, that is, the representative disappears when the original itself makes its appearance. (That the representatives had in view holy things, and the Lord Himself, and not at all the person that represented, see n. 665, 1097, 1361, 3147, 3881, 4208, 4281, 4288, 4292, 4307, 4444, 4500, 6304, 7048, 7439, 8588, 8788, 8806.) One who does not know that representatives vanish like shadows at the presence of light, cannot know why John denied that he was Elias and the prophet.
sRef Luke@9 @31 S11′ sRef Luke@9 @30 S11′ sRef Luke@9 @29 S11′ [11] From all this it can now be seen what is signified by Moses and Elias, who were seen in glory, and who spoke with the Lord when transfigured, of His departure which He should accomplish at Jerusalem (Luke 9:29-31); namely, that they signified the Word (“Moses” the historic Word, and “Elias” the prophetic Word), which in the internal sense throughout treats of the Lord, of His coming into the world, and of His departure out of the world; and therefore it is said that “Moses and Elias were seen in glory,” for “glory” denotes the internal sense of the Word, and the “cloud” its external sense (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 5922, 8427).

AC (Potts) n. 9373 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @17 S0′ 9373. Come up unto Jehovah. That this signifies conjunction with the Lord, is evident from the signification of “coming up,” as being to be raised toward interior things (see n. 3084, 4539, 4969, 5406, 5817, 6007), consequently also to be conjoined (n. 8760). That it denotes conjunction with the Lord, is because by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (n. 1343, 1736, 1793, 2004, 2005, 2018, 2025, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5663, 6280, 6303, 6905, 8274, 8864, 9315). A secret which also lies hidden in the internal sense of these words, is that the sons of Jacob, over whom Moses was the head, were not called and chosen; but they themselves insisted that Divine worship should be instituted among them (according to what has been said in n. 4290, 4293); and therefore it is here said, “and He said unto Moses, Come up unto Jehovah,” as if not Jehovah, but another, had said that he should come up. For the same reason in what follows it is said that “the people should not go up” (verse 2); and that “Jehovah sent not His hand unto the sons of Israel who were set apart” (verse 11); and that “the appearance of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain in the eyes of the sons of Israel” (verse 17); and lastly that Moses, being called the seventh day, “entered into the midst of the cloud.” For by “the cloud” is meant the Word in the letter (n. 5922, 6343, 6752, 6832, 8106, 8443, 8781); and with the sons of Jacob the Word was separated from its internal sense, because they were in external worship without internal, as can be clearly seen from the fact that now, as before, they said, “all the words which Jehovah hath spoken we will do” (verse 3); and yet scarcely forty days afterward they worshiped a golden calf instead of Jehovah; which shows that this was hidden in their hearts while they were saying with their lips that they would serve Jehovah alone. But nevertheless those who are meant by “the called and the chosen” are those who are in internal worship, and who from internal worship are in external; that is, those who are in love to and faith in the Lord, and from this in love toward the neighbor.

AC (Potts) n. 9374 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ 9374. Thou and Aaron. That this signifies the Word in the internal sense and the external sense, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being the Word (of which above, n. 9372). But when Aaron, who was his brother, is joined to him, then Moses represents the Word in the internal sense, and Aaron the Word in the external sense (as also above, n. 7089, 7382).

AC (Potts) n. 9375 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ 9375. Nadab and Abihu. That hereby is signified doctrine drawn from both senses, is evident from the fact that they were sons of Aaron; and therefore when by “Aaron” is signified the Word, by his “sons” is signified doctrine; by the elder son, doctrine drawn from the internal sense of the Word; and by the younger son, doctrine drawn from the external sense of the Word. Doctrine drawn from the internal sense of the Word, and doctrine drawn from the external sense of the Word, are one doctrine, because those who are in the internal are also in the external. For the Lord’s church is everywhere internal and external. The internal church is of the heart, and the external is of the mouth; that is, the internal church is of the will, and the external is of the action. When in a man the internal makes one with the external, then that which is of the heart is also of the mouth; or that which is of the will is also of the action; or what is the same thing, then the heart is speaking in the mouth, and the will is acting in the action, without any disagreement; thus also faith is speaking, and love or charity is acting; that is, the Lord, from whom are faith and charity.
sRef Lev@10 @2 S2′ sRef Lev@10 @3 S2′ sRef Lev@10 @1 S2′ [2] As Nadab and Abihu, sons of Aaron, represented doctrine from the Word, they were slain when they instituted worship from some other doctrine than that which is from the Word. This was represented by what is written of them in Moses:
Nadab and Abihu, sons of Aaron, took each of them his censer, and put fire therein, and put incense thereon, and thus offered strange fire unto Jehovah, which He had not commanded them. Therefore there went forth fire from before Jehovah, and devoured them, that they died before Jehovah. And Moses said unto Aaron, This is that which Jehovah spoke, saying, I will be sanctified in them that are nigh Me (Lev. 10:1-3).
By “strange fire in the censer” is signified doctrine from some other source than the Word; for “fire” denotes the good of love, and “incense” the truth of faith thence derived; and the good of love and the truth of faith are what enter into the doctrine which is from the Word, and make it. From this it is evident why they were devoured by fire from before Jehovah. “To be sanctified in them that are nigh,” denotes with those who have been conjoined with the Lord through the good of love and the truth of faith from the Word. (That “fire” denotes the good of heavenly love, see n. 934, 4906, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324, 7852, 9055; and that “incense” denotes faith from the good of love, will be shown elsewhere.)

AC (Potts) n. 9376 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ 9376. And seventy of the elders of Israel. That this signifies the chief truths of the church, or of doctrine, which agree with good, is evident from the signification of “seventy,” as being what is full, thus all (see n. 6508); and from the signification of “the elders of Israel,” as being the chief truths of the church which agree with good, thus which are of the Word or of doctrine from the Word, because all these truths agree with good (that “the elders of Israel” denote these truths, see n. 6524, 8578, 8585). That those truths which are from the Word agree with good, is because they are from the Lord, and consequently have heaven within them; and if you will believe it, in every detail of the Word there is heaven in which is the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9377 sRef Ex@24 @1 S0′ 9377. And bow yourselves afar off. That this signifies humiliation and adoration from the heart, and then the influx of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “bowing oneself” as being humiliation (see n. 2153, 5682, 6266, 7068). That it also denotes adoration, is because humiliation is the essential of all adoration and of all worship, for without humiliation the Lord cannot be worshiped and adored, for the reason that the Divine of the Lord cannot flow into a proud heart, that is, into a heart full of the love of self, for such a heart is hard; and is called in the Word a “heart of stone.” But the Divine of the Lord can flow into a humble heart, because this is soft, and is called in the Word a “heart of flesh.” Such a heart is receptive of the influx of good from the Lord, that is, of the Lord. From this it is that by “bowing oneself afar off” is not only signified humiliation and adoration from the heart, but also the influx of the Lord then. It is said the influx of the Lord, because the good of love and of faith, which flows in from the Lord, is the Lord. That “afar off” denotes from the heart, is because those who are in humiliation remove themselves from the Lord, for the reason that they regard themselves as unworthy to approach the most holy Divine, because while they are in humiliation they are in the self-acknowledgment that of themselves they are nothing but evil, nay, profane. When they acknowledge this from the heart, they are in true humiliation. From this it is evident that by “bow yourselves afar off” is signified humiliation and adoration from the heart, and the influx of the Lord then.
[2] But the people of Israel were not in such humiliation and adoration, and only represented it by external gestures; for they were in external things apart from internal. Nevertheless when they humbled themselves they prostrated themselves to the earth, and also rolled in the dust, and cried out with a loud voice, and this for whole days. One who does not know what true humiliation is, could believe that this was humiliation of heart; but it was not the humiliation of a heart that looks to God from God, but of one that looks to God from self; and a heart that looks from self, looks from evil, for whatever proceeds from man as from himself is evil. The people of Israel were in the love of self and of the world more than all other peoples in the whole world, and believed themselves holy, provided they merely offered sacrifice, or washed themselves with water, not acknowledging that such things represented internal holiness, which belongs to charity and faith from the Lord. For all that is holy is not of man, but is of the Lord with man (n. 9229). They who humble themselves from belief in a holiness which is from themselves, and who adore from a love of God which is from themselves, humble themselves and adore from the love of self, thus from a heart that is hard and “of stone;” and not from a heart that is soft, and “of flesh;” and they are in external things and not at the same time in internal; for the love of self dwells in the external man, and cannot enter into the internal man, because the internal man is opened solely through love to and faith in the Lord, thus by the Lord, who therein forms man’s heaven in which He dwells.

AC (Potts) n. 9378 sRef Ex@24 @2 S0′ 9378. And Moses, he alone, shall come near unto Jehovah. That this signifies the conjunction and presence of the Lord through the Word in general, is evident from the signification of “coming near,” as being the conjunction and presence of the Lord (of which in what follows); and from the representation of Moses, as being the Word in general (see n. 9372). That by “Moses shall come near,” is signified the conjunction and presence of the Lord through the Word, is because in the spiritual sense “to come near” signifies to be conjoined through love; for they who love each other are conjoined, because love is spiritual conjunction. It is a universal thing in the other life that all are conjoined according to the love of good and truth from the Lord; consequently the whole heaven is such conjunction. The case is similar with coming near to, or being conjoined with, the Lord. They who love Him are conjoined with Him, insomuch that they may be said to be in Him when they are in heaven; and all those love the Lord, consequently are conjoined with Him through love, who are in the good of life from the truths of faith; because the good from these truths is from the Lord; nay, is the Lord (John 14:20, 21).
[2] But be it known that of himself a man cannot come near to the Lord and be conjoined with Him; but the Lord will come near to the man and be conjoined with him. And because the Lord draws man to Himself (John 6:44; 12:32), it appears as if man of himself comes near and conjoins himself. This takes place when the man desists from evils, for to desist from evils has been left to man’s will; that is, to his freedom. There then flows in good from the Lord, which is never wanting, for it is in the very life which man has from the Lord; but good together with life is received only insofar as evils have been removed. That the conjunction and presence of the Lord is through the Word, is because the Word is the union of man with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord; for the Word is Divine truth proceeding from the Lord. Wherefore they who are in this truth in respect to doctrine and life (that is, in respect to faith and love) are in the Divine proceeding from the Lord, thus are conjoined with Him. From this it is plain that by “Moses, he alone, shall come near unto Jehovah,” is signified the conjunction and presence of the Lord through the Word.
sRef Ps@65 @4 S3′ sRef Ps@34 @18 S3′ sRef Ps@145 @18 S3′ sRef Ps@69 @18 S3′ [3] That “coming near” denotes conjunction and presence, is because in the other life the distances of one from another are altogether according to the dissimilitudes and diversities of the interior things that belong to the thought and affection (n. 1273-1277, 1376-1381, 9104). Moreover, withdrawals from the Lord, and approaches to Him, are precisely according to the good of love and the derivative faith from Him and to Him. For this reason the heavens are near to the Lord according to goods; and on the other hand the hells are remote from the Lord according to evils. From this it is evident why in the spiritual sense “to be near” and “to approach” denote to be conjoined; as also in the following passages:
Jehovah is nigh unto all them that call upon Him, that call upon Him in truth (Ps. 145:18);
“to be nigh” denotes to be present and conjoined. Again:
Blessed is he whom Thou choosest, and causest to approach; he shall dwell in Thy courts (Ps. 65:4);
“to approach” denotes to be conjoined.
sRef Lev@10 @3 S4′ sRef Jer@23 @23 S4′ sRef Jer@30 @21 S4′ sRef Jer@23 @22 S4′ [4] Again:
O Jehovah, draw nigh unto my soul; deliver me (Ps. 69:18).
Jehovah is nigh to the broken in heart (Ps. 34:18).
Let them cause My people to hear My words, and turn them from their evil way, and from the wickedness of their works. Am I a God nearby, and not a God afar off? (Jer. 23:22, 23).
That God is said to be “nearby” those who desist from evils, and to be “afar off” from those who are in evils, is manifest. In Moses:
Moses said unto Aaron, This Is that which Jehovah spoke, saying, I will be sanctified in those who are near Me (Lev. 10:3);
“to be sanctified in those who are near” denotes among those who are conjoined with the Lord through the good of love and truth of faith from the Word. In Jeremiah:
Then his Magnificent One shall be from him, and his Ruler shall go forth from the midst of him, and I will cause him to approach, and he shall approach unto Me; for who Is he that hath pledged his heart to approach unto Me? (Jer. 30:21);
speaking of the Lord, who is the “Magnificent One,” and the “Ruler;” “to approach unto Jehovah” denotes to be united, for the approach of the Divine to the Divine is nothing else than union.

AC (Potts) n. 9379 sRef Ex@24 @2 S0′ 9379. And they shall not come near. That this signifies no separate conjunction and presence, is evident from the representation of Aaron, his sons Nadab and Abihu, and the seventy elders, who here are those who were “not to come near,” as being the Word in the external sense, doctrine, and the chief truths of the church (of which above, n. 9374-9376); and from the signification of “coming near,” as being the conjunction and presence of the Lord (of which just above, n. 9378); here no conjunction and presence, because it is said “Moses alone shall come near, and they shall not.” That it denotes no separate conjunction and presence is because by Moses is here represented the Word in general, or the Word in the whole complex (n. 9372), and also the Word in the internal sense (n. 9374); but by Aaron and his sons and the seventy elders is represented the Word in the external sense, and what is therefrom. As these cannot be separately conjoined with the Lord, seeing that the Lord is the Word in the whole complex, therefore it is said that there is no separate conjunction and presence.

AC (Potts) n. 9380 sRef Ex@24 @2 S0′ 9380. And the people shall not come up with him. That this signifies no conjunction whatever with the external apart from the internal, is evident from the signification of “coming up,” as being conjunction (as above, n. 9373); here no conjunction, because it is said they “shall not come up.” That it denotes no conjunction with the external sense of the Word apart from the internal, is because the sons of Jacob, who are here meant by “the people,” were in what is external without what is internal (see n. 3479, 4281, 4293, 4307, 4429, 4433, 4680, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4868, 4874, 4899, 4903, 4911, 4913, 6304, 8588, 8788, 8806, 8871). That they were in what is external without what is internal, is very manifest from the worship of the golden calf forty days after this time. They would have acted differently if they had been at the same time in what is internal, that is, in the good of love to and of faith in Jehovah; for this is what is internal. Those who have been conjoined by this cannot go away to the worship of an idol, because their heart is far from it and because that people was conjoined with the Lord merely by external things, by which they represented internal things, therefore it is said “the people shall not come up,” by which is signified that there is no conjunction whatever with an external that is devoid of an internal. The representations that are devoid of the knowledge, faith, and affection of the interior things that are represented, conjoin the thing, but not the person.
[2] The case is the same with those who remain in the mere literal sense of the Word, and gather from it nothing of doctrine; for they are separated from the internal sense, because the internal sense is doctrine itself. The conjunction of the Lord with the external things of the Word is through its interior things; and therefore if the interior things have been separated, there is possible no other conjunction of the Lord with the external things than as with a gesture of the body without any agreement of the heart. It is the very same with those who are perfectly acquainted with all the particulars of the doctrine of their church, and yet do not apply them to life. These also are in external things devoid of what is internal, for with them the truths of doctrine are outside so long as they have not been inscribed on their life. The reason why there is no conjunction of the Lord with their truths, is that the Lord enters into a man’s truths of faith through his life; thus through the soul which is in the truths.

AC (Potts) n. 9381 sRef Ex@24 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @5 S0′ 9381. Verses 3-5. And Moses came and reported to the people all the words of Jehovah, and all the judgments; and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words that Jehovah hath spoken we will do. And Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah, and rose up early in the morning, and built an altar under the mountain, and twelve pillars for the twelve tribes of Israel. And he sent youths of the sons of Israel, and they offered burnt-offerings, and sacrificed peace sacrifices of bullocks to Jehovah. “And Moses came and reported to the people,” signifies the enlightenment and instruction of the Lord through the Divine truth which is from Him; “all the words of Jehovah, and all the judgments,” signifies the things in the Word that belong to life in the spiritual and in the natural state; “and all the people answered with one voice,” signifies reception with the understanding by those who are truly of the church; “and they said, All the words that Jehovah hath spoken we will do,” signifies reception then in the heart; “and Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah,” signifies thereafter an impressing on the life; “and rose up early in the morning,” signifies joy from the Lord; “and built an altar under the mountain,” signifies a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to the Divine good from Him; “and twelve pillars for the twelve tribes of Israel,” signifies a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to the truth Divine which is from Him, in its whole complex; “and he sent youths of the sons of Israel,” signifies the things of innocence and charity; “and they offered burnt-offerings, and sacrificed peace sacrifices of bullocks to Jehovah,” signifies a representative of the worship of the Lord from good and from the truth which is from good.

AC (Potts) n. 9382 sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ 9382. And Moses came and reported to the people. That this signifies the enlightenment and instruction of the Lord through the Divine truth which is from Himself, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being the Lord in respect to the Word, thus in respect to the Divine truth, for this is the Word (see above n. 9372); from the signification of “coming,” when said of the Lord in respect to the Word or the Divine truth, which is represented by Moses, as being enlightenment, for when the Lord comes, that is, is present in the Word, there is enlightenment; and from the signification of “reporting,” as being instruction. From this it is plain that by “Moses came and reported to the people” is signified the enlightenment and instruction of the Lord through the Divine truth.
[2] How the case is with enlightenment and instruction from the Word, shall also be briefly told. Everyone is enlightened and instructed from the Word according to his affection of truth, and longing for it, and according to his capacity of receiving it. They who are in enlightenment are in the light of heaven as to their internal man; for it is the light of heaven which enlightens man in the truths and goods of faith (see n. 8707, 8861). They who are thus illumined apprehend the Word in accordance with its interior things, and therefore make for themselves doctrine from the Word, to which they apply the sense of the letter. But they who are not in the affection of truth from good, and from this in the desire to be wise, are blinded rather than enlightened when they read the Word, for they are not in the light of heaven; and from the light of the world, which is called the light of nature, they see only what agrees with worldly things; and thus from the fallacies in which the external senses are, they embrace falsities which appear to them as truths. Most of these make for themselves no doctrine from the Word, but remain in the sense of the letter, which they apply so as to favor falsities, especially such as agree with the loves of self and of the world. But those who are not of this character merely confirm the doctrinal things of their church, and neither care nor know whether these are true or false (see n. 4741, 5033, 6865, 7012, 7680, 7950, 8521, 8780). From this it is evident who are enlightened from the Word, and who are blinded; namely, that those are enlightened who are in heavenly loves, for heavenly loves receive and like sponges imbibe the truths of heaven; and these are conjoined together of themselves, like soul and body. But on the other hand those are blinded who are in worldly loves, because these loves receive and like sponges imbibe falsities; with which also they are conjoined of themselves. For good and truth agree together, and so on the other hand do evil and falsity; and therefore the conjunction of evil and falsity is called the infernal marriage, which is hell itself; and the conjunction of good and truth is called the heavenly marriage, which is heaven itself.
[3] That the Word is the source of enlightenment and instruction, is because in its first origin it is truth Divine itself that proceeds from the Lord, and in its descent into the world is accommodated to all the heavens. Hence it is that when a man who has heavenly love reads the Word, he is through it conjoined with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord, whereby he has enlightenment and instruction. It is otherwise when a man who has worldly love reads the Word. With him there is no conjunction of heaven; and therefore he has no enlightenment and instruction. (That through the Word there is a union of heaven and the world, thus of the Lord with the human race, see n. 9212, 9216, 9357.)

AC (Potts) n. 9383 sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ 9383. All the words of Jehovah and all the judgments. That this signifies those things in the Word that belong to life in the spiritual and in the natural state, is evident from the signification of “the words of Jehovah,” as being those things in the Word that belong to life in the spiritual state (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “the judgments,” as being those things in the Word that belong to life in the natural state. It is said “in the spiritual state,” and “in the natural state,” because with every man there are in general two states; one peculiar and proper to the internal man, which is called the spiritual state; and the other peculiar and proper to the external man, which is called the natural state. The reason why the state of the internal man is called spiritual, is that it is affected by the truths which are of the light of heaven, and by the good which is of the heat of this light, which heat is love. This light is called spiritual light because it illumines the understanding; and this heat is called spiritual heat, which is love and enkindles the will. Hence it is that the state of the internal man is called a spiritual state.
But the reason why the state of the external man is called a natural state, is that it is affected by the truths which are of the light of the world, and by the good which is of the heat of this light; which heat also is love, but the love of such things as are in the world; for all the heat of life is love. Hence it is that the state of the external man is called natural. Those things which are of life in the natural state are meant by “judgments;” but those which are of life in the spiritual state are meant by “the words of Jehovah.”
sRef Matt@22 @37 S2′ sRef Matt@22 @38 S2′ sRef Matt@22 @39 S2′ sRef Matt@22 @40 S2′ [2] That both are from the Word is because in the Word are all things that are of life, for they have in them life itself; because in the Word is the Divine truth which has proceeded and still proceeds from the Lord, who is life itself. It is from this that all things in the Word are matters of life; and also that all things therein have relation to the life; as can be seen from the two commandments on which all things of the Word are based, of which we read in Matthew:
Jesus said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God from all thy heart, and in all thy soul, and in all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. The second Is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang the law and the prophets (Matt. 22:37-40; also Mark 12:29-31);
“to love God and the neighbor” is of the life, because everything of life is of love, insomuch that without love there is no life; and such as the love is, such is the life. “The law and the prophets” denote the whole Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9384 sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ 9384. And all the people answered with one voice. That this signifies reception with the understanding by those who are truly of the church, is evident from the signification of “answering with one voice,” as being reception with the understanding, for “to answer” denotes reception (see n. 2941, 2957); and the “voice” denotes the confession which comes forth from the understanding, because the things of the mouth, and from this of the speech or voice, correspond to the intellectual part, from which part also the voice or speech proceeds. But the affection itself of the speech, which is from the end that is intended, that is, from the love that vivifies, proceeds from the will part. And from the signification of the sons of Israel, who here are “the people,” as being the church (n. 9340), thus those who are truly of the church. From this it is evident that by “the people answered with one voice” is signified reception with the understanding by those who are truly of the church.

AC (Potts) n. 9385 sRef Ex@24 @3 S0′ 9385. And they said, All the words that Jehovah hath spoken we will do. That this signifies reception then in the heart, is evident from the signification of “the words that Jehovah hath spoken,” as being truths from the Word that belong to the life (see n. 9383); and from the signification of “doing,” as being reception by the will part (n. 9282), thus reception in the heart (for “the heart” in the Word denotes the will, n. 7542, 8910, 9050, 9113, 9300). The reason why by these words is signified reception in the will, and by the words which immediately precede, reception in the understanding, is that in each and all things of the Word there is a marriage of truth and good (n. 9263), thus the heavenly marriage, which is heaven, and in the supreme sense is the Lord Himself. Truth bears relation to the understanding, and good to the will.

AC (Potts) n. 9386 sRef Ex@24 @4 S0′ 9386. And Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah. That this signifies an impressing thereafter on the life, is evident from the signification of “writing,” as being to impress on the life (of which in what follows); from the representation of Moses, as being the Lord in respect to the Word (see n. 9372, 9382); and from the signification of “all the words of Jehovah,” as being truths from the Word (n. 9383). From this it is evident that by “Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah,” are signified truths Divine impressed on the life by the Lord. Truths are said to be impressed on the life, when they become of the will and from this of the act. So long as they stay merely in the memory, and so long as they are looked at only intellectually, they have not been impressed on the life; but as soon as they are received in the will, they become of the life, because the very being of man’s life is to will, and from this to act; and before this they have not been appropriated to the man.
[2] That “to write” denotes to impress on the life, is because the purpose of writings is remembrance to all posterity. So is it with the things impressed on a man’s life. Man has as it were two books, in which have been written all his thoughts and acts. These books are his two memories, the exterior and the interior. The things written on his interior memory remain to all eternity, and are never blotted out, and are chiefly those which have become of the will, that is, of the love; for the things of the love are of the will. It is this memory which is meant by every man’s book of life (see n. 2474).

AC (Potts) n. 9387 sRef Ex@24 @4 S0′ 9387. And he rose up early in the morning. That this signifies joy from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “rising up,” as denoting elevation toward higher things (see n. 2401, 2785, 2912, 2927, 3171, 4103); and from the signification of “morning,” and “early,” as being the Lord, and the things which are from Him, such as peace, innocence, love, and joy (n. 2405, 2780, 7681, 8426, 8812). The reason why “morning,” and “early” have this signification, is that the seasons of the year, which are spring, summer, autumn, and winter, and also the times of the day, which are morning, noon, evening, and night, correspond to so many states in heaven. Thus the morning corresponds to the coming and presence of the Lord, which exists when an angel is in a state of peace, innocence, and heavenly love, and thereby in joy. (Concerning these correspondences see n. 5672, 5962, 6110, 8426, 9213.)

AC (Potts) n. 9388 sRef Ex@24 @4 S0′ 9388. And he built an altar under the mountain. That this signifies a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to the Divine good from Him, is evident from the signification of “an altar,” as being a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord (see n. 921, 2777, 2811, 4489), and from this the main representative of the worship of the Lord (n. 4541, 8935, 8940); and from the signification of “the mountain,” as being the good of love (n. 4210, 6435, 8327, 8658, 8758), here the Divine good of love proceeding from the Lord, because it was Mount Sinai, where the Lord then was. (That “Mount Sinai” denotes the Divine good united to the Divine truth from the Lord, see n. 8805.)

AC (Potts) n. 9389 sRef Ex@24 @4 S0′ 9389. And twelve pillars for the twelve tribes of Israel. That this signifies a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to the truth Divine which is from Him, in its whole complex, is evident from the signification of “a pillar,” as being a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to truth. That this is signified by “a pillar” is because by “an altar” is signified a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord in respect to good, and in the representative sense “a pillar” denotes the holiness of the truth which is from the Lord (see n. 4580, 4582); and from the signification of “twelve,” and of the “twelve tribes,” as being all truths and goods in the complex (n. 577, 2089, 3858, 3913, 3926, 3939, 4060, 6335, 6337, 6397, 6640, 7973), thus all that are from the Lord. That the Divine Human of the Lord is signified by “an altar,” and by “pillars,” is because in the supreme sense all the representatives of the church that are treated of in the Word, have regard to the Lord Himself. Wherefore also in its inmost and supreme sense the Word treats of the Lord alone, and especially of the glorification of His Human. From this comes all the holiness of the Word. But this supreme sense is especially presented in the inmost or third heaven, where are those who are in love to the Lord, and from this in wisdom above all others.

AC (Potts) n. 9390 sRef Ex@24 @5 S0′ 9390. And he sent youths of the sons of Israel. That this signifies the things of innocence and charity, is evident from the signification of “youths of the sons of Israel,” as being the things of innocence and charity with those who are of the church; for by “sucklings,” “little children,” and “youths,” are signified those who are in innocence and charity, or abstractedly from persons, the things of innocence and charity (see n. 430, 5236); and by “the sons of Israel” are signified those who are of the church, or abstractedly from persons, the things of the church (n. 9340).

AC (Potts) n. 9391 sRef Ex@24 @5 S0′ 9391. And they offered burnt-offerings, and sacrificed peace sacrifices of bullocks to Jehovah. That hereby is signified a representative of the worship of the Lord from good and from the truth which is from good, is evident from the representation of burnt-offerings and sacrifices, as being worship of the Lord in general (see n. 922, 6905, 8936); specifically by burnt-offerings is meant the worship of the Lord from the good of love, and by sacrifices is meant the worship of the Lord from the truth of faith which is from good (n. 8680); and from the signification of “bullocks,” as being the good of innocence and of charity in the external or natural man (of which below). (That beasts that were sacrificed signified the quality of the good and truth from which was the worship, see n. 922, 1823, 2180, 3519.) (That gentle and useful beasts signify the celestial things of the good of love, and the spiritual things of the truth of faith, and that on this account they were employed in the sacrifices, see n. 9280.) That “a bullock” signifies the good of innocence and of charity in the external or natural man, is because animals of the herd signified affections of good and truth in the external or natural man, and those of the flock, affections of good and truth in the internal or spiritual man (n. 2566, 5913, 6048, 8937, 9135). The animals of the flock were lambs, she-goats, sheep, rams, he-goats; and those of the herd were oxen, bullocks, and calves. “Lambs” and “sheep” signified the good of innocence and of charity in the internal or spiritual man; consequently “calves” and “bullocks,” being of a more tender age than oxen, signified the like in the external or natural man.
sRef Gen@15 @18 S2′ sRef Ezek@1 @7 S2′ [2] That “bullocks” and “calves” signify this good, is evident from the passages in the Word where they are mentioned; as in Ezekiel:
The feet of the four living creatures, a straight foot; and the sole of their feet as the sole of a calf’s foot; and they glittered like the appearance of burnished brass (Ezek. 1:7);
speaking of the cherubs, which are described by the four living creatures. (That the “cherubs” denote the guard or providence of the Lord to prevent any approach to Himself except through good, see n. 9277.) External or natural good was represented by the straight foot, and by the sole of the foot being like the sole of a calf’s foot; for the “feet” signify the things of the natural man; the “straight foot” those which are of good, and the “sole of the feet” those which are ultimate, in the natural man. (That the “feet” have this signification, see n. 2162, 3147, 3761, 3986, 4280, 4938-4952, 5327, 5328; also that the “heels,” “soles,” and “hoofs” denote the ultimate things in the natural man, n. 4938, 7729.) The reason why the soles of the feet glittered like the appearance of burnished brass, was that “brass” signifies natural good (n. 425, 1551), and “brass glittering as though burnished,” signifies good resplendent from the light of heaven, which is truth Divine proceeding from the Lord. From what has been said it is evident that by “a calf” is signified the good of the external or natural man.
sRef Rev@4 @7 S3′ sRef Rev@4 @6 S3′ [3] In like manner in John:
Round about the throne were four animals full of eyes before and behind. And the first animal was like a lion, and the second animal like a calf, and the third animal had a face like a man, and the fourth animal was like a flying eagle (Rev. 4:6, 7);
here also by the “four animals” which are cherubs, is signified the guard and providence of the Lord to prevent His being approached except through the good of love; the guard itself is effected by means of truth and its derivative good, and by means of good and its derivative truth. Truth and its derivative good, in the external form, are signified by the “lion” and the “calf;” and good and its derivative truth, in the internal form, are signified by the “face of a man” and by the “flying eagle.” (That “a lion” denotes truth from good in its power, see n. 6367, consequently the “calf” denotes the good itself thence derived.)
sRef Hos@14 @2 S4′ [4] In Hosea:
Return ye unto Jehovah; say unto Him, Take away all iniquity, and accept good, and we will repay the bullocks of our lips (Hos. 14:2);
no one can know what is meant by “repaying the bullocks of the lips” unless he knows what is signified by “bullocks” and by “lips.” That it denotes confession and thanksgiving from a good heart, is evident; for it is said, “return ye unto Jehovah, say unto Him accept good,” and then, “we will repay the bullocks of our lips,” denoting to confess Jehovah from the goods of doctrine, and to give thanks to Him; for the “lips” denote the things of doctrine (see n. 1286, 1288).
sRef Amos@6 @4 S5′ sRef Mal@4 @2 S5′ sRef Amos@6 @3 S5′ [5] In Amos:
Ye draw the dwelling of violence; they lie upon beds of ivory, and eat the lambs out of the flock, and the calves out of the midst of the stall (Amos 6:3, 4);
here are described those who are in abundance of the knowledges of good and truth, and yet live an evil life; “eating the lambs out of the flock” denotes to learn and appropriate to oneself the goods of innocence that belong to the internal or spiritual man; “eating the calves out of the midst of the stall” denotes to learn and appropriate to oneself the goods of innocence that belong to the external or natural man. (That “eating” denotes to appropriate see n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 3832, 4745; and that “lambs” denote the goods of innocence, n. 3519, 3994, 7840.) And as “lambs” denote the interior goods of innocence, it follows that “calves out of the midst of the stall” denote the exterior goods of innocence; for in the Word, especially in the prophetic Word, it is usual to treat of truth wherever good is treated of, on account of the heavenly marriage (n. 9263, 9314); and also to speak of external things where internal things are spoken of. Moreover, the “stall” [used for fattening] and “fat” signify the good of interior love (n. 5943).
sRef Luke@15 @23 S6′ sRef Luke@15 @22 S6′ [6] In like manner in these passages:
Unto you that fear My name shall the sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; that ye may go forth, and grow like calves of the stall (Mal. 4:2).
The father said of the prodigal son who had returned repentant in heart, Bring forth the chief robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet; and bring the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be glad (Luke 15:22, 23).
One who apprehends only the sense of the letter, will believe that nothing deeper is hidden here; when yet each particular infolds heavenly things; as that they should put on him the chief robe; that they should put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet; and should bring the fatted calf, and kill it, so that they might eat and be glad. By the “prodigal son” are meant those who have been prodigal of heavenly riches, which are the knowledges of good and truth; by his “return to his father,” and his confession that he was “not worthy to be called his son,” is signified repentance of heart and humiliation; by the “chief robe” which was to be put upon him are signified general truths (n. 4545, 5248, 5319, 5954, 6914, 6917, 9093, 9212, 9216); and by the “fatted calf” general goods corresponding to these truths. The like is signified by “calves” and “bullocks” in other passages (as Isa. 11:6; Ezek. 39:18; Ps. 29:6; 69:31), also in the burnt-offerings and sacrifices (Exod. 29:11-14; Lev. 4:3-12 and 13-21; 8:14-17; 9:2; 16:3; 23:18; Num. 8:8-12; 15:24-26; 28:19, 20; Judges 6:25-28; 1 Sam. 1:25; 16:2; 1 Kings 18:23-26, 33).
[7] The reason why the sons of Israel made for themselves a golden calf, and worshiped it instead of Jehovah (Exod. 32), was that the Egyptian idolatry remained in their hearts, although they confessed Jehovah with their mouths. Chief among the idols of Egypt were heifers and bull-calves of gold, for the reason that a female calf signified memory-truth, which is the truth of the natural man; and a bull-calf the good of this truth, which is the good of the natural man; and also because gold signified good. This good and this truth were effigied there by male and female calves of gold. But when the representatives of heavenly things there had been turned into idolatries, and at last into magic, then in Egypt, as in other places, the very effigies which had been representative became idols, and began to be worshiped. Hence came the idolatries of the ancients, and the magical arts of Egypt.
[8] For the Ancient Church, which succeeded the Most Ancient Church, was a representative church, all the worship of which consisted in rites, statutes, judgments, and commandments that represented Divine and heavenly things, which are the interior things of the church. After the flood this Ancient Church was spread through much of the Asiatic world, and was also in Egypt. But in Egypt the memory-knowledges of this church were cultivated, whereby the Egyptians excelled all others in the knowledge of correspondences and representations, as can be seen from the hieroglyphics, and from the magical arts and idols there; and also from the various things related about Egypt in the Word. Hence it is that by “Egypt” in the Word is signified memory-knowledge in general, both as to truth and as to good; also the natural, for memory-knowledge belongs to the natural man. The same was signified also by a female and a male calf.
[9] (That the Ancient Church, which was a representative church, was spread through many kingdoms, and was also in Egypt, see n. 1238, 2385, 7097; that the memory-knowledges of the church were especially cultivated in Egypt, and that therefore by “Egypt” in the Word is signified memory-knowledge in both senses, n. 1164, 1165, 1186, 1462, 4749, 4964, 4966, 5700, 5702, 6004, 6015, 6125, 6651, 6679, 6683, 6692, 6693, 6750, 7779, 7926; and as memory-truth and its good are the truth and good of the natural man, therefore by “Egypt” in the Word is also signified the natural, n. 4967, 5079, 5080, 5095, 5160, 5276, 5278, 5280, 5288, 5301, 6004, 6015, 6147, 6252.)
sRef Jer@46 @21 S10′ sRef Jer@46 @20 S10′ [10] From all this it is now evident that female and male calves were among the chief idols of Egypt, for the reason that female and male calves signified memory-truth and its good, which belong to the natural man, in like manner as does Egypt itself; so that “Egypt” and “a calf” had the same signification, wherefore it is said of Egypt in Jeremiah:
Egypt is a very beautiful she-calf; destruction is come out of the north. Also her hired men in the midst of her are like he-calves of the stall (Jer. 46:20, 21);
a “she-calf” denotes the memory-truth of the natural man; the “hired men” who are “he-calves” denote those who do what is good for the sake of profit (n. 8002); thus “he-calves” denote such good as in itself is not good, but is the delight of the natural man separate from the spiritual. This is the delight in which were the sons of Jacob, being in itself idolatrous; and therefore they were permitted to make this known and testify it by the adoration of a calf (Exod. 32).
sRef Ps@106 @19 S11′ sRef Ps@106 @20 S11′ [11] This is also described in David:
They made a calf in Horeb, and bowed themselves to a molten image; and they changed their glory into the effigy of an ox that eateth the herb (Ps. 106:19, 20);
by “making a calf in Horeb and bowing themselves to a molten image” is signified idolatrous worship, which is that of rites, statutes, judgments, and commandments, in the external form only; and not at the same time in the internal. (That that nation was in external things without anything internal, see n. 9320, 9373, 9377, 9380, 9382; and that therefore they were idolatrous in their hearts, n. 3732, 4208, 4281, 4825, 5998, 7401, 8301, 8871, 8882.) By their “changing their glory into the effigy of an ox that eateth the herb” is signified that they estranged themselves from the internal things of the Word and of the church, and worshiped what is external, which is mere memory-knowledge devoid of life; for “glory” denotes what is internal of the Word and of the church (see the preface to Genesis 18; and n. 5922, 8267, 8427); “the effigy of an ox” denotes a semblance of good in the external form, for “an effigy” denotes a semblance, thus that which is devoid of life; and “an ox” denotes good in the natural, thus good in the external form (n. 2566, 2781, 9134); “to eat the herb” denotes to appropriate this to oneself as a mere matter of memory; for “to eat” denotes to appropriate (n. 3168, 3513, 3596, 4745); and “the herb” denotes memory-knowledge (n. 7571).
sRef Deut@9 @21 S12′ [12] As such things were signified by the “golden calf,” that was worshiped by the sons of Israel instead of Jehovah, therefore Moses proceeded with it in the following manner:
Your sin, the calf which ye made, I took, and burnt it with fire, and crushed it, grinding it well, until it was as fine as dust; and I cast the dust thereof into the brook that came down from the mountain (Deut. 9:21).
No one knows why the golden calf was so dealt with, unless he knows what is signified by being “burned with fire,” “crushed,” “ground,” and “made as fine as dust;” and what by “the brook that came down from the mountain,” into which the dust was cast. There is here described the state of those who worship external things without anything internal; namely, that they are in the evils of the loves of self and of the world, and in the falsities thence derived, in respect to what is from the Divine, thus in respect to the Word. For the “fire” by which the calf was burned denotes the evil of the love of self and of the world (n. 1297, 1861, 2446, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 7324, 7575); the “dust” into which it was crushed, denotes the consequent falsity confirmed from the sense of the letter of the Word; and the “brook from Mount Sinai” denotes truth Divine, thus the Word in the letter, for this comes down from it. For those who are in external things without anything internal explain the Word in favor of their own loves, and see therein earthly things, and nothing of heavenly things, like the Israelites and Jews of old, and also of this day.
sRef Hos@8 @4 S13′ sRef Hos@8 @6 S13′ sRef Hos@8 @5 S13′ [13] Similar things were also represented by the calves of Jeroboam in Bethel and in Dan (1 Kings 12:26, to the end; 2 Kings 17:16), of which we read in Hosea:
They have made a king, but not by Me; they have made princes, and I knew it not; their silver and their gold have they made into idols, that they may be cut off. Thy calf, O Samaria, hath deserted, for this also is from Israel, the workman made it, and it is no God, for the calf of Samaria shall be broken in pieces (Hos. 8:4-6).
The subject here treated of is the perverted understanding and distorted unfolding of the Word by those who are in external things without anything internal; for they remain in the sense of the letter of the Word, which they wrest so as to favor their own loves and the principles taken from them.
[14] “Making a king, but not by Me; and making princes, and I knew it not” denotes to hatch truth and primary truths from their own light, and not from the Divine, for in the internal sense “a king” denotes truth (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148); and “princes” denote primary truths (n. 1482, 2089, 5044); “making their silver and their gold into idols” denotes to pervert the memory-knowledges of truth and good from the literal sense of the Word, in favor of their own cupidities, and still to worship them as holy, although, being from their own intelligence, they are devoid of life; for “silver” denotes the truth, and “gold” the good, that are from the Divine, thus that belong to the Word (n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6914, 6917, 8932); and “idols” denote doctrinal things from man’s own intelligence which are worshiped as holy, and yet have no life in them (n. 8941) from which it is evident that by a “king” and “princes,” and also by “silver” and “gold,” are signified falsities from evil; for those things which are from man’s own are from evil, and consequently are falsities, although outwardly they appear like truths, because taken from the literal sense of the Word. From this it is evident what is signified by the “calf of Samaria which the workman made,” namely, good in the natural man and not at the same time in the spiritual man; thus that which is not good, because applied to evil. “The workman made it, and it is no God,” denotes that it is from man’s own, and not from the Divine; to be “broken in pieces” denotes to be dispersed.
sRef Jer@48 @34 S15′ sRef Hos@10 @11 S15′ sRef Isa@15 @5 S15′ sRef Isa@27 @10 S15′ sRef Isa@27 @11 S15′ sRef Isa@34 @7 S15′ sRef Hos@13 @2 S15′ [15] Similar things are meant by “calves” in Hosea:
They sin more and more, and make them a molten image of their silver, even idols in their own intelligence, wholly the work of the craftsmen; talking to them, sacrificing men, kissing calves (Hos. 13:2).
From all this it is now evident what is signified by a “calf,” and a “bullock,” in the following passages:
The unicorns shall come down with them, and the bullocks with strong ones, and their land shall be drunken with blood, and their dust shall be made fat with fatness (Isa. 34:7).
The defensed city is solitary, the habitation is abandoned and forsaken like a wilderness; there shall the calf feed, and there shall he lie down, and consume the branches thereof; the harvest thereof shall wither (Isa. 27:10).
From the cry of Heshbon even unto Elealeh, even unto Jahaz, have they uttered their voice, from Zoar even unto Horonaim, a she-calf of three years old; for the waters of Nimrim also shall become desolations (Jer. 48:34).
My heart crieth out for Moab; her fugitives are even unto Zoar, a she-calf of three years old; for in the ascent of Luhith with weeping he shall go up (Isa. 15:5).
Ephraim is a she-calf that is taught, that loveth to thresh (Hos. 10:11).
Rebuke the wild beast of the reed, the congregation of the strong ones, among the calves of the peoples, trampling under foot the fragments of silver; He hath scattered the peoples, they desire wars (Ps. 68:30).
sRef Ps@68 @30 S16′ [16] The subject here treated of is the arrogance of those who wish to enter from memory-knowledges into the mysteries of faith, and who are not willing to acknowledge anything but that which they themselves hatch therefrom. As they do not see anything from the light of heaven which is from the Lord, but only from the light of nature which is from man’s own, they seize on shadows instead of light, on fallacies instead of realities, and in general on falsity instead of truth. As they think insanely, because from the lowest things, they are called “the wild beast of the reed;” and as they reason with vehemence, they are called “the congregation of the strong ones;” and as they disperse the truths that are still remaining and scattered among the goods of those who are in the truths of the church, it is said of them that “they trample under foot the fragments of silver among the calves of the peoples,” and further that “they scatter the peoples,” that is, the church itself with its truths; the lust of attacking and destroying these truths is meant by “desiring wars.” From all this it is again evident that “calves” denote goods.
sRef Zech@12 @4 S17′ [17] In Zechariah 12:4 it is said, “I will smite every horse of the peoples with blindness;” and by the “horse of the peoples” are signified the intellectual things of truth with those who are of the church, because a “horse” denotes the understanding of truth (see n. 2761). But it is here said, “trampling under foot the fragments of silver, and “scattering the peoples among the calves of the peoples;” and by “trampling under foot” and “scattering” is signified to cast down and disperse (see n. 258). (By “silver” is signified truth, n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 7999, 8932; and by “peoples” those of the church who are in truths, n. 2928, 7207, therefore the truths of the church, n. 1259, 1260, 3295, 3581.) Thus by “the calves of the peoples” are signified the goods of the will with those who are of the church.
sRef Jer@34 @20 S18′ sRef Jer@34 @18 S18′ sRef Jer@34 @19 S18′ [18] Moreover, that “calves” signify goods, is evident in Jeremiah:
I will give the men that have transgressed My covenant, who have not established the words of the covenant which they have made before Me, of the calf which they cut in twain, that they might pass between the parts thereof; the princes of Judah, and the princes of Jerusalem, the royal ministers and the priests, and all the people of the land, who have passed between the parts of the calf; I will even give them into the hand of their enemies, that their carcass may be for food to the bird of the heavens, and to the beast of the earth (Jer. 34:18-20).
No one can know what is meant by “the covenant of the calf,” and what by “passing between the parts thereof,” unless he knows what is signified by a “covenant,” by a “calf,” by its being “divided into two parts;” also what is signified by “the princes of Judah and of Jerusalem,” by “the eunuchs,” “the priests,” and “the people of the land.” It is evident that some heavenly secret is infolded. Nevertheless this secret can appear to the understanding when it is known that a “covenant” denotes conjunction, a “calf” good, a “calf cut in twain” good proceeding from the Lord on the one side, and good received by man on the other; and that “the princes of Judah and of Jerusalem, with the royal ministers and the priests, and the peoples of the land,” denote the truths and goods of the church from the Word; and that “to pass between the parts” denotes to conjoin. From all these things, when they are known, it is evident that the internal sense of these words is, that there was no conjunction of the good proceeding from the Lord with the good received by man through the Word, consequently through the truths and goods of the church with that nation; but that there was disjunction, for the reason that they were in external things without anything internal.
sRef Gen@15 @10 S19′ sRef Gen@15 @12 S19′ sRef Gen@15 @9 S19′ sRef Gen@15 @18 S19′ sRef Gen@15 @11 S19′ [19] The like was involved in the covenant of the calf with Abram, of which we read in the book of Genesis:
Jehovah said unto Abram, Take thee a she-calf of three years, and a she-goat of three years, and a ram of three years, and a turtle-dove, and a young pigeon. And he took him all these and divided them in the midst, and laid each part of it over against the other; and the birds he did not divide. And the fowls came down upon the bodies, and Abram drove them away. And it was when the sun was setting, that a deep sleep fell upon Abram, and behold a terror of great darkness falling upon him. And in that day Jehovah made a covenant with Abram (Gen. 15:9-12, 18).
“A terror of great darkness falling upon Abram” signified the state of the Jewish nation, in that they were in the greatest darkness in respect to the truths and goods of the church from the Word, because they were in external things without anything internal, and consequently were in idolatrous worship. For one who is in external things without anything internal is in idolatrous worship, because when he is in worship, his heart and soul are not in heaven, but in the world; and he does not worship the holy things of the Word from heavenly love, but from earthly love. This state of that nation is what is described in the prophet by “the covenant of a calf which they had cut into two parts,” and “between which they passed.”

AC (Potts) n. 9392 sRef Ex@24 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @6 S0′ 9392. Verses 6-8. And Moses took half of the blood, and put it into basins; and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar. And he took the book of the covenant, and read it in the ears of the people; and they said, All that Jehovah hath spoken we will do and hear. And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant that Jehovah hath made with you upon all these words. “And Moses took half of the blood,” signifies Divine truth that has been made of the life and of worship; “and put it into basins,” signifies with man in the things of his memory; “and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar,” signifies Divine truth from the Divine Human of the Lord; “and he took the book of the covenant,” signifies the Word in the letter with which the Word in heaven has been conjoined; “and read it in the ears of the people,” signifies for hearkening and obedience; “and they said, All things that Jehovah hath spoken we will do and hear,” signifies the reception of the truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, and obedience from the heart and soul; “and Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people,” signifies adaptation to the reception of man; “and said, Behold the blood of the covenant,” signifies thereby the conjunction of the Lord in respect to the Divine Human with heaven and with earth; “that Jehovah hath made with you upon all these words,” signifies that there is conjunction with the Lord through each and all things of the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9393 sRef Ex@24 @6 S0′ 9393. And Moses took half of the blood. That this signifies Divine truth that has been made of the life and of worship, is evident from the signification of “blood,” as being the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord (see n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7850, 9127). That the Divine truth which has been made of the life and of worship is signified, is because it was the blood that Moses sprinkled on the people (verse 8), by which “blood” is signified Divine truth received by man, thus which has been made of the life and of worship. For that truth is said to be received by man which has been made of the life and thus of worship; and it has become of the life and of worship when the man is affected by it, that is, loves it, or what is the same thing, wills it, and from willing does it from love and affection. Until this is the case, truth is indeed with man in his memory, and is sometimes called forth thence to the internal sight or understanding, from which it again falls back into the memory. But so long as truth Divine has not entered more interiorly, it is indeed with man, but still it is not implanted in the life and will; for the life of man is his will. And therefore when truth is called forth from the memory into the understanding, and from the understanding enters the will, and from the will goes forth into act, then the truth becomes of the man’s life, and is called good. From all this it is evident what is meant by Divine truth being made of the life. It is the same with the truth that is made of the worship. Worship from truth that cleaves to the mere memory, and from this appears in the understanding, is not worship. But worship from truth that goes forth from the will, thus from affection and love, is worship. This worship is called in the Word worship “from the heart,” but the former is worship “of the mouth” only.
[2] It has indeed already been shown, in passages cited above, that “blood” denotes the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord. But as many of the church at this day have no other conception of the blood in the Holy Supper than of the blood of the Lord shed on the cross; and in a more general sense, the passion itself of the cross; it may here be shown in a few words that it is not blood which is there meant, but the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord. The reason why this is unknown within the church, is that at the present day nothing whatever is known about correspondences, consequently nothing about the internal sense of the Word, which is the sense in which the angels are when the Word is read by man.
sRef Ezek@39 @17 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @20 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @19 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @22 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @21 S3′ sRef Ezek@39 @18 S3′ [3] That “blood” does not denote blood, but truth Divine, can be seen from many passages in the Word, and plainly from this in Ezekiel:
Say to the bird of every wing, and to every wild animal of the field, Be ye assembled, and come; assemble yourselves from around upon My sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, that ye may eat flesh and drink blood. Ye shall eat the flesh of the strong ones, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth. Ye shall eat fat to satiety, and drink blood unto drunkenness, of My sacrifice that I will sacrifice for you. Ye shall be sated upon My table with horse and chariot, and with every man of war. Thus do I set My glory among the nations (Ezek. 39:17-21).
That by “blood” is not here meant blood, is very evident, for it is said that they “shall drink the blood of the princes of the earth, and the blood of the sacrifice, even unto drunkenness,” when yet to drink blood, and especially the blood of princes, is an abominable thing, and was forbidden the sons of Israel under the penalty of death (Lev. 3:17; 7:26; 17; Deut. 12:17-26; 15:23). It is also said that they “shall be sated with horse, chariot, and every man of war.” He therefore who does not know that “blood” signifies Divine truth; “princes,” primary truths; a “sacrifice,” the things of worship; a “horse,” the understanding of truth; a “chariot,” doctrine; and a “man of war,” truth fighting against falsity; must be amazed at the details of this passage.
sRef John@6 @55 S4′ sRef John@6 @54 S4′ sRef John@6 @53 S4′ sRef John@6 @56 S4′ [4] In like manner at the Lord’s words in John:
Jesus said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye will have no life in you. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, abideth in Me, and I in him (John 6:53-56).
But see what has been already said about these words in n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7850, 9127. That flesh corresponds to good, in like manner bread; and that blood corresponds to truth, in like manner wine; has very often been told me from heaven; as also that the angels perceive the Word no otherwise than according to correspondences; and that in this way man has conjunction with heaven through the Word, and through heaven with the Lord.
[5] In like manner I have been told that the Holy supper was instituted by the Lord in order that by it there might be a conjunction of all things of heaven, that is, of all things of the Lord, with the man of the church; because in this supper the flesh and the bread denote the Divine good of the Lord’s Divine love toward the whole human race, and man’s reciprocal love to the Lord; and the blood and the wine denote the Divine truth proceeding from the Divine good of the Lord’s Divine love, and this received in turn by man; and in heaven to eat and drink these things denotes appropriation and conjunction. (But see what has been already shown on this subject in n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 4211, 4217, 4581, 4735, 5915, 6789, 7850, 9323.)

AC (Potts) n. 9394 sRef Ex@24 @6 S0′ 9394. And put it into basins. That this signifies with man in the things of his memory, is evident from the signification of “basins,” as being the things of the memory. The reason why “basins” denote the things of the memory, is that vessels in general signify memory-knowledges (see n. 1469, 1496, 3068, 3079); and these are nothing else than things of the memory. Therefore “basins” here denote such things of the memory as contain the truths Divine which in general are signified by “blood.” What memory-knowledges are relatively to the truths and goods of life with man, shall be briefly told. All things learned and stored up in the memory, and that can be called forth from it to the intellectual sight, are called memory-knowledges, and in themselves are the things that constitute the understanding of the natural or external man. Being knowledges, these memory-knowledges are of service to the sight of the internal or rational man as a kind of mirror in which to see such things as are of service to itself. For these fall under the view of the internal man just as fields full of grass, flowers, various kinds of crops, and of trees; or as gardens adorned with various useful and delightful objects, fall under the view of the external man in the material world. Yet the internal sight, which is the understanding, sees nothing else in the fields or gardens of the things of its memory than such as agree with the loves in which the man is, and also favor the principles he loves.
[2] Wherefore they who are in the loves of self and of the world see only such things as favor these loves, and they call them truths, and by means of fallacies and appearances they also make them appear like truths; and afterward they see such things as agree with the principles they have adopted, which they love because they are from themselves. From this it is plain that the knowledges which are things of memory, are of service to those who are in the aforesaid loves as means of confirming falsities against truths, and evils against goods, and thus of destroying the truths and goods of the church. Hence it is that the learned who are of this character are more insane than the simple, and when by themselves deny the Divine, Providence, heaven, hell, the life after death, and the truths of faith. This is well seen from the learned of the European world at this day in the other life, where a vast number of them are atheists at heart; for in the other life hearts speak, and not lips. From all this it is now evident of what use knowledges are to those who think from the delights of the loves of self and of the world.
[3] But it is very different with those who think from the delights of heavenly loves, which are love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor. As the thought of these persons is led by the Lord through heaven, they see and choose nothing else in the fields and gardens of the things of their memory than those which agree with the delights of their loves and with the doctrinal things of their church, and which they love. To them the things of the memory are like heavenly paradises, and in the Word they are also represented and signified by paradises (n. 3220).
[4] Be it known further that when memory-knowledges-that is, the things of the memory-become of the man’s life, they vanish from the exterior memory, just as the gestures, actions, speech, reflections, intentions, and in general the thoughts and affections of man are wont to do, when by continual use or habit they become as it were spontaneous and natural; but no other things become of man’s life than those which enter into the delights of his loves and form them; thus those which enter into his will. (On this subject see what has been said and shown above, n. 8853-8858; and also concerning the exterior memory which is of man’s body, and the interior memory which is of his spirit, n. 2469-2494.)
[5] That memory-knowledges are vessels, and in the Word are signified by vessels of every kind, as by “basins,” “cups,” “waterpots,” and the like, is because every memory-knowledge is a general thing that contains in it particular and singular things that agree with the general; and such generals are disposed into series, and as it were into bundles; and these bundles and series are in turn so arranged in order as to bear relation to the heavenly form; and thus everything is set in order from things the most singular to those the most general. An idea of such series can be formed from the series and bundles of muscular fibers in the human body, every bundle therein consisting of many motor fibers, and every motor fiber of blood-vessels and sinewy fibers; every muscular bundle also, which in a general term is called a muscle, is encompassed by its coat or sheath, whereby it is kept distinct from other muscles; and the same is the case with the interior little bundles or fascicles which are called motor fibers.
Nevertheless all the muscles, and the motor fibers contained in them, in the whole body, have been so set in order as to concur in every action according to the pleasure of the will, and this in a manner incomprehensible. So it is with the knowledges of the memory, which also are in like manner excited by the delight of the man’s love, which is of his will, yet by means of his intellectual part. That which has been made of the man’s life-which is that which has been made of his will or love-excites them; for the interior man has them constantly in view, and is delighted with them insofar as they agree with his loves; and those things which enter fully into the loves, and become spontaneous, and as it were natural, vanish out of the external memory; but remain inscribed on the internal memory, from which they are never erased. In this manner memory-knowledges become of the life.
aRef Ex@27 @3 S6′ sRef Zech@14 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@22 @24 S6′ aRef Ex@38 @3 S6′ sRef Isa@22 @23 S6′ [6] From this it is also evident that memory-knowledges are as it were the vessels of the interior life of man, and that this is the reason why memory-knowledges are signified by vessels of various kinds, and here by “basins.” Similar things are signified by “vessels” and “basins” in Isaiah:
I will fasten him as a nail in a trusty place, that he may be for a throne of glory to the house of his father, upon whom they may hang all the glory of his father’s house, of sons and grandsons, every vessel of small capacity, from the vessels of basins even to all the vessels of psalteries (Isa. 22:23, 24).
The subject here treated of in the internal and representative sense is the Divine Human of the Lord, and that through Him and from Him are all truths and goods from first to last; memory-truths from a celestial stock are meant by “vessels of basins,” and memory-truths from a spiritual stock by “vessels of psalteries.” And in Zechariah:
In that day shall there be upon the bells of the horses, Holiness to Jehovah; and the pots in the house of Jehovah shall be like the basins before the altar (Zech. 14:20);
“the bells of the horses” denote memory-truths from an enlightened understanding (n. 2761, 2762, 5321); and “the basins before the altar” denote memory-goods. Similar things are signified by “the basins of the altar” in Exodus 27:3; 38:3.

AC (Potts) n. 9395 sRef Ex@24 @6 S0′ 9395. And half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar. That this signifies Divine truth from the Divine Human of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “blood,” as being Divine truth (of which just above, n. 9393); and from the signification of “the altar,” as being a representative of the Divine Human of the Lord (n. 921, 2777, 2811, 4489); consequently the chief representative of the worship of the Lord (n. 4541, 8935, 8940). That by this half of the blood, which was sprinkled on the altar, is signified the Divine truth proceeding from the Divine Human of the Lord; and by the other half of the blood, which was sprinkled on the people (verse 8), is signified this same Divine truth received by the man of the church, is because a covenant was being entered into, and by a “covenant” is signified conjunction (n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804, 8767, 8778); and the conjunction of the Lord with the man of the church takes place when the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord is received by man. From this it is evident why blood was employed; and why when sprinkled on the altar and on the people, it was called “the blood of the covenant” (verse 8).

AC (Potts) n. 9396 sRef Ex@24 @7 S0′ 9396. And he took the book of the covenant. That this signifies the Word in the letter with which the Word in heaven has been conjoined, is evident from the signification of “the book,” as being the Word in the whole complex (of which in what follows); and from the signification of a “covenant,” as being conjunction (n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804, 8767, 8778). By “the book of the covenant” is here meant everything the Lord spoke from Mount Sinai, for it is said just above (verse 4) “and Moses wrote all the words of Jehovah.” Consequently by “the book of the covenant” in a narrow sense is meant the Word revealed to Moses on Mount Sinai, and in a wide sense the Word in the whole complex, because this is the Divine truth revealed by the Lord. And as the Lord thereby conjoins Himself with the man of the church, it is “the book of the covenant,” because “covenant” denotes conjunction.
[2] But at the present day it is not known what is the conjunction of the Lord with the man of the church through the Word, because heaven is now closed. For at the present day scarcely anyone speaks with angels and spirits, and thereby knows how they perceive the Word; when yet this was known to the ancient, and especially to the most ancient people, for it was a common thing with them to speak with spirits and angels. The reason was that in ancient times, and especially in the most ancient times, men were interior men, for they thought in the spirit almost abstractedly from the body; whereas modern men are exterior men, and think in the body almost abstractedly from the spirit. Hence it is that heaven has as it were gone away from man; for the communication of heaven is with the internal man when this can be abstracted from the body, but not with the external man immediately. Consequently the nature of the conjunction of the Lord with man through the Word is not now known.
[3] Those who think from the sensuous of the body, and not from the sensuous of the spirit, must needs conceive that the sense of the Word in heaven is such as it is in the world, that is, such as it is in the letter. If it be said that the sense of the Word in heaven is such as is the thought of the internal man, which is devoid of material ideas, that is, of worldly, bodily, and earthly ideas, this would now be a paradox; and especially if it should be said that the sense of the Word in heaven differs as much from its sense in the world (that is, in the letter), as a heavenly paradise differs from an earthly one, and as heavenly food and drink differ from earthly. How great the difference is, appears from the fact that the heavenly paradise is intelligence and wisdom; that heavenly food is all the good of love and charity; and heavenly drink all the truth of faith from this good. At the present day who would not marvel if he should hear that when mention is made in the Word of a “paradise,” a “garden,” a “vineyard,” in heaven there are perceived no paradise, garden, or vineyard; but instead of these such things as belong to intelligence and wisdom from the Lord; and that when mention is made of meat and drink, such as “bread,” “flesh,” “wine,” “water,” instead of these there are perceived in heaven such things as belong to the good of love and truth of faith from the Lord; and this not by unfoldings nor in a comparative manner, but in actuality from correspondences; because the heavenly things that pertain to wisdom, intelligence, the good of love, and the truth of faith, correspond in actuality to these earthly things. And into this correspondence was the internal man created relatively to the external man; thus heaven which is in the internal man relatively to the world which is in the external man. And such is the case in general. That in heaven the Word is understood and perceived according to correspondences, and that this sense is the internal sense, has been shown throughout in the preceding pages.
[4] He who apprehends what has just been said, can know, and in some measure perceive, that through the Word there is a conjunction of man with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord; and that without the Word there would be no conjunction. (See what has been shown on this subject in n. 2143, 7153, 7381, 8920, 9094, 9212, 9216, 9357, and in many other places.) From this it is now evident why Moses took the book of the covenant and read it before the people; and why he then sprinkled the blood on the people and said, “Behold the blood of the covenant.” This was done for the reason that in heaven the blood of the sacrifice denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus on our earth the Word (n. 9393). As by a “covenant” is signified conjunction, and as conjunction is effected through the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, that is, the Word, therefore all things that belong to the Divine truth from the Lord, or to the Word, are called a “covenant,” such as the tables on which the ten commandments were written, and also the judgments, statutes, and all other things contained in the books of Moses, and in general all things contained in the Word of both Old and New Testaments.
sRef Ex@34 @28 S5′ sRef Deut@4 @23 S5′ sRef Deut@4 @13 S5′ sRef Deut@9 @9 S5′ sRef Deut@9 @15 S5′ sRef Deut@9 @11 S5′ [5] That the tables on which the ten commandments were written were called a “covenant,” is evident from the following passages:
Jehovah wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant, the ten words (Exod. 34:28).
I went up into the mountain to receive the tables of stone, even the tables of the covenant which Jehovah made with you; Jehovah gave me the two tables of stone, even the tables of the covenant. I came down from the mountain, when the mountain was burning with fire; and the two tables of the covenant were on my two hands (Deut. 9:9, 11, 15).
Jehovah declared unto you His covenant, which He commanded you to do, even the ten words, which He wrote upon the tables of stone. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of Jehovah your God, which He made with you (Deut. 4:13, 23).
As the two tables were deposited in the ark, which was in the middle, that is, in the inmost, of the tabernacle, therefore the ark was called “the ark of the covenant” (Num. 10:33; 14:44; Deut. 10:8; 31:9, 25, 26; Josh. 3:3, 6, 8, 11, 14, 17; 4:7, 9, 18; 6:6, 8; 8:33; Judges 20:27; 1 Sam. 4:3-5; 2 Sam. 15:24; 1 Kings 3:15; 6:19; 8:1, 6; Jer. 3:16.)
sRef 2Ki@22 @8 S6′ sRef 2Ki@23 @2 S6′ [6] That the books of Moses were called “the book of the covenant,” is evident from the finding of them by Hilkiah the priest in the temple, of which we read in the second book of the Kings:
Hilkiah the high priest found the book of the law in the house of Jehovah; and they read in their ears all the words of the book of the covenant found in the house of Jehovah (2 Kings 22:7; 23:2).
sRef Ps@78 @10 S7′ sRef Ps@103 @18 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @7 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @2 S7′ sRef Ps@103 @17 S7′ sRef Isa@56 @5 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @5 S7′ sRef Ps@25 @10 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @3 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @6 S7′ sRef Jer@11 @4 S7′ sRef Isa@56 @4 S7′ [7] That the Word of the Old Testament was called a “covenant,” is evident from the following passages:
To them that hold fast My covenant will I give in My house, and within My walls, a place and a name better than sons and daughters (Isa. 56:4, 5).
Hear ye the words of this covenant, which I commanded your fathers. Obey My voice, and do them, according to all which I command you (Jer. 11:2, 4).
All the ways of Jehovah are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies (Ps. 25:10).
The mercy of Jehovah is from eternity to eternity upon them that fear Him, and His righteousness to the sons of sons; to such as keep His covenant, and to those that remember His commandments (Ps. 103:17, 18).
They kept not the covenant of God, and refused to walk in His law (Ps. 78:10);
where the covenant of God is called “the law” of God. (That by “the law” in a wide sense is meant the whole Word; in a less wide sense the historic Word; in a narrow sense the Word written by Moses; and in the narrowest sense the ten commandments of the Decalogue, see n. 6752.)
sRef Ps@89 @34 S8′ sRef Ps@89 @28 S8′ sRef Ps@89 @27 S8′ sRef Jer@31 @31 S8′ sRef Jer@31 @33 S8′ [8] That the Word of the New Testament also is a “covenant,” is evident in Jeremiah:
Behold the days come that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah. This is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, I will put My law in the midst of them, and I will write it on their heart (Jer. 31:31, 33).
“The house of Israel” denotes the spiritual church; and “the house of Judah,” the celestial church. And in David:
I also will make him the firstborn, high among the kings of the earth, and My covenant shall stand fast with him. My covenant will I not make vile, nor change the declaration of My lips (Ps. 89:27, 28, 34);
speaking of the Lord; “My covenant shall stand fast with him” denotes the union of the Divine Itself and the Divine Human; thus also the Word, for the Lord as to the Divine Human was the Word that was made flesh, that is, man (John 1:1-3, 14).
[9] That the Divine truth or the Word is a covenant or conjunction, is because it is the Divine from the Lord, thus the Lord Himself. And therefore when the Word is received by man, the Lord Himself is received. From this it is evident that through the Word there is conjunction of the Lord with man; and because there is conjunction of the Lord with man, there is also conjunction of heaven with man, for heaven is called heaven from the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, consequently from what is Divine; and therefore those who are in heaven are said to be “in the Lord.” That the Divine conjoins Itself with those who love the Lord, and keep His Word, may be seen in John 14:23.
sRef Zech@9 @11 S10′ sRef Zech@9 @10 S10′ [10] From all this it can be seen that by “the blood of the covenant” is meant the conjunction of the Lord through heaven with man by means of the Word. Also in Zechariah:
I will cut off the chariot from Ephraim, and the horse from Jerusalem, and the war bow shall be cut off; and He shall speak peace unto the nations; His dominion shall be from sea to sea, and from the river even to the ends of the earth. As for thee also, through the blood of thy covenant, I will send forth thy bound ones out of the pit wherein is no water (Zech. 9:10, 11).
[11] He who knows nothing of the internal sense cannot conceive here anything but what is contained in the sense of the letter; namely, that the chariot shall be cut off from Ephraim, the horse from Jerusalem, and the war bow, and finally that by “the blood of the covenant” is meant the blood of the Lord, by which those who are in sins should be set free; explaining in various ways who are meant by “the bound ones in the pit wherein is no water.” But he who is acquainted with the internal sense of the Word conceives that Divine truth is here treated of, and that after this has been laid waste, or vastated, that is, after it is no longer received in faith and heart by man, it will be restored through the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord’s Divine Human; and thus that those who believe and do it will be conjoined with the Lord Himself. This can be more clearly seen from the internal sense of the several words of the passage; as from the signification of a “chariot” as being the doctrine of the church (n. 2760, 5321, 5945, 8215); of “Ephraim” as being the enlightened understanding of the church (n. 5354, 6222, 6238); from the signification of a “horse” as being the understanding of the Word (n. 2760-2762, 3217, 5321, 6125, 6534, 8029, 8146, 8148); and of “Jerusalem” as being the spiritual church (n. 2117, 3654, 9166); from the signification of a “bow” as being the doctrine of truth (n. 2686, 2709); and of “war” as being a combat about truths (n. 1664, 2686, 8295).
[12] From this it is evident that by “cutting off the chariot from Ephraim, and the horse from Jerusalem, and the war bow,” is signified the vastation of truth Divine in the church in respect to all the understanding of it; and that by “the bound ones in the pit wherein was no water being sent forth through the blood of the covenant,” is signified restoration through the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord. (That “blood” denotes Divine truth, and that a “covenant” denotes conjunction, has been shown above; also that “the bound ones in the pit” denote those of the spiritual church who were saved by the Lord’s coming into the world, n. 6854.) It is said “a pit wherein is no water,” because by “water” is signified truth (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 7307, 8137, 8138, 8568, 9323).

AC (Potts) n. 9397 sRef Ex@24 @7 S0′ 9397. And read it in the ears of the people. That this signifies for hearkening and obedience, is evident from the signification of “reading,” as being for hearkening; for when anything is read, it is that it may be heard, perceived, and obeyed; that is, that it may be hearkened unto; and from the signification of “in the ears,” as being for obedience; for “the ears,” and “hearing,” signify obeying (see n. 2542, 3869, 4551, 4652-4660, 5471, 5475, 7216, 8361, 8990, 9311).
sRef Ex@11 @2 S2′ sRef Deut@5 @1 S2′ sRef 1Sam@25 @24 S2′ sRef Jer@36 @15 S2′ sRef 1Sam@11 @4 S2′ sRef Judg@7 @3 S2′ sRef Deut@32 @44 S2′ sRef Luke@7 @1 S2′ sRef Jer@28 @7 S2′ sRef Deut@31 @28 S2′ sRef 2Ki@23 @2 S2′ [2] As “the ears” signify not only hearing and notice, but also obedience, therefore in the Word frequent mention is made of speaking “in the ears,” and reading “in the ears,” of people; and not of speaking and reading “before them;” as in the following passages:
Hear thou these words that I speak in thine ears, and in the ears of all the people (Jer. 28:7).
They spoke these words in the ears of the people (1 Sam. 11:4).
Let thine handmaid speak in thine ears (1 Sam. 25:24).
Proclaim in the ears of the people, saying (Judg. 7:3).
Speak in the ears of the people (Exod. 11:2).
Hear, O Israel, the statutes and the judgments which I speak in your ears this day (Deut. 5:1).
I speak these words in their ears (Deut. 31:28).
Moses spoke all the words of the song in the ears of the people (Deut. 32:44).
He read in their ears all the words of the book of the covenant (2 Kings 23:2).
They said unto him, Sit down and read it in our ears; and Baruch read it in their ears (Jer. 36:15).
When Jesus had ended all the words in the ears of the people (Luke 7:1).
sRef Mark@7 @34 S3′ sRef Mark@7 @32 S3′ sRef Mark@7 @33 S3′ sRef Matt@11 @15 S3′ sRef Mark@7 @35 S3′ [3] As “the ear,” and “hearing,” signify the reception of truth, notice, and obedience, thus the first and the last of faith, therefore it was so often said by the Lord, “He that hath an ear to hear, let him hear” (Matt. 11:15; 13:9, 43; Mark 4:9, 23; 7:16; Luke 14:35). And because by “the deaf,” that is, those who do not hear, are signified in the spiritual sense those who are not in the faith of truth, because they are not in the knowledge and consequent perception of it (n. 6989, 9209), therefore when the Lord healed one that was deaf, “He put His finger into his ears, and said, Ephphatha, that is, Be opened. And straightway his ears were opened” (Mark 7:32-35). (That all the miracles of the Lord infolded and signified states of the church, see n. 8364, 9086.)

AC (Potts) n. 9398 sRef Ex@24 @7 S0′ sRef John@1 @18 S0′ 9398. And they said, All things that Jehovah hath spoken we will do and hear. That this signifies the reception of the truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, and obedience from the heart and soul, is evident from the signification of “all things that Jehovah hath spoken,” as being the truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord (of which in what follows); from the signification of “doing,” as being obedience in the will, thus in the heart (see n. 9311, 9385); and from the signification of “hearing,” as being obedience in the understanding, thus in the soul (n. 7216, 8361, 9311). Obedience from the heart is obedience from the will, thus from the affection of love; and obedience from the soul is obedience from the understanding, thus from faith; for “the heart” signifies the will and the love (n. 3883-3896, 7542, 8910, 9050, 9300); and “the soul” signifies the understanding and faith (n. 2930, 9050, 9281). Therefore it is said, “we will do and hear.” The reason why “all things that Jehovah hath spoken,” denotes the truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, is that all truth proceeds therefrom. That Divine truth does not proceed from the Divine Itself, but from the Divine Human, is clearly evident in John:
No man hath seen God at any time; the Only begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath set Him forth (John 1:18).
And therefore in the same chapter the Lord is called “the Word” (John 1:1-3), which denotes the Divine truth; and it is said that “the Word was made flesh,” that is, man (John 1:14), in order that the Divine Itself under a human form might teach truth Divine in actuality. (That the Lord is the Divine Itself under a human form, see n. 9315.) From all this it is evident that by “all things that Jehovah hath spoken,” is signified the truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord.

AC (Potts) n. 9399 sRef Ex@24 @8 S0′ 9399. And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people. That this signifies adaptation to the reception of man, is evident from the signification of “the blood of the sacrifice,” as being the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord (of which above, n. 9393); and from the signification of “sprinkling on the people,” as being adaptation to the reception of man; for by “sprinkling” is signified flowing in, thus adapting. For the Divine truth which is from the Lord is continually flowing in with man, and forms his understanding; and if you will believe it, without this continual influx of the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord a man can perceive and understand nothing whatever. For the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord is the light which lights up the mind of man, and makes the internal sight, which is the understanding; and as this light continually flows in, it adapts everyone to receive. But they who receive are they who are in the good of life; and they who do not receive are they who are in evil of life. Nevertheless the latter, like the former, have the capacity of perceiving and understanding, and also the capacity of receiving, insofar as they desist from evils. These things were signified by the half of the blood which Moses sprinkled on the people.
sRef John@1 @10 S2′ sRef John@1 @9 S2′ [2] (That the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord is the light which lights up the mind of man, and makes his internal sight, which is the understanding, see n. 2776, 3167, 3195, 3636, 3643, 3993, 4405, 5400, 8644, 8707.) This also is meant in John:
That was the true light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, but the world knew Him not (John 1:9, 10);
the subject here treated of is the Word, which is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord.
[3] That every man in the world who is of sound reason has the capacity of understanding truth Divine, and consequently the capacity of receiving it, insofar as he desists from evils, has been given me to know by much experience. For all in the other life, without exception, both the evil and the good, can understand what is true and what is false, and also what is good and what is evil; but although the evil understand what is true and good, they nevertheless do not desire to understand, because their will and the evil therein make resistance. And therefore when they are left to themselves, they nevertheless sink back into the falsities of their evil, and hold in aversion the truth and good which they had understood. The case had been the same with such persons in the world, where they had rejected truths, although they could understand them. From this experience it has become evident that the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord is continually flowing into human minds and adapting them to receive it, and that it is received in the proportion that the evils of the loves of self and of the world are desisted from.

AC (Potts) n. 9400 sRef Ex@24 @8 S0′ 9400. And said, Behold the blood of the covenant. That this signifies the conjunction of the Lord in respect to the Divine Human with heaven and with earth, is evident from the signification of “blood,” as being the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord (of which above, n. 9393, 9399); and from the signification of “the covenant,” as being conjunction (of which also above, n. 9396). That the conjunction with heaven and with earth is signified, is because the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord passes through the heavens down to man, and on the way is accommodated to each heaven, and lastly to man himself. Divine truth on our earth is the Word (n. 9350-9362), which is of such a character that in respect to each and all things it has an internal sense which is for the heavens; and finally an external sense, which is the sense of the letter, and which is for man. From this it is evident that through the Word there is conjunction of the Lord with the heavens and with the world (n. 2143, 7153, 7381, 8920, 9094, 9212, 9216, 9357, 9396).
[2] A sure conclusion from this is that without the Word on this earth there would be no conjunction of heaven, thus no conjunction of the Lord, with man; and if there were no conjunction, the human race on this earth would utterly perish. For that which makes the interior life of man is the influx of truth Divine from the Lord, because this truth Divine is the very light that lights up the sight of the internal man; that is, his understanding; and it is the heavenly heat within this light, which is love, that enkindles and vivifies the will of the internal man. And therefore without this light and heat the internal of man would become blind and cold, and would die, just as the external of man would die if deprived of the heat and light of the sun of the world. But this will appear as a paradox to those who do not believe that the Word is of such a nature; and also to those who believe that life is in man as his own, and does not continually flow in through heaven from the Lord. (That the life of man is not in himself, but flows in from the Lord, see n. 4249, 4882, 5147, 5150, 5986, 6053-6058, 6189-6215, 6307-6327, 6466-6495, 6598-6626, 6982, 6985, 6996, 7055, 7056, 7058, 7147, 7270, 7343, 8685, 8701, 8717, 8728, 9110, 9111, 9223, 9276; and that the Lord’s church scattered through the whole world is before the Lord as one man, n. 9276, in like manner as is heaven, which is for this reason called the Grand Man; and that the church where is the Word is as the heart and lungs of this man; and that all outside the church live therefrom, as the members, viscera, and all the other organs of the body, live from the heart and lungs, n. 2054, 2853, 7396.)

AC (Potts) n. 9401 sRef Ex@24 @8 S0′ 9401. That Jehovah hath made with you upon all these words. That this signifies that there is conjunction by the Lord through each and all things of the Word, is evident from the signification of “the covenant which Jehovah hath made,” as being conjunction by the Lord; for “to make a covenant” denotes to conjoin to oneself (see n. 9396); and “Jehovah” in the Word denotes the Lord (n. 9373); and from the signification of “all these words,” as being each and all things of the Word. For by the laws promulgated from Mount Sinai is signified in a universal sense all Divine truth, thus the Word as to each and all things thereof (n. 6752). (That the Word is inspired in respect to every jot, see n. 7933, 9094, 9198, 9349; consequently that through the Word there is conjunction with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord, through each and all things thereof.)
[2] It is said “conjunction by the Lord,” because the Lord conjoins man with Himself, but not the converse; for all the good of love and truth of faith flow in from the Lord, and are received by man in proportion as he desists from evils (n. 9399); because a reciprocal influx, that is, from man to the Lord, which is called by the learned physical influx, is not possible (n. 6322, 9110, 9111, 9216); and moreover, whatever goes out from man as from himself, is nothing but evil and the derivative falsity (n. 210, 215, 987, 5660, 5786). From this it is evident that the conjunction of man with the Lord is effected by the Lord, and not by man; that it appears otherwise is a fallacy.

AC (Potts) n. 9402 9402. Verses 9-11. And there went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel; and they saw the God of Israel; and there was under His feet as a work of a sapphire stone, and as the substance of heaven in respect to cleanness. And unto the sons of Israel who were set apart, He sent not His hand: and they saw God, and did eat and drink. “And there went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu,” signifies the Word in the internal and external senses, and doctrine from both; “and seventy of the elders of Israel,” signifies all who are in good from truths; “and they saw the God of Israel,” signifies the coming and presence of the Lord in the Word; “and under His feet,” signifies the ultimate sense which is the sense of the letter itself; “there was as a work of a sapphire stone,” signifies what is translucid there from internal truths, and all things from the Lord; “and as the substance of heaven in respect to cleanness,” signifies the shining through of the angelic heaven; “and unto the sons of Israel who were set apart,” signifies those who are in the external sense alone separate from the internal; “He sent not His hand,” signifies that truth is not there in its power; “and they saw God,” signifies faith; “and did eat and drink,” signifies instruction about the good and truth of worship.

AC (Potts) n. 9403 sRef Ex@24 @9 S0′ 9403. And there went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu. That this signifies the Word in the internal and external senses, and doctrine from both, is evident from the representation of Moses and Aaron, as being the Word in the internal and external senses; and from the representation of Nadab and Abihu, sons of Aaron, as being doctrine derived from both (of which above, n. 9374, 9375).

AC (Potts) n. 9404 sRef Ex@24 @9 S0′ 9404. And seventy of the elders of Israel. That this signifies all who are in good from truths, is evident from the signification of “seventy,” as being what is full, thus all things and all persons (see n. 6508); and from the signification of “the elders of Israel,” as being those who are in good from truths, and in truths from good. For by the “old” in the Word are signified those who are in wisdom (n. 6524), thus those who are in a life of good from the doctrine of truth; and by “Israel” are signified those who are of the spiritual church (n. 6426, 6637, 6862, 6868, 7035, 7062, 7198, 7201, 7215, 7223, 8805, 9340), thus those who are in truths through which is good, and in good from which are truths (see n. 7957, 8234). From this it is plain that by “the seventy elders of Israel” are signified those who are in good from truths, and abstractedly good from truths. Similar things are signified in the internal sense by the Lord’s “seventy disciples” (Luke 10:1, 17). The sons of Israel were divided into twelve tribes, and over them were set twelve princes, and also seventy elders. By the “twelve tribes” were signified all truths and goods of the church in the complex (n. 3858, 3926, 3939, 4060, 6335, 6337, 6397, 6640, 7836, 7891, 7996, 7997); by the “twelve princes” all primary truths (n. 5044); and by the “seventy elders” all goods which are from truths.
[2] When mention is made of “the good which is from truths,” the spiritual church is meant, for this church is in good from truths. He who is not acquainted with the arcana of the church and of heaven may believe that all the good of the church is from truths, because good cannot be implanted except by means of truths; nay, that a man cannot know what good is except by means of truths. Yet the good that comes by means of truths is the good of the spiritual church, and regarded in itself is truth, which is called good when it becomes of the will and act, and consequently of the life. But the good which does not come forth by means of truths, but by means of the goods of mutual love, is the good of the celestial church, and regarded in itself is not truth, but good, because it is the good of love to the Lord. This good was represented by the Jewish Church, but the former good by the Israelitish Church, and therefore there was a division into two kingdoms. (What the difference is, and of what nature, between these two churches, and consequently between these two kinds of good, may be seen shown above, n. 2046, 2227, 2669, 2708, 2715, 2718, 2935, 2937, 2954, 3166, 3235, 3236, 3240, 3246, 3374, 3833, 3887, 3969, 4138, 4286, 4493, 4585, 4938, 5113, 5150, 5922, 6289, 6296, 6366, 6427, 6435, 6500, 6647, 6648, 7091, 7233, 7877, 7977, 7992, 8042, 8152, 8234, 8521.) From what has been adduced in these passages it can be seen that the heaven of the Lord is divided into the spiritual heaven and the celestial heaven; and that the celestial heaven is the inmost or third heaven; and the spiritual heaven, the middle or second heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9405 sRef Ex@24 @10 S0′ 9405. And they saw the God of Israel. That this signifies the coming and presence of the Lord in the Word, is evident from the signification of “seeing,” when it is the Lord who is seen, as being, His coming and presence (see n. 4198, 6893). That “the God of Israel” denotes the Lord, is evident from all those passages in the Word where He is called “the Holy One of Israel” and “the God of Israel” (see n. 7091). “The God of Israel” denotes the God of the spiritual church, because by “Israel” is signified this church (of which above, n. 9404). That it is the coming and presence of the Lord in the Word which is signified by “they saw the God of Israel,” is because by the laws promulgated from Mount Sinai is signified in a wide sense all Divine truth, thus the Word as to each and all things of it (see n. 6752, 9401). That the coming and presence of the Lord in the Word is signified, is because the Word is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, and that which proceeds from the Lord, is the Lord Himself. And therefore they who read the Word and at the same time look to the Lord-acknowledging that all truth and all good are from Him, and nothing from themselves-are enlightened, and see truth and perceive good, from the Word. This enlightenment is from the light of heaven, which light is the Divine truth itself that proceeds from the Lord, for this appears as light before the angels in heaven (n. 2776, 3195, 3339, 3636, 3643, 3862, 3993, 4302, 4413, 4415, 5400, 6032, 6313, 6608).
[2] The coming and presence of the Lord in the Word are also meant by “seeing the Son of man,” as in Matthew:
Then shall appear the sign of the Son of man, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and glory (Matt. 24:30; see also n. 4060);
for a “cloud” denotes the literal sense of the Word; and “power and glory” its internal sense. The literal sense of the Word is called a “cloud” because it is in the light of the world; and the internal sense is called “glory” because it is in the light of heaven (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8267, 8427, 8443, 8781). Moreover, in the internal sense of the Word, the Lord alone and His kingdom and church are treated of. From this comes the holiness of the Word, and also the coming and presence of the Lord with those who, as above said, while reading the Word do not look to themselves, but to Him and the neighbor, that is, to the good of one’s fellow citizen, of our country, of the church, and of heaven (n. 6818-6824, 8123). The reason is that those who look to the Lord suffer themselves to be raised by Him into the light of heaven; whereas those who look to themselves do not suffer themselves to be raised, for they keep their view fixed on themselves and the world. From this it can be seen what is meant by “seeing the Lord in the Word.”

AC (Potts) n. 9406 sRef Ex@24 @10 S0′ 9406. And under His feet. That this signifies the ultimate sense which is the sense of the letter itself, is evident from the signification of “feet,” as being natural things (see n. 2162, 3147, 3761, 3986, 4280, 4938-4952); thus the soles, which are under the feet, denote the ultimate things of nature. That “under the feet” here denotes the ultimate sense of the Word, which is the sense of the letter, is because it is said of the Divine truth or Word, which is from the Lord, and which is the Lord, as can be seen from what goes before; and the ultimate of truth Divine, or the Word, is such as is the sense of the letter, which is natural, because for the natural man. That the sense of the letter contains within it an internal sense, which is relatively spiritual and celestial, is evident from all that has been hitherto shown about the Word. But the more worldly and bodily a man is, the less he apprehends this, because he does not suffer himself to be raised into spiritual light, and thereby to see what is the nature of the Word; namely, that in the letter it is natural, and in the internal sense spiritual; for the nature of lower things, down to ultimate ones, can be seen from the spiritual world, or from the light of heaven; but not the reverse (n. 9401e); thus it can be seen that such is the Word in the letter.
sRef Isa@60 @11 S2′ sRef Isa@60 @13 S2′ [2] As the Word in the letter is natural, and by “the feet” are signified natural things, therefore the ultimate of the Word, like the ultimate of the church, is called “the place of the feet” of Jehovah, and also His “footstool,” and likewise relatively a “cloud” and “darkness;” as in Isaiah:
They shall open thy gates continually, to bring unto thee the army of the nations, and their kings shall be brought. The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee, the fir-tree, the pine-tree, and the box together; to adorn the place of My sanctuary; and I will make the place of My feet honorable (Isa. 60:11, 13).
The subject here treated of is the Lord, and His kingdom and church. By “the army of the nations” are meant those who are in the goods of faith; and by “kings,” those who are in the truths of faith. (That “nations” denote those who are in the goods of faith, see n. 1259, 1328, 1416, 1849, 4574, 6005; and that “kings” denote those who are in truths, n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 4575, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148). “The glory of Lebanon,” or the cedar, denotes spiritual good and truth; “the fir-tree, the pine-tree, and the box,” denote the natural goods and truths that correspond; “the place of the sanctuary” denotes heaven and the church, and also the Word; “the place of the feet” denotes heaven, the church, and also the Word, in ultimates. The reason why the Word also is here signified, is that heaven is heaven from the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord; in like manner the church; and the Divine truth which makes the church and heaven is the Word. Consequently also the inmost of the tent, where was the ark containing the law, is called “the sanctuary,” for the law is the Word (n. 6752).
sRef Ps@99 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@99 @5 S3′ sRef Isa@66 @1 S3′ sRef Ps@99 @7 S3′ [3] Again:
The heavens are My throne, and the earth is My footstool (Isa. 66:1).
Exalt ye Jehovah our God, and adore ye toward His footstool; holy is He. Moses and Aaron among His priests. He spoke unto them in the pillar of cloud (Ps. 99:5-7).
“The footstool of Jehovah toward which they were to adore” denotes Divine truth in ultimates, thus the Word. That in the representative sense “Moses and Aaron” denote the Word, see n. 7089, 7382, 9373, 9374; and that a “cloud” denotes the Word in the letter, or Divine truth in ultimates, see the preface to Genesis 18; n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8781; from which it is plain what is meant by “speaking in the pillar of cloud.”
sRef Ps@132 @7 S4′ sRef Ps@132 @6 S4′ [4] Again:
We heard of Him in Ephrathah; we found Him in the fields of the forest. We will enter into His tabernacles; we will bow down ourselves at His footstool (Ps. 132:6, 7).
The subject here treated of is the Lord and the revelation of Himself in the Word; “to find Him in Ephrathah” denotes to do so in the spiritual celestial sense of the Word (n. 4585, 4594); “in the fields of the forest” denotes in the natural or literal sense of the Word (n. 3220, 9011); “the footstool” denotes the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, in ultimates.
sRef Ps@18 @12 S5′ sRef Ps@18 @9 S5′ sRef Ps@18 @11 S5′ sRef Nahum@1 @3 S5′ [5] Again:
Jehovah bowed the heaven, and thick darkness was under His feet. He made darkness His hiding place, darkness of waters, clouds of the heavens. At the brightness before Him His clouds passed (Ps. 18:9, 11, 12).
The subject here treated of is the coming and presence of the Lord in the Word; “thick darkness under His feet” denotes the sense of the letter of the Word; in like manner “darkness of waters and clouds of the heavens.” That nevertheless the Divine truth, such as it is in the heavens, is in this sense is signified by “making darkness His hiding place;” and that at the presence of the Lord the internal sense appears in its glory, such as it is in heaven, is signified by “His clouds passing at the brightness before Him.” In Nahum:
The way of Jehovah is in the storm and tempest, and the clouds are the dust of His feet (Nah. 1:3);
where also “the clouds” denote the Word in the sense of the letter, which also is “the storm and tempest in which is the way of Jehovah.”
sRef Dan@10 @6 S6′ sRef Dan@10 @5 S6′ [6] When truth Divine, such as it is in heaven, shines through with a man from the very sense of the letter, then this sense is described by “feet whose brightness is like that of burnished brass”; as also in Daniel:
I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, and behold a man clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with gold of Uphaz. His body also was like a beryl, and His face as the face of lightning, and His eyes as torches of fire, His arms and His feet like the shining of burnished brass, and the voice of His words like the voice of a crowd (Dan. 10:5-6);
where by “a man clothed in linen” is meant in the supreme sense the Lord, and because the Lord is meant, the Divine truth that is from Him is also meant, for the Divine truth that is from the Lord is the Lord Himself in heaven and in the church; truth Divine, or the Lord in ultimates, is meant by “arms and feet like the shining of burnished brass;” and also by “the voice of his words like the voice of a crowd.” In like manner in Ezekiel 1:7.
sRef Dan@2 @43 S7′ sRef Dan@2 @34 S7′ sRef Dan@2 @33 S7′ sRef Dan@2 @32 S7′ sRef Dan@2 @35 S7′ [7] The successive states of the church on this earth in respect to the reception of the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord are also meant by the image seen by Nebuchadnezzar; in Daniel:
The head of the image was gold, his breast and his arms silver, his belly and thighs brass, his legs iron, his feet part iron and part clay, which did not cohere. And a stone out of the rock broke in pieces the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold (Dan. 2:32-35, 43).
The first state of the church in respect to the reception of the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord is the “gold,” because by “gold” is signified celestial good, which is the good of love to the Lord (n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 8932); the second state is signified by the “silver,” which denotes spiritual good, which is the good of faith in the Lord and of charity toward the neighbor (see n. 1551, 2954, 5658, 7999); the third state is signified by the “brass,” which denotes natural good (n. 425, 1551); and the fourth state by the “iron,” which denotes natural truth (n. 425, 426); the “clay” denotes falsity which does not cohere with truth and good. That “a stone out of the rock broke in pieces the iron, the brass, the silver, and the gold” signifies that the church perishes in respect to the reception of truth from the Word, when falsity and evil are confirmed by the sense of the letter of the Word, as is the case when the church is in its last state, when it is no longer in any heavenly love, but only in worldly and bodily love. Such was the Word in respect to its reception among the Jewish nation when the Lord came into the world; and such is the Word with many at this day, insomuch that it is not even known that there is anything internal in the Word; and if it were to be said that there is, and its nature were to be told, it would not be received; when yet in the most ancient times, which were signified by “gold,” nothing else was seen in the sense of the letter of the Word than what is heavenly, almost abstractedly from the letter. From all this it can now be seen that by “the God of Israel” as seen “under His feet” is signified the Word in the ultimate sense, which is the sense of the letter.

AC (Potts) n. 9407 sRef Ex@24 @10 S0′ 9407. There was as a work of sapphire. That this signifies what is translucid there from internal truths, and all things from the Lord, is evident from the signification of “a work of sapphire,” as being the quality of the literal sense of the Word when the internal sense is perceived within it, thus when the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, such as it is in heaven, shines through. For the Word is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, which in its origin is Divine, and in its progress through the heavens is celestial in the inmost heaven; in the second or middle heaven is spiritual; in the first or ultimate heaven is spiritual natural; and in the world is natural and worldly, such as it is in the sense of the letter, which is for man. From this it is evident that this latter sense, which is the last in order, contains within it the spiritual and the celestial senses, and inmostly the Divine Itself; and as these senses are contained in the ultimate or literal sense, and become apparent to those who apprehend the Word spiritually, it is therefore represented by a work of sapphire, in that it transmits the rays of heavenly light, or is translucid.
[2] That some idea of this shining through may be presented, take as an example human speech. In its first origin this is the end which the man desires to set forth by the speech. This end is his love; for what a man loves, he has as his end. From this flows the man’s thought, and finally his speech. That this is so, everyone who reflects well, can know and perceive. That the end is the first of speech, is evident from the general law that in all intelligence there is an end; and that without an end there is no intelligence. And that thought is the second thing of speech flowing from the first, is also manifest; for no one can speak without thought, nor think without an end. That from this follows the speech of words, and that this is the ultimate which properly is called speech, is known. This being so, the man who attends to the speech of another does not attend to the expressions or words of the speech, but to their sense, which comes from the thought of the speaker; and he who is wise attends to the end for the sake of which he spoke from his thought; that is, to what he intends and what he loves. These three things are presented in the speech of man, and to these the speech of words serves as an ultimate plane.
[3] From this comparison an idea can be formed about the Word in the letter; for this is attended to and perceived in heaven in exactly the same way as is usually the thought of a man which is presented by the speech of words; and in the inmost heaven as the intention or end is usually attended to and perceived. But the difference is that the sense of the letter of the Word, when read by man, is not heard or perceived in heaven; but only the internal sense, because only the spiritual and celestial senses of the Word are perceived in heaven, and not its natural sense. Thus one sense passes into another, because they correspond; and the Word has been written wholly by correspondences. From this it is plain what is meant by the shining through signified by “a work of sapphire” when said of the Word.
[4] But he who cannot think intellectually, that is, abstractedly from material things, cannot apprehend these things, nor indeed that there can be any other sense in the Word than that which stands forth in the letter; and if he is told that there is a spiritual sense in it, which is of truth; and within this a celestial sense, which is of good; and that these senses shine through from the literal sense; he will first be amazed, afterward he will reject it as of no account, and finally he will ridicule it. That at the present day there are such persons in the Christian world, especially among the learned of the world, has been shown me by living experience; and also that those who reason against this truth, claim to be wiser than those who affirm it; when yet in those primeval times called the golden and the silver ages, learning consisted in speaking and writing in such manner that the sense of the letter was not attended to, except insofar as the hidden wisdom shone through from it; as can be plainly seen from the oldest books, even among the Gentiles, and likewise from remains in their languages; for their chief science was the science of correspondences and the science of representations, which sciences are now among the things that have been lost.
[5] That under the Lord’s feet there appeared as it were a work of sapphire, and that this signifies the shining through of the Word in the sense of the letter, is because a “stone” in general signifies truth, and a “precious stone” truth shining through from the Divine of the Lord. (That a “stone” in general signifies truth, see n. 643, 1298, 3720, 3769, 3771, 3773, 3789, 3798, 6426, 8609, 8940-8942; and that a “precious stone” signifies truth shining through from the Divine of the Lord.) This was signified by the “twelve precious stones” in the breast plate of Aaron, which was called “the Urim and Thummim” (n. 3862, 6335, 6640).
sRef Ezek@28 @13 S6′ sRef Ezek@28 @15 S6′ sRef Ezek@28 @12 S6′ [6] In like manner in Ezekiel:
Full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty, thou hast been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering, the ruby, the topaz, the diamond, the tarshish [beryl], the onyx, and the jasper, the sapphire, the chrysoprase, the emerald, and gold. The work of thy timbrels and of thy pipes was in thee, in the day that thou wast created they were prepared. Thou wast perfect in thy ways in the day that thou wast created (Ezek. 28:12, 13, 15);
speaking of Tyre, by which is signified the church in respect to the knowledges of truth and of good (n. 1201); her intelligence and wisdom, such as it had been in her infancy, that is, in the first age, is described by these precious stones; “the day that she was created” signifies the first state when they were regenerated, for “creation” in the Word denotes regeneration, or the new creation of man (see n. 16, 88).
sRef Rev@21 @19 S7′ sRef Rev@21 @20 S7′ [7] Like things are signified by the precious stones in John:
The foundations of the wall of the city were adorned with every precious stone. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, chalcedony; the fourth, emerald; the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, topaz; the tenth, chrysoprase; the eleventh, jacinth; the twelfth, amethyst (Rev. 21:19, 20).
The subject here treated of is the holy Jerusalem coming down out of heaven, by which is meant a new church among the nations, after the present church in our European world has been vastated; the precious stones which are the foundations denote truths Divine shining through in the ultimate of order.
sRef Isa@54 @11 S8′ sRef Isa@54 @1 S8′ [8] Truth Divine shining through in the ultimate of order, which is the Word in the letter, is especially signified by the “sapphire,” as in Isaiah:
O thou afflicted, and tossed with tempests, and not comforted, behold I will set thy stones with antimony, and lay thy foundations in sapphires (Isa. 54:11).
Here also the subject treated of is the church that will succeed the former, which is meant by “the desolate having more sons than the married one” (verse 1); “setting stones” denotes arranging the truths of the church; “foundations in sapphires” denotes truths shining through in ultimates.
sRef Lam@4 @7 S9′ [9] The same is signified by “sapphire” in Jeremiah:
Her Nazirites were whiter than snow, they were whiter than milk, their bones were redder than pearls,* their polish was sapphire (Lam. 4:7).
In the representative sense “the Nazirites” signified the Lord as to the Divine natural (n. 3301, 6437), consequently also the Divine truth that proceeds from Him in ultimates, which is the Word in the sense of the letter; for the hair, which is here meant by the “Nazirites,” and which is said to be “whiter than snow and whiter than milk,” signifies truth in ultimates (n. 3301, 5247, 5570), “whiteness” being predicated of truth (n. 3301, 5319); the “bones that are red” denote memory-truths, which are the ultimate ones, and serve the others as servants (n. 6592, 8005); “redness” is predicated of the good of love which is in the truths (see n. 3300). From this it is evident that a “sapphire” denotes truth in ultimates translucent from internal truths.
sRef Ezek@1 @26 S10′ [10] In Ezekiel:
Above the expanse that was over the head of the cherubs was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone; and upon the likeness of the throne as it were the appearance of a man sitting upon it (Ezek. 1:26; 10:1).
“Cherubs” denote the guard and providence of the Lord lest there should be any approach to Him except through good (n. 9277); “the throne upon which was the appearance of a man” denotes Divine truth from the Divine good of the Lord (n. 5313, 6397, 9039). From this it is plain that “a sapphire stone” denotes truth translucent from internal truths-namely, a “stone” denotes truth, and a “sapphire” translucence.
[11] That all things of the Word are translucent from the Lord, is because the Divine truth which is from the Lord is the one only thing from which are all things; for that which is first is the one only thing in the sequents and derivatives, because they are and come forth from it; and Divine truth is the Lord. Wherefore also in the supreme sense of the Word nothing is treated of but the Lord alone, His love, His providence, His kingdom in the heavens and on earth, and especially the glorification of His Human.
[12] That Divine truth is the Lord Himself, is evident from the fact that whatever proceeds from anyone is himself, just as that which proceeds from a man while speaking or acting is from his will and understanding; and the will and understanding make the man’s life, thus the man himself. For man is not man from the form of the face and the body; but from the understanding of truth, and the will of good. From this it can be seen that that which proceeds from the Lord is the Lord; that this is Divine truth, has been frequently shown in what goes before.
sRef John@1 @4 S13′ sRef John@1 @9 S13′ sRef John@1 @10 S13′ [13] But he who does not know the arcana of heaven may suppose that the case with the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord is no different from that of the speech which proceeds from a man. But Divine truth is not speech; but is the Divine filling the heavens, just as light and heat from the sun fill the world. This may be illustrated by the spheres that proceed from the angels in heaven (n. 1048, 1053, 1316, 1504-1520, 1695, 2401, 4464, 5179, 6206, 7454, 6598-6613, 8063, 8630, 8794, 8797), and which, as can be seen in the passages here cited, are spheres of the truth of faith and good of love from the Lord. But the Divine sphere which proceeds from the Lord and is called “Divine Truth,” is universal, and as just said fills the whole heaven and makes everything of life there. It appears there before the eyes as light which illumines not only the sight, but also the minds. It is also the same that makes the understanding in man. This is meant in John:
In Him was life, and the life was the light of men. That was the true Light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world; and the world was made through Him (John 1:4, 9-10).
The subject here treated of is the Divine truth, which is called “the Word;” and it is said that the Divine truth, or the Word, is the Lord Himself.
[14] This light, which is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, was pictured by the ancients with radiant circles of a golden color around the head and body of God, represented as a man, for the ancients perceived God no otherwise than under the human form.
[15] When a man is in good, and from good in truths, he is then raised into this Divine light, and into its interior light according to the amount and quality of his good. From this he has a general enlightenment, in which from the Lord he sees innumerable truths, which he perceives from good; and then he is led by the Lord to perceive and be imbued with those truths which are suited to him; and this in respect to the veriest singulars in order, just as is conducive to his eternal life. It is said “in respect to the veriest singulars,” because the universal providence of the Lord is universal because it is in the veriest singulars, for singulars taken together are called “universal” (n. 1919, 6159, 6338, 6482, 6483, 8864, 8865).
* Compare n. 3300:3. [Reviser.]

AC (Potts) n. 9408 sRef Ex@24 @10 S0′ 9408. And as the substance of heaven in respect to cleanness. That this signifies the shining through of the angelic heaven, is evident from the signification of “heaven,” as being the angelic heaven (of which in what follows); and from the signification of the “cleanness,” or purity, of “the substance,” when said of heaven, as being its shining through. It shall be briefly stated what is meant by the shining through of the angelic heaven in connection with the Word. The angelic heaven is said to shine through when truth Divine shines through. For the whole heaven is nothing but a receptacle of truth Divine, because every angel is a reception of it in particular; thus all the angels, or the whole heaven, are so in general. From this, heaven is called “the habitation of God,” and also “the throne of God,” because by “habitation” is signified the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord received in the inmost heaven, which relatively is good (n. 8269, 8309); and by “throne” is signified truth Divine from the Lord received in the middle heaven (n. 5313, 6397, 8625, 9039). As it is truth Divine such as in the heavens which shines through from the sense of the letter of the Word, therefore it is the angelic heaven which shines through; for the Word is Divine truth accommodated to all the heavens; and it consequently conjoins the heavens with the world, that is, angels with men (n. 2143, 7153, 7381, 8920, 9094, 9212, 9216, 9357, 9396). From all this it is evident what is meant by the shining through of the angelic heaven.
[2] That in the internal sense “heaven” denotes the angelic heaven, is from correspondence, and also from the appearance. Hence it is that when mention is made in the Word of “the heavens,” and also of “the heavens of heavens,” in the internal sense are meant the angelic heavens. For the ancients had no other idea of the visible heaven than that the heavenly inhabitants dwell there, and that the stars are their habitations. Similar also at this day is the idea of the simple, and especially of little children. From this also men look upward to heaven when praying earnestly to God. This also is from correspondence; for in the other life a heaven with stars appears, yet not the heaven that appears to men in the world; but a heaven that appears in accordance with the state of intelligence and wisdom of the spirits and angels. The stars there are knowledges of good and truth; and the clouds which are sometimes seen beneath the heaven are of various signification according to their colors, their translucence, and their movements; the blueness of heaven is truth transparent from good. From all this it can be seen that by “the heavens” are signified the angelic heavens; but by “the angelic heavens” are signified truths Divine, because the angels are receptions of the truth Divine that proceeds from the Lord.
sRef Matt@23 @22 S3′ sRef Deut@33 @13 S3′ sRef Amos@9 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@33 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@148 @4 S3′ sRef Dan@8 @10 S3′ sRef Ps@68 @33 S3′ sRef Ps@68 @32 S3′ sRef Matt@5 @34 S3′ sRef Judg@5 @4 S3′ sRef Isa@63 @15 S3′ sRef Mal@3 @10 S3′ sRef Ps@19 @1 S3′ [3] Similar things are signified by “the heavens” in the following passages:
Praise Jehovah ye heavens of heavens, and ye waters that are above the heavens (Ps. 148:4).
Sing psalms to the Lord that rideth upon the heaven of heaven which is of old (Ps. 68:32, 33).
By the word of Jehovah were the heavens made, and all the army of them (Ps. 33:6).
The heavens are telling the glory of God; and the firmament declareth the works of His hands (Ps. 19:1).
Jehovah, when Thou wentest forth out of Seir, the earth trembled; the heavens also dripped, the clouds also dripped water (Judg. 5:4).
The horn of the he-goat grew, even to the army of the heavens; and some of the army and of the stars it cast down to the earth, and trampled upon them (Dan. 8:10).
The Lord Jehovih buildeth in the heavens His steps (Amos 9:6).
If there be food in My house I will open the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing (Mal. 3:10).
Look forth from the heavens, and behold from the habitation of Thy holiness and of Thy comeliness (Isa. 63:15).
Blessed of Jehovah be the land of Joseph, for the precious things of heaven, for the dew (Deut. 33:13).
Jesus said, Swear not by the heaven; for it is the throne of God. He that sweareth by the heaven sweareth by the throne of God, and by Him that sitteth thereon (Matt. 5:34; 23:22).
sRef Isa@45 @18 S4′ sRef Isa@37 @16 S4′ sRef Isa@65 @17 S4′ sRef Isa@50 @3 S4′ sRef Ezek@32 @7 S4′ sRef Isa@44 @24 S4′ sRef Isa@51 @6 S4′ sRef Ezek@32 @8 S4′ sRef Rev@21 @1 S4′ sRef Matt@24 @29 S4′ [4] In these passages, and in many others, by “the heavens” are signified the angelic heavens; and as the Lord’s heaven on earth is the church, by “heaven” is also signified the church; as in the following passages:
I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the former heaven and the former earth were passed away (Rev. 21:1).
Behold I create new heavens and a new earth; therefore the former things shall not be remembered, nor come up upon the heart (Isa. 65:17).
The heavens shall vanish away like smoke, and the earth shall wax old like a garment (Isa. 51:6).
I clothe the heaven with blackness, and I make sackcloth a covering (Isa. 50:3).
I will cover the heavens, and I will blacken the stars thereof; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not make her light to shine; and I will blacken all the luminaries of light in the heaven, and will set darkness upon the land (Ezek. 32:7-8).
After the affliction of those days the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken (Matt. 24:29).
What is here signified by the “sun,” “moon,” “stars,” and “the powers of the heavens,” may be seen above (n. 4056-4060). In Isaiah:
O Jehovah the God of Israel, Thou alone art the God over all the kingdoms of the earth; Thou hast made heaven and earth (Isa. 37:16).
I am Jehovah, that maketh all things; that spreadeth out the heavens alone; that stretcheth out the earth by Myself (Isa. 44:24).
Jehovah that createth the heavens, that formeth the earth and maketh it, and prepareth it, He created it not an emptiness (Isa. 45:18).
sRef Gen@2 @1 S5′ sRef Gen@1 @1 S5′ [5] That by “heaven and earth” in these and in other passages is signified in the internal sense the church; by “heaven” the internal church, and by “earth” the external church, may be seen above (n. 1733, 1850, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535), from which it is evident that by the “creation” in the first chapters of Genesis, where it is said, “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth” (Gen. 1:1); “and the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the army of them” (Gen. 2:1) is meant a new church; for the creation there denotes a new regeneration, which is also called a “new creation,” as can be seen from what was shown in the explications at these chapters.

AC (Potts) n. 9409 sRef Ex@24 @11 S0′ 9409. And unto the sons of Israel who were set apart. That this signifies those who are in the external sense alone separate from the internal, is evident from the representation of the sons of Israel who were apart or separated from Moses, Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and from the seventy elders, and of whom it is said (verse 2) that they “should not go up,” as being those who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal (of which above, n. 9380). It shall be briefly stated here who they are, and of what nature, who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal. They are those who draw from the Word no doctrine of charity and faith, but remain solely in the sense of the letter of the Word. The doctrine of charity and faith is the internal of the Word, and the sense of the letter is its external. They who are in the external sense of the Word apart from the internal, are also in external worship apart from internal, worshiping external things as holy and Divine, and also believing that these things are in themselves holy and Divine, when yet they are holy and Divine only from internal things. (That such were the sons of Jacob, see n. 3479, 4281, 4293, 4307, 4429, 4433, 4680, 4844, 4847, 4865, 4868, 4874, 4899, 4903, 4911, 4913, 6304, 8588, 8788, 8806, 8871.)
[2] For example – they believed that they were pure from all sin and from all guilt when they offered sacrifices and ate of the sacrifices; supposing that in their external form apart from the internal, the sacrifices were the most holy things of worship; and that the oxen, bullocks, lambs, she-goats, sheep, rams, and he-goats were then holy; and that the altar was the most holy of all; in like manner the bread of the meat-offerings, and the wine of the drink-offerings. They also believed that when they washed their garments and their bodies, they were clean; in like manner that the perpetual fire of the altar and the fires of the lamp were holy of themselves, likewise the showbreads and also the oil of anointing, besides all the other things. The reason why they so believed was that they had rejected everything internal, insomuch that they were not willing even to hear anything about internal things; such as that they should love Jehovah for His own sake, and not for the sake of themselves, that they might be exalted to dignities and to wealth above all the nations and peoples in the world. For the same reason they did not wish to hear that the Messiah was to come for their salvation and eternal happiness; but merely in order that they might be pre-eminent to all in the world. Nor did they wish to hear anything about mutual love and charity toward the neighbor, for the sake of the neighbor and his good; but only for the sake of themselves insofar as he favored them. To entertain a hostile disposition, to bear hatred, to revenge, to be cruel, provided they had the least cause for it, they accounted of no moment.
[3] Very differently would they have believed and done if they had been willing to receive the doctrine of love and faith in the Lord and of charity toward the neighbor. They would then have known and believed that the burnt-offerings, sacrifices, meat-offerings, drink-offerings, and eating of the sacrifices, did not purify them from any guilt and sin; but that they were purified by the worship of God, and by repentance from the heart (Deut. 33:19; Jer. 7:21-23; Micah 6:6-8; Hosea 6:6; Ps. 40:6, 8; 51:17-19; 1 Sam. 15:22); in like manner that the washings of garments and of the body do not make anyone clean, but purifications of the heart; in like manner also that the fire of the altar, and the fires of the lamp, and also the showbreads, and likewise the oil of anointing, were not holy of themselves, but by virtue of the internal things which they signified; and that when they were in holy internal things, they were then holy, not from themselves, but from the Lord, from whom is everything holy. The sons of Israel would have known these internal things if they had received the doctrine of love and charity, because this teaches what the external things infold. From this doctrine also the internal sense of the Word is known, because the internal sense of the Word is the very doctrine itself of love to the Lord and of charity toward the neighbor, which also the Lord teaches, saying that “on these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets” (Matt. 22:37-40).
[4] The case is nearly the same at this day in the Christian world, in which, as there is no doctrine of love to the Lord and of charity toward the neighbor, it is scarcely known what celestial love is, and what spiritual love, which is charity. Therefore they are in external things apart from anything internal; for the good of celestial and spiritual love, and the derivative truth of faith, make the internal of man. Hence it is that at the present day also the external sense of the Word, without doctrine as a rule and guide, may be bent wherever one pleases. For the doctrine of faith, apart from the doctrine of love and charity, is like the shade of night; but the doctrine of faith, from the doctrine of love and charity, is like the light of day; because the good which is of love and charity is like flame, and the truth of faith is like the light from it.
[5] Seeing that at the present day the people of the Christian world are of this character – namely, in externals apart from any internal – therefore scarcely any are affected by truth for the sake of truth. From this also it is that they do not even know what good is, what charity is, and what the neighbor; nor what the internal of man is; neither do they know what heaven and hell are, nor that everyone possesses life immediately after death. Such of them as remain in the doctrines of their own church do not care whether they are false or true. They learn them and confirm them, not for the sake of practicing the good of charity from the heart, nor for the sake of the salvation of their souls and their eternal happiness; but for the sake of prosperity in the world, that is, in order that they may gain reputation, honors, and wealth. Hence it is that they have no enlightenment when they read the Word, and that they will utterly deny that there is anything internal in the Word, beyond that which stands forth in the letter. But of the Lord’s Divine mercy more shall be said on this subject elsewhere, from experience.

AC (Potts) n. 9410 sRef Ex@24 @11 S0′ 9410. He sent not His hand. That this signifies that truth is not there in its power, is evident from the signification of the “hand,” as being the power that there is through truth. (That “the hand” denotes power, see n. 878, 3091, 3387, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 5544, 6947, 7011, 7188, 7189, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281, 9025, 9133; and that it is through truth, n. 3091, 3502, 6344, 6423, 8304; also that all the power of truth is from good, thus through good from the Lord, n. 6948, 8200, 9327.) From this it is evident that by “He sent not His hand unto the sons of Israel who were set apart” is signified that truth is not in its power with those who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal. The reason why truth is not in its power with these is that they have been separated from heaven, and therefore from the Lord; for the Word conjoins man with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord, because all things of the sense of the letter of the Word correspond to the spiritual and celestial things in which are the angels, and with which there is no communication if the Word is apprehended merely according to the letter, and not at the same time according to any doctrine of the church, which is the internal of the Word.
sRef Matt@16 @19 S2′ sRef Matt@16 @18 S2′ sRef Matt@18 @18 S2′ [2] Let us take for example the words of the Lord to Peter:
Thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build My church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of the heavens; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in the heavens; and whatsoever thou shall loose on earth shall be loosed in the heavens (Matt. 16:18, 19).
In like manner His words to the disciples:
Verily I say unto you, What things soever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven; and what things soever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven (Matt. 18:18).
They who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal, thus who are separate from the true doctrine of the church, persuade themselves that such a power was given by the Lord to Peter, and also to the rest of the Lord’s disciples. Hence came that infernal heresy that it is in human power to let into heaven and to shut out from heaven whomsoever it will; when yet according to the true doctrine of the church, which is also the internal of the Word, the Lord alone has this power; and therefore those who are in the external sense of the Word and at the same time in its internal sense, apprehend that these things were said of faith and its truths which are from the Lord, and that faith from the Lord, thus the Lord Himself, has this power, and therefore by no means any man.
sRef Rev@3 @7 S3′ sRef Rev@1 @18 S3′ sRef Rev@1 @17 S3′ sRef Isa@22 @22 S3′ [3] That it is so can be seen from the representation of Peter and of the twelve disciples, and from the signification of a “rock,” and likewise from the signification of “keys.” (That Peter represented faith, see the preface to Genesis 18 and 22, also n. 3750, 4738, 6000, 6073; and that the twelve disciples of the Lord, like the twelve tribes of Israel, represented all things of faith and love, n. 3488, 3858, 6397.) That a “rock” signifies the Lord in respect to faith, and thus faith which is from the Lord, may be seen above (n. 8581); and that “keys” signify power, is evident from the passages in the Word where “keys” are mentioned; as in the following passages:
I am the first and the last; he that liveth, and was dead; but behold I am alive unto ages of ages; and I have the keys of hell and of death (Rev. 1:18).
These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth, and He that shutteth, and no man openeth (Rev. 3:7).
The key of the house of David will I lay upon His shoulder; that He may open and none shut, and that He may shut and none open (Isa. 22:22).
That in these passages a “key” denotes power, is manifest; also that the power belongs to the Lord alone.
[4] From all this it can be seen of what quality are those who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal; namely, that they have no conjunction with heaven, thus none with the Lord, as is the case with those who explain these words of the Lord to Peter and to the disciples according to the letter, and thus arrogate to themselves the power of saving mankind, and make themselves gods of heaven and earth; and this from an insane love of self and of the world. Everyone who thinks from sound reason can see and apprehend that man cannot loose one sin, because sin is loosed solely through the formation of a new life; that is, through regeneration from the Lord. (That regeneration goes on up to the end of man’s life in the world, and afterward to eternity, see n. 8548-8553, 8635-8640, 8742-8747, 8853-8858, 8958-8969.)
sRef Rev@12 @8 S5′ sRef Rev@12 @7 S5′ sRef Rev@12 @11 S5′ [5] What truth “in its power” is, shall also be briefly told. That in the Word the angels are called “powers,” and also that they are powers, is known in the church. Yet they are not powers from themselves, but from the Lord, because they are recipients of the truth Divine which is from the Lord. They have such power from the Lord that one of them can drive away, shut up in the hells, and restrain, a thousand of the diabolical crew. For the truth Divine which is from the Lord fills the heavens, and makes the heavens; and if you will believe it, all things have been made and created through it. The Word, which was in the beginning with God, and which was God, through which all things were created, and through which the world was made (John 1:1-14) is Divine truth. That this is the one only substantial thing, from which are all things, few are able to apprehend, because no other idea is at this day held about Divine truth than as of the speech of the mouth of one in authority, in accordance with which his commands are executed; but what idea ought to be held about it may be seen above (n. 9407). The omnipotence of the Divine truth which is from the Lord is described in many passages in the Word; and also in John:
There was war in heaven; Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought, and his angels; but they prevailed not, neither was their place found any more in heaven. They overcame him through the blood of the Lamb, and through the word of their testimony (Rev. 12:7, 8, 11).
That “the blood of the Lamb” denotes the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, see n. 4735, 6978, 7317, 7326, 7850, 9127, 9393, 9395; and that “the word of their testimony” denotes the truth Divine which is received, is plain. [6] They who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal, thus who are separated from the true doctrine of the church, apprehend this prophetic saying no otherwise than according to the letter; namely, that by “blood” is meant blood, thus the Lord’s passion; when yet it is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord that is there meant by “blood.” They who are in the true doctrine of the church are able to know that they are not saved by blood, but by hearing truth Divine, and doing it; thus that those are saved who suffer themselves to be regenerated by the Lord through the Divine truth. This all are able to know, to apprehend, to see, and to perceive, who are in enlightenment from the Lord; thus all who are in the good of charity and of faith, for these are they who are enlightened. This I can avouch – that when I am reading “the blood of the Lamb,” and am thinking of the blood of the Lord, the angels who are with me know no otherwise than that I am reading “the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord,” and that I am thinking about this. But let the simple remain in their doctrine, that they are saved through the Lord’s blood, provided they live in accordance with His Divine truth; for they who so live are enlightened in the other life.

AC (Potts) n. 9411 sRef Ex@24 @11 S0′ 9411. And they saw God. That this signifies faith, is evident from the signification of “seeing God,” as being to be endowed with intelligence and faith; for in the internal sense “to see” denotes to see spiritually; and to see spiritually is to see from faith; hence it is that in the Word “to see” signifies to have faith (n. 2325, 3863, 3869, 4403-4421, 5400, 6805, 9128). That they saw the God of Israel, that is, the Lord, is because the laws promulgated from Mount Sinai signify in a wide sense the Word in its whole complex; and the Word is Divine truth from the Lord, which in its supreme sense treats of the Lord alone. Wherefore they who are in enlightenment when reading the Word, see the Lord; and this takes place from faith and from love. This is effected in the Word alone, and not in any other writing whatever. From this it is plain why Moses, Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and the seventy elders, saw the Lord. That He was seen by them, and not by the sons of Israel who were set apart, is plain from verses 9 and 10 which precede; for it is there said that “Moses went up, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel, and they saw the God of Israel;” and in this verse, “and unto the sons of Israel who were set apart He sent not His hand.” The reason why the former saw God, and not the latter, was that Moses and Aaron represented the Word as to the internal and the external senses (n. 9374), and Nadab and Abihu represented doctrine from both (n. 9375), and the seventy elders represented all who are in good from the truths thence derived (n. 9376, 9404), but the sons of Israel who were set apart represented those who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal.

AC (Potts) n. 9412 sRef Ex@24 @11 S0′ 9412. And did eat and drink. That this signifies instruction about the good and truth of worship, is evident from the signification of “eating,” as being the conjunction and appropriation of good (see n. 2187, 2343, 3168, 3513, 3596, 3832, 4745, 5643); and from the signification of “drinking,” as being the conjunction and appropriation of truth (see n. 3089, 3168, 4017, 4018, 5709, 8562). That it also signifies instruction, namely, “eating” instruction about good, and “drinking” instruction about truth, is because spiritual food is all the good of faith from which is wisdom, and spiritual drink is all the truth of faith from which is intelligence (see n. 56-58, 681, 1480, 3069, 3114, 3168, 3772, 4792, 5147, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5410, 5426, 5487, 5576, 5579, 5582, 5588, 5655, 5915, 8562, 9003). Hence there were instituted among the ancients banquets, feasts, dinners, and suppers, in order that they might be associated together by means of the things of wisdom and intelligence (see n. 3596, 3832, 5161, 7836, 7996, 7997).
sRef Luke@12 @37 S2′ sRef John@6 @51 S2′ sRef John@4 @32 S2′ sRef Luke@22 @30 S2′ sRef John@4 @31 S2′ [2] From this also in the Word “feasts,” “dinners,” and “suppers,” signify associations together in respect to faith and love, as in the following passages:
Many shall come from the east even to the west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the kingdom of the heavens (Matt. 8:11).
Jesus said unto the disciples, Ye shalt eat and drink upon My table in My kingdom (Luke 22:30).
Blessed are those servants whom the Lord when He cometh shall find watching; verily I say unto you that He shall gird Himself, and make them sit down, and shall Himself come and minister to them (Luke 12:37).
The disciples prayed Jesus, saying, Master, eat. But he said unto them, I have food to eat that ye know not of (John 4:31, 32).
Jesus said, I am the living bread that came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live eternally (John 6:51).
That heavenly bread is here meant, is plain. Heavenly bread is all the good of love and of faith from the Lord (n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 3478, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915, 6118, 9323).
sRef Luke@13 @26 S3′ sRef Luke@13 @27 S3′ [3] That “eating and drinking” signify being instructed about the good and truth of faith, is evident from the following passages:
Then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets; but He shall say, I tell you, I know not whence ye are; depart from Me, all ye workers of iniquity (Luke 13:26, 27);
“to eat and drink in the Lord’s presence” denotes to instruct from the Word about the goods and truths of faith; “to teach in the streets” denotes to preach truths from the Word of the Lord, for preaching was formerly done in the streets, because “streets” signify the truths of doctrine of the church (n. 2336).
sRef Isa@55 @4 S4′ sRef Isa@55 @3 S4′ sRef Isa@55 @1 S4′ sRef Isa@55 @2 S4′ sRef Isa@55 @5 S4′ [4] In Isaiah:
Everyone that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no silver, come ye, buy and eat; come, buy wine and milk without silver and without price. Wherefore do ye weigh out silver for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? Attending attend ye unto Me, and eat ye that which is good, that your soul may delight itself in fatness. Incline your ear, and come unto Me; hear, that your soul may live. Behold, I have given him for a witness to the peoples, a prince and a lawgiver to the nations (Isa. 55:1-4).
That “eating and drinking” here denote to be instructed by the Lord; and that “waters,” “wine,” “milk,” “bread,” and “fatness” denote the things of the truth and good of faith from Him, is plain, for it is said, “Incline your ear, come unto Me; hear, that your soul may live. Behold I have given him for a witness to the peoples, a prince and lawgiver to the nations.”
sRef Amos@8 @11 S5′ sRef Ezek@4 @16 S5′ sRef Ezek@4 @17 S5′ [5] In Ezekiel:
Behold I break the staff of bread in Jerusalem; that they may eat bread by weight, and with anxiety; and drink waters by measure, and with amazement; and they shall lack bread and water, and pine away because of their iniquity (Ezek. 4:16, 17).
“To eat bread and drink waters” denotes to be instructed in the goods and truths of faith (n. 9323). In like manner in Amos:
Behold the days come, in which I will send a famine in the land; not a famine for bread, nor a thirst for waters; but for hearing the words of Jehovah (Amos 8:11);
that “a famine for bread,” and “a thirst for waters,” denote scarcity and deficiency of the knowledges of good and truth, see n. 3364, 4958, 5277, 5279, 5281, 5300, 5360, 5376, 5415, 5568, 5576, 5579, 5893, 6110.
sRef Matt@26 @29 S6′ sRef Luke@24 @30 S6′ sRef Luke@24 @29 S6′ sRef Matt@26 @28 S6′ sRef Matt@26 @27 S6′ sRef Matt@26 @26 S6′ sRef Luke@24 @31 S6′ [6] From all this it can be seen what is signified by the eyes of the disciples being opened, and their knowing the Lord, when He brake the bread and gave it to them (Luke 24:29-31); for “breaking the bread and giving it to them” in the spiritual world signifies to instruct in the good and truth of faith, by means of which the Lord appears; also what is signified by the bread and wine, and by eating and drinking, in the Holy Supper; and again what is signified by the Lord’s saying unto His disciples after its institution, that “He would not drink of that product of the vine until that day when He should drink it with them new in the Father’s kingdom” (Matt. 26:26-29). The reason why “eating and drinking” denote instruction about the good and truth of worship, is that it was done after the sacrifices, and likewise from the sacrifices, and the sacrifices represented in general all worship (see n. 9391).

AC (Potts) n. 9413 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @13 S0′ 9413. Verses 12-15. And Jehovah said unto Moses, Come up to Me into the mountain, and be thou there; and I will give thee the tables of stone, and the law, and the commandment, which I will write to teach them. And Moses rose up, and Joshua his minister; and Moses went up unto the mountain of God. And he said unto the elders, Sit ye here for us, until we return unto you; and behold Aaron and Hur are with you; whosoever hath words, let him come near unto them. And Moses went up unto the mountain, and the cloud covered the mountain. “And Jehovah said unto Moses,” signifies instruction from the Lord for those who are in the external sense; “Come up to Me into the mountain, and be thou there,” signifies the presence of the Lord with them through an intermediate; “and I will give thee the tables of stone,” signifies the book of the law, that is, the Word in the whole complex; “and the law and the commandment,” signifies truth in general and in particular; “which I will write to teach them,” signifies for remembrance and for instruction; “and Moses rose up, and Joshua his minister,” signifies the Word and the representative; “and Moses went up unto the mountain of God,” signifies toward heaven; “and he said unto the elders,” signifies those who are in the external sense alone; “Sit ye here for us,” signifies that they should remain in it; “until we return unto you,” signifies until there is an answer; “and behold Aaron and Hur are with you,” signifies the doctrine of truth from such a Word; “whosoever hath words, let him come near unto them,” signifies that falsities are thereby to be removed; “and Moses went up unto the mountain,” signifies to heaven; “and the cloud covered the mountain,” signifies the external things of the Word.

AC (Potts) n. 9414 sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ 9414. And Jehovah said unto Moses. That this signifies instruction from the Lord for those who are in the external sense, is evident from the signification of “saying,” as being instruction, when it involves the things which follow and give instruction (see also n. 7186, 7241, 7267, 7304, 7380, 7517, 7769, 7793, 7825, 8041); that it is from the Lord is because by “Jehovah” in the Word is meant the Lord (see n. 1343, 1736, 1793, 2004, 2005, 2018, 2025, 2921, 3023, 3035, 5663, 6280, 6281, 6303, 6905, 8274, 8864, 9315); and from the representation of Moses, as being that which mediates between the Lord and the people, thus the Word in respect to its holy external, for this is what mediates. That Moses now begins to have this representation, is evident from the series of what follows. For that people was in the external of the Word, and from this in the external of worship separate from what is internal (n. 9380). They who are of such a character cannot possibly have holy communication with the Lord, still less conjunction, except through an intermediate. How the case is in regard to this, will be unfolded more fully below (n. 9419).
sRef Ex@33 @1 S2′ sRef Ex@32 @7 S2′ [2] That this people was in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal, and consequently in the like worship, is very manifest from what follows. For after forty days they fell back altogether and worshiped a golden calf instead of Jehovah. Wherefore also Moses then cast away the tables out of his hand, and broke them; and afterward he was commanded to hew out other tables, upon which the same words should be written. By this was signified that this people was by no means willing to acknowledge any doctrinal thing from the internal sense of the Word, such as there is in heaven; but only from its external sense separate from the internal, such as is even at this day among them. Wherefore also that people was no longer called the “people of Jehovah,” but the “people of Moses,” as in the following passages:
Jehovah spoke unto Moses, Go, get thee down; for thy people, which thou madest to come up out of the land of Egypt, have corrupted themselves (Exod. 32:7).
Jehovah spoke unto Moses, Depart, go up hence, thou and the people which thou hast made to come up out of the land of Egypt (Exod. 33:1).
On this account also they were afterward removed from the mountain: “No man shall come up with thee, and also no man shall be seen in the whole mountain; and no flock or herd shall feed over against this mountain” (Exod. 34:3); for by “Mount Sinai” is signified the law, or Divine truth, and the Word, such as it is in heaven; thus also heaven (n. 8399, 8753, 8793, 8805). The reason why Moses previously represented the Word in general, that is, both as to its internal sense and as to its external sense, was that the subject there treated of was the promulgation of the law, which signified the revelation of Divine truth in general; for it was the beginning of revelation, seeing that everything else in the Word was written afterward.

AC (Potts) n. 9415 sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ 9415. Come up to Me into the mountain, and be thou there. That this signifies the Lord’s presence with them through an intermediate, is evident from the signification of “coming up,” as being elevation toward higher, that is, more interior, things (see n. 3084, 4539, 4969, 5406, 5817, 6007), and consequently conjunction with them (n. 8760, 9373). That it denotes the presence of the Lord, is because it is said, “Come up to Me into the mountain, and be thou there;” for by Jehovah, to whom he was to go up, is meant the Lord (see above, n. 9414); and by “Mount Sinai” is signified the Word which is from the Lord, thus in which is the Lord (n. 8399, 8753, 8793, 8805), consequently also heaven; for the Word is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord; and heaven is the receptacle of truth Divine, thus of the Lord Himself, as has been frequently shown above. From this it is plain that by “coming up to Jehovah into the mountain” is signified the presence of the Lord. That “with the people through an intermediate” is signified, is because Moses now represents the people as their head, thus as what mediates, as was said just above (n. 9414).
sRef John@14 @23 S2′ sRef John@3 @27 S2′ sRef John@15 @5 S2′ [2] It is said “the presence of the Lord with them through an intermediate,” because the Lord makes Himself present with man, but not man with the Lord. For all the good of love and truth of faith come from the Lord; and nothing whatever of good and of truth comes from man. Wherefore the presence of the Lord is with those who admit Him; that is, with those who in faith and love receive the truth Divine which is from Him. That the Lord comes to these, and not they to Him, the Lord Himself teaches in John:
He that loveth Me keepeth My word, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him (John 14:23).
He that abideth in Me, and I in Him, the same beareth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing (John 15:5).
A man can receive nothing except it be given him from heaven (John 3:27).

AC (Potts) n. 9416 sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ 9416. And I will give thee the tables of stone. That this signifies the book of the law, or the Word in the whole complex, is evident from the signification of “the tables,” as being that whereon were written the things which are of doctrine and of life, here the things which are of heavenly doctrine and of a life in accordance therewith. That these tables signify the book of the law, that is, the Word in the whole complex, is because the things which were inscribed on them contained in general all things that belong to heavenly life and doctrine. Wherefore also those things which were inscribed on them are called “the ten words” (Exod. 34:28; Deut. 10:4); for by “ten” in the internal sense are signified all; and by “words” are signified the truths of doctrine, and the goods of life. (That “ten” denotes all, see n. 3107, 4638, 8468, 8540; that “words” denote the truths and goods of life and doctrine, n. 1288, 4692, 5272.) For this reason these tables signify the Word in the whole complex; in like manner as the law, which in a close sense signifies what was inscribed on these tables; in a less close sense the Word written by Moses; in a wide sense the historic Word; and in the widest sense the Word in its whole complex; as may be seen above (n. 6752). Moreover, the things inscribed on these tables were the first of the revelation of Divine truth, and were proclaimed by the Lord before all the people of Israel with a living voice. The things which are first signify all the rest in their order; and their being proclaimed by the Lord with a living voice signifies immediate Divine inspiration in the rest also. The reason why these tables were of stone was that “stone” signifies truth (n. 643, 1298, 3720, 6426), properly truth in ultimates (n. 8609); truth Divine in ultimates is the Word in the letter, such as it is on this earth (n. 9360).
sRef Ex@24 @8 S2′ sRef Josh@6 @8 S2′ sRef Ex@24 @6 S2′ sRef Josh@6 @6 S2′ [2] The reason why there was not one table, but two, was that there might be represented the conjunction of the Lord through the Word with the church, and through the church with the human race. Therefore they are also called “the tables of the covenant” (Deut. 9:9, 11, 15); and the words inscribed are called “the words of the covenant” (Exod. 34:27, 28), and also “the covenant” (Deut. 4:13, 23); and the ark itself, in which the tables were placed, was called “the ark of the covenant” (Num. 10:33; 14:44; Deut. 10:8; 31:9, 25, 26; Josh. 3:3, 6, 8, 11, 14, 17; 4:7, 9, 18; 6:6, 8; 8:33; Judges 20:27; 1 Sam. 4:3-5; 2 Sam. 15:24; 1 Kings 3:15; 6:19; 8:1, 6; Jer. 3:16); for a “covenant” denotes conjunction (n. 665, 666, 1023, 1038, 1864, 1996, 2003, 2021, 6804, 8767, 8778, 9396). Wherefore these tables were divided the one from the other; but were joined together by attachment; and the writing was continued from one table on to the other, as though it was upon one table; but not according to the common opinion, some commandments upon one table, and some upon the other. For by one being divided into two, and by the two being thus joined together, or placed beside each other, is signified the conjunction of the Lord with man. For this reason covenants were entered into in a similar way; as with Abraham by a she-calf, a she-goat, and a ram divided in the middle, and by one part being placed opposite the other (Gen. 15:9-12); in this chapter also by the blood being put in basins, and half of it being sprinkled on the altar, and half upon the people (verses 6, 8); and in general by all the sacrifices, a part of which was burnt upon the altar, and a part was given to the people to eat. The like was also represented by the breaking of bread by the Lord (Matt. 14:19; 15:36; 26:26; Mark 6:41; 8:6; 14:22; Luke 9:16; 22:19; 24:30, 35). Hence also it is that by “two” in the Word is signified conjunction (n. 5194, 8423), here, that of the Lord and heaven, or of the Lord and the church, thus also of good and truth, which conjunction is called the heavenly marriage. From this it can be seen why there were two tables, and why they were written on the two sides, on the one side and on the other (Exod. 32:15, 16).
sRef Isa@30 @8 S3′ sRef Hab@2 @3 S3′ sRef Jer@17 @1 S3′ sRef Hab@2 @2 S3′ [3] Moreover, “writing” and “engraving” on “tables” signify in the Word those things which must be impressed on the memory and on the life, and which are therefore to be lasting; as in the following passages:
Write it before them on a table, and impress it on a book, that it may be for the latter day forever even to eternity (Isa. 30:8).
The sin of Judah is written with a pen of iron, with a point of a diamond; it is graven upon the table of their heart, and upon the horns of your altars (Jer. 17:1).
Jehovah said, Write the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that readeth it. For the vision is yet for the appointed time; though it tarry, wait for it; because coming it will come (Hab. 2:2-3).

AC (Potts) n. 9417 sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ 9417. And the law and the commandment. That this signifies truth in general and in particular, is evident from the signification of “the law,” as being truth in general; and from the signification of “the commandment,” as being truth in particular. In the Word a distinction is made between “commandments,” “judgments,” and “statutes;” and by “commandments” are meant those things which are of life, by “judgments” those which are of the civil state, and by “statutes” those which are of worship (n. 8972). But all these are called by the general term “law;” and the particulars of the law are called “commandments,” as is evident from many passages in the Word. Consequently when mention is made of “law and commandment,” there is meant truth in general and in particular.

AC (Potts) n. 9418 sRef Ex@24 @12 S0′ 9418. Which I will write to teach them. That this signifies for remembrance and for instruction, is evident from the signification of “writing,” as being for remembrance (see n. 8620); and that “writing to teach” denotes for instruction is evident.

AC (Potts) n. 9419 sRef Ex@24 @13 S0′ 9419. And Moses rose up, and Joshua his minister. That this signifies the Word and the representative, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being that which mediates between the Lord and the people who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal, thus also the Word, in accordance with what was shown just above (n. 9414); and from the representation of Joshua his minister, as being the representative. That Joshua here denotes the representative, is because the representative serves and ministers, in order that the external things of the Word and of worship may be presented to the Lord through the intermediate, which was Moses. But these things are of such a nature that they can with difficulty fall into ideas, except with those who know how the external or literal sense of the Word is presented representatively in heaven; namely, that it is presented in one manner with those who are in the external sense and at the same time in the internal, who are those in the external sense of the Word and at the same time in the true doctrine of the church; and in a different manner with those who are in the external sense separate from the internal, as was the case with this people. (In what manner it was effected with this people, see n. 4311.)
[2] From this some idea can be formed of the intermediate which Moses represents, and the ministering representative which Joshua represents; namely, that the holy internal that belongs to the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus to the Word and the consequent worship, flows into heaven and is there received by the angels; and also that mediately through this holy internal, and also immediately, there flows in from the Lord a holiness into the good spirits who are with the man who is reading the Word, or is engaged in the derivative worship. This holiness is called the holy external; and when this flows in with man it presents representatives according to the correspondences with him. From all this it can be seen how the case is with the Intermediation which Moses now represents, and with the Ministry which Joshua represents; namely, that the holy external is the intermediate; and that the representative, which is the ultimate of order, is the ministry. But be it known that such is the nature of the influx of Divine truth that it does not fall into a human idea unless this is enlightened by the Lord; for a man perceives no otherwise than that the holiness of the Word and of worship inflows from man to the Lord. But this order is inverted order, and is called “physical influx.” (That this influx is apparent, and by no means real, see what has been shown in the passages cited above, n. 9223, 9227.)

AC (Potts) n. 9420 sRef Ex@24 @13 S0′ 9420. And Moses went up unto the mountain of God. That this signifies toward heaven, is evident from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” which is here “the mountain of God,” as being the Law or Divine truth which is from the Lord, thus the Word such as it is in heaven, consequently also heaven (see n. 8399, 8753, 8793, 8805). The reason why the revelation was made on a mountain, and this mountain is called “the mountain of God,” is that a “mountain” signifies the celestial of love, which is good, and consequently it signifies heaven, and in the supreme sense the Lord (n. 795, 796, 2722, 4210, 6435, 8327); and “the mountain of God” signifies Divine truth from the Divine good of the Lord’s Divine love (n. 8758); for in the Word the Lord is called “God” from Divine truth, and “Jehovah” from Divine good (n. 2769, 2807, 2822, 3921, 4295, 4402, 7010, 7268, 8192, 8301, 8988, 9167). From this it is called “the mountain of God.”
sRef Judg@5 @4 S2′ sRef Ps@68 @8 S2′ sRef Ps@68 @17 S2′ sRef Judg@5 @5 S2′ sRef Deut@33 @2 S2′ [2] That “Mount Sinai” denotes the Law, or the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord, thus the Word, and in the supreme sense the Lord, is evident in David:
The earth trembled, the heavens also dripped at the presence of God; even this Sinai at the presence of God, the God of Israel. The chariots of God are two myriads, thousands of peaceful ones; the Lord is in them, Sinai is in the sanctuary (Ps. 68:8, 17);
that “the earth” and “the heavens” denote the external and the internal of the church, see n. 1733, 2117, 2118, 3355, 4535; and that a “chariot” denotes doctrine, n. 2760, 5321, 8146, 8148, 8215. Hence “the chariots of God” denote doctrinal things, or truths Divine, such as are in the heavens. From this it is plain that by “this Sinai at the presence of God, the God of Israel,” and by “Sinai in the sanctuary,” is signified the Law, or Divine truth proceeding from the Divine good of the Lord, and in the supreme sense the Lord in heaven. In the book of Judges:
Jehovah, when Thou wentest forth out of Seir, when Thou marched out of the field of Edom, the earth trembled, the heavens also dripped, the clouds also dripped water. The mountains flowed down before Jehovah, this Sinai before Jehovah (Judg. 5:4, 5);
where also “this Sinai” denotes the Divine truth proceeding from the Divine good of the Lord. In like manner in Moses:
Jehovah came from Sinai, and rose from Seir unto them; He shone forth from Mount Paran, and He came from the myriads of holiness; from His right hand was the fire of the law to them (Deut. 33:2).

AC (Potts) n. 9421 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ 9421. And he said unto the elders. That this signifies those who are in the external sense alone, is evident from the signification of “the elders,” as being those who are in the external sense alone. That the elders of the Israelitish people here represent these, is because they were the heads of the people, and, so represented the whole people. That these were in the external sense of the Word without the internal, has been often shown above. For when Moses went up to the mountain, he represented the holy external of the Word, which is intermediate, or a medium, between its holy internal and the representative which is of the external sense (see n. 9414, 9419). Hence it follows that the elders who were seated beneath the mountain, and thus separated from Moses, represented the external sense alone; for Moses said unto them, “Sit ye here for us, until we return unto you.”

AC (Potts) n. 9422 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ 9422. Sit ye here for us. That this signifies that they should remain in it, is evident from the signification of “sitting here,” namely, in this place, or under the mountain, as being to remain in the external sense. “To sit” in a place denotes to remain in one’s state, and “under the mountain” denotes in the external sense of the Word; for by “sitting” is signified remaining, as will be evident from what follows. By “place” is signified state, and by “Mount Sinai” is signified the Law, or Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus the Word (see n. 9420); by its summit, where Jehovah or the Lord was (Exod. 19:20) is signified the highest or inmost of the Law, that is, of the Word (see n. 8827); by all the rest of the mountain that was below the summit is signified the internal of the Law or of the Word, such as it is in heaven; and by what was beneath the mountain, where were the elders and the people, is signified the external of the Law or of the Word, which is its external sense. Thus are represented in the Word the inmost, the interior, and the exterior, of the things signified by “the mountain;” here the inmost, the interior, and the exterior things of the Law or of the Word, for “Mount Sinai” signifies the Law, or the Word (n. 9420). From this it is plain that by “Sit ye here for us,” is signified that they should remain in the external sense.
sRef Judg@21 @2 S2′ sRef Judg@20 @26 S2′ [2] That it is said “sit” is because “sitting” signifies remaining in a state; for movements from place to place signify changes of state of the interiors, as can be seen from what has been already shown (n. 2837, 3356, 3387, 4321, 4882, 5605, 7381). Consequently “sitting” signifies a permanent abiding in the state of the interiors. Because “sitting” has such a signification, therefore to sit was one of the rituals received among the sons of Israel when they represented a permanent state of the interiors; as in the book of Judges:
The sons of Israel came unto Bethel, and wept, and sat there before Jehovah, and fasted that day until the evening (Judg. 20:26).
The people came to Bethel, and sat there till even before God, and lifted up their voice, and wept with a great weeping (Judg. 21:2).
Here by “sitting” is signified permanence in a state of grief.
sRef Matt@20 @21 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @8 S3′ sRef Jer@15 @17 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @1 S3′ sRef Jer@16 @8 S3′ sRef Micah@5 @4 S3′ sRef Matt@26 @64 S3′ sRef Isa@42 @7 S3′ sRef Ps@139 @2 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @5 S3′ sRef Matt@26 @63 S3′ [3] From this it can be seen why “sitting” is spoken of, and what it infolds in the following passages:
Jehovah, Thou hast known my downsitting and mine uprising; Thou hast understood my thought afar off (Ps. 139:2).
Thou shalt not go into the house of feasting to sit with them (Jer. 16:8).
Then he shall stand and shall feed in the strength of Jehovah his God; and they shall sit (Micah 5:4).
Come down, and sit on the dust, O virgin daughter of Babylon; sit on the earth. Sit thou in silence, and enter into darkness, O daughter of the Chaldeans; she saith in her heart, I shall not sit a widow (Isa. 47:1, 5, 8).
In like manner in other passages: as “sitting in darkness” (Isa. 42:7); “sitting in the assembly,” and “sitting alone” (Jer. 15:17); “sitting on the right hand and on the left” (Matt. 20:21), denoting to remain in a state of power over others; and “sitting on the right hand of the power of God” (Matt. 26:63, 64; Mark 14:62; 16:19), speaking of the Lord, and denoting that the Divine omnipotence shall endure forever.

AC (Potts) n. 9423 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ 9423. Until we return. That this signifies until there is an answer, is evident from the signification of “returning,” as being an answer; for when by “sitting here” is signified to remain in this state (see n. 9422), by “returning” is signified that they were to be instructed about what should then be done; thus an answer.

AC (Potts) n. 9424 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ 9424. And behold Aaron and Hur are with you. That this signifies the doctrine of truth from such a Word, is evident from the representation of Aaron, as being the Word in the external sense, and also the doctrine of good and truth (see n. 6998, 7009, 7089); here the doctrine of truth from this sense alone, because by “the elders,” over whom Aaron below the mountain presided as the head, are signified those who are in the external sense of the Word (see n. 9421); and from the representation of Hur, when adjoined to Aaron, as being the truth of this doctrine, which was also represented by Hur when together with Aaron he held up the hands of Moses (Exod. 17:10-12; n. 8603, 8611); for truths out of the Word from which is doctrine, support the Word, which was then represented by Moses.
[2] Occasion again offering, it shall be briefly told how the case is with the support of the Word by doctrine that is from the Word. He who does not know the arcana of heaven must needs believe that the Word is supported without doctrine from it; for he supposes that the Word in the letter, or the literal sense of the Word, is doctrine itself. But be it known that all the doctrine of the church must be from the Word, and that the doctrine from any other source than the Word is not doctrine in which there is anything of the church, still less anything of heaven. But the doctrine must be collected from the Word, and while it is being collected, the man must be in enlightenment from the Lord; and he is in enlightenment when he is in the love of truth for the sake of truth, and not for the sake of self and the world. These are they who are enlightened in the Word when they read it, and who see truth, and from it make doctrine for themselves. The reason of this is that such communicate with heaven, thus with the Lord; and being enlightened by the Lord in this way they are led to see the truths of the Word such as they are in heaven; for the Lord inflows through heaven into their understandings, because it is the man’s interior understanding that is enlightened. And at the same time the Lord flows in with faith, by means of the cooperation of the new will, a feature of which is to be affected with truth for the sake of truth. From all this it can now be seen how the doctrine of truth and good is given man by the Lord.
[3] That this doctrine supports the Word in respect to its literal or external sense, is plain to everyone who reflects; for everyone in the church who thinks from doctrine sees truths in the Word from his doctrine and according thereto, and explains those which do not coincide with it; and those which seem to be opposed to it he passes by as though he did not see or understand them; that all do so, even heretics, is known. But they who are in the genuine doctrine of truth from the Word, and in enlightenment when they read the Word, see everywhere truths that agree, and nothing whatever that is opposed; for they do not dwell upon what is said therein according to appearances, and according to the common apprehension of men, because they know that if the appearances are unfolded, and as it were unswathed, the truth is laid bare. Nor are they led astray by falsities from the fallacies of the external senses, as is the case with heretics and fanatics, especially with Jews and Socinians; nor by falsities from the loves of self and the world, as is the case with those who are meant by “Babel.” As none of these can be enlightened, they hatch out from the external sense alone a doctrine in favor of their own loves, and add thereto many things from their own; whereby the Word is by no means supported; but falls. Be it known that the internal sense of the Word contains the genuine doctrine of the church.
sRef Ezek@8 @11 S4′ sRef Ezek@8 @10 S4′ [4] From all this it is now evident what is the quality of the doctrine here represented by Aaron and Hur, which, being solely from the external sense of the Word apart from the internal, was merely idolatrous. On this account it is said of Aaron, by whom such doctrine was represented, that he made an idol, or golden calf (Exod. 32:2-5, 20, 35; Deut. 9:21). Moreover, in the Word such doctrines are described by “idols,” as in the prophets throughout. In Ezekiel:
I went in and saw all the idols of the house of Israel portrayed upon the wall round about. And there stood before them seventy men of the elders of the house of Israel, and each had his censer in his hand; and abundance of a cloud of incense went up (Ezek. 8:10, 11);
here “the idols of the house of Israel” denote doctrines from the external sense only of the Word, not through enlightenment from the Lord, but through man’s own intelligence, thus falsities; worship in accordance with these is signified by “a censer in the hand of each,” and by “abundance of a cloud of incense.”
sRef Hos@13 @2 S5′ [5] In Hosea:
They sin more and more, they make them a molten image of their silver, in their own intelligence, all the work of the craftsmen; saying to them, Sacrificing a man, they kiss calves (Hos. 13:2).
“A molten image of silver,” and “the work of the craftsmen,” denote doctrine from one’s own intelligence, and not from the Lord, thus from the external sense of the Word separate from the internal sense, which is the case with those who are solely in external things, and not at the same time in internal things; that is, with those who are in the loves of self and of the world, and not in love to the Lord and in love toward the neighbor.
sRef Isa@2 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@2 @21 S6′ [6] In Isaiah:
In that day a man shall cast away the idols of his silver, and the idols of his gold, which they made for themselves, to bow down to moles and to bats; to enter into the clefts of the rocks, and into the clefts of the crags (Isa. 2:20, 21; 31:7);
“the idols of silver” denote falsities of doctrine; and “the idols of gold,” evils of doctrine; “to bow down to moles and bats, and to enter into the clefts of the rocks and the crags” denotes worship from the falsities and the evils of faith.
sRef Isa@48 @5 S7′ sRef Isa@30 @22 S7′ [7] In the same:
Ye shall judge unclean the covering of the graven images of thy silver, and the clothing of the molten image of thy gold; thou shalt scatter them as a menstruous cloth; thou shalt call it dung (Isa. 30:22);
“the covering of the graven images of silver, and the clothing of the molten image of gold” denote memory-knowledges of falsity and evil, which are acknowledged and worshiped instead of truths and goods. In the same:
I told thee thenceforth, lest thou shouldest say, Mine idol hath done these things, and my graven image; and my molten image hath commanded them (Isa. 48:5).
Here also “idol,” “graven image,” and “molten image,” denote doctrinal things from man’s own intelligence.
sRef Jer@10 @15 S8′ sRef Hab@2 @18 S8′ sRef Jer@10 @14 S8′ [8] In like manner in Jeremiah:
Every man is become foolish from knowledge; every founder is put to shame by His graven image; because his molten image is a lie, and there is no breath in them; they are vanity, a work of delusions (Jer. 10:14, 15).
Here also “graven image” and “molten image” denote doctrinal things from man’s own intelligence, which in the external form, because from the external sense of the Word, appear like truths, but in their internal form are falsities; therefore such a man is said to be “foolish from knowledge, and his molten image a lie,” and that “there is no breath in them;” they are also called “vanity,” and “a work of delusions.” In like manner in Habakkuk:
What profiteth the graven image, that the maker thereof hath graven it; the molten image, and the teacher of a lie, that the fabricator of his figment trusteth therein? (Hab. 2:18).
sRef Isa@40 @19 S9′ sRef Isa@40 @20 S9′ [9] In Isaiah:
The craftsman foundeth a graven image, and the metal-caster overlayeth it with gold, and casteth chains of silver; he seeketh for himself a wise craftsman to prepare a graven image (Isa. 40:19-20);
here in like manner “a graven image” denotes doctrine from man’s own intelligence. The likeness to truth, induced on it through the Word from its external sense only, and at the same time from fallacies and outward appearances, is signified by “the metal-caster overlaying it with gold, and casting chains of silver, and seeking a wise craftsman to prepare it.”
sRef Isa@44 @12 S10′ sRef Isa@44 @11 S10′ sRef Isa@44 @13 S10′ sRef Isa@44 @10 S10′ sRef Isa@44 @9 S10′ [10] In the same:
They that fashion a graven image are all vanity, and their most wished for things do not profit. He fashioneth the iron with the tongs, and worketh in the coals, and shapeth it with sharp hammers, and worketh it with the arm of his strength. He fashioneth wood, he stretcheth out a line, and marketh it out with a rule; he maketh it in the corners, and marketh it out with the compasses, and maketh it in the form of a man, according to the beauty of a man, to dwell in the house (Isa. 44:9, 13).
Here is described the formation of doctrine from man’s own intelligence, and not from any enlightenment from the Lord; and how a likeness of truth is induced on falsities by applications of the Word from its external sense alone, and by reasonings from the fallacies of the senses. Wherefore it is said that he “maketh it in the form of a man, according to the beauty of a man, to dwell in the house.” From this there is a likeness of truth in the external form; but falsity in the internal. There is falsity in the internal form when truths are not thought of rightly; for one and the same truth is thought of differently by one person from what it is by another; but falsely by all who are in evil; for one truth consists of an infinite number of other truths; but in the case of those who are in evil it consists of an infinite number of falsities. Consequently with the latter there is no life in this truth; and this is meant by there being “no breath in them,” and by their “not hearing, nor seeing, nor understanding” (Jer. 51:17; Ps. 115:4-6). This is like the portrait of a man, which is inwardly nothing but clay, as compared with the form of the man himself, within which there is life, and heavenly beauty, if truths from good are therein.

AC (Potts) n. 9425 sRef Ex@24 @14 S0′ 9425. Whosoever hath words, let him come near unto them. That this signifies that falsities are thereby to be removed, is evident from the signification of “having words,” as being to dispute about truths; for “words” denote truths (see n. 1288, 4692, 5272); and from the signification of “coming near unto them,” as being that they may be judged from that doctrine; for by “Aaron and Hur,” to whom they were to “come near,” is signified doctrine from the external sense of the Word; and also that falsities are to be removed, for he removes falsities who in a dispute about truths judges from doctrine. That Aaron, however, did not remove falsities, but removed truths, is evident from the worship of the calf instead of Jehovah; of which in what follows. For, as just said, those who teach the external things of the Word apart from anything internal, thus without the genuine doctrine of good and truth, do not discriminate between truth and falsity, nor between good and evil; but call that truth which favors the fallacies of the senses, and that good which favors concupiscences. Thus they call falsity truth, and evil they call good.

AC (Potts) n. 9426 sRef Ex@24 @15 S0′ 9426. And Moses went up unto the mountain. That this signifies to heaven, is evident from what was unfolded above (n. 9420), where the same words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 9427 sRef Ex@24 @15 S0′ 9427. And the cloud covered the mountain. That this signifies the external things of the Word, is evident from the signification of “the cloud,” as being the external of the Word, that is, its literal sense (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8443, 8781, 8814, 8819); and from the signification of this “mountain which the cloud covered,” as being the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, thus the Word; and as the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord makes heaven, by this “mountain” is also signified heaven (n. 9420). Hence by “the cloud covered the mountain” is signified the external sense of the Word which covers the internal sense, and also heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9428 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @17 S0′ 9428. Verses 16-18. And the glory of Jehovah tarried upon Mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days; and on the seventh day He called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud. And the aspect of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain in the eyes of the sons of Israel. And Moses entered into the midst of the cloud, and went up unto the mountain; and Moses was in the mountain forty days and forty nights. “And the glory of Jehovah tarried upon Mount Sinai,” signifies the interior things of the Word of the Lord in heaven; “and the cloud covered it,” signifies the ultimate of the Word, which is thus relatively obscure; “six days,” signifies when in a state of truth; “and on the seventh day He called unto Moses,” signifies the coming of the Lord when truth has been conjoined with good; “out of the midst of the cloud,” signifies out of the obscurity there was before; “and the aspect of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain in the eyes of the sons of Israel,” signifies Divine truth in heaven itself resplendent from the good of love, but injuring and vastating with those who are in its external separate from the internal; “and Moses entered into the midst of the cloud,” signifies the Word in the external sense; “and went up unto the mountain,” signifies elevation to heaven; “and Moses was in the mountain forty days and forty nights,” signifies what is complete in respect to instruction and influx.

AC (Potts) n. 9429 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ 9429. And the glory of Jehovah tarried upon Mount Sinai. That this signifies the interior things of the Word of the Lord in heaven, is evident from the signification of “the glory of Jehovah,” when said of the Word, as being its internal sense, thus the interior things of the Word (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 5922); and from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, and consequently heaven (of which above, n. 9420, 9427). That the interior things of the Word are called “glory” is because the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord as a sun is the light in heaven which gives sight to the angels there, and at the same time intelligence and wisdom (n. 1531, 1619-1632, 2776, 3138, 3167, 3190, 3195, 3339, 3341, 3636, 3643, 3862, 3993, 4302, 4415, 4527, 5400, 6313, 6608, 6905, 6907, 8644, 8707, 8861). From this Divine light is all the glory in heaven, which is such as to surpass all human apprehension. From this it is plain why the internal sense of the Word is meant by “glory;” for the internal sense of the Word is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord in heaven, thus is the light from which is all the glory there.
sRef Matt@24 @30 S2′ sRef Luke@21 @27 S2′ sRef John@13 @31 S2′ sRef Luke@24 @26 S2′ sRef Luke@9 @30 S2′ sRef John@13 @32 S2′ sRef Luke@9 @31 S2′ sRef Matt@25 @31 S2′ [2] This is meant by “glory” in many passages of the Word, as that they should “see the Son of man in a cloud with glory” (Matt. 24:30; Luke 21:27); and that the Lord, after He had suffered, was to “enter into His glory” (Luke 24:26); that “when He should come in His glory, He would sit upon the throne of His glory” (Matt. 25:31), where “to sit upon the throne of glory” denotes to judge from the Divine truth which is from Himself; also that “Moses and Elias were seen in glory” (Luke 9:30, 31); that “Moses and Elias” here denote the Word, see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 2762, 5247, 9372. The same is also meant by the “glorification” of the Lord, in John: “Now hath the Son of man been glorified, and God hath been glorified in Him. God shall also glorify Him in Himself, and shall straightway glorify Him” (John 13:31-32); “to be glorified in God” denotes to become Divine good, from which is Divine truth. In like manner in John 12:38.
sRef Isa@40 @5 S3′ sRef John@1 @9 S3′ sRef John@1 @1 S3′ sRef John@1 @14 S3′ sRef Isa@40 @3 S3′ sRef John@1 @4 S3′ [3] By “glory” is signified the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord such as it is in heaven, also in the following passages:
The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of Jehovah. And the glory of Jehovah shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see together (Isa. 40:3, 5);
treating of the coming of the Lord; where “the glory of Jehovah which shall be revealed” denotes the Divine truth. That the Lord is this truth, because it is from Him, is manifest in John:
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. He was the true light. And the Word was made flesh, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the Only begotten of the Father (John 1:1, 4, 9, 14).
Here “the Word” denotes the Divine truth; in like manner “the light;” from which it is plain what is meant by “beholding His glory.” That the Lord did not appear in any other glory in the world, except when He was transfigured, is known. sRef John@12 @46 S4′ sRef John@12 @41 S4′ sRef John@12 @43 S4′ [4] In like manner in another passage in John:
These things said Isaiah, when he saw His glory, and spoke of Him. But they loved the glory of men more than the glory of God. I am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth in Me may not remain in the darkness (John 12:41, 43, 46);
here also the “glory of the Lord,” and the “glory of God,” denote the Divine truth, and the “glory of men” denotes falsity. In Isaiah:
Shine, for thy light is come, and the glory of Jehovah is risen upon thee. . . . Jehovah shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. . . . The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee . . . to adorn the place of My sanctuary. . . . Thy sun shall no more go down, neither shall thy moon wane; for Jehovah shall be unto thee for a light of eternity (Isa. 60).
It is evident that the subject here treated of is the Lord’s coming, His kingdom, heaven, and the church. The Divine truth proceeding from His Divine Human is described in this whole chapter, and is called, “light,” “honor,” and “glory.”
sRef Isa@59 @20 S5′ sRef Isa@59 @19 S5′ sRef Isa@42 @6 S5′ sRef Isa@60 @20 S5′ sRef Isa@60 @13 S5′ sRef Isa@42 @8 S5′ sRef Isa@48 @11 S5′ sRef Isa@60 @1 S5′ sRef Isa@60 @2 S5′ [5] Again:
They shall fear the name of Jehovah from the setting of the sun, and His glory from the rising of the sun. The Redeemer shall come to Zion (Isa. 59:19, 20);
here also the Lord is treated of; “the name of Jehovah” denotes all the truth of faith and good of love from which is worship (n. 2724, 3006, 6674, 9310). Again:
I have called thee in righteousness, and I will give thee for a covenant to the people, for a light of the Gentiles. I am Jehovah; this is My name; and My glory will I not give to another (Isa. 42:6, 8);
here also treating of the Lord, where “a light of the Gentiles” denotes the Divine truth which is from Him; “not to give His glory to another,” denotes that this Divine truth proceeds from no other than the Lord, who is one with Jehovah. As also in the same:
For Mine own sake, for Mine own sake, will I do it, and My glory will I not give to another (Isa. 48:11).
sRef Isa@6 @1 S6′ sRef Isa@66 @18 S6′ sRef Isa@6 @2 S6′ sRef Ps@19 @1 S6′ sRef Isa@58 @8 S6′ sRef Isa@24 @23 S6′ sRef Num@14 @21 S6′ sRef Ps@102 @15 S6′ sRef Ps@102 @16 S6′ sRef Num@14 @20 S6′ sRef Isa@6 @3 S6′ [6] In like manner elsewhere:
Thy light shall break forth as the dawn; thy righteousness shall walk before thee; the glory of Jehovah shall gather thee (Isa. 58:8).
He shall come to gather together all nations and tongues; that they may come, and see My glory (Isa. 66:18).

Jehovah Zebaoth shall reign in Mount Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before the elders shall be His glory (Isa. 24:23).
Jehovah said, I live; and all the earth shall be filled with the glory of Jehovah (Num. 14:20, 21).
In these passages the Lord is treated of, and the “glory” denotes the Divine truth that is from Him.
sRef Rev@21 @23 S7′ sRef Rev@21 @24 S7′ [7] Again:
I saw the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up. Above Him stood the seraphim. And one cried unto another, Holy, holy, holy, Jehovah Zebaoth, the fullness of all the earth is His glory (Isa. 6:1-3).
The heavens recount the glory of God (Ps. 19:1).
That the nations may fear the name of Jehovah, and the kings of the earth Thy glory; in that Jehovah hath built up Zion, and hath appeared in His glory (Ps. 102:15, 16).
The glory of God shall enlighten the Holy Jerusalem, and the Lamb is the lamp thereof. And the nations that are saved shall walk in her light; and the kings of the earth shall bring their glory and honor into it (Rev. 21:23-24).
“The holy Jerusalem” denotes the New Church; “the glory of God,” the Divine truth from the Lord therein; in like manner “her light in which they shall walk;” “the kings of the earth who shall bring their glory,” denote those who are in truths from good (n. 2015, 2069, 4581, 4966, 5044, 6148). From all this it can now be seen what is signified by “the glory of Jehovah which tarried upon Mount Sinai” (see also n. 8427).

AC (Potts) n. 9430 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ 9430. And the cloud covered it. That this signifies the ultimate of the Word which is thus relatively obscure, is evident from the signification of “the cloud,” as being the ultimate of the Word, or its literal sense (see the preface to Genesis 18, and n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8443, 8781). This sense is called a “cloud,” because it is in obscurity relatively to the internal sense; for this is in the light of heaven. That it is in obscurity and like a cloud is because it is for man while he is in the world, whereas the internal sense is for man when he comes into heaven. But be it known that while a man is in the world, he is in the internal sense of the Word when he is in the genuine doctrine of the church as to faith and as to life; for through this doctrine the internal sense of the Word is then inscribed on both his understanding and his will; on his understanding through faith; and on his will through life. When such a man comes into heaven he apprehends the Word no otherwise than according to its internal sense; and knows nothing of its external sense, this then appearing to him like a cloud that absorbs the rays of its light.
[2] It is said that the man then apprehends the Word according to its internal sense, and not according to its external sense. That it is so is because all who are in heaven are instructed by the Lord from the truth Divine that is with man, thus from the Word. The reason is that man is in the ultimate of order, and that all interior things terminate in the ultimate, the ultimate being as it were a support for the interior things, on which they subsist and rest. The Word in the letter is Divine truth in the ultimate of order; in like manner the man of the church with whom is Divine truth, in respect to his natural and sensuous mind. In the one, as in the other, the interior things terminate and rest, like a house on its foundation. The house itself is heaven, and there Divine truth is such as is the Word in the internal sense; and the foundation is the world, and there Divine truth is such as is the Word in the external sense. As a house rests on its foundation, so also heaven rests on the church; and consequently the Divine truth in heaven upon the Divine truth in the earth; for there is a continuous connection from the Lord through heaven down to man by means of the Word. This is the reason why it is always provided by the Lord that there shall be a church on the earth, in which Divine truth may be in its ultimate. This is a secret as yet known to none, and which is meant by what was cited above (n. 9357, 9360). Let all therefore beware of injuring the Word in any way; for they who injure it, injure the Divine Itself.

AC (Potts) n. 9431 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ 9431. Six days. That this signifies when in a state of truth, is evident from the signification of “six days,” as being a state of labor, and of combat (see n. 737, 8510, 8888, 8975). That it denotes a state of truth is because there are two states with the man who is being regenerated by the Lord; the first state is called a state of truth, and the second state is called a state of good. The reason why the first state is called a state of truth, is that the man is then being brought into good by means of truth; and the reason why the second state is called a state of good, is that when the man is in good he has been brought in. Moreover, when a man is in a state of truth he is outside of heaven; but when he is in good, he is in heaven; thus has been brought in to the Lord. Besides, when a man is in the first state, or the state of truth, he is then in labor and combat, for he is then undergoing temptations; but when he is in the second state, or the state of good, he is then at rest and in the tranquillity of peace. The former state is what is represented in the Word by the six days which precede the seventh; but the latter state is what is represented by the seventh day or Sabbath (n. 8890, 8893, 9274). (Concerning these two states with the man who is being regenerated, which are called the state of truth and the state of good, see what has been already amply shown, n. 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8513, 8516, 8539, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 8722, 8772, 9139, 9224, 9227, 9230, 9274.)

AC (Potts) n. 9432 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ 9432. And on the seventh day He called unto Moses. That this signifies when truth has been conjoined with good, is evident from the signification of “the seventh day,” as being the second state, when truth has been conjoined with good, that is, when the man is in good (concerning which see what was said just above, n. 9431).

AC (Potts) n. 9433 sRef Ex@24 @16 S0′ 9433. Out of the midst of the cloud. That this signifies out of the obscurity there was before, is evident from the signification of “the cloud,” as being the ultimate of the Word, which is therefore relatively obscure (of which above, n. 9430). That this is “the cloud” is because the Divine truth which is from the Lord cannot possibly appear in the very brightness in which it is, for man would thereby perish, because his understanding would be totally blinded by the light of truth, and his will would be wholly extinguished by the fire of good; thus all his life would he annihilated. Hence it is that Divine truth is accommodated to each person’s apprehension, and is as it were veiled with a cloud, even with the angels (n. 6849). Among spirits this veiling appears like a cloud, which is dense or thin according to the reception of each one.
sRef Isa@4 @5 S2′ sRef Isa@4 @6 S2′ [2] This is meant by these words in Isaiah:
Jehovah createth over every habitation of Mount Zion, and over her assemblies, a cloud by day, and a smoke and the shining of a flame of fire by night; for over all the glory shall be a covering. And there shall be a pavilion for a shadow in the daytime from the heat, and for a refuge and for a covert against flood and against rain (Isa. 4:5, 6);
“the habitation of Mount Zion” denotes heaven and the church; “her assemblies” denote goods and truths; “a cloud by day, a smoke by night, and a covering” denote the veiling of truth Divine, thus its accommodation to apprehension. (That the “glory over which there was to be a covering” denotes the Divine truth which is from the Lord, see n. 9429.) “A pavilion” denotes the ultimate of truth Divine which hides the interior things; that it shall be “for a shadow in the daytime from the heat, and for a refuge against flood and rain,” is in order that man may be safe, and may not suffer any harm.
sRef Ps@104 @3 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @2 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @4 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @5 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @9 S3′ sRef Ps@104 @1 S3′ [3] The veiling of Divine truth is also described in David:
O Jehovah my God, Thou art very great, Thou art clothed with glory and honor, who covereth Himself with light as with a garment, who layeth the beams of His chambers in the waters, who maketh the clouds His chariot. He foundeth the earth upon her bases, that it should not be moved for ever and ever. Thou hast covered it with the abyss as with a garment. Thou hast set a bound that they may not pass over (Ps. 104:1-9).
The “glory and honor with which Jehovah,” that is, the Lord, “clothes Himself,” denote Divine truth (see n. 9429); the “light with which He is covered as with a garment” denotes Divine truth such as it is in heaven and in the church; that this truth is meant by “light” in the Word, see what was cited above (n. 9429); the “chambers whose beams He layeth in the waters” denote the societies of heaven; and the “waters” denote truths (n. 2702, 3058, 3424, 4976, 5668, 8568, 9323); the “clouds that He maketh His chariot” denote the truths from which is doctrine, a “chariot,” being doctrine (n. 5321, 8215); “the earth,” of which it is said that “He foundeth it upon her bases that it should not be moved forever,” denotes the church (that “the earth” in the Word denotes the church, see what was cited above, n. 9325); the “bases on which it is founded” denote truths in ultimates, such as are those of the Word in its literal sense; hence it is said that “it should not be moved forever;” “the abyss with which it is covered as with a garment” denotes external truth for the natural man (n. 6431, 8278). From this it is plain what is meant by the “bound set that they may not pass over,” namely, that it is the ultimate of truth Divine, in which the interior things terminate, and on which as on a support and a foundation they subsist and rest, as was said above.

AC (Potts) n. 9434 sRef Lev@10 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@24 @17 S0′ sRef Lev@10 @3 S0′ sRef Lev@10 @2 S0′ 9434. And the aspect of the glory of Jehovah was like devouring fire on the top of the mountain in the eyes of the sons of Israel. That this signifies Divine truth in heaven itself resplendent from the good of love, but injuring and vastating with those who are in its external separate from the internal, is evident from the signification of “the aspect of the glory of Jehovah,” as being the appearing of the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord (that “the aspect” here denotes an appearing before the eyes, is manifest; and that “the glory of Jehovah” denotes the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord, see n. 9429); from the signification of “fire,” as being love in both senses (see n. 4906, 5215, 6314, 6832, 7324), here the Divine love itself; from the signification of “the top of the mountain,” as being the inmost of heaven, for by “Mount Sinai” is signified heaven (n. 9420, 9427), and by its highest part, which is called the “top” and the “summit,” is signified its inmost (n. 9422); from the signification of “devouring,” as being to consume, thus to injure and vastate; and from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being those who are in external things apart from internal, as shown frequently above. From all this it can be seen that by “the aspect of the glory of Jehovah like fire on the top of the mountain” is signified Divine truth in heaven itself resplendent from the good of love; and that by its being “like devouring fire in the eyes of the sons of Israel” is signified that it injures and vastates with those who are in its external apart from the internal.
[2] The case herein is this. There are two loves absolutely opposite to each other-heavenly love, and infernal love; heavenly love is love to the Lord and love toward the neighbor, and infernal love is the love of self and the love of the world. Those with whom infernal loves reign are in hell; but those with whom heavenly loves reign are in heaven. For love is the very life of man, because without love there is absolutely no life; for from love everyone has the heat and fire of his life. That without the vital heat and fire there is no life, is very evident. From this it follows that such as is the love, such is the life; consequently such as is the love, such is the man; and therefore from his loves everyone can know whether heaven is in him, or hell. Love is like fire or flame in man, and is indeed, as before said, the vital fire or flame; and faith is like the light from this fire, or from this flame, and is indeed the light which lights up the interiors of his understanding. From this also it is plain what is the quality of the light from which those have faith who are in infernal love. (That from this light comes a persuasive faith, which in itself is not faith, but the persuasion, for the sake of self and the world, that such is the case, see n. 9363- 9369.) In the church at this day, spiritual life, which is life eternal, is made to consist in faith alone, thus in faith without the goods of heavenly love; but from what has just been said, everyone who reflects can see the nature of such a life.
[3] It shall now be stated how the case is with the Divine fire, which is the Divine love, with those who are in heavenly love; and how it is with those who are in infernal love. With those who are in heavenly love the Divine fire or love is continually creating and renewing the interiors of the will, and is continually lighting up the interiors of the understanding. But with those who are in infernal love the Divine fire or love is continually injuring and vastating. The reason is that with the latter, the Divine love falls into opposites, whereby it is destroyed; for it is turned into the fire or love of self and of the world, thus into contempt for others in comparison with oneself, into enmities against all who do not favor oneself, and therefore into hatreds, into revenges, and finally into cruelties. It is from this then that before the eyes of the sons of Israel the fire of Jehovah appeared as devouring or consuming; for they were in the love of self and of the world, because they were in external things apart from internal.
sRef Deut@5 @25 S4′ sRef Deut@5 @24 S4′ sRef Joel@2 @2 S4′ sRef Joel@2 @3 S4′ sRef Deut@5 @23 S4′ sRef Joel@2 @1 S4′ [4] That to them this fire was devouring and consuming, is plain also elsewhere in Moses:
It came to pass, when ye heard the voice out of the midst of the darkness, and the mountain did burn with fire, that ye came near unto me, even all the heads of your tribes, and your elders; and ye said, Behold, Jehovah our God hath made us see His glory and His greatness, and we have heard His voice out of the midst of the fire; now therefore why should we die? For this great fire will devour us; if we hear the voice of Jehovah our God anymore, we shall surely die (Deut. 5:23-25).
(See also what has been shown at n. 6832, 8814, 8819; and that this people was of such a character, at n. 9380.)
sRef Ezek@23 @25 S5′ sRef Isa@30 @30 S5′ sRef Isa@33 @14 S5′ sRef Isa@29 @6 S5′ [5] By a “devouring fire” elsewhere also in the Word is signified vastation, and it is said of the wicked; as in the following passages:
The day of Jehovah cometh; a day of darkness and of thick darkness, a day of cloud and of obscurity. A fire devoureth before it, after it a flame burneth: the land Is as the garden of Eden before it, but after it even a wilderness of a waste (Joel 2:1-3).
Jehovah shall cause the glory of His voice to be heard in the flame of a devouring fire (Isa. 30:30).
Who shall remain to us with the devouring fire? Who shall remain to us with the fire-places of eternity? (Isa. 33:14).
Thou shalt be visited by Jehovah with the flame of a devouring fire (Isa. 29:6).
Thy posterity shall be devoured by the fire (Ezek. 23:25).
In these passages by a “devouring fire” is meant the fire of the cupidities which arise from the loves of self and of the world, because this is the fire which consumes a man, and which vastates the church. This was also represented by the “fire from before Jehovah” which devoured the sons of Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, because they put strange fire into their censers (Lev. 10:1, 2); “putting strange fire into their censers” denotes instituting worship from some other love than heavenly love (that such “fire” denotes the love of self and of the world, and every cupidity arising therefrom, see n. 1297, 1861, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 7324, 7575, 9141).

AC (Potts) n. 9435 sRef Ex@24 @18 S0′ 9435. And Moses entered into the midst of the cloud. That this signifies the Word in the external sense, is evident from the representation of Moses, as being the Word, here the Word in the external sense, because it is said that he “entered into the midst of the cloud,” and by “the cloud” is signified the external sense of the Word. (That “Moses” denotes the Word, see n. 9414; and that a “cloud” denotes its external sense, n. 9430.) That Moses remained for six days in the uttermost of the mountain, and that when called on the seventh day he entered into the cloud and went up unto the mountain, was done in order that he might represent an intermediate, or that which mediates between the people and the Lord, according to what was said above (n. 9414). The steps of ascent from the people to the Lord are thus described. When at last he came into the mountain, he then for the first time represented the holy external of the Word, which is what mediates; for this mountain signifies heaven, where is holiness. And yet he was not admitted further than to the first threshold of heaven, where the holy external of the Word ceases. How far he was admitted, was shown me representatively by a spirit, who as to the higher part of the face as far as the chin was seen in the light of heaven, but as to the lower part of it, including the chin, and as to the whole body with it, was in a cloud. From this it was made plain how much he represented of the holy external, which is what mediates. The six days during which Moses remained in the extremity of the mountain, signified a state of truth, and the seventh day, on which he went up into the mountain, signified a state of good (according to what was unfolded above, n. 9431, 9432). The reason is, that with those who are being regenerated by the Lord there are similar degrees of ascent from the world to heaven; for a man is elevated from external to internal things; because from the natural man who is in external things to the spiritual man who is in internal things. Such an elevation or ascent was also represented by Moses when he put on the representation of the holy external, which mediates; for the holy external of the Word is the entrance to a state of good, thus to heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9436 sRef Ex@24 @18 S0′ 9436. And went up unto the mountain. That this signifies elevation to heaven, is evident from the signification of “going up,” as being elevation toward interior things (see n. 3084, 4539, 4969, 5406, 5817, 6007); and from the signification of “Mount Sinai,” as being heaven where Divine Truth is in light (of which above, n. 9420, 9427).

AC (Potts) n. 9437 sRef Ex@24 @18 S0′ 9437. And Moses was in the mountain forty days and forty nights. That this signifies what is complete in respect to instruction and influx, is evident from the signification of “forty,” as being what is full or complete. That “forty” denotes what is full or complete, is because “four” denotes what is full (see n. 9103), in like manner “ten” (n. 3107, 4638), and the number forty arises from four multiplied into ten; for multiplied numbers signify the same as the simple numbers from which they have been multiplied (n. 5291, 5335, 5708, 7973). (That all numbers in the Word signify real things, see n. 575, 3252, 4264, 4495, 4670, 5265, 6175.) It is from this then that Moses was in the mountain forty days and forty nights. That “forty” here signifies what is complete in respect to instruction and influx, is plain from what follows in chapters 25 to 32, in which are recounted the things concerning which he was instructed, which were the ark, Aaron, the Urim and Thummim, and the sacrifices. That “forty” signifies what is complete as to influx also, is because from that time Moses began to represent the holy external of the Word, which mediates between the Lord and the people; and mediation is effected by influx through this holy external into the representative in which the people were (see n. 9419).
sRef 1Ki@6 @17 S2′ sRef Ezek@41 @2 S2′ sRef Deut@25 @3 S2′ sRef Ezek@4 @6 S2′ sRef Num@14 @34 S2′ sRef Gen@7 @4 S2′ sRef Judg@5 @8 S2′ sRef Num@14 @33 S2′ sRef Gen@7 @12 S2′ sRef Ezek@29 @13 S2′ sRef Gen@7 @17 S2′ sRef Ezek@29 @12 S2′ sRef Jonah@3 @4 S2′ sRef Ezek@29 @11 S2′ [2] As “forty” signified what is full or complete, therefore Moses remained on Mount Sinai not only on this occasion, but also on another, “forty days and forty nights” (Exod. 34:28; Deut. 9:18, 25; 10:10). And for this reason the sons of Israel wandered in the wilderness “forty years,” until, as it is said, “all that generation was consumed” (Num. 14:33, 34; 32:13). And for this reason it was said by Jonah to the Ninevites that “the city would be overthrown after forty days” (Jonah 3:4). And for this reason the prophet was commanded “to lie on the right side, and to bear the iniquity of the house of Judah forty days” (Ezek. 4:6). For this reason also it is said of Egypt that it should be surrendered to “an utter solitude forty years, and after those years should be gathered together from the peoples” (Ezek. 29:11-13). And for this reason “it rained upon the earth, so that it was inundated with a flood, forty days and forty nights” (Gen. 7:4, 12, 17). From this it is evident why it was decreed that a wicked man should be “beaten with forty stripes” (Deut. 25:3); for “forty stripes” signified punishment to the full. From this it is also evident what is meant in the prophetic song of Deborah and Barak, that “there was neither shield nor spear seen in the forty thousands of Israel” (Judges 5:8); “in the forty thousands of Israel” denotes in all. It is evident also from this why the temple built by Solomon was “forty cubits long” (1 Kings 6:17); in like manner the new temple described in Ezekiel (41:2); for by “the temple,” in the supreme sense, is signified the Lord; in the internal sense, heaven and the church; and thus by “forty,” what is complete in respect to representation. In like manner in other passages.

AC (Potts) n. 9438

9438. ON THE EARTHS IN THE STARRY HEAVEN; AND THEIR INHABITANTS, SPIRITS AND ANGELS.
They who are in heaven can speak and be in company with angels and spirits, not only from the earths in this solar system, but also with those who are from earths in the universe outside this system; and not only with spirits and angels therefrom, but also with the inhabitants themselves there whose interiors have been opened so that they are able to hear those who speak from heaven. The same is possible for a man during his life in the world, to whom it has been granted by the Lord to speak with spirits and angels; for as to his interiors a man is a spirit and angel, the body which he carries about in the world being merely of service to him for activities in this natural or earthly sphere, which is the ultimate one.
[2] But to no one is it given to speak as a spirit and angel with angels and spirits, unless he is of such a character that he can be consociated with them in respect to faith and love; and he cannot be so consociated unless he has faith in the Lord and love to the Lord, because a man is conjoined through faith in Him, thus through the truths of doctrine, and through love to Him; and when he has been conjoined with Him, he is safe from the attack of evil spirits who are from hell. With others the interiors cannot be opened at all, because they are not in the Lord.
[3] This is the reason why at the present day it is given to few to speak and be in company with angels. A plain proof of this is that at the present day the existence of spirits and angels is scarcely credited, still less that they are with every man, and that through them man has connection with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord. And still less is it believed that when a man dies as to his body, he lives a spirit, also in a human form as before.

AC (Potts) n. 9439 9439. As, with most in the church at this day, there is no faith in the life after death, and scarcely any in heaven, or in the Lord as being the God of heaven and earth; therefore the interiors of my spirit have been opened by the Lord, so that I may, while in the body, be at the same time with the angels in heaven, and not only speak with them, but also see there amazing things, and describe the same; lest perchance hereafter people may say, Who has come to us from heaven, and told us that it exists, and what there is there? But I know that those who have previously at heart denied a heaven and a hell, and the life after death, will still harden themselves against them, and will deny them; for it is easier to make a raven white, than to cause those to believe who have once at heart rejected faith. But let the things which have thus far been shown concerning heaven and hell and the life after death, be for those few who are in faith. That the rest, however, may be brought to something of acknowledgment, it has been granted that I should relate such things as delight and attract the man who is desirous of having knowledge; and which at present shall be about the earths in the universe.

AC (Potts) n. 9440 9440. He who is not acquainted with the arcana of heaven, may believe it to be impossible for a man to see earths which are so remote, and from the evidence of the senses to give any account of them. But he should know that in their first cause and origin, the spaces and distances, and consequently the progressions, which appear in the spiritual world, are changes of state of the interiors, and that they appear with angels and spirits in accordance with these changes; and that by means of such changes angels and spirits can be translated from one place to another, and from one earth to another, even to earths which are at the end of the universe. And so can a man in respect to his spirit, his body still remaining in its own place. So too has it been done with me, for of the Lord’s Divine mercy it has been given me to be in company with spirits as a spirit, and at the same time with men as a man. (That in heaven the spaces and distances, and consequently the progressions, are appearances arising from changes of state of the interiors, see n. 5605.) A sensuous man cannot conceive that in respect to his spirit a man can be translated in this manner, because such a man is in space and in time, and measures his progressions according to these.

AC (Potts) n. 9441

9441. Everyone can see that there are many worlds, from the fact that so many stars appear in the universe, and it is known in the learned world that every star is like a sun in its own place, for it remains fixed as the sun of our earth does in its place; and that the distance causes it to appear in a small form like a star; consequently that, like the sun of our system, it has planets revolving around it, which are earths. For what else could there be so great a heaven with so many stars? For the end of the creation of the universe is man; in order that from man there may be an angelic heaven. But what would mankind and an angelic heaven from one single earth be for the infinite Creator, for whom a thousand earths, nay, tens of thousands of them, would not suffice? A calculation has been made, that if there were in the universe one million earths, and on every earth three hundred million men, and two hundred generations within six thousand years, and that to every man there was allotted a space of three cubic ells, the sum of so many men collected into one mass would not occupy a space equal to a thousandth part of this earth; thus not the space of one of the satellites of Jupiter or Saturn; which would be a space in the universe too small to be seen; for any satellite of Jupiter or Saturn is barely visible to the naked eye. And what would this be for the Creator of the universe, to whom the whole universe, if so filled up, would not suffice; for He is infinite. In speaking on this subject with the angels, they said that they have a similar idea concerning the fewness of the human race relatively to the infinity of the Creator; but that still they do not think from spaces, but from states; and that according to their idea, supposing the number of earths to be as many myriads as could possibly be conceived of in thought, they would still be absolutely nothing to the Lord; moreover, that the angelic heaven, of which the human race is the seminary, corresponds to all things that are in man; and that such a heaven cannot be built up of angels from one earth, but only from innumerable earths.

AC (Potts) n. 9442 9442. But concerning the earths in the starry heaven, something shall be said in what follows, from experience itself; from which it will be seen how I have been repeatedly translated thither in respect to my spirit; my body remaining in its own place.

[END OF THE SEVENTH VOLUME OF THE ORIGINAL LATIN WORK.]

AC (Potts) n. 9443 9443. CHAPTER THE TWENTY-FIFTH.

THE DOCTRINE OF CHARITY AND OF FAITH

The Forgiveness of Sins shall now be spoken of.

AC (Potts) n. 9444 9444. The sins done by a man are rooted in his very life, and make it; and therefore no one is liberated from them unless he receives new life from the Lord, which is effected by means of regeneration.

AC (Potts) n. 9445 sRef John@3 @27 S0′ sRef John@15 @5 S0′ 9445. That from himself a man cannot do what is good or think what is true; but only from the Lord, is evident in John:
A man can do nothing except it be given him from heaven (John 3:27).
He that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same beareth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing (John 15:5).
From this it is evident that no one can withdraw anyone from sins, thus forgive them, save the Lord alone.

AC (Potts) n. 9446 9446. The Lord continually flows into man with the good of love and the truths of faith; but these are variously received; being received in one way by one person, and in a different way by another; by those who have been regenerated they are received well; but by those who do not suffer themselves to be regenerated they are received ill.

AC (Potts) n. 9447 9447. Those who have been regenerated are continually kept by the Lord in the good of faith and of love, and are then withheld from evils and falsities. And those who do not suffer themselves to be regenerated by the Lord are also withheld from evil and kept in good, for good and truth continually flow in from the Lord with every man; but the infernal loves in which they are, namely, the loves of self and of the world, stand in the way, and turn the influx of good into evil, and that of truth into falsity.

AC (Potts) n. 9448 9448. From all this it is evident what the Forgiveness of Sins is. To be able to be kept by the Lord in the good of love, and the truths of faith, and to be withheld from evils and falsities, is the Forgiveness of Sins. And to shun evil and falsity, and to feel aversion for them, is then Repentance. But these are possible only with those who, through regeneration, have received new life from the Lord; because these things belong to the new life.

AC (Potts) n. 9449 9449. The signs that sins have been forgiven are the following. Delight is felt in worshiping God for the sake of God; in being of service to the neighbor for the sake of the neighbor; thus in doing good for the sake of good, and in believing truth for the sake of truth. There is an unwillingness to merit by anything that belongs to charity and faith. Evils, such as enmities, hatreds, revenges, unmercifulness, adulteries, in a word, all things that are against God and against the neighbor, are shunned and are held in aversion.

AC (Potts) n. 9450 9450. But the signs that sins have not been forgiven are the following. God is not worshiped for the sake of God; and the neighbor is not served for the sake of the neighbor; thus good is not done and truth is not spoken for the sake of good and truth, but for the sake of self and the world. There is a desire to merit by our deeds; others are despised in comparison with ourselves; delight is felt in evils, such as enmities, hatred, revenge, cruelty, adulteries; and the holy things of the church are held in contempt, and are at heart denied.

AC (Potts) n. 9451 9451. When sins have been forgiven, they are believed to be wiped off, and washed away as dirt is with water. Nevertheless they remain in the man; and their being said to be “wiped off” is from the appearance when the man is withheld from them.

AC (Potts) n. 9452 9452. The Lord regenerates a man from Divine Mercy. This is done from his infancy down to the last of his life in the world, and afterward to eternity. Thus it is from Divine Mercy that the Lord withdraws a man from evils and falsities, and leads him to the truths of faith and goods of love, and afterward keeps him in these. And after this, in Divine Mercy He raises him to Himself in heaven, and makes him happy. All this is what is meant by the Forgiveness of Sins from Mercy. They who believe that sins are forgiven in any other way, are quite mistaken; for it would be the absence of mercy to see a multitude of men in the hells, and not save them, if it could be done in any other way. And yet the Lord is mercy itself, and wills not the death of anyone, but that he may live.

AC (Potts) n. 9453 9453. Consequently those who do not suffer themselves to be regenerated, thus who do not suffer themselves to be withheld from evils and falsities, remove and cast away from themselves these mercies of the Lord. Therefore it is the man who is in fault if he cannot be saved.

AC (Potts) n. 9454 sRef John@1 @12 S0′ sRef John@3 @3 S0′ sRef John@3 @5 S0′ sRef John@1 @13 S0′ 9454. This is what is meant in John:
As many as received Him, to them gave He power to be sons of God, to them that believe in His name; who were born, not of bloods, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God (John 1:12, 13);
“of bloods” denotes those who are opposed to the goods of faith and of charity; “of the will of the flesh” denotes those who are in evils from the loves of self and of the world; “of the will of man” denotes those who are in falsities thence derived; to be “born of God” denotes to be regenerated. That no one can come into heaven unless he is regenerated, is taught in the same:
Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom of God. Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God (John 3:3, 5);
“to be born of water” denotes through the truth of faith; and “to be born of the spirit” denotes through the good of love. From all this it can now be seen who they are whose sins have been forgiven; and who they are whose sins have not been forgiven.

EXODUS 25

1. And Jehovah spoke unto Moses, saying,
2. Speak unto the sons of Israel, and let them take for Me a collection; from every man whom his heart hath moved willingly ye shall take My collection.
3. And this is the collection which ye shall take from them; gold, and silver, and brass;
4. And blue, and crimson, and scarlet double-dyed, and fine linen, and goats’ wool;
5. And skins of red rams, and badgers’ skins, and shittim wood;
6. Oil for the luminary, spices for the oil of anointing, and for the incense of spices;
7. Onyx stones, and stones for filling, for the ephod, and for the breastplate.
8. And let them make for Me a sanctuary, that I may dwell in the midst of them.
9. According to all that I show thee, the form of the Habitation, and the form of all the vessels thereof, even so shall ye make it.
10. And let them make an ark of shittim wood; two cubits and a half the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof.
11. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, from within and from without shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a border of gold round about.
12. And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it, and put them upon the four corners thereof; and two rings shall be on the one side of it, and two rings on the other side of it.
13. And thou shalt make staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold.
14. And thou shalt put the staves into the rings on the sides of the ark, to carry the ark withal.
15. The staves shall be in the rings of the ark; they shall not be removed from it.
16. And thou shalt put into the ark the Testimony which I shall give thee.
17. And thou shalt make a propitiatory [mercy seat] of pure gold; two cubits and a half the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof.
18. And thou shalt make two cherubs, of solid gold shalt thou make them, at the two ends of the propitiatory [mercy seat].
19. And make one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end; out of the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall ye make the cherubs upon the two ends thereof.
20. And the cherubs shall spread out their wings upward, covering with their wings over the propitiatory [mercy seat], and their faces a man’s to his brother; toward the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall be the faces of the cherubs.
21. And thou shalt put the propitiatory [mercy seat] upon the ark from above; and unto the ark thou shalt put the Testimony that I shall give unto thee.
22. And there I will meet with thee, and I will speak with thee from above the propitiatory [mercy seat], from between the two cherubs which are over the ark of the Testimony, all that I shall command thee for the sons of Israel.
23. And thou shalt make a table of shittim wood; two cubits the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof.
24. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, and make thereto a border of gold round about.
25. And thou shalt make unto it a closure of a hand-breadth round about, and thou shalt make a border of gold for the closure thereof round about.
26. And thou shalt make for it four rings of gold, and put the rings upon the four corners that are on the four feet thereof.
27. Over against the closure shall the rings be, for houses for the staves to carry the table.
28. And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and the table shall be carried with them.
29. And thou shalt make the little dishes thereof, and the cups thereof, and the salvers thereof, and the little brooms thereof, with which it shall be covered; of pure gold shalt thou make them.
30. And thou shalt set upon the table the bread of faces, unto My faces continually.
31. And thou shalt make a lampstand of pure gold; solid shall the lampstand be made, its shaft, and its reed; its cups, its pomegranates, and its flowers, shall be out of it;
32. And there shall be six reeds going out of the sides thereof; three reeds of the lampstand out of the one side thereof, and three reeds of the lampstand out of the other side thereof;
33. Three almond-shaped cups in one reed, a pomegranate and a flower; and three almond-shaped cups in one reed, a pomegranate and a flower; so for the six reeds going out of the lampstand.
34. And in the lampstand four almond-shaped cups, its pomegranates and its flowers.
35. And a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, for the six reeds going out of the lampstand.
36. Their pomegranates and their reeds shall be out of it, all of them, one solid of pure gold.
37. And thou shalt make the lamps thereof seven; and it shall make its lamps go up, to give light over against the faces of it.
38. And the tongs thereof, and the basins thereof, shall be of pure gold.
39. A talent of pure gold shall it be made, with all these vessels.
40. And see and make them in the form which thou wast made to see in the mountain.

AC (Potts) n. 9455 sRef Ex@25 @0 S0′ 9455. THE CONTENTS.
In this chapter is described the collection that was made for the tabernacle, for the tables therein, and also for the garments of Aaron; likewise the construction of the ark, of the table for the bread, and of the lampstand; by which were represented the heavens where the Lord is, and all the celestial and spiritual things which are from the Lord therein. By the Habitation was represented heaven itself; by the ark in it, the inmost heaven; by the Testimony or law in the ark, the Lord; by the breads of faces upon the table, and by the lampstand, the celestial things; and by the garments of Aaron the spiritual things, which are from the Lord in the heavens.

AC (Potts) n. 9456 sRef Ex@25 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @2 S0′ 9456. THE INTERNAL SENSE.
Verses 1, 2. And Jehovah spoke unto Moses, saying, Speak unto the sons of Israel, and let them take for Me a collection; from every man whom his heart hath moved willingly ye shall take My collection. “And Jehovah spoke unto Moses, saying,” signifies instruction concerning the holy things of heaven that were to be represented; “Speak unto the sons of Israel,” signifies the representative church; “and let them take for Me a collection,” signifies the interior things of worship that were to be represented, and that are the things required; “from every man whom his heart hath moved willingly,” signifies that all things should be from love and thus from freedom; “ye shall take My collection,” signifies the things required for worship.

AC (Potts) n. 9457 sRef Ex@25 @1 S0′ 9457. And Jehovah spoke unto Moses, saying. That this signifies instruction concerning the holy things of heaven that were to be represented, is evident from what follows; for by “what Jehovah spoke unto Moses” are signified the holy things of heaven that were to be represented. For among the Israelitish people there was instituted a church in which were to be representatively presented in an external form the celestial things of the good of love and the spiritual things of the good and truth of faith, such as are in heaven, and such as must be in the church. From this it is evident that by “Jehovah spoke,” is signified instruction concerning the holy things of heaven that were to be represented. Inasmuch as the things that follow are representative of the celestial and spiritual things which are in the heavens from the Lord, it shall be told what a representative church is, and why it was instituted.
[2] There are three heavens: the inmost or third; the middle or second; and the ultimate or first. In the inmost heaven reigns the good of love to the Lord; in the middle heaven, the good of charity toward the neighbor; and in the ultimate heaven are represented the things which are thought, said, and come forth in the middle and inmost heavens. The representatives in this heaven are countless, consisting of paradises, gardens, forests, fields, plains; also of cities, palaces, houses; likewise of flocks and herds, animals and birds of many kinds, besides numberless other things. These things appear before the eyes of the angelic spirits there more clearly than similar things appear in the light of noon on earth; and wonderful to say, their signification also is perceived.
[3] Such things appeared also to the prophets when their interior sight, which is the sight of the spirit, was opened; as horses to Zechariah (Zech. 6:1-8); animals that were cherubs, and afterward the new temple with all things belonging to it, to Ezekiel (Ezek. 1, 9, 10, 40-48); a lampstand, thrones, animals that also were cherubs, horses, the New Jerusalem, and many other things, to John, as described in Revelation; in like manner horses and chariots of fire to the young man of Elisha (2 Kings 6:17). Things like these appear constantly in heaven before the eyes of spirits and angels, and they are natural forms in which the internal things of heaven terminate, and in which they are portrayed, and are thus presented to view before the very eyes. These things are representations. sRef Ex@25 @8 S4′ [4] A church is therefore representative when the internal holy things of love and faith from the Lord and to the Lord are presented to view by means of forms visible in the world; as in this chapter and the following by the ark, the propitiatory [mercy seat], the cherubs, the tables there, the lampstand, and all the other things of the tabernacle. For this tabernacle was so constructed as to represent the three heavens and all things therein; and the ark, in which was the Testimony, so as to represent the inmost heaven and the Lord Himself therein. Wherefore its form was shown to Moses in the mountain, Jehovah then saying that they should “make for Him a sanctuary, and He would dwell in the midst of them” (verse 8). Everyone who has some capacity of thinking interiorly can perceive that Jehovah could not dwell in a tent, but that He dwells in heaven; and that this tent could not be called a sanctuary unless it referred to heaven, and to the celestial and spiritual things therein. Consider what it would be for Jehovah, the Creator of heaven and earth, to dwell in a small habitation of wood, overlaid with gold and surrounded with curtains, unless heaven and the things of heaven had been there represented in a form.
[5] For the things represented in a form do indeed appear in a like form in the lowest or first heaven before the spirits who are there; but in the higher heavens are perceived the internal things which are represented, and which as before said are the celestial things of love to the Lord, and the spiritual things of faith in the Lord. Such were the things that filled heaven when Moses and the people were in a holy external, and adored this tent as the habitation of Jehovah Himself. From this it is plain what a representative is, and also that through it heaven, thus the Lord, was present with man.
[6] Therefore when the Ancient Church ceased, a representative church was instituted among the Israelitish people, in order that by means of such representatives there might be the conjunction of heaven, thus of the Lord, with the human race; for without the conjunction of the Lord through heaven, man would perish, because he has his life by virtue of this conjunction. These representatives, however, were only external means of conjunction, with which the Lord miraculously conjoined heaven (see n. 4311). But when the conjunction through these things also perished, the Lord came into the world and opened the internal things themselves that were represented, which are those of love and faith in Him. These internal things now effect the conjunction; nevertheless at the present day the only means of conjunction is the Word, because it has been so written that each and all things therein correspond, and thus represent and signify the Divine things that are in the heavens.

AC (Potts) n. 9458 sRef Ex@25 @2 S0′ 9458. Speak unto the sons of Israel. That this signifies the representative church, is evident from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being the church, specifically the spiritual church (see n. 8805, 9340), but here the representative church, because such things are treated of as represented the holy things of the church and of heaven, namely, the ark, the propitiatory [mercy seat], the cherubs, the table upon which were the breads of faces, the lampstand; and in following chapters the tabernacle, the garments of Aaron, the altar, and the sacrifices, all of which were representative. That the spiritual church is signified by “the sons of Israel” is because it was represented by them. (But that with that people a representative church could not be instituted; but only the representative of a church, see n. 4281, 4288, 4311, 4444, 4500, 6304, 7048, 9320.)

AC (Potts) n. 9459 sRef Ex@25 @2 S0′ 9459. And let them take for Me a collection. That hereby are signified the interior things of worship that were to be represented, and that are the things required, is evident from the signification of “a collection,” as being the things required for worship, here the interior things that were to be represented; for such are signified by the things collected for the tent, for the tables, for the lampstand, and also for the garments of Aaron; namely, gold, silver, brass, blue, crimson, scarlet double-dyed, fine linen, goats’ wool, and many other things; as is evident from their signification, which is treated of in what follows.

AC (Potts) n. 9460 sRef Ex@25 @2 S0′ 9460. From every man whom his heart hath moved willingly. That this signifies that all things should be from love, and thus from freedom, is evident from the signification of “whom his heart hath moved willingly,” as being from freedom. That it denotes from love, is because all freedom is of love, for that which a man does from love, he does from freedom. (That the “heart” denotes that which is of the love because of the will, see n. 7542, 8910, 9050, 9113, 9300; and that all freedom is of love or of affection, see n. 2870-2893, 3158, 9096; consequently that worship must be from freedom, n. 1947, 2880, 2881, 7349.)

AC (Potts) n. 9461 sRef Ex@25 @2 S0′ 9461. Ye shall take My collection. That this signifies the things required for worship, is evident from the signification of a “collection,” as being the interior things of worship which were to be represented, and which are required (of which above, n. 9459).

AC (Potts) n. 9462 sRef Ex@25 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @6 S0′ 9462. Verses 3-7. And this is the collection which ye shall take from them; gold, and silver, and brass; and blue, and crimson, and scarlet double-dyed, and fine linen, and goats’ wool; and skins of red rams, and badgers’ skins, and shittim wood; oil for the luminary, spices for the oil of anointing, and for the incense of spices; onyx stones, and stones for filling, for the ephod, and for the breastplate. “And this is the collection which ye shall take from them,” signifies that these things shall by all means be required; “gold and silver,” signifies good and truth in general; “and brass,” signifies external good; “and blue,” signifies the celestial love of truth; “and crimson,” signifies the celestial love of good; “and scarlet double-dyed,” signifies mutual love; “and fine linen,” signifies the truth thence derived; “and goats’ wool,” signifies the good thence derived; “and skins of red rams, and badgers’ skins,” signifies the external truths and goods by which they are held together; “and shittim wood,” signifies the goods of merit which are from the Lord, thus of the Lord alone; “oil for the luminary,” signifies the internal good which is in mutual love and charity; “spices for the oil of anointing,” signifies the internal truths that belong to the inaugurating good; “and for the incense of spices,” signifies for acceptable perception; “onyx stones, and stones for filling,” signifies spiritual truths and goods in general; “for the ephod, and for the breastplate,” signifies which should be for a covering for external and internal celestial things.

AC (Potts) n. 9463 sRef Ex@25 @3 S0′ 9463. And this is the collection which ye shall take from them. That this signifies that these things shall by all means be required, is evident from the signification of “the collection,” as being the things required (as above, n. 9459, 9461). That it signifies that they should by all means be required, is because it is here said a third time, and repetition implies necessity.

AC (Potts) n. 9464 sRef Ex@25 @3 S0′ 9464. Gold, and silver. That this signifies internal good and truth in general, is evident from the signification of “gold,” as being good, and of “silver,” as being truth (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 2954, 5658, 6112, 6914, 6917, 8932). That internal good and truth are meant is because by “brass,” which follows, is signified external good.

AC (Potts) n. 9465 sRef Ex@25 @3 S0′ 9465. And brass. That this signifies external good, is evident from the signification of “brass,” as being natural good, or what is the same thing, external good (see n. 425, 1551). External good is the good of the external or natural man; but internal good is the good of the internal or spiritual man.

AC (Potts) n. 9466 sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ 9466. And blue. That this signifies the celestial love of truth, is evident from the signification of “blue” [hyacinthinum] as being the celestial love of truth. That “blue” has this signification is because it belongs to the color of the sky, and because by this color is signified truth from a celestial origin, which is truth from the good of love to the Lord. This good reigns in the inmost heaven, and in the middle or second heaven it is presented to view as crimson and blue; the good itself as crimson, and the derivative truth as blue. For in the other life, and in heaven itself, there appear most beautiful colors, all deriving their origin from good and truth. For the sphere of the affections of good and truth is sensibly presented before the eyes of angels and spirits by means of colors, and specific things by variously colored objects. They are presented to the nostrils also by means of odors. For everything celestial, which is of good, and everything spiritual, which is of truth, is represented in the lower heavens by such things as appear in nature, thus to the very senses of the spirits and angels there. The reason why the spheres of the affection of good and truth are visibly presented by means of colors, is that the colors are modifications of heavenly light, thus of intelligence and wisdom (see n. 4530, 4677, 4742, 4922).
[2] This then is the reason why among the things that were collected for the tabernacle, and for the garments of Aaron, were blue, crimson, scarlet double-dyed, and skins of red rams; for by the tabernacle was represented the heaven of the Lord, and by the things of which it was constructed and woven together were represented the celestial and spiritual things that belong to good and truth; in like manner by the garments of Aaron (n. 9457). This is the reason why the veil, within which was the ark of the testimony, was woven of blue, crimson, scarlet double-dyed, and fine linen (Exod. 26:31); in like manner the covering for the door of the tent (verse 36), and likewise the covering of the gate of the court (Exod. 27:16); also why the loops upon the edge of the curtain were of blue (Exod. 26:4). Therefore also it was that the ephod was of gold, blue, crimson, scarlet double-dyed, and fine linen, all interwoven; and likewise the breastplate of judgment (Exod. 28:6, 15).
sRef Ezek@27 @7 S3′ sRef Ezek@27 @24 S3′ [3] By “blue” is signified the celestial love of truth, and by “garments of blue,” the knowledges of truth from this love, in Ezekiel:
Fine linen with broidered work from Egypt was thy spread, that it might be to thee for a sign; blue and crimson from the isles of Elishah were thy covering. These were thy traders with perfect things, with bales of blue and broidered work, and with treasures of precious garments (Ezek. 27:7, 24);
speaking of Tyre, by which are signified the knowledges of truth and good (n. 1201); knowledge and the derivative intelligence are described by “broidered work from Egypt,” and by “blue and crimson from the isles of Elishah;” “broidered work from Egypt” being the memory-knowledge of truth; “blue and crimson from the isles of Elishah” being the intelligence of truth and good.
sRef Ezek@23 @2 S4′ sRef Ezek@23 @4 S4′ sRef Ezek@23 @5 S4′ sRef Ezek@23 @6 S4′ sRef Ezek@23 @3 S4′ [4] In the same:
Two women, the daughters of one mother, committed whoredoms in Egypt in their youth, Oholah and Oholibah. Oholah committed whoredom under Me; and doted on the Assyrians her neighbors, clothed in blue, commanders and leaders; horsemen riding on horses (Ezek. 23:2-6);
“Oholah” is Samaria, “Oholibah” is Jerusalem (verse 4). “Samaria” here denotes the spiritual church perverted; “committing whoredom in Egypt” denotes falsifying truths by means of memory-knowledges; “doting on the Assyrians her neighbors” denotes to love the consequent reasonings; “clothed with blue” denotes the appearances of the truth that is from good, because from the literal sense of the Word wrongly unfolded.
sRef Jer@10 @9 S5′ [5] In like manner in Jeremiah:
Silver beaten out is brought from Tarshish, and gold from Uphaz, the work of the smith and of the hands of the metal caster; blue and crimson are their clothing; all the work of the wise (Jer. 10:9);
speaking of the idols of the house of Israel, by which are signified false doctrinal things confirmed from the external sense of the Word badly unfolded (see n. 9424); “the work of the smith and of the hands of the metal caster,” and also “they are all the work of the wise,” denote that it was from self-intelligence; “silver from Tarshish, and gold from Uphaz” denote truth and good so appearing in the external form, because from the Word; in like manner “blue and crimson,” which were “their clothing.”
sRef Rev@9 @17 S6′ sRef Rev@9 @18 S6′ [6] In John:
I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates as of fire and of blue and of sulphur, by whom was the third part of men killed (Rev. 9:17, 18);
where “horses and they that sat on them” denote the inverted and perverted understanding of truth; “breastplates as of fire, of blue, and of sulphur” denote the defense of falsities that are from the evils of diabolical loves. Here therefore “fire” denotes the infernal love of evil; and “blue” the infernal love of falsity; thus in the opposite sense; for most things in the Word have also an opposite sense.

AC (Potts) n. 9467 sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ 9467. And crimson. That this signifies the celestial love of good, is evident from the signification of “crimson,” as being the celestial love of good. The reason why this is signified by “crimson,” is that by a red color is signified the good of celestial love. For there are two fundamental colors from which come the rest: the color red, and the color white. The color “red” signifies the good which is of love; and the color “white” signifies the truth which is of faith. That the color “red” signifies the good which is of love, is because it comes from fire, and “fire” denotes the good of love; and the color “white” signifies the truth which is of faith, because it comes from light, and “light” denotes the truth of faith. (That “fire” denotes the good of love, see n. 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324, 9434; and that “light” denotes the truth of faith, n. 2776, 3195, 3636, 3643, 3993, 4302, 4413, 4415, 5400, 8644, 8707, 8861, 9399, 9407; that “red” denotes the good of love, n. 3300; and “white,” the truth of faith, n. 3993, 4007, 5319.)
[2] From this it is evident what the remaining colors signify; for insofar as they partake of red they signify the good of love; and insofar as they partake of white they signify the truth of faith; for all the colors that appear in heaven are modifications of heavenly light and flame upon these two planes. For heavenly light is real light, and in itself is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord; wherefore the modifications of this light and flame are variegations of truth and good, thus of intelligence and wisdom.
[3] This shows why the veils and curtains of the tent, and also the garments of Aaron, were to be woven of blue, crimson, scarlet double-dyed, and fine linen (Exod. 26:1, 31, 36; 27:16; 28:6, 15); namely, that by these things might be represented the celestial things that belong to good, and the spiritual things that belong to truth (of which in what follows).
sRef Ezek@27 @7 S4′ [4] Good from a celestial origin is signified by “crimson” also in Ezekiel:
Fine linen with broidered work from Egypt was thy spread, blue and crimson from the Isles of Elishah were thy covering (Ezek. 27:7);
speaking of Tyre, by which are signified the knowledges of truth and good; “blue and crimson for a covering” denote the knowledges of truth and good from a celestial origin.
sRef Rev@17 @4 S5′ sRef Rev@17 @3 S5′ sRef Luke@16 @19 S5′ [5] Like things are signified by “crimson and fine linen” in Luke:
There was a certain rich man, who was clothed in crimson and fine linen, and fared splendidly every day (Luke 16:19);
by the “rich man” was meant in the internal sense the Jewish nation and the church among them, which was called “rich” from the knowledges of good and truth from the Word there existing; “garments of crimson and fine linen” denote these knowledges; “garments of crimson,” the knowledges of good; and “garments of fine linen,” the knowledges of truth; both from a celestial origin, because from the Divine. The like is also signified by “crimson” in the Revelation:
A woman sitting upon a scarlet beast, arrayed in crimson and scarlet (Rev. 17:3, 4);
treating of Babylon, by which is signified the church wherein the holy things of the Word are applied to profane uses, that is, to such as aim at dominions in heaven and on earth; thus from the infernal love of self and of the world.

AC (Potts) n. 9468 sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ 9468. And scarlet double-dyed. That this signifies mutual love, is evident from the signification of “scarlet,” and of “double-dyed,” as being celestial truth, which is the same as the good of mutual love. There are two kingdoms into which the angelic heaven has been divided – the celestial kingdom, and the spiritual kingdom; and in each there is an internal and an external. The internal in the celestial kingdom is the good of love to the Lord, and the external is the good of mutual love. It is this latter good which is signified by “scarlet double-dyed;” by “scarlet” the good itself, and by “double-dyed” its truth. But in the spiritual kingdom the internal is the good of charity toward the neighbor, and the external is the good of obedience from faith. That “scarlet double-dyed” signifies the good of mutual love and its truth, is from its appearance in the other life; for when the sphere of this good and truth is presented to view in the lowest heaven, it appears of a scarlet color; because that which flows down from the celestial heaven and appears beneath, takes its color from flame, and beneath becomes scarlet from the shining whiteness of the light of the middle heaven, through which it passes. Hence, it is that among other colors, scarlet double-dyed was employed upon the curtains of the Habitation (Exod. 26:1); upon the veil before the ark (Exod. 26:31); upon the covering for the door of the tent (Exod. 26:36); upon the covering at the gate of the court (Exod. 27:16); upon the ephod (Exod. 28:6); upon the belt (Exod. 28:8) upon the breastplate of judgment (Exod. 28:15); and upon the fringes of the robe of the ephod (Exod. 28:33).
[2] That “scarlet double-dyed” signifies the good of mutual love, which is the external good of the celestial kingdom or church, is evident from the fact that a cloth of scarlet double-dyed was to be spread over the table on which were the breads of faces, and that it was to be covered next with a covering of badgers’ skins (Num. 4:8). For the inmost things that belong to the celestial kingdom or church, were signified by the things upon the table, especially by the breads; but exterior things by the coverings. From this also it is that the things to be collected are enumerated in this order; namely, the inmost things first, which were blue and crimson; the more outward things in the second place, which were scarlet double-dyed, fine linen, and goats’ wool; and lastly the outermost things, which were skins of red rams and badgers’ skins; in like manner everywhere in what follows.
sRef 2Sam@1 @17 S3′ sRef 2Sam@1 @18 S3′ sRef 2Sam@1 @24 S3′ [3] As external celestial good and its truth are signified by “scarlet double-dyed,” therefore the Word as to the external sense, and its derivative doctrine, are expressed by this color, for the reason that the Word is the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord, and this appears as a flaming light in the inmost heaven, and as a shining white light in the middle heaven.
[4] The Word and its derivative doctrine are thus expressed in the second book of Samuel:
David lamented a lamentation over Saul and over Jonathan; and he wrote down to teach the sons of Judah the bow. Ye daughters of Israel weep over Saul, who clothed you in double-dyed with delights, who put an ornament of gold upon your apparel (2 Sam. 1:17, 18, 24).
“To clothe in double-dyed” denotes to instruct in the truths that belong to the good of mutual love, thus in truths from a celestial origin. The subject treated of in this prophetic utterance is the doctrine of faith separated from the doctrine of love and charity; namely, that through the doctrine of faith separated, truths are extinguished, but are restored through the doctrine of love and charity. For by “the Philistines,” by whom Saul and Jonathan were slain, are signified those who are in the doctrine of faith separated from the doctrine of love and charity (n. 3412, 3413, 8093, 8096, 8099, 8313); and by “teaching the sons of Judah the bow” is signified instructing in the truths of doctrine those who are in the good of love and charity. (That “the sons of Judah” denote those who are in the good of love, see n. 3654, 3881, 5583, 5603, 5782, 5794, 5833, 6363; and that a “bow” denotes the doctrine of truth, n. 2686, 2709.)
sRef Lam@4 @5 S5′ sRef Jer@4 @30 S5′ [5] In Jeremiah:
Thou therefore, O wasted one, what wilt thou do? Though thou clothest thyself with double-dyed, though thou deckest thee with an ornament of gold, in vain shalt thou make thyself beautiful (Jer. 4:30).
The church that has been laid waste is here treated of; “clothing herself with double-dyed,” and “decking herself with an ornament of gold,” denotes to teach the truths of doctrine that are from a celestial origin, and the goods of life, consequently truths and goods from the Word. In like manner in the same:
They that did eat delicacies have been laid waste in the streets; they that were brought up upon scarlet have embraced a dunghill (Lam. 4:5).
“To be brought up upon scarlet” denotes to be instructed from the Word from infancy in the good of mutual love.
sRef Rev@18 @12 S6′ sRef Rev@17 @3 S6′ sRef Rev@18 @16 S6′ sRef Rev@17 @4 S6′ [6] As the things that belong to the external sense of the Word appear in heaven of a scarlet color, for the reason spoken of above, therefore they who apply the external sense of the Word to the confirmation of falsities from the evils of the love of self and of the world, and thus to those which are contrary to the truths and goods of love to the Lord and of mutual love, are said to be “clothed in crimson and scarlet;” for so do their outward things appear, because they are from the Word; but their internal things are profane. Such things are signified by “scarlet” in John:
I saw a woman sitting upon a scarlet beast, full of names of blasphemy; she was clothed in crimson and scarlet (Rev. 17:3, 4);
speaking of Babylon, by which is meant a religion in which the holy things of the Word are profaned by being applied to falsities that favor diabolical loves, which are the loves of self and of the world, thus to gaining dominion in the heavens and on earth. Again in the same:
The great city that was clothed in fine linen, and crimson, and scarlet; and gilded with gold, and precious stone, and pearls (Rev. 18:16).
Therefore also among the merchandise of Babylon are enumerated “fine linen, crimson, and scarlet” (Rev. 18:12).
sRef Num@15 @38 S7′ sRef Num@15 @39 S7′ [7] As the external of the Word appears in heaven of a scarlet color, and as there is an influx out of heaven into man’s memory, in which what is drawn from the Word appears of such a color, therefore scarlet was employed in relation to the remembrance of things; as in Moses:
The sons of Israel shall make them a train upon the borders of their garments, and shall put upon the train of the border a scarlet* thread, that by it they may remember all the commandments of Jehovah, and do them (Num. 15:38, 39).
sRef Gen@38 @28 S8′ sRef Josh@2 @18 S8′ sRef Gen@38 @30 S8′ sRef Josh@2 @21 S8′ [8] For the same reason also it was customary in ancient time, when significatives were in use, to bind a scarlet thread for the remembrance or recollection of a thing, as we read of Perez the son of Tamar, upon whose hand “the midwife bound a double-dyed thread” (Gen. 38:28, 30); and as we read of the harlot Rahab, who “bound a scarlet thread in the window, that the spies might remember their promise” (Josh. 2:18, 21).
sRef Lev@14 @6 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @52 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @51 S9′ sRef Num@19 @6 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @49 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @7 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @50 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @5 S9′ sRef Lev@14 @4 S9′ [9] As a man cannot be withdrawn from evils and falsities except by means of the truths and goods that are with him from the Word, therefore in the cleansing of leprosy there were employed “cedar wood, scarlet, and hyssop” (Lev. 14:4-7, 49-52); for “leprosy” denotes truth profaned, thus falsified (see n. 6963); and “to be cleansed from” these things denotes to be withdrawn from them by means of the truths and goods which are from the Word. In like manner scarlet was employed “in the waters of separation and expiation made from a red heifer” (Num. 19:6); “the waters of separation and expiation” also signified purification and withdrawal from evils and falsities by means of truths and goods from the Word.
sRef Isa@1 @18 S10′ [10] As most things have an opposite sense, so also have “double-dyed” and “scarlet,” and then they signify falsities and evils which are opposed to the before-mentioned truths and goods; as in Isaiah:
Though your sins be as double-dyed, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red as scarlet, they shall be as wool (Isa. 1:18);
the case herein is the same as with “red,” with “blood,” with “flame,” and with “fire,” which in the genuine sense signify the goods of love and of faith; but in the opposite sense the evils contrary to them.
* The Latin has “scarlet” here; but blue in n. 2576, etc., as also it is in the Hebrew.

AC (Potts) n. 9469 sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ 9469. And fine linen. That this signifies the truth thence derived, namely, from the good which is from a celestial origin, is evident from the signification of “linen,” as being truth (see n. 7601); and from that of “fine linen,” as being truth from the Divine (n. 5319); both in the natural man. That “fine linen” denotes truth from a celestial origin, is because of its whiteness and softness.

AC (Potts) n. 9470 sRef Ex@25 @4 S0′ sRef Ex@35 @26 S1′ sRef Ex@35 @25 S1′ 9470. And goats’ wool. That this signifies the good thence derived, namely, from the good of mutual love, is evident from the signification of a “she-goat,” as being the good of innocence in the external or natural man (see n. 3519, 7840); and from the signification of the “wool” thereof, as being the truth of this good. But as good is here signified, and not truth, therefore in the original tongue it is not said “goats’ wool,” but only “goats,” as also in other passages; as in the following in Exodus:
All the women that were wise brought that which they had spun, the blue, the crimson, the scarlet double-dyed, the fine linen. And they whose heart stirred them up, spun goats (Exod. 35:25, 26);
“to spin goats” denotes what was made from the wool of goats.
sRef Hos@2 @5 S2′ sRef Hos@2 @9 S2′ [2] But that “wool” denotes truth from a celestial origin, which in itself is good, is evident from the passages in the Word where it is mentioned; as in Hosea:
She said, I will go after my lovers, that give me my bread and my water, my wool and my flax. Therefore will I return, and take my grain in its time, and will rescue My wool and My flax (Hos. 2:5, 9);
the perverted church is here treated of, which is here called the “mother;” the “lovers” with whom she is said to have “committed whoredom,” denote those who pervert goods and truths; “bread and water” denote the internal goods of love and truths of faith; “wool and flax” denote the same, but external.
sRef Dan@7 @9 S3′ sRef Rev@1 @13 S3′ sRef Rev@1 @14 S3′ [3] In Daniel:
I beheld till the thrones were cast forth, and the Ancient of Days did sit; His garment was like the white snow, and the hair of His head was like the clean wool (Dan. 7:9);
the vastation of the church in respect to all the truth of faith, and its restoration by the Lord, are here treated of; a complete vastation is signified by “the thrones being cast forth;” “the Ancient of Days” denotes the Lord as to celestial good, such as was in the Most Ancient Church, which was a celestial church, and which in the Word is called “ancient;” its external truth is signified by the “garment that was like the white snow;” and its external good by the “hair of the head that was like the clean wool.” In like manner in John:
In the midst of the seven lampstands was one like to the Son of man; His head and His hair were white as white wool, as snow (Rev. 1:13, 14).
sRef Isa@1 @18 S4′ sRef Ezek@27 @18 S4′ [4] Such truth, which being a form of celestial good, is in itself good, is also signified by “wool” in these passages:
Damascus was thy merchant in wine of Helbon, and wool of Zachar (Ezek. 27:18).
Though your sins be as double-dyed, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like scarlet, they shall be as wool (Isa. 1:18).
sRef Ezek@44 @15 S5′ sRef Ezek@44 @18 S5′ sRef Ezek@44 @17 S5′ [5] As by the garments of Aaron were represented such things as belong to the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, thus the spiritual things of truth, his garments of holiness were of linen, and not of wool; for “linen” denotes spiritual truth, but “wool” celestial truth, which relatively is good. For this reason it is said in Ezekiel:
The priests, the Levites, the sons of Zadok, when they enter in at the gates of the inner court, they shall put on garments of linen; and no wool shall come upon them. Linen turbans shall be upon their heads, breeches of linen upon their loins (Ezek. 44:15, 17, 18).
That the garments of Aaron also were not of wool, but of linen, is evident from Leviticus 16:4, 32.
sRef Deut@22 @11 S6′ [6] From all this it can be seen that “linen” signifies spiritual truth, which is the truth of the good of faith; but that “wool” signifies celestial truth, which is the truth of the good of love; and as those who are in the latter truth cannot be in the former truth, for the two differ as do the light from the sun and the light from the stars, therefore it was decreed that “a mixed garment of wool and linen was not to be worn” (Deut. 22:11). (That there is such a distinction between the celestial and the spiritual, and that the two are not together in one subject, see the citations in n. 9277.)

AC (Potts) n. 9471 sRef Ex@25 @5 S0′ 9471. And skins of red rams, and badgers’ skins.* That this signifies the external truths and goods by which they are held together, is evident from the signification of “skins,” as being external things (see n. 3540); from the signification of “rams,” as being spiritual things which are of truth (n. 2830, 4170); from the signification of “red” as being good (n. 3300); thus “skins of red rams” denote the external truths that are from good; and from the signification of “badgers,” as being goods. That “badgers” have this signification is evident from the fact that in the Word, where truth is spoken of, good also is spoken of, by reason of the heavenly marriage of truth and good (see n. 9263, 9314). Consequently as “skins of red rams” signify external truths which are from good, “badgers’ skins” signify the goods themselves. The reason why they denote the truths and goods by which [internal truths and goods] are held together, is that all external things keep internal things together, as is also here evident from the use of these skins, in that they served for coverings; the skins of badgers, for coverings over things more holy than the skins of rams (Exod. 26:14; Num. 4:6, 8, 10-12, 14).
* Latin, pelles melium. “Badgers” is the usual rendering of meles. But in Adversaria, Exodus, n. 1297, Swedenborg says that these meles are mares haedorum, “the males of kids,” which would agree with what is here said of them. It is difficult to believe that a badger has a higher signification than a ram. [Reviser]

AC (Potts) n. 9472 sRef Isa@41 @19 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @5 S0′ 9472. And shittim wood. That this signifies the goods of merit which are from the Lord and thus of the Lord alone, is evident from the signification of “wood,” as being the good of merit (see n. 1110, 2784, 2812, 4943, 8740). The good of merit is the good that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, which is Christian good, or spiritual good with man. It is this good by which man is saved; for good which proceeds from any other source is not good, because the Divine is not in it, thus neither is heaven in it, consequently salvation is not in it. Shittim wood was the wood of the most excellent cedar; and by the “cedar” is signified the spiritual of the church. That shittim wood was a species of cedar, is evident in Isaiah:
I will set in the wilderness the cedar of Shittah, and the myrtle, and the wood of oil (Isa. 41:19);
where “the cedar of Shittah” denotes spiritual good, and “the wood of oil” celestial good. As the good of merit that belongs to the Lord alone is the only good that reigns in heaven, and that makes heaven, therefore this wood was the only wood employed in the construction of the tabernacle (by which heaven was represented); as for instance for the ark itself, in which was the testimony; for its staves; for the table upon which were the breads of faces, and its staves; for the planks of the Habitation; for the bars and pillars of the covering; and also for the altar and its staves; as is evident from verses 10, 13, 23, 28 of this chapter; from verses 15, 26, 37 of the following chapter; and verses 1 and 6 of chapter 27.

AC (Potts) n. 9473 sRef Ex@25 @6 S0′ 9473. Oil for the luminary. That this signifies the internal good which is in mutual love and in charity, is evident from the signification of “oil,” as being the good of love (see n. 886, 4582, 4638); and from the signification of “the luminary,” as being mutual love and charity. That “the luminary” denotes mutual love, is from its flame, by which this love is signified; and that it denotes charity, is from the heat and light from it; for spiritual heat is the good of charity, and spiritual light is the truth of faith.
[2] It shall here be briefly stated what is meant by the internal good in mutual love, and in charity. Nothing comes forth from itself, but from what is prior to itself. This is the case also with truth and good. That from which another thing comes forth is internal; and that which comes forth is its external. Each and all things that come forth are like cause and effect. No effect can come forth without an efficient cause. The efficient cause is the internal of the effect, and the effect is its external. They are also like endeavor and motion. No motion can come forth without endeavor, insomuch that when the endeavor ceases the motion ceases. Wherefore the internal of motion is endeavor, or moving force. The case is similar with living endeavor, which is will; and with living motion, which is action. No action can come forth without will, insomuch that when will ceases action ceases; and therefore the internal of action is will. From all this it is evident that in each and all things there must be an internal, in order that they may come forth, and that they may afterward subsist; and that without an internal they are not anything.
sRef Matt@23 @27 S3′ [3] So also it is with the good which is of love; unless there is an internal good in it, it is not good. The internal good in the good of faith is the good of charity, which is spiritual good; but the internal good in the good of charity is the good of mutual love, which is external celestial good; and the internal good in the good of mutual love is the good of love to the Lord, which is the good of innocence; and this good is internal celestial good. But the internal good in the good of love to the Lord, that is, in the good of innocence, is the good Divine itself that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord, and consequently it is the Lord Himself. This last good must be in all good, in order that it may be good; and therefore there is not any good unless its internal is from this source; for unless its internal is from this source, it is not good but evil, because it is from the man himself, and that which proceeds from man is evil; for man regards himself in all the good that he does, and also regards the world, and thus not the Lord nor heaven. If the Lord and heaven are thought of by him, they are to him as means to serve his own honor and his own profit. Consequently these goods are like whited sepulchers, which outwardly appear beautiful; but inwardly are full of dead men’s bones, and of all uncleanness (Matt. 23:27, 29).

AC (Potts) n. 9474 sRef Ex@25 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @27 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @30 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @28 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @29 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @31 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @24 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @26 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @23 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @25 S1′ 9474. Spices for the oil of anointing. That this signifies the internal truths that belong to the inaugurating good, is evident from the signification of “spices,” as being interior truths, which are the truths of internal good (of which below); from the signification of “oil,” as being the good of love (as above, n. 9473); and from the signification of “anointing,” as being inauguration to represent; for the things that were to represent holy things were anointed with perfumed oil, and so were inaugurated, as is evident from the following words in Exodus:
Take unto thee of the chief spices, noble myrrh, perfumed cinnamon, sweet-scented calamus, cassia, olive oil. And thou shalt make it an oil of anointing of holiness, an ointment of ointment; it shall be an oil of anointing of holiness, with which thou shalt anoint the tent and all the vessels thereof, the lampstand and the vessels thereof, the altar of incense, the altar of burnt-offering and all the vessels thereof, and the laver and the base thereof. Thus thou shalt sanctify them, that they may be the holy of holies. And thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sons (Exod. 30:23-31).
The reason why these things were holy after they had been anointed, was that they then represented holy things; from which it is evident that the anointing was an inauguration to represent.
[2] That the anointing was done with oil was because “oil” signified celestial good; and celestial good is the good of love from the Lord, and consequently the good of love to the Lord. This good is the very essential in each and all things of heaven and eternal life. The reason why this oil was made perfumed by spices was that it might represent that which is acceptable; for “odor” signifies perception; and an agreeable and sweet odor, an acceptable perception (n. 925, 1514, 1517-1519, 3577, 4624-4634, 4748). And as all the perception of good is by means of truth, therefore spices were employed, by which are signified interior truths (n. 4748, 5621).
[3] It shall be briefly stated further why the oil of anointing, and also the incense, were to be made sweet-scented. “Oil,” as before said, signifies the good of love; and “spice,” internal truth. The good which is of love does not come to perception except through truths, for truth is the witness of good, and is also the revelation of good, and may be called the form of good. The case herein is as with the will and the understanding in man. The will can manifest itself only through the understanding, for the understanding receives the good of the will, and makes it clear. Moreover the understanding is the form of the will, and truth belongs to the understanding, and good to the will. From all this it can be seen why the oil of anointing was made perfumed, and also the incense. But the difference between them is that the perfume of the oil of anointing signifies the acceptableness of internal perception, whereas the perfume of the incense signifies the acceptableness of external perception; for the perfume of the oil of anointing was unaccompanied by smoke, thus it presented its sweet odor without any external appearance; but the perfume of the incense was accompanied with smoke.

AC (Potts) n. 9475 sRef Ex@30 @3 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @9 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @2 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @5 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @8 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @6 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @1 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @7 S0′ sRef Ex@30 @4 S0′ sRef Lev@16 @13 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @37 S1′ sRef Lev@16 @12 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @34 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @35 S1′ sRef Ex@30 @36 S1′ 9475. And for the incense of spices. That this signifies for acceptable perception, is evident from the signification of “incense,” as being the things of worship which are acceptably perceived, such as confessions, adorations, prayers, and the like; and from the signification of “spices,” as being the truths of faith which are acceptable because from good; for sweet odors signify what is acceptable, in accordance with their perfumes, and whatever is acceptable is so from good through truths. It is for this reason that by “the incense of spices” Is signified the acceptable perception of truth from good. The spices of which this incense was compounded are enumerated, and its preparation is described, in these words:
Take unto thee spices, stacte, and onycha, and galbanum; sweet spices, and pure frankincense. Thou shalt make them an incense salted, pure, holy. Thou shalt beat some of it very small, and put some of it before the testimony in the tent of meeting; it shall be to you the holy of holies. The incense shall be to thee holy for Jehovah (Exod. 30:34-37).
The altar of incense, and the burning of the incense itself, are thus described:
Thou shalt make an altar to burn incense upon. Thou shalt overlay it with pure gold. Thou shalt put it before the veil that is over the ark of the testimony, before the propitiatory [mercy seat], that Aaron may burn thereon incense of spices every morning; when he dresseth the lamps, he shall burn it; and between the evenings (Exod. 30:1-8; 37:25-29; 40:26, 27).
When Aaron shall come into the holy place, he shall take a censer full of coals of fire from off the altar; and his fists full of incense of spices beaten small; then he shall bring it within the veil, so that he may put the incense upon the fire before Jehovah, and the cloud of the incense may cover the propitiatory [mercy seat] that is upon the testimony (Lev. 16:3, 12, 13).
[2] As by “incense” were signified such things of worship as are from good through truths-as are all the things that belong to the faith that is from the good of love-therefore fire was taken from the altar; for by “the fire of the altar” was signified the good of Divine love (n. 934, 4906, 5071, 5215, 6314, 6832, 6834, 6849, 7324, 7852); and therefore when fire was taken from any other source, they were smitten with a plague, and died (Lev. 10:1, 2; Num. 17:10-13); for by fire from some other source, or strange fire, was signified love not Divine.
sRef Rev@8 @4 S3′ sRef Rev@8 @3 S3′ sRef Rev@5 @8 S3′ sRef Ps@141 @2 S3′ [3] That such things as belong to the faith that is from the good of love and charity-as for instance confessions, adorations, and prayers-are signified by “incense,” is evident in the following passages:
Accepted are my prayers as incense before Thee (Ps. 141:2).
The four animals, and the four and twenty elders, fell down before the Lamb, having each one of them a harp, and golden vials full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints (Rev. 5:8).
Another angel came, having a golden censer, and there was given unto him much incense, that he should add it to the prayers of all the saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. The smoke of the incense went up from the prayers of the saints (Rev. 8:3, 4).
sRef Jer@1 @16 S4′ sRef Ezek@16 @18 S4′ sRef Ezek@8 @11 S4′ sRef Deut@33 @10 S4′ sRef Hos@2 @13 S4′ sRef Mal@1 @11 S4′ [4] The reason why such things are signified by “incense” is that they belong to the thought and thence to the mouth; but the things which belong to affection, and thence to the heart, are signified by the “meat-offering” in Malachi:
From the rising of the sun even to its going down, the name of Jehovah shall be great among the nations, and in every place shall incense be offered to My name, and a clean meat-offering (Mal. 1:11);
and by “the burnt-offering” in Moses:
The sons of Levi shall teach Jacob Thy judgments, and Israel Thy law; they shall put incense in Thy nostrils, and a burnt-offering upon Thine altar (Deut. 33:10).
Here “incense” denotes such things as belong to the thought and the mouth, and that bear relation to the truths of faith; and the “meat-offering” and “burnt-offering” denote such things as belong to the affection and the heart, and bear relation to the goods of love. Consequently in the opposite sense worship from falsities of faith is meant by “burning incense to other gods” (Jer. 1:16; 44:3, 5); and by “burning incense to idols” (Ezek. 8:11; 16:18); and by “burning incense to the Baals” (Hosea 2:13).

AC (Potts) n. 9476 sRef Ezek@28 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @7 S0′ sRef Ezek@28 @13 S0′ sRef Ezek@28 @12 S0′ 9476. Onyx stones and stones for filling. That this signifies spiritual truths and goods in general, is evident from the signification of “onyx stones,” as being the truths of faith that are from love, or spiritual truths; for the truths of faith which are from love are spiritual truths; and from the signification of “stones for filling,” as being the goods of faith, or spiritual goods. That “stones for filling” denote the goods of faith, and “onyx stones” the truths of faith, is because the stones for filling were for the breastplate, and by “the breast plate” upon the ephod was signified the good of faith, or spiritual good; but the onyx stones were upon the shoulders of the ephod, and by “the shoulders” of the ephod are signified the truths of faith, or spiritual truths. (That by precious stones in the Word are signified the truths and goods of faith, or spiritual truths and goods, see n. 114, 643, 3858, 6335, 6640.) And as the truths and goods of faith are signified by precious stones, intelligence and wisdom are also signified by them, for intelligence is from the truths of faith, and wisdom is from the goods of faith. So in Ezekiel:
Full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty, thou hast been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering, the ruby, the topaz, the diamond, the tarshish, the onyx (Ezek. 28:12, 13, 15);
speaking of the king of Tyre, by whom is signified intelligence from the knowledges of the truth of faith (n. 1201).

AC (Potts) n. 9477 sRef Ex@25 @7 S0′ 9477. For the ephod, and for the breastplate. That this signifies which should be for a covering for external and internal celestial things, is evident from the signification of “the ephod,” as being that which covers celestial good; for by Aaron as high priest was represented the Lord as to the good of love; by his garments, and especially the ephod, was represented the truth of faith which is from the good of love. The good of love is celestial, and the truth of faith is its covering, for truths cover goods; wherefore truths are signified in the Word by “garments” (see n. 4545, 5248, 5319, 5954, 9093, 9212). For the celestial things that belong to the good of love are represented in heaven naked, and therefore those who are from the Lord’s celestial kingdom appear without clothing; but those who are from the spiritual kingdom (who are those introduced by the Lord into the good of charity through the truths of faith) appear clothed with garments. This kingdom is beneath the celestial kingdom, and that which is beneath is a covering for that which is above; for that which is lower is exterior, and that which is higher is interior (n. 2148, 3084, 4599, 5146, 8325). From this it is plain what is signified by “the ephod” when by Aaron is represented the Lord as to the Divine celestial. (That priests represented the Lord as to Divine good, and kings as to Divine truth, see n. 6148.) But be it known that by “the ephod” was signified the covering for external celestial things, and by “the breastplate” the covering for internal celestial things. But more shall be said of these in what follows, where the ephod, and the breastplate in which were the Urim and Thummim, are treated of.

AC (Potts) n. 9478 sRef Ex@25 @7 S0′ 9478. Verses 8, 9. And let them make for Me a sanctuary, that I may dwell in the midst of them. According to all that I show thee, the form of the Habitation, and the form of all the vessels thereof, even so shall ye make it. “And let them make for Me a sanctuary,” signifies a representative of the Lord, and thus of heaven; “that I may dwell in the midst of them,” signifies the consequent presence of the Lord in the representative church; “according to all that I show thee, the form of the Habitation,” signifies a representative of heaven where the Lord is; “and the form of all the vessels thereof,” signifies a representative of all the celestial and spiritual things that are from Him; “even so shall ye make it,” signifies a sure and genuine representative.

AC (Potts) n. 9479 sRef Ex@25 @8 S0′ 9479. And let them make for Me a sanctuary. That this signifies a representative of the Lord, and thus of heaven, is evident from the signification of “a sanctuary,” as being the Lord, and as being heaven; but here a representative of the Lord and of heaven, because it was a tabernacle made of wood and covered all round with curtains, and this could not have been a sanctuary except by means of the representation. For “a sanctuary” denotes holiness itself, and nothing is holy except the Divine alone, thus the Lord alone (see n. 9229). That heaven is “a sanctuary,” is because heaven is heaven from what is Divine there; for the angels who are there make heaven in proportion as they have [something] from the Divine of the Lord; but in proportion as they have [anything] from themselves, they do not make heaven. From this it is plain how it is to be understood that the Lord is the all in all of heaven. (That the Lord dwells in His own, thus in the Divine with the angels, and thus in heaven, see n. 9338.)
sRef Jer@17 @12 S2′ sRef Ezek@11 @16 S2′ sRef Isa@63 @15 S2′ [2] That in the supreme sense “the sanctuary” denotes the Lord, because He alone is holy, and that alone is holy which proceeds from Him; and also that “the sanctuary” denotes heaven, and likewise the church, and that those things are “sanctuaries” which are in heaven and in the church from the Lord, is evident from the passages in the Word in which “a sanctuary” and “sanctuaries” are spoken of; as in Ezekiel:
The Lord Jehovih said, I will scatter them in the lands, and I will be to them a little sanctuary in the lands whither they shall come (Ezek. 11:18);
where “a sanctuary” denotes the Lord Himself; for “the Lord Jehovih,” and “Jehovah,” in the Word, denote the Lord (n. 9373). Again:
Look forth from the heavens, and behold from the habitation of Thy holiness (Isa. 63:15).
As the throne of glory, the height from eternity, is the place of the sanctuary (Jer. 17:12);
in which passages “the habitation of holiness,” and “the sanctuary,” denote heaven. sRef Lam@2 @7 S3′ sRef Lev@26 @31 S3′ sRef Lam@1 @10 S3′ sRef Isa@63 @18 S3′ sRef Ezek@24 @21 S3′ [3] Again:
Little is lacking but that Thou wilt possess the people of Thy holiness; our adversaries have trodden down Thy sanctuary (Isa. 63:18).
The nations have come into His sanctuary (Lam. 1:10).
The Lord hath cast off His altar, He hath abhorred His sanctuary (Lam. 2:7).
The Lord Jehovih said, Behold I will profane My sanctuary, the magnificence of your strength, the desire of your eyes (Ezek. 24:21).
I will make your cities a waste, and will desolate your sanctuaries (Lev. 26:31).
In these passages “the sanctuary” denotes the church, and “sanctuaries,” the things that belong to the church. From all this it is evident why the tabernacle is called “a sanctuary,” namely, from the fact that by it was represented heaven and the church, and that by the holy things therein were represented Divine things that are from the Lord in heaven and in the church.

AC (Potts) n. 9480 sRef Ex@25 @8 S0′ 9480. That I may dwell in the midst of them. That this signifies the consequent presence of the Lord in the representative church, is evident from the signification of “dwelling in the midst,” when said of the Lord, as being His presence; for by “dwelling” is signified to be and to live (see n. 1293, 3613, 4451); and therefore “dwelling in the midst” denotes to be present, and to live present. That it signifies presence in the representative church, is because the presence of the Lord with that people was not in the internal things that belong to love and faith; but only in the external things that represented these. (As to the nature of this presence, see n. 4311, and the citations in n. 9320, 9380.)

AC (Potts) n. 9481 sRef Ex@25 @9 S0′ sRef Rev@4 @2 S1′ 9481. According to all that I show thee, the form of the Habitation. That this signifies a representative of heaven where the Lord is, is evident from the signification of “the form of the Habitation,” as being a representative of heaven; for a “form” denotes a representative, and “the Habitation” denotes heaven. That a “form” denotes a representative, is because the Divine things in the heavens are also presented to view in a form. These visible things are representatives. (That “the Habitation” denotes heaven where the Lord is, see n. 8269, 8309.) The nature of the representatives that appear in heaven is evident from the prophets; as from John in Revelation; the lampstands (Rev. 1:12); a throne with four and twenty thrones around it, and four animals before the throne (Rev. 4:2, and following verses); a book sealed with seven seals (Rev. 5); horses going forth when the seals were opened (chap. 6); angels variously arrayed, with vials (Rev. 9-10, 15) a white horse (Rev. 19); and lastly the New Jerusalem, of which the walls, gates, foundation, and its height, breadth, and length are described (Rev. 21-22). There are similar things in other prophets.
[2] All these things are representatives such as continually appear before the angels in the heavens, and present in a visible form the Divine celestial things that belong to the good of love, and the Divine spiritual things that belong to the good of faith. The sum total of such things was represented by the tabernacle and the things that were in it; as by the ark itself; by the table on which were the breads; by the altar of incense; by the lampstand; and by all other things. As these things were forms of Divine celestial and spiritual things, therefore when they were seen by the people at the time they were in holy worship, there were then presented in heaven the things that were represented; which as before said were the Divine celestial things that belong to the good of love to the Lord, and the Divine spiritual things that belong to the good of faith in the Lord. Such an effect in heaven had all the representatives of that church. Be it known that there are always spirits and angels with man, and that he cannot live without them; in like manner that through them man has connection with the Lord, and that in this way the human race and also heaven subsist. From this it can be seen to what end the representatives and also the rituals of the church were instituted among the Israelitish nation; also to what end the Word was given, wherein all things of the literal sense correspond to Divine things which are in heaven; thus wherein all the things are representative, and all the words significative. From this, man has connection with heaven, and through heaven with the Lord. Without this connection man would have no life whatever, for without connection with the very Being of Life from whom comes all the manifestation of life, no one has any life.
[3] But these things are not apprehended by those who believe that life is in man himself; and that he lives independently of spirits or angels; thus without any influx through heaven from the Divine; when yet everything unconnected with the Divine perishes and becomes nothing; and nothing can possibly exist without what is prior to itself, thus without the Divine, which is the First, and the Very Being from Itself, that is, Jehovah; and consequently neither can it subsist, for to subsist is to perpetually come forth. As the “Habitation” signifies heaven where the Lord is, it also signifies the good of love and of faith, for these make heaven; and because all good is from the Lord, and heaven is called heaven from love and faith in the Lord, therefore also in the supreme sense the “Habitation” signifies the Lord; as is plain in Isa. 63:15; Jer. 25:30; Ezek. 37:26, 27; Ps. 26:8; 43:3; 90:1; 91:9; Exod. 15:13; Deut. 12:5; and in other places. From this it is evident that the tabernacle was called “the sanctuary,” and “the Habitation of Jehovah,” because of this representation.

AC (Potts) n. 9482 sRef Ex@25 @9 S0′ 9482. And the form of all the vessels thereof. That this signifies a representative of all the celestial and spiritual things which are from the Lord, is evident from the signification of a “form,” as being a representative (as shown just above, n. 9481); and from the signification of “vessels,” as being truths (n. 3068, 3079, 3316, 3318), here the celestial and spiritual things which are from the Lord; for by “the vessels” are meant all things that were in the tabernacle, and constituted it, and by these are signified celestial and spiritual things when by the tabernacle itself is signified heaven where the Lord is (n. 9479), and by the testimony that was in the ark, the Lord Himself.

AC (Potts) n. 9483 sRef Ex@25 @9 S0′ 9483. Even so shall ye make it. That this signifies a sure and genuine representative, is evident from the signification of “so making it,” when it is repeated, and becomes the conclusion, as being what is sure and genuine.

AC (Potts) n. 9484 sRef Ex@25 @13 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @12 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @14 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @15 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @11 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @16 S0′ 9484. Verses 10-16. And let them make an ark of shittim wood; two cubits and a half the length thereof and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, from within and from without shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a border of gold round about. And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it, and put them upon the four corners thereof; and two rings shall be on the one side of it, and two rings on the other side of it. And thou shalt make staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold. And thou shalt put the staves into the rings on the sides of the ark, to carry the ark withal. The staves shall be in the rings of the ark; they shall not be removed from it. And thou shalt put into the ark the Testimony which I shall give thee. “And let them make an ark,” signifies the inmost heaven; “of shittim wood,” signifies righteousness; “two cubits and a half the length thereof,” signifies all in respect to good; “and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof,” signifies full in respect to truth; “and a cubit and a half the height thereof,” signifies full in respect to degrees; “and thou shalt overlay it with pure gold,” signifies that all these things must be founded on good; “from within and from without shalt thou overlay it,” signifies everywhere; “and shalt make upon it a border of gold round about,” signifies a fixing of the bounds by good, lest they be approached and injured by evils; “and thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it,” signifies the Divine truth conjoined with Divine good that is round about on all sides; “and put them upon the four corners thereof,” signifies stability; “and two rings shall be on the one side of it, and two rings on the other side of it,” signifies the marriage of truth with good and of good with truth; “and thou shalt make staves of shittim wood,” signifies the power thence derived; “and overlay them with gold,” signifies good everywhere; “and thou shalt put the staves into the rings,” signifies the power of the Divine sphere; “on the sides of the ark,” signifies in ultimates; “to carry the ark withal,” signifies thus the coming-forth and subsistence of heaven; “the staves shall be in the rings of the ark,” signifies that the power shall endure from the Divine sphere of good and truth; “they shall not be removed from it,” signifies forever, without change; “and thou shalt put into the ark the Testimony,” signifies the Divine truth, which is the Lord in heaven; “which I shall give thee,” signifies its representative.

AC (Potts) n. 9485 sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ sRef Ps@132 @8 S1′ sRef Ps@132 @6 S1′ sRef Ps@132 @7 S1′ 9485. And let them make an ark. That this signifies the inmost heaven, is evident from the signification of the “ark,” as being the inmost heaven; for by the “testimony” or “law” in the ark is signified the Lord, for the reason that the “testimony” denotes the Divine truth, and Divine truth is the Lord in heaven (see below, n. 9503). It is from this that the ark signifies the inmost heaven; and therefore it was a most holy thing, and was worshiped by the people as Jehovah; for it was believed that Jehovah dwelt there, and between the cherubs, as is evident in David:
We heard in Ephrathah; we will enter into His habitation; we will bow at the footstool of His feet. Arise O Jehovah unto Thy rest; Thou, and the ark of Thy strength (Ps. 132:6-8);
treating of the Lord; “Ephrathah” is Bethlehem, where the Lord was born (Mic. 5:2; Matt. 2:6); the “habitation” denotes heaven where the Lord is; “Thou and the ark of Thy strength” denote the Lord and His representative.
sRef Jer@3 @14 S2′ sRef Jer@3 @17 S2′ sRef Jer@3 @16 S2′ [2] That the ark is a representative of the Lord, is plain in Jeremiah:
I will bring you back to Zion; in those days they shall say no more, The ark of the covenant; neither shall it come up upon the heart; neither shall they make mention of it; neither shall they long for it; neither shall it be repaired anymore. At that time they shall call Jerusalem the throne of Jehovah; and all the nations shall be gathered together to it, on account of the name of Jehovah, to Jerusalem (Jer. 3:14, 16, 17);
treating of a new church. The representative of the former church, which representative was then to be abolished, is meant by “the ark,” which was “not to be spoken of anymore, neither to come up upon the heart, nor to be repaired.” “Jerusalem, to which the nations were to be gathered,” denotes this new church. From this it is plain that by “the ark” is signified a representative of the Lord and of the worship of Him in the church, the same as was signified by “the continual [burnt-offering],” and by “the habitation of the sanctuary,” in Daniel 8:11.
sRef Num@10 @34 S3′ sRef Num@10 @35 S3′ sRef Num@10 @33 S3′ sRef Num@10 @36 S3′ sRef 2Sam@6 @2 S3′ [3] That the ark was worshiped as Jehovah by the Israelitish and Jewish people, and that it was believed that He dwelt therein, and between the cherubs, is manifest in these passages:
David made them bring up the ark of God, the name of which is called the name of Jehovah Zebaoth, that sitteth on the cherubs upon it (2 Sam. 6:2).
When the ark set forward, Moses said, Rise up, Jehovah, let Thine enemies be scattered. When it rested, he said, Return, Jehovah, unto the ten thousands of the thousands of Israel (Num. 10:33-36).
That the inmost heaven was signified by “the ark,” was because by the whole tabernacle or tent was represented the universal angelic heaven; its ultimate by the court; its middle by the habitation where the priest ministered; and its inmost by the habitation within the veil, where was the ark in which was the testimony.

AC (Potts) n. 9486 sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ sRef Isa@59 @16 S1′ sRef Isa@63 @5 S1′ sRef Isa@59 @17 S1′ sRef Isa@63 @2 S1′ sRef Isa@63 @1 S1′ sRef Isa@63 @4 S1′ sRef Isa@63 @3 S1′ 9486. Of shittim wood. That this signifies righteousness, is evident from the signification of “shittim wood,” as being the good of merit that belongs to the Lord alone (of which above, n. 9472), thus also righteousness, which is the good of merit. For by His own power the Lord reduced the universal heaven into order, and subjugated the hells, and at the same time made the Human in Himself Divine, whereby He has merit and righteousness; and therefore the only good that reigns in heaven and makes heaven, is the good of merit and the righteousness of the Lord; thus His Divine Human, for this was made merit and righteousness.
sRef John@10 @17 S2′ sRef Jer@23 @6 S2′ sRef John@10 @18 S2′ [2] That these things were done by the Lord of His own power, is evident in the following passages:
Who is this that cometh from Edom? I that speak in righteousness, Great to save. I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the peoples there was no man with Me. I looked around, but there was none to help; and I was amazed, but there was none to uphold; therefore Mine own arm brought salvation to Me (Isa. 63:1-5).
He saw that there was no man, and was amazed that there was none to intercede; therefore His own arm brought salvation to Him; and His righteousness, it upheld Him. He put on righteousness as a coat of mail (Isa. 59:16, 17).
This is His name whereby they shall call Him, Jehovah our righteousness (Jer. 23:6; 33:15, 16).
I lay down My life that I may take it again. No one taketh It away from Me; I lay it down of Myself; I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again (John 10:17, 18).
From these passages it is plain that in respect to the Divine Human the Lord has merit and righteousness from Himself. As by “the ark” is signified heaven where the Lord is, there was employed in its construction shittim wood, by which this good is signified; for by “wood” in general is signified good (n. 643, 3720, 8354); and therefore they who place merit in works appear in the other life to cut wood, beneath which there is something of the Lord (n. 1110, 4943, 8740). Consequently by cutting the wood of the burnt-offering is signified the good of merit, or the good of works (n. 2784, 2812).

AC (Potts) n. 9487 sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ 9487. Two cubits and a half the length thereof. That this signifies all in respect to good, is evident from the signification of “two and a half,” as being much, and what is full; and when spoken of the Divine, as being all. That “two and a half” denotes much, and what is full, is because this number signifies the like as five, ten, a hundred, and a thousand; for the double of two and a half is five, the double of five is ten, ten times ten is a hundred, and when numbers are doubled and multiplied they signify the like as the simple numbers of which they are compounded (see n. 5291, 5335, 5708, 7973). (That the number “five” signifies much, and what is full, see n. 5708, 5956, 9102; in like manner “ten,” n. 3107, 4638; also “a hundred,” n. 2636, 4400; and “a thousand,” n. 2575, 8715.) Hence these numbers, when said of the Divine, denote all. And from the signification of “length,” as being good (n. 1613, 8898.)
[2] That “length” in the Word signifies good, and “breadth” truth, may seem a paradox, but still it is so. It originates in the fact that each and all things in the Word signify such things as belong to heaven and the church, thus as bear relation to the good of love, and to the truth of faith. Nothing of space-such as implies length and breadth-can be predicated of these; but instead of space the state of being, which is the state of good, and from this the state of manifestation, which is the state of truth. Moreover, in heaven spaces are appearances arising from these states (n. 4882, 9440). From all this it can be seen that real things are signified by the measures and dimensions in Ezekiel 40-47, where the new temple and the new earth are treated of; consequently here also, where the ark, the Habitation, and the court, the tables therein, and the altars, are treated of; and in like manner in the description of the temple of Jerusalem; and again in that of the holy Jerusalem coming down out of heaven, in that it was four-square, its length as great as its breadth (Rev. 21:16; and Zech. 2:1, 2); for by “Jerusalem” is signified the New Church; and by its measurement as to length, the quality of its good; and as to breadth, the quality of its truth.
sRef Isa@8 @8 S3′ sRef Ps@118 @5 S3′ sRef Hab@1 @6 S3′ sRef Ps@31 @8 S3′ [3] That by “breadth” is signified truth, is very manifest in the following passages:
In straitness I called upon Jah; He answereth me in breadth (Ps. 118:5).
Thou hast made my feet to stand in breadth (Ps. 31:8).
The stretching out of the wings of Asshur shall be the fullness of the breadth of the land (Isa. 8:8).
I raise up the Chaldeans, a bitter and swift nation, that walketh in the breadths of the land (Hab. 1:6);
“to walk in the breadths of the land,” when said of the Chaldeans, denotes to destroy the truths of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 9488 sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ 9488. And a cubit and a half the breadth thereof. That this signifies full in respect to truth, is evident from the signification of “one and a half,” as being what is full. The reason why this number signifies what is full, is that “three” has this signification; for the half of a number signifies the like as double the number, because when a number is multiplied it retains the signification the simple number had before it was multiplied (see n. 5291, 5335). (That “three” denotes what is full, see n. 2788, 7718, 9188; and that all numbers in the Word signify real things, n. 482, 487, 575, 647, 648, 755, 813, 1963, 1988, 2075, 2252, 3252, 4264, 4495, 4670, 5265, 5291, 5335, 5708, 6175, 7973.) And from the signification of “breadth,” as being truth (of which just above, n. 9487).

AC (Potts) n. 9489 sRef Ex@25 @10 S0′ 9489. And a cubit and a half the height thereof. That this signifies full in respect to degrees, is evident from the signification of “height,” as being degrees in respect to good, and in respect to truth. “Height” has this signification because all good and the derivative truth proceed from the Lord, and the Lord is in the highest, and is therefore called “the Highest” (see n. 8153); for He is the sun of heaven (n. 5097, 8812), and the sun is above the heavens, and is the center from which the universal heaven that is beneath comes forth and subsists. All the heights in heaven, being determined from its sun as the center, are differences of good and of the derivative truth. Consequently they who are in the inmost heaven are nearer to the Lord, because they are in the good of love to Him; thus are in good above all others. Those who are in the middle heaven are more distant from Him, because they are in a lower good; and still more distant are those who are in the ultimate heaven. But those who are in hell have been altogether removed from the Lord, because they are in evil and the derivative falsity. These do not even look toward the sun, but backward from it; and therefore when they are looked at by the angels, they appear in an inverted position, with feet upward and head downward. Now as the distances and spaces in the other life are appearances in accordance with the states of good and the derivative truth (n. 9440), therefore in the spiritual sense “height” signifies degrees in respect to good, and in respect to truth, or degrees from the Highest, who is the Lord, and thus the Divine good itself.
sRef Ezek@31 @7 S2′ sRef Ezek@31 @5 S2′ sRef Ezek@31 @3 S2′ sRef Jer@31 @12 S2′ [2] From this it is evident what is signified by “height” in the following passages; as in Jeremiah:
They shall come and sing in the height of Zion, and shall flow together unto the good of Jehovah, and their soul shall be as a watered garden (Jer. 31:12);
where “the height of Zion” denotes celestial good, which is the good above spiritual good; and because “height” denotes good, therefore it is said that “they shall flow together to the good of Jehovah.” In Ezekiel:
Asshur was a cedar in Lebanon. Its height was made high, and its branches became long by reason of many waters. It was beautiful in its greatness, in the length of its branches (Ezek. 31:3, 5, 7);
“Asshur” denotes an enlightened rational; “a cedar in Lebanon,” the spiritual church; and its “height,” the degree of good.
sRef Ezek@20 @40 S3′ sRef Ezek@17 @23 S3′ [3] Again:
In the mountain of the height of Israel will I plant it (Ezek. 17:23).
In the mountain of My holiness, and in the mountain of the height of Israel, all the house of Israel shall serve Me (Ezek. 20:40).
“The mountain of the height of Israel” denotes the highest degree of good and of the derivative truth with those who are of the spiritual church. As most expressions in the Word have an opposite sense, so also has “height,” and in this sense it signifies the evil of the love of self, thus self-exaltation of mind; as in Isaiah 14:14; Ezekiel 31:10, 14; 32:5; Amos 2:9; and many other passages. A further reason why “height” denotes degrees in respect to good and the derivative truth, is that what is “high” signifies what is internal, and good is perfect according to the degrees toward interior things. (That what is “high” denotes what is internal, see n. 1735, 2148, 4210, 4599.)

AC (Potts) n. 9490 sRef Ex@25 @11 S0′ 9490. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold. That this signifies that all these things must be founded on good, is evident from the signification of “overlaying,” when said of heaven, which is signified by “the ark,” as being to lay the foundation (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “gold,” as being good (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917). That “overlaying” denotes to lay the foundation, is because the good that proceeds from the Lord as a sun (for the heat from this sun is the good of love) encompasses not only heaven in general, but also the heavenly societies in heaven in particular, and likewise every angel individually, and thus protects them from the breaking in of evil from hell. That which in heaven encompasses, forms also the foundation, for heaven leans or rests upon it as a house upon its foundation, and as the outermost parts of the body rest on the air and ether which press round them; for that which encompasses, bounds, encloses, and holds together; consequently supports and sustains. From this it is plain that by “overlaying” is signified to lay the foundation; and by “overlaying with gold,” to lay the foundation upon good.

AC (Potts) n. 9491 sRef Ex@25 @11 S0′ 9491. From within and from without shalt thou overlay it. That this signifies everywhere, is evident from the signification of “within and without,” as being everywhere, namely, round about; because it is said, “thou shalt overlay it.” For within there was shittim wood, which was overlaid with gold, and by “shittim wood” is signified the good itself that proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord (see n. 9472, 9486); but from without and from within there was gold, by which is also signified good, but such good as appears before the senses, thus relatively external. By “everywhere round about, from within and from without,” when said of heaven which is signified by “the ark,” is meant heaven in general, and every heavenly society in particular; heaven in general is meant by “from without,” and the heavenly societies by “from within,” because they are within heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9492 sRef Ex@25 @11 S0′ 9492. And shalt make upon it a border of gold round about. That this signifies a fixing of the bounds by good, lest they be approached and injured by evils, is evident from the signification of “a border,” as being a fixing of the bounds (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “gold,” as being good (of which just above, n. 9490). It is said “lest they be approached and injured by evils,” because the good that proceeds from the Lord protects those who are in heaven, lest they be approached and injured by evils from hell. For the hells continually breathe evil, and endeavor to destroy heaven (n. 8295); whence there appears there as it were an effervescence, and as it were a boiling up (n. 8209). For in the minds of those who are in the hells is seated hatred against the neighbor and hatred against God; and therefore they are infuriated when they perceive the bliss of the upright (n. 1974). But the good that proceeds from the Lord, which encompasses heaven in general, and the heavenly societies and individual angels there in particular, protects, and represses the assaults, and this continually. (That a sphere of endeavors to do evil and to destroy is perpetual from the hells; and a sphere of endeavors to do good and to protect is perpetual from the Lord, see n. 8209.) This bounding good, by which the Lord protects heaven, is signified by “the border of gold round about the ark.”

AC (Potts) n. 9493 sRef Ex@25 @12 S0′ 9493. And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it. That this signifies the Divine truth conjoined with Divine good that is round about on all sides, is evident from the signification of “rings,” as being the conjunction of good and truth; here of Divine truth with Divine good, because by “the ark” is signified heaven where the Lord is (see below, n. 9496). That there were four rings was because by this number is signified conjunction (n. 1686, 8877); and that they were of gold was because by “gold” is signified good (n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914), and good is that with which truth is conjoined, for good is like soil, and truth is like the seed.

AC (Potts) n. 9494 sRef Ex@25 @12 S0′ sRef Ps@118 @22 S1′ sRef Zech@10 @4 S1′ sRef Isa@28 @16 S1′ 9494. And put them upon the four corners thereof. That this signifies stability is evident from the signification of “corners,” as being strength and stability. That “corners” have this signification is because in the corners there is the greatest resistance, and also the binding together of the whole. As a “corner” denotes strength and stability, such as is that of Divine truth from Divine good, therefore the Lord is called “the cornerstone” in the following passages:
The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner (Ps. 118:22; Matt. 21:42).
Out of Judah shall come forth the cornerstone, out of him the nail, and out of him the war-bow (Zech. 10:4).
The Lord Jehovih layeth in Zion a tried stone, a precious corner of sure foundation (Isa. 28:16);
where in like manner a “corner” denotes the stability of the doctrine that is from the truth which is from good.
sRef Jer@51 @26 S2′ sRef Ex@27 @2 S2′ [2] In Jeremiah:
They shall not take from thee a stone for a corner, nor a stone of foundations (Jer. 51:26).
As by “corners” is signified stability, therefore horns were placed upon the four corners of the altar, of which we read in Moses:
Thou shalt make the horns of the altar upon the four corners; out of itself shall its horns be (Exod. 27:2).
(That “horns” denote the power of truth from good, thus strength and stability see n. 2832, 9081.)
sRef Num@24 @17 S3′ sRef Jer@48 @45 S3′ [3] By “corners” are signified strength and power also in these passages:
A fire is gone forth out of Heshbon which hath devoured the corners of Moab (Jer. 48:45).
There shall arise a star out of Jacob, and a scepter shall rise out of Israel, and shall bruise the corners of Moab (Num. 24:17).
“Moab,” whose power was to be “destroyed,” denotes those who adulterate the goods of the church (n. 2468); their “corners” denote the powers of falsity from adulterated goods. As “corners” denote power and strength, therefore they who are not in the power of truth from good are called “corners cut off” (Jer. 9:26; 25:23). (What is signified by “corners” when the quarters of the world, or the winds, are meant by them, see below, n. 9642.)

AC (Potts) n. 9495 sRef Ex@25 @12 S0′ 9495. And two rings shall be on the one side of it, and two rings on the other side of it. That this signifies the marriage of truth with good and of good with truth, is evident from the signification of “rings,” as being the conjunction or marriage of good with truth (as above, n. 9493). This marriage is reciprocal, that is, of truth with good and of good with truth. An idea of this marriage may be had from the conjunction of the heart and the lungs. The heart conjoins itself with the lungs, and the lungs in turn conjoin themselves with the heart; for the heart from its right side sends forth blood into the lungs, and the lungs in turn send it back into the heart; but into its left side, and so on continually. Such also is the marriage in heaven of good with truth and of truth with good, where also the heart corresponds to the good which is of love, and the lungs to the truth which is of faith (n. 3883-3896, 9300). That two rings were to be on the one side and two rings on the other side, was because “two” signifies conjunction (n. 1686, 5194, 8423), and “the side” signifies the good that is to be conjoined with truth, in order that there may be power therefrom (concerning which see the following article).

AC (Potts) n. 9496 sRef Ex@25 @13 S0′ 9496. And thou shalt make staves of shittim wood. That this signifies the power thence derived, is evident from the signification of “staves,” as being the power that belongs to truth from good (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “shittim wood,” as being the good of merit that belongs to the Lord alone (of which above, n. 9472, 9486). It shall now be told why it was that heaven could be represented by the ark and the Habitation; the fixing of the bounds by the border; stability by the corners; the conjunction of good with truth by the rings; and power by the staves. It has been shown that all nature, with each and all things therein that are in order, is representative of the Lord’s kingdom, that is, of heaven and the heavenly things therein (n. 9280). It has also been shown that the universal heaven bears relation to a man, and that for this reason heaven is called the Grand Man (n. 9276). From this it now follows that all the forms by which heavenly things are represented, bear relation to the human form, and have their signification in accordance with their agreement with this form.
[2] From this it is now plain why it is that when “the ark” signifies heaven where the Lord is, “the border of the ark” signifies the fixing of the bounds; “the sides,” the good with which truth is to be conjoined; “the corners,” stability; “the rings,” the conjunction itself; and “the staves,” power. For the staves bear relation to the arms in man, and therefore they signify the same as the arms; the rings bear relation to the joints or sockets by which the arms are joined to the breast; the corners, to the projections themselves, where this joining is effected; the sides, to the chest or thorax; the border, to the circumference in which the bounds are fixed. From this it can be seen that by “the staves,” as by “the arms,” is signified power. (That the “arms,” and “hands,” denote power, see n. 878, 4931-4937, 5327, 5328, 6292, 6947, 7188, 7189, 7205, 7518, 7673, 8050, 8153, 8281, 9025, 9133; and that by “the sides” is signified the same as by “the chest” or “thorax” of the body, namely, good; for in this part are the heart and lungs, and by “the heart” is signified celestial good, and by “the lungs” spiritual good, n. 3883-3896, 9300.) From this it is plain that by “the rings” is signified the same as by the joints or joinings of the chest to the shoulders, and of the shoulders to the arms; namely, the conjunction of good with truth; and that by “the corners” is signified stability, for there the strength of the body puts itself forth, and its strength and power come forth through the arms. From all this it can be seen why it is that natural forms not living represent the same as living forms, that is, as the forms in the human body; namely, from the fact that heaven bears relation to a man, and the things in heaven to those which are in man, as can be seen from what has been abundantly shown concerning the correspondence of man with the Grand Man, or with heaven (see the citations in n. 9276).
sRef Jer@49 @31 S3′ sRef Ps@147 @12 S3′ sRef Lam@2 @9 S3′ sRef Ezek@38 @11 S3′ sRef Amos@1 @5 S3′ sRef Isa@45 @2 S3′ sRef Ps@147 @13 S3′ sRef Jer@51 @30 S3′ sRef Hos@11 @6 S3′ [3] As the staves by which the ark was carried signified power, so also did the staves or bars by which the gates of cities were fastened, as is evident from the following passages. In Hosea:
The sword falls upon his cities, and consumes his bars (Hos. 11:6);
“the sword” denotes truth fighting against falsity; “cities” denote doctrinal things; and “bars,” power. Again:
For your sake I have sent to Babel, and I will throw down all her bars (Isa. 43:14).
The mighty men of Babel sit in their strongholds; their power is given to oblivion; her bars are broken (Jer. 51:30).
I will break the bar of Damascus (Amos 1:5).
I will break in pieces the gates of brass, and cut in sunder the bars of iron (Isa. 45:2; Ps. 107:16*).
They have neither gates, nor bars; they dwell alone (Jer. 49:31).
They all dwell without wall; having neither bars nor gates (Ezek. 38:11).
Her gates are sunk into the earth; He hath destroyed and broken in pieces her bars (Lam. 2:9).
Praise thy God, O Zion, for He strengtheneth the bars of thy gates (Ps. 147:12, 13).
In these passages “cities” signify doctrinal things (n. 2449, 2712, 3216, 4492, 4493); “gates” signify stability and protection; and “bars” (or “staves”) signify the power belonging to the truth that is from good. (That all power belongs to truth, but to the truth which is from good, see n. 6344, 6423, 8200, 8304, 9133, 9327, 9410.)
* Printed version has 105, which is an error.

AC (Potts) n. 9497 sRef Ex@25 @13 S0′ 9497. And overlay them with gold. That this signifies good everywhere, is evident from the signification of “overlaying,” as being to encompass, thus to be everywhere; and from the signification of “gold,” as being good (of which above, n. 9490).

AC (Potts) n. 9498 sRef Ex@25 @14 S0′ 9498. And thou shalt put the staves into the rings. That this signifies the power of the Divine sphere, is evident from the signification of “staves,” as being power (of which just above, n. 9496); and from the signification of “the rings,” as being Divine truth conjoined with Divine good, which is everywhere round about (of which also above, n. 9493), thus the Divine sphere which encompasses and encloses heaven in general, and the heavenly societies and the individual angels themselves in particular, according to what has been before shown (n. 9490, 9492). For the Divine truth that proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord is not to be conceived of as speech and the influx thereof into the ear; but as a sphere from the sun, which by degrees, as it is removed from the sun, decreases in ardor and brightness, and at last becomes so tempered as to be accommodated to the reception of the angels. Within this sphere, but far from the sun on account of its ardor and brightness, is the angelic heaven. This sphere also extends outside heaven down into hell, but those who are there do not receive it in a suitable manner, but turn it into the opposite. From this it can be seen what is meant by the Divine sphere which encloses and holds together heaven, namely, that it is Divine truth conjoined with Divine good, which is everywhere around heaven, and around those who are in heaven. The heat that proceeds from the Lord as the sun in heaven is the Divine good of His Divine love accommodated to the reception of the angels who are in heaven; and the light that proceeds from the Lord as the sun is the Divine truth of His Divine good. Nevertheless both together are called “the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord.”

AC (Potts) n. 9499 sRef Ex@25 @14 S0′ 9499. On the sides of the ark. That this signifies in ultimates, is evident from the signification of “the sides of the ark,” as being the Divine sphere that encompasses heaven in its ultimates; for “the sides” denote the boundaries, here, those of heaven. But the ultimates and boundaries in heaven differ from those in the world in this respect, that in the world they are such relatively to spaces, but in heaven relatively to goods conjoined with truths. The Divine good conjoined with the Divine truth, which is the ultimate of heaven, and by which it is bounded, enclosed, and held together, is comparatively as is the atmosphere in the world, which flows around man and holds together all the surface of his body in its connection, so as to prevent its dissolution; but in the world that which does this is natural, and operates on the human body as on what is material; whereas in heaven it is the Divine celestial and the Divine spiritual from the Lord which operates around an angel, and holds him together in his form and power.

AC (Potts) n. 9500 sRef Ex@25 @14 S0′ 9500. To carry the ark withal. That this signifies thus the coming-forth and subsistence of heaven, is evident from the signification of “bearing,” as being continually in a state of good and truth, thus to come forth and subsist; for by “the staves in the rings” is signified the power of the Divine sphere, that is, the power of Divine truth conjoined with Divine good (see n. 9498), thus the coming-forth and the subsistence, because heaven subsists through this power; and from the signification of “the ark,” as being heaven (n. 9485).

AC (Potts) n. 9501 9501. The staves shall be in the rings of the ark. That this signifies that the power shall endure from the Divine sphere of good and truth, is evident from the signification of “the rings of the ark,” as being the Divine sphere of good and truth; and from the signification of “staves” as being power (of which above, n. 9498).

AC (Potts) n. 9502 sRef 1Ki@8 @7 S0′ sRef 1Ki@8 @8 S0′ 9502. They shall not be removed from it. That this signifies forever without change, is evident from the signification of “not being removed,” as being the coming-forth and subsistence forever and without change. For heaven came forth and was created through the Divine sphere of good and truth that encompasses and encloses heaven in general and in particular; and through the same sphere it subsists and is preserved; for subsistence is a perpetual coming-forth, and preservation is a perpetual creation. Perpetuity without change was represented by the non-removal of the staves from the ark; and the eternal protection of heaven through the Divine sphere of good and truth from the Lord was represented by the staves being under the wings of the cherubs, and by their being “covered;” as is evident from the first book of Kings:
The cherubs spread forth their wings over the place of the ark, so that the cherubs covered the ark and the staves thereof from above. And the staves were drawn out, and the heads of the staves were seen from the holy place toward the faces of the sanctuary; but they were not seen without (1 Kings 8:7, 8).

AC (Potts) n. 9503 sRef Ex@25 @16 S0′ 9503. And thou shalt put into the ark the Testimony. That this signifies the Divine truth which is the Lord in heaven, is evident from the signification of “the ark,” as being heaven (of which above); and from the signification of “the Testimony,” as being the Divine truth, and thus the Lord in heaven (of which in what follows). That Divine truth is the Lord in heaven, is because the Lord is good itself and truth itself, both of which proceed from Him, and that which proceeds from Him is Himself. Hence it is that the Lord is heaven; for the Divine truth which is from Him and is received by the angels, makes heaven; consequently the more perfectly the angels receive the Divine truth which is from the Lord, thus the more perfectly they receive the Lord, the more perfect human forms they are, and finally so perfect that their beauty surpasses belief. He who shall see, as I have, will be amazed; for they are heavenly loves and charities in form, which form is the truly human form. The reason why the angels are human forms, is that the Divine in heaven is the Lord, and they who receive from Him the Divine truth in good are images of Him.
sRef Ps@19 @8 S2′ sRef John@15 @26 S2′ sRef Rev@12 @11 S2′ sRef John@15 @27 S2′ sRef Ps@19 @9 S2′ sRef Ps@19 @7 S2′ [2] As to the signification of “the Testimony,” a distinction is made in the Word between “laws,” “statutes,” “judgments,” “precepts,” “testimonies,” “words,” “commands,” “truths,” and “covenants,” as can be seen from very many passages; especially in David, in Psalm 119, where these are all mentioned, but “testimonies,” in verses 2, 14, 31, 46, 59, 88, 95, 111, 119, 129, 138, 144, 168; and likewise in other places in David:
The law of Jehovah is perfect, restoring the soul; the testimony of Jehovah is steadfast, making wise the simple. The commandments of Jehovah are right, making glad the heart; the precept of Jehovah is pure, enlightening the eyes. The judgments of Jehovah are truth, they are righteous altogether (Ps. 19:7-9);
and also in Moses (Deut. 4:45; 6:17, 20); and in Jeremiah 44:23; and in many other passages. From all this it can be seen that “the Testimony” denotes the Divine truth which testifies concerning the Lord; thus the Word, for in the supreme sense the Word treats of the Lord alone, and consequently in the internal sense it testifies concerning Him; that is, it teaches Him and the truths of faith and the goods of love which are from Him. In this sense “testimony” is used also in Revelation:
Who were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held (Rev. 6:9).
They overcame the dragon by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony (Rev. 12:11).
“The blood of the Lamb” denotes the Divine truth that proceeds from the Lord (n. 7846, 7877, 9127, 9393), and “the word of the testimony” denotes the Divine truth received by man; in like manner in Rev. 12:17; 19:10.
sRef John@5 @39 S3′ sRef John@3 @31 S3′ sRef John@3 @32 S3′ sRef John@8 @18 S3′ sRef John@3 @33 S3′ [3] That the Divine truth which proceeds from the Lord is called “the testimony,” is because it testifies concerning the Lord, as is evident from the words of the Lord Himself in John:
He that cometh from heaven is above all. What He hath seen and heard, that He testifieth. He that receiveth His testimony hath set his seal to this, that God is true (John 3:31-33).
I am He that testifieth of Myself, and the Father that sent Me testifieth of Me (John 8:18).
Search the Scriptures, and these are they which testify of Me (John 5:39).
The Paraclete, the Spirit of truth, He shall testify of Me (John 15:26).
From these passages it is evident that the Divine truth is called “the testimony” for the reason that it testifies concerning the Lord. This Divine truth is the Word, for as before said, in the supreme sense the Word treats of the Lord alone; consequently the Word is Divine, and from this comes its holiness. The Ten Words also, that is, the Law promulgated from Mount Sinai, and inscribed on the two tables, and stored up in the ark, is what is here called “the Testimony” (that this Law signifies the Word, that is, the Divine truth proceeding from the Lord, in its whole complex, see n. 9416). That it is the Lord from whom comes the Divine truth, is plain from His words to Pilate:
Pilate saith, Art thou a King? Jesus answered, Thou sayest I am a King. To this was I born, and for this am I come into the world, that I should give testimony to the truth (John 18:37);
by “a king” in the internal sense is signified the Divine truth (n. 1672, 2015, 2069, 3009, 3670, 4581, 4966, 5044, 5068, 6148); and therefore He said “I am a king, and to this was I born, that I should give testimony to the truth,” that is, that He is the Divine truth. From all this it is now plain that by “the Testimony” in the ark is signified the Divine truth, thus the Lord in heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9504 sRef Ex@25 @16 S0′ 9504. Which I shall give thee. That hereby is signified its representative, is evident from the representation of Moses, to whom it was to be given, as being the Lord as to Divine truth (see n. 9372).

AC (Potts) n. 9505 sRef Ex@25 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @20 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @18 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @17 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @19 S0′ 9505. Verses 17-22. And thou shalt make a propitiatory [mercy seat] of pure gold; two cubits and a half the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof. And thou shalt make two cherubs, of solid gold shalt thou make them, at the two ends of the propitiatory [mercy seat]. And make one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end; out of the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall ye make the cherubs upon the two ends thereof. And the cherubs shall spread out their wings upward, covering with their wings over the propitiatory [mercy seat], and their faces a man to his brother; toward the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall be the faces of the cherubs. And thou shalt put the propitiatory [mercy seat] upon the ark from above; and into the ark thou shalt put the Testimony that I shall give unto thee. And there I will meet with thee, and I will speak with thee from above the propitiatory [mercy seat], from between the two cherubs which are over the Ark of the Testimony, all that I shall command thee for the sons of Israel. “And thou shalt make a propitiatory [mercy seat] of pure gold,” signifies the hearing and reception of all things that belong to worship from the good of love; “two cubits and a half the length thereof,” signifies all in respect to good; “and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof,” signifies full in respect to truth; “and thou shalt make two cherubs,” signifies no admission and approach to the Lord except through the good of love; “of solid gold shalt thou make them,” signifies a representative of this good; “at the two ends of the propitiatory [mercy seat],” signifies celestial good and spiritual good; “and make one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end,” signifies an approach for celestial good and an approach for spiritual good; “out of the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall ye make the cherubs upon the two ends thereof,” signifies the reception of all things of worship from these goods; “and the cherubs shall spread out their wings upward,” signifies elevation by means of the truth of faith; “covering with their wings over the propitiatory [mercy seat],” signifies the spiritual things that cover; “and their faces a man to his brother,” signifies the conjunction of truth and good; “toward the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall be the faces of the cherubs,” signifies the interiors continually looking to good, and thus to the Lord; “and thou shalt put the propitiatory [mercy seat] upon the ark from above,” signifies thus the hearing and reception of all things of worship that are from the good of love; “and unto the ark thou shalt put the Testimony,” signifies from the Lord in heaven; “that I shall give thee,” signifies the representative; “and there I will meet with thee,” signifies hearing and reception; “and I will speak with thee from above the propitiatory [mercy seat],” signifies conjunction; “from between the two cherubs,” signifies where celestial good and spiritual good have been conjoined; “which are over the ark of the Testimony,” signifies with the Lord in heaven; “all that I shall command thee for the sons of Israel,” signifies the worship of the representative church.

AC (Potts) n. 9506 sRef Ex@25 @17 S0′ 9506. And thou shalt make a propitiatory [mercy seat] of pure gold. That this signifies the hearing and reception of all things that belong to worship from the good of love is evident from the signification of “a propitiatory [mercy seat]” as being a cleansing from evils, or the forgiveness of sins, consequently the hearing and reception of all things that belong to worship (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “gold” as being the good of love (see n. 113, 1551-1552, 5658, 6917). That “the propitiatory [mercy seat]” denotes a cleansing from evils and the forgiveness of sins is evident from the passages in the Word where “propitiation” or “expiation” is mentioned.
[2] That it also denotes the reception of all things of worship is because those only are heard who have been propitiated or expiated, that is, cleansed from evils; and their worship alone is received by the Lord; but those are not heard who are in evils, that is, who have not been expiated or propitiated. On this account also Aaron was not allowed to approach the propitiatory [mercy seat] until he had cleansed and expiated himself and the people. That for this reason “the propitiatory [mercy seat]” denotes the hearing and reception of all things of worship is also evident from the fact that Jehovah spoke with Moses over the propitiatory [mercy seat] between the two cherubs. That it is worship from the good of love that is received is because no one is admitted into heaven, thus to the Lord, except one who is in good, namely, in the good of love to the Lord and in the good of charity toward the neighbor (see n. 8516, 8539, 8722, 8772, 9139, 9227, 9230, 9274); consequently no one else is heard, and his worship received. For this reason also cherubs were over the propitiatory [mercy seat]; for by “the cherubs” is signified guard and providence lest the Lord be approached except through the good of love, thus lest any enter into heaven except those who are in good, and also lest those who are in heaven be approached and injured by those who are in hell. From all this it can be seen what was signified by the propitiatory [mercy seat] being upon the ark, and by the cherubs being over the propitiatory [mercy seat]; and further by the propitiatory [mercy seat] and the cherubs being of pure gold; for “gold” signifies the good of love, and “the ark” signifies heaven where the Lord is.
sRef Ps@51 @7 S3′ sRef Deut@32 @43 S3′ sRef Isa@47 @11 S3′ sRef Ps@79 @9 S3′ [3] That “the propitiatory [mercy seat]” signifies cleansing from evils, thus the forgiveness of sins, is evident from the passages in the Word where “propitiation” or “expiation” is mentioned; as in the following passages:
O Jehovah, expiate our sins for Thy name’s sake (Ps. 79:9).
He, being merciful, expiated their iniquity (Ps. 78:38).
Thou shalt expiate me with hyssop, and I shall be made clean; Thou shalt wash me, and I shall be made whiter than snow (Ps. 51:7).
Evil shall come upon thee, which thou shalt not know how to avert by prayer; calamity shall fall upon thee, which thou shall not be able to expiate (Isa. 47:11).
Sing, ye nations, His people; who will avenge the blood of His servants, and will make expiation for His land, for His people (Deut. 32:43).
sRef Lev@4 @35 S4′ sRef Lev@4 @31 S4′ sRef Lev@5 @10 S4′ sRef Lev@5 @18 S4′ sRef Lev@15 @30 S4′ sRef Lev@5 @6 S4′ sRef Lev@5 @13 S4′ sRef Lev@5 @16 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @32 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @31 S4′ sRef Lev@9 @7 S4′ sRef Lev@15 @15 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @30 S4′ sRef Lev@4 @26 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @27 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @29 S4′ sRef Lev@23 @28 S4′ [4] Expiations were made by means of sacrifices, and after they had been made, we read, “The priest shall expiate him from sin, and he shall be forgiven” (Lev. 4:26, 31, 35; 5:6, 10, 13, 16, 18; 9:7; 15:15, 30). Expiation was also made by means of silver (Exod. 30:16; Ps. 49:8). Therefore there was a day of expiations before the feast of tabernacles (Lev. 23:27-32). But be it known that these expiations were not real cleansings from evils, nor forgivenesses of sins, but represented them; for every ritual with the Israelitish and Jewish nation was merely representative of the Lord, of His kingdom and church, and of such things as belong to heaven and the church. (In what manner the representations presented such things before the angels in heaven, see in n. 9229.)
sRef Num@7 @89 S5′ sRef Ex@25 @22 S5′ [5] As cleansing from evils and forgiveness of sins were signified by “the propitiatory [mercy seat],” there were also signified by it the hearing and reception of all things that belong to worship; for he who has been cleansed from evils is heard, and his worship is received. This was represented by Jehovah speaking above the propitiatory [mercy seat] with Moses, and commanding what the sons of Israel should do, as is evident from verse 22 of the present chapter, where it is said, “There I will meet with thee, and I will speak with thee from above the propitiatory [mercy seat], from between the two cherubs that are over the ark of the testimony, all that I shall command thee for the sons of Israel.” In like manner in another place: “When Moses spoke with Jehovah, he heard the voice speaking from above the propitiatory [mercy seat] that was upon the ark of the testimony, from between the two cherubs” (Num. 7:89). That a man would be heard and his worship received after he had been cleansed from evils, was represented by Aaron’s not entering into the holy of holies within the veil before the propitiatory [mercy seat] until he had first expiated himself and the people, which was effected by means of washing, sacrifices, incense, and blood; and it is said, “So shall he expiate the holy place from the uncleannesses of the sons of Israel, and from their transgressions as to all their sins” (Lev. 16:16); “and that Jehovah would appear there in a cloud” (verse 2). “In a cloud” denotes in Divine truth accommodated to the reception and apprehension of men, such as is the Word in the sense of the letter (n. 4060, 4391, 5922, 6343, 6752, 8106, 8443, 8781).

AC (Potts) n. 9507 sRef Ex@25 @17 S0′ 9507. Two cubits and a half the length thereof. That this signifies all in respect to good, is evident from what was shown above (n. 9487).

AC (Potts) n. 9508 sRef Ex@25 @17 S0′ 9508. And a cubit and a half the breadth thereof, signifies full in respect to truth, as may also be seen above (n. 9488).

AC (Potts) n. 9509 sRef Ex@25 @18 S0′ 9509. And thou shalt make two cherubs. That this signifies no admission and approach to the Lord except through the good of love, is evident from the signification of “cherubs,” as being guard and providence lest the Lord should be approached except through the good of love. As this was signified by the “cherubs,” they were placed over the propitiatory [mercy seat] that was upon the ark, and therefore they were made of solid gold; for by the “ark” is signified heaven where the Lord is (see n. 9485), and by “gold,” the good of love (n. 9490). That there is no approach to the Lord except through the good of love, is because love is spiritual conjunction, and all good is of love. Therefore those who are in the good of love to the Lord are brought in to Him in heaven, because they are conjoined with Him; and so are those who are in the good of love toward the neighbor, for the neighbor is the good of one’s fellow citizen, the good of our country, the good of the church, the good of the whole kingdom of the Lord, and in the supreme sense, the Lord Himself, because from Him is this good with man.
[2] During regeneration man has two states, one after the other. The first one is when the man is led by means of the truths of faith to the good of love. The second is when he is in the good of love; and when he is in this, he is in heaven with the Lord. From this it is evident that this good is heaven itself with man, because this good is the Lord with him, for it is from the Lord. (Concerning these two successive states with the man who is being regenerated, see n. 7923, 7992, 8505, 8506, 8510, 8512, 8516, 8643, 8648, 8658, 8685, 8690, 8701, 9224, 9227, 9230, 9274; and that a man comes into heaven when he is in good, that is, when he is led by the Lord by means of good, n. 8516, 8539, 8722, 8772, 9139.)
sRef Gen@3 @24 S3′ [3] That the “cherubs” signify guard and providence lest the Lord and also heaven be approached except through the good of love, that is, except by those who are in the good of love; and also lest the good which is from the Lord in heaven and with man be injured; is evident from the passages in the Word where “cherubs” are mentioned; as in Genesis:
And He cast out the man; and He caused to dwell at the east of the garden of Eden cherubs, and the flame of a sword that turned itself, to guard the way of the tree of lives (Gen. 3:24);
that “the cherubs” here are guards is evident, for it is said “to guard the way of the tree of lives.” “The tree of lives” denotes the good of love which is from the Lord, thus the Lord; and it is guarded by its not being approached except through the good of love.
[4] It is believed that the Lord can be approached through the truths of faith; but He cannot be approached through these truths when they are separated from the good of love; nor indeed can heaven; but as soon as truths separated wish to enter, heaven is closed against them, thus the way to the Lord; and as truth cannot enter by virtue of itself, unless good is in it, and it thereby becomes the truth of good, so neither can the understanding, and still less can memory-knowledges separated from the good of the will.
sRef 1Ki@6 @32 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @34 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @24 S5′ sRef Isa@37 @16 S5′ sRef Ex@26 @31 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @33 S5′ sRef Ps@99 @1 S5′ sRef Ps@80 @1 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @29 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @26 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @35 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @27 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @28 S5′ sRef Ps@18 @10 S5′ sRef Ex@26 @1 S5′ sRef Ex@36 @35 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @23 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @31 S5′ sRef 1Ki@6 @25 S5′ [5] As guard and providence lest the Lord be approached, and also heaven, except through the good of love, is signified by “the cherubs,” therefore in the Word Jehovah is said “to sit on the cherubs,” and also “to ride” and “to dwell upon the cherubs,” as in the following passages:
Give ear, O Shepherd of Israel, Thou that sittest upon the cherubs, shine forth (Ps. 80:1).
Jehovah shall reign; the peoples shall shake. He sitteth on the cherubs (Ps. 99:1).
Jehovah rode upon a cherub, and did fly (Ps. 18:10).
Jehovah Zebaoth, that dwellest on the cherubs (Isa. 37:16).
And for this reason there were cherubs on the curtains of the Habitation, and on the veil (Exod. 26:1, 31; 36:35); and also upon the walls of the temple round about, and upon the doors thereof (1 Kings 6:23-29, 31-35); and in like manner in the new temple described in Ezekiel (41:18-20). That there were cherubs upon the curtains of the Habitation, upon the veil, upon the walls of the temple, and upon the doors of it, signified the guard of the Lord lest the holy Divine should be approached except through the good of love; and that there were cherubs upon the ark signified that the Lord Himself was not to be approached except through this good. Therefore also the cherubs were made of solid gold, and in the temple at Jerusalem were made of wood of oil, for by “gold” and by “oil” is signified the good of love.
[6] This guard and providence of the Lord is described by the four animals, each of which had four faces, under the throne on which the Lord was, in Ezekiel (1, 10); and also by the four animals round about the throne on which the Lord was, in Revelation (4:6-10; 5:6, 8, 9, 14). By “the four animals” is signified under various aspects the good that proceeds from the Lord, and guarding and protecting lest there be admitted anything else except the good of love to the Lord, and the good of love toward the neighbor; by the “throne” upon which the Lord was, is signified heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9510 sRef Ex@25 @18 S0′ 9510. Of solid gold shalt thou make them. That this signifies a representative of this good, is evident from the signification of “gold,” as being the good of love (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6917); that gold is not the good of love, but the representative of it, is manifest; in like manner the olive-wood of which the cherubs in the temple at Jerusalem were made (1 Kings 6:23). (That “olive-wood” denotes the good of love, see n. 886; and also the “oil” itself, n. 3728, 4582, 4638.)

AC (Potts) n. 9511 sRef Mark@10 @40 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @18 S0′ 9511. At the two ends of the propitiatory [mercy seat]. That this signifies celestial good and spiritual good, is evident from the signification of the “cherub” at one end, as being the approach through celestial good; and from the signification of the “cherub” at the other end, as being the approach through spiritual good. The same is here signified by “the two ends” as by the Lord’s right and left hands; by His “right hand” is signified the good of celestial love, which is the good of love to the Lord; and by His “left hand” the good of spiritual love, which is the good of love toward the neighbor. From this also all things on man’s right side correspond to celestial good; and those on his left side to spiritual good; for all things with man correspond to heaven. Those who are in these goods are meant by “sitting on the Lord’s right and left hands” in Mark:
To sit on My right hand, and on My left hand, is not Mine to give; except to those for whom it hath been prepared (Mark 10:40);
“to give to those for whom it hath been prepared” signifies to bestow from mercy upon those who are in the good of life and of faith (see n. 9305), thus on those who are in celestial good and in spiritual good.

AC (Potts) n. 9512 sRef Ex@25 @19 S0′ 9512. And make one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end. That this signifies the approach for celestial good and for spiritual good, is evident from the signification of a “cherub,” as being admission and approach to the Lord through the good of love (of which above, n. 9509); and from the signification of “at the one end and at the other end,” as being celestial good and spiritual good (of which just above, n. 9511).

AC (Potts) n. 9513 sRef Ex@25 @19 S0′ 9513. Out of the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall ye make the cherubs upon the two ends thereof. That this signifies the reception of all things of worship from these goods, is evident from the signification of “the propitiatory [mercy seat]” as being the hearing and reception of all things of worship from the good of love (see n. 9506); from the signification of “the cherubs,” as being admission and approach to the Lord through this good (n. 9509); and from the signification of “the two ends” as being celestial good and spiritual good (n. 9511). From this it is plain that by, “out of the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall ye make the cherubs on the two ends thereof” is signified the reception of all things of worship from these goods. (What celestial good is, and what spiritual good, and what the difference between them, may be seen from these citations in n. 9277.)

AC (Potts) n. 9514 sRef Ex@25 @20 S0′ 9514. And the cherubs shall spread out their wings upward. That this signifies the elevation effected by the truth of faith, is evident from the signification of “wings,” as being the truths of faith (of which in what follows); and from the signification of “spreading out the wings upward,” as being to be elevated; for in the spreading out of the wings upward there is the endeavor to elevate one’s self, the act of which is elevation. From this it is plain that by “the wings of the cherubs being spread out upward” is signified the elevation of good to the Lord by means of the truths of faith; for by “the cherubs” is signified approach to Him through good. It shall here be briefly stated how the case is with the elevation of good by means of the truths of faith. There are two things to which all things in heaven, and also all things in the world, bear relation, namely, good and truth. Good without truth is not good, and truth without good is not truth; for good without truth has no quality, and truth without good has no being; for truth is the very form of good, and there must be form in order that there may be quality; and good is that very being the manifestation [existere] of which is truth.
[2] Good is to truth exactly as the will is to the understanding, for the will has been allotted to the reception of good, and the understanding to the reception of truth. The will receives its quality from the understanding, and the understanding its being from the will; for the will is formed in the understanding, and thus puts on quality. Good also is to truth as the body is to the arms and feet, and in the case of flying creatures, as the body is to the wings. A body without arms and feet, or without wings, cannot move itself, but with their aid it moves itself. Moreover, in the Word the body corresponds to good, and the arms and wings to truths, and also to the powers of good through truths. From these comparisons, which are also correspondences, it may be known how the case is with the elevation of good by means of the truths of faith, which in general are called “spiritual” things. (That “wings” denote the truths of faith has been shown in n. 8764.)

AC (Potts) n. 9515 sRef Ex@25 @20 S0′ 9515. Covering with their wings over the propitiatory [mercy seat]. That this signifies the spiritual things that cover (or protect), is evident from the signification of “covering over the propitiatory [mercy seat]” as being to cover the good through which there is an approach to the Lord; and from the signification of “wings,” as being the truths of faith, or things spiritual (of which just above, n. 9514, and n. 8764). Spiritual things are said to “cover,” because the celestial, which is the good of love, is presented in heaven as naked; but as clothed, by means of spiritual things, which are the truths of faith.

AC (Potts) n. 9516 sRef Ex@25 @20 S0′ 9516. And their faces a man’s to his brother. That this signifies the conjunction of truth and good, is evident from the signification of the “face,” as being the interiors, here looking to, and conjunction (for when two look at each other they conjoin themselves as to their interiors, and by the “face” are signified the interiors, n. 1999, 2434, 3527, 3573, 4066, 4796-4805, 5102, 5165, 5168, 5695, 9306); and from the signification of “a man to his brother,” as being mutually (n. 4725), thus the conjunction of truth with good, for “man” signifies truth (n. 3134, 3309, 3459, 4725, 7716, 9007), and “brother” signifies good (n. 367, 2360, 3303, 3803, 3815, 4121, 4191, 5409, 5686, 5692, 6756).

AC (Potts) n. 9517 sRef Ex@25 @20 S0′ 9517. Toward the propitiatory [mercy seat] shall be the faces of the cherubs. That this signifies the interiors continually looking to good, and thus to the Lord, is evident from the signification of “the propitiatory, [mercy seat]” as being the good of love, from which is the hearing and reception of all things of worship (see above, n. 9506), and thus also the Lord, because all the good of love is from the Lord, and is the Lord Himself with angel and man; from the signification of “faces,” as being the interiors (of which just above, n. 9516); and from the signification of “the cherubs,” as being a guard from providence lest the Lord be approached except through the good of love (n. 9509).
[2] The case herein is this. Heaven and the church, or the angels of heaven and the men of the church, are guarded by the Lord by means of the elevation of their interiors to Himself; and when they are elevated, they are in the good of love to Him and in the good of love toward the neighbor. Elevation to the Lord is attended with this; and in this way, as before said, the angels of heaven and the men of the church are guarded. They who are elevated by the Lord, continually turn their faces to Him, because, by means of the good of love, the Lord keeps them conjoined with Himself; whereas those who are not elevated turn their faces away from the Lord. From all this it can be seen what is signified by “the faces of the cherubs being toward the propitiatory [mercy seat].” But concerning this turning to the Lord, of the Lord’s Divine mercy more shall be told from experience elsewhere.

AC (Potts) n. 9518 sRef Ex@25 @21 S0′ 9518. And thou shalt put the propitiatory [mercy seat] upon the ark from above. That this signifies thus the hearing and reception of all things of worship that are from the good of love, is evident from the signification of “the propitiatory [mercy seat]” as being the hearing and reception of all things of worship that are from the good of love (see n. 9506); and from the signification of the ark,” as being heaven where the Lord is (of which above). From this it is plain that by the joining together of the propitiatory [mercy seat] with the ark is signified the hearing and reception of all things of worship from the good of love by the Lord in heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9519 sRef Ex@25 @21 S0′ 9519. And unto the ark thou shalt put the Testimony. That this signifies from the Lord in heaven, namely, the hearing and reception of all things that belong to worship from the good of love, is evident from the signification of “the ark,” as being heaven; and from the signification of “the Testimony,” as being the Lord (see n. 9503).

AC (Potts) n. 9520 sRef Ex@25 @21 S0′ 9520. That I shall give unto thee. That this signifies the representative, may be seen above (n. 9504).

AC (Potts) n. 9521 sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ 9521. And there I will meet with thee. That this signifies hearing and reception, is evident from the signification of “meeting with,” when said by Jehovah, as being hearing and reception.

AC (Potts) n. 9522 sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ 9522. And I will speak with thee from above the propitiatory [mercy seat]. That this signifies conjunction, is evident from signification of “speaking,” when by Jehovah, as being influx (see n. 2951, 5481, 5743, 5797, 7270), thus also conjunction; for where there is influx, there is conjunction.

AC (Potts) n. 9523 sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ 9523. From between the two cherubs. That this signifies where celestial good and spiritual good have been conjoined, is evident from the signification of “the two cherubs,” as being celestial good and spiritual good, by means of which there is approach to the Lord (see above, n. 9511). That there is approach where celestial good and spiritual good have been conjoined, is because celestial good flows into spiritual good, and in this way is communicated.

AC (Potts) n. 9524 sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ 9524. Which are over the ark of the Testimony. That this signifies with the Lord in heaven, is evident from the representation of the ark, as being heaven; and from the signification of “the Testimony,” as being the Divine truth, thus the Lord in heaven (see n. 9503).

AC (Potts) n. 9525 sRef Ex@25 @22 S0′ 9525. All that I shall command thee for the sons of Israel. That this signifies the worship of the representative church, is evident from the signification of “commanding,” when by Jehovah unto Moses, as being the things that belong to worship, for all the things Jehovah commanded Moses for the sons of Israel were such as concerned worship; and from the representation of the sons of Israel, as being the spiritual church (n. 9340), here the spiritual church represented; for all things instituted among the sons of Israel were external things that represented the internal things of the church; but they were not the internal things themselves in their essence (on which subject see the citations in n. 9320).

AC (Potts) n. 9526 sRef Ex@25 @30 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @26 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @27 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @24 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @29 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @25 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @28 S0′ 9526. Verses 23-30. And thou shalt make a table of shittim wood; two cubits the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, and make thereto a border of gold round about. And thou shalt make unto it a closure of a handbreadth round about, and thou shalt make a border of gold for the closure thereof round about. And thou shalt make for it four rings of gold, and shalt put the rings upon the four corners that are on the four feet thereof. Over against the closure shall the rings be, for houses for the staves to carry the table. And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and the table shall be carried with them. And thou shalt make the little dishes thereof and the cups thereof, and the salvers thereof, and the little brooms thereof, with which it shall be covered; of pure gold shalt thou make them. And thou shalt set upon the table the bread of faces, unto My faces continually. “And thou shalt make a table,” signifies a receptacle of the celestial things that belong to the good of love; “of shittim wood,” signifies from mercy; “two cubits the length thereof,” signifies all in respect to conjunction with good; “and a cubit the breadth thereof,” signifies somewhat in respect to conjunction with truth; “and a cubit and a half the height thereof,” signifies full in respect to degrees; “and thou shalt overlay it with pure gold,” signifies what is representative of this good from mercy; “and make thereto a border of gold round about,” signifies a fixing of the bounds of the sphere of good by the Divine good of the Lord; “and thou shalt make unto it a closure of a handbreadth round about,” signifies conjunction there with truth from the Divine; “and thou shalt make a border of gold for the closure thereof round about,” signifies a fixing of the bounds of the sphere of Divine good; “and thou shalt make for it four rings of gold,” signifies the ultimate receptacle of the heavenly marriage, which is of Divine good with Divine truth; “and shalt put the rings upon the four corners,” signifies the consequent stability; “that are on the four feet thereof,” signifies in the natural sphere; “over against the closure shall the rings be, for houses for the staves,” signifies the consequent power; “to carry the table,” signifies for coming-forth and subsistence; “and thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood,” signifies the power of truth from good; “and overlay them with gold,” signifies what is representative of good; “and the table shall be carried with them” signifies the consequent endurance; “and thou shalt make the little dishes thereof, and the cups thereof, and the salvers thereof, and the little brooms thereof, with which it shall be covered,” signifies the knowledges of celestial good and truth; “of pure gold shalt thou make them,” signifies that which is from good; “and thou shalt set upon the table the bread of faces,” signifies the Lord there as to celestial good; “unto My faces continually,” signifies thus the presence of the Lord with peace and with heavenly joy from mercy.

AC (Potts) n. 9527 sRef Ps@23 @6 S0′ sRef Matt@8 @11 S0′ sRef Ps@69 @22 S0′ sRef Ps@23 @4 S0′ sRef Ps@23 @5 S0′ sRef Ps@69 @21 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ sRef Isa@28 @9 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @29 S0′ sRef Luke@22 @30 S0′ sRef Isa@28 @7 S0′ sRef Isa@28 @8 S0′ 9527. And thou shalt make a table. That this signifies a receptacle of celestial things, is evident from the signification of the “table,” as being heaven, in respect to the reception of such things as are from the Lord there, which are the good of love and the good of faith, and the consequent blessedness and happiness. These things are signified by a “table,” because by “foods” are signified the celestial things that belong to the good of love and of faith, and the consequent wisdom and intelligence, which even in common speech are called heavenly foods, and are likewise meant by “foods” in the Word (see n. 56-58, 680, 681, 1480, 4459, 4792, 5293, 5340, 5342, 5576, 5579, 5915, 8562, 9003). Moreover, these things are sometimes exhibited representatively in heaven by a table upon which are foods of every kind. From this it is plain that by the “table” is signified a receptacle of celestial things, thus heaven in respect to the reception of such things as are from the Lord. These things are likewise signified by a “table” in the following passages:
Jesus said, I appoint unto you, even as My Father appointed unto Me My kingdom, that ye may eat and drink at My table in My kingdom (Luke 22:29, 30).
Many shall come from the east and from the west, and shall recline with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the Kingdom of the heavens (Matt. 8:11).
I will fear no evil; Thou wilt set out a table before me in the presence of mine enemies; Thou wilt make fat my head with oil; my cup shall run over; goodness and mercy shall follow me (Ps. 23:4-6).
But in the opposite sense a “table” signifies a receptacle of such things as are in hell; as in the following passages:
They go astray through strong drink; they wander about among those that see, they stagger in judgment. All tables are full of vomit. Whom shall He teach knowledge? And whom shall He make to understand what he hath heard? (Isa. 28:7-9).
Ye that forsake Jehovah, that set out a table for Gad, and a drink-offering to Meni (Isa. 65:11).
They gave me gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink. Let their table before them become a snare (Ps. 69:21, 22).

AC (Potts) n. 9528 sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ 9528. Of shittim wood. That this signifies from mercy, is evident from the signification of “shittim wood,” as being the good of merit which is of the Lord alone (see n. 9472, 9486); and because the good of merit is mercy, therefore this also is signified by “shittim wood.” For from pure love, and thus from pure mercy, the Lord assumed the Human, and endured the most grievous temptations, and finally the passion of the cross, that He might save the human race; whereby merit and righteousness became His. From this it is clear that the good of merit is mercy. Mercy is the Divine love toward those who are set fast in a state of misery. (That the Lord underwent the most grievous temptations, and thereby reduced heaven and hell into order, and that He fought from Divine love to save those who receive Him with love and faith, see n. 1266, 1663, 1668, 1676, 1690, 1691, 1737, 1787, 1789, 1812, 1813, 1820, 1921, 2083, 2159, 2574, 2649, 2776, 2795, 2813, 2816, 3318, 4180, 4286, 4295, 5078.)

AC (Potts) n. 9529 sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ 9529. Two cubits the length thereof. That this signifies all in respect to conjunction with good, is evident from the signification of “two,” as being conjunction, and as being each and all things (that it denotes conjunction, see n. 1686, 5194, 8423, and from this each and all things, n. 9166); and from the signification of “length,” as being good (n. 9487). Consequently by “a length of two cubits” is signified all in respect to conjunction with good. By conjunction with good is meant the conjunction of the receptacle, which is signified by “the table,” with the good of love, which is signified by “the breads of faces” upon the table (of which below). For the receptacle must be accommodated to the things to be received, and the things to be received bear relation to good and to truth. Accommodation and the consequent conjunction are described by the numbers by which the length and breadth are marked out. (That in the Word real things are described by means of numbers, see n. 9488.)

AC (Potts) n. 9530 sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ 9530. And a cubit the breadth thereof. That this signifies somewhat in respect to conjunction with truth, is evident from the signification of “a cubit,” or of “one cubit,” as being somewhat, for it is the half of the former number, and when the double signifies all, half of it signifies somewhat, consequently somewhat for conjunction; and from the signification of “breadth,” as being truth (see n. 9487-9488).

AC (Potts) n. 9531 sRef Ex@25 @23 S0′ 9531. And a cubit and a half the height thereof, signifies full in respect to degrees (as above, n. 9489).

AC (Potts) n. 9532 sRef Ex@25 @24 S0′ 9532. And thou shall overlay it with pure gold. That this signifies what is representative of this good from mercy, is evident from the signification of “overlaying with gold,” as being a representative of good; for by “gold” is signified the good of love (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917). Wherefore this good was represented by “gold,” when this was overlaid. That it denotes from mercy, is because all the good of love is from mercy; which also is signified by “shittim wood,” in that it was overlaid with gold (n. 9528).

AC (Potts) n. 9533 sRef Ex@25 @24 S0′ 9533. And make thereto a border of gold round about. That this signifies a bounding of the sphere of good by the Divine good of the Lord, is evident from the signification of “a border of gold round about,” as being a fixing of the bounds of the sphere of good by the Lord, lest they be approached and injured by the evil (of which above, n. 9492).

AC (Potts) n. 9534 sRef Ex@25 @25 S0′ 9534. And thou shalt make unto it a closure of a handbreadth round about. That this signifies conjunction there with truth from the Divine, is evident from the signification of “a closure,” as being the ultimate of the bounding, because it was outside the border, and thus it signifies conjunction with truth from the Divine. That this is signified by the “closure” cannot be known unless it is known how the case is with the extension and the bounding by the Lord of the sphere of good which compasses and thus protects heaven. (That the sphere of Divine good encompasses heaven and all the societies in heaven, and thus protects them from the breaking in of evils from hell, see above, n. 9490, 9492, 9498.)
[2] This Divine sphere extends even into the hells, and likewise guards them. Hence it is that the Lord reigns also in the hells, but with this difference, that the Divine sphere which encompasses and protects heaven is a sphere of Divine truth conjoined with Divine good; whereas the sphere which guards hell is a sphere of Divine truth separate from Divine good. That this is the sphere in hell, is because all who are there reject Divine good; thus the Lord’s mercy. Such a sphere reigns in hell in the external form, but still in the internal form there reigns the sphere of Divine truth conjoined with Divine good; by which latter sphere those there are guarded lest one do evil to another beyond measure.
[3] From this it is evident that the sphere of Divine good in the external form ceases where heaven ceases; and that the sphere of Divine truth separate from Divine good begins where hell begins; and that in the interval between them there is conjunction, which is signified by “the closure of a handbreadth round about.”

AC (Potts) n. 9535 sRef Ex@25 @25 S0′ 9535. And thou shalt make a border of gold to the closure thereof round about. That this signifies the bounding of the sphere of Divine good, is evident from the signification of “a border of gold,” as being the fixing of the bounds by the Divine good (see above, n. 9533); and from the signification of “the closure thereof,” as being conjunction with truth from the Divine (according to what was shown just above, n. 9534).

AC (Potts) n. 9536 sRef Ex@25 @26 S0′ 9536. And thou shalt make for it four rings of gold. That this signifies the ultimate receptacle of the heavenly marriage, which is that of Divine good with Divine truth, is evident from the signification of the “four rings of gold,” as being Divine truth conjoined with Divine good everywhere round about (of which above, n. 9493), thus the ultimate receptacle of the heavenly marriage, which is that of Divine good with Divine truth.

AC (Potts) n. 9537 sRef Ex@25 @26 S0′ 9537. And thou shall put the rings upon the four corners thereof. That this signifies the consequent stability, is evident from the signification of “the rings,” as being stability (see above, n. 9494), namely, from the conjunction of Divine truth with Divine good in ultimates, which is signified by “the four rings of gold” (n. 9536).

AC (Potts) n. 9538 sRef Ex@25 @26 S0′ 9538. That are on the four feet thereof. That this signifies in the natural sphere, is evident from the signification of “four,” which involves conjunction (see n. 1686, 8877); and from the signification of “feet,” as being the natural (n. 2162, 3147, 3761, 3986, 4280, 4938-4952, 5327, 5328). That there is stability in the natural sphere, is because everything spiritual comes to a close in what is called natural truth, and everything celestial in what is called natural good, and there they subsist. From this it is that the natural is a foundation, and consequently a support to them. That this is so is as yet known to few; and therefore of the Lord’s Divine mercy it shall be told elsewhere from experience.

AC (Potts) n. 9539 sRef Ex@25 @27 S0′ 9539. Over against the closure shall the rings be, for houses for the staves. That this signifies the consequent power, is evident from the signification of “the closure over against which the rings were to be,” as being the conjunction in ultimates with truth from the Divine (see n. 9534); from the signification of “the rings,” as being the receptacle thereof (of which also above, n. 9536); and from the signification of “the staves,” as being power (n. 9496). It is said “for houses,” because the subject treated of is celestial good and the power of its receptacle; for this good is signified by the “bread of faces,” and its receptacle by the “table” on which this bread was set; by “houses” also is signified this good in ultimates (that a “house” denotes good, see n. 2233, 2234, 2559, 3652, 3720, 4982, 7848, 7929).

AC (Potts) n. 9540 sRef Ex@25 @27 S0′ 9540. To carry the table. That this signifies for coming-forth and subsistence, is evident from the signification of “carrying,” as being to hold together in a state of good, thus to come forth and subsist (see n. 9500).

AC (Potts) n. 9541 sRef Ex@25 @28 S0′ 9541. And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood. That this signifies the power of truth from good, may be seen above (n. 9496), where the like words occur.

AC (Potts) n. 9542 sRef Ex@25 @28 S0′ 9542. And shall overlay them with gold. That this signifies that which is representative of good, may also be seen above (n. 9532).

AC (Potts) n. 9543 sRef Ex@25 @28 S0′ 9543. And the table shall be carried with them. That this signifies the consequent endurance, is evident from the signification of “to be carried,” as being to come forth and subsist (see n. 9540), thus also endurance; and from the signification of “the table,” as being a receptacle of celestial things (n. 9527). Thus is described the inmost or third heaven in respect to the reception of good from the Lord. For “the breads of faces” denote the celestial good that is from the Lord; and “the table” on which these breads were, denotes the receptacle of this good. But it is not allowable to set forth every detail as it really is, because very many things in the celestial kingdom of the Lord do not fall into any idea of human thought, and scarcely into the idea of the thought of the angelic spirits who are in the ultimate heaven. For all things in the Lord’s celestial kingdom are founded upon the good which is of love, and not on the truth which is of faith. Moreover, they speak together by means of the goods which are of love, and not by means of the truths which are of faith, as do those who are in the Lord’s spiritual kingdom (see what is cited in n. 9277).
[2] The Lord’s celestial kingdom is the inmost or third heaven, in which as is known are things incomprehensible and unutterable, that is to say which have never entered into the mind of anyone, and eye hath not seen, nor ear heard. And therefore the things that come forth in this heaven are presented to view before the spirits below by means of representatives, from which some idea may be formed of the incomprehensible and unutterable things which are there. The same were represented in the world by the ark, the propitiatory [mercy seat], the cherubs, the table on which were the breads of faces, and by the lampstand. By means of these are presented all things in that kingdom; and by means of the Habitation and the court of the tent, and by means of the curtains and veils therein, were represented the things in the Lord’s spiritual kingdom, which is the second or middle heaven.

AC (Potts) n. 9544 sRef Ex@25 @29 S0′ 9544. And thou shalt make the little dishes thereof, and the cups thereof, and the salvers thereof, and the little brooms thereof, with which it shall be covered. That this signifies the knowledges of celestial good and truth, is evident from the signification of “vessels” in general, as being knowledges (see n. 3068, 3079). Thus the particular vessels here enumerated denote the knowledges of celestial good and truth. Celestial good is the good of love to the Lord, and celestial truth is the good of mutual love; the knowledges of these goods are signified by the vessels in question. And as knowledges are signified, and knowledges belong to the memory of the natural man, and the natural is external, therefore it is said, “with which the table shall be covered;” for as the natural is without, or beneath, and covers and closes that which is within or above, it is called a “covering” (n. 6377). The use of these vessels may be seen in Leviticus 24:6, 7, and in Numbers 4:7, 8.

AC (Potts) n. 9545 sRef Ex@25 @30 S0′ 9545. And thou shalt set upon the table the bread of faces. That this signifies the Lord there in respect to celestial good, is evident from the signification of “the table,” as being a receptacle of celestial things; from the signification of “the bread,” as being in the supreme sense the Lord, and in the relative sense the good of love which is from Him, thus the Lord in respect to celestial good (see n. 2165, 2177, 3464, 3735, 3813, 4211, 4217, 4735, 4976, 5915); (that by “bread” is signified all heavenly food in general, that is, the food which nourishes man’s spiritual life, see n. 3478, 6118, 8410, 9323); and from the signification of “faces,” when said of the Lord, as being all that is from the Divine love; such as innocence, peace, joy; and thus heaven itself with man and angel (see n. 222, 223, 5585, 9306).

AC (Potts) n. 9546 sRef Ex@25 @30 S0′ 9546. Unto My faces continually. That this signifies thus the presence of the Lord with peace and with heavenly joy from mercy, is evident from the signification of the “faces of Jehovah,” or of the Lord, as being all things of the Divine love or mercy, such as innocence, peace, joy, and thus heaven itself with those who receive it. For by “faces,” when said of man and angel, are signified the interiors which are of the will and thence of the understanding, thus which are of love and thence of faith (see n. 1999, 2434, 3527, 3573, 4066, 4796, 4798, 5102, 5165, 5168, 5585, 5592, 6604, 6848, 6849, 9306). From this it can be seen that by “faces,” when said of Jehovah or the Lord, are signified the things of the Divine love or mercy, thus all celestial good (n. 222, 223, 5585, 9306).

AC (Potts) n. 9547 sRef Ex@25 @35 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @36 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @34 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @32 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @33 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @37 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @39 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @38 S0′ sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ 9547. Verses 31-39. And thou shalt make a lampstand of pure gold; solid shall the lampstand be made, its shaft, and its reed, its cups, its pomegranates, and its flowers, shall be out of it; and there shall be six reeds going out of the sides thereof; three reeds of the lampstand out of the one side thereof, and three reeds of the lampstand out of the other side thereof; three almond-shaped cups in one reed, a pomegranate and a flower; and three almond-shaped cups in one reed, a pomegranate and a flower; so for the six reeds, going out of the lampstand; and in the lampstand four almond-shaped cups, its pomegranates, and its flowers; and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, for the six reeds going out of the lampstand. Their pomegranates and their reeds shall be out of it, all of them, one solid of pure gold. And thou shalt make the lamps thereof, seven; and it shall make its lamps go up, to give light over against the faces of it. And the tongs thereof, and the basins thereof shall be of pure gold. Of a talent of pure gold shall it be made, with all these vessels. “And thou shalt make a lampstand” signifies the spiritual heaven; “of pure gold” signifies that it is from celestial good; “solid shall the lampstand be made,” signifies that all is from good; “its shaft, and its reed, its cups,” signifies spiritual things in the natural; “its pomegranates,” signifies the memory-knowledges of good; “and its flowers,” signifies the memory-knowledges of truth; “shall be out of it,” signifies that they shall be from the spiritual which is from celestial good; “and there shall be six reeds going out of the sides thereof,” signifies all things of truth from good in the complex; “three reeds of the lampstand out of the one side thereof, and three reeds of the lampstand out of the other side thereof,” signifies full in respect to good and truth; “three almond-shaped cups,” signifies full in respect to memory-knowledges from good; “in one reed,” signifies the power of truth from good; “a pomegranate and a flower,” signifies the memory-knowledge of good and the memory-knowledge of truth; “and three almond-shaped cups in the other reed, a pomegranate and a flower,” signifies the like things; “so for the six reeds going out of the lampstand,” signifies the power of truth from good in respect to all things in the spiritual heaven; “and in the lampstand,” signifies the middle of it through which there is conjunction, and from which are powers; “four almond-shaped cups,” signifies the memory-knowledges of truth from good; “its pomegranates, and its flowers,” signifies the memory-knowledges of good and of truth; “and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it, and a pomegranate under two reeds out of it,” signifies the memory-knowledge of good for all the several truths; “for the six reeds going out of the lampstand,” signifies the power of truth from good in respect to all things in the spiritual heaven; “their pomegranates and their reeds shall be out of it; all of it,” signifies that the memory-knowledges of good and the powers shall be from the Divine spiritual which is from the Lord; “one solid of pure gold,” signifies entire and perfect because from the same good; “and thou shalt make the lamps thereof, seven,” signifies holy spiritual things from thence; “and it shall make its lamps go up,” signifies the light of the spiritual heaven; “and it shall give light over against the faces of it,” signifies from the Divine good of the Divine Human of the Lord; “and the tongs thereof, and the basins thereof,” signifies the purifiers and evacuators in the natural; “shall be of pure gold,” signifies also from good; “of a talent of pure gold shall it be made, with all these vessels,” signifies celestial good from which is spiritual good together with its memory-knowledges.

AC (Potts) n. 9548 sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ 9548. And thou shalt make a lampstand. That this signifies the spiritual heaven, is evident from the signification of the “lampstand,” as being the Divine spiritual in heaven and in the church from the Lord. That by the “lampstand” is signified the Divine spiritual is because by “the table on which were the breads of faces” is signified the Divine celestial, as was shown in what goes before. The Divine celestial is the good of love, and the Divine spiritual is the truth of faith thence derived; both proceeding from the Lord. That the “lampstand” denotes the Divine spiritual is from its illumination, for the Divine truth which proceeds from the Divine good of the Lord is what gives light in heaven, nor have the angels light from any other source. Hence it is that in the Word the Lord is called “the Light,” and by “light” is signified faith, also the intelligence of truth and the wisdom of good, which are from the Lord alone (see n. 1053, 1521-1533, 1619-1632, 2776, 3094, 3138, 3167, 3190, 3195, 3222, 3223, 3337, 3339, 3341, 3636, 3643, 3862, 3993, 4060, 4180, 4302, 4408, 4414, 4415, 4419, 4527, 4598, 5400, 6032, 6313, 6315, 6608, 6907, 7174, 8644, 8707, 8861, 9399, 9407).
sRef Rev@1 @13 S2′ sRef Rev@2 @5 S2′ sRef Rev@1 @20 S2′ sRef Rev@1 @12 S2′ [2] That the “lampstand” denotes the spiritual heaven from the Divine truth which is from the Lord, thus also the church; and that a “lamp” denotes faith, also the intelligence of truth and the wisdom of good, which are from the Lord alone; is evident from passages in the Word where a “lampstand,” and a “lamp,” are mentioned; as in John:
I saw seven golden lampstands, and in the midst of the seven lampstands one like unto the Son of man. The seven lampstands are the seven churches (Rev. 1:12, 13, 20).
I will remove thy lampstand out of its place, except thou repent (Rev. 2:5).
The church is here called a “lampstand” from the Divine truth which is there from the Lord; for it is said, “the seven lampstands are the seven churches;” that the church is from the Divine truth is plain from its being said, “I will remove thy lampstand except thou repent;” that it is from the Lord is also plain, for it is said, “in the midst of the lampstands was one like unto the Son of man.” (That the Lord is called “the Son of man” from Divine truth, see n. 2803, 2813, 3704.)
sRef Rev@11 @9 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @8 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @4 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @5 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @6 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @3 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @7 S3′ sRef Rev@11 @10 S3′ [3] In the same:
I will give unto My two witnesses that they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days. These are the two olive-trees and the two lampstands that stand before the God of the earth (Rev. 11:3, 4);
the “two witnesses” denote the Word of both Testaments in respect to its witnessing concerning the Lord; it is called an “olive-tree” from the Divine good, and a “lampstand” from the Divine truth, which are from the Lord.
sRef Zech@4 @3 S4′ sRef Zech@4 @2 S4′ [4] In Zechariah:
The angel said unto the prophet, What seest thou? to whom I said, I see, and behold a lampstand all of gold, with its flask upon the top of it, and its seven lamps thereon, and seven funnels to the lamps. Two olive-trees near it, one on the right side of the flask, and one on the left side thereof (Zech. 4:2, 3);
this is said of Zerubbabel, who was about to lay the foundation of the house of God and to complete it, by whom is represented the Lord in that He would come and restore the spiritual heaven and church, which are the “lampstand,” and the holy truths therein, which are the “seven lamps.”
sRef Rev@18 @23 S5′ sRef Rev@22 @5 S5′ [5] That a “lamp” denotes faith, also the intelligence of truth and wisdom of good, which are from the Lord alone, is evident in these passages:
The holy Jerusalem hath no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; the glory of God shall lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. The nations which are saved shall walk in His light (Rev. 21:23, 24).
There shall be no night there; and they need no lamp, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light (Rev. 22:5).
In the former passage “the lamp” denotes the Divine truth which is from the Lord; and “the light,” faith, thus also intelligence and wisdom. Again:
The light of a lamp shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee (Rev. 18:23).
sRef Job@21 @17 S6′ sRef Jer@25 @11 S6′ sRef Jer@25 @10 S6′ sRef Job@29 @3 S6′ sRef Ps@119 @104 S6′ sRef Ps@119 @105 S6′ sRef 2Sam@22 @29 S6′ sRef Ps@18 @28 S6′ [6] And in Jeremiah:
I will take away the voice of joy and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom and the voice of the bride, the voice of the millstones, and the light of the lamp; that the whole land shall be a desolation and a devastation (Jer. 25:10, 11);
speaking of the extinction of faith and thereby of intelligence in spiritual things, which is meant by “the lamp which shall no longer be, and by the light of the lamp which shall be taken away.”
sRef Matt@6 @23 S7′ sRef Matt@6 @22 S7′ [7] In like manner in the following passages:
How oft is the lamp of the wicked put out, and destruction cometh upon them (Job 21:17).
Thou lightest my lamp; Jehovah my God maketh my darkness to shine (Ps. 18:28; also 2 Sam. 22:29).
From Thy commands I am become intelligent, Thy Word is a lamp to my foot, and a light to my path (Ps. 119:104, 105).
When God maketh His lamp to shine upon my head, by His light I walked in darkness (Job 29:3).
The lamp of the body is the eye; if thine eye be upright, thy whole body is full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be darkened. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is the darkness (Matt. 6:22, 23; also Luke 8:16; 11:33-36);
by “the eye” is here meant faith and the intelligence from it (that these things are meant in the internal sense by “the eye,” see n. 4403-4421, 4523-4534, 9051). From this it is plain what is signified by “the whole body being full of light if the eye be upright, and by the whole body being darkened if the eye be evil.” As faith and the derivative intelligence and wisdom are signified by a “lamp,” therefore the kings of Judah are called “lamps for David” (1 Kings 11:36; 15:4; 2 Kings 8:19); and David is called “the lamp of Israel” (2 Sam. 21:16, 17); not that the kings of Judah, nor David, were lamps, but that by a “king” is signified the Divine truth which is from the Lord (n. 6148); and by “David,” the Lord as to Divine truth, from which are faith, intelligence, and wisdom (n. 1888).

AC (Potts) n. 9549 sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ 9549. Of pure gold. That this signifies that it is from celestial good, is evident from the signification of “gold,” as being the good of love, or celestial good (see n. 113, 1551, 1552, 5658, 6914, 6917). It shall here be briefly stated why the lampstand was to be of pure gold. By “the lampstand” is signified the Divine spiritual, or the Divine truth which is from the Lord in heaven and in the church (n. 9548); and because this truth comes forth from the Divine good, the lampstand was of gold, for as before said, “gold” signifies good. This is further manifest from the influx of the Lord into the heavens. The inmost or third heaven is celestial; the middle or second heaven is spiritual. The Lord flows through the celestial heaven, which is in the good of love to Him, into the spiritual heaven, which is in the truth of faith in Him. From this it is evident why the whole lampstand was to be of pure gold, as also the ten lampstands in the temple built by Solomon (1 Kings 7:49. See also below, n. 9550, 9568).

AC (Potts) n. 9550 sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ 9550. Solid shall the lampstand be made. That this signifies that all is from good, is evident from the signification of “solid,” as being wholly, thus all from good, which is signified by “gold.” For all the spiritual (which is signified by “the lampstand”), insofar as it illumines, comes forth from the celestial, and also continually subsists through the same, as all truth does from good; for if good is withdrawn, truth is extinguished in a moment, because good is the soul of truth. The case herein is like that of the affection of love in regard to thought; if the affection of love is withdrawn, thought is instantly extinguished; for affection is the very life or soul of thought. All the affection that is of love is of good, and all the thought from it is of truth. The truth which is from good is called the spiritual, and the good from which is truth is called the celestial.

AC (Potts) n. 9551 sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ 9551. Its shaft and its reed;* its cups. That this signifies spiritual things in the natural, is evident from the signification of a “shaft,” a “reed,” and a “cup” (which are prolongations from the lampstand itself, just as the arms, the hands, and the palms of the hands are from the body), as being spiritual things in the natural; for the natural is produced and derived from the spiritual; as is the spiritual from the celestial (see n. 9549). From this it is plain that as “the lampstand” signifies the Divine spiritual, the prolongations and derivations, which are called “the shaft, the reed, and the cups,” denote spiritual things in the natural.
* Latin Calamus; Hebrew kaleh; both of which mean “a reed.” “A reed” signifies the power of truth; as for instance the “golden reed” in Revelation 21; and as these six golden reeds that stood like arms out of the lampstand. Their being of gold causes these reeds to signify the power of the truth that comes from good. [REVISED.]

AC (Potts) n. 9552 sRef Ex@25 @31 S0′ sRef Deut@8 @8 S1′ sRef Hag@2 @19 S1′ 9552. Its pomegranates. That this signifies the memory- knowledges of good, is evident from the signification of “pomegranates,” as being the memory-knowledges of good. There are memory-knowledges of good and memory-knowledges of truth; the former are signified by the “pomegranates,” and the latter by the “flowers,” with which the lampstand was encompassed and adorned. That memory-knowledges of good are signified by “pomegranates,” is evident from other passages where these are mentioned; as in these passages:
A land of wheat and barley, and of the vine, and the fig-tree, and of the pomegranate (Deut. 8:8).
The seed is not yet in the barn, yea, even to the vine, and the fig-tree, and the pomegranate (Hag. 2:19).
“Wheat, barley, and the seed in the barn” signify celestial things internal and external; “the vine, the fig-tree, and the pomegranate” signify spiritual and natural things in their order, the last of which are the memory-knowledges that belong to the natural and sensuous man; wherefore “the pomegranate” is mentioned last.
sRef Amos@9 @1 S2′ sRef Zeph@2 @14 S2′ sRef Zeph@2 @13 S2′ [2] In Zephaniah:
Jehovah will destroy Asshur. Flocks shall lie down in the midst of her, every wild animal of the nation, also the pelican and the bittern shall pass the night in the pomegranates thereof (Zeph. 2:13, 14);
where “the pelican and the bittern in the pomegranates” denote falsities of evil in the memory-knowledges of good. In Amos:
I saw the Lord standing upon the altar, who said, Smite the pomegranate that the posts may shake; that is, divide them in the head, all of them; I will slay the last of them with the sword (Amos 9:1);
where “to smite the pomegranate” denotes to destroy the memory-knowledges of good by means of the falsities of evil; the posts are then said to “shake,” because “posts” denote the truths of the natural (n. 7847); “to slay the last with the sword” denotes in this way to destroy the ultimate things; for a “sword” denotes truth fighting against falsity and destroying it; and the converse (n. 2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294).